7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

FANUC PICTURE Specification

(Edition 8.0 or later)

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 1/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

TABLE OF CONTENTS
1 OVERVIEW ··········································································· 10
1.1 INSTALLER CHANGE ····················································································· 10
1.2 FP CONTROL ································································································ 10
1.3 RUBY SCRIPT ································································································ 11
1.4 LIBRARY FUNCTIONS CAN BE USED FROM RUBY SCRIPT ································ 12
1.5 ASYNCHRONOUS EXECUTION OF RUBY SCRIPT ············································· 12
1.6 IMPROVE OF SCREEN CALL FUNCTION ·························································· 13
1.7 COMBINED APPLICATION IN STANDARD DISPLAY UNIT ···································· 13
1.8 Expansion of the maximum number of simultaneous executions of the
FANUC PICTURE for iHMI ··············································································· 13
1.9 Floating Display Function ··············································································· 13
1.10 Script Displaying Button ················································································ 14
1.11 Expansion of FP controls supporting to the Multi-language Character Type functions14
1.12 IMAGE FILE EDITOR improvements ································································· 14
1.13 Offsetting Function of CNC memory area of FANUC PICTURE for iHMI ················· 14
1.14 Improvements of the operability when adding FP screens ·································· 14
1.15 FANUC Series 30i-B CPU-G ············································································ 15
1.16 Improvements of selection status retention of Control ······································· 15
1.17 Use memory card of display unit with PC function ············································· 16
1.18 Project variable management function of FANUC PICTURE for iHMI ················· 16
1.19 FP Screen Transferring Function for CNC GUIDE ··············································· 16
1.20 Collective screen bitmap output function ························································· 17
1.21 About image files ·························································································· 17
1.22 Image quality setting of display image with Automatic screen enlarged function ··· 17
1.23 REMARKS ···································································································· 18
1.23.1 About compatibility with FANUC PICTURE earlier than 8.0 ··················································· 18
1.23.2 About check of version ································································································ 19
1.23.3 About memory consumption ·························································································· 19
1.23.4 About compatibility of Edition 8.0 or later. ········································································· 19
1.23.5 Compatibility with Multi-language Character Type function enabled project created by edition 9.4
or earlier. ················································································································· 20
1.23.6 Setting of CNC system ································································································· 20

2 INSTALLER ··········································································· 21
2.1 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE ·········································································· 21

3 FP CONTROL ········································································ 22
3.1 ADDITION OF FP CONTROL············································································ 22
3.1.1 Check Box Control ····································································································· 26
3.1.1.1 Function ············································································································ 26
3.1.1.2 Diagram ············································································································ 26
3.1.1.3 Icon design········································································································· 26
3.1.1.4 Operation ·········································································································· 27
3.1.1.5 Properties ·········································································································· 27
3.1.1.6 List display ········································································································ 36

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 2/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

3.1.1.7 Batch editing ······································································································ 41

3.1.1.8 Message ············································································································ 42
3.1.2 Radio Button Control··································································································· 43
3.1.2.1 Function ············································································································ 43
3.1.2.2 Diagram ············································································································ 43
3.1.2.3 Icon design········································································································· 43
3.1.2.4 Operation ·········································································································· 43
3.1.2.5 Properties ·········································································································· 45
3.1.2.6 List display ········································································································ 55
3.1.2.7 Batch editing ······································································································ 59
3.1.2.8 Message ············································································································ 60
3.1.3 List Box Control ········································································································ 61
3.1.3.1 Function ············································································································ 61
3.1.3.2 Diagram ············································································································ 61
3.1.3.3 Icon design········································································································· 61
3.1.3.4 Operation ·········································································································· 61
3.1.3.5 Properties ·········································································································· 70
3.1.3.6 List display ········································································································ 79
3.1.3.7 Batch editing ······································································································ 83
3.1.3.8 Message ············································································································ 83
3.1.4 Message Box ············································································································ 83
3.1.4.1 Function ············································································································ 83
3.1.4.2 Image ··············································································································· 83
3.1.4.3 Operation ·········································································································· 84
3.1.4.4 Configuration specifications ···················································································· 86
3.1.4.5 Properties ·········································································································· 88
3.1.4.6 Function ············································································································ 94
3.1.4.7 Drawing specifications ··························································································· 95
3.1.4.8 Messages ··········································································································· 96
3.1.5 Combo Box Control ···································································································· 96
3.1.5.1 Function ············································································································ 96
3.1.5.2 Diagram ············································································································ 96
3.1.5.3 Icon design········································································································· 98
3.1.5.4 Operation ·········································································································· 99
3.1.5.5 Properties ·········································································································103
3.1.5.6 List display ······································································································· 112
3.1.5.7 Batch editing ····································································································· 116
3.1.5.8 Message ··········································································································· 116
3.1.6 Pie Graph Control······································································································ 116
3.1.6.1 Function ··········································································································· 116
3.1.6.2 Diagram ··········································································································· 116
3.1.6.3 Icon design········································································································ 117
3.1.6.4 Operation ········································································································· 117
3.1.6.5 Properties ········································································································· 118
3.1.6.6 List display ·······································································································123
3.1.6.7 Batch editing ·····································································································127
3.1.6.8 List of messages ·································································································127
3.1.7 Extended bar graph control ···························································································127
3.1.7.1 Function ···········································································································127
3.1.7.2 Diagram ···········································································································128
3.1.7.3 Icon design········································································································128
3.1.7.4 Operation ·········································································································128
3.1.7.5 Properties ·········································································································130
3.1.7.6 List display ·······································································································136
3.1.7.7 Batch editing ·····································································································141
3.1.7.8 List of messages ·································································································141
3.2 DESIGN CUSTOMIZATION ············································································· 142

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 3/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

3.2.1 [Image File List] Screen ······························································································142

3.2.1.1 Listing image files ·······························································································143
3.2.1.2 Creating a shape ·································································································143
3.2.1.3 Adding a shape ···································································································144
3.2.1.4 Deleting a shape ·································································································145
3.2.1.5 Editing a shape ···································································································146
3.2.1.6 Copying a shape ·································································································147
3.2.1.7 Menu bar and toolbar····························································································148
3.2.1.8 Creating a file ····································································································149
3.2.1.9 Adding a file ······································································································150
3.2.1.10 Deleting a file ····································································································151
3.2.1.11 Copying a file ····································································································152
3.2.2 Image File Edit Screen ································································································153
3.2.2.1 Startup of the image file edit screen ···········································································154
3.2.2.2 Menu bar and toolbar····························································································155
3.2.2.3 Control bar ········································································································157
3.2.2.4 Configuration tree ·······························································································159
3.2.2.5 Drawing area ·····································································································161
3.2.2.6 Property list ·······································································································162
3.3 IMPROVEMENT OF PROPERTY SETTING OF FP CONTROL ······························· 168
3.3.1 Display of Setting Value Names ·····················································································168
3.3.1.1 Function ···········································································································168
3.3.1.2 Relevant items····································································································168
3.3.1.3 Diagram ···········································································································168
3.3.1.4 Operation ·········································································································169
3.3.2 Changing FP Control Property from a Ruby Script ·······························································169
3.3.2.1 Function ···········································································································169
3.3.2.2 Operation ·········································································································170
3.3.2.3 Function ···········································································································170

4 RUBY SCRIPT ······································································179

4.1 CREATION OF RUBY SCRIPT ········································································· 179
4.1.1 Script List ···············································································································179
4.1.1.1 Display script list ································································································180
4.1.1.2 New ················································································································180
4.1.1.3 Entry ···············································································································182
4.1.1.4 Remove ···········································································································184
4.1.1.5 Edit ················································································································185
4.1.1.6 Check syntax ·····································································································185
4.1.1.7 Startup register/restore ··························································································185
4.1.1.8 Timer script register/restore ····················································································186
4.1.2 Enhancement of Script Editor Functions ···········································································187
4.1.2.1 Addition of the Menu Bar ······················································································188
4.1.2.2 Expansion of the UNDO Function and REDO Function ···················································191
4.1.2.3 Change in the Way Script Number/Name is Changed ······················································191
4.1.2.4 Restricting the Number of Script Description Lines ························································193
4.1.2.5 Adding Search/Replace Functions ············································································194
4.1.2.6 Adding the Symbol Setting Menu ·············································································199
4.1.2.7 Adding the FP Function Input Assistance Function ·························································199
4.1.2.8 Adding the Multi-language Text Setting Function ··························································200
4.1.3 Conversion Function ··································································································206
4.1.3.1 Conversion of a Project ·························································································209
4.1.3.2 Conversion of Scripts ···························································································214
4.1.4 Syntax Check ···········································································································223
4.1.4.1 Syntax Check from the Script Editor··········································································223
4.1.4.2 Content of the Syntax Check ···················································································224

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 4/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

4.1.5 Checking for Characters Unavailable for Script Symbol ·························································224

4.1.6 MEM File Creation ····································································································225
4.1.7 Debug Function ········································································································228
4.1.7.1 Setting the Break Types ·························································································228
4.1.7.2 [Debug settings] Dialog Box ···················································································228
4.1.7.3 [Break detail settings] Dialog Box ············································································232
4.1.7.4 Debug Window and Log Output ···············································································233
4.1.7.5 Extension of the Debug Signal ·················································································238
4.1.8 Changes Due to Edition 8.0 ··························································································239
4.1.9 Other Functions ········································································································240
4.1.10 Remarks ·················································································································243
4.2 Functional Difference with FP Script ······························································· 245
4.2.1 List of FP functions that can be used in Ruby scripts ·····························································245
4.2.2 Using User Functions in Ruby Script ···············································································251
4.3 mruby LICENSE DISPLAY ·············································································· 251
4.3.1 Overview ················································································································251
4.3.2 Diagram ·················································································································251
4.3.3 Operation················································································································253
4.3.4 Properties ···············································································································253

5 LIBRARY FUNCTIONS CAN BE USED FROM RUBY SCRIPT ·······255

5.1 LISTS OF FUNCTIONS ·················································································· 255
5.2 RETURN VALUES OF FUNCTIONS ·································································· 270
5.3 FUNCTION REFERENCE ··············································································· 272
5.4 TIMER-ACTIVATED OPERATOR FUNCTION ERROR VARIABLE ·························· 611
5.5 RESTRICTIONS ···························································································· 616

6 ASYNCHRONOUS EXECUTION OF RUBY SCRIPT ····················617

6.1 FUNCTIONS USED FOR ASYNCHRONOUS EXECUTION ···································· 617
6.1.1 Ruby Script Asynchronous Execution Function (scriptasync) ···················································617
6.1.2 Ruby Script Asynchronous Execution Handler Registration Function (set_handlerasync) ··················618
6.1.3 Task Stop Function (sleep) ···························································································619
6.2 ERROR DURING ASYNCHRONOUS EXECUTION ·············································· 620

7 IMPROVE OF SCREEN CALL FUNCTION ·································621

7.1 SETTING METHOD ······················································································· 623
7.1.1 Group number of screen number memory ··········································································626
7.2 HOW TO USE ······························································································· 627
7.2.1 Memory of screen number ····························································································627
7.2.2 Specification of screen number ······················································································628
7.3 NOTES ········································································································ 629
7.3.1 Displaying popup screen ······························································································630
7.3.2 Sub-screen and focus state ····························································································631
7.3.3 Memory period of screen number ···················································································631

8 COMBINED APPLICATION IN STANDARD DISPLAY UNIT ···········634

8.1 CONSTRUCTION METHOD OF THE DEVELOPMENT ENVIRONMENT ·················· 634
8.1.1 The corresponding C executor library ··············································································634
8.1.2 Diab compiler version ·································································································634
8.1.3 Merge of FANUC PICTURE providing file ·······································································635

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 5/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

8.1.3.1 When creating a new environment ············································································635

8.1.3.2 When updating from an environment created in earlier than 8.0 ··········································636

9 Expansion of the maximum number of simultaneous executions of the

FANUC PICTURE for iHMI ······················································639
9.1 Flow of making screen ·················································································· 640
9.2 Specification change ···················································································· 641
9.3 Project Setting ····························································································· 643
9.3.1 About operating method of “Project Setting” ······································································643
9.3.1.1 Error Message ····································································································644
9.4 Create MEM File ··························································································· 645
9.4.1 About operating method of “Create Memory File” ·······························································645
9.4.1.1 Error Message ····································································································646
9.5 Output to card······························································································ 647
9.5.1 About operating method of “Output to card” ······································································647
9.5.1.1 Error Message ····································································································648
9.5.2 About Compatibility ···································································································649
9.6 Load ··········································································································· 650
9.6.1 About operating method of Loader ··················································································650
9.6.1.1 Error Message ····································································································654
9.7 FANUC PICTURE start setting ········································································ 657
9.7.1 About the configuration of the load destination ···································································657
9.7.2 About iHMI home screen settings ···················································································659
9.7.3 About using with the fixed name application ······································································660
9.8 Execute FANUC PICTURE ·············································································· 661
9.8.1 About FANUC PICTURE execution environment ································································661
9.8.2 About automatic update of screen data ·············································································661
9.9 Termination of FANUC PICTURE ····································································· 662
9.9.1 About the termination of FANUC PICTURE ······································································662
9.9.2 About the Warning notification of the memory usage ····························································662
9.10 CNC GUIDE ································································································· 663
9.10.1 About the method of starting the application by CNC GUIDE ··················································663
9.11 Message list ································································································ 667

10 Floating Display Function ······················································668

10.1 Procedure For Creating Floating Display Screen ·············································· 669
10.1.1 Creation of the custom screen ························································································669
10.1.2 Setting file ··············································································································669
10.1.3 Installation procedure ·································································································670
10.2 Moves The Custom Screen ············································································ 672
10.3 iHMI Apps Setting For Floating Display ··························································· 673
10.4 Notes ·········································································································· 674
10.5 About The Setting File “screen_setting.xml” ···················································· 675

11 Script Displaying Button ·······················································677

11.1 The Detail of Script Displaying Button ····························································· 678

12 FP controls supporting to the Multi-language Character Type function

··························································································680
25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 6/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

12.1 Numeral Indication Control with Key Input ······················································· 681

12.2 PMC Area Character String Indication Control ·················································· 682
12.3 Numeral/Character String Indication Control ···················································· 683
12.4 Key-in Buffer Control ···················································································· 684
12.5 Numeral Indication Control for Calling a Ten-Key Pad ······································· 686
12.6 Property Item Name ······················································································ 688
12.6.1 List editor ···············································································································688
12.6.2 Overall editor ···········································································································689

13 IMAGE FILE EDITOR improvement ·········································690

13.1 “Save As” Menu ··························································································· 690
13.2 “Save AS” Dialog ························································································· 690
13.2.1 “New” Menu ···········································································································693
13.3 [Overwrite confirmation] Dialog······································································ 694
13.4 Warning dialog ····························································································· 695

14 Offsetting Function of CNC memory area of FANUC PICTURE for iHMI

··························································································696
14.1 Overall App Development Flow ······································································ 697
14.2 Guide Line ··································································································· 698
14.3 Use Conditions ···························································································· 698
14.4 Coexistence with Applications with This Function Disabled ······························· 699
14.5 Specification Comparison when this Function is Enabled ·································· 700
14.6 Making Memory Map ····················································································· 701
14.6.1 Installing Memory Map Creation Tool ··············································································701
14.6.2 Memory Map Creation ································································································703
14.6.2.1 Edit ················································································································705
14.6.2.2 Save (Memory map configuration file) ·······································································716
14.6.2.3 Open（Memory map configuration file） ···································································716
14.6.2.4 Output Memory map ····························································································717
14.6.2.5 Input Memory map ······························································································718
14.7 Loading Memory Map ··················································································· 719
14.7.1 New Load ···············································································································720
14.7.2 Overwirte Load ········································································································721
14.7.3 Delete ····················································································································723
14.7.4 Backup ··················································································································725
14.8 Project Setting ····························································································· 726
14.8.1 Manual Input Memory Range ························································································727
14.8.2 Import Memory Range ································································································729
14.9 Screen Data Creation ···················································································· 731
14.10 Making MEM ································································································ 731
14.11 Loading Application······················································································ 733
14.11.1 Login ····················································································································733
14.11.2 Selecting memory used by application··············································································735
14.11.3 Changing the User Password ·························································································739
14.12 Execution ···································································································· 740
14.13 Offset of Memory in User Function ································································· 741
14.14 Execution method in CNC GUIDE ··································································· 744

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 7/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

14.15 Data Protection when restoring FP Project ······················································ 747

14.15.1 FP Project Protection ··································································································747
14.15.2 Restoration of Protected FP Project ·················································································747
14.16 Specifiable Area of Memory map ···································································· 749
14.17 Security function ·························································································· 750
14.17.1 Overall Structure ·······································································································750
14.18 Folder Structure ··························································································· 751
14.19 Message List ······························································································· 753

15 Improvements of the operability when adding screens ··············756

15.1 Copy and paste screen·················································································· 756
15.1.1 "Copy and Paste" menu in the project window ····································································756
15.2 Screen Number Setting when adding screen ···················································· 758
15.2.1 Property setting dialog ································································································759
15.2.2 List editor ···············································································································760
15.2.3 Overall editor ···········································································································760
15.2.4 Error dialog ·············································································································761
15.2.5 Takeing over screen number and screen number symbol ························································762

16 FANUC Series 30i-B CPU-G ···················································763

16.1 Setting of CNC system ·················································································· 763
16.2 Write to Card ······························································································· 764
16.3 Combining Application Program ···································································· 765
16.4 Available CNC / display unit ··········································································· 766

17 Use memory card of display unit with PC function····················767

17.1 Corresponding function ················································································ 767
17.1.1 Memory card output of historical data ··············································································767
17.1.2 Memory card output of text message file ···········································································768
17.1.3 Memory card Input of text message file ············································································768
17.1.4 Mruby License information memory card output ·································································768
17.2 Data input / output to a display unit with a PC function ······································ 769
17.2.1 Memory card status error ·····························································································769

18 Project variable management function of FANUC PICTURE for

iHMI ····················································································770
18.1 Overall flow ································································································· 771
18.1.1 How to use project variable ··························································································771
18.2 Details ········································································································ 771
18.2.1 Definition of project variable ························································································771
18.2.1.1 What is project variable ·························································································771
18.2.2 Pocedure of Definition ································································································773
18.2.3 Project Variable List ···································································································774
18.3 How to use project variable ··········································································· 777
18.3.1 Use with FP control····································································································777
18.3.1.1 PMC signal setting ······························································································777
18.3.1.2 Action type and setting by input and output destination ···················································779
18.3.1.3 FP function setting ·······························································································780
18.3.2 Use in List edit and Overall edit ·····················································································783

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 8/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

18.3.3 Use with Ruby script ··································································································784

18.3.3.1 Changing CNC memory usage location in existing Ruby script to project variable····················785
18.3.3.2 Numerical range available in numeric variable / FP function argument /Ruby script ··················786
18.3.3.3 FP function ·······································································································786
18.4 About project variable memory usage ····························································· 787
18.5 About error that occurs when making MEM file ················································ 787
18.6 About Ruby script runtime error ····································································· 788
18.7 When opening an FP project with Standard Monitor mode ································· 789
18.8 Message list ································································································ 790

19 FP Screen Transferring Function for CNC GUIDE ·····················792

19.1 About transferring of FP screen to CNC GUIDE ················································ 792
19.2 About the "Making Memory Card File" dialog box ············································· 794
19.3 NOTES ········································································································ 795
19.4 About software version ················································································· 796
19.5 About error display ······················································································· 797

20 Collective screen bitmap output function ································798

20.1 Setting Bitmap theme color ··········································································· 798
20.2 Outputting Property list file ··········································································· 799
20.3 Error message ····························································································· 800

21 About image files ·································································801

21.1 PNG file support in FANUC PICTURE for standard display ································· 801
21.1.1 Reference of PNG format image in each image control ··························································802
21.1.2 Restrictions on displaying images in PNG format ································································803
21.2 About saving the FP project to a memory file ··················································· 803

22 Image quality setting of display image with Automatic screen enlarged

function ··············································································804
22.1 Setting of image quality priority ····································································· 805

APPENDIX A. Operation of controls with Initial state setting ·············806

APPENDIX B. Display any position and size screen for Collective screen
bitmap output function··························································807
REVISION RECORD ····································································808

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 9/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

1 OVERVIEW

This section provides an overview of the functions added to FANUC PICTURE as well as functions that were
improved.
Refer to FANUC PICTURE MANUAL (Edition 06.2 to less than 08.0)(A-40712) in regard to specifications,
bug fixes and restrictions that are common in Edition 06.2 to less than 08.0.

In this manual, FANUC PICTURE may be abbreviated as “FP”.

1.1 INSTALLER CHANGE

In FANUC PICTURE edition 8.0 or later, there are the following changes.
① Screnns for FS0i/0i Mate-D can not be created.
② The extension of the project file is changed.
( The project created in ealier than 8.0 edition can be used by converting. )
③ There is no compatibility for FP Driver.
( If only FP Driver is updated to edition 8.0 or later, an error screen will be displayed. )

When you use the project created in the past as it is, please use FANUC PICTURE earlier than 8.0 edition. The
latest FANUC PICTURE ealier than 8.0 edition is included in the installation disk. When installing, please choose
which to use and install.

For details, refer to Chapter 2, "INSTALLER ".

FANUC PICTURE
Installation CD

FANUC PICTURE
( 8.0 or later )

FANUC PICTURE
( earlier than 8.0 )

Fig. 1.1 (a) Installation disk image

1.2 FP CONTROL

In FANUC PICTURE, the following controls were added.

■ FP control (Refer to: "3.1 ADDITION OF FP CONTROL")
- Check box control
- Radio button control

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 10/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

- List box control

- Message box
- Combo box control
- Pie graph control
- Extended bar graph control

Additionally, the following functions were added to support flexible screen design.
■ Design customization function (Refer to: "3.1 DESIGN CUSTOMIZATION")
- Function for customizing FP control image file

Additionally, the following functional improvements are made and the convenience of property setting of FP
control is improved.
■ Improvement of property setting of FP control. (Refer to: "3.3 IMPROVEMENT OF PROPERTY SETTING
OF FP CONTROL")
- Display property setting values as eigenvalues
- Change the control property from the script

1.3 RUBY SCRIPT

In addition to FP script, generic script (mruby) is now available.This allows for processes such as the following
to be written in generic scripts in addition to processes that can be performed with FP scripts.In this
specification, mruby script is described as Ruby script.

For details, refer to Chapter 4, "RUBY SCRIPT".

Table 1.3 (a) List of available functions

No. Function name FP script Ruby script Additional explanation
1. Arithmetic operation  
2. Comparison operation  
3. Bit operation  
4. Use of FP functions  
5. Read values from control  
6. Set values in control  
7. Activate timer  
8. Repetitive processing  
9. Use of symbols  
10. Use of script variables  
11. Use of argument reference  
variables
12. Use of multidimensional -  Multidimensional array variables can be
array variables written in scripts.
13. Use of structure variables -  Structure variables can be written in scripts.
14. Non-volatile memory -  Non-volatile memory access can be
access accessed from scripts.
15. Define/use inner functions -  Inner functions can be created/used in
scripts.
16. Class definition -  Class definitions can be created/used in
scripts.
17. String operations -  Script removal and conversion can be
performed in scripts.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 11/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

No. Function name FP script Ruby script Additional explanation

18. Hash -  Hash values can be used in scripts.
19. Handling of NULL -  NULL values can be written in scripts.
20. Handling of TRUE/FALSE -  TRUE/FALSE can be written in scripts.
21. Exception handling -  Exceptions can be detected in the script.

mruby version: 1. 2. 0

For basic information on mruby, refer to the following page.

- mruby API reference
http://mruby.org/docs/api/

- Ruby 1.9.3 Library Documentation(mruby is compatible with Ruby 1.9)

https://ruby-doc.org/stdlib-1.9.3/

1.4 LIBRARY FUNCTIONS CAN BE USED FROM RUBY SCRIPT

The following library functions can be used in Ruby script.

・CNC window library
・PMC window library
・File operation library
・Serial library
・F-ROM library
・Network library
・ANSI C standard library
・MS-C extended C standard library
・mruby extension library

For details, refer to Chapter 5, "LIBRARY FUNCTIONS CAN BE USED FROM RUBY SCRIPT"

1.5 ASYNCHRONOUS EXECUTION OF RUBY SCRIPT

Ruby scripts are normally executed during FP control processing (drawing, action, etc.), timer processing, and
event processing such as screen transitions. However, ruby script processing can be executed as a separate
process by using this function. This enables asynchronous execution of various control processing (drawing,
action, etc.), timer processing, and event processing such as screen transitions, without having to stop the
process until the Ruby script ends.

The following two functions are added.

- A function that allows asynchronous Ruby script execution from a control action (scriptasync)
- A function for registering the handler, which makes the asynchronous Ruby script execution request from
the timer or screen transition event (set_handlerasync)

For details, refer to Chapter 4, "ASYNCHRONOUS EXECUTION OF RUBY SCRIPT."

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 12/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

1.6 IMPROVE OF SCREEN CALL FUNCTION

When displaying the FANUC PICTURE screen from the home screen, it is possible to designate and display a
specific screen, but in addition to its specification, the following specifications are now possible.
- Displaying the custom screen of written screen number in specified PMC area
- Displaying the latest custom screen

For details, refer to Chapter 7, "IMPROVE OF SCREEN CALL ."

1.7 COMBINED APPLICATION IN STANDARD DISPLAY UNIT

There is a change in part of the development environment construction procedure concerning creation of
combinated application.

For details, refer to Chapter 8, "COMBINED APPLICATION IN STANDARD DISPLAY UNIT".

1.8 Expansion of the maximum number of simultaneous

executions of the FANUC PICTURE for iHMI
Assuming that the maximum number of simultaneous executions of FANUC PICTURE is three, the identifier
ID used for registering the FANUC PICTURE screen to the iHMI home screen, and the name of the FANUC
PICTURE screen and the name of the folder to be loaded are designed with fixed names.
By taking the following measures in the development of this function, the upper limit as FANUC PICTURE is
eliminated, and four or more screens can be registered and executed in iHMI.
① Changed to be able to set any FANUC PICTURE screen name.
② Changed so that the identifier ID of the FANUC PICTURE screen and the name of the folder to be
loaded can be set arbitrarily.

For details, refer to “Chapter 9 Expansion of the maximum number of simultaneous executions of the FANUC
PICTURE for iHMI”.

1.9 Floating Display Function

The custom screens created by FANUC PICTURE for iHMI can be displayed on the screen of any iHMI application.

For details, refer to “Chapter 10 Floating Display Function”.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 13/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

1.10 Script Displaying Button

For the items that can be specified by script in the property list, the Script Displaying Button that can directly display
the script editor is displayed.

For details, refer to “Chapter 11 Script Displaying Button”.

1.11 Expansion of FP controls supporting to the Multi-language

Character Type functions
It is possible to specify the character type (font/character size) into characters for each language displaying in
the control of which has not support the Multi-language Character Type function.

For details, refer to "Chapter 12 FP controls supporting to the Multi-language Character Type function".

1.12 IMAGE FILE EDITOR improvements

“Save As” can be used in the ImageFileEditor.

The details, refer to ”Chapter 13 IMAGE FILE EDITOR improvement”.

1.13 Offsetting Function of CNC memory area of FANUC PICTURE

for iHMI
PMC signals, Custom macro variables and P-code macro variables (hereinafter called “CNC memory”) that are
used in FANUC PICTURE applications need to avoid conflicts with the CNC memory that are used by other
applications or Ladder programs.
With this function, CNC memory area of each application is offset at loading it to the machine. This makes it
possible to execute the application without modifying it by redefining the area even in the machine in which
CNC memory usage is different.
Refer to “Chapter 14 Offsetting Function of CNC memory area of FANUC PICTURE for iHMI” for more
details.

1.14 Improvements of the operability when adding FP screens

It is possible to copy and paste FP screens on the project window of the FP editor.
Also, the Screen Number and Screen Number Symbol can be set from not only the detail setting screen, but also
the property setting screen, and etc.

The details, refer to “Chapter 15 Improvements of the operability when adding screens”.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 14/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

1.15 FANUC Series 30i-B CPU-G

Compatible with FANUC Series 30i-MODEL B (CPU-G), the following operation are available.
-Creating a FANUC PICTURE application that runs on CPU-G
-Creating a combined application that runs on CPU-G
For detail, refer to “Section 16 FANUC Series 30i-B CPU-G”.

1.16 Improvements of selection status retention of Control

Option that synchronizes with the PMC signal (hereinafter called "PMC") is added to the initial state setting of
Check box control, Radio button control, and Combo box control (hereinafter called “each control”).

When setting “PMC”, the operation is as follows

- The selection status always corresponds to the PMC signal including FANUC PICTURE start-up and after
switching screens with "Free Memory" enabled.
- Only when the selection status of each control is changed, the PMC signal output from each control is done.

Available edition:
FANUC PICTURE（A08B-9010-J518#ZZ11） 09.9 or later

For details, refer to the following sections and Appendix A “Initial state setting operation in conjunction with
PMC signals”.
- Check box control : Section 3.1.1.5 "Properties" – [Action] tab
Section 3.1.1.6 "List display"
Section 3.1.1.7 "Batch editing"
- Radio button control : Section 3.1.2.5 "Properties" – [Action] tab
Section 3.1.2.6 "List display"
Section 3.1.2.7 "Batch editing"
- Combo box control : Section 3.1.5.5 "Properties" – [Action] tab
Section 3.1.5.6 "List display"
Section 3.1.5.7 "Batch editing"

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 15/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

1.17 Use memory card of display unit with PC function

In FANUC PICTURE for standard display, it is possible to input/output a file to memory card of display unit
with PC function with the following functions.

 History data output

 Text message file output
Text message file input
 License display output

Available edition:
FANUC PICTURE (A08B-9010-J518#ZZ11) 09.9 or later

For detail, refer to Section 17 “Use memory card of display unit with PC function”.

1.18 Project variable management function of FANUC PICTURE

for iHMI
In FANUC PICTURE for iHMI, project variable that can be shared throughout the project is added.
This makes it possible to link data among FP controls and Ruby scripts without using CNC memory.

Available edition:
FANUC PICTURE (A08B-9010-J518#ZZ11) 10.1 or later

Available display unit:

PANEL iH / iH Pro

For detail, refer to “18 Project variable management function of FANUC PICTURE for iHMI”.

1.19 FP Screen Transferring Function for CNC GUIDE

The contents of FANUC PICTURE screen edited by FP editor can be transferred to FANUC PICTURE app
which is executing on CNC GUIDE at making memory card file.
For detail, refer to “Section エラー! 参照元が見つかりません。 エラー! 参照元が見つかりません。”.

In this manual, “CNC GUIDE” refers to CNC GUIDE and CNC GUIDE2, unless concurrently listed.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 16/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

1.20 Collective screen bitmap output function

Collective screen bitmap output function is available in FP Editor for the iHMI mode.

Available edition:
FANUC PICTURE (A08B-9010-J518#ZZ11) 10.3 or later

For detail, refer to “Chapter 20 Collective screen bitmap output function”

1.21 About image files

About image files that can be used in FANUC PICTURE, the following operations are available.
- In FANUC PICTURE for standard display, PNG format image file is displayed on the control that can
display the image.
- In FANUC PICTURE for standard display, saving PNG / GIF format image files to project file in memory
file.
- In FANUC PICTURE for iHMI, saving PNG format image files to project file in memory file.

Available edition:
- FANUC PICTURE (A08B-9010-J518#ZZ11) 10.3 or later

For details, refer to “Chapter 21 About image files”.

1.22 Image quality setting of display image with Automatic screen

enlarged function
When using the automatic screen enlarged function in FANUC PICTURE, setting of whether displaying images
with prioritizing "display speed" (equivalent to edition 10.5 or ealier) or "image quality” is available.

Available edition:
FANUC PICTURE (A08B-9010-J518#ZZ11) 10.6 or later

For details, refer to “Chapter 22 Image quality setting of display image with Automatic screen enlarged
function”.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 17/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

1.23 REMARKS

1.23.1 About compatibility with FANUC PICTURE earlier than 8.0

In this document, they are referred to as follows for distinction.

FANUC PICTURE earlier than 8.0: "Old FANUC PICTURE"
FANUC PICTURE 8.0 or later: "New FANUC PICTURE"
FP driver 8.0 or later
FP editor earlier than 8.0

Project file
(earlier than 8.0)

MEM file
(earlier than 8.0)

FP 8.0 or later FP driver 8.0 or later

Conversion
processing
Project file
(earlier than 8.0)

MEM file
(8.0 or later)

Fig. 1.22 (b) Restriction

NOTE
1. Project after conversion can not be restored. Please obtain backup in advance.
2. When converting a project of unsupported model ( FS0i/0i Mate-D etc. ), please
change the setting of the project to a supported model beforehand and execute the
conversion with FANUC PICTURE 8.0 or later.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 18/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

1.23.2 About check of version

There are two methods of confirming the version in the driver software of FANUC PICTURE for iHMI.
- The property of driver software (FPDriverApp.exe) is displayed by using the Explorer of Windows.
- The version is read by FP function GetDrvVersion.
Product version Explorer of Windows FP function GetDrvVersion
08.0 3.0.0.0 FP01-20.0
08.1 3.1.0.0 FP01-21.0
08.2 3.2.0.0 FP01-22.0
08.3 3.3.0.0 FP01-23.0
08.4 3.4.0.0 FP01-24.0
08.5 3.5.0.0 FP01-25.0
08.6 3.6.0.0 FP01-26.0
08.7 3.7.0.0 FP01-27.0
08.8 3.8.0.0 FP01-28.0
09.0 4.0.0.0 FP01-30.0
09.1 4.1.0.0 FP01-31.0
09.2 4.2.0.0 FP01-32.0
09.3 4.3.0.0 FP01-33.0
09.4 4.4.0.0 FP01-34.0
09.5 4.5.0.0 FP01-35.0
09.6 4.6.0.0 FP01-36.0
09.7 4.7.0.0 FP01-37.0
09.8 4.8.0.0 FP01-38.0
09.9 4.9.0.0 FP01-39.0
10.0 5.0.0.0 FP01-40.0
10.1 5.1.0.0 FP01-41.0
10.2 5.2.0.0 FP01-42.0
10.3 5.3.0.0 FP01-43.0
10.4 5.4.0.0 FP01-44.0
10.5 5.5.0.0 FP01-45.0
10.6 5.6.0.0 FP01-46.0
10.7 5.7.0.0 FP01-47.0

1.23.3 About memory consumption

The memory consumption is increased at Edition 08.0 or later due to major update compared to the previous
FANUC PICTURE ( ~Edition 07.x).
If you don’t need any feature that is added at Edition 08.0 or later, using Edition less than 08.0 (the latest
Edition of 7.x series) is recommened.
Refer to FANUC PICTURE OPERATOR’S MANUAL (B-66284/09) A.2 “When D-RAM for FANUC
PICTURE is insufficient” in regard to revising memory consumption on the standard display unit.

1.23.4 About compatibility of Edition 8.0 or later.

Use FP driver of the same edition as the one of FP editor that created a screen data.

If updating only FP Driver, in FANUC PICTURE edition 8.0 or later, an error screen is displayed with the
following conbination and FANUC PICTURE does not work.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 19/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

iHMI／Standard display
・Screen data of edition 9.4 or earlier ⇔ FP driver of edition 9.5 or later

The screen data created with a previous edition can be updated by opening it with FP Editor of a newer edition.

In addition, if updating only the FP driver to version 9.7 or later with screen data that using the FpSetProperty
function with the FP editor edition 9.6 or earlier, the FpSetProperty function may return an error (Invalid object
ID).

1.23.5 Compatibility with Multi-language Character Type function

enabled project created by edition 9.4 or earlier.
When opening a Multi-language Character Type function enabled project that was created by edition 9.4 or
earlier with edition 9.5 to 9.6, in the following controls, its property setting "Character type" is set as “ANK” for
all Multi-language keys r egardless of the original setting.
When opening a Multi-language Character Type function enabled project that was created by edition 9.4 or
earlier with edition 9.7 or later, in the following controls, the set character types are taken over..
- Numeral/Character String Indication Control
- Numeral Indication Control with Key Input
- PMC Area Character String Indication Control

See “Chapter 12 FP controls supporting to the Multi-language Character Type function" for more details about
Multi-language Character Type function.

* It is recommended to backup the applicable project before opening it by edition 9.5 or later.

1.23.6 Setting of CNC system

In [Setting of CNC system] tab of [Setting of Project] dialog, select [CNC system] according to the CNC model to which the custom
screen is applied.

iHMI mode
CNC system CNC model
30i/31i/32i-A/B, 35i-B, 0i-F, 30i/31i/32i-B Plus, 0i-F Plus, Series 30i/31i/32i/35i-B
Power Motion i-A Plus Series 30i/31i/32-iB Plus
Series 0i-F Plus
Power Motion i-A Plus
Power Motion i-A Power Motion i-A

Standard display mode

CNC system CNC model
30i/31i/32i-A/B, 35i-B, 0i-F, 30i/31i/32i-B Plus, 0i-F Plus, Series 30i/31i/32i-A
Power Motion i-A Plus Series 30i/31i/32i/35i-B
Series 0i-F
Series 30i/31i/32i-A Plus
Series 0i-F Plus
Power Motion i-A Plus
Power Motion i-A Power Motion i-A
30i/31i-B Plus(CPU-G) Series 30i/31i-B Plus CPU-G

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 20/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

2 INSTALLER

2.1 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE

The procedure for inserting the installation CD is as follows.

1. When inserting the installation CD, the following dialog box will be displayed automatically.

NOTE
If it is not displayed automatically, open the Explorer window, select the DVD
drive, and run AutoRun.exe in the top folder.
(The Administrator authority is necessary.)

2. Select the edition you want to install and press the <OK> button.

Fig.2.1 (a) Edition selection Dialog.

3. The installation wizard is displayed. Follow the message and proceed with installation.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 21/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

3 FP CONTROL

3.1 ADDITION OF FP CONTROL

Icons
FP control icons displayed on the toolbar are displayed in the following order.
For details about FP control, refer to the description of each control.

Table 3.1 (a) Display of Toolbar about FP Control

No. Control name New
1. Screen configuration
2. Screen switch
3. Button
4. Framed button
5. Lamp
6. Label
7. Number/string display
8. PMC string
9. Number entry display
10. Key in
11. Numeric keypad entry
12. MDI key
13. Keyboard
14. Message
15. Text
16. Combined message
17. History message
18. Clock
19. Meter
20. Graph
21. Line graph
22. Image
23. Screen switch with image
24. Button with image
25. Lamp with image
26. Radio button New
27. Check box New
28. List box New
29. Combo box New
30. Extended bar graph New
31. Pie graph New

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 22/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Common setting items

The setting items that apply to all properties have the following options.
Table 3.1 (b) Common Setting Items
Setting item Option Value Note
Shortcut key FL/F1A 255
F1/F2B 240
F2/F3C 241
F3/F4D 242
F4/F5E 243
F5/F6F 244
F6/F7G 245
F7/F8H 246
F8/F9I 247
F9/F10J 248
F10/F11K 249
FR/F12L 254
VF1/VFR1 168
VF2/VFR2 167
VF3/VFR3 166
VF4/VFR4 165
VF5/VFR5 164
VF6/VFR6 163
VF7/VFR7 162
VF8/VFR8 161
VF9 160
VF10 169
VF11 170
VF12 171
Page-Up 143
Page-Down 142
HELP 154
Right-Arrow 136
Left-Arrow 137
Down-Arrow 138
Up-Arrow 139
CAN 8
INPUT 13
INSERT 148
DELETE 149
ALTER 150
F14M 208
F15O 209
F16P 210
F17Q 211
F18R 212
F19S 213
F20T 214
F21U 215
F22V 216
F23W 217
F24X 218

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 23/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Setting item Option Value Note

F25Y 219
VFL1 196
VFL2 197
VFL3 198
VFL4 199
VFL5 200
VFL6 201
VFL7 202
VFL8 203
VL1 183
VL2 184
VL3 185
VL4 186
VL5 187
VL6 188
VL7 189
VL8 190
VL9 191
VL10 192
VL11 193
VL12 194
TAB 176
ESC 177
POSITION 232
PROGRAM 233
OFFSET 234
MESSAGE 236
GRAPHIC 237
CUSTOM/CUSTOM 238
SYSTEM 235
PMC path 1st PMC N/A
2nd PMC 2
3rd PMC 3
4th PMC 4
5th PMC 5
DCS PMC 9
project variable $ iHMI only
PMC area 0:R R
1:D D
2:C C
3:T T
4:K K
5:X X
6:Y Y
7:G G
8:F F
9:A A
10 : M M
11 : N N
12 : E E
13 : Z Z

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 24/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Setting item Option Value Note

PMC bit 0 0
1 1
2 2
3 3
4 4
5 5
6 6
7 7
Character type 0:ANK 0
1: Double 1
2: Quad 2
3: Hex 3
4: Small 4
5:UserFont1 5 iHMI mode only
6:UserFont2 6 iHMI mode only
7:UserFont3 7 iHMI mode only

Changes to the project settings screen

The [Operation Mode Switch Key] setting has been added in line with the addition of the list box and combo
box controls.
For details about the [Operation Mode Switch Key] setting, refer to "3.1.3.4 Operation."

Fig. 3.1 (b) Project Settings Screen

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 25/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

NOTE
Because the key set to [Operation Mode Switching Key] takes precedence over
the [Shortcut Key] of each control, do not set the same key. When the same key
is set, the [Shortcut Key] of each control doesn't operate.

3.1.1 Check Box Control

3.1.1.1 Function

The check box is a control for selecting an item by putting a check mark in the box.
A caption is displayed next to the check box. To change the state of the check box (select or clear the check
box), touch the check box control or enter the corresponding key.

3.1.1.2 Diagram

You can select a large, medium or small check box.

You can select left aligned or right aligned as the display position.
The height of the control is automatically centered.
The default size is "small." If the created control is smaller than the small size, the size is automatically set to small.

Fig. 3.1.1.2 (a) Image of Check Box

Specify centered, left aligned, or right aligned in the text area as the caption layout.
Unless the caption is centered, you can specify X- and Y-coordinates.

Text area
Check mark
area (caption area)

Fig. 3.1.1.2 (b) Image of Check Box Area

3.1.1.3 Icon design

The following icon is displayed on the toolbar.

Fig. 3.1.1.3 (a) Icon Design

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 26/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

3.1.1.4 Operation

To change the state of the check box, perform one of the following operations:
- Touch the check box control.
- Press the shortcut key allocated to the check box.
- Press the <INPUT> key with the focus on the check box.
The state of the check box cannot be changed when the control is disabled, after the disable signal is received, or
when the interlock is engaged.
The PMC area (1 bit) can be allocated to the check box.
If the PMC area is allocated, data is written into the PMC area allocated to the check box when the user changes
the state of the check box.

3.1.1.5 Properties

This section describes the properties of check box control.

Tab configuration
Table 3.1.1.5 (a) List of Tabs
Item Description
General Used to specify the position and size of the check box.
Character Used to specify the position, color, and text of the caption in the text area.
Action Used to specify the initial status, allocation to the PMC area, interlock, and shortcut key.
Focus Used to specify the focus number and how to move the focus.
Image Used to specify the image when the control is disabled and the image at usual times.
NoAction Image Used to specify the allocation of the PMC area and the image for the disable signal.
Interlock Image Used to specify the image for when the interlock is engaged.

[General] tab

Fig. 3.1.1.5 (a) Properties Page - [General] Tab

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 27/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Table 3.1.1.5 (b) List of Properties on the [General] Tab

Setting item Entry type Specification Initial value Note
Object ID Fixed value FPCheckBoxXX XX is automatically entered. (User entry is not allowed.)
-

X User entry Numerical value Specify the X-coordinate with reference to the left top
- of the check box.
(Display starting position)
Y User entry Numerical value Specify the Y-coordinate with reference to the left top
- of the check box.
(Display starting position)
Width User entry Numerical value - Width of the check box.
Height User entry Numerical value - Height of the check box.

[Character] tab

Fig. 3.1.1.5 (b) Properties Page - [Character] Tab

Table 3.1.1.5 (c) List of Properties on the [Character] Tab

Setting item Entry type Specification Initial value Note
No use Check box ON/OFF OFF This item is enabled when you select the [Use the
multi-language multi-language display function] check box on the
[Multi-Language Settings] tab for project settings.
When you select this check box, [Multi-language key]
is enabled.
Multi-language Selection Arbitrary First Select a language key from those registered under
key candidate project settings.
Alignment Selection Center Left Aligned Select the caption layout.
Left Aligned
Right Aligned
Caption User entry Arbitrary Blank Enter the text to be displayed in the text area.
When using the multi-language key, specify a caption for
each key that can be specified with [Multi-language key].

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 28/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Setting item Entry type Specification Initial value Note

X User entry Numerical value 0 Enter a value less than or equal to the height of the
caption area.
This item is disabled when Center is selected.
Y User entry Numerical value 0 Enter a value less than or equal to the width of the
caption area.
This item is disabled when Center is selected.
Character Type Selection Refer to "Table ANK Select the character type.
3.1 (b) Common When using the multi-language key in the iHMI mode,
Setting Items." specify the character type for each key that can be
specified with [Multi-language key].
Character Color Palette Color selection Black Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Disable Color Palette Color selection Black Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Interlock Color Palette Color selection Black Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Focus Color Palette Color selection Black Select a color from the color selection dialog.

[Action] tab

Fig. 3.1.1.5 (c) Properties Page - [Action] Tab

Table 3.1.1.5 (d) List of Properties on the [Action] Tab

Setting item Entry type Specification Initial value Note
NoAction Check box ON/OFF OFF When you select this check box, [NoAction Image] is
enabled.
Init state Selection ON/OFF/PMC(*) OFF Select the state of the check box when the screen opens.
When you switch the screen with the memory for the
* "PMC" is valid screen configuration set to clear, the last display state is
at Edition 9.9 or discarded and the screen appears according to this
later setting.

<Edition 9.9 or later>

When setting "PMC", the PMC signal status is allways the
ON/OFF status of the control.
Shortcut Key Check box ON/OFF OFF Select this check box to use shortcut keys.
Shortcut key Selection Refer to "Table First This setting item is enabled when you select the [Shortcut
selection 3.1 (b) Common candidate Key] check box.
Setting Items."

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 29/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Table 3.1.1.5 (e) List of I/O Properties

Setting item Entry type Specification Initial value Note
External Check box ON/OFF OFF Select this check box to allocate the PMC area to the
output state of the check box.
When you select this check box, the items below it are
enabled.

<Edition 9.9 or later>

When setting "PMC" in "Init state", PMC signal setting is
also required at the same time, so "External output" is
grayed out in the ON state and the setting cannot be
changed.
I/O setting Selection 1:ON 0:OFF 1:ON 0:OFF Allocates the state of the bit allocated to the PMC area to
0:ON 1:OFF the selected or cleared status of the check box.
PMC Path Selection Refer to "Table First This setting item is enabled with the following settings:
3.1 (b) Common candidate [Use PMC]: ON
Setting Items." [Symbol]: OFF
PMC Area Selection Refer to "Table First This setting item is enabled with the following settings:
3.1 (b) Common candidate [Use PMC]: ON
Setting Items." [Symbol]: OFF
Address User entry Numerical value 0 The allowed range is between 0 and 99999.
This setting item is enabled with the following settings:
[Use PMC]: ON
[Symbol]: OFF
Bit Selection 0~7 0 This setting item is enabled with the following settings:
[Use PMC]: ON
[Symbol]: OFF
Symbol Check box ON/OFF OFF Select this check box to use symbols.
Symbol Entry or Arbitrary Blank Select a symbol from those registered in the PMC symbol
selection selection list.
This setting item is enabled with the following settings:
[Use PMC]: ON
[Symbol]: ON

Table 3.1.1.5 (f) List of Interlock Properties

Setting item Entry type Specification Initial value Note
Interlock Check box ON/OFF OFF Select this check box to use the interlock.
When you select this check box, the items below
it are enabled.
PMC Path Selection Refer to "Table First This setting item is enabled with the following
3.1 (b) Common candidate settings:
Setting Items." [Interlock]: ON
[Symbol]: OFF
InterlockPMCArea Selection Refer to "Table First This setting item is enabled with the following
3.1 (b) Common candidate settings:
Setting Items." [Interlock]: ON
[Symbol]: OFF
InterlockPMCAddress User entry Numerical value 0 The allowed range is between 0 and 99999.
This setting item is enabled with the following
settings:
[Interlock]: ON
[Symbol]: OFF

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 30/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

InterlockPMCBit Selection Refer to "Table First This setting item is enabled with the following
3.1 (b) Common candidate settings:
Setting Items." [Interlock]: ON
[Symbol]: OFF
Symbol Check box ON/OFF OFF Select this check box to use symbols.
Symbol selection Entry or Arbitrary Blank This setting item is enabled with the following
selection settings:
[Interlock]: ON
[Symbol]: ON

NOTE
The PMC signal allocated in [External output] retains the status before the
interlock. Therefore, the status before the interlock is displayed at recovery from
the interlock.

[Focus] tab

Fig. 3.1.1.5 (d) Properties Page - [Focus] Tab

Table 3.1.1.5 (g) List of Properties on the [Focus] Tab

Setting item Entry type Specification Initial value Note
Focus is Check box ON/OFF OFF Select this check box to use the focus.
available When you select this check box, the items below it
are enabled.
Focus User entry Numerical value 1 Specify a number that is not already used on the
Index screen (form).
Don't move the Check box ON/OFF OFF Select this check box to avoid consecutive entry.
focus to the next
control after
inputting data.
Appoint Check box ON/OFF OFF Select this check box to directly specify the index
movement that you want to move the focus to.
index When you select this check box, the items below it

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 31/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Setting item Entry type Specification Initial value Note

are enabled.
UP Key User entry Numerical value 0 Specify the index that you want to move the focus to.
LEFT Key User entry Numerical value 0 Specify the index that you want to move the focus to.
RIGHT Key User entry Numerical value 0 Specify the index that you want to move the focus to.
DOWN Key User entry Numerical value 0 Specify the index that you want to move the focus to.

[Image] tab

Fig. 3.1.1.5 (e) Properties Page - [Image] Tab

Table 3.1.1.5 (h) List of Properties on the [Image] Tab

Setting item Entry type Specification Initial value Note
Button Size Selection Small Small The display size on the standard monitor is as follows.
Medium Small: 25 pixels by 25 pixels (9")
Large 16 pixels by 16 pixels (14")
Medium: 32 pixels by 32 pixels (9")
24 pixels by 24 pixels (14")
Large: 39 pixels by 39 pixels (9")
32 pixels by 32 pixels (14")
The display size on the iHMI mode is as follows.
Small: Equivalent to Same.
Medium: Equivalent to Double.
Large: Equivalent to Quad.
Button Position Selection Left Aligned Left Aligned
Right Aligned
Mask Image File Selection Arbitrary Fig file name Specify the Fig file that describes the style of the
for the check check box when disabled.
box when
disabled This setting item is enabled with the following settings:
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: ON
[NoAction Signal] on the [NoAction Image] tab: OFF

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 32/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Setting item Entry type Specification Initial value Note

Style Selection Arbitrary First style in Select a style from those in the specified Fig file.
the Fig file
This setting item is enabled with the following settings:
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: ON
[NoAction Signal] on the [NoAction Image] tab: OFF
Image Selection Arbitrary Fig file name Specify the Fig file that describes the style of the
File Name for the check check box.
box This setting item is enabled with the following settings:
Pattern 1
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: OFF
Pattern 2
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: ON
[NoAction Signal] on the [NoAction Image] tab: ON
Style Selection Arbitrary First style in Select a style from those in the specified Fig file.
the Fig file This setting item is enabled with the following settings:
Pattern 1
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: OFF
Pattern 2
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: ON
[NoAction Signal] on the [NoAction Image] tab: ON
Check Color Palette Color selection Green Specify the color of the check mark.
(0.128.0) Select a color from the color selection dialog.
If this setting is omitted, the background color of the
check mark is used.
Check Back Palette Color selection Gray Specify the background color of the check mark.
Color (192.192.192) Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Border Color1 Palette Color selection Black Specify the (upper) border of the check mark.
Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Border Color2 Palette Color selection White Specify the (lower) border of the check mark.
Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Back Color Palette Color selection Gray Specify the background color of the caption area.
(192.192.192) Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Focus Color Palette Color selection Yellow Specify the status color for when the focus is selected.
(128.128.0) Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Check ON Check box ON/OFF ON You cannot select this check box in the following cases:
Preview Pattern 1
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: ON
Pattern 2
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: ON
[NoAction Signal] on the [NoAction Image] tab: ON
[Preview] on the [NoAction Image] tab: ON
Pattern 3
[Interlock] on the [Action] tab: ON
[Display] on the [Interlock Image] tab: ON
[Preview] on the [Interlock Image] tab: ON

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 33/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Setting item Entry type Specification Initial value Note

Focus Preview Check box ON/OFF OFF You cannot select this check box in the following cases:
Pattern 1
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: ON
Pattern 2
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: ON
[NoAction Signal] on the [NoAction Image] tab: ON
[Preview] on the [NoAction Image] tab: ON
Pattern 3
[Interlock] on the [Action] tab: ON
[Display] on the [Interlock Image] tab: ON
[Preview] on the [Interlock Image] tab: ON
*There is a preview button on the iHMI mode.
[NoAction Image] tab

Fig. 3.1.1.5 (f) Properties Page - [NoAction Image] Tab

Table 3.1.1.5 (i) List of Properties on the [NoAction Image] Tab

Setting item Entry type Specification Initial value Note
NoAction Signal Check box ON/OFF OFF This setting item is enabled with the following
settings:
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: ON

When you select this check box, the items below it

are enabled.
Image File Name Selection Arbitrary Fig file name Specify the Fig file that describes the style of the
for the check check box.
box
Style Selection Arbitrary First style in Select a style from those in the specified Fig file.
the Fig file
Check Color Palette Color selection Black Specify the color of the check mark.
Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Check Back Color Palette Color selection Gray Specify the background color of the check mark.
(192.192.192) Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Border Color1 Palette Color selection Black Specify the (upper) border of the check mark.
Select a color from the color selection dialog.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 34/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Setting item Entry type Specification Initial value Note

Border Color2 Palette Color selection White Specify the (lower) border of the check mark.
Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Back Color Palette Color selection Gray Specify the background color of the caption area.
(192.192.192) Select a color from the color selection dialog.
PMC Path Selection Refer to "Table First This setting item is enabled with the following
3.1 (b) Common candidate settings:
Setting Items." [Symbol]: OFF
PMC Area Selection Refer to "Table First This setting item is enabled with the following
3.1 (b) Common candidate settings:
Setting Items." [Symbol]: OFF
Address User entry Numerical value 0 This setting item is enabled with the following
settings:
[Symbol]: OFF
Bit Selection Refer to "Table First This setting item is enabled with the following
3.1 (b) Common candidate settings:
Setting Items." [Symbol]: OFF
Symbol Check box ON/OFF Select this check box to use symbols.
Symbol selection Entry or Arbitrary Blank This setting item is enabled with the following
selection settings:
[Symbol]: ON
Check Timing Selection 0: Power On 0: Power On Specify when the disable signal is checked.
1: Always
Check ON Check ON/OFF ON Select this check box to display the check mark on
Preview box the preview screen.
Preview Check box ON/OFF OFF This setting item is enabled with the following
settings:
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: ON
[NoAction Signal] on the [NoAction Image] tab: ON
*There is a preview button on the iHMI mode.

[Interlock Image] tab

Fig. 3.1.1.5 (g) Properties Page - [Interlock Image] Tab

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 35/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Table 3.1.1.5 (j) List of Properties on the [Interlock Image] Tab

Setting item Entry type Specification Initial value Note
Display Check box ON/OFF OFF This setting item is enabled with the following
settings:

Pattern 1
[Action] tab: OFF
[Interlock] on the [Action] tab: ON

Pattern 2
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: ON
[Interlock] on the [Action] tab: ON
[NoAction Signal] on the [NoAction Image] tab:
OFF

When you select this check box, the items below it

are enabled.
Image File Arbitrary Fig file name for the Specify the Fig file that describes the style of the
Name check box check box.
Style Arbitrary First style in the Fig Select a style from those in the specified Fig file.
file
Check Color Palette Color specification Black Specify the color of the check mark.
Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Check Back Palette Color specification Gray Specify the background color of the check mark.
Color (192.192.192) Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Border Color1 Palette Color specification Black Specify the (upper) border of the check mark.
Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Border Color2 Palette Color specification White Specify the (lower) border of the check mark.
Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Back Color Palette Color specification Gray Specify the background color of the caption area.
(192.192.192) Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Check ON Check box ON/OFF ON Select this check box to display the check mark on
Preview the preview screen.
Preview Check box ON/OFF OFF This setting item is enabled with the following
settings:
Pattern 1
[Interlock] on the [Action] tab: ON
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: OFF
[Display] on the [Interlock Image] tab: ON
Pattern 2
[Interlock] on the [Action] tab: ON
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: ON
[NoAction Signal] on the [NoAction Image] tab: ON
[Preview] on the [NoAction Image] tab: OFF
[Display] on the [Interlock Image] tab: ON
*There is a preview button on the iHMI mode.

3.1.1.6 List display

For details about the item display conditions, refer to "Table 3.1.1.6 (b) List of Item Display Conditions."

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 36/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Table 3.1.1.6 (a) List of List Display Items

Item name Settings tab Setting item Specification Item display conditions
Object ID General
Tab index - - Arbitrary (The initial value
is 0.)
Comment - - Arbitrary (The initial value
is blank.)
X General
Y General
Width General
Height General
No use Character 0:OFF 1:ON
multi-language
Multi-language key Character Multi-language key No. - 1 No.1
Arrangement Character Center Left Aligned
Left Aligned
Right Aligned
Offset posX Character X Arbitrary (The initial value No.2
is 0.)
Offset posY Character Y Arbitrary (The initial value No.2
is 0.)
Character Type Character Refer to "Table 3.1 (b)
Common Setting Items."
Character Color Character
Disable Color Character
Lock Color Character
Focus caption Character
Color
Caption Character When the multi-language
keys are used, the same
number of captions as
that of keys are displayed.
NoAction Action 0:OFF 1:ON
Init state Action ON OFF
(NOTE-2) OFF
PMC(*)

* "PMC" is valid at Edition

9.9 or later
Shortcut Key Action - Shortcut Key 0:OFF
- Shortcut key Other settings: Refer to
selection "Table 3.1 (b) Common
Setting Items."
External output Action 0:OFF 1:ON
(NOTE-1)
I/O setting Action 1:ON 0:OFF 1:ON 0:OFF No.3
0:ON 1:OFF
External output Action Symbol 0:OFF 1:ON No.3
PMC symbol flag
External output Action Symbol selection No.4
PMC symbol

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 37/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Item name Settings tab Setting item Specification Item display conditions
External output Action - PMC Path Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) No.5
Signal - PMC Area Common Setting Items."
- Address
- Bit
Interlock Action 0:OFF 1:ON
Interlock signal Action Symbol No.6
symbol flag
Interlock signal Action Symbol selection No.7
symbol
Interlock signal Action - PMC Path Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) No.8
- InterlockPMCArea Common Setting Items."
- InterlockPMCAddress
- InterlockPMCBit
Focus is available Focus 0:OFF 1:ON
Number of focus Focus Numerical value Arbitrary (The initial value No.24
index is 0.)
Don't move focus Focus 0:OFF 1:ON No.24
to the next control
after data input
operation.
Appoint Focus 0:OFF 1:ON No.24
movement index
Focusing up Focus Numerical value Arbitrary (The initial value No.25
is 0.)
Focusing down Focus Numerical value Arbitrary (The initial value No.25
is 0.)
Focusing left Focus Numerical value Arbitrary (The initial value No.25
is 0.)
Focusing right Focus Numerical value Arbitrary (The initial value No.25
is 0.)
Button Size Image 0: Small 1: Medium 2: Large
Position Image 0: Left 1: Right
No action image Image Mask Image File No.13
file name
No action image Image Style Style number No.13
style
Image File Name Image No. 14 or No. 15
Style Image Style number No. 14 or No. 15
Check Color Image
Check Back Color Image
Border Color1 Image
Border Color2 Image
Background color Image
Focus Color Image
Check ON Image 0:OFF 1:ON No. 20, No. 21, No. 22
Preview or No. 23
Focus Preview Image 0:OFF 1:ON No. 20, No. 21, No. 22
or No. 23
No action signal NoAction Image 0:OFF 1:ON No.16
No action image NoAction Image Mask Image File No.15
file name

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 38/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Item name Settings tab Setting item Specification Item display conditions
No action signal NoAction Image Style No.15
style
No action Check NoAction Image Color of check mark No.15
Color when disabled
No action Check NoAction Image Background color of check No.15
Back Color mark when disabled
No action border NoAction Image Border color 1 when the No.15
color1 control is disabled
No action border NoAction Image Border color 2 when the No.15
color2 control is disabled
No action signal NoAction Image Symbol 0:0FF 1:ON No.15
symbol flag
No action signal NoAction Image Symbol selection No.17
symbol
No action signal NoAction Image - PMC path when the Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) No.18
PMC control is disabled Common Setting Items."
- PMC area when the
control is disabled
- PMC address when
the control is disabled
- PMC bit when the
control is disabled
No action signal NoAction Image Preview of the check 0:0FF 1:ON No.15
Check ON Preview mark
No action signal NoAction Image Preview 0:0FF 1:ON No.15
preview
Interlock image Interlock Image Display 0:OFF 1:ON No. 9 or No. 10
display
Interlock image Interlock Image Image File Name No. 11 or No. 12
file name
Interlock image Interlock Image Style Style number No. 11 or No. 12
style
Interlock Check Interlock Image Check Color No. 11 or No. 12
Color
Interlock Check Interlock Image Check Back Color No. 11 or No. 12
Back Color
Interlock border Interlock Image Border Color1 No. 11 or No. 12
color 1
Interlock border Interlock Image Border Color2 No. 11 or No. 12
color 2
Interlock Back Interlock Image Back Color No. 11 or No. 12
Color
Interlock Check Interlock Image Preview of the check 0:OFF 1:ON No. 11 or No. 12
ON Preview mark
Interlock preview Interlock Image Preview 0:OFF 1:ON No. 11 or No. 19

Table 3.1.1.6 (b) List of Item Display Conditions

No. Display condition
1 [Use the multi-language display function]: ON (project settings)
2 [Left] or [Right] is selected.
3 [Use PMC] on the [Action] tab: ON

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 39/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

No. Display condition

4 [Use PMC] on the [Action] tab: ON
[Symbol] on the [Action] tab: ON
5 [Use PMC] on the [Action] tab: ON
[Symbol] on the [Action] tab: OFF
6 [Interlock] on the [Action] tab: ON
7 [Interlock] on the [Action] tab: ON
[Symbol] on the [Action] tab: ON
8 [Interlock] on the [Action] tab: OFF
[Symbol] on the [Action] tab: OFF
9 [Interlock] on the [Action] tab: ON
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: OFF
10 [Interlock] on the [Action] tab: ON
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: ON
[NoAction Signal] on the [NoAction Image] tab: ON
11 [Interlock] on the [Action] tab: ON
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: OFF
[Display] on the [Interlock Image] tab: ON
12 [Interlock] on the [Action] tab: ON
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: ON
[NoAction Signal] on the [NoAction Image] tab: ON
[Display] on the [Interlock Image] tab: ON
13 [NoAction] on the [Action] tab: ON
[NoAction Signal] on the [NoAction Image] tab: OFF
14 [NoAction] on the [Action] tab: OFF
15 [NoAction] on the [Action] tab: ON
[NoAction Signal] on the [NoAction Image] tab: ON
16 [NoAction] on the [Action] tab: ON
17 [NoAction] on the [Action] tab: ON
[NoAction Signal] on the [NoAction Image] tab: ON
Disable signal symbol on the [NoAction Image] tab: ON
18 [NoAction] on the [Action] tab: ON
[NoAction Signal] on the [NoAction Image] tab: ON
Disable signal symbol on the [NoAction Image] tab: OFF
19 [Interlock] on the [Action] tab: ON
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: ON
[NoAction Signal] on the [NoAction Image] tab: ON
[Preview] on the [NoAction Image] tab: OFF
[Display] on the [Interlock Image] tab: ON
20 [NoAction] on the [Action] tab: OFF
[Interlock] on the [Action] tab: OFF
21 [NoAction] on the [Action] tab: OFF
[Interlock] on the [Action] tab: ON
[Display] on the [Interlock Image] tab: OFF
22 [NoAction] on the [Action] tab: OFF
[Interlock] on the [Action] tab: ON
[Display] on the [Interlock Image] tab: ON
[Preview] on the [Interlock Image] tab: OFF
23 [NoAction] on the [Action] tab: ON
[NoAction Signal] on the [NoAction Image] tab: ON
[Preview] on the [NoAction Image] tab: OFF
24 [Focus is available] on the [Focus] tab: ON

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 40/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

No. Display condition

25 [Focus is available] on the [Focus] tab: ON
[Focus move rules] on the [Focus] tab: ON

NOTE
<Edition 9.9 or later>
1. If "PMC" in [Init state] is selected, [External output] is turned on.
2. If [External output] is turned off when "PMC" is selected in [Init state], [Init state] is
turned off.

3.1.1.7 Batch editing

The following table shows the setting items on each tab that are the same as those in the list display. The
property names other than the items shown below are the same as those in the list display.

Table 3.1.1.7 (a) List of Differences for the Same Setting Items
Item name (list display) Property name (batch editing)
Shortcut Key Shortcut Key
Shortcut key code

<Edition 9.9 or later>

Refer to the table below “Table 3.1.1.7(b) Setting value of [Init state] in Batch editing” for the setting value
when setting “PMC” to [Init state] in Batch editing.
When ”PMC” is selected as input of [Init state], an error occurs when generating a MEM file unless [External
output] is ON (see Section 3.1.1.8, “Message”).

Table 3.1.1.7 (b) Setting value of [Init state] in Batch editing

Init state Setting value
PMC 2

NOTE
The output result of the property list output by the screen bitmap batch output function
is also the same as the setting value of “Table 3.1.1.7(b) Setting value of [Init state] in
Batch editing” in the above table.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 41/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

3.1.1.8 Message

The specific message displayed when setting this control is shown below.

<Edition 9.9 or later>

Table 3.1.1.8 (a) List of Messages

Cause Timing Message
[External output] is set to Generating a MEM file If [Init state] is “PMC”, turn [External output] on.
OFF when [Init state]
is ”PMC”.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 42/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

3.1.2 Radio Button Control

3.1.2.1 Function

The radio button control is used to select only one choice from multiple options.
You can group controls linked on the same screen by setting the [GroupNo] property.

3.1.2.2 Diagram

You can select a large, medium or small radio button. You can select left aligned or right aligned as the display
position. The height of the control is automatically centered.
The default size is "small." If the created control is smaller than the small size, the size is automatically set to small.

Fig. 3.1.2.2 (a) Images of Radio Buttons

3.1.2.3 Icon design

The following icon is displayed on the toolbar.

Fig. 3.1.2.3 (a) Icon Design

3.1.2.4 Operation

Whether the radio button is selected or not is managed in the dynamic memory in the FP driver.

4 bytes are allocated from the output PMC address on the [Action] tab and the selection status of up to 32
buttons is output.
4 bytes are allocated according to the No. in the group set to the laid out radio button.

If you change the PMC status from an external application or tool, the selection status changes.

<Edition 9.9 or later>

When multiple radio buttons in the same group are turned on in the PMC signal state, the value for 4 bytes from
the output PMC address is cleared and all radio buttons are turned off.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 43/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Output PMC address [R100] Output PMC address [R100]

R100
A A
0x02 is output to R100.
Select B. Other buttons are deselected. 0
B B
C C 1

0
B is selected.
Other buttons are deselected. Control information

Fig. 3.1.2.4 (a) PMC Output

The property design and output destination PMC must be the same within the group.
When you change control settings, the same settings are applied to other controls in the group.

The properties of the control whose group No. is changed apply to the controls with the new group No.
The applied properties are shown in the following table.

Table 3.1.2.4 (a) Properties Applied When the Group No. Is Changed
Tab Setting item
Action PMC Path
OutPMCArea
OutPMCAddress
Symbol
Symbol selection
Image Button Size
Button Position
Mask Image File
Style
Image File Name
Style
Back Color
Border Color
Outer Frame Color
ON Color
OFF Color
NoAction Image File Name
Image Style
Back Color
Border Color
Outer Frame Color
State Color
Interlock Image File Name
Style
Back Color
Border Color
Outer Frame Color
State Color

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 44/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

3.1.2.5 Properties

This section describes the properties of radio button control.

Tab configuration
Table 3.1.2.5 (a) List of Tabs
Item Description
General Used to specify the position and size of the radio box.
Character Used to specify the position, color, and text of the caption in the text area.
Action Used to specify the initial status, allocation to the PMC area, interlock, and shortcut key.
Focus Used to specify the focus number and how to move the focus.
Image Used to specify the image when the control is disabled and the image at usual times.
NoAction Image Used to specify the allocation of the PMC area and the image for the disable signal.
Interlock Image Used to specify the image for when the interlock is engaged.
[General] tab

Fig. 3.1.2.5 (a) Properties Page - [General] Tab

Table 3.1.2.5 (b) List of Setting Items on the [General] Tab

Setting Entry type Specification Initial Synchronization Note
item value
Object ID Fixed value FPRadioBtnX - No X is automatically entered.

X User entry Numerical value - No Specify a value smaller than the screen size.
Y User entry Numerical value - No Specify a value smaller than the screen size.
Width User entry Numerical value - No Specify a value smaller than the screen size
starting from [X].
Height User entry Numerical value - No Specify a value smaller than the screen size
starting from [Y].

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 45/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

[Character] tab

Fig. 3.1.2.5 (b) Properties Page - [Character] Tab

Table 3.1.2.5 (c) List of Properties on the [Character] Tab

Setting item Entry type Specification Initial Synchronization Note
value
No use Check box ON/OFF OFF No When you select this check box,
multi-language [Multi-language key] is enabled.

Multi-language Selection Arbitrary First No Select a language key from those

key candidate registered under project settings.
Alignment Selection Left Aligned Left No
Center Aligned
Right Aligned
Caption User entry Arbitrary Blank No Enter the text to be displayed in the
text area.
When using the multi-language key,
specify a caption for each key that can
be specified with [Multi-language key].
X User entry Numerical 0 No Specify a value smaller than [Width] on
value the [General] tab.

This setting item is enabled with the

following settings:
[Center]: OFF
Y User entry Numerical 0 No Specify a value smaller than [Height]
value on the [General] tab.

This setting item is enabled with the

following settings:
[Center]: OFF
Character Type Selection Refer to "Table ANK No Select a character type from the
3.1 (b) settings.
Common When using the multi-language key in
Setting Items." the iHMImode, specify the character
type for each key that can be specified

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 46/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

with [Multi-language key].

Character Color Palette Color selection Black No Select a color from the color selection
dialog.
Disable Color Palette Color selection Black No Select a color from the color selection
dialog.
Interlock Color Palette Color selection Black No Select a color from the color selection
dialog.

[Action] tab

Fig. 3.1.2.5 (c) Properties Page - [Action] Tab

Table 3.1.2.5 (d) List of Properties on the [Action] Tab

Setting item Entry type Specification Initial Synchronizati Note
value on
NoAction Check box ON/OFF OFF No When you select this check box,
[NoAction Image] is enabled.
GroupNo User entry 1~9 1 No
GroupIndex User entry 0~31 0 No Specify the bit to be allocated.
If the same No. is set within the same
group, an error occurs during
generation of the MEM file.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 47/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Setting item Entry type Specification Initial Synchronizati Note

value on
Init Status Check box ON/OFF OFF No Set the selection status when the
(*1) /PMC(*) screen starts.
Selection(*2) If more than one is ON in the same
* ”PMC” is valid group, an error occurs when generating
*1 Editon 9.8 at Edition 9.9 or a MEM file.
or earlier later
*2 Editon 9.9 When you switch the screen with the
or later memory for the screen configuration set
to clear, the last display state is
discarded and the screen appears
according to this setting.

<Edition 9.9 or later>

When “PMC” is selected for [Init Status],
an error occurs when generating a MEM
file unless all radio buttons in the same
group are “PMC”.
(see Section 3.1.1.8, “Message”)
Shortcut Key Check box ON/OFF OFF No
Shortcut key Selection Refer to "Table First No This setting item is enabled with the
selection 3.1 (b) Common candidate following settings:
Setting Items." [Shortcut Key]: ON
Output PMC
PMC Path Selection Refer to "Table First Yes This setting item is enabled with the
3.1 (b) Common candidate following settings:
Setting Items." [Symbol]: OFF
OutPMCAre Selection Refer to "Table First Yes This setting item is enabled with the
a 3.1 (b) Common candidate following settings:
Setting Items." [Symbol]: OFF
OutPMCAdd User entry Numerical value 0 Yes The allowed range is between 0 and
ress 99999.

This setting item is enabled with the

following settings:
[Symbol]: OFF
Symbol Check box ON/OFF OFF Yes
Symbol Entry or Arbitrary Blank Yes Select a symbol from those registered in
selection selection the PMC symbol list.
If the number of bits of the type
specified with the selected symbol is
insufficient for the number of radio
buttons set in the same group, an error
occurs during generation of the MEM
file.

This setting item is enabled with the

following settings:
[Symbol]: ON
Interlock
Interlock Check box ON/OFF OFF No

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 48/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Setting item Entry type Specification Initial Synchronizati Note

value on
PMC Path Selection Refer to "Table First No This setting item is enabled with the
3.1 (b) Common candidate following settings:
Setting Items." [Interlock]: ON
[Symbol]: OFF
InterlockPM Selection Refer to "Table First No This setting item is enabled with the
CArea 3.1 (b) Common candidate following settings:
Setting Items." [Interlock]: ON
[Symbol]: OFF
InterlockPM User entry Numerical value 0 No The allowed range is between 0 and
CAddress 99999.
This setting item is enabled with the
following settings:
[Interlock]: ON
[Symbol]: OFF
InterlockPM Selection Refer to "Table First No This setting item is enabled with the
CBit 3.1 (b) Common candidate following settings:
Setting Items." [Interlock]: ON
[Symbol]: OFF
Symbol Check box ON/OFF OFF No
Symbol Entry or Arbitrary Blank No This setting item is enabled with the
selection selection following settings:
[Interlock]: ON
[Symbol]: ON

NOTE
The PMC signal allocated in [Output] retains the status from before the interlock
engaged. Therefore, the same status as before the interlock engaged is
displayed upon recovery from the interlock.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 49/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

[Focus] tab

Fig. 3.1.2.5 (d) Properties Page - [Focus] Tab

Table 3.1.2.5 (e) List of Properties on the [Focus] Tab

Setting item Entry type Specification Initial Note
value
Focus is Check box ON/OFF OFF Select this check box to use the focus.
available When you select this check box, the items below it are
enabled.
Focus User entry Numerical value 1 Specify a number that is not already used on the screen
Index (form).
Don't move Check box ON/OFF OFF Select this check box to avoid consecutive entry.
the focus to
the next
control after
inputting data.
Appoint Check box ON/OFF OFF Select this check box to directly specify the index that you
movement want to move the focus to.
index When you select this check box, the items below it are
enabled.
Upward move User entry Numerical value 0 Specify the index that you want to move the focus to.
Leftward User entry Numerical value 0 Specify the index that you want to move the focus to.
move
Rightward User entry Numerical value 0 Specify the index that you want to move the focus to.
move
Downward User entry Numerical value 0 Specify the index that you want to move the focus to.
move

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 50/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

[Image] tab

Fig. 3.1.2.5 (e) Properties Page - [Image] Tab Screen

Table 3.1.2.5 (f) List of Setting Items on the [Image] Tab

Setting item Entry type Specification Initial value Synchronization Note
Button Size Selection Small Small Yes The display size on the standard
Medium monitor is as follows.
Large Small: 25 pixels by 25 pixels (9")
16 pixels by 16 pixels (14")
Medium: 32 pixels by 32 pixels (9")
24 pixels by 24 pixels (14")
Large: 39 pixels by 39 pixels (9")
32 pixels by 32 pixels (14")
The display size on the iHMImode is as
follows.
Small: Equivalent to Same.
Medium: Equivalent to Double.
Large: Equivalent to Quad.
Button Selection Right Aligned Left Aligned Yes
Position Left Aligned
Mask Image Selection Arbitrary Fig file name Yes Specify the Fig file that describes the
File for the radio style of the radio button when disabled.
button when
disabled This setting item is enabled with the
following settings:
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: ON
[NoAction Signal] on the [NoAction
Image] tab: OFF
Style Selection Arbitrary First style in Yes Select a style from those in the
the Fig file specified Fig file.

This setting item is enabled with the

following settings:
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: ON
[NoAction Signal] on the [NoAction
Image] tab: OFF

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 51/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Setting item Entry type Specification Initial value Synchronization Note

Image File Selection Arbitrary Fig file name Yes Specify the Fig file that describes the
Name for the radio style of the radio button.
button
This setting item is enabled with the
following settings:
Pattern 1
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: OFF

Pattern 2
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: ON
[NoAction Signal] on the [NoAction
Image] tab: ON
Style Selection Arbitrary First style in Yes Select a style from those in the
the Fig file specified Fig file.

This setting item is enabled with the

following settings:
Pattern 1
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: OFF

Pattern 2
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: ON
[NoAction Signal] on the [NoAction
Image] tab: ON
Back Color Palette Color Gray Yes Select a color from the color selection
selection (192.192.19 dialog.
2)
Border Palette Color Black Yes Select a color from the color selection
Color selection dialog.
Circle border (This applies to both the
inner and outer circles.)
Outer Palette Color Gray Yes Select a color from the color selection
Frame selection (192.192.19 dialog.
Color 2)
ON Color Palette Color Green Yes Select a color from the color selection
selection (0.128.0) dialog.
OFF Color Palette Color Black Yes Select a color from the color selection
selection dialog.
ON Preview Check box ON/OFF OFF
*There is a preview button on the iHMI mode.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 52/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

[NoAction Image] tab

Fig. 3.1.2.5 (f) Properties Page - [NoAction Image] Tab

Table 3.1.2.5 (g) List of Properties on the [NoAction Image] Tab

Setting item Entry type Specification Initial value Synchronization Note
NoAction Check box ON/OFF OFF No This setting item is enabled with the
Signal following settings:
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: ON

When you select this check box, the

items below it are enabled.
Image File Selection Arbitrary Fig file name Yes Specify the Fig file that describes the
Name for the radio style of the radio button.
button
Style Selection Arbitrary First style in Yes Select a style from those in the
the Fig file specified Fig file.
Back Color Palette Color Gray Yes Select a color from the color
selection (192.192.192) selection dialog.
Border Color Palette Color Black Yes Select a color from the color
selection selection dialog.
Circle border (This applies to both
the inner and outer circles.)
Outer Frame Palette Color Gray Yes Select a color from the color
Color selection (192.192.192) selection dialog.
Outer Frame Color
State Color Palette Color Gray Yes Select a color from the color
selection (192.192.192) selection dialog.
Color of inner circle
PMC Path Selection Refer to First No This setting item is enabled with the
"Table 3.1 (b) candidate following settings:
Common [Symbol]: OFF
Setting Items."
PMC Area Selection Refer to First No This setting item is enabled with the
"Table 3.1 (b) candidate following settings:
Common [Symbol]: OFF
Setting Items."

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 53/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Setting item Entry type Specification Initial value Synchronization Note

Address User entry Arbitrary 0 No The allowed range is between 0 and
99999.

This setting item is enabled with the

following settings:
[Symbol]: OFF
Bit Selection Refer to First No This setting item is enabled with the
"Table 3.1 (b) candidate following settings:
Common [Symbol]: OFF
Setting Items."
Symbol Check box ON/OFF OFF No
Symbol Entry or Arbitrary Blank No This setting item is enabled with the
selection selection following settings:
[Symbol]: ON
Check Timing Selection 0: Power On 0: Power On No Specify when the disable signal is
1: Always checked.
Preview Check box ON/OFF OFF No
*There is a preview button on the iHMI mode.

[Interlock Image] tab

Fig. 3.1.2.5 (g) Properties Page - [Interlock Image] Tab

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 54/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Table 3.1.2.5 (h) List of Properties on the [Interlock Image] Tab

Setting item Entry type Specification Initial value Synchronization Note
Display Check box ON/OFF OFF No This setting item is enabled with the
following settings:
Pattern 1
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: OFF
[Interlock] on the [Action] tab: ON

Pattern 2
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: ON
[Interlock] on the [Action] tab: ON

When you select this check box, the

items below it are enabled.
Image File Selection Arbitrary Fig file name Yes Specify the Fig file that describes the
Name for the radio style of the radio button.
button
Style Selection Arbitrary First style in Yes Select a style from those in the
the Fig file specified Fig file.
Back Color Palette Color Gray Yes Select a color from the color selection
specification (192.192.192) dialog.
Border Color Palette Color Black Yes Select a color from the color selection
specification dialog.
Circle border (This applies to both the
inner and outer circles.)
Outer Frame Palette Color Gray Yes Select a color from the color selection
Color specification (192.192.192) dialog.
Outer Frame Color
State Color Palette Color Gray Yes Select a color from the color selection
specification (192.192.192) dialog.
Color of inner circle
Preview Check box ON/OFF OFF No
*There is a preview button on the iHMI mode.

3.1.2.6 List display

The list display items are shown in "Table 3.1.2.6 (a) List Display Items."
Note that the description is omitted in the following cases:
- The item name is the same as the setting item.
- The setting value is the same as that on the [Property] tab.
For details about the item display conditions, refer to "Table 3.1.2.6 (b) List of Item Display Conditions."

Table 3.1.2.6 (a) List Display Items

Item name Settings tab Setting item Specification Item display conditions
Object ID General
Tab index - - Arbitrary (The initial
value is 0.)
Comment - - Arbitrary (The initial
value is blank.)
X General
Y General

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 55/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Item name Settings tab Setting item Specification Item display conditions
Width General
Height General
No use Character 0:OFF 1:ON
multi-language
Multi-language Character Multi-language key No. No.1
key -1
Arrangement Character Center Left Aligned
Left Aligned
Right Aligned
Text offset Character X No.2
posX
Text offset Character Y No.2
posY
Character Character Refer to "Table 3.1 (b)
Type Common Setting Items."
Caption color Character
Disable Color Character
Lock Color Character
Focus caption Character
color
Caption Character When the multi-language keys are
used, the same number of captions
as that of keys are displayed.
No action Action 0:OFF 1:ON
Group no. Action
Group index Action
Init Status Action ON OFF-
OFF
PMC(*)

* ”PMC” is valid at
Edition 9.9 or later
Shortcut Key Action - Shortcut Key 0:OFF
- Shortcut key selection Other settings: Refer to
"Table 3.1 (b) Common
Setting Items."
Out PMC Action Symbol 0:OFF 1:ON
symbol flag
Out PMC Action Symbol selection No.3
symbol
Out PMC Action - PMC Path Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) No.4
- OutPMCArea Common Setting
- OutPMCAddress Items."
Interlock Action 0:OFF 1:ON
Interlock Action Symbol 0:OFF 1:ON No.5
signal symbol
flag
Interlock Action Symbol selection No.6
signal symbol

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 56/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Item name Settings tab Setting item Specification Item display conditions
Interlock Action - PMC Path Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) No.7
signal - InterlockPMCArea Common Setting
- InterlockPMCAddress Items."
- InterlockPMCBit
Interlock Interlock Display 0:OFF 1:ON No. 8 or No. 9
image display Image
Interlock Interlock Image File Name No. 10 or No. 11
image file name Image
Interlock Interlock Style Style number No. 10 or No. 11
image style Image
Interlock Back Interlock Back Color No. 10 or No. 11
Color Image
Interlock Interlock Border Color No. 10 or No. 11
Border Color Image
Interlock Outer Interlock Outer Frame Color No. 10 or No. 11
Frame Color Image
Interlock state Interlock State Color No. 10 or No. 11
color Image
Interlock Interlock Preview 0:OFF 1:ON No. 10 or No. 11
preview Image
Focus is Focus 0:OFF 1:ON
available
Number of Focus Numerical value Arbitrary (The initial No.19
focus value is 0.)
Index
Don't move Focus 0:OFF 1:ON No.19
focus to the
next control
after data
input
operation.
Appoint Focus 0:OFF 1:ON No.19
movement
index
Focusing up Focus Numerical value Arbitrary (The initial No.20
value is 0.)
Focusing left Focus Numerical value Arbitrary (The initial No.20
value is 0.)
Focusing right Focus Numerical value Arbitrary (The initial No.20
value is 0.)
Focusing Focus Numerical value Arbitrary (The initial No.20
down value is 0.)
Button Size Image 0: Small
1: Medium
2: Large
Position Image 0: Left
1: Right
No action Image Mask Image File No.12
image file
name
No action Image Style Style number No.12
image style

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 57/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Item name Settings tab Setting item Specification Item display conditions
Image File Image No. 13 or No. 14
Name
Style Image Style number No. 13 or No. 14
Background Image
color
Border Color Image
Outer Frame Image
Color
ON Color Image
OFF Color Image
ON Preview Image 0:OFF 1:ON
No action NoAction 0:OFF 1:ON No.15
signal Image
No action NoAction Mask Image File No.16
signal image Image
file name
No action NoAction Style Style number No.16
signal style Image
No action NoAction Back Color No.16
Back Color Image
No action NoAction Border Color No.16
Border color Image
No action NoAction Outer Frame Color No.16
Outer Frame Image
Color
No action NoAction State Color No.16
State Color Image
No action NoAction Symbol 0:OFF 1:ON No.16
signal symbol Image
flag
No action NoAction Symbol selection No.17
signal symbol Image
No action NoAction - PMC Path Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) No.18
signal PMC Image - PMC Area Common Setting
- Address Items."
- Bit
No action NoAction Preview 0:OFF 1:ON No.16
signal preview Image

Table 3.1.2.6 (b) List of Item Display Conditions

No. Display condition
1 [Use the multi-language display function] (project settings): ON
2 [Left] or [Right] is selected on the [Action] tab.
3 Output PMC symbol flag on the [Action] tab: ON
4 Output PMC symbol flag on the [Action] tab: OFF
5 [Interlock] on the [Action] tab: ON
6 [Interlock] on the [Action] tab: ON
Interlock signal symbol flag on the [Action] tab: ON
7 [Interlock] on the [Action] tab: ON
Interlock signal symbol flag on the [Action] tab: OFF

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 58/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

No. Display condition

8 [Interlock] on the [Action] tab: ON
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: OFF
9 [Interlock] on the [Action] tab: ON
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: ON
[NoAction Signal] on the [NoAction Image] tab: ON
10 [Interlock] on the [Action] tab: ON
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: OFF
[Display] on the [Interlock Image] tab: ON
11 [Interlock] on the [Action] tab: ON
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: ON
[NoAction Signal] on the [NoAction Image] tab: ON
[Display] on the [Interlock Image] tab: ON
12 [NoAction] on the [Action] tab: ON
[NoAction Signal] on the [NoAction Image] tab: OFF
13 [NoAction] on the [Action] tab: OFF
14 [NoAction] on the [Action] tab: ON
[NoAction Signal] on the [NoAction Image] tab: ON
15 [NoAction] on the [Action] tab: ON
16 [NoAction] on the [Action] tab: ON
[NoAction Signal] on the [NoAction Image] tab: ON
17 [NoAction] on the [Action] tab: ON
[NoAction Signal] on the [NoAction Image] tab: ON
Disable signal symbol on the [NoAction Image] tab: ON
18 [NoAction] on the [Action] tab: ON
[NoAction Signal] on the [NoAction Image] tab: ON
Disable signal symbol on the [NoAction Image] tab: OFF
19 [Focus is available] on the [Focus] tab: ON
20 [Focus is available] on the [Focus] tab: ON
[Appoint movement index] on the [Focus] tab: ON

3.1.2.7 Batch editing

The following table shows the setting items on each tab that are the same as those in the list display.
The property names other than the items shown below are the same as those in the list display.

Table 3.1.2.7 (a) List of Differences for the Same Setting Items
Item name (list display) Property name (batch editing)
Shortcut Key Shortcut Key
Shortcut key code

*Group Nos. and the settings in "Table 3.1.2.7 (a) Properties Applied When the Group No. Is Changed" cannot
be edited in batch.

<Edition 9.9 or later>

For the setting values when PMC is set to [Init Status] in batch editing, refer to “Table 3.1.2.7 (b) Value of [Init
Status] in batch editing screen”.

Table 3.1.2.7 (b) Value of [Init Status] in batch editing screen

Init Status Value to set

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 59/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

PMC 2

NOTE
The output result of the property list output by the screen bitmap batch output
function is also the same as "Table 3.1.2.7 (b) Value of [Init Status] in batch
editing screen ".

3.1.2.8 Message

The specific message displayed when setting this control is shown below..
Table 3.1.2.8 (a) List of Messages
Cause Timing Message
A group No. is changed to an - When the property When the group No. is changed, the following items are
existing group No. tab is switched also changed. Are you sure you want to continue?
- When [Apply] is - Output PMC
selected - Image
- When [OK] is - NoAction Image
selected - Interlock Image
When PMC is set to "Init When generating a MEM If using PMC as "Init Status", set all "Init Status" in the
Status", there is a radio file same group to PMC.
button control in the same
group that is set to other
than PMC.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 60/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

3.1.3 List Box Control

3.1.3.1 Function

The list box control lists registered items from which the user can select multiple options.

3.1.3.2 Diagram

The minimum size of a list box is as follows.

- Width: Width of one double-byte character + Height of row (setting value)
- Height: Height of row (setting value) x 2

Strings are displayed up to the number of characters that can be displayed.

The part after the number of characters that can be displayed is not displayed.
- The vertical scroll bar is displayed if the number of items that can be registered is larger than the
number of displayed rows or if you select to display the scroll bar in Property.
- The horizontal scroll bar is not displayed.
- The up and down buttons on the scroll bar are square with the same height as the row.
Minimum size Normal size

A AAAAAAAAAA
B BBBBBBBBBB
CCC
DDDD
EEEEEE
Fig. 3.1.3.2 (a) Images of List Boxes

3.1.3.3 Icon design

The following icon is displayed on the toolbar.

Fig. 3.1.3.3 (a) Icon Design

3.1.3.4 Operation

Status management
Specify the first PMC address to synchronize the item selection status in the list box with the PMC. Items
are allocated to the bits of the address in order.
25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 61/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Operation
Once the list box operation mode is enabled, you can operate the list box.
End the list box operation mode before operating other controls.

The following description when "TAB key" is set to [Operation Mode Switch Key].

(1) To start the list box operation mode

(a) Move the focus with the MDI key to select the list box and press the <TAB> key to change the
list box to the operation mode.
(b) If you can click the list box with the mouse or touch it on the screen, click or touch the list box to
directly start the list box operation mode.

(2) To end the list box operation mode

(a) Press the <TAB> key while the list box operation mode is active to end it.
You can move the focus to another control by operating the MDI key.
(b) Click outside the list box with the mouse or, if possible, touch outside the list box on the screen
to end the list box operation mode. After the list box operation mode ends, there is no focus.

(3) Transition of the operation mode

(a) Procedure 1 (operation by moving the focus with the MDI key)
(i) Move the focus to the list box by using the MDI key.
(ii) Press the <TAB> key to switch the list box operation mode.
Press the <TAB> key to switch the list box between the operation mode and the non-operation
mode.
(iii) You can now operate the list box.
(iv) End the list box operation mode by using the <TAB> key.
(v) Switch the focus to another control by using the MDI key.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 62/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

MDI key MDI key

Focus on another
control

MDI key MDI key

List box
Focus

List box TAB key List box

Non-operation mode Operation mode
TAB key

MDI key MDI key

Focus on another
control

MDI key MDI key

Fig. 3.1.3.4 (a) Operation Mode Transition Diagram (1)

(b) Procedure 2 (clicking the list box with the mouse or touching it on the touch panel)
(i) Click or touch the list box to start the list box operation mode.
(ii) Click or touch outside the list box to end the list box operation mode.

(4) Key operations

The key operations in each status of the list box are shown below.

Table 3.1.3.4 (a) Mode Transition List

State
The focus is on another The focus is in a list box.
control. Non-operation mode Operation mode
The list box operation mode The list box operation
(Entire) list box -
is enabled. mode is enabled.
Mouse or touch screen operation

The focus is moved to

The list box operation mode The list box operation
Up button the row above the
is enabled. mode is enabled.
current one.
The focus is moved to
The list box operation mode The list box operation
Down button the row below the
is enabled. mode is enabled.
current one.
The list box operation mode The list box operation
Specify the row that
is enabled. mode is enabled.
the focus is on and
(Specify the row that the (Specify the row that the
Item row switch between
focus is on and switch the focus is on and switch
selection and
selection status of it at the the selection status of it
deselection.
same time.) at the same time.)
Scroll bar The list box operation mode The list box operation -

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 63/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

State
The focus is on another The focus is in a list box.
control. Non-operation mode Operation mode
is enabled. mode is enabled.
Outside the list The focus is removed The focus is removed
-
box from the list box. from the list box.
The focus is moved to
<Up> key The focus is moved. The focus is moved. the row above the
current one.
The focus is moved to
<Dn> key The focus is moved. The focus is moved. the row below the
current one.
<Right> key The focus is moved. The focus is moved. -
Key operations

<Left> key The focus is moved. The focus is moved. -

The previous page is
<PgUp> key - -
displayed.
The next page is
<PgDn> key - -
displayed.
The row that the focus
<INPUT> key - - is on is selected or
deselected.
The list box
The list box operation
<TAB> key - non-operation mode is
mode is enabled.
enabled.

(5) Relationship between the item list and the list box
In the list box display in the item list, as many items as possible are displayed in the list box from the
first display item.
Item list EEEE
EEEE
AAAA FFFF
BBBB GGGG
CCCC HHHH
DDDD Up button
First display List box
EEEE
item FFFF Selected row
GGGG EEEE
EEEE
HHHH FFFF
IIII GGGG
Deselected row
JJJJ HHHH
KKKK
LLLL Focus row
MMMM Down button

Fig. 3.1.3.4 (b) Item List and Display

NOTE
When the item on the focus row is selected, the text is displayed in the selected
color.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 64/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

(6) Position of the gauge on the scroll bar

The position of the gauge is determined based on the position of the item specified as the first display
item among all the items registered in the item list.
In the item list that contains 12 items from "AAAA" to "LLLL" as shown below, the gauge on the
scroll bar is positioned as follows.

- If the item specified as the first display item is at the beginning of the item list
AAAA
BBBB
CCCC AAAA
EEEE
DDDD BBBB The gauge is
EEEE CCCC positioned at
FFFF the top.
DDDD
GGGG
HHHH
IIII
JJJJ
KKKK
LLLL

- If the item specified as the first display item is at the middle of the item list
AAAA
BBBB
CCCC
DDDD EEEE
EEEE FFFF
The gauge is
FFFF GGGG
positioned at
GGGG HHHH the middle.
HHHH
IIII
JJJJ
KKKK
LLLL
- If the item specified as the first display item is at the bottom of the item list
AAAA
BBBB
CCCC
IIII
EEEE
DDDD
EEEE JJJJ
KKKK The gauge is
FFFF
LLLL positioned at
GGGG
the bottom.
HHHH
IIII
JJJJ
KKKK
LLLL
Fig. 3.1.3.4 (c) Display Position of Scroll Bar

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 65/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

(7) Operation of the Up button or <Up> key

Press the Up button on the scroll bar of the list box or the <Up> key to move the focus one row up.
When the first display item is on the focus row, the item above the current focus row is displayed and
the focus is moved there. The selected row is not changed.
Press the Up button EEEE
EEEE
EEEE EEEE
or <Up> key.
FFFF FFFF
GGGG GGGG
HHHH HHHH

EEEE
EEEE DDDD
Press the Up button
FFFF or <Up> key. EEEE
EEEE
GGGG FFFF
HHHH GGGG
Fig. 3.1.3.4 (d) Operation of the Up Button or <Up> Key

(8) Operation of the Down button or <Dn> key

Press the Down button on the scroll bar of the list box or the <Dn> key to move the focus one row
down. When the focus is on the last item in the list box, the item below the current focus row is
displayed and the focus is moved there. The selected row is not changed.
EEEE Press the Down
EEEE button or <Dn> key. EEEE
EEEE
FFFF FFFF
GGGG GGGG
HHHH
HHHH

EEEE
EEEE Press the Down FFFF
FFFF button or <Dn> key. GGGG
GGGG HHHH
HHHH IIII
Fig. 3.1.3.4 (e) Operation of the Down Button or <Dn> Key

(9) Operation of the <PgUp> key

Press the <PgUp> key to display the items on the previous page (as many items as the number of
display items). The focus moves to the first display item.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 66/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

EEEE
EEEE AAAA
EEEE
Press the <PgUp> key.
FFFF BBBB
GGGG CCCC
HHHH DDDD

AAAA AAAA
BBBB BBBB
CCCC CCCC
DDDD DDDD
EEEE EEEE
FFFF FFFF
GGGG GGGG
HHHH HHHH
IIII IIII
JJJJ JJJJ
KKKK
KKKK
LLLL
LLLL
MMMM
MMMM

Fig. 3.1.3.4 (f) Operation of the <PgUp> Key

(10) Operation of the <PgDn> key

Press the <PgDn> key to display the items on the next page (as many items as the number of display
items). The focus moves to the first display item.
EEEE
EEEE IIII
EEEE
Press the <PgDn> key.
FFFF JJJJ
GGGG KKKK
HHHH LLLL

AAAA AAAA
BBBB BBBB
CCCC CCCC
DDDD DDDD
EEEE EEEE
FFFF FFFF
GGGG GGGG
HHHH HHHH
IIII IIII
JJJJ JJJJ
KKKK KKKK
LLLL LLLL
MMMM MMMM

Fig. 3.1.3.4 (g) Operation of the <PgDn> Key

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 67/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

(11) Switch of the selection status of an item

This section describes how to switch the selection status of each item in the item list.
Whether multiple items can be selected or not can be selected from Property.

(a) Switching the selection status with the <INPUT> key

(i) Use the <PgUp> or <PgDn> key to move the focus row and select the item whose selection
status you want to change with the <Up> or <Dn> key.
(ii) Press the <INPUT> key in this state to switch the selection status of the focus row.
When the focus row is selected, the text is displayed in the selection color. When the focus row
is deselected, the text is displayed in the deselection color.
(When it is not possible to select multiple items, the currently selected item is deselected.
When it is possible to select multiple items, the currently selected items remain selected.)
(iii) When you press the <INPUT> key again, the selection status is switched again.
You can see whether an item is selected or not by looking at whether the text on the focus row is
in the selection color or deselection color.

EEEE EEEE
FFFF FFFF
GGGG GGGG
Press the HHHH
HHHH
<INPUT> key.
(Deselection color) (Selection color)

Fig. 3.1.3.4 (h) Change in the Text Color Depending on the Status

(b) Switching the selection status by clicking the mouse or touching the screen
(i) When you select the item row of which selection status you want to change by left-clicking it
with the mouse or touching it on the screen, the focus moves to the row of the clicked or touched
item and the selection status of that item is switched.
(ii) If you click or touch the same item row again, only the selection status of the item row is
switched but the focus row remains unchanged.

(12) Memory clear

When the memory clear setting on the screen configuration control parent screen tab is set to ON, all
the settings in the list box are cleared and return to the initial status when you switch the screen.

(13) Addition and deletion in the item list in the list box
You can add and delete items via the Ruby script.
However, note that the maximum number of items that can be added is the number of items that can
be registered.

(14) Addition of items

You can add items within the number of items that can be registered.
The new item is added to the end of the item list.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 68/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

AAAA
BBBB Registered
CCCC
DDDD

 Empty



AAAA
BBBB
CCCC Added to the end of
DDDD the item list.
GGGG




Fig. 3.1.3.4 (i) Image Diagram of Item Addition

(15) Deletion of item

You can delete any item from the item list.
When you delete an item, all the items in the item list are deselected.

AAAA
BBBB AAAA
CCCC BBBB
CCCC
DDDD
DDDD
EEEE

 Delete
 "CCCC."

AAAA
BBBB AAAA
DDDD BBBB
EEEE DDDD
 EEEE



Fig. 3.1.3.4 (j) Image Diagram of Item Deletion

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 69/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

3.1.3.5 Properties

This section describes the properties of list box control.

Tab configuration

Table 3.1.3.5 (a) List of Tabs

Item Description
General Used to specify the position and size of the list box.
Character Used to specify the character type and color of the caption.
Action Used to specify the initial status, allocation to the PMC area, and
interlock and to manage and register items.
Focus Used to specify the focus number and how to move the focus.
Image Used to specify color information at usual times.
NoAction Image Used to specify color information when the disable signal is issued.
Interlock Image Used to specify color information when the interlock is engaged.

[General] tab

Fig. 3.1.3.5 (a) Properties Page - [General] Tab

Table 3.1.3.5 (b) List of Properties on the [General] Tab

Setting item Entry type Specification Initial value Note
Object ID Fixed value FPListBoxX - X is automatically entered. (User
entry is not allowed.)

X User entry Numerical value -

Y User entry Numerical value -
Width User entry Numerical value -
Height Entry not allowed. Numerical value -
(Automatically adjusted.*)
*This value is automatically set based on the row height and the number of display items.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 70/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

[Character] tab

Fig. 3.1.3.5 (b) Properties Page - [Character] Tab (Left: Standard Monitor mode, Right: iHMImode)

Table 3.1.3.5 (c) List of Properties on the [Character] Tab

Setting item Entry type Specification Initial value Note
Multi-language Selection Arbitrary First Select a language key from those registered
key candidate under project settings.
Character Type Selection Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) ANK Select the character type.
Common Setting When using the multi-language key in the iHMI
Items." mode, specify the character type for each key
that can be specified with [Multi-language key].
Unselected Palette Color selection Black Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Color
Selected Color Palette Color selection Black Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Interlock Color Palette Color selection Black Select a color from the color selection dialog.

[Action] tab

Fig. 3.1.3.5 (c) Properties Page - [Action] Tab

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 71/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Table 3.1.3.5 (d) List of Properties on the [Action] Tab

Setting item Entry type Specification Initial value Note
NoAction Check box ON/OFF OFF When you select this check box, [NoAction
Image] is enabled.
Status management PMC
PMC Path Selection Refer to "Table 3.1 First This setting item is enabled with the
(b) Common Setting candidate following settings:
Items." [Symbol]: OFF
Start Area Selection Refer to "Table 3.1 First This setting item is enabled with the
(b) Common Setting candidate following settings:
Items." [Symbol]: OFF
Start Address User entry Numerical value 0 The allowed range is between 0 and
99999.

This setting item is enabled with the

following settings:
[Symbol]: OFF
Symbol Check box ON/OFF OFF
Symbol selection Entry or Arbitrary Blank This setting item is enabled with the
selection following settings:
[Symbol]: ON
Interlock
Interlock Check box ON/OFF OFF
PMC Path Selection Refer to "Table 3.1 First This setting item is enabled with the
(b) Common Setting candidate following settings:
Items." [Interlock]: ON
[Symbol]: OFF
InterlockPMCArea Selection Refer to "Table 3.1 First This setting item is enabled with the
(b) Common Setting candidate following settings:
Items." [Interlock]: ON
[Symbol]: OFF
InterlockPMCAddress User entry Numerical value 0 The allowed range is between 0 and
99999.

This setting item is enabled with the

following settings:
[Interlock]: ON
[Symbol]: OFF
InterlockPMCBit Selection Refer to "Table 3.1 First This setting item is enabled with the
(b) Common Setting candidate following settings:
Items." [Interlock]: ON
[Symbol]: OFF
Symbol Check box ON/OFF OFF
Symbol selection Entry or Arbitrary Blank This setting item is enabled with the
selection following settings:
[Interlock]: ON
[Symbol]: ON
Item
File Name User entry Arbitrary Blank Specify the Itemxml file.
Display Item Count User entry Numerical value 2 The allowed range is between 2 and 99.
Registrable Items User entry Numerical value 1 The allowed range is between 1 and 2048.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 72/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Setting item Entry type Specification Initial value Note

Row Height User entry Numerical value 16 The allowed range is from the height of
ANK (16 in the standard machine mode, 12
in the iHMI mode) to 64.
Multi Select Check box ON/OFF ON ON: Multiple selection
OFF: Single selection
Scroll Display Check box ON/OFF ON ON: Always displayed.
OFF: Displayed when the value in
[Registrable Items] is larger than that in
[Display Item Count].

NOTE
The PMC signal allocated in [Status management PMC] retains the status from
before the interlock was engaged. Therefore, the status from before the interlock
engaged is displayed upon recovery from the interlock.

File edit screen

Fig. 3.1.3.5 (d) Itemxml File Edit Screen

Table 3.1.3.5 (e) List of Items on the Itemxml File Edit Screen
Item Description
Add row Adds a row.
Insert Row Inserts a row.
Delete row Deletes a row.
Import Import a CSV file.
Export Export data in CSV format.
Add sheet Adds a sheet for multi-language settings.
Rename sheet Renames a sheet.
Delete sheet Deletes a sheet.
No use multi-language Select this check box when you do not need multi-language display
switching. For example, when using characters that do not depend
on the display language.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 73/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Check char Checks all the message sentences to make sure that strings in the
message do not contain characters that cannot be displayed with the
character type set with the character property of the control.
Item Displays the message to be displayed in the list box.
OK button Displays File Explorer and saves edits in the itemxml file format. If
there are empty rows between items, an error message appears. (A
row only containing spaces is considered an empty row.)
Cancel Discards edits.

- Import
A tab-separated CSV file can be imported.
The CSV file that contains the multi-language key that matches that on the sheet is imported.
Because files are imported row by row, the file with the most rows in the language used is imported.
If there are more data items to be imported than empty rows, the file is not imported.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 74/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Example)
Screen CSV file
English Chinese English Chinese
A 1 E 3
B 2 F 4
C G
D H

English Chinese
A 1
B 2
C
D
E 3
F 4
G
H

[Focus] tab

Fig. 3.1.3.5 (e) Properties Page - [Focus] Tab

Table 3.1.3.5 (f) List of Properties on the [Focus] Tab

Setting item Entry type Specification Initial value Note
Focus is Check box ON/OFF OFF Select this check box to use the focus.
available When you select this check box, the items below it are
enabled.
Index User entry Numerical 1 Specify a number that is not already used on the screen
value (form).

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 75/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Setting item Entry type Specification Initial value Note

Appoint Check box ON/OFF OFF Select this check box to directly specify the index that
movement you want to move the focus to.
index When you select this check box, the items below it are
enabled.
UP key User entry Numerical 0 Specify the index that you want to move the focus to.
value
LEFT key User entry Numerical 0 Specify the index that you want to move the focus to.
value
RIGHT key User entry Numerical 0 Specify the index that you want to move the focus to.
value
DOWN key User entry Numerical 0 Specify the index that you want to move the focus to.
value

[Image] tab

Fig. 3.1.3.5 (f) Properties Page - [Image] Tab

Table 3.1.3.5 (g) List of Properties on the [Image] Tab

Setting item Entry type Specification Initial value Note
Selected Back Palette Color selection Blue Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Color
Unselected Palette Color selection Gray Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Back Color
Focused Back Palette Color selection Yellow Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Color
Border Color Palette Color selection Black Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Scroll Palette Color specification White Select a color from the color selection dialog.
ON Color Specify the background color for the up and
down arrow marks.
Scroll Palette Color specification Gray Select a color from the color selection dialog.
OFF Color Specify the background color for the up and
down arrow marks.
Scroll Palette Color specification Black Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Button Color Specify the color of the up and down arrow
marks.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 76/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Setting item Entry type Specification Initial value Note

Scroll Palette Color specification Gray Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Back Color Specify the background color of the scroll bar.
Scroll Palette Color specification Black Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Border Color Specify the border color of the scroll bar.
Scrollbar Color Palette Color specification Black Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Specify the color of the scroll bar.
Display Check box ON/OFF OFF When you select this check box, exclusive
Selection Status control is performed.
Focus Preview Check box ON/OFF OFF When you select this check box, exclusive
control is performed.

[NoAction Image] tab

Fig. 3.1.3.5 (g) Properties Page - [NoAction Image] Tab

Table 3.1.3.5 (h) List of Properties on the [NoAction Image] Tab

Setting item Entry type Specification Initial value Note
NoAction Signal Check box ON/OFF OFF This setting item is enabled with the following
settings:
[NoAction]: ON

When you select this check box, the items

below it are enabled.
Back Color Palette Color selection Gray Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Border Color Palette Color selection Black Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Scroll State Palette Color specification Dark gray Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Color (128.128.128) Specify the background color for the up and
down arrow marks.
Scroll Palette Color specification Black Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Button Color Specify the color of the up and down arrow marks.
Scroll Back Palette Color specification Gray Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Color Specify the background color of the scroll bar.
Scroll Border Palette Color specification Black Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Color Specify the border color of the scroll bar.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 77/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Setting item Entry type Specification Initial value Note

Scrollbar Color Palette Color specification Dark gray Select a color from the color selection dialog.
(128.128.128) Specify the color of the scroll bar.
PMC Path Selection Refer to "Table 3.1 First This setting item is enabled with the following
(b) Common candidate settings:
Setting Items." [Symbol]: OFF
PMC Area Selection Refer to "Table 3.1 First This setting item is enabled with the following
(b) Common candidate settings:
Setting Items." [Symbol]: OFF
Address User entry Arbitrary 0 The allowed range is between 0 and 99999.

This setting item is enabled with the following

settings:
[Symbol]: OFF
Bit Selection Refer to "Table 3.1 First This setting item is enabled with the following
(b) Common candidate settings:
Setting Items." [Symbol]: OFF
Symbol Check box ON/OFF OFF
Symbol Entry or Arbitrary Blank Select a symbol from those registered in the
selection selection PMC symbol list.

This setting item is enabled with the following

settings:
[Symbol]: ON
Check Timing Selection 0: Power On 0: Power On Specify when the disable signal is checked.
1: Always
Preview Check box ON/OFF OFF When you select this check box, exclusive
control is performed.

[Interlock Image] tab

Fig. 3.1.3.5 (h) Properties Page - [Interlock Image] Tab

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 78/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Table 3.1.3.5 (i) List of Properties on the [Interlock Image] Tab

Setting item Entry type Specification Initial value Note
Display Check box ON/OFF OFF
Back Color Palette Color specification Gray
Border Color Palette Color specification Black
Scroll State Palette Color specification Dark gray Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Color (128.128.128) Specify the background color for the up and
down arrow marks.
Scroll Palette Color specification Black Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Button Color Specify the color of the up and down arrow
marks.
Scroll Back Palette Color specification Gray Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Color Specify the background color of the scroll bar.
Scroll Border Palette Color specification Black Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Color Specify the border color of the scroll bar.
Scrollbar Color Palette Color specification Dark gray Select a color from the color selection dialog.
(128.128.128) Specify the color of the scroll bar.
Without caption Check box ON/OFF OFF
Preview Check box ON/OFF OFF When you select this check box, exclusive
control is performed.

3.1.3.6 List display

The setting items that can be edited in the list display are shown in "Table 3.1.3.6 (a) List of Properties in the
List Display."
The setting tabs and setting items are the corresponding tab names and item names on the Property screen.

For details about the item display conditions, refer to "Table 3.1.3.6 (b) List of Item Display Conditions."

Table 3.1.3.6 (a) List of Properties in the List Display

Item name Settings tab Setting item Specification Item display
conditions
Object ID General Object ID
Tab index - Tab index Arbitrary
Comment - Comment Arbitrary
X General X
Y General Y
Width General Width
Multi-language key Character Multi-language key Multi-language key No. - No.1
1
Character Type Character Character Type Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) No.19
Common Setting Items."
Character Type (1) Character Character Type Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) No.20
Common Setting Items."
Character Type (2) Character Character Type Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) No.20
Common Setting Items."
Character Type (3) Character Character Type Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) No.20
Common Setting Items."
Character Type (4) Character Character Type Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) No.20
Common Setting Items."

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 79/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Item name Settings tab Setting item Specification Item display

conditions
Character Type (5) Character Character Type Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) No.20
Common Setting Items."
Character Type (6) Character Character Type Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) No.20
Common Setting Items."
Character Type (7) Character Character Type Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) No.20
Common Setting Items."
Character Type (8) Character Character Type Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) No.20
Common Setting Items."
Character Type (9) Character Character Type Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) No.20
Common Setting Items."
Character Type (10) Character Character Type Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) No.20
Common Setting Items."
Character Type (11) Character Character Type Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) No.20
Common Setting Items."
Character Type (12) Character Character Type Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) No.20
Common Setting Items."
Character Type (13) Character Character Type Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) No.20
Common Setting Items."
Character Type (14) Character Character Type Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) No.20
Common Setting Items."
Character Type (15) Character Character Type Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) No.20
Common Setting Items."
Character Type (16) Character Character Type Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) No.20
Common Setting Items."
Character Type (17) Character Character Type Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) No.20
Common Setting Items."
Character Type (18) Character Character Type Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) No.20
Common Setting Items."
Character Type (19) Character Character Type Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) No.20
Common Setting Items."
Character Type (20) Character Character Type Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) No.20
Common Setting Items."
Selected Color Character Selected Color
Unselected Color Character Unselected Color
Lock Color Character Interlock
Character Color
NoAction Action NoAction 0:OFF 1:ON
File Name Action File Name
Display Item Count Action Display Item Count
Number of Registrable Action Registrable Items
Items
Row Height Action Row Height
Multi Select Action Multi Select 0:OFF 1:ON
Scroll Display Action Scroll Display 0:OFF 1:ON
Status Mabagement Action Symbol 0:OFF 1:ON
Start Symbol Flag
Status Mabagement Action Symbol selection No.2
Start Symbol
Status Management Action - PMC Path Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) No.3
Start PMC - Start Area Common Setting Items."
- Start Address

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 80/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Item name Settings tab Setting item Specification Item display

conditions
Interlock Action Interlock 0:OFF 1:ON
Interlock signal Action Symbol 0:OFF 1:ON No.4
symbol flag
Interlock signal Action Symbol selection No.5
symbol
Interlock signal Action - PMC Path Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) No.6
- InterlockPMCArea Common Setting Items."
- InterlockPMCAddress
- InterlockPMCBit
Interlock Interlock Display 0:OFF 1:ON No.7
image display Image No.8
Interlock Interlock Back Color No.9
Back Color Image
Interlock Interlock Border Color No.9
Border Color Image
Interlock Interlock Scroll State Color No.9
Scroll State Color Image
Interlock Interlock Scroll Button Color No.9
Scroll Button Color Image
Interlock Interlock Scroll Back Color No.9
Scroll Back Color Image
Interlock Interlock Scroll Border Color No.9
Scroll Border Color Image
Interlock Interlock Scrollbar Color No.9
Scrollbar Color Image
Without caption at Interlock Without caption 0:OFF 1:ON No.9
interlock Image
Interlock Preview Interlock Preview 0:OFF 1:ON No.10
Image
Focus is available Focus Focus is available 0:OFF 1:ON
Number of focus index Focus Index Arbitrary (The initial No.17
value is 0.)
Appoint movement index Focus Appoint movement index 0:OFF 1:ON No.17
Focusing up Focus <UP> Key Arbitrary (The initial No.18
value is 0.)
Focusing down Focus <DOWN> Key Arbitrary (The initial No.18
value is 0.)
Focusing left Focus <LEFT> Key Arbitrary (The initial No.18
value is 0.)
Focusing right Focus <RIGHT> Key Arbitrary (The initial No.18
value is 0.)
Selected Back Color Image Selected Back Color
Unselected Back Color Image Unselected Back Color
Focused Back Color Image Focused Back Color
Border Color Image Border Color
Scroll ON Color Image Scroll ON Color
Scroll OFF Color Image Scroll OFF Color
Scroll Button Color Image Scroll Button Color
Scroll Back Color Image Scroll Back Color
Scroll Border Color Image Scroll Border Color
Scrollbar Color Image Scrollbar Color

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 81/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Item name Settings tab Setting item Specification Item display

conditions
Display Selection Status Image Display Selection Status 0:OFF 1:ON No.11
Display Focused Status Image Focus Preview 0:OFF 1:ON No.12
No action Signal NoAction Image NoAction Signal 0:OFF 1:ON No.13
No action Border Color NoAction Image Border Color No.14
No action Back Color NoAction Image Back Color No.14
No action Scroll NoAction Image Scroll State Color No.14
State Color
No action Scroll NoAction Image Scroll Button Color No.14
Button Color
No action Scroll NoAction Image Scroll Back Color No.14
Back Color
No action Scroll NoAction Image Scroll Border Color No.14
Border Color
No action Scrollbar NoAction Image Scrollbar Color No.14
Color
No action signal NoAction Image Symbol 0:OFF 1:ON No.15
symbol flag
No action signal symbol NoAction Image Symbol selection No.16
No action signal PMC NoAction Image - PMC Path Refer to "Table 3.1 (b)
- PMC Area Common Setting Items."
- Address
- Bit
No action signal preview NoAction Image Preview 0:OFF 1:ON No.14

Table 3.1.3.6 (b) List of Item Display Conditions

No. Display condition
1 [Use the multi-language display function] (project settings): ON
Edit mode: iHMI
2 Symbol flag: ON
3 Symbol flag: OFF
4 Interlock: ON
5 Interlock: ON
Interlock signal symbol flag: ON
6 Interlock: ON
Interlock signal symbol flag: OFF
7 Interlock: ON
NoAction: OFF
8 Interlock: ON
NoAction: ON
NoAction Signal: ON
9 Interlock image display: ON
10 Interlock image display: ON
Preview of disabled status: OFF
11 Focus Preview: OFF
Preview of disabled status: OFF
Interlock preview: OFF
12 Display Selection Status: OFF
Preview of disabled status: OFF
Interlock preview: OFF

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 82/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

No. Display condition

13 NoAction: ON
14 NoAction Signal: ON
15 NoAction Signal: ON
Blind Signal Symbol Flag: ON
16 NoAction Signal: ON
Blind Signal Symbol Flag: OFF
17 [Focus is available] on the [Focus] tab: ON
18 [Focus is available] on the [Focus] tab: ON
[Focus move rules] on the [Focus] tab: ON
19 [Use the multi-language character type function] (project settings): OFF
Edit mode: iHMI
20 [Use the multi-language display function] (project settings): ON
[Use the multi-language character type function] (project settings): ON
Edit mode: iHMI

3.1.3.7 Batch editing

You can display the setting items on each tab. The property names are the same as those in the list display.

3.1.3.8 Message

There is no specific message displayed when setting this control.

3.1.4 Message Box

3.1.4.1 Function

The message box is a dialog box that displays a message to the user.
The message box appears in the foreground of the screen in operation and prompts the user to respond by
selecting a button.

NOTE
The screen size is nessesary to set the following size or larger if the message
screen is used.
Width : 494 Height : 220

3.1.4.2 Image

The message box size is large or small. The large or small size is automatically applied depending on the
number of characters in the title and message.
The display position is at the center of the user-created screen.
Select an icon from the provided five types.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 83/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Fig. 3.1.4.2 (a) Small Message Box Fig. 3.1.4.2 (b) Small Message Box
(Standard Monitor version) (iHMI version)

Create relatively large buttons to support touch panel operation as well.

Although the message box looks different on the standard monitor version and the iHMI version, the component
parts and operation are the same.

Table 3.1.4.2 (c) Size of Message Box (Image)

Small size Large size

3.1.4.3 Operation

The message box can be called and displayed as a FP function (MsgBoxShow function) from a Ruby script.
The displayed message box cannot be moved. (It cannot be dragged on the touch panel, either.)
While the message box is displayed, custom screens other than the message box cannot be operated.
To close the message box, press a button. (Touch a button or press the allocated shortcut key.)
If the number of the Ruby script is specified as an argument of MsgBoxShow function, the script is executed
when the message box is closed by pressing the button.
While the message box is displayed, you can switch to another screen (such as the maintenance screen).
Multiple message boxes do not appear at the same time. Only one message box appears at a time.
Once a message box appears, another message box cannot appear until the displayed message box is closed.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 84/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Fig. 3.1.4.3 (a) Conceptual Image of Displayed Message Box

NOTE
When switching to another screen while displaying the message box and returning
to the same custom screen again, whether the message box is displayed or not is
the same as switching to another screen while displaying the popup screen. Refer
to FANUC PICTURE Specification (Edition 06.2 to less than 08.0) APPENDIX D,
"Switching screens while displaying Popup screen" for more detail.

When closing the message box by switching screens, even if the number of the
Ruby script is specified as an argument of MsgBoxShow function, the script is NOT
executed. Close the message box by the button on it to execute the script.

Character specifications
- The character type of all the displayed text (title name, message, and button text) is fixed to the default
(ANK).
- The title must be one row. If the title string contains a line feed code, only the text before the code is
displayed.
- When the number of characters in the title or body exceeds the maximum number of characters for the
small size, the large message box is displayed.
- The number of characters that can be displayed in the standard monitor version is shown in the following
tables.( In iHMI version, the number of characters that can be displayed depends on the setting of character
type "ANK".)

Table 3.1.4.3 (a) Specifications of the Number of Displayed Characters In the Standard Monitor Version
When Using Small Characters
(One Character = One Byte)
Size Button type Title Body
Small size One-button 32 characters x 1 row 16 characters x 3 rows
Two-button 36 characters x 1 row 20 characters x 3 rows
Three-button 52 characters x 1 row 32 characters x 3 rows
Large size Common 60 characters x 1 row 40 characters x 5 rows

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 85/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Table 3.1.4.3 (b) Specifications of the Number of Displayed Characters In the Standard Monitor Version
When Using Big Characters
(One Character = One Byte)
Size Button type Title Body
Small size One-button 16 characters x 1 row 8 characters x 2 rows
Two-button 18 characters x 1 row 10 characters x 2 rows
Three-button 26 characters x 1 row 16 characters x 2 rows
Large size Common 30 characters x 1 row 20 characters x 3 rows

NOTE
A double-byte character takes up 2 bytes.

- Even if you do not insert line feed codes, line feeds are automatically inserted if text exceeds the horizontal
limit of characters.
- If the number of rows exceeds the limit of the small size after you insert line feed codes or line feeds are
automatically inserted, the large size display is used. If the number of rows exceeds the limit of the large
size, text is displayed until the maximum number of rows for the large size.
- If the last byte in each row is the first byte of a double-byte character, that last byte is displayed as the
double-byte character on a new row. If the current row is the last display row, that character is not
displayed.

Fig. 3.1.4.3 (b) Screen Using Big Fig. 3.1.4.3 (c) Screen Using Small
Characters Characters

3.1.4.4 Configuration specifications

The message box consists of components 1 to 6 below.

2 1

4
3

5
6

Fig. 3.1.4.4 (a) Basic Message Box

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 86/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Table 3.1.4.4 (a) Names and Description of Message Box Components

No. Name Description
1 Title bar Background of title.
2 Title Title of message box.
Screen background of the message box other
3 Background
than the title bar.
User-specified icon that is displayed at the same
4 Icon
time as the body of the message.
5 Message User-defined string.
6 Button Buttons clicked by users such as [OK].

Table 3.1.4.4 (b) List of Components that the User Can Define (Adjust) in the Message Box
Component Display position Size Multi-language Color Script
No Yes (six options)
Message
No (automatic - - (Refer to the next
box
selection) section.)
Title bar No No - Yes No
Yes (three options)
Title No - Yes Yes
(left, center or right)
Background - - - Yes No
Yes (five options)
Icon No No - - (Refer to the next
section.)
Yes (three options)
Message No - Yes Yes
(left, center or right)
Button (text) No No Yes Yes No
Button
No - - Yes (*1) No
(background)
*1) When this setting is ON, Border Color1 and Border Color2 are switched and output.

The message box can be selected from the following types.

Table 3.1.4.4 (c) Types of Message Boxes
Number Initial display
Image (standard Image (iHMI
Button type of names of
monitor version) version)
buttons buttons

1 1 OK

OK
2 2
Cancel
Stop
3 3 Retry
Ignore
Yes
4 3 No
Cancel
Yes
5 2
No

Retry
6 2
Cancel

*The initial display names of buttons are those in the English version.
25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 87/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

The following types of icons are available.

Table 3.1.4.4 (d) Images of Icons
Image
Image
(standard
Icon type Sample usage and description of icon (iHMI
monitor
version)
version)
1 No icon N/A N/A
2 Cross mark in red circle
Used when displaying an error message, warning
the user, and so on.
3 Question mark in round balloon
Used for inquiry messages and so on.

4 Exclamation mark in yellow triangle

Used when prompting the user to confirm
something, alerting the user, and so on.
5 "i" letter in round balloon
Used when displaying information to the user and
so on.

NOTE
The background color is applied to the gray part of the icon image.

3.1.4.5 Properties

This section describes the properties of message boxes.

Overall configuration
Message boxes consist of the [Button] and [Template] tabs.

Table 3.1.4.5 (a) Property Tab Configuration

Tab name Settings
Button Used to set up the buttons in a message box.
Template Used to specify the background color, text color, and text position of
a message box.

Displaying the message box properties

Start FANUC PICTURE and select [Message Box Setting] from the [Project] menu.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 88/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Fig. 3.1.4.5 (a) Conceptual Image of Displaying Message Properties

When you select the above command, the message box dialog appears, displaying the [Button] tab.

[Button] tab
The following items can be specified on the [Button] tab.

Fig. 3.1.4.5 (b) Conceptual Image of the [Button] Tab (Standard Monitor mode)

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 89/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Fig. 3.1.4.5 (c) Conceptual Image of the [Button] Tab (iHMI mode)

Table 3.1.4.5 (b) List of Properties on the [Button] Tab

Setting item Entry type Specification Initial value Remarks
Button Type Selection Button type ButtonType1 Select the type of buttons to be used in the
1–6 message box.
No use Check box ON/OFF OFF This item is enabled when you select the [Use the
multi-language multi-language display function] check box on the
[Multi-Language Settings] tab for project settings.
When you select this check box, [Multi-language
key] is enabled.
Multi-language Selection Any First candidate Displays the specified text in the caption of the
key button with the multi-language key.
Character Type Selection Any First candidate iHMI mode only
A character type can be specified for each
multi-language key when you select the [Use the
multi-language character type function] check box
on the [Multi-Language Settings] tab for project
settings.
Left Caption User entry Text OK (when First caption for the selected button type.
English is used.)
Center Caption User entry Text Blank Second caption for the selected button type.
This item is unavailable for ButtonType1.
Right Caption User entry Text Blank Third caption for the selected button type.
This item is available only for ButtonType3 and
ButtonType4.
Shortcut Check box ON/OFF OFF When you select this check box, the items below
key it become selectable.
Shortcut Selection Refer to "Table First candidate This setting item becomes selectable when you
key selection 1 3.1 (b) Common select the [Shortcut key] check box.
Setting Items."
Shortcut Selection Refer to "Table Second This setting item becomes selectable when you
key selection 2 3.1 (b) Common candidate select the [Shortcut key] check box.
Setting Items." This item is not selectable for ButtonType1.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 90/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Setting item Entry type Specification Initial value Remarks

Shortcut Selection Refer to "Table Third candidate This setting item becomes selectable when you
key selection 3 3.1 (b) Common select the [Shortcut key] check box.
Setting Items." This item is selectable only for ButtonType3 and
ButtonType4.

Text displayed in each caption

The default caption for each button type is shown below.
Once you overwrite and save a caption, the saved string is displayed on the caption.

Table 3.1.4.5 (c) Default Value of Each Caption Display

ButtonType ButtonType ButtonType ButtonType ButtonType ButtonType
1 2 3 4 5 6
Left OK OK Stop Yes Yes Retry
Caption
Center - Cancel Retry No No Cancel
Caption
Right - - Ignore Cancel - -
Caption
*When English is used.

Character sample display

- The button size is fixed to the actual size. Strings specified in caption items are displayed.
- Text in "Left Caption," "Center Caption," and "Right Caption" is displayed in the display buttons from the
left.
- If the caption contains line feed codes, the string is displayed on multiple rows.
- The characters displayed on the character sample screen are actually displayed.

[Template] tab
The following items can be specified on the [Template] tab.

Fig. 3.1.4.5 (d) Conceptual Image of the [Template] Tab (Standard Monitor mode)

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 91/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Fig. 3.1.4.5 (e) Conceptual Image of the [Template] Tab (iHMI mode)

Table 3.1.4.5 (d) List of Properties on the [Template] Tab

Setting item Entry type Specification Initial value Remarks
Multi-language Selection Any First iHMI mode only
key candidate The multi-language key is enabled with the following
settings:
[Multi-Language Settings] tab for project settings
[Use the multi-language character type function]: ON
[Button] tab
[No use multi-language]: OFF
Title - Character Selection Any First iHMI mode only
Type candidate A character type can be specified for each
multi-language key when you select the [Use the
multi-language character type function] check box on
the [Multi-Language Settings] tab for project settings.
Title - Alignment Selection Left Aligned Left Aligned Select the display position of title string in the message
/Centered box.
/Right Aligned
Title - Color of Palette Color White Select the color of the title text of the message box.
Caption selection
Title - Back Palette Color Blue Select the color of the title background of the message
Color selection (0,255,0) box.
Message - Selection Any First iHMI mode only
Character Type candidate A character type can be specified for each
multi-language key when you select the [Use the
multi-language character type function] check box on
the [Multi-Language Settings] tab for project settings.
Message - Selection Left Aligned Left Aligned Select the display position of the message string in the
Alignment /Centered message box.
/Right Aligned
Message - Palette Color Black Select the color of the message text in the message
Color of Caption selection box.
Message - Back Palette Color Gray Select the color of the background except for the title of
Color selection (192,192,192) the message box.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 92/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Setting item Entry type Specification Initial value Remarks

Message Palette Color White Select the color of the borders from the top left to the
Border Color1 selection top right and from the top left to the bottom left of the
message box.
Message Palette Color Black Select the color of the borders from the bottom right to
Border Color2 selection the top right and from the bottom right to the bottom left
of the message box.
Button Caption - Palette Color Black Displayed on the buttons in the message box.
Color of Caption selection Select the color of the button text.
Button Caption - Palette Color Gray Select the background color of the buttons in the
Back Color selection (192,192,192) message box.
When you specify ButtonType1 to 6 and ON/OFF, this
setting applies to all of them.
Button Caption - Palette Color White Select the color of the borders from the top left to the
Border Color1 selection top right and from the top left to the bottom left of the
button in the message box.
Border Color1 and Border Color2 are switched and
displayed every time the button is turned ON or OFF.
Button Caption - Palette Color Black Select the color of the borders from the bottom right to
Border Color2 selection the top right and from the bottom right to the bottom left
of the button in the message box.
Border Color1 and Border Color2 are switched and
displayed every time the button is turned ON or OFF.
ON Preview Check box ON/OFF OFF Border Color1 and Border Color2 are switched and
displayed for the buttons in the review display.
Edit Cancel Button ON Selectable Restores the status before the tab is switched or before
[OK] or [Apply] is selected.
Initialize Button ON Selectable Returns the items that can be specified on the
[Template] tab to the state at the time of installation.

Representation of button selection using Border Color1 and Border Color2

Example) When you allocate white and black to Border Color1 and Border Color2, respectively, under Button
Caption and select [Cancel]

Button Caption - Border

Color1: White
Border Color1 and
Border Color2 are
Button Caption - Border switched and displayed
Color2: Black every time the button
is turned ON or OFF.

Fig. 3.1.4.5 (f) Conceptual Image of When a Button Is Selected in the Message Box

Sample display area

- In the sample display area, you can see the coloring of the whole message box that the items specified on
the [Template] tab are applied to.
- The number of button types is fixed to 2. The sample text on the title bar and message is displayed in the
language used at startup.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 93/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Sample display area

Fig. 3.1.4.5 (g) Sample Display Area

3.1.4.6 Function

This section describes the specifications of the FP functions for message boxes.

[Function]
MsgBoxShow

[Syntax with arguments]

MsgBoxShow( msg , type, title, icon, scrptnum )

[Arguments]
This function has the following arguments.
Table 3.1.4.6 (a) Arguments of the MsgBoxShow Function
Name Type Description
msg String Message to be displayed
type Numerical value ButtonType1 to 6 (*1)
title String Title text to be displayed
icon Numerical value Icon type 1 to 5 (*2)
scrptnum Numerical value Number of the Ruby script that is executed when the button is pressed

[Returns]
This function has the following return values.

Table 3.1.4.6 (b) Value to Be Stored in the Return Value of the MsgBoxShow Function
Type Description
Numerical Execution result
value 0: Display request succeeded.
-1: Display request failed.

[Description]

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 94/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

This function requests to display a message box.

The script is not stopped even when this function is executed.
The settings are shown below.
Table 3.1.4.6 (c) Button Types and Icon Types
(*1) Specification of button type (*2) Specification of icon type
Button type Numerical value Icon type Numerical value
ButtonType1 0 Icon type 1 0
ButtonType2 1 Icon type 2 1
ButtonType3 2 Icon type 3 2
ButtonType4 3 Icon type 4 3
ButtonType5 4 Icon type 5 4
ButtonType6 5 If the numerical value is out of
If the numerical value is out of specification, Icon type 1 (no icon)
specification, ButtonType1 is used. is used.

If a button is pressed, one of the following values is stored in MESSAGE_VAL depending on the pressed button.

Table 3.1.4.6 (d) List of Return Values When a Button Is Selected

Button type Caption name Selected button Return value
(Default name when English is used)
1 Left Caption OK 0
2 Left Caption OK 0
Center Caption Cancel 1
3 Left Caption Stop 0
Center Caption Retry 1
Right Caption Ignore 2
4 Left Caption Yes 0
Center Caption No 1
Right Caption Cancel 2
5 Left Caption Yes 0
Center Caption No 1
6 Left Caption Retry 0
Center Caption Cancel 1

The arguments of this function support three pattern calls in total.

Arguments 1 and 2 are required.
Arguments 3, 4, and 5 can be omitted. The following rules apply when you omit arguments.

Table 3.1.4.6 (e) List of Argument Conditions

Used pattern Argument 1 Argument 2 Argument 3 Argument 4 Argument 5
Pattern 1 Required Required Omitted Omitted Omitted
Pattern 2 Required Required Specified Omitted Omitted
Pattern 3 Required Required Specified Specified Omitted
Pattern 4 Required Required Specified Specified Specified

Specify arguments using one of used patterns 1 to 4.

(" ") can be entered when you do not specify the body, title, and script number.

3.1.4.7 Drawing specifications

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 95/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

The message box is drawn at the forefront of the custom screen when the MsgBoxShow function is called.
When a button in the displayed message box (including an allocated shortcut key) is pressed, the message box
closes (end of operation).

3.1.4.8 Messages

The specific messages displayed when setting this control are shown below.

Table 3.1.4.8 (a) List of Messages

Cause Timing Message How to address the error
There is no folder that During generation Failed to create the Files required to execute the
contains Xml for the of MEM file MessageBox file. application cannot be found.
MessageBox template. Reinstall the application.
The Figure folder does not During generation Failed to open the Files required to execute the
contain FPMsgIcon.fig on of MEM file FPMsgIcon.fig file. application cannot be found.
the standard monitor. Reinstall the application.
The FigureEx folder does During generation Failed to open the Files required to execute the
not contain FPMsgIcon.fig of MEM file FPMsgIcon.fig file. application cannot be found.
in the iHMI mode. Reinstall the application.
FigureEx/img does not During generation An error occurred while the Files required to execute the
contain png for icon in the of MEM file HMBICN00.png file was being application cannot be found.
iHMI mode. compressed. File reading error. Reinstall the application.
(Image files are HMBICN00.png
to HMBICN03.png.)

3.1.5 Combo Box Control

3.1.5.1 Function

The combo box control lists registered items from which the user can select only one option.
When you select a combo box in the normal mode, the item list is displayed. When the list of registered items
pops up at the center of the screen, the items can be selected. The selected item is displayed in the combo box in
the normal mode.
3.1.5.2 Diagram

Normal mode (combo box non-operation mode)

- The minimum size is as follows.
Width: Width of one double-byte character + Width of button
Height: Height of row (setting value)
- Strings are displayed up to the number of characters that can be displayed. The part after the number of
characters that can be displayed is not displayed.
(1) The horizontal scroll bar is not displayed.
(2) The button next to the string is a square with the same height as the string.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 96/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

(3) The selected item is displayed. Specify the initially displayed item in Property.
Blank is displayed if the item list is not set up. The combo box operation mode cannot be switched.
*-1 is set to the status management PMC.
If an invalid value is set to the item list, the first item in the item list is initially displayed.

AAAAAA
Fig. 3.1.5.2 (a) Image of a Combo Box in Normal Mode

List mode (combo box operation mode)

- The minimum size is as follows.
Width: Fixed to 200
Height: (Height of row (setting value) x 2) + Outer frame (fixed)
- Strings are displayed up to the number of characters that can be displayed. The part after the number of
characters that can be displayed is not displayed.
(1) The vertical scroll bar is displayed if the number of items that can be registered is larger than the
number of displayed rows or if you select to display the scroll bar in Property.
(2) The horizontal scroll bar is not displayed.
(3) The up and down buttons on the scroll bar are square with the same height as the row.

AAAAAAAAAA
BBBBBBBBBB
CCC
DDDD
EEEEEE
Fig. 3.1.5.2 (b) Conceptual Image of a Combo Box in List Mode

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 97/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Fig. 3.1.5.2 (c) Conceptual Image of Combo Boxes with the Minimum Setting, Normal Mode (Left) and List Mode
(Right)

Fig. 3.1.5.2 (d) Conceptual Image of Combo Boxes with the Maximum Setting, Normal Mode (Left) and List Mode
(Right)

3.1.5.3 Icon design

The following icon is displayed on the toolbar.

Fig. 3.1.5.3 (a) Icon Design

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 98/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

3.1.5.4 Operation

Status management
Specify the first PMC address to synchronize the item selection status in the combo box with the PMC. Item
indices are allocated from the address in order.
The system reserves 2 bytes as the status management area.

NOTE
The item index value specified in the status management PMC signal exceeds
the number of items that can be registered, the value of PMC memory is cleared
and the first item is selected.

Operation
Once the combo box operation mode is enabled, you can operate the combo box.
When the combo box operation mode is enabled, the list of registered items pops up at the center of the
screen.
End the combo box operation mode before operating other controls.
Tap outside the item list pop-up or press the <INPUT> key to end the combo box operation mode and close
the item list pop-up. When you end the mode after selecting an item, the selected item is applied to the
combo box.

(1) To start the combo box operation mode

(a) Move the focus using the MDI key to select the combo box and press the operation mode switch
key to change the combo box to the operation mode. The user sets any desired operation mode
switch key on the project setting screen. For details, refer to "Changes to the project settings
screen" in "Common setting items."
(b) When you can click the combo box with the mouse or touch it on the screen, click or touch the
combo box to directly start the combo box operation mode.

(2) To end the combo box operation mode

(a) Tap outside the item list pop-up or press the <INPUT> key in the combo box operation mode to
end the combo box operation mode. After that, you can move the focus to another control with
the MDI key.

(3) Transition of the operation mode

(a) Procedure 1 (when moving the focus with the MDI key)
(i) Move the focus to the combo box by using the MDI key.
(ii) To switch to the combo box operation mode, press the operation mode switch key.
(iii) You can operate the combo box when the item list pop-up appears.
(iv) End the combo box operation mode with the <INPUT> key.
(v) Switch the focus to another control by using the MDI key.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 99/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

MDI key MDI key

Focus on another
control

MDI key MDI key

Combo box
Focus
Operation mode
Combo box Combo box
switch key
Non-operation mode operation mode

<INPUT> key

MDI key MDI key

Focus on another control

MDI key MDI key

Fig. 3.1.5.4 (a) Operation Mode Transition Diagram

(b) Procedure 2 (clicking the combo box with the mouse or touching it on the touch panel)
(i) Touch the combo box to start the combo box operation mode.
(ii) To end the combo box operation mode, touch an item or touch outside the item list pop-up.

(4) Key operations

The keys that can be used in each status of the combo box are shown below.

Table 3.1.5.4 (a) Mode Transition List

Status
Focus on the combo box
Focus on another control
Non-operation mode Operation mode
The combo box operation The combo box operation
Mouse or touch screen operation

Combo box -
mode is enabled. mode is enabled.
The focus is moved to the
Up button - - row above the current
one.
The focus is moved to the
Down button - - row below the current
one.
Another item is selected.
Then, the combo box
Item row - -
non-operation mode is
enabled.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 100/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Status
Focus on the combo box
Focus on another control
Non-operation mode Operation mode
The combo box
Outside the combo The focus is removed
- non-operation mode is
box from the combo box.
enabled.
The focus is moved to the
<Up> key The focus is moved. The focus is moved. row above the current
one.
The focus is moved to the
<Dn> key The focus is moved. The focus is moved. row below the current
one.
Key operations

<Right> key The focus is moved. The focus is moved. -

<Left> key The focus is moved. The focus is moved. -
The previous page is
<PgUp> key - -
displayed.
The next page is
<PgDn> key - -
displayed.
Another item is selected.
Then, the combo box
<INPUT> key - -
non-operation mode is
enabled.

(5) Relationship between the item list and the combo box
The first five items from the first display item in the combo box display are displayed in the item list.
(For the conceptual image, refer to the list box control diagram titled "Item List and Display.")

(6) Position of the gauge on the scroll bar

For details, refer to "(6) Position of the gauge on the scroll bar" in "3.1.3 List Box Control."

(7) Operation of the Up button or <Up> key

For details, refer to "(7) Operation of the Up button or <Up> key" in "3.1.3 List Box Control."

(8) Operation of the Down button or <Dn> key

For details, refer to "(8) Operation of the Down button or <Dn> key" in "3.1.3 List Box Control."

(9) Operation of the <PgUp> key

For details, refer to "(9) Operation of the <PgUp> key" in "3.1.3 List Box Control."

(10) Operation of the <PgDn> key

For details, refer to "(10) Operation of the <PgDn> key" in "3.1.3 List Box Control."

(11) Switch of the selected item

This section describes how to switch the selected item in the item list.

(a) Switching the selected item with the <INPUT> key

(i) Use the <PgUp> or <PgDn> and <Up> or <Dn> keys to move the focus row to the item
you want to select.
(ii) Press the <INPUT> key in this state to select the item in the focus row.
(If an item is already selected, the currently selected item is deselected.)

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 101/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

(iii) After you press the <INPUT> key, the combo box non-operation mode is enabled and the
pop-up closes.
(If an item is selected when the combo box non-operation mode is enabled, it is displayed
in the combo box.)
When the "Don't move the focus to the next control after inputting data." property is
disabled, the focus moves to the next control.

(b) Switching the selection status by clicking the mouse or touching the screen
(i) When you select the item row you want to select by left-clicking it with the mouse or
touching it on the screen, the focus moves to the row of the touched item and that item is
selected.
(If the focus is already on that row, the item is selected and the focus remains there. If an
item is already selected, the currently selected item is deselected.)
(ii) After you touch the item row, the combo box non-operation mode is enabled and the
pop-up closes.
(If an item is selected when the combo box non-operation mode is enabled, it is displayed
in the combo box.)

(c) Cancellation by touching outside the frame

(i) Left-click outside the pop-up frame with the mouse or touch the screen to change the
combo box to the non-operation mode without switching the selected item and close the
pop-up.
The items displayed in the combo box remain unchanged.

(12) Memory clear

When the memory clear setting on the screen configuration control parent screen tab is set to ON, the
selection status in the combo box is cleared and returns to the initial status when you switch the
screen.

(13) Addition and deletion in the item list in the combo box
You can add and delete items via Ruby scripts.
However, items can no longer be added once the number of items that can be registered is reached.

(14) Addition of items

For details, refer to "Addition of items" in List Box Control.
When the number of items in the item list changes from 0 to 1, the combo box displays the added item.
Then, you can switch the combo box operation mode.

(15) Deletion of items

When you delete an item, all the items in the item list are deselected.
When the number of items in the item list changes to 0, the combo box is blank and you can no longer
switch the combo box operation mode.
When the item list contains one or more items, the combo box displays the first item in the item list.
(For the conceptual image of deletion, refer to the list box control image titled "Conceptual Image of
Item Deletion".)

Multi-language display switching

When switching the display languages using the multi-language function, if the item position selected
before switching does not exist after switching, the status management PMC signal is to be cleared to zero,
and the selected state of the control is to be the first item.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 102/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

3.1.5.5 Properties

This section describes the properties of combo box control.

Overall configuration
The properties of combo box control are displayed on the following tabs.

Table 3.1.5.5 (a) List of Tabs

Tab name Settings
General Used to specify the position and size of the combo box.
Text Used to set up the caption.
Action Used to manage and register items.
Focus Used to specify the focus number and how to move the focus.
Image Normally used to specify color information.
NoAction Image Used to specify color information when the disable signal is issued.
Interlock Image Used to specify color information when the interlock is engaged.

[General] tab

Fig. 3.1.5.5 (a) Properties Page - [General] Tab

Table 3.1.5.5 (b) List of Properties on the [General] Tab

Setting item Entry type Specification Initial value Remarks
Object ID Fixed value FPComboBoxX - X is automatically entered. (User
entry is not allowed.)

X User entry Numerical value - Specify a value smaller than the

screen size.
Y User entry Numerical value - Specify a value smaller than the
screen size.
Width User entry Numerical value -
Height Entry not allowed. Numerical value -

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 103/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Setting item Entry type Specification Initial value Remarks

(Automatically adjusted.*)
*This value is automatically set based on the row height.

[Character] tab

Fig. 3.1.5.5 (b) Properties Page - [Character] Tab (Left: Standard Monitor mode, Right: iHMI mode)

Table 3.1.5.5 (c) List of Properties on the [Character] Tab

Setting item Entry type Specification Initial value Remarks
Multi-language Selection Any First Select a language key from those registered
key candidate under project settings.
Character Type Selection Refer to "Table ANK Select the character type.
3.1 (b) Common When using the multi-language key in the
Setting Items." iHMI mode, specify the character type for
each key that can be specified with the
[Multi-language key].
Character Palette Color selection Black Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Color
Focused Color Palette Color selection Black Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Interlock Color Palette Color selection Black Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Selected Color Palette Color selection Black Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Unselected Palette Color selection Black Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Color

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 104/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

[Action] tab

Fig. 3.1.5.5 (c) Properties Page - [Action] Tab

Table 3.1.5.5 (d) List of Properties on the [Action] Tab

Setting item Entry type Specification Initial value Remarks
NoAction Check box ON/OFF OFF When you select this check box, [NoAction
Image] is enabled.
Status management PMC
PMC Path Selection Refer to "Table 3.1 First This setting item is enabled with the
(b) Common candidate following settings:
Setting Items." [Symbol]: OFF
Start Area Selection Refer to "Table 3.1 First This setting item is enabled with the
(b) Common candidate following settings:
Setting Items." [Symbol]: OFF
The system reserves a 2-byte area within
the start area.
Start Address User entry Numerical value 0 The allowed range is between 0 and
99999.

This setting item is enabled with the

following settings:
[Symbol]: OFF
Symbol Check box ON/OFF OFF
Symbol selection Entry or Any Blank This setting item is enabled with the
selection following settings:
[Symbol]: ON
Interlock
Interlock Check box ON/OFF OFF
PMC Path Selection Refer to "Table 3.1 First This setting item is enabled with the
(b) Common candidate following settings:
Setting Items." [Interlock]: ON
[Symbol]: OFF
InterlockPMCArea Selection Refer to "Table 3.1 First This setting item is enabled with the
(b) Common candidate following settings:
Setting Items." [Interlock]: ON
[Symbol]: OFF

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 105/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Setting item Entry type Specification Initial value Remarks

InterlockPMCAddress User entry Numerical value 0 The allowed range is between 0 and
99999.

This setting item is enabled with the

following settings:
[Interlock]: ON
[Symbol]: OFF
InterlockPMCBit Selection Refer to "Table 3.1 First This setting item is enabled with the
(b) Common candidate following settings:
Setting Items." [Interlock]: ON
[Symbol]: OFF
Symbol Check box ON/OFF OFF
Symbol selection Entry or Any Blank This setting item is enabled with the
selection following settings:
[Interlock]: ON
[Symbol]: ON
Item
File Name User entry Any Blank Specify the Itemxml file.
Registrable Items User entry Numerical value 1 The allowed range is between 1 and 2048.
Display Item Count User entry Numerical value 2 The allowed range is between 2 and 10.
Default Item is Check box ON/OFF OFF Check when getting the index of the item to
acquired from PMC be initially displayed from the [Status
(*) Management] PMC signal.
When setting ON, with the PMC signal, and
* Edition 9.9 or later when setting OFF, with the [Default item]
setting value, the control display item is set.
Default Item User entry Numerical value 0 Specify the index of the initially displayed
item.
The allowed range is between 0 and 2047.
When you switch the screen with the
memory for the screen configuration set to
clear, the last display state is discarded and
the screen appears according to this
setting.

<Edition 9.9 or later>

If [Default Item is acquired from PMC] is
ON, input is disabled.
Row Height User entry Numerical value 16 The allowed range is from the height of
ANK (16 in the standard machine, 12 in the
iHMI mode) to 64.
Scroll Display Check box ON/OFF ON ON: Always displayed.
OFF: Displayed when the value in
[Registrable Items] is larger than that in
[Display Item Count].

File edit screen

For details, refer to "File edit screen" in "3.1.3 List Box Control."

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 106/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

[Focus] tab

Fig. 3.1.5.5 (d) Properties Page - [Focus] Tab

Table 3.1.5.5 (e) List of Properties on the [Focus] Tab

Setting item Entry type Specification Initial value Remarks
Focus is Check box ON/OFF OFF Select this check box to use the focus.
available When you select this check box, the items below it are
enabled.
Index User entry Numerical 1 Specify a number that is not already used on the
value screen (form).
Don't move the Check box ON/OFF OFF Select this check box to avoid consecutive entry.
focus to the next
control after
inputting data.
Appoint Check box ON/OFF OFF Select this check box to directly specify the index that
movement you want to move the focus to.
index When you select this check box, the items below it are
enabled.
UP key User entry Numerical 0 Specify the index that you want to move the focus to.
value
LEFT key User entry Numerical 0 Specify the index that you want to move the focus to.
value
RIGHT key User entry Numerical 0 Specify the index that you want to move the focus to.
value
DOWN key User entry Numerical 0 Specify the index that you want to move the focus to.
value

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 107/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

[Image] tab

Fig. 3.1.5.5 (e) Properties Page - [Image] Tab

Table 3.1.5.5 (f) List of Properties on the [Image] Tab

Setting item Entry type Specification Initial value Remarks
Back Color Palette Color selection Gray Select a color from the color selection dialog.
This setting item applies to both the normal
mode and the list mode.
Focused Back Palette Color selection Yellow Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Color This setting item applies to both the normal
mode and the list mode.
Border Color Palette Color selection Black Select a color from the color selection dialog.
This setting item applies to both the normal
mode and the list mode.
Button On Color Palette Color selection White Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Specify the background color for the down (or up
and down) arrow marks.
This setting item applies to both the normal
mode and the list mode.
Button Off Color Palette Color selection Gray Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Specify the background color for the down (or up
and down) arrow marks.
This setting item applies to both the normal
mode and the list mode.
Button Color Palette Color selection Black Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Specify the color of the down (or up and down)
arrow marks.
This setting item applies to both the normal
mode and the list mode.
PopUp Back Palette Color selection Gray Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Color This setting item applies to the list mode.
Selected Back Palette Color selection Blue Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Color This setting item applies to the list mode.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 108/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Setting item Entry type Specification Initial value Remarks

Scroll Back Palette Color selection Gray Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Color This setting item applies to the list mode.
Scroll Border Palette Color selection Black Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Color This setting item applies to the list mode.
Scrollbar Color Palette Color selection Black Select a color from the color selection dialog.
This setting item applies to the list mode.
Display Check box ON/OFF OFF This item cannot be set with the following settings.
Selection Status Pattern 1
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: ON
Pattern 2
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: ON
[NoAction Signal] on the [NoAction Image] tab: ON
[Preview] on the [NoAction Image] tab: ON
Pattern 3
[Interlock] on the [Action] tab: ON
[Display] on the [Interlock Image] tab: ON
[Preview] on the [Interlock Image] tab: ON
Focus Preview Check box ON/OFF OFF This item cannot be set with the following settings.
Pattern 1
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: ON
Pattern 2
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: ON
[NoAction Signal] on the [NoAction Image] tab: ON
[Preview] on the [NoAction Image] tab: ON
Pattern 3
[Interlock] on the [Action] tab: ON
[Display] on the [Interlock Image] tab: ON
[Preview] on the [Interlock Image] tab: ON

[NoAction Image] tab

Fig. 3.1.5.5 (f) Properties Page - [NoAction Image] Tab

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 109/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Table 3.1.5.5 (g) List of Properties on the [NoAction Image] Tab

Setting item Entry type Specification Initial value Remarks
NoAction Signal Check box ON/OFF OFF This setting item is enabled with the following
settings:
[NoAction]: ON

When you select this check box, the items

below it are enabled.
Back Color Palette Color selection Gray Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Border Color Palette Color selection Black Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Button Caption - Palette Color selection Dark gray Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Back Color (128.128.128) Specify the background color for the down
arrow mark.
Button Color Palette Color selection Black Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Specify the color of the down arrow mark.
Button Border Palette Color selection Black Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Color
PMC Path Selection Refer to "Table 3.1 First This setting item is enabled with the following
(b) Common Setting candidate settings:
Items." [Symbol]: OFF
PMC Area Selection Refer to "Table 3.1 First This setting item is enabled with the following
(b) Common Setting candidate settings:
Items." [Symbol]: OFF
PMC Address User entry Any 0 The allowed range is between 0 and 99999.

This setting item is enabled with the following

settings:
[Symbol]: OFF
PMC Bit Selection Refer to "Table 3.1 First This setting item is enabled with the following
(b) Common Setting candidate settings:
Items." [Symbol]: OFF
Symbol Check box ON/OFF OFF
Symbol Entry or Any Blank Select a symbol from those registered in the
selection selection PMC symbol list.

This setting item is enabled with the following

settings:
[Symbol]: ON
Check Timing Selection 0: Power On 0: Power On Specify when the disable signal is checked.
1: Always
Preview Check box ON/OFF OFF This setting item is enabled with the following
settings:
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: ON
[NoAction Signal] on the [NoAction Image]
tab: ON

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 110/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

[Interlock Image] tab

Fig. 3.1.5.5 (g) Properties Page - [Interlock Image] Tab

Table 3.1.5.5 (h) List of Properties on the [Interlock Image] Tab

Setting item Entry type Specification Initial value Remarks
Display Check box ON/OFF OFF
Back Color Palette Color selection Gray
Border Color Palette Color selection Black
Button Caption - Palette Color selection Dark gray Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Back Color (128.128.128) Specify the background color for the down
arrow mark.
Button Color Palette Color selection Black Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Specify the color of the down arrow mark.
Button Border Palette Color selection Black Select a color from the color selection dialog.
Color
Without caption Check box ON/OFF OFF
Preview Check box ON/OFF OFF This setting item is enabled with the following
settings:
Pattern 1
[Interlock] on the [Action] tab: ON
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: OFF
[Display] on the [Interlock Image] tab: ON
Pattern 2
[Interlock] on the [Action] tab: ON
[NoAction] on the [Action] tab: ON
[NoAction Signal] on the [NoAction Image]
tab: ON
[Preview] on the [NoAction Image] tab: OFF
[Display] on the [Interlock Image] tab: ON

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 111/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

3.1.5.6 List display

The setting items that can be edited in the list display are shown in "Table 3.1.5.6 (a) List of Properties in the
List Display."
The setting tabs and setting items are the corresponding tab and item names on the Property screen.

For details about the item display conditions, refer to "Table 3.1.5.6 (b) List of Item Display Conditions."

Table 3.1.5.6 (a) List of Properties in the List Display

Item name Settings tab Setting item Specification Item display
conditions
Object ID General Object ID
Tab index - Tab index Any
Comment - Comment Any
X General X
Y General Y
Width General Width
Multi-language key Text Multi-language key Multi-language key No. - 1 No.1
Character Type Text Character Type Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) No.19
Common Setting Items."
Character Type (1) Text Character Type Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) No.20
Common Setting Items."
Character Type (2) Text Character Type Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) No.20
Common Setting Items."
Character Type (3) Text Character Type Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) No.20
Common Setting Items."
Character Type (4) Text Character Type Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) No.20
Common Setting Items."
Character Type (5) Text Character Type Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) No.20
Common Setting Items."
Character Type (6) Text Character Type Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) No.20
Common Setting Items."
Character Type (7) Text Character Type Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) No.20
Common Setting Items."
Character Type (8) Text Character Type Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) No.20
Common Setting Items."
Character Type (9) Text Character Type Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) No.20
Common Setting Items."
Character Type (10) Text Character Type Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) No.20
Common Setting Items."
Character Type (11) Text Character Type Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) No.20
Common Setting Items."
Character Type (12) Text Character Type Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) No.20
Common Setting Items."
Character Type (13) Text Character Type Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) No.20
Common Setting Items."
Character Type (14) Text Character Type Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) No.20
Common Setting Items."
Character Type (15) Text Character Type Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) No.20
Common Setting Items."

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 112/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Item name Settings tab Setting item Specification Item display

conditions
Character Type (16) Text Character Type Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) No.20
Common Setting Items."
Character Type (17) Text Character Type Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) No.20
Common Setting Items."
Character Type (18) Text Character Type Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) No.20
Common Setting Items."
Character Type (19) Text Character Type Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) No.20
Common Setting Items."
Character Type (20) Text Character Type Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) No.20
Common Setting Items."
Caption Color Text Normal Mode - Character
Color
Focus caption Color Text Normal Mode - Focus
Color
Lock Color Text Normal Mode
Interlock Color
Selected Color Text List Mode
Selected Color
Unselected Color Text List Mode
Unselected Color
No action Action NoAction 0: OFF 1: ON
File name Action File Name
Number of Registrable Action Registrable Items
Items
Display Item Count Action Display Item Count
Default Item is acquired Action Default Item is acquired 0: OFF 1: ON
from PMC(*) from PMC

* Edition 9.9 or later

Default Item Action Default Item <Edition 9.9 or
later>
No.21
Row Height Action Row Height
Scroll Display Action Scroll Display 0: OFF 1: ON
Status Management Action Symbol 0: OFF 1: ON
Start Symbol Flag
Status Management Action Symbol selection No.2
Start Symbol
Status Management Action - PMC Path Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) No.3
Start PMC - Start Area Common Setting Items."
- Start Address
Interlock Action Interlock 0: OFF 1: ON
Interlock signal Action Symbol 0: OFF 1: ON No.4
symbol flag
Interlock signal Action Symbol selection No.5
symbol
Interlock signal Action - PMC Path Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) No.6
- InterlockPMCArea Common Setting Items."
- InterlockPMCAddress
- InterlockPMCBit

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 113/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Item name Settings tab Setting item Specification Item display

conditions
Interlock Interlock Display 0: OFF 1: ON No.7
image display Image No.8
Interlock Interlock Back Color No.9
Back Color Image
Interlock Interlock Border Color No.9
Border Color Image
Interlock Interlock Button Caption - Back No.9
Button Back Color Image Color
Interlock Interlock Button Color No.9
Button Color Image
Interlock Interlock Button Border Color No.9
Button Border Color Image
Without caption at Interlock Without caption 0: OFF 1: ON No.9
interlock. Image
Interlock Interlock Preview 0: OFF 1: ON No.10
preview Image
Focus is available Focus Focus is available 0: OFF 1: ON
Number of focus index Focus Index Any (The initial value is 0.) No.17
Don't move focus to the Focus Don't move the focus to 0: OFF 1: ON No.17
next control after data the next control after
input operation. inputting data.
Appoint movement index Focus Appoint movement index 0: OFF 1: ON No.17
Focusing up Focus <UP> Key Any (The initial value is 0.) No.18
Focusing down Focus <DOWN> Key Any (The initial value is 0.) No.18
Focusing left Focus <LEFT> Key Any (The initial value is 0.) No.18
Focusing right Focus <RIGHT> Key Any (The initial value is 0.) No.18
Background Color Image Back Color
Focused Back Color Image Focused Back Color
Border Color Image Border Color
Button On Color Image Button On Color
Button Off Color Image Button Off Color
Button Color Image Button Color
PopUp Back Color Image PopUp Back Color
Selected Back Color Image Selected Back Color
Scroll Back Color Image Scroll Back Color
Scroll Border Color Image Scroll Border Color
Scrollbar Color Image Scrollbar Color
Display Selection Status Image Display Selection Status 0: OFF 1: ON No.11
Display Focused Status Image Focus Preview 0: OFF 1: ON No.12
No action Signal NoAction Image NoAction Signal 0: OFF 1: ON No.13
No action Border Color NoAction Image Border Color No.14
No action Back Color NoAction Image Back Color No.14
No action Button Back NoAction Image Button Caption - Back No.14
Color Color
No action Button Color NoAction Image Button Color No.14
No action Button Border NoAction Image Button Border Color No.14
Color
No action signal NoAction Image Symbol 0: OFF 1: ON No.15
symbol flag
No action signal symbol NoAction Image Symbol selection No.16

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 114/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Item name Settings tab Setting item Specification Item display

conditions
No action signal PMC NoAction Image - PMC Path Refer to "Table 3.1 (b)
- PMC Area Common Setting Items."
- PMC Address
- PMC Bit
No action signal preview NoAction Image Preview 0: OFF 1: ON No.14

Table 3.1.5.6 (b) List of Item Display Conditions

No. Display condition
1 [Use the multi-language display function] (project settings): ON
Edit mode: iHMI
2 Symbol flag: ON
3 Symbol flag: OFF
4 Interlock: ON
5 Interlock: ON
Interlock signal symbol flag: ON
6 Interlock: ON
Interlock signal symbol flag: OFF
7 Interlock: ON
NoAction: OFF
8 Interlock: ON
NoAction: ON
NoAction Signal: ON
9 Interlock image display: ON
10 Interlock image display: ON
Preview of disabled status: OFF
11 Focus Preview: OFF
Preview of disabled status: OFF
Interlock preview: OFF
12 Display Selection Status: OFF
Preview of disabled status: OFF
Interlock preview: OFF
13 NoAction: ON
14 NoAction Signal: ON
15 NoAction Signal: ON
NoAction Signal Symbol Flag: ON
16 NoAction Signal: ON
NoAction Signal Symbol Flag: OFF
17 [Focus is available] on the [Focus] tab: ON
18 [Focus is available] on the [Focus] tab: ON
[Focus move rules] on the [Focus] tab: ON
19 [Use the multi-language character type function] (project settings): OFF
Edit mode: iHMI
20 [Use the multi-language display function] (project settings): ON
[Use the multi-language character type function] (project settings): ON
Edit mode: iHMI
21 <Edition 9.9 or later>
[Default Item is acquired from PMC]: OFF

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 115/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

3.1.5.7 Batch editing

You can display the setting items on each tab. The property names are the same as those in the list display.

<Edition 9.9 or later >

For the setting values when [Default Item is acquired from PMC] is set in batch editing, see "Table 3.1.5.7 (a)
Values in [Default Item is acquired from PMC] in the batch editing screen".

Table 3.1.5.7 (a) Values in [Default Item is acquired from PMC] in the batch editing screen
Default Item is acquired Value to set
from PMC
OFF 0
ON 1

NOTE
The output result of the property list output by the screen bitmap batch output
function is also the same as the setting value of “Table 3.1.5.7(a) Values in
[Default Item is acquired from PMC] in the batch editing screen” in the above
table.

3.1.5.8 Message

There is no specific message displayed when setting this control.

3.1.6 Pie Graph Control

3.1.6.1 Function

The pie graph control acquires data from the PMC register or P code macro variable and displays the component
ratio of up to eight data items in a pie graph.

3.1.6.2 Diagram

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 116/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Fig. 3.1.6.2 (a) Display Image of Pie Graph Controls (Left: without Scale, Right: with Scale)

The graph title, description of data, scale numbers and other items are not displayed on the pie graph control.
To display these items, use a label or other control.

3.1.6.3 Icon design

The following icon is displayed on the toolbar.

Fig. 3.1.6.3 (a) Icon Design

3.1.6.4 Operation

Data display
The component ratio of specified data items is calculated and a pie graph is drawn.
Data items 1 to 8 are displayed clockwise in the specified order.

Select whether to read data from the PMC signal or the P code macro variable.

- If the specified data value is less than 0, that data is treated as 0.

- If the data value is 0, that data is not displayed in the graph.
- If all the data values are 0, only the outer frame of the pie graph is displayed.

Fig. 3.1.6.4 (a) Display Example of When the Component Ratio Cannot Be Displayed

Update
The timings with which the graph display is updated and data is written are adjusted using the following two
signals.
- Display request signal
- Display response signal
Allocate any desired PMC signal or P code macro variable to the above signals.

The flow of data writing and updating the display is as follows.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 117/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

1. Data is written when the value of the display request signal matches that of the display response signal.
2. After data writing is complete, the display request signal is inverted so that the display response signal
does not match the display request signal.
3. The pie graph control monitors the display request signal and display response signal and updates the
display when their values are different.
4. After the display is updated, the pie graph control inverts the display response signal to match it to the
display request signal.

The flow from 1 to 4 is shown in Fig. 3.1.6.4 (b).

F
Fig. 3.1.6.4 (b) Flow of Display Update

NOTE
The display is not updated if the drawing update speed of the FANUC PICTURE
driver is exceeded.

3.1.6.5 Properties

This section describes the properties of pie graph control.

Overall configurationThe properties of pie graph control are displayed on the following tabs.

Table 3.1.6.5 (a) List of Tabs

Tab name Settings
General Used to specify the position and size of the control.
Action Used to specify the display format of the pie graph.
Image Used to specify the color information of the pie graph.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 118/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

[General] tab

Fig. 3.1.6.5 (a) Properties Page - [General] Tab

Table 3.1.6.5 (b) List of Properties on the [General] Tab

Setting item Entry type Specification Initial value Remarks
Object ID Fixed value FPPieChartX - X is automatically entered. (User
entry is not allowed.)

X User entry Numerical value -

Y User entry Numerical value -
Width User entry Numerical value -
Height User entry Numerical value -

[Action] tab

Fig. 3.1.6.5 (b) Properties Page - [Action] Tab (Left Figure: PMC, Right Figure: P Code Macro Variable)

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 119/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

How to specify display data is described below.

- Individual Edit
You can specify the PMC signal or P code macro variable saved as display data for each data item.
- Batch Edit
You can specify consecutive areas by specifying the first address or the first variable number of the areas
saved as display data.
Example) When specifying 5 as the number of data items, D100 as the first address, and 2 bytes as the
data type
The area from D100 to D109 (2 × 5 bytes) is reserved as the storage area.

Table 3.1.6.5 (c) List of Common Properties on the [Action] Tab

Setting item Entry type Specification Initial value Remarks
Data Kind Selection 0: PMC 0: PMC Other setting items on the tab are switched
1: P code macro depending on the setting value in [Data Kind].
variable (Refer to "Fig. 3.1.6.5 (b) Properties Page -
[Action] Tab.")
Script Check box ON / OFF OFF Specify whether to use a data calculation
script.
Script entry User entry Any Blank
Individual Edit Selection ON/OFF ON Exclusive of Batch Edit.
Batch Edit Selection ON/OFF OFF Exclusive of Individual Edit.
Data 1 Palette Color specification Red Display color for Data 1
Data 2 Palette Color specification Red Display color for Data 2
Data 3 Palette Color specification Red Display color for Data 3
Data 4 Palette Color specification Red Display color for Data 4
Data 5 Palette Color specification Red Display color for Data 5
Data 6 Palette Color specification Red Display color for Data 6
Data 7 Palette Color specification Red Display color for Data 7
Data 8 Palette Color specification Red Display color for Data 8

Table 3.1.6.5 (d) List of Properties in Display Request Signal on the [Action] Tab
Setting item Entry type Specification Initial value Remarks
PMC Path Selection Refer to "Table 3.1 First This setting item is editable only when [0: PMC]
(b) Common candidate is selected for [Data Kind].
Setting Items."
PMC Area Selection Refer to "Table 3.1 First This setting item is editable only when [0: PMC]
(b) Common candidate is selected for [Data Kind].
Setting Items."
Address User entry Numerical value 0 This setting item is editable only when [0: PMC]
is selected for [Data Kind].
Bit Selection 0 –7 0 This setting item is editable only when [0: PMC]
is selected for [Data Kind].
Symbol Check box ON / OFF OFF This setting item is editable only when [0: PMC]
is selected for [Data Kind].
Symbol Selection Any Blank This setting item is editable only when [0: PMC]
selection is selected for [Data Kind].
Variable User entry From 10000 to 10000 This setting item is editable only when [1: P
Number 89999 code macro variable] is selected for [Data Kind].

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 120/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Table 3.1.6.5 (e) List of Properties in Display Response Signal on the [Action] Tab
Setting item Entry type Specification Initial value Remarks
PMC Path Selection Refer to "Table 3.1 First This setting item is editable only when [0: PMC]
(b) Common candidate is selected for [Data Kind].
Setting Items."
PMC Area Selection Refer to "Table 3.1 First This setting item is editable only when [0: PMC]
(b) Common candidate is selected for [Data Kind].
Setting Items."
Address User entry Numerical value 0 This setting item is editable only when [0: PMC]
is selected for [Data Kind].
Bit Selection 0 –7 0 This setting item is editable only when [0: PMC]
is selected for [Data Kind].
Symbol Check box ON / OFF OFF This setting item is editable only when [0: PMC]
is selected for [Data Kind].
Symbol Selection Any Blank This setting item is editable only when [0: PMC]
selection is selected for [Data Kind].
Variable User entry From 10000 to 10000 This setting item is editable only when [1: P
Number 89999 code macro variable] is selected for [Data Kind].

Table 3.1.6.5 (f) List of Properties for Individual Edit on the [Action] Tab
Setting item Entry type Specification Initial value Remarks
Data: Selection Data 1 to Data 8 Data 1 Select the data you want to edit.
Use this Data. Check box ON / OFF OFF Select this check box to use the data in the pie
graph.
PMC Path Selection Refer to "Table 3.1 First Select the PMC path that contains the selected
(b) Common candidate data.
Setting Items." This setting item is displayed only when [0:
PMC] is selected for [Data Kind].
PMC Area Selection Refer to "Table 3.1 First Select the PMC area that contains the selected
(b) Common candidate data.
Setting Items." This setting item is displayed only when [0:
PMC] is selected for [Data Kind].
Address User entry Numerical value 0 Enter the PMC address for the selected data.
This setting item is displayed only when [0:
PMC] is selected for [Data Kind].
Data Type Selection 0: 1 byte 0: 1 byte This setting item is displayed only when [0:
1: 2 byte PMC] is selected for [Data Kind].
2: 4 byte
Symbol Check box ON / OFF OFF This setting item is displayed only when [0:
PMC] is selected for [Data Kind].
Symbol Selection Any Blank This setting item is displayed only when [0:
selection PMC] is selected for [Data Kind].
Variable User entry From 10000 to 10000 This setting item is displayed only when [1: P
Number 89999 code macro variable] is selected for [Data Kind].

Table 3.1.6.5 (g) List of Properties for Batch Edit on the [Action] Tab
Setting item Entry type Specification Initial value Remarks
Number of Data: Selection 1 –8 1 Select the first address (variable number).
PMC Path Selection Refer to "Table 3.1 First Select the PMC path for the first address of
(b) Common candidate [Data Kind].
Setting Items." This setting item is displayed only when [0:
PMC] is selected for [Data Kind].

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 121/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Setting item Entry type Specification Initial value Remarks

PMC Area Selection Refer to "Table 3.1 First Select the PMC path for the first address of
(b) Common candidate [Data Kind].
Setting Items." This setting item is displayed only when [0:
PMC] is selected for [Data Kind].
Address User entry Numerical value 0 Select the PMC path for the first address of
[Data Kind].
This setting item is displayed only when [0:
PMC] is selected for [Data Kind].
Data Type Selection 0: 1 byte 0: 1 byte This setting item is displayed only when [0:
1: 2 byte PMC] is selected for [Data Kind].
2: 4 byte
Symbol Check box ON / OFF OFF This setting item is displayed only when [0:
PMC] is selected for [Data Kind].
Symbol Selection Any Blank This setting item is displayed only when [0:
selection PMC] is selected for [Data Kind].
Variable User entry From 10000 to 10000 Select the first variable number for [Data Kind].
Number 89999 This setting item is displayed only when [1: P
code macro variable] is selected for [Data Kind].

NOTE
The PMC address and variable number of each data setting is controlled as follows.
Batch Edit
99999 (maximum PMC address) - ("Number of data items" × "Data type" byte count)
89999 (maximum variable number) - ("Number of data items")

[Image] tab

Fig. 3.1.6.5 (c) Properties Page - [Image] Tab

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 122/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Table 3.1.6.5 (h) List of Properties on the [Image] Tab

Setting item Entry type Specification Initial value Remarks
Image File Name User entry Any FPPieChart.fig Specify the Fig file that describes the style of the
pie graph.
Style Selection Any 0: XXXX Select a style from those in the specified Fig file.
Number of ticks per User entry Any 10
division
Back Color Palette Color Gray Select the background color for the control from
specification the pallet.
Border Color Palette Color Dark gray Select the color of the outer frame of the pie
specification graph from the pallet.
Graduations Back Palette Color White
Color specification
Graduations Color Palette Color Black
selection

3.1.6.6 List display

The setting items that can be edited in the list display are shown below.
The setting tabs and setting items are the corresponding tab and item names on the Property screen.

For details about the item display conditions, refer to "Table 3.1.6.6 (b) List of Item Display Conditions."

Table 3.1.6.6 (a) List of Properties in the List Display

Item name Settings tab Setting item Specification Item display
conditions
Object ID General Object ID -
Tab index - - Any -
Comment - - Any -
X General X -
Y General Y -
Width General Width -
Height General Height -
Data Kind Action Data Kind 0: PMC -
1: P code macro
variable
Use Script Action Script 0: OFF 1: ON -
Script Action Script entry No. 1
Display Request symbol Action Symbol 0: OFF 1: ON No. 2
flag
Display Request symbol Action Symbol selection No. 3
Display Request PMC Action PMC Path No. 4
PMC Area
Address
Bit
Display Request Action Variable Number No. 5
variable Number
Display Response Action Symbol 0: OFF 1: ON No. 2
symbol flag
Display Response Action Symbol selection No. 6
symbol

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 123/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Item name Settings tab Setting item Specification Item display

conditions
Display Response PMC Action PMC Path No. 7
PMC Area
Address
Bit
Display Response Action Variable Number No. 5
Variable Number
Setting method Action Individual Edit Individual Edit -
Batch Edit Batch Edit
Batch Edit Number of Action Number of Data 0 –8 No. 8
Data
Batch Edit Symbol flag Action Symbol 0: OFF 1: ON No. 9
Batch Edit Symbol Action Symbol selection No. 10
Batch Edit PMC Action PMC Path Refer to "Table No. 11
PMC Area 3.1 (b) Common
Address Setting Items."
Batch Edit Data Type Action Data Type Refer to "Table No. 9
3.1 (b) Common
Setting Items."
Batch Edit Variable Action Variable Number Any No. 12
Number
Use Data 1. Action Data 1 0: OFF 1: ON No. 13
Use this Data.
Data 1 symbol flag Action Symbol 0: OFF 1: ON No. 14
Data 1 symbol Action Symbol selection No. 15
Data 1 PMC Action PMC Path Refer to "Table No. 16
PMC Area 3.1 (b) Common
Address Setting Items."
Data 1 Data Type Action Data Type Refer to "Table No. 14
3.1 (b) Common
Setting Items."
Data 1 Variable Number Action Variable Number Refer to "Table No. 17
3.1 (b) Common
Setting Items."
Use Data 2. Action Data 2 0: OFF 1: ON No. 13
Use this Data.
Data 2 Symbol flag Action Symbol 0: OFF 1: ON No. 14
Data 2 Symbol Action Symbol selection No. 15
Data 2 PMC Action PMC Path Refer to "Table No. 16
PMC Area 3.1 (b) Common
Address Setting Items."
Data 2 Data Type Action Data Type Refer to "Table No. 14
3.1 (b) Common
Setting Items."
Data 2 Variable Number Action Variable Number Refer to "Table No. 17
3.1 (b) Common
Setting Items."
Use Data 3. Action Data 3 0: OFF 1: ON No. 13
Use this Data.
Data 3 Symbol flag Action Symbol 0: OFF 1: ON No. 14
Data 3 Symbol Action Symbol selection No. 15

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 124/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Item name Settings tab Setting item Specification Item display

conditions
Data 3 PMC Action PMC Path Refer to "Table No. 16
PMC Area 3.1 (b) Common
Address Setting Items."
Data 3 Data Type Action Data Type Refer to "Table No. 14
3.1 (b) Common
Setting Items."
Data 3 Variable Number Action Variable Number Refer to "Table No. 17
3.1 (b) Common
Setting Items."
Use Data 4. Action Data 4 0: OFF 1: ON No. 13
Use this Data.
Data 4 Symbol flag Action Symbol 0: OFF 1: ON No. 14
Data 4 Symbol Action Symbol selection No. 15
Data 4 PMC Action PMC Path Refer to "Table No. 16
PMC Area 3.1 (b) Common
Address Setting Items."
Data 4 Data Type Action Data Type Refer to "Table No. 14
3.1 (b) Common
Setting Items."
Data 4 Variable Number Action Variable Number Refer to "Table No. 17
3.1 (b) Common
Setting Items."
Use Data 5. Action Data 5 0: OFF 1: ON No. 13
Use this Data.
Data 5 Symbol flag Action Symbol 0: OFF 1: ON No. 14
Data 5 Symbol Action Symbol selection No. 15
Data 5 PMC Action PMC Path Refer to "Table No. 16
PMC Area 3.1 (b) Common
Address Setting Items."
Data 5 Data Type Action Data Type Refer to "Table No. 14
3.1 (b) Common
Setting Items."
Data 5 Variable Number Action Variable Number Refer to "Table No. 17
3.1 (b) Common
Setting Items."
Use Data 6. Action Data 6 0: OFF 1: ON No. 13
Use this Data.
Data 6 Symbol flag Action Symbol 0: OFF 1: ON No. 14
Data 6 Symbol Action Symbol selection No. 15
Data 6 PMC Action PMC Path Refer to "Table No. 16
PMC Area 3.1 (b) Common
Address Setting Items."
Data 6 Data Type Action Data Type Refer to "Table No. 14
3.1 (b) Common
Setting Items."
Data 6 Variable Number Action Variable Number Refer to "Table No. 17
3.1 (b) Common
Setting Items."
Use Data 7. Action Data 7 0: OFF 1: ON No. 13
Use this Data.
Data 7 Symbol flag Action Symbol 0: OFF 1: ON No. 14

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 125/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Item name Settings tab Setting item Specification Item display

conditions
Data 7 Symbol Action Symbol selection No. 15
Data 7 PMC Action PMC Path Refer to "Table No. 16
PMC Area 3.1 (b) Common
Address Setting Items."
Data 7 Data Type Action Data Type Refer to "Table No. 16
3.1 (b) Common
Setting Items."
Data 7 Variable Number Action Variable Number Refer to "Table No. 17
3.1 (b) Common
Setting Items."
Use Data 8. Action Data 8 0: OFF 1: ON No. 13
Use this Data.
Data 8 Symbol flag Action Symbol 0: OFF 1: ON No. 14
Data 8 Symbol Action Symbol selection No. 15
Data 8 PMC Action PMC Path Refer to "Table No. 16
PMC Area 3.1 (b) Common
Address Setting Items."
Data 8 Data Type Action Data Type Refer to "Table No. 14
3.1 (b) Common
Setting Items."
Data 8 Variable Number Action Variable Number Refer to "Table No. 17
3.1 (b) Common
Setting Items."
Data 1 Color Action Color: Data 1 -
Data 2 Color Action Color: Data 2 -
Data 3 Color Action Color: Data 3 -
Data 4 Color Action Color: Data 4 -
Data 5 Color Action Color: Data 5 -
Data 6 Color Action Color: Data 6 -
Data 7 Color Action Color: Data 7 -
Data 8 Color Action Color: Data 8 -
Image file name Image Image File Name -
Style Image Style -
Number of tics per Image Number of ticks per division -
division
Background Color Image Back Color -
Border Color Image Border Color -
Graduations Back Color Image Graduations Back Color -
Graduations Color Image Graduations Color -

Table 3.1.6.6 (b) List of Item Display Conditions

No. Display condition
1 Flag for script use: ON
2 Data Kind: PMC
3 Data Kind: PMC
Display request signal symbol flag: ON
4 Data Kind: PMC
Display request signal symbol flag: OFF
5 Data Kind: P code macro variable

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 126/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

No. Display condition

6 Data Kind: PMC
Display response signal symbol flag: ON
7 Data Kind: PMC
Display response signal symbol flag: OFF
8 Batch Edit: ON
9 Data Kind: PMC
Batch Edit: ON
10 Data Kind: PMC
Batch Edit: ON
Data symbol flag: ON
11 Data Kind: PMC
Batch Edit: ON
Data symbol flag: OFF
12 Data Kind: P code macro variable
Batch Edit: ON
13 Individual Edit: ON
14 Data Kind: PMC
Individual Edit: ON
Use Data n.: ON (n: 1 to 8)
15 Data Kind: PMC
Individual Edit: ON
Use Data n.: ON (n: 1 to 8)
Data n symbol flag: ON (n: 1 to 8)
16 Data Kind: PMC
Individual Edit: ON
Use Data n.: ON (n: 1 to 8)
Data n symbol flag: OFF (n: 1 to 8)
17 Data Kind: P code macro variable
Individual Edit: ON
Use Data n.: ON (n: 1 to 8)

3.1.6.7 Batch editing

The same items as those in the list display can be specified.

3.1.6.8 List of messages

There is no specific message displayed when setting this control.

3.1.7 Extended bar graph control

3.1.7.1 Function

This control acquires data from the PMC register or P code macro variable and displays multiple data items in a
bar graph.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 127/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

3.1.7.2 Diagram

The graph width is automatically calculated from the control width and display interval.
If the display area cannot be ensured, the graph is not displayed.

The coordinate axes of the extended bar graph control can be displayed inside or outside the graph.

Vertical or horizontal can be selected for the display orientation of the bar graph.
The scale is displayed along the vertical axis in the vertical display and along the horizontal axis in the
horizontal display.

The graph title, description of data, scale numbers and other items are not displayed on the extended bar graph
control.
To display these items, use a label or other control.

Fig. 3.1.7.2 (a) Display Image of Extended Bar Graph Controls (Left: When the Coordinate Axes Are Displayed
Inside, Right: When the Coordinate Axes Are Displayed Outside)

3.1.7.3 Icon design

The following icon is displayed on the toolbar.

Fig. 3.1.7.3 (a) Icon Design (Left: Existing Graph Control, Right: Bar Graph Control)

3.1.7.4 Operation

Data display
- Select whether to read data from the PMC signal or the P code macro variable.
- The bar graph data consists of series and categories.
Up 32 data items (the number of series × the number of categories) can be displayed.
Up to eight series can be specified.

- The data display method can be selected from the set display and the stacked display.
In the set display, data in each category is displayed next to each other.
In the stacked display, data is stacked in the positive direction along the coordinate axis from series 1 in

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 128/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

each category.
Negative data is not displayed in the stacked display.

Category

Series 1

Series 2

Series 3
Series 3

Series 2
Series 1

Fig. 3.1.7.4 (a) Display Methods of Extended Bar Graph Control (Left: Set Display, Right: Stacked Display)
- The graph is displayed showing the minimum value at the bottom of the axis and the maximum value at the
top of the axis.
Data below the minimum value is not displayed.
When the display method is stacked display, the minimum value is 0.

Update
Set the following two signals to adjust the timings with which the graph display is updated and data is written.
- Display request signal
- Display response signal
Allocate any desired PMC signal or P code macro variable to the above signals.
The flow of data writing and updating the display is as follows.
1. Data is written when the value of the display request signal matches that of the display response signal.
2. After data writing is complete, the display request signal is inverted so that the display response signal
does not match the display request signal.
3. The bar graph control monitors the display request signal and display response signal and updates the
display when their values are different.
4. After the display is updated, the bar graph control inverts the display response signal to match it to the
display request signal.
The flow from 1 to 4 is shown below.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 129/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Display demand signal

Display response signal

Fig. 3.1.7.4 (b) Flow of Display Update

NOTE
The display is not updated if the drawing update speed of the FANUC PICTURE
driver is exceeded.

3.1.7.5 Properties

This section describes the properties of extended bar graph control.

Overall configurationThe properties of extended bar graph control are displayed on the following tabs.

Table 3.1.7.5 (a) List of Tabs

Tab name Settings
General Used to specify the position and size of the control.
Action Used to specify the display format of a bar graph.
Data Color Used to specify the color of data in a bar graph.
Image Used to specify the color information of a bar graph.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 130/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

[General] tab

Fig. 3.1.7.5 (a) Properties Page - [General] Tab

Table 3.1.7.5 (b) List of Properties on the [General] Tab

Setting item Entry type Specification Initial value Remarks
Object ID Fixed value FPBarChartX - X is automatically entered. (User
entry is not allowed.)

X User entry Numerical value -

Y User entry Numerical value -
Width User entry Numerical value -
Height User entry Numerical value -

[Action] tab

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 131/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Fig. 3.1.7.5 (b) Properties Page - [Action] Tab (Left Figure: PMC, Right Figure: P Code Macro Variable)

How to specify display data is described below.

- Series Edit
You can specify areas for the number of categories in batch by specifying the first PMC address or the first
variable number of data.

- Batch Edit
You can specify consecutive areas that correspond to the product of the number of categories and the
number of series by specifying the first address or the first variable number of the areas saved as display
data.
Example) When specifying 4 as the number of series, 3 as the number of categories, D100 as the first
address, and 2 bytes as the data type
The area from D100 to D123 (2 bytes × 12 (series x categories)) is reserved as the storage area.

Areas for the categories are reserved in order from Series 1 without spaces.
Specified address: D100
Series 1 Series 2 Series 3 Series 4
Category 1 Category 2 Category 3 Category 1 Category 2 Category 3 Category 1 Category 2 Category 3 Category 1 Category 2 Category 3

Fig. 3.1.7.5 (c) Conceptual Image of Reserving Areas When Editing Data in Batch

Table 3.1.7.5 (c) List of Common Properties on the [Action] Tab

Setting item Entry type Specification Initial value Remarks
Data Kind Selection 0: PMC 0: PMC Other setting items on the tab change
1: P code macro depending on this setting value. (Refer to "Fig.
variable 3.1.7.5 (b) Properties Page - [Action] Tab.")
Display Method Selection 0: Set Display 0: Set Display
1: Stacked Display
Script Check box ON / OFF OFF Specify whether to use a data calculation script.
Script entry User entry Any Blank
Series Edit Selection ON/OFF ON Exclusive of Batch Edit.
Batch Edit Selection ON/OFF OFF Exclusive of Series Edit.

Table 3.1.7.5 (d) List of Properties in Display Request Signal on the [Action] Tab
Setting item Entry type Specification Initial value Remarks
PMC Path Selection Refer to "Table 3.1 First This setting item is editable only when [0: PMC]
(b) Common candidate is selected for [Data Kind].
Setting Items."
PMC Area Selection Refer to "Table 3.1 First This setting item is editable only when [0: PMC]
(b) Common candidate is selected for [Data Kind].
Setting Items."
Address User entry Numerical value 0 This setting item is editable only when [0: PMC]
is selected for [Data Kind].
Bit Selection 0 –7 0 This setting item is editable only when [0: PMC]
is selected for [Data Kind].
Symbol Check box ON / OFF OFF This setting item is editable only when [0: PMC]
is selected for [Data Kind].

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 132/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Setting item Entry type Specification Initial value Remarks

Symbol Selection Any Blank This setting item is editable only when [0: PMC]
selection is selected for [Data Kind].
Variable User entry From 10000 to 10000 This setting item is editable only when [1: P
Number 89999 code macro variable] is selected for [Data Kind].

Table 3.1.7.5 (e) List of Properties in Display Response Signal on the [Action] Tab
Setting item Entry type Specification Initial value Remarks
PMC Path Selection Refer to "Table 3.1 First This setting item is editable only when [0: PMC]
(b) Common candidate is selected for [Data Kind].
Setting Items."
PMC Area Selection Refer to "Table 3.1 First This setting item is editable only when [0: PMC]
(b) Common candidate is selected for [Data Kind].
Setting Items."
Address User entry Numerical value 0 This setting item is editable only when [0: PMC]
is selected for [Data Kind].
Bit Selection 0 –7 0 This setting item is editable only when [0: PMC]
is selected for [Data Kind].
Symbol Check box ON / OFF OFF This setting item is editable only when [0: PMC]
is selected for [Data Kind].
Symbol Selection Any Blank This setting item is editable only when [0: PMC]
selection is selected for [Data Kind].
Variable User entry From 10000 to 10000 This setting item is editable only when [1: P
Number 89999 code macro variable] is selected for [Data Kind].

Table 3.1.7.5 (f) List of Coordinate Axis Properties on the [Action] Tab
Setting item Entry type Specification Initial value Remarks
Number of ticks User entry 0 –100 4
per division
Display Interval User entry 0 –250 100 Enter the graph display width as a ratio to the
graph width.
Max. value User entry -2147483648 - 100 When you select [1: Stacked Display] for
2147483647 [Display Method], enter a value greater than 0.
Min. value User entry -2147483648 - 0 This setting item is editable only when [0: Set
2147483647 Display] is selected for [Display Method].

Table 3.1.7.5 (g) List of Display Data Properties on the [Action] Tab
Setting item Entry type Specification Initial value Remarks
Series Count Selection 1 –8 1
Category Count Selection 1 –32 1 You can select any value as long as the
product of [Category Count] and [Series Count]
does not exceed 32.
When you change [Series Count] , the initial
value is selected.

Table 3.1.7.5 (h) List of Properties for Series Edit on the [Action] Tab
Setting item Entry type Specification Initial value Remarks
Series Selection 1 –8 1
PMC Path Selection Refer to "Table 3.1 First This setting item is editable only when [0: PMC]
(b) Common candidate is selected for [Data Kind].
Setting Items."

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 133/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Setting item Entry type Specification Initial value Remarks

PMC Area Selection Refer to "Table 3.1 First This setting item is editable only when [0: PMC]
(b) Common candidate is selected for [Data Kind].
Setting Items."
Address User entry 0 - 99999 0 This setting item is editable only when [0: PMC]
is selected for [Data Kind].
Data Type Selection 0: 1 byte 0: 1 byte This setting item is editable only when [0: PMC]
1: 2 byte is selected for [Data Kind].
2: 4 byte
Symbol Check box ON / OFF OFF This setting item is editable only when [0: PMC]
is selected for [Data Kind].
Symbol Selection Any Blank This setting item is editable only when [0: PMC]
selection is selected for [Data Kind].
Variable User entry From 10000 to 10000 This setting item is editable only when [1: P
Number 89999 code macro variable] is selected for [Data Kind].

Table 3.1.7.5 (i) List of Properties for Batch Edit on the [Action] Tab
Setting item Entry type Specification Initial value Remarks
PMC Path Selection Refer to "Table 3.1 First This setting item is editable only when [0: PMC]
(b) Common candidate is selected for [Data Kind].
Setting Items."
PMC Area Selection Refer to "Table 3.1 First This setting item is editable only when [0: PMC]
(b) Common candidate is selected for [Data Kind].
Setting Items."
Address User entry 0 - 99999 0 This setting item is editable only when [0: PMC]
is selected for [Data Kind].
Data Type Selection 0: 1 byte 0: 1 byte This setting item is displayed only when [0:
1: 2 byte PMC] is selected for [Data Kind].
2: 4 byte
Symbol Check box ON / OFF OFF This setting item is editable only when [0: PMC]
is selected for [Data Kind].
Symbol Selection Any Blank This setting item is editable only when [0: PMC]
selection is selected for [Data Kind].
Variable User entry From 10000 to 10000 This setting item is editable only when [1: P
Number 89999 code macro variable] is selected for [Data Kind].

NOTE
The PMC address and variable number of each data setting is controlled as follows.
- Series Edit
99999 (maximum PMC address) - ("Number of categories" × "Data type" byte count)
16000 (maximum variable number) - ("Number of categories")
89999 (maximum number) - "Number of categories"
- Batch Edit
99999 (maximum PMC address) - ("Number of categories" × "Number of series"
× "Data type" byte count)
89999 (maximum variable number) - ("Number of categories" × "Number of series")

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 134/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

[Data Color] tab

Fig. 3.1.7.5 (d) Properties Page - [Data Color] Tab

Table 3.1.7.5 (j) List of Properties on the [Data Color] Tab

Setting item Entry type Specification Initial value Remarks
Series 1 Palette Color selection Red Data display color for Series 1
Series 2 Palette Color selection Red Data display color for Series 2
Series 3 Palette Color selection Red Data display color for Series 3
Series 4 Palette Color selection Red Data display color for Series 4
Series 5 Palette Color selection Red Data display color for Series 5
Series 6 Palette Color selection Red Data display color for Series 6
Series 7 Palette Color selection Red Data display color for Series 7
Series 8 Palette Color selection Red Data display color for Series 8

- Sample display
An image for eight series in one category is displayed.
The settings in "Display Method" on the action tab and "Direction" on the [Image] tab are applied.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 135/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

[Image] tab

Fig. 3.1.7.5 (e) Properties Page - [Image] Tab

Table 3.1.7.5 (k) List of Properties on the [Image] Tab

Setting item Entry type Specification Initial value Remarks
Image File Name User entry Any FPBarChart.fig Specify the Fig file that describes the
style of the bar graph.
Style Selection Any 0: XXXX Select a style from those in the specified
Fig file.
Direction Selection 0: Vertical 0: Vertical Select the display direction of the bar
1: Horizontal graph.
Back Color Palette Color specification Blue
Graduations Back Color Palette Color specification Gray -
Graduations Color Palette Color selection Black

3.1.7.6 List display

The setting items that can be edited in the list display are shown below.
The setting tabs and setting items are the corresponding tab and item names on the Property screen.

For details about the item display conditions, refer to "Table 3.1.7.6 (b) List of Item Display Conditions."

Table 3.1.7.6 (a) List of Properties in the List Display

Item name Settings tab Setting item Specification Item display conditions
Object ID General Object ID -
Tab index - - Any -
Comment - - Any -
X General X -
Y General Y -
Width General Width -

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 136/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Item name Settings tab Setting item Specification Item display conditions
Height General Height -
Data Kind Action Data Kind 0: PMC -
1: P code macro variable
Graph Display Action Display Method 0: Set Display -
Method 1: Stacked Display
Script Used Action Script 0: OFF 1: ON -
Flag
Script Action Script entry No. 1
Display Action Symbol 0: OFF 1: ON No. 2
Request
symbol flag
Display Action Symbol selection No. 3
Request
symbol
Display Action PMC Path No. 4
Request PMC PMC Area
Address
Bit
Display Action Variable Number No. 5
Request
Variable
Number
Display Action Symbol 0: OFF 1: ON No. 2
Response
symbol flag
Display Action Symbol selection No. 6
Response
symbol
Display Action PMC Path No. 7
Response PMC PMC Area
Address
Bit
Display Action Variable Number No. 5
Response
Variable
Number
Display data Action Series Edit 0: Series Edit -
setting Batch Edit 1: Batch Edit
Number of tics Action Number of ticks 0 –100 -
per division per division
Display Interval Action Display Interval 0 –250 -
Max. value Action Max. value -2147483648 - 2147483647
Min. value Action Min. value -2147483648 - 2147483647 No. 8
Category Count Action Category Count 1 –n -
n is the maximum number for
which the product of the number
of series and the number of
categories does not exceed 32.
Series Count Action Series Count 1 –8 -
Batch Edit Action Symbol 0: OFF 1: ON No. 9
Symbol flag

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 137/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Item name Settings tab Setting item Specification Item display conditions
Batch Edit Action Symbol selection No. 10
Symbol
Batch Edit First Action PMC Path Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) Common No. 11
PMC PMC Area Setting Items."
Address
Batch Edit Data Action Data Type Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) Common No. 9
Type Setting Items."
Batch Edit First Action Variable Number Any No. 12
Variable
Number
Series 1 Action Symbol 0: OFF 1: ON No. 13
Symbol flag
Series 1 Action Symbol selection No. 14
Symbol
Series 1 Action PMC Path Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) Common No. 15
First PMC PMC Area Setting Items."
Address
Series 1 Action Data Type Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) Common No. 13
Data Type Setting Items."
Series 1 Action Variable Number Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) Common No. 16
First Variable Setting Items."
number
Series 2 Action Symbol 0: OFF 1: ON No. 13
Symbol flag
Series 2 Action Symbol selection No. 14
Symbol
Series 2 Action PMC Path Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) Common No. 15
First PMC PMC Area Setting Items."
Address
Series 2 Action Data Type Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) Common No. 13
Data Type Setting Items."
Series 2 Action Variable Number Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) Common No. 16
First Variable Setting Items."
number
Series 3 Action Symbol 0: OFF 1: ON No. 13
Symbol flag
Series 3 Action Symbol selection No. 14
Symbol
Series 3 Action PMC Path Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) Common No. 15
First PMC PMC Area Setting Items."
Address
Series 3 Action Data Type Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) Common No. 13
Data Type Setting Items."
Series 3 Action Variable Number Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) Common No. 16
First variable Setting Items."
number
Series 4 Action Symbol 0: OFF 1: ON No. 13
Symbol flag
Series 4 Action Symbol selection No. 14
Symbol

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 138/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Item name Settings tab Setting item Specification Item display conditions
Series 4 Action PMC Path Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) Common No. 15
First PMC PMC Area Setting Items."
Address
Series 4 Action Data Type Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) Common No. 13
Data Type Setting Items."
Series 4 Action Variable Number Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) Common No. 16
First Variable Setting Items."
number
Series 5 Action Symbol 0: OFF 1: ON No. 13
Symbol flag
Series 5 Action Symbol selection No. 14
Symbol
Series 5 Action PMC Path Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) Common No. 15
First PMC PMC Area Setting Items."
Address
Series 5 Action Data Type Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) Common No. 13
Data Type Setting Items."
Series 5 Action Variable Number Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) Common No. 16
First variable Setting Items."
number
Series 6 Action Symbol 0: OFF 1: ON No. 13
Symbol flag
Series 6 Action Symbol selection No. 14
Symbol
Series 6 Action PMC Path Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) Common No. 15
First PMC PMC Area Setting Items."
Address
Series 6 Action Data Type Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) Common No. 13
Data Type Setting Items."
Series 6 Action Variable Number Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) Common No. 16
First Variable Setting Items."
number
Series 7 Action Symbol 0: OFF 1: ON No. 13
Symbol flag
Series 7 Action Symbol selection No. 14
Symbol
Series 7 Action PMC Path Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) Common No. 15
First PMC PMC Area Setting Items."
Address
Series 7 Action Data Type Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) Common No. 13
Data Type Setting Items."
Series 7 Action Variable Number Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) Common No. 16
First Variable Setting Items."
number
Series 8 Action Symbol 0: OFF 1: ON No. 13
Symbol flag
Series 8 Action Symbol selection No. 14
Symbol
Series 8 Action PMC Path Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) Common No. 15
First PMC PMC Area Setting Items."
Address

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 139/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Item name Settings tab Setting item Specification Item display conditions
Series 8 Action Data Type Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) Common No. 13
Data Type Setting Items."
Series 8 Action Variable Number Refer to "Table 3.1 (b) Common No. 16
First Variable Setting Items."
number
Series 1 Color Data Color Series 1 -
Series 2 Color Data Color Series 2 -
Series 3 Color Data Color Series 3 -
Series 4 Color Data Color Series 4 -
Series 5 Color Data Color Series 5 -
Series 6 Color Data Color Series 6 -
Series 7 Color Data Color Series 7 -
Series 8 Color Data Color Series 8 -
Image file Image Image File Name -
name
Style Image Style -
Graph Display Image Direction 0: Vertical -
Direction 1: Horizontal
Background Image Back Color -
Color
Graduations Image Graduations Back -
Back Color Color
Graduations Image Graduations Color -
Color

Table 3.1.7.6 (b) List of Item Display Conditions

No. Display condition
1 Flag for script use: ON
2 Data Kind: PMC
3 Data Kind: PMC
Display request signal symbol flag: ON
4 Data Kind: PMC
Display request signal symbol flag: OFF
5 Data Kind: P code macro variable
6 Data Kind: PMC
Display response signal symbol flag: ON
7 Data Kind: PMC
Display response signal symbol flag: OFF
8 Display Method: Set Display
9 Data Kind: PMC
Display data setting: Batch Edit
10 Data Kind: PMC
Display data setting: Batch Edit
Data symbol flag: ON
11 Data Kind: PMC
Display data setting: Batch Edit
Data symbol flag: OFF
12 Data Kind: P code macro variable
Display data setting: Batch Edit

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 140/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

No. Display condition

13 Data Kind: PMC
Display data setting: Series Edit
Series Count: n or more (n is the series number to be set up.)
14 Data Kind: PMC
Display data setting: Series Edit
Series n symbol flag: ON (n: 1 to 8)
15 Data Kind: PMC
Display data setting: Series Edit
Series n symbol flag: OFF (n: 1 to 8)
16 Data Kind: P code macro variable
Display data setting: Series Edit
Series Count: n or more (n is the series number to be set up.)

3.1.7.7 Batch editing

The same items as those in the list display can be specified.

3.1.7.8 List of messages

There is no specific message displayed when setting this control.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 141/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

3.2 DESIGN CUSTOMIZATION

3.2.1 [Image File List] Screen

The functions to edit FP control image files and the [Image File List] screen have been added.
The [Image File List] screen has the following functions.

Table 3.2.1 (a) List of Functions on the [Image File List] Screen
Function Description
Listing image files and - The file name list displays image file names. The shape list displays the shapes
shapes selected in the file name list.
- The files directly below the image file storage folder (Figure folder) are
collectively displayed.
Creating a shape - Selecting [New...] from [Shape operations] opens the [Make new shape] dialog
box. When you enter a shape name and select [OK], the image file edit screen
appears.
Adding a shape - Selecting [Entry...] from [Shape operations] opens the [Select additional shape]
dialog box. When you select an image file name and shape and select [OK],
the shape is added to the image file selected in the image file list.
Deleting a shape - Selecting [Delete] from [Shape operations] deletes the shape from the selected
image file.
Editing a shape - Selecting [Edit] from [Shape operations] displays the shape in the selected
image file on the image file edit screen. You can also double-click a shape to
display it on the image file edit screen.
Copying a shape - Selecting [Copy] from [Shape operations] opens the [Make copied shape]
dialog box. When you enter a shape name and select [OK], the selected shape
is copied and saved under the entered file name.
Creating a file - Selecting [New...] from [File] opens the [Make new file] dialog box. When you
enter a file name and select [OK], the image file edit screen appears.
Adding a file - Selecting [Entry...] from [File] opens the file selection dialog box, where you
can add an external image file.
Deleting a file - Selecting [Delete] from [File] deletes the selected image file.
Copying a file - Selecting [Copy] from [File] opens the [Make copied file] dialog box. When you
enter a file name and select [OK], the selected image file is saved under the
entered file name.

NOTE
1 The design customization function applies to image files directly below the image
file storage folder (Figure folder). If you want to edit the created project or screen
data on another PC, copy the Figure folder as well.
2 If the shape is customized with the design customization function, the property of
the control that set the shape cannot be changed by the FpSetProperty function.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 142/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

3.2.1.1 Listing image files

When you select [Edit image file] from the [Project] menu, the [Image File List] screen appears.
The [Image File List] screen displays the image files directly below the image file storage folder (Figure folder).
The image file list in the left part of the screen displays the "file names" of the image files. The shape list in the
right part of the screen displays the "shapes" in the image file selected in the image file list.
The image file list can display up to 1000 image files.
The shape list can display up to 255 shapes.

Fig. 3.2.1.1 (a) [Image File List] Screen

3.2.1.2 Creating a shape

When you select an image file in the image file list and select [Shape operations] > [New...] from the menu, the
[Make new shape] dialog box appears.
For the items in the [Make new shape] dialog box, refer to "Table 3.2.1.2 (a) List of Items in the [Make new
shape] Dialog Box."
[New...] cannot be selected unless an image file is selected.
-

Fig. 3.2.1.2 (a) [Make new shape] Dialog Box

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 143/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Table 3.2.1.2 (a) List of Items in the [Make new shape] Dialog Box
Setting item Entry type Specification Initial value Note
Shape Name User entry Arbitrary (up to Blank Enter a name for the shape you want to create.
200 characters)
OK button - - - Closes the dialog box and displays the image file edit
screen.
× button - - - Closes the dialog box.

When you enter a shape name in the [Make new shape] dialog box and select [OK], the shape is created under
the entered shape name and the image file edit screen appears.
When you select [OK], the shape name is checked. If there are any errors, an error dialog box appears.
For the messages in the error dialog box, refer to "Table 3.2.1.2 (b) List of Error Messages That May Appear at
Shape Name Check."
For the image file edit screen, refer to "3.2.2 Image File Edit Screen."

Table 3.2.1.2 (b) List of Error Messages That May Appear at Shape Name Check
Cause Timing Message
The shape name contains When [OK] is selected The shape name contains
characters that cannot be unsupported characters.
used in the file name. (Refer to "Table 3.1.1.2 (c)
Restrictions on Shape Names.")
Editing failed when you tried When [OK] is selected Failed to create the shape.
to add a shape.
You tried to add a shape When [New...] is selected No more shapes can be added.
though there were already from [Shape operations]
255 shapes.

Characters prohibited for use in shape names

The following restrictions apply to the shape name.

Table 3.2.1.2 (c) Restrictions on Shape Names

Item Description
2-byte characters Can be used
Prohibited The following characters (single-byte) cannot be used.
characters ¥ / : * ? ”< > |

3.2.1.3 Adding a shape

When you select an image file in the image file list and select [Shape operations] > [Entry...] from the menu, the
[Select additional shape] dialog box appears.
[Entry...] cannot be selected unless an image file is selected.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 144/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Fig. 3.2.1.3 (a) [Select additional shape] Dialog Box

Table 3.2.1.3 (a) List of Items in the [Select additional shape] Dialog Box
Setting item Entry type Specification Initial value Note
ImageFile - - Blank Displays the full path of the selected image file.
Image file selection - - - Selecting […] opens the file selection dialog box.
Shape selection Selection - First shape The shapes in the specified image file are
registered in the combo box.
Preview - - - Displays the sample of the selected shape.
OK button - - - Closes the dialog box and adds the selected
shape to the image file.
× button - - - Closes the dialog box.

When you select an image file and shape and select [OK], the shape is added to the file selected in the image file
list.
If there are any errors, an error dialog box appears when you select the image file or shape.
For the messages in the error dialog box, refer to "Table 3.2.1.3 (b) List of Error Messages That May Appear at
Shape Selection."

Table 3.2.1.3 (b) List of Error Messages That May Appear at Shape Selection
Cause Timing Message
The image file is opened using When [OK] is selected Failed to add the shape.
an external editor or other tool.
You tried to add a shape though When [Entry...] is selected No more shapes can be
there were already 255 shapes. from [Shape operations] added.

3.2.1.4 Deleting a shape

When you select an image file in the image file list, select a shape in the shape list, and select [Shape
operations] > [Delete] from the menu, the deletion confirmation dialog box appears.
You can also display the deletion confirmation dialog box by pressing the <DEL> key instead of using the
menu.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 145/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

When you select [OK] in the deletion confirmation dialog box, the selected shape is deleted from the image file.
If you try to delete a shape from the file opened using an external editor, the deletion error dialog box appears.
For the messages in the error dialog box, refer to "Table 3.2.1.4 (a) List of Messages That May Appear at File
Deletion."

Fig. 3.2.1.4 (a) Deletion Confirmation Dialog Box

Fig. 3.2.1.4 (b) Deletion Error Dialog Box

Table 3.2.1.4 (a) List of Messages at File Deletion

Cause Timing Message
The image file is opened using an When [OK] is selected The currently edited shape
external editor or other tool. cannot be deleted.

3.2.1.5 Editing a shape

When you select an image file in the image file list, select a shape in the shape list, and select [Shape
operations] > [Edit] from the menu, the shapes in the selected image file are displayed in the image file edit
screen.
You can also display a shape in the selected image file on the image file edit screen by double-clicking it in the
shape list instead of using the menu.

Double-clicking a listed shape displays the shape in the selected image file on the image file edit screen.
Double-clicking a shape preview in the [Control Properties] window on the FANUC PICTURE side also
displays the image file edit screen.

Table 3.2.1.5 (a) List of Messages That May Appear at Shape Editing
Cause Timing Message
The edit tool failed to start. When [Edit] is selected from The edit tool failed to start.
[Shape operations]

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 146/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

3.2.1.6 Copying a shape

When you select an image file in the image file list, select a shape in the shape list, and select [Shape
operations] > [Copy] from the menu, the [Make copied shape] dialog box appears.
When you enter a shape name and select [OK], the selected shape is saved under the entered shape name.
You can also make a copy by selecting a shape, pressing the <Ctrl> + <C> keys, and then pressing the <Ctrl> +
<V> keys.

Fig. 3.2.1.6 (a) [Make copied shape] Dialog Box

Table 3.2.1.6 (a) List of Items in the [Make copied shape] Dialog Box
Setting item Entry type Specification Initial value Note
Shape Name User entry Arbitrary (up to Blank Enter a name for the shape you want to copy.
200 characters)
OK button - - - The shape in the selected image file is saved under
the entered shape name.
× button - - - Closes the dialog box.

When you enter a shape name and select [OK] in the [Make copied shape] dialog box, the selected shape is
copied and saved under the entered shape name.
When you select [OK], the shape name is checked. If there are any errors, an error dialog box appears. For the
messages in the error dialog box, refer to "Table 3.2.1.6 (b) List of Error Messages That May Appear at Shape
Name Check."

Table 3.2.1.6 (b) List of Error Messages that may appear at Shape Name Check
Cause Timing Message
The shape name contains When [OK] is selected The shape name contains
characters that cannot be unsupported characters.
used in the file name. (Refer to "Table 3.1.1.2 (c)
Restrictions on Shape Names.")
The image file is opened When [OK] is selected The currently edited shape cannot
using an external editor or be copied.
other tool.
You tried to add a shape When [Copy] is selected from No more shapes can be added.
though there were already [Shape operations]
255 shapes.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 147/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

3.2.1.7 Menu bar and toolbar

The menu bar on the [Image File List] screen is shown below.

Fig. 3.2.1.7 (a) Menu Bar on the [Image File List] Screen

The menu configuration is shown in "Table 3.2.1.7 (a) List of Functions on the Menu Bar."

Table 3.2.1.7 (a) List of Functions on the Menu Bar

Parent menu item
Description
Child menu item
File
New - Opens the [Make new file] dialog box. When you enter a file name and select
[OK], an image file is created under the entered file name.
Entry - Opens the file selection dialog box. When you select a file and select [Open],
the external image file is added.
Delete - Deletes the selected image file.
Copy - Opens the [Make copied shape] dialog box. When you enter a file name and
select [OK], the selected image file is saved under the entered file name.
Close - Closes the [Image File List] screen.
Shape operations
New - Opens the [Make new shape] dialog box. When you enter a shape name and
select [OK], the image file edit screen appears.
Entry - Opens the [Select additional shape] dialog box. When you select an image file
and shape and select [OK], the shape is added to the selected image file.
Delete - Deletes the shape from the selected image file.
Edit - Displays the shape in the selected image file on the image file edit screen.
Double-clicking a listed shape also displays the shape in the selected image
file on the image file edit screen.
Copy - Opens the [Make copied shape] dialog box. When you enter a shape name
and select [OK], the shape selected in the list is saved under the entered
shape name.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 148/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

3.2.1.8 Creating a file

Selecting [File] > [New...] from the menu on the [Image File List] screen opens the [Make new file] dialog box.
For the items in the [Make new file] dialog box, refer to "Table 3.2.1.8 (a) List of Items in the [Make new file]
Dialog Box."

Fig. 3.2.1.8 (a) [Make new file] Dialog Box

Table 3.2.1.8 (a) List of Items in the [Make new file] Dialog Box
Setting item Entry type Specification Initial value Note
File name User entry Arbitrary (up to Blank Enter a name for the image file you want to create.
59 characters)
OK button - - - Closes the dialog box and creates an image file
under the entered file name.
× button - - - Closes the dialog box.

When you enter an image file name in the [Make new file] dialog box and select [OK], an image file is created
under the entered file name.
When you select [OK], the image file name is checked. If there are any errors, an error dialog box appears. For
the messages in the error dialog box, refer to "Table 3.2.1.8 (b) List of Error Messages That May Appear at
Image File Name Check."

Table 3.2.1.8 (b) List of Error Messages that may appear at Image File Name Check
Cause Timing Message
The image file name is the same When [OK] is selected The file name the same as the
as an already registered file name. image file name exists.
The image file name contains When [OK] is selected The image file name contains
characters that cannot be used in unsupported characters.
the file name. (Refer to "Table 3.2.1.8 (c)
Restrictions on Image File Names.")
The image file name including the When [OK] is selected The image file name including the
path exceeds 256 characters. path exceeds 256 characters.
The number of image files When [New...] is selected No more files can be added.
exceeds 1000. from [File]

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 149/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Characters prohibited for use in image file names

The following restrictions apply to the image file name.

Table 3.2.1.8 (c) Restrictions on Image File Names

Item Description
2-byte characters Can be used
Prohibited characters The following characters (single-byte) cannot be used.
¥ / : * ? ”< > |

3.2.1.9 Adding a file

Selecting [File] > [Entry...] from the menu on the [Image File List] screen opens the file selection dialog box.

Fig. 3.2.1.9 (a) File Selection Dialog Box

File selection dialog box

For information on how to add an image file, refer to "Table 3.2.1.9 (a) List of Addition Operations."
If you click [Cancel] or [x], the file will not be added and you will return to the [Image File List] screen.
You can only select one file in the file selection dialog box.

Table 3.2.1.9 (a) List of Addition Operations

Type of the file that can be added Operation
A file with a .fig extension An image file is registered in the project. The added file is added to
[Image File List].
A file with an extension other than .fig An error dialog box appears. For details about errors, refer to "Table
3.2.1.9 (b) List of Messages That May Appear at Addition."

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 150/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Fig. 3.2.1.9 (b) Example of the Error Dialog Box

Errors
When you select [OK] in an error dialog box, the file will not be added and you will return to the [Image File
List] screen.
For the messages in the error dialog box, refer to "Table 3.2.1.9 (b) List of Messages That May Appear at
Addition."

Table 3.2.1.9 (b) List of Messages That May Appear at Addition

Cause Timing Message
The number of image files exceeds 1000. When [Entry...] is selected from [File] No more files can be added.
The image file name exceeds 59 When [OK] is selected The image file name exceeds 59
characters. characters.
The image file name including the path When [OK] is selected The image file name including the
exceeds 256 characters. path exceeds 256 characters.
The selected file is not an image file. When [OK] is selected Select an image file.
Copy of an image file is failed. When [OK] is selected Addition of an image file is failed.

3.2.1.10 Deleting a file

When you select an image file in the list on the [Image File List] screen and select [File] > [Delete] from the
menu, the deletion confirmation dialog box appears.
When you select [OK] in the deletion confirmation dialog box, the selected image file is deleted.
If you try to delete a file opened using an external editor, the deletion error dialog box appears. For the messages
in the error dialog box, refer to "Table 3.2.1.10 (a) List of Messages That May Appear at File Deletion."

Fig. 3.2.1.10 (a) Deletion Confirmation Dialog Box

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 151/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Fig. 3.2.1.10 (b) Deletion Error Dialog Box

Table 3.2.1.10 (a) List of Messages at File Deletion

Cause Timing Message
The image file is opened using an When [OK] is selected Failed to delete the image file.
external editor or other tool.

3.2.1.11 Copying a file

When you select an image file in the list on the [Image File List] screen and select [File] > [Copy] from the
menu, the [Make copied shape] dialog box appears.
When you enter a file name and select [OK], the selected image file is saved under the entered file name.

Fig. 3.2.1.11 (a) [Make copied shape] Dialog Box

Table 3.2.1.11 (a) List of Items in the [Make copied shape] Dialog Box
Setting item Entry type Specification Initial value Note
File name User entry Arbitrary (up to Blank Enter a name for the image file you want to copy.
59 characters)
OK button - - - Saves the selected image file under the entered file
name.
× button - - - Closes the dialog box.

When you enter an image file name in the [Make copied shape] dialog box and select [OK], the selected image
file is saved under the entered file name.
When you select [OK], the image file name is checked. If there are any errors, an error dialog box appears.
For the messages in the error dialog box, refer to "Table 3.2.1.11 (b) List of Error Messages That May Appear at
Image File Name Check."

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 152/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Table 3.2.1.11 (b) List of Error Messages That May Appear at Image File Name Check
Cause Timing Message
The image file name is the When [OK] is selected The file name the same as the
same as an already image file name exists.
registered file name.
The image file name contains When [OK] is selected The image file name contains
characters that cannot be unsupported characters.
used in the file name. (Refer to "Table 3.1.1.8 (c)
Restrictions on Image File Names.")
The number of image files When [Copy] is selected from No more files can be added.
exceeds 1000. [File]
The image file name including When [OK] is selected The image file name including the
the path exceeds 256 path exceeds 256 characters.
characters.
Copy of an image file is failed. When [OK] is selected Failed to copy the image file.

3.2.2 Image File Edit Screen

The image file edit screen to edit control image files is added.

The configuration of the image file edit screen is shown in "Table 3.2.2 (a) Configuration List of the Image File
Edit Screen."
You can change whether to display the toolbar, control bar, configuration tree, or properties on the screen and
their display positions.

Table 3.2.2 (a) Configuration List of the Image File Edit Screen
Function Description
Menu bar The file, edit, and display menus are displayed for each function.
Toolbar The icons for some functions on the menu bar are displayed.
Control bar The icons for controls are displayed.
Configuration tree The commands making up the shape are displayed in the tree view.
Drawing area A control is displayed according to the commands.
Properties Used to display and specify detailed control settings.

Refer to "Table 3.2.2 (b) List of Editable shapes" about editable shapes.

Table 3.2.2 (b) List of Editable shapes

File name (Common in iHMI mode / Editable shapes Editable shapes
Standard display unit mode) (iHMI mode) (Standard display unit mode)
FPButton.fig Other than No Figure and Other than No Figure
Rectangle (Round Rect)
FPButton4.fig All All
FPButtonAIHMI.fig All * File not implemented
FPButtonAllow.fig All All
PCheckBox.fig All All
FPCircle.fig All All
FPClock.fig Other than No Figure All
FPDecimal.fig All All
FPEllipse.fig All All
FPInput.fig All All

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 153/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

FPKey.fig All All

FPKeybord.fig All All
FPKyInBf.fig All All
FPLabel.fig Other than No Figure All
FPLabel4.fig All All
FPLamp.fig Other than No Figure All
FPLamp4.fig All All
FPLampAHMI.fig All All
FPLine.fig All All
FPLine2.fig All All
FPMsg.fig All All
FPMsgIcon.fig All All
FPNAButton.fig Other than C_BTN7 Other than C_BTN7
FPNAInput.fig Other than C_BTN7 Other than C_BTN7
FPNALamp.fig All All
FPNANDisp.fig Other than C_BTN7 Other than C_BTN7
FPNDisp.fig Other than No Figure Other than No Figure
FPPmcstr.fig All All
FPPScrn.fig All All
FPRect.fig All All
FPShapeFS30i.fig Other than No Figure Other than No Figure
FPTButton.fig All All
TFPChgScrn.fig Other than No Figure Other than Down Triangle(No.3) and No
Figure
TFPInput.fig Other than No Figure All
TFPNAButton4.fig All All
TFPNAChgScrn.fig Other than No Figure All
TFPNAInput.fig Other than C_BTN7 Other than C_BTN7
TFPNALamp4.fig All All
TFPNAOpButton.fig All All
TFPNAOpButton2.fig All All
TFPNATInput.fig All All
TFPOpButton.fig All Other than Left Triangle+frame and
Right Triangle+frame
TFPOpButtonAHMI.fig All Other than Left Triangle+frame, Right
Triangle+frame, Up Triangle+frame and
Down Triangle+frame

3.2.2.1 Startup of the image file edit screen

When editing image file is selected, this screen starts up.If the shape you want to edit contains errors, an error
dialog box appears at the time of starting this screen
For the messages on the error screen, refer to "Table 3.2.2.1 (a) List of Error Messages That May Appear at
Startup."

Table 3.2.2.1 (a) List of Error Messages That May Appear at Startup
Cause Timing Message
The selected shape contains When the Image File Editor is The processing is aborted because the
uneditable commands or started target shape contains commands out of
properties. the target or format errors.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 154/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

3.2.2.2 Menu bar and toolbar

The menu bar and toolbar are displayed at the top of the image file edit screen.
The icons for some functions on the menu bar are displayed on the toolbar.

Fig. 3.2.2.2 (a) Menu Bar

Each configuration is shown in "Table 3.2.2.2 (b) List of Functions on the Menu Bar."

If there are any errors, an error dialog box appears when [File] > [Save] is selected from the menu on the image
file edit screen or when [OK] is selected in the save confirmation dialog box.
For the messages in the error dialog box, refer to "Table 3.2.2.2 (a) List of Error Messages That May Appear at
Saving."

Table 3.2.2.2 (a) List of Error Messages That May Appear at Saving
Cause Timing Message
The coordinate parameter When you try to save the The parameter contains an error
contains an error value. parameter value and cannot be saved.

Table 3.2.2.2 (b) List of Functions on the Menu Bar

Parent menu item
Child menu item Toolbar
Description
Grandchild Icon
menu item
File
Save - Saves currently edited data to a file.
If the parameter contains an error value, the error message appears.
End - Closes the image file edit screen.
Edit
Undo - Goes back before the last operation.
Redo - Restores the status before editing.
Cut - Cuts the currently selected control.
Copy - Copies the currently selected control.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 155/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Parent menu item

Child menu item Toolbar
Description
Grandchild Icon
menu item
Paste - Pastes the cut or copied control.
Delete - Deletes the currently selected control.
Insert - Opens the [Select additional shape] dialog box.
(Refer to "[Select additional shape] dialog box.")
Align
Align the left - Aligns the left side of each selected control rectangle to the left position
sides of the reference control.
Align the right - Aligns the right side of each selected control rectangle to the right
sides position of the reference control.
Horizontal - Aligns the horizontal center of each selected control rectangle to the
centering horizontal center of the reference control.
Vertical - Aligns the vertical center of each selected control rectangle to the
centering vertical center of the reference control.
Align the top - Aligns the top side of each selected control rectangle to the top side of
sides the reference control.
Align the bottom - Aligns the bottom side of each selected control rectangle to the bottom
sides side of the reference control.
Horizontally - Changes the display positions of each selected control rectangle so that
evenly align they have the same horizontal interval.
Vertically evenly - Changes the display positions of each selected control rectangle so that
align they have the same vertical interval.
Match width - Matches the width of each selected control rectangle to that of the
reference control.
Match height - Matches the height of each selected control rectangle to that of the
reference control.
Order
Foreground - Moves the overlapping display of each selected control to the forefront
(the top layer).
Background - Moves the overlapping display of each selected control to the
background (the bottom layer).
Front - Moves the overlapping display of each selected control to frontward (an
upper layer).
Back - Moves the overlapping display of each selected control to backward (a
lower layer).
Display
Toolbar - Displays/hides the toolbar.
Control bar - Displays/hides the control toolbar.
Configuration tree - Displays/hides the configuration tree.
List editor - Displays/hides the list editor.
Grid - Displays/hides the grid.
Zoom - Opens the zoom dialog box.
- Specify the display magnification.

[Select additional shape] dialog box

Selecting [Insert] on the menu bar or toolbar opens the [Select additional shape] dialog box.
For the items in the [Select additional shape] dialog box, refer to "Table 3.2.2.2 (c) List of Items in the [Select
additional shape] Dialog Box."
[Shape] and [OK] cannot be selected unless an image file is selected.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 156/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Fig. 3.2.2.2 (b) [Select additional shape] Dialog Box

Table 3.2.2.2 (c) List of Items in the [Select additional shape] Dialog Box
Setting item Entry type Specification Initial value Note
ImageFile - - Blank Displays the full path of the selected image file.
Image file selection - - - Selecting […] opens the file selection dialog box.
Shape Selection - First shape The shapes in the specified image file are
registered in the combo box.
Preview - - - Displays the sample of the selected shape.
OK button - - - Closes the dialog box and updates the
configuration tree and drawing area.
× button - - - Closes the dialog box.

When you select a shape and select [OK], the shape in the image file is registered and the configuration tree
and drawing area are updated.
If there are any errors, an error dialog box appears when you select [OK]. For the messages in the error dialog
box, refer to "Table 3.2.2.2 (d) List of Error Messages That May Appear at Added Shape Selection."

Table 3.2.2.2 (d) List of Error Messages That May Appear at Added Shape Selection
Cause Timing Message
The selected shape contains When [OK] is selected The shape could not be inserted
uneditable commands. because the target shape contains
commands out of the target or
format errors.

3.2.2.3 Control bar

The control bar is displayed at the top of the image file edit screen.
The icons for available functions are displayed on the control bar.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 157/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Fig. 3.2.2.3 (a) Toolbar

The functions of the icons on the control bar are shown in "Table 3.2.2.3 (a) List of Functions on the Control
Bar."

Table 3.2.2.3 (a) List of Functions on the Control Bar

Display Command Standard iHMI Function
display mode
unit
mode
L Yes Yes Draws a straight line.
C2 Yes Yes Draws an ellipse (not filled).
C Yes Yes Draws a circle (not filled).
A Yes Yes Draws an arc or fan shape (not filled).
R Yes Yes Draws a rectangle (not filled).
R2 Yes Yes Draws a rectangle (not filled, line thickness specified).
O No Yes Draws a rectangle with round corners (not filled).
I No Yes Draws a PNG image (without color specification).
c2 Yes Yes Draws an ellipse (filled).
c Yes Yes Draws a circle (filled).
a Yes Yes Draws an arc or fan shape (filled).
r Yes Yes Draws a rectangle (filled).
r2 Yes Yes Draws a rectangle (filled, line thickness specified).
Og No Yes Draws a rectangle with round corners (filled).
Yg No Yes Draws a rectangle without corners (filled).
Im No Yes Draws a PNG image (with color specification).
P Yes No Fill
rb Yes Yes Rectangle for radio button and check box (filled)

Select the control icon you want to draw and draw it in the drawing area.
After drawing, the configuration tree and property list are updated.
When using the P (Fill) command, the color pallet appears when you select the drawing position.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 158/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

3.2.2.4 Configuration tree

The configuration tree is displayed in the left part of the image file edit screen.
The configuration tree displays the controls drawn in the drawing area in tree format.

Fig. 3.2.2.4 (a) Configuration Tree

The controls in the drawing area are displayed in the drawing order regarding the selected shape name as the
parent node. (The top is the back side.)
When you select a child node, the relevant control is selected and the property list is updated.
Right-clicking a node displays a menu. For details about menus, refer to "Table 3.2.2.4 (a) List of Menus in the
Configuration Tree."
If you move or delete a child node, the drawing area is updated.

When you select [Insert comment] or [Edit comment], the [Enter comment] dialog box appears.
A comment is inserted on the selected control. [Edit comment] cannot be selected when you select an item other
than the comment.

Multiple items cannot be selected in the configuration tree.

Table 3.2.2.4 (a) List of Menus in the Configuration Tree

Item Function
To foreground Moves the currently selected child node to the foreground.
To background Moves the currently selected child node to the background.
To front Moves the currently selected child node to frontward.
To back Moves the currently selected child node to backward.
Insert comment Inserts a comment (not displayed in the drawing area).
Edit comment Edits a comment (not displayed in the drawing area).
Delete Deletes the currently selected child node.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 159/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

[Enter comment] dialog box

When you select [Insert comment] or [Edit comment] in the configuration tree, the [Enter comment] dialog box
appears.
For the items in the [Enter comment] dialog box, refer to "Table 3.2.2.4 (b) List of Items in the [Enter comment]
Dialog Box."
[OK] cannot be selected unless a comment is not entered.

Fig. 3.2.2.4 (b) [Enter comment] Dialog Box

Table 3.2.2.4 (b) List of the Items in the [Enter comment] Dialog Box
Setting item Entry type Specification Initial value Note
Comment User entry Arbitrary Blank Enter a comment.
The maximum number of characters you can enter is 199.
OK button - - - Closes the dialog box and updates the configuration tree.
× button - - - Closes the dialog box.

When you enter a comment in the [Enter comment] dialog box and select [OK], the entered comment is
registered in the configuration tree and the configuration tree is updated.
The comment is checked when you select [OK]. If there are any errors, an error dialog box appears.
For the messages in the error dialog box, refer to "Table 3.2.2.4 (c) List of Error Messages That May Appear at
Comment Check."

Table 3.2.2.4 (c) List of Error Messages That May Appear at Comment Check
Cause Timing Message
You tried to register a comment that When [OK] is selected The comment can contain up
contains 200 or more characters. to 199 characters.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 160/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

3.2.2.5 Drawing area

The center part of the image file edit screen is the drawing area.
In the drawing area, the controls selected on the control bar are drawn.
The controls are drawn according to the order in the configuration tree.

Fig. 3.2.2.5 (a) Drawing Area

Select the control you want to draw from the control bar and draw it, adjusting the drawing size by dragging.
You can select the drawn control by clicking it to adjust the position or size.
When you select a control, the property list in the right part of the screen is updated.

Right-clicking in the drawing area displays a menu. The menu items in the drawing area are shown in "Table
3.2.2.5 (a) List of Menus in the Drawing Area."
When you perform an operation such as addition, deletion, resizing or reposition of control or relocation
between levels, the configuration tree and property list are updated.

Table 3.2.2.5 (a) List of Menus in the Drawing Area

Major item Minor item Function
Copy - Copies the currently selected control.
Paste - Pastes the copied or cut control.
Cut - Cuts the currently selected control.
Delete - Deletes the currently selected control.
To foreground Moves the currently selected control to the foreground.
To background Moves the currently selected control to the background.
Order
To front Moves the currently selected control to frontward.
To back Moves the currently selected control to backward.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 161/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

3.2.2.6 Property list

The property list is displayed in the right part of the image file edit screen.
The property list displays the properties of the selected control.

Fig. 3.2.2.6 (a) Property List

[Property] displays the setting values related to the currently selected control.
The displayed setting items differ depending on the control.
The setting items are shown in "Table 3.2.2.6 (a) List of Line Figure Commands" and "Table 3.2.2.6 (b) List of
Surface Figure Commands."
*The setting value between parentheses is the value without scaling.

Table 3.2.2.6 (a) List of Line Figure Commands

Command
Item Specification Function
L R R2 A C C2 I O
Yes Yes Yes Yes Left top Specify the reference point for
Right top specifying dot coordinates at the
Start reference point
Bottom right start point.
Bottom left
Yes Yes Yes Left top Specify the reference point for
Right top specifying dot coordinates.
Reference point
Bottom right
Bottom left
X-coordinate of start Yes Yes Yes Yes Specified Specify whether to use scaling at
point - coordinates Not specified the X-coordinate of the start point.
specification
Yes Yes Yes Yes 0 to X-coordinate of Specify the X-coordinate of the
X-coordinate of start end point drawing start point.
point *For L, 0 to 10000
(500)
Y-coordinate of start Yes Yes Yes Yes Specified Specify whether to use scaling at
point - coordinates Not specified the Y-coordinate of the start point.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 162/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Command
Item Specification Function
L R R2 A C C2 I O
specification
Yes Yes Yes Yes 0 to Y-coordinate of Specify the Y-coordinate of the
Y-coordinate of start end point drawing start point.
point *For L, 0 to 10000
(500)
Yes Yes Yes Yes Left top Specify the reference point for
Right top specifying dot coordinates at the
End reference point
Bottom right end point.
Bottom left
X-coordinate of end Yes Yes Yes Yes Specified Specify whether to use scaling at
point - coordinates Not specified the X-coordinate of the end point.
specification
Yes Yes Yes Yes X-coordinate of Specify the X-coordinate of the
start point to 10000 drawing end point.
X-coordinate of end
(500)
point
*For L, 0 to 10000
(500)
Y-coordinate of end Yes Yes Yes Yes Specified Specify whether to use scaling at
point - coordinates Not specified the Y-coordinate of the end point.
specification
Yes Yes Yes Yes Y-coordinate of Specify the Y-coordinate of the
start point to 10000 drawing end point.
Y-coordinate of end
(500)
point
*For L, 0 to 10000
(500)
X-coordinate of Yes Yes Yes Specified Specify whether to use scaling at
center - coordinates Not specified the X-coordinate of the center.
specification
X-coordinate of Yes Yes Yes 0 to 10000 (500) Specify the X-coordinate of the
center center.
Y-coordinate of Yes Yes Yes Specified Specify whether to use scaling at
center - coordinates Not specified the Y-coordinate of the center.
specification
Y-coordinate of center Yes Yes Yes 0 to 10000 (500) Specify the Y-coordinate of the center.
Radius - coordinates Yes Yes Specified Specify whether to use the circle
specification Not specified radius scaling.
Yes Yes 0 to 5000 (250) Specify the radius of circle.
Radius *For A, 0 to 10000
(500)
Radius in the Yes Yes Specified Specify whether to use the scaling
horizontal direction - Not specified for the radius in the horizontal
coordinates direction.
specification
Yes Yes 0 to 5000 (250) Specify the radius in the lateral
Radius in the *For O, 0 to direction.
horizontal direction X-coordinate of the
end point
Radius in the vertical Yes Yes Specified Specify whether to use the scaling
direction - coordinates Not specified for the radius in the vertical
specification direction.
Radius in the Yes Yes 0 to 5000 (250) Specify the deformation in the

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 163/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Command
Item Specification Function
L R R2 A C C2 I O
vertical direction *For O, 0 to longitudinal direction.
coordinate of the
end point
Yes None Subtracts 1 from the coordinates of
Top section the start and end points according
Border adjustment Bottom section to the setting value.
Left section
Right section
Start angle Yes 0 to 3600 Specify the start angle.
End angle Yes 0 to 3600 Specify the end angle.
Yes ON Prevents collapse of round corners
Arc equivalence flag
OFF due to the control form.
Yes Fixed Fits the image display to the
Expansion/contracti
Expanded/ rectangle.
on mode
contracted
Yes File selection Specify the name of the image file
dialog box you want to display.
*Files that contain spaces are not
File name
displayed.
*The files must be saved in
FigureEx¥img.
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Solid line Specify the type of the line you want
Broken line to draw.
Dotted line
Line type
Dashed-dotted line
Dashed-two dotted
line
Line color Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Color pallet Specify the line color.
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes none Specify the name of the property of
BackColor which line color you want to
BorderColor replace.
Properties BorderColor1
BorderColor2
MainColor
NAColor
Width Yes 1 to 500 Specify the border width in dots.
Line color 1 Yes Color pallet Specify the color.
Line color 2 Yes Color pallet Specify the color.
Yes none Specify the name of the property of
BackColor which line color 1 you want to
BorderColor replace.
Property 1 BorderColor1
BorderColor2
MainColor
NAColor
Yes none Specify the name of the property of
BackColor which line color 2 you want to
BorderColor replace.
Property 2
BorderColor1
BorderColor2
MainColor

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 164/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Command
Item Specification Function
L R R2 A C C2 I O
NAColor

Table 3.2.2.6 (b) List of Surface Figure Commands

Command
Item Specification Function
r r2 a c c2 Yg Im O rb P
Yes Yes Yes Yes Left top Specify the reference point for
Start reference Right top specifying dot coordinates at
point Bottom right the start point.
Bottom left
Yes Yes Yes Yes Left top Specify the reference point for
Right top specifying dot coordinates.
Reference point
Bottom right
Bottom left
X-coordinate - Yes Specified Specify whether to use
coordinates Not specified scaling at the X-coordinate.
specification
X-coordinate Yes 0 to 10000 (500) Specify the X-coordinate.
X-coordinate of Yes Yes Yes Yes Specified Specify whether to use
start point - Not specified scaling at the X-coordinate of
coordinates the start point.
specification
X-coordinate of Yes Yes Yes Yes 0 to X-coordinate of Specify the X-coordinate of
start point end point the drawing start point.
Y-coordinate - Yes Specified Specify whether to use
coordinates Not specified scaling at the Y-coordinate.
specification
Y-coordinate Yes 0 to 10000 (500) Specify the Y-coordinate.
Y-coordinate of Yes Yes Yes Yes 0 to Y-coordinate of Specify the Y-coordinate of
start point end point the drawing start point.
Yes Yes Yes Yes Left top Specify the reference point for
End reference Right top specifying dot coordinates at
point Bottom right the end point.
Bottom left
X-coordinate of Yes Yes Yes Yes Specified Specify whether to use
end point - Not specified scaling at the X-coordinate of
coordinates the end point.
specification
X-coordinate of Yes Yes Yes Yes X-coordinate of start Specify the X-coordinate of
end point point to 10000 (500) the drawing end point.
Y-coordinate of Yes Yes Yes Yes Specified Specify whether to use
end point - Not specified scaling at the Y-coordinate of
coordinates the end point.
specification
Y-coordinate of Yes Yes Yes Yes Y-coordinate of start Specify the Y-coordinate of
end point point to 10000 (500) the drawing end point.
X-coordinate of Yes Yes Yes Specified Specify whether to use
center - Not specified scaling at the X-coordinate of
coordinates the center.
specification
X-coordinate of Yes Yes Yes 0 to 10000 (500) Specify the X-coordinate of
center the center.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 165/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Command
Item Specification Function
r r2 a c c2 Yg Im O rb P
Y-coordinate of Yes Yes Yes Specified Specify whether to use
center - Not specified scaling at the Y-coordinate of
coordinates the center.
specification
Y-coordinate of Yes Yes Yes 0 to 10000 (500) Specify the Y-coordinate of
center the center.
Radius - Yes Yes Specified Specify whether to use the
coordinates Not specified circle radius scaling.
specification
Yes Yes 0 to 5000 (250) Specify the radius of circle.
Radius *For a, 0 to 10000
(500)
Radius in the Yes Yes Yes Specified Specify whether to use the
horizontal Not specified scaling for the radius in the
direction - horizontal direction.
coordinates
specification
Yes Yes Yes 0 to 5000 (250) Specify the radius in the
Radius in the
*For Yg and O, 0 to lateral direction.
horizontal
X-coordinate of the
direction
end point
Radius in the Yes Yes Yes Specified Specify whether to use the
vertical direction Not specified scaling for the radius in the
- coordinates horizontal direction.
specification
Yes Yes Yes 0 to 5000 (250) Specify the deformation in the
Radius in the *For Yg and O, 0 to longitudinal direction.
vertical direction Y-coordinate of the
end point
Start angle Yes 0 to 3600 Specify the start angle.
End angle Yes 0 to 3600 Specify the end angle.
Arc equivalence Yes ON Prevents collapse of round
flag OFF corners due to the control form.
Expansion/ Yes Fixed Fits the image display to the
contraction mode Expanded/contracted rectangle.
Yes File selection dialog Specify the name of the
box image file you want to display.
*Files that contain spaces are
File name
not displayed.
*The files must be saved in
FigureEx¥img.
Yes 1 to 250 Specify the border width in
Width
dots.
Yes Yes Specify whether there is the
Left top
None corner at the left top.
Yes Yes Specify whether there is the
Right top
None corner at the right top.
Yes Yes Specify whether there is the
Bottom left
None corner at the bottom left.
Yes Yes Specify whether there is the
Bottom right
None corner at the bottom right.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 166/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Command
Item Specification Function
r r2 a c c2 Yg Im O rb P
Border Color Yes Color pallet Specify the color.
Surface color Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Color pallet Specify the color.
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes none Specify the name of the
BackColor property of which surface
BorderColor color you want to replace.
Properties BorderColor1
BorderColor2
MainColor
NAColor
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Specify whether to use
Gradation
None gradation.
X-coordinate of Yes Yes Specified Specify whether to use
gradation start Not specified scaling at the X-coordinate of
point - coordinates the gradation start point.
specification
X-coordinate of Yes Yes Left end to right end Specify the X-coordinate of
gradation start of circle the gradation start point.
point
Y-coordinate of Yes Yes Specified Specify whether to use
gradation start Not specified scaling at the Y-coordinate of
point - coordinates the gradation start point.
specification
Y-coordinate of Yes Yes Top end to bottom Specify the Y-coordinate of
gradation start end of circle the gradation start point.
point
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Top down Specify the gradation pattern.
Left to right
Left top to bottom
Pattern right
Right top to bottom
left
Fill
Brightness at the Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 0 to 100 Specify the starting
start point concentration of the gradation.
Brightness at the Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 0 to 100 Specify the ending
end point concentration of the gradation.

When you click the following value columns, the color pallet is displayed:
Line color, line color 1, line color 2, surface color, and border color
In the following value columns, the pull-down menu displays options.
Start reference point, end reference point, reference point, each type of coordinates specification item,
border adjustment, line orientation, arc equivalence flag, expansion/contraction mode, line type, property,
property 1, property 2, left top, right top, bottom left, bottom right, and gradation
In the following value columns, the file selection dialog box appears.
File name
If an invalid value is entered, the value is returned to the value before entry.
[Fill], a setting value in [Pattern], only applies to commands c and c2.
The horizontal direction radius and vertical direction radius of the Yg and O commands are automatically
adjusted to the maximum size of rectangle.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 167/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

3.3 IMPROVEMENT OF PROPERTY SETTING OF FP CONTROL

3.3.1 Display of Setting Value Names

3.3.1.1 Function

As on the property setting screen, the setting value in the property list is displayed as the name.
Select the value for the item whose name is displayed list from the pull-down menu.

3.3.1.2 Relevant items

The following items are relevant:

- Check box
- Pull-down menu
- Radio button

3.3.1.3 Diagram

An example of multiple relevant items is shown below.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 168/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Fig. 3.3.1.3 (a) Display Image of Relevant Items and Corresponding Setting Values in the Property List

Fig. 3.3.1.3 (b) Image of Changing the Value of a Name Display Item in the Pull-down Menu

3.3.1.4 Operation

This section describes the display operation in the property list for each relevant item on the property setting
screen.

■ Display operation of each relevant item

- Check box: "OFF" is displayed when the check box is cleared. "ON" is displayed when the check box is
selected.
- Pull-down menu: The name of the selected item is displayed as is as the setting value in the property list.
- Radio button: The name of the selected item is displayed as is as the setting value in the property list.

3.3.2 Changing FP Control Property from a Ruby Script

3.3.2.1 Function

You can change property values of FP control from a Ruby script. You can also view or operate the state of
controls from a Ruby script.
- For the relevant items, refer to "Table 3.3.2.3 (h) List of Property Change Operation Names."

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 169/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

3.3.2.2 Operation

Changes to the settings of each control are reflected when the control is redrawn at the drawing cycle after the
Ruby script operation ends.

NOTE
1 In FANUC PICTURE 8.0 or later (iHMI version), all characters in the rectangle
are deleted when redrawing the control to enable caption change. Therefore, if
control overlaps, the caption may not be displayed depending on the placement
order. In that case, place the control with the caption on the front.
2 In standard display, changing the character control's properties changes the
background color of the character control to the screen background color.
3 If you change the properties of "text color" or "background color" with the focus on
the radio button and check box, the display will be temporarily without focus.
4 Do not change the property for color when setting "Use 7 colors" in Lamp,
Number or string, Number entry display, and Numeric keypad entry.
5 The display-changed control by changing the settings of it is displayed on the
foreground even though this control was arranged on the background of other
controls.
6 If the shape is customized with the design customization function, the property of
the control that set the shape cannot be changed by the FpSetProperty function.
7 Properties of FP controls on FP screens that are not displayed cannot be
acquired or changed. In this case, the result of the return value is -11 (Other
error). However, properties can be acquired or changed only when all of the
following conditions are met.
- The FP screen which was already displayed after starting the FP driver.
- The FP screen for which "Free Memory" is turned off in the base screen tab of
Screen Structure Definition Control.
- FP parameter No.6 "The function to save the used quantity of D-RAM" is 0
(disabled).

3.3.2.3 Function

This section describes the specifications of FP function for setting the properties.

[Function]
FpSetProperty

[Syntax with arguments]

FpSetProperty(scrn_no, objname,ope_no, setstr, index)

[Arguments]
This function has the following arguments.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 170/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Table 3.3.2.3 (a) Arguments of the FpSetProperty Function

Name Type Description
scrn_no Numerical Screen No. (1 to N)
value
objname String Object ID
ope_no Reserved Operation No. (Refer to "Table 3.3.2.3 (h) List of Property Change Operation Names.")
word
setstr String Setting value (Refer to "Table 3.3.2.3 (h) List of Property Change Operation Names.")
index Numerical Index
value 0-N: When deleting an element (specifying an index)
Fixed to 0: Other than above.

[Returns]
This function has the following return values.

Table 3.3.2.3 (b) Value to Be Stored in the Return Value of the FpSetProperty Function
Type Description
Numerical Result
value For details, refer to "Table 3.3.2.3 (c) Details of Result."

Table 3.3.2.3 (c) Details of Result

Value Description
0 Normal
-1 Invalid screen No. (The specified screen does not exist.)
-2 Invalid object ID (The object ID name is invalid.)
-3 No relevant object ID (The object ID does not contain the specified component.)
-4 Invalid operation No. (The specified operation No. is out of the operation No. range in "Table
3.3.2.3 (h) List of Property Change Operation Names.")
-5 Operation not allowed (The operation of the specified operation No. is out of the control operation
target.)
-6 Invalid setting value (At the time of setting only. The setting value is invalid.) *NOTE 3
-7 Invalid index (At the time of setting only. The index is out of the range.)
-9 The list box does not contain options.
-10 Acquisition impossible. (At the time of acquisition only. The value cannot be acquired when the
status is disabled or the disable signal is received.)
-11 Other error
-12 It was failed to reserve the memory area.
However, the properties of the control cannot be changed from the script when it is disabled, when the
disable signal is ON for it or when it is interlocked.

[Description]
Changes the property of the specified control.

[Example]
When specifying the ON caption text on Button 1 on Screen 1
ret = FpSetProperty( 1, “FPButton1”, SET_ONCAPTION, “New button name”, 0 )

- This section describes the specifications of the functions for acquiring the properties added as FP functions.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 171/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

[Function]
FpGetPropertyValue

[Syntax with arguments]

FpGetPropertyValue(scrn_no, objname,ope_no)

[Arguments]
This function has the following arguments.

Table 3.3.2.3 (d) Arguments of the FpGetPropertyValue Function

Name Type Description
scrn_no Numerical Screen No. (1 to N)
value
objname String Object ID or radio button group No. (String in the fixed format RadioGroup[No.])
ope_no Reserved Operation No. (Refer to "3.3.2.3 (h) List of Property Change Operation Names.")
word

[Returns]
An array that contains n + 1 elements (n: Number of acquired values. 0 in case of error.) is returned as the
return value.
This function has the following return values.

Table 3.3.2.3 (e) Value to Be Stored in the Return Value of the FpGetPropertyValue Function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Result
value For details, refer to "Table 3.3.2.3 (c) Details of Result."
2nd and Numerical Acquired value
subsequent value Status of check box/selection status of radio button/index of list box/index of
elements combo box

[Description]
Acquires the status of the specified control in the numerical format.
Only the check box, radio button, list box, or combo box only can be specified.

[Example]
- When acquiring the status of the radio button in Group number 1 on Screen 2
statusList = FpGetPropertyValue( 2, “RadioGroup1”, GET_RADIOSTATE)
if statusList[0] == 0 then
#Any radio button is not selected.
elsif statusList[0] > 0 then
radioState = statusList[1]
else
errcode = statusList[0]
end

- When acquiring the status of Check box 1 on Screen 1

statusList = FpGetPropertyValue( 1, “FPCheckBox1”, GET_CHKSTATE );
if statusList[0] >= 0 then
checkState = statusList[1]
else

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 172/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

errcode = statusList[0]
end

- When acquiring the value selected in List box 1 on Screen 1

statusList = FpGetPropertyValue( 1, “FPListBox1”, GET_SELINDEX );
kosu = statusList[0]
if kosu == 0 then
# Any list box is not selected.
elsif kosu > 0 then
for i in 1 .. kosu do
select = statusList[i]
end
else
errcode = kosu
end

[Function]
FpGetPropertyStr

[Syntax with arguments]

FpGetPropertyStr(scrn_no, objname,ope_no, index)

[Arguments]
This function has the following arguments.

Table 3.3.2.3 (f) Arguments of the FpGetPropertyStr Function

Name Type Description
scrn_no Numerical value Screen No. (1 to N)
axis String Object ID
ope_no Reserved word Operation No. (Refer to "Table 3.3.2.3 (h) List of Property Change Operation
Names.")
index Numerical value Index of list box or combo box

[Returns]
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 3.3.2.3 (g) Value to Be Stored in the Return Value of the FpGetPropertyStr Function
Type Description
String Element string in the list box
The result is set to the first three characters as the string.
For details of the result, refer to "Table 3.3.2.3 (c) Details of Result."
(Example)
When the result is normal, the return value is "000 Element string in the list box."
When the result is the invalid screen No., the return value is "-01."

[Description]
Acquires the setting value of the specified control in the string format.
Only the list box or combo box only can be specified.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 173/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

[Example]
- When acquiring the string selected in List box 1 on Screen 1
strdata = FpGetPropertyStr( 1, “FPListBox1”, GET_SELSTR, 0 );

Table 3.3.2.3 (h) List of Property Change Operation Names

Operation No. Operation name Specification Note
SET_ONCAPTION ON caption setting ON caption text (*NOTE 2, *NOTE 4)
SET_OFFCAPTION OFF caption setting OFF caption text (*NOTE 2)
SET_CAPTION Caption setting Caption text (*NOTE 2)
SET_ONCAPCOLOR ON text color (focus text color) setting ON text color
SET_OFFCAPCOLOR OFF text color (focus off text color) setting OFF text color
SET_CAPCOLOR Text color setting Text color
SET_ONBKCOLOR On state color setting ON state color
SET_OFFBKCOLOR Off state color setting Off state color
SET_IMGBKCOLOR Image background color setting Image background (*NOTE 1)
color
SET_BKCOLOR State color setting State Color
SET_BORDER1COLOR Image border color 1 setting Image border color 1
SET_BORDER2COLOR Image border color 2 setting Image border color 2
SET_ONBKCOLOR2 On state color 2 setting ON state color 2
SET_OFFBKCOLOR2 Off state color 2 setting Off state color 2
SET_IMGBKCOLOR2 Image background color 2 setting Image background
color 2
SET_BTNCOLOR Button color setting Button color
SET_BARCOLOR Bar color setting Bar color
SET_MAXVAL Maximum value setting Max. value
SET_MINVAL Minimum value setting Min. value
SET_ADDINDEX Element addition Element string (*NOTE 3)
SET_DELINDEX Element deletion (index specification) NULL
GET_CHKSTATE Acquisition of check status - For acquiring properties
(A numerical value is
acquired.)
GET_RADIOSTATE Acquisition of selected control - For acquiring properties
(A numerical value is
acquired.)
GET_SELINDEX Acquisition of selected value (index) - For acquiring properties
(A numerical value is
acquired.)
GET_SELSTR Acquisition of selected value (element - For acquiring properties
string) (A string is acquired.)

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 174/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Table 3.3.2.3 (i) List of Possible Operations by Control

Control Operation name

Image background color setting(*NOTE 1)

ON caption setting(*NOTE 2, *NOTE 4)

Element deletion (index specification)

Acquisition of selected value (index)

Image background color 2 setting

Acquisition of selected control

OFF caption setting(*NOTE 2)

Acquisition of selected value

Image border color 1 setting
Image border color 2 setting

Acquisition of check status

Element addition(*NOTE 3)
Caption setting(*NOTE 2)

Off state color 2 setting

On state color 2 setting
Maximum value setting
Minimum value setting
OFF text color setting

Off state color setting

On state color setting
ON text color setting

Button color setting

State color setting
Text color setting

Bar color setting

(element string)
Screen switch Yes Yes No Yes Yes No Yes Yes No No Yes Yes No No No No No No No No No No No No No
Button Yes Yes No Yes Yes No Yes Yes No No Yes Yes No No No No No No No No No No No No No
Framed button Yes Yes No Yes Yes No Yes Yes No No Yes Yes No No No No No No No No No No No No No
Button with image Yes Yes No Yes Yes No Yes Yes No No Yes Yes No No No No No No No No No No No No No
Lamp Yes Yes No Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes No No No No No No No No No No No No No
Lamp with image No No No No No No No No Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No No No No No No No No No No No
Image No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No
Screen switch
Yes Yes No Yes Yes No Yes Yes No No Yes Yes No No No No No No No No No No No No No
button with image
Label Yes No No Yes No No No No Yes No Yes Yes No No No No No No No No No No No No No
Number or string No No No Yes No No No No Yes No Yes Yes No No No No No No No No No No No No No
PMC string No No No Yes Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes Yes No No No No No No No No No No No No No
Number entry
No No No Yes Yes No Yes Yes No No Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No No No No No No No No No
display
Key in No No No Yes No No No No Yes No Yes Yes No No No No No No No No No No No No No
Numeric keypad
No No No Yes Yes No Yes Yes No No Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No No No No No No No No No
entry
MDI key No No No Yes Yes No Yes Yes No No Yes Yes No No No No No No No No No No No No No
Keyboard No No No Yes Yes No Yes Yes No No Yes Yes No No No No No No No No No No No No No
Clock No No No Yes No No No No Yes No Yes Yes No No No No No No No No No No No No No
Message No No No No No No No No Yes No Yes Yes No No No No No No No No No No No No No
Text No No No No No No No No Yes No Yes Yes No No No No No No No No No No No No No
Combined
No No No No No No No No Yes No Yes Yes No No No No No No No No No No No No No
message
History message No No No No No No No No Yes No Yes Yes No No No No No No No No No No No No No
Text Yes No No Yes No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No
Meter No No No No No No No No Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No No No No No No No No No
Graph No No No No No No No No Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No No No No No No No No No
Line graph No No No No No No No No No No No No Yes Yes No No No No No No No No No No No
Bar graph No No No No No No No No No No No No Yes Yes No No No No No No No No No No No
Pie graph No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No
Line No No No No No No No No No No Yes No No No No No No No No No No No No No No
Rectangle No No No No No No No No Yes No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No
Arc No No No No No No No No No No Yes No No No No No No No No No No No No No No
Circle No No No No No No No No Yes No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No
Ellipse No No No No No No No No Yes No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No
Radio button No No Yes No No Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes No No No No No No No No No No Yes No No
Check box No No Yes No No Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes No No No No No No No No No Yes No No No
List box No No No Yes Yes No Yes Yes No No Yes Yes No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No Yes Yes
Combo box No No No Yes Yes No Yes Yes No No Yes Yes No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No Yes Yes

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 175/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

In the table, "Yes" indicates that the operation is possible and "No" indicates that the operation is not possible.

When specifying a color from the Ruby script, use the rgb code. (For example, specify "FF0000" for red. The
color is subtracted to a similar color of 256 colors in the NC machine.)
For changes to the caption, the language string specified with the [Setting value] argument is displayed in the
language code of the multi-language key set on the NC. (Set the language string that corresponds to the
multi-language key at the time of setting on the script.)
In the project using the multi-language display function, “Element addition” and ”Element deletion (index
specification)” are applied only to the displaying language.

NOTE
1 Number entry with the numerical keypad and the background color for the MDI
key are out of the operation target.
2 If no character is set in the caption of the control to be changed, the caption
cannot be changed.
3 FpSetProperty will return -6 (Invalid setting value) and no element will be added if
the character strings to be added by “Element addition” under any of the following
conditions.
- Contains line feed code (¥r or ¥n)
- 1020 bytes or more
- Only null character
4 For the following controls that have captions for both ON and OFF, even if “On
caption is copied onto Off caption” (*) in the property page [Character] tab of the
FP editor is checked, "SET_ONCAPTION (ON caption setting)" operation can
only set the ON caption.
If you would also like to set the OFF caption, please also perform the
"SET_OFFCAPTION (OFF caption setting)" operation.
- Screen Switch Control
- Screen Switch Control with image
- Lamp Control
- Button Control
- Button Control with image
- Framed Button Control

*Refer to "On Caption is copied onto Off Caption" in ”B-66284EN-09 2.3.1.1

Description of general property setting items”.

Table 3.3.2.3 (j) Correspondence List of Operation Names

Control Property name on the editor Property change operation name Note
Screen switch ON caption ON caption setting
Button OFF caption OFF caption setting
Framed button ON text color ON text color setting
Button with image OFF text color OFF text color setting
Screen switch button ON state color On state color setting
with image OFF state color Off state color setting
Border Color1 Image border color 1 setting
Border Color2 Image border color 2 setting
Image - - N/A

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 176/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Control Property name on the editor Property change operation name Note
Lamp ON caption ON caption setting
OFF caption OFF caption setting
ON text color ON text color setting
OFF text color OFF text color setting
ON state color On state color setting
OFF state color Off state color setting
Back Color Image background color setting
Border Color1 Image border color 1 setting
Border Color2 Image border color 2 setting
Lamp with image Back Color Image background color setting
State Color State color setting
Border Color1 Image border color 1 setting
Border Color2 Image border color 2 setting
Label Caption ON caption setting
Text color ON text color setting
Back Color Image background color setting
Border Color1 Image border color 1 setting
Border Color2 Image border color 2 setting
Number or string Text color ON text color setting
Key in Back Color Image background color setting
Border Color1 Image border color 1 setting
Border Color2 Image border color 2 setting
PMC string Focus text color ON text color setting
OFF text color OFF text color setting
Focus Color On state color setting
Back Color Image background color setting
Border Color1 Image border color 1 setting
Border Color2 Image border color 2 setting
Number entry display Check text color ON text color setting
Numeric keypad entry OFF text color OFF text color setting
Check state color On state color setting
OFF state color Off state color setting
Border Color1 Image border color 1 setting
Border Color2 Image border color 2 setting
Max. value Maximum value setting
Min. value Minimum value setting
MDI key ON text color ON text color setting
Keyboard OFF text color OFF text color setting
ON state color On state color setting
OFF state color Off state color setting
Border Color1 Image border color 1 setting
Border Color2 Image border color 2 setting
Clock Text color ON text color setting
Back Color Image background color setting
Border Color1 Image border color 1 setting
Border Color2 Image border color 2 setting
Message Back Color Image background color setting
Text Border Color1 Image border color 1 setting
Combined message Border Color2 Image border color 2 setting
History message
Text Caption ON caption setting

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 177/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Control Property name on the editor Property change operation name Note
Text color ON text color setting
Meter Back Color Image background color setting
Graph Border Color1 Image border color 1 setting
Border Color2 Image border color 2 setting
Max. value Maximum value setting
Min. value Minimum value setting
Line graph Max. value Maximum value setting
Bar graph Min. value Minimum value setting
Pie graph - - N/A
Line Border Color1 Image border color 1 setting
Arc
Rectangle Back Color Image background color setting
Circle
Ellipse
Radio button Caption Caption setting
Text color Text color setting
ON state color On state color setting
OFF state color Off state color setting
Back Color Image background color setting
Border Color Image border color 1 setting
Outer Frame Color Image border color 2 setting
Check box Caption Caption setting
Text color Text color setting
Check Color On state color setting
Check Back Color Off state color setting
Back Color Image background color setting
Border Color1 Image border color 1 setting
Border Color2 Image border color 2 setting
List box Selected Color ON text color setting
Combo box Unselected Color OFF text color setting
Selected Back Color On state color setting
Unselected Back Color Off state color setting
Border Color Image border color 1 setting
Scroll border color Image border color 2 setting
Scroll ON state color On state color 2 setting
Scroll OFF state color Off state color 2 setting
Scroll background color Image background color 2 setting
Scroll button color Button color setting
Scroll bar color Bar color setting

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 178/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

4 RUBY SCRIPT

In addition to FP script, generic script mruby is now available.

mruby version: 1. 2. 0

For basic information on mruby, refer to the following page.

- mruby API reference
http://mruby.org/docs/api/

- Ruby 1.9.3 Library Documentation(mruby is compatible with Ruby 1.9)

https://ruby-doc.org/stdlib-1.9.3/

4.1 CREATION OF RUBY SCRIPT

4.1.1 Script List

The Script List screen of the FP Editor has been changed as a result of the function addition of the Ruby script.

Table4.1.1 (a) List of Changes in Functions on the [Script List] Screen

Function Description
Display script list - The "File name" and "Type" items have been added.
- Ruby script files and FP script files are displayed.
- Script numbers and check boxes are displayed under the Number item.
- The [Check All] check box has been added.
- The type of a script that is registered for Startup is indicated as "S".
- The type of a script that is registered as a Timer Script is indicated as "T".
New - The [Make new file] dialog box opens.
Entry - A Ruby script file or an FP script file can be imported.
Remove - Script files selected using the check boxes are removed.
Edit - Script files selected using the check boxes are displayed in the Script Editor.
- Double-clicking a script file shown in the list displays the script file in the [Script
Editor] dialog box.
Check syntax - The syntax of the script file selected using the check box is checked.
- The caption for the [Check all syntax] box on the [Script List] screen has been
changed to [Check syntax...].
Startup register/restore - The [Detail] button has been divided into the [Register...] button and the
[Restore...] button under the [Startup] group.
- The script files selected using the check boxes can be registered or restored from
startup. For details, refer to "Section 4.1.1.7 Startup register/restore."
Timer script - [Register...] and [Restore...] have been added under the [Timer Script] group.
register/restore - The script files selected using the check boxes can be registered or restored from
the timer script. For details, refer to "Section 4.1.1.8 Timer script register/restore."
Debug settings - Refer to "Section 4.1.7 Debug Function."

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 179/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

4.1.1.1 Display script list

Ruby script files and FP script files that are registered in a project are all displayed on the [Script List] screen.
The script number, type, file name, and script name of each script file are displayed on the [Script List] screen.
For changes to the list display of scripts, refer to "Table 4.1.1.1 (a) Changes to List Display of Scripts."
For a project, you can register up to a total of 1,000 Ruby script files and FP script files.

Fig. 4.1.1.1 (a) [Script List] Screen

Table 4.1.1.1 (a) Changes to List Display of Scripts

Item Description
Number Check boxes have been added, allowing multiple script files to be selected.
The following functions allow multiple script files to be selected.
● Remove function
● Check syntax function
Selecting the [Check All] check box allows you to select or deselect all the check boxes at once.
Type ● A script registered for startup is indicated with "S".
When the registration is restored, the "S" will be removed.
● A script registered for startup is indicated with "T".
When the registration is restored, the "T" will be removed.
File name This new field shows script file names.

4.1.1.2 New

Selecting [New...] on the [Script List] screen opens the [Make new file] dialog box.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 180/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

For the items in the [Make new file] dialog box, refer to "Table 4.1.1.2 (a) List of Items in the [Make new file]
Dialog Box."
If 1,000 script files have already been registered, [New...] is not available.

Fig. 4.1.1.2 (a) [Make new file] Dialog Box

Table 4.1.1.2 (a) List of Items in the [Make new file] Dialog Box
Setting item Entry type Setting value Initial value Remarks
RubyScript/FPScript Selection ON/OFF RubyScript is Select RubyScript or FPScript to make a new
selected script.
ScriptNumber User entry Numerical An unused Enter a number for the script you want to
value number is create.
entered The maximum number you can enter is 999.
automatically. Script numbers are mandatory.
ScriptName User entry Optional Blank Enter a name for the script you want to create.
The maximum number of characters you can
enter is 20.
OK button - - - Closes the Make new file dialog box and opens
the Script Editor.
× button - - - Closes the [Make new file] dialog box.

Use the RubyScript and FPScript radio buttons to select the type of script you want to create, enter the script
number and script name, and select [OK] to open the Script Editor.
For details on the Script Editor, refer to "Section 4.1.2 Enhancement of Script Editor Functions."
When you select [OK], the script number and the script name are checked. If there are any errors, an error
dialog box appears.

If you specify the same script file name as one that has been removed from the list, a dialog box appears asking
whether you want to overwrite the script. (Fig. 4.1.1.2 (b) Script Overwrite Confirmation Dialog Box)

Fig. 4.1.1.2 (b) Script Overwrite Confirmation Dialog Box

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 181/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Characters prohibited for use in script names

Ruby script names have restrictions as described "Table 4.1.1.2 (b) Restrictions on Script Names.".

Table 4.1.1.2 (b) Restrictions on Script Names

Item FP Script Ruby Script
Maximum number of 20
characters
2-byte characters Can be used
Prohibited characters None The following characters (single-byte) cannot be used.
¥/:*?”<>|

4.1.1.3 Entry

Selecting [Entry...] in the [Script List] opens the [Open] dialog box.
If 1,000 script files have already been registered, you cannot select [Entry...].

Fig. 4.1.1.3 (a) [Open] Dialog Box

[Open] dialog box

For information on how to import an external file, refer to Table 4.1.1.3 (a) List of External File Import
Operations."
If you click [Cancel] or [x], the file will not be imported and you will return to the [Script List] screen.
You can only select one file in the [Open] dialog box at a time.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 182/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Table 4.1.1.3 (a) List of External File Import Operations

File to be Imported Operation
A file with a .rb extension The file is treated as a Ruby script file.
The character code is determined, and if a file that is not saved as unicode (with
BOM), an error dialog box appears. (Fig. 4.1.1.3 (b) [Save Script] Dialog Box)
If the character code is acceptable, the [Save Script] dialog box opens. (Fig.
4.1.1.3 (c) [Save Script] Dialog Box)
In the [Save Script] dialog box, set the "ScriptNumber" and "ScriptName" and
select [Save] to add the file to the Script List.
For information on items in the [Save Script] dialog box, refer to "Table 4.1.1.3
(b) List of Items in the [Save Script] Dialog Box."
For information on file names, refer to "Ruby script file names."
A file with a .dat extension The file is treated as an FP script.
If there is a format error, an error dialog box appears.
If you select a file that already has a registered script number, a dialog box
opens asking whether you want to use the automatically assigned number.
A file with an extension other An error dialog box appears.
than .rb or .dat

Fig. 4.1.1.3 (b) Example of the Error Dialog Box

Fig. 4.1.1.3 (c) [Save Script] Dialog Box

Table 4.1.1.3 (b) List of Items in the [Save Script] Dialog Box
Setting item Entry type Setting value Initial value Remarks
ScriptNumber User entry Numerical An unused number is Enter the number of the script you want to save.
value entered automatically. The maximum number you can enter is 999.
Script numbers are mandatory.
ScriptName User entry Optional Enter a name for the script you want to create.
(up to 20 characters)
For details on script names, refer to "Table
4.1.1.2 (a) List of Items in the [Make new file]
Dialog Box" under "New."
Save button - - Closes the [Save Script] dialog box and
saves the script.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 183/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Setting item Entry type Setting value Initial value Remarks

Cancel button - - Closes the [Save Script] dialog box.
× button - - Closes the [Save Script] dialog box.

When you select [Save] in the [Save Script] dialog box, the script number, script name, number of lines, and
number of characters are checked. If there are any errors, an error dialog box appears.
When you click [OK] in the error dialog box, you will return to the [Save Script] dialog box.

Fig. 4.1.1.3 (d) Automatic Numbering Confirmation Dialog Box

Ruby script file names

- When you set a script name for a Ruby script, the file name will be "script file name.rb".
- If you do not set a script name, the file name will be "RBSxxxx.rb". (xxxx represents a four-digit script
number)
- If the file name already exists, a number is added to the file name, as in "RBSxxxx_(n).rb".
-

Error dialog box

When you select [OK] in an error dialog box, the file will not be imported and you will return to the [Script
List] screen.

4.1.1.4 Remove

Selecting [Remove...] on the [Script List] screen opens a dialog box confirming whether you want to remove the
script ("Fig. 4.1.1.4 (a) Remove Confirmation Dialog Box").
When you select [OK] in the remove confirmation dialog box, the script files with check boxes selected under
the Number item are removed.
If you select a script file that is registered for startup, the delete error dialog box appears ("Fig. 4.1.1.4 (b)
Delete Error Dialog Box").

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 184/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Fig. 4.1.1.4 (a) Remove Confirmation Dialog Box

Fig. 4.1.1.4 (b) Delete Error Dialog Box

4.1.1.5 Edit

Selecting [Edit...] on the [Script List] screen displays the selected script files under the Number item in the
Script Editor.

You can also double-click a script file displayed in the list to display the file in the Script Editor.

You can also display the script file in the script editor by clicking the Script Displaying Button in the property
list.
(For the Script Displaying Button, see “Chapter 12 Script One Shot Displaying Function”.)

4.1.1.6 Check syntax

Selecting [Check syntax...] on the [Script List] screen checks the syntax of the selected Ruby scripts and FP
scripts under the Number item.
For details, refer to "Section 4.1.4 Syntax Check."

4.1.1.7 Startup register/restore

Startup registration
Selecting [Register...] under the [Startup] group on the [Script List] screen opens a dialog box for confirming
whether you want to register the script file for startup. ("Fig. 4.1.1.7 (a) Startup Registration Confirmation
Dialog Box)
When you select [OK] in the startup registration confirmation dialog box, the script files with check boxes
selected under the Number item are registered for startup.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 185/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Fig. 4.1.1.7 (a) Startup Registration Confirmation Dialog Box

Startup registration restoration

Selecting [Restore...] under the [Startup] group on the [Script List] screen opens a dialog box confirming
whether you want to restore from startup. ("Fig. 4.1.1.7 (b) Startup Restoration Confirmation Dialog Box")
When you select [OK] in the startup restoration confirmation dialog box, the script files with check boxes
selected under the Number item are restored from startup.

Fig. 4.1.1.7 (b) Startup Restoration Confirmation Dialog Box

Display of startup registration status

A script file that has been registered for startup is displayed on the [Script List] screen with "S" shown under the
Type item.
When the startup registration is restored, the "S" is removed.
All files displayed on the [Script List] screen can be registered for startup.

4.1.1.8 Timer script register/restore

Timer script registration

Selecting [Register...] under the [Timer Script] group on the [Script List] screen opens a dialog box for
confirming whether you want to register the script file as a timer script. ("Fig. 4.1.1.8 (a) Timer Script
Registration Confirmation Dialog Box")
When you select [OK] in the timer script registration confirmation dialog box, the script files with check boxes
selected under the Number item are registered as timer scripts.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 186/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Fig. 4.1.1.8 (a) Timer Script Registration Confirmation Dialog Box

NOTE
To use a script as a timer script, you need to register the script as a timer script
and then write the set_handler function in the script or control.

Timer script registration restoration

Selecting [Restore...] under the [Timer Script] group on the [Script List] screen opens a dialog box for
confirming whether you want to restore the script file registered as a timer script. ("Fig. 4.1.1.8 (b) Timer Script
Restoration Confirmation Dialog Box")
When you select [OK] in the timer script restoration confirmation dialog box, the script files with check boxes
selected under the Number item are restored from timer scripts.

Fig. 4.1.1.8 (b) Timer Script Restoration Confirmation Dialog Box

Display of timer script registration status

A script file that has been registered as a timer script is displayed on the [Script List] screen with "T" shown
under the Type item.
When the registration is restored, the "T" will be removed.
All files displayed on the [Script List] screen can be registered as timer scripts.

Behavior when a project is converted

In FANUC PICTURE prior to edition 8.0, all scripts with numbers 900 to 999 were available as timer scripts.
For this reason, when a project is converted, all of the scripts with numbers 900 to 999 are registered as timer
scripts.
Restore all scripts except those you wish to run as timer scripts.

4.1.2 Enhancement of Script Editor Functions

The Script Editor has been expanded.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 187/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Table 4.1.2 (a) Enhancement contents list in FP Scripts and Ruby Scripts
Expanded/Added Function FP Script Ruby Script
Addition of the Menu Bar  
Expansion of the UNDO Function and REDO Function  
Change in the Way Script Number/Name is Changed  
Restricting the Number of Script Description Lines × 
Adding Search/Replace Functions  
Adding the Symbol Setting Menu  
Adding the FP Function Input Assistance Function  (*)  (*)
Adding the Multi-language Text Setting Function × 
*In the dialog box, the functions that are available for either FP scripts or Ruby scripts are shown in a function
list.

4.1.2.1 Addition of the Menu Bar

The appearance of the Script Editor has been changed and now all operations can be performed from the menu bar.
Some operations can also be performed with shortcut keys.
For details on each item in the dialog box, refer to "[File] menu", "[Edit] menu", and "[Tool] menu."

Fig. 4.1.2.1 (a) Script Editor

Table 4.1.2.1 (a) List of Script Editor Items

Item Description
Dialog title The type and file name of the script to be edited are shown.
"Ruby Script Edit XXXX.rb", "FP Script Edit FPSXXXX.dat"
Menu bar - [File] menu
- [Edit] menu
- [Tools] menu
Edit box This is an edit box where the script is written.
× button Closes the Script Editor.
If there is an update to the script that has not been saved, a confirmation dialog box appears.

[File] menu
The [File] menu has been added to the Script Editor.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 188/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

For details on each menu item, refer to "Table 4.1.2.1 (b) List of [File] Menu Items."

Fig. 4.1.2.1 (b) Script Editor (Expanded [File] Menu)

Table 4.1.2.1 (b) List of [File] Menu Items

Item Description
Overwrite Save... Saves the script and closes the Script Editor.
Close Closes the Script Editor.
If there is an update to the script that has not been saved, a confirmation dialog box appears.

[Edit] menu
The [Edit] menu has been added to the Script Editor.
For details on each menu item, refer to "Table 4.1.2.1 (c) List of [Edit] Menu Items."

Fig. 4.1.2.1 (c) Script Editor (Expanded [Edit] Menu)

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 189/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Table 4.1.2.1 (c) List of [Edit] Menu Items

Item Description
Undo Undoes the immediately prior operation in the edit box.
For details, refer to "Section 4.1.2.2 Expansion of the UNDO Function and REDO Function."
Redo Redoes the operation canceled with [Undo].
For details, refer to "Section 4.1.2.2 Expansion of the UNDO Function and REDO Function."
Cut... Cuts the character string selected in the edit box.
Copy... Copies the character string selected in the edit box.
Paste... Pastes the character string stored by the cut or copy operation.
Delete... Deletes the character string selected in the edit box.
Search... Opens the [Search] dialog box.
For details, refer to "Section 4.1.2.5 Adding Search/Replace Functions."
Replace... Opens the [Replace] dialog box.
For details, refer to "Section 4.1.2.5 Adding Search/Replace Functions.."

[Tools] menu
The [Tools] menu has been added to the Script Editor.
For details on each menu item, refer to "Table 4.1.2.1 (d) List of [Tools] Menu Items."

Fig. 4.1.2.1 (d) Script Editor (Expanded [Tools] Menu)

Table 4.1.2.1 (d) List of [Tools] Menu Items

Item Description
Enter FP Function... Opens the [FP Function Input Assistance] dialog box.
For details, refer to "Section 4.1.2.7 Adding the FP Function Input Assistance Function."
Syntax Check... Performs a syntax check.
For details, refer to "Section 4.1.1.6 Check syntax."
Script Name Change... Opens the [Change of ScriptName] dialog box.
For details, refer to "Section 4.1.2.3 Change in the Way Script Number/Name is Changed."
Enter International Opens the [Multi-language Text Setting] dialog box.
Language Text... For details, refer to "List of Items in the [Multi-language Text Setting] Dialog Box."
You cannot select this item if no multi-language keys have been set.
This item is not shown when an FP script file is being edited.
Symbol Register... As in the case of the [File] menu of the FP Editor, the [PMC...] and [DEFINE...] menus are
displayed, which open list dialog boxes for PMC symbols and Define symbols.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 190/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Project variable Setting The project variable list is displayed.

For details, refer to "18 Project variable management function of FANUC PICTURE for
iHMI".

4.1.2.2 Expansion of the UNDO Function and REDO Function

The UNDO function and the REDO function have been expanded.
The UNDO function and the REDO function, which previously supported only a single operation, now support
multiple operations.

Details of the UNDO and REDO functions

When you select [Edit] > [Undo] from the menu bar of the Script Editor, the immediately prior operation is
undone.
When you select [Edit] > [Redo] from the menu bar, the operation that has been undone by the UNDO function
is redone.

The UNDO function and the REDO function can be used from the following shortcut keys.Shortcut key
assignment for the UNDO function: <Ctrl> + <Z>
Shortcut key assignment for the REDO function: <Ctrl> + <U>

If there is not enough memory, an error dialog box appears.

When this happens, follow the instructions in the dialog box to close all other programs and then retry the
operation.

Fig. 4.1.2.2 (a) Memory Allocation Error Dialog Box

4.1.2.3 Change in the Way Script Number/Name is Changed

The script number/name can be changed from the [Change of ScriptName] dialog box, which is displayed by
selecting [File] > [Change of ScriptName] from the menu bar of the Script Editor.
For details on each item in the dialog, refer to "Table 4.1.2.3 (a) List of Items in the [Change of ScriptName]
Dialog Box."

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 191/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Fig. 4.1.2.3 (a) [Change of ScriptName] Dialog Box

Table 4.1.2.3 (a) List of Items in the [Change of ScriptName] Dialog Box
Setting item Entry type Setting value Initial value Description
ScriptNumber User entry Numerical Script number Enter if you want to change the script number.
value before change The maximum number you can enter is 999.
Entry is required.
ScriptName User entry Optional Script name Enter if you want to change the script name.
before change Entry is optional.
With Ruby scripts, the name entered becomes
the file name. If a prohibited character is
entered, an error dialog box is displayed when
[OK] is selected.
For script naming rules, refer to "4.1.1.3 Entry."
OK button - - - Changes the script number/name and closes
the dialog box.
For the behavior when there is a duplicate script
number/name, refer to "4.1.1.3 Entry."
Cancel button - - - Closes the dialog box without changing the
script number/name.
× button - - - Closes the dialog box without changing the
script number/name.

Changing the Script Number

When a script number is changed, the file is duplicated.
File names may change as a result of changing a script number. For details, refer to "Table 4.1.2.3 (b) Behavior
When the Script Number is Changed."

Table 4.1.2.3 (b) Behavior When the Script Number is Changed

Changes Overlapping Name Same Ruby script FP script
numbers after setting name
the change
Change No No - Change in file name Change in file name
number Example) RBS0000.rb  Example) FPS0000.dat 
RBS0001.rb FPS0001.dat
Yes No Creates a file using the script name
as the file name
Example) Sample.rb  Yomple.rb
Yes Duplicate file name error
Yes No - The automatic numbering confirmation The automatic numbering
dialog box appears confirmation dialog box
 If [OK], file name is changed appears
Example) RBS0000.rb   If [OK], file name is changed
RBS0002.rb Example) FPS0000.dat 

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 192/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Yes No The automatic numbering confirmation FPS0002.dat

dialog box appears
 If [OK], creates a file using the script
name as the file name
Example) Sample.rb  Yomple.rb
Yes Duplicate script name error
For details on automatic numbering confirmation dialog box, refer to "4.1.1.3 Entry," "Fig. 4.1.2.3 (b)
Automatic Numbering Confirmation Dialog Box."

Changing the Script Name

When the script name is changed, the file name changes in Ruby script and the file is replaced.
For details, refer to "Table 4.1.2.3 (c) Ruby Script Behavior When Changing the Script Name."
With FP script, the file name does not change when the script name is changed.

Table 4.1.2.3 (c) Ruby Script Behavior When Changing the Script Name
Changes Name before Same name Ruby script behavior
the change after the change
Set name No No Creates a file using the script name
Creates a file and deletes the original file
Example) RBS0000.rb  Sample.rb
Yes Duplicate file name error
Change Yes No Creates a file using the script name
name Creates a file and deletes the original file
Example) Sample.rb  Sample2.rb
Yes Duplicate file name error
Delete Yes No Create a file with a file name based on the script
name number, and delete the original file
Example) Sample.rb  RBS0000.rb
Yes (Note) Sequential number assigned to file name
Example) Sample.rb  RBS0000_(2).rb
If a file with the same name as the name after the change exists in the destination folder for saving, the script
overwrite confirmation dialog box is displayed. For details, see "4.1.1.2 New," "Fig. 4.1.1.2 (b) Script Overwrite
Confirmation Dialog."

NOTE
Deleting the file name automatically changes the file name in Ruby script.
If a file with the same name already exists, a number is assigned.

4.1.2.4 Restricting the Number of Script Description Lines

A Ruby script can contain up to 9,999 lines or 100,000 characters.

Entries, pastes, or replacements exceeding this will cause an error dialog box to be displayed. If this occurs,
delete extra lines or reduce the processes.
For the range available for describing FP script files and Ruby script files, refer to "Table 4.1.2.4 (a) List of
Ranges Available for Writing Scripts."

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 193/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Fig. 4.1.2.4 (a) Lines/Characters Exceeded Error Dialog Box

Table 4.1.2.4 (a) List of Ranges Available for Script Description

Description range FP script file Ruby script file
Up to line 100 Can be written Can be written
Line 101 to line 200 Can be written. However, a warning is Can be written.
displayed at the bottom of the dialog box No warning displayed.
Line 201 to line 9999 Cannot be written. An error dialog box Can be written.
appears An error dialog box does not appear.
Line 10000 and beyond Cannot be written. An error dialog box Cannot be written.
appears An error dialog box appears.

With FP scripts, when the number of script lines exceed 101, a warning message appears on the status bar.
When the number of script lines exceed 201, an error dialog box appears.

Fig. 4.1.2.4 (b) Script Editor (Warning Displayed)

4.1.2.5 Adding Search/Replace Functions

Specified character strings can be searched/replaced from the Script Editor.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 194/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Search Function
Select [Edit] > [Search] from the menu bar of the Script Editor to display the [Search] dialog box. ("Fig. 4.1.2.5
(a) [Search] Dialog Box")
For items in the [Search] dialog box, refer to "Table 4.1.2.5 (a) List of Items in the [Search] Dialog Box."

Fig. 4.1.2.5 (a) [Search] Dialog Box

Table 4.1.2.5 (a) List of Items in the [Search] Dialog Box

Setting item Entry type Setting value Initial value Description
String to User entry Optional Blank Enter the string to search for.
search combo The maximum number of characters you can enter is 255.
box A history of the 10 most recent searches is recorded.
Search option Check ON/OFF OFF An option for distinguishing between uppercase and
settings lowercase letters in the search string.
check box If ON, searches are case-sensitive.
If OFF, searches are not case-sensitive.
The initial value is OFF.
Backward - - - Search is performed upward from the current cursor position.
button Cannot be selected if the string to search combo box is blank.
Forward button - - - The search is performed downward from the current cursor
position.
Cannot be selected if the string to search combo box is blank.
Close button - - - Closes the [Search] dialog box.
× button - - - Closes the [Search] dialog box.

Details of the search function operation

- The [Search] dialog box can be displayed using the shortcut key as well.
Assigned key: <Ctrl> + <F>

- Enter the search string in the combo box of the [Search] dialog box and select [Backward] or [Forward] to
start the search.

- Selecting [Backward] searches upward from the current cursor position, while selecting [Forward] searches
downward.

- If there is a search string that matches completely, the cursor moves to that string and the string is selected.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 195/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Fig. 4.1.2.5 (b) Image of Selected State

- If there are no matching strings, the search result dialog box is displayed. (Fig. 4.1.2.5 (c) "Search Result
Dialog Box (No Matching Strings)")

Fig. 4.1.2.5 (c) Search Result Dialog Box (No Matching Strings)

- If the search is repeated and has been completed to the end in the specified direction, a continue search
confirmation dialog box appears. ("Fig. 4.1.2.5 (d) Continue Search Confirmation Dialog Box")

Fig. 4.1.2.5 (d) Continue Search Confirmation Dialog Box

Selecting [Yes] in the continue search confirmation dialog searches the area that has not yet been searched.
- If a search was performed by selecting the [Backward] button,
the search is performed from the end of the file to the position of the cursor when [Backward] was
selected.
- If a search was performed by selecting [Forward],
the search is performed from the beginning of the file to the position of the cursor when [Forward]
was selected.

Select [No] in the continue search confirmation dialog to close the dialog box and return to the Script
Editor.

- When search is continued and the search advances to the position of the cursor when the search began, the
continued search result dialog box is displayed. ("Fig. 4.1.2.5 (e) Continued Search Result Dialog Box")

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 196/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Fig. 4.1.2.5 (e) Continued Search Result Dialog Box

Replacement Function
Select [Edit] > [Replace] from the menu bar of the Script Editor to display the [Replace] dialog box. ("Fig.
4.1.2.5 (f) [Replace] Dialog Box")

Fig. 4.1.2.5 (f) [Replace] Dialog Box

Table 4.1.2.5 (b) [Replace] Dialog Box Setting Items

Setting item Entry type Setting value Initial value Remarks
String to User entry Optional Blank Enter the string to search for.
search The maximum number of characters you can enter
is 255.
A history of the 10 most recent searches is
recorded.
Search option Check ON/OFF OFF An option for distinguishing between uppercase and
lowercase letters in the search string.
If ON, searches are case-sensitive.
If OFF, searches are not case-sensitive.
To User entry Optional Blank Enter the replace string.
The maximum number of characters you can enter
is 255.
A history of the 10 most recent searches is
recorded.
Backward - - - Search is performed upward from the current cursor
button position.
Cannot be selected if the string to search combo
box is blank.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 197/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Forward - - - The search is performed downward from the current

button cursor position.
Cannot be selected if the string to search combo
box is blank.
Replace - - - Replaces the search string with the specified string.
button Cannot be selected if the string to search combo
box is blank.
Replace all - - - Replaces all instances of the search string found in
button the file with the specified string.
Cannot be selected if the string to search combo
box is blank.
Close button - - - Closes the [Replace] dialog box.
× button - - Closes the [Replace] dialog box.

Details of the replacement function operation

- Enter the search string in the string to search combo box of the [Replace] dialog box and select [Backward]
or [Forward] to start the string search.

- If there is a matching string, the replace string is selected. Selecting [Replace] in this state replaces the
replace string with what is specified in "To:."

- After replacing the string, the string search is performed toward the end of the file. If there is a string that
matches, the replace string is selected.

- When [Replace all] is selected, all matching strings in the file are replaced with the string in "To:." When
the replacement is complete, the replacement result dialog box appears. ("Fig. 4.1.2.5 (g) Replacement
Result Dialog Box")
For information on the search function, see "Adding Search/Replace Functions," "Search Function."

Fig.4.1.2.5 (g) Replacement Result Dialog Box

- The "Replace" dialog box can be displayed using the shortcut key.
Assigned key: <Ctrl> + <H>

- When a search has run to the end in the specified direction after selecting [Replace], a continue search
confirmation dialog box appears. ("Fig. 4.1.2.5 (d) Continue Search Confirmation Dialog")
Selecting [Yes] in the continue search confirmation dialog searches the area that has not yet been searched.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 198/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

4.1.2.6 Adding the Symbol Setting Menu

Selecting [Tool] > [Symbol] from the menu bar of the Script Editor displays the [PMC] and [Symbol] menus.
As in the case of the [File] menu of the FP Editor, selecting them displays the PMC symbol list dialog box and
constant symbol list dialog box and the symbols can be edited.

4.1.2.7 Adding the FP Function Input Assistance Function

Select [Script] > [FP function input] from the menu bar of the Script Editor to display the [FP Function Input
Assistance] dialog box. ("Fig. 4.1.2.7 (a) [FP Function Input Assistance] Dialog Box")
For items in the [FP Function Input Assistance] dialog box, refer to "Table 4.1.2.7 (a) [FP Function Input
Assistance] Dialog Box Setting Items."

Fig. 4.1.2.7 (a) [FP Function Input Assistance] Dialog Box

Table 4.1.2.7 (a) [FP Function Input Assistance] Dialog Box Setting Items
Setting item Entry type Setting value Initial value Description
FP Function Selection - No selection FP functions available in the target script file are
List displayed. When an FP function is selected, the function
is automatically entered in the FP function edit box.
FP function User entry Optional Blank Edit box for editing the FP function.
Description - - Blank Description of the function selected in the FP Function
List list box is displayed.
OK button - The function in the FP function edit box is inserted in the
Script Editor cursor position, and the [FP Function Input
Assistance] dialog box closes after the insertion.
Cancel button - Closes the [FP Function Input Assistance] dialog box.
× button - Closes the [FP Function Input Assistance] dialog box.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 199/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

When an FP function is selected from the [FP Function List] list box in the [FP Function Input Assistance]
dialog box, a template for the function is automatically entered in the FP function edit box. Description of the
selected FP function is displayed in the [Description] list box.
The FP function edit box can be edited freely.
When [OK] is selected, the content of the FP function edit box is inserted in the Script Editor cursor position,
and the [FP Function Input Assistance] dialog box closes.
Selecting [Cancel] discards the edited content and the [FP Function Input Assistance] dialog box closes.

The functions available in the FP script and Ruby script being edited are listed in the [FP Function List].

4.1.2.8 Adding the Multi-language Text Setting Function

Select [Tool] > [Multi-language text setting] from the menu bar of the Script Editor to display the
[Multi-language Text Setting] dialog box. ("Fig. 4.1.2.8 (a) [Multi-language Text Setting] Dialog Box")
In the [Multi-language Text Setting] dialog box, multi-language text used in the Ruby script file can be
specified.
For the items, refer to "Table 4.1.2.8 (a) List of Items in the [Multi-language Text Setting] Dialog Box."
Multi-language text allows the text of multiple languages to be specified for any string specified by the user in
the script file.
By allowing multi-language texts to be specified, appropriate strings for the language can be used when the
language is switched.

Fig.4.1.2.8 (a) [Multi-language Text Setting] Dialog Box

Table 4.1.2.8 (a) List of Items in the [Multi-language Text Setting] Dialog Box
Setting item Entry type Setting value Initial value Description
Add row - - - The [Add row] dialog box is displayed. (Fig. 4.1.2.8 (b)
button [Add Row] Dialog Box)
Use this dialog box to add a record at the bottom.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 200/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Setting item Entry type Setting value Initial value Description

Insert Row - - - The [Insert Row] dialog box is displayed. (Fig. 4.1.2.8 (c)
button [Insert Row] Dialog Box)
Use this dialog box to insert a record above the cursor
position.
Delete Rows - - - The deletion confirmation dialog box appears. (Fig.
button 4.1.2.8 (d) Row Deletion Confirmation Dialog Box)
Use this dialog box to delete the record at the cursor
position.
Import button - - - Imports and displays the CSV file where multi-language
text is listed.
The character code of the CSV file must be Unicode
(with BOM).
Export button - - - The displayed multi-language text data is saved in a CSV
file.
The character code of the CSV file will be Unicode (with
BOM).
Search button - - - The [Search] dialog box is displayed. (4.1.2.5 (a)
[Search] Dialog Box)
Use this dialog box to search for the specified text.
Character - - - Specifies the target character type for character check
type button when selecting a row.
Not displayed in the iHMI mode.
Check - - - Checks if the character code is displayable.
character box Not displayed in the iHMI mode.
Text edit User entry Optional Blank Text ID and multi-language text can be edited.
The numbers of characters are as follows.
- Text IDs must be 20 bytes or less
- Each multi-language text must be 128 bytes or less
* Half-size characters are 1 byte and full-size characters
are 2 bytes.
OK button - - Checks if the character code is displayable for the
character type ANK. If the check result is OK, the
changes are saved and the dialog box closes.
Cancel button - - - The changes are discarded and the dialog box closes.
× button - - - The changes are discarded and the dialog box closes.

NOTE
1 If no multi-language key is set, the [Multi-language Text Setting] in the menu of
the Script Editor cannot be used.
2 Multi-language key operations cannot be performed using the [Multi-language
Text Setting] dialog box. Multi-language key setting must be performed using the
"Multi-language setting sheet" in the "Setting of Project dialog box" as before.
3 If the multi-language key is deleted, the settings will be deleted.
4 If entry exceeds the maximum number of bytes that can be specified, the entry
beyond the maximum bytes will be invalid.

Text ID
Text ID is an index for multi-language text that can be specified by the user.
By setting the corresponding multi-language text for the text ID, strings corresponding to the language specified
in the system can be used.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 201/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

[Multi-language Text Setting] Dialog Box Details

- On the text edit data sheet, enter the text ID in the Text ID field and the corresponding strings in the
multi-language text field, and select [OK] to save the setting.
However, if no text ID is specified, the corresponding records will be deleted. ("Table 4.1.2.8 (b) Record
Operations When Saving Multi-language Text")

Table 4.1.2.8 (b) Record Operations When Saving Multi-language Text

Text ID Multi-language text Operation performed on record
Data exists Data exists Save the record
Data exists Blank Save the record
Blank Data exists Delete the record
Blank Blank Delete the record

- Up to 65535 rows of multi-language texts can be registered.

- Selecting [Add row] displays the [Add row] dialog box. ("Fig. 4.1.2.8 (b) [Add row] Dialog Box")
Entering the number of rows and selecting [OK] adds a blank row at the bottom of the text edit data sheet.
If the entered numerical value results in the number of rows exceeding 65535 rows after the addition, an
error dialog box is displayed.
Select [Cancel] or [×] to return to the [Multi-language Text Setting] dialog box.

Fig. 4.1.2.8 (b) [Add Row] Dialog Box

- Selecting [Insert row] displays the [Insert Row] dialog box. ("Fig. 4.1.2.8 (c) [Insert Row] Dialog Box")
Entering a number of rows and selecting [OK] inserts blank rows above the cursor position of the text edit
data sheet.
If the entered numerical value results in the number of rows exceeding 65535 rows after the insertion, an
error dialog box is displayed. Select [Cancel] or [×] to return to the [Multi-language Text Setting] dialog
box.

Fig. 4.1.2.8 (c) [Insert Row] Dialog Box

- Selecting [Delete row] displays the row deletion confirmation dialog box. ("Fig. 4.1.2.8 (d) Row Deletion
Confirmation Dialog Box")
Select [Yes] to delete the row where the cursor is positioned.
Select [No] to return to the [Multi-language Text Setting] dialog box.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 202/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Fig. 4.1.2.8 (d) Row Deletion Confirmation Dialog Box

- Selecting [Import] displays the [Open] dialog box. ("Fig. 4.1.2.8 (e) [Open] Dialog Box")
Selecting a CSV format file from the [Open] dialog box adds the file to the text edit data sheet if the
character code is Unicode (with BOM).
If an error occurs during the import, an error dialog box appears.
Selecting [Cancel] or [×] closes the [Open] dialog box.

Fig. 4.1.2.8 (e) [Open] Dialog Box

- Selecting [Export] displays the [Save As] dialog box. ("Fig. 4.1.2.8 (f) [Save As] Dialog Box")
Selecting "Save" after editing the file name in the [Save As] dialog box saves the content of the text edit
data sheet as a CSV format file (character code).
Selecting [Cancel] or [×] closes the [Save As] dialog box.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 203/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Fig. 4.1.2.8 (f) [Save As] Dialog Box

- Selecting [Search] displays the [Search] dialog box. ("Fig. 4.1.2.8 (g) [Search] Dialog Box")
This dialog box behaves similar to the search function for Script Editor. For details, refer to "4.1.2.5
Adding Search/Replace Functions."

Fig. 4.1.2.8 (g) [Search] Dialog Box

- Selecting [Check char] checks the character specified in the multi-language text to see if it is a displayable
character code.
- If no row is selected, the check is performed on whether the character code is displayable with the
ANK character type.
If a character type other than ANK is specified with the character type button, the following dialog
box is displayed. When [OK] is selected, character code check is performed after ANK is specified
for the content of the character type button.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 204/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Fig. 4.1.2.8 (h) Character Code Check Notification Dialog Box

- If a row is selected, the check is performed on whether the character code is displayable with the
character type specified with the button.

If everything is displayable, the following dialog box appears.

Fig. 4.1.2.8 (i) Character Code Check Result OK Dialog Box

If a character code that is not displayable was specified, an error dialog box appears and the background of
all error cells turn gray.

Using the Multi-language Text

To use multi-language texts, write the LangCaption function in the Ruby script.
The LangCaption function receives the text ID and whether or not multi-language text is used as the argument,
and it returns the text in the language specified as the return value.

[Function]
LangCaption
[Syntax with arguments]
LangCaption( textid , mltlanguse )
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 4.1.2.8 (c) Arguments of the LangCaption Function

Name Type Description
textid String String specified by the user
mltlanguse True/false true: Use multi-language input
false: Do not use multi-language input
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 4.1.2.8 (d) Value to Be Stored in the Return Value of the LangCaption Function
Type Description
String When using multi-language input (mltlanguse = true), a string corresponding to the language specified in the
system (*)
When not using multi-language input (mltlanguse = false), a string corresponding to the language with "*" on
the language key in the multi-language text input dialog box
If the text ID specified for the argument textid does not exist, "textid not found" is specified as the return value.

* If there is no multi-language key corresponding to the language specified in the system, the string
corresponding to the default language set for the multi-language key will be the return value.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 205/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

[Description]
Calls the multi-language text specified in advance.
[Example]
msgText = LangCaption(“ErrorMessage1”, true);
titleText = LangCaption(“ErrorTitle1”, true);
MsgBoxShow( msgText, 0, titleText);

Or

MsgBoxShow(LangCaption("ErrorMessage1", true), 0, LangCaption("ErrorTitle1", true));

* Since the MsgBoxShow function displays the string for the 1st argument, the string corresponding to the
language specified in the system can be displayed by using the LangCaption function.

4.1.3 Conversion Function

To open a project created in a edition of FANUC PICTURE that is older than edition 8.0 (old FP) in FP edition
8.0 or later (new FP), it is necessary to convert the project.

Conversion is performed for "FP scripts" and "Project."

The converted file cannot be opened with an old FP editor.
Conversion can only be performed for the project created with the old FP included in that edition or with the one
in the previous editions.

NOTE
Conversion from FP script to Ruby script is only to help creation.Therefore,
please confirm the contents after conversion and confirm the operation.
FP script is supported after edition 8.0. Conversion to Ruby script is not
mandatory, so implement it as necessary.

An outline of the conversion is described in the figure below.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 206/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Existing FP editor New FP editor

Old FP project New FP project
• The argument specification method for FP
functions is changed.
• The name of the function for calling a script
from control is changed.
• The extension of the project is changed.

FP script

FP script Ruby script

• The FP script syntaxes are changed.
• A mark is added to GOTO statements and labels.
• The extension is changed to "rb."
• The debug information is deleted.

Fig. 4.1.3 (a) Outline of conversion

The timing and processing for conversion of FP scripts and projects are as follows.

Table 4.1.3 (a) Conversion processing for each target

Target Timing Conversion processing
Project - When an old FP project is opened (1) The name of the function for calling a
- When [Project] > [Add screen ...] is script from control is changed.
selected from the Menu bar (2) The argument specification method
- When [File] > [Screen], and then [Open] is for FP functions is changed.
selected from the Menu bar (3) The extension of the project is
- When [Open] is selected from the tool bar changed.
FP script - When an old FP project is opened (4) The FP script syntaxes are changed.
- When [Project] > [Convert to Ruby script...] (5) A mark is added to GOTO statements
is selected from the Menu bar and labels.
(6) The extension is changed to "rb."
(7) The debug information is deleted.

The flow of conversion is as follows. ("Fig. 4.1.3 (b) Flowchart up to the completion of conversion")
For the details of each process, refer to "4.1.3.1 Conversion of a Project" and later.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 207/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Start

The project conversion wizard appears.

No
Convert the project

Yes

(1) Change the name of the function for calling a script from control
(2) Change the argument specification method for FP functions
(3) Change the extension of the project

No
Convert the scripts

Yes

(4) Change the FP script syntaxes

(5) Add a mark to GOTO statements and labels
(6) Change the extension to "rb"
(7) Delete the debug information

Open the project

End

Fig. 4.1.3 (b) Flowchart up to the completion of conversion

When an old FP project is opened, the confirmation wizard for conversion of the project appears.
The project will be converted when you follow the steps in the wizard. (Refer to "4.1.3.1 Conversion of a
Project.")
After the project conversion is completed, you can move on to conversion of scripts.
When moving on to conversion of scripts, the wizard closes and the conversion confirmation dialog box
appears.
In the conversion confirmation dialog box, all the FP scripts registered in the projects are displayed, and you can
convert all the selected scripts into Ruby scripts.
The converted FP script files remain in the original files. (Refer to "4.1.3.2 Conversion of Scripts.")

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 208/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

You can convert scripts by opening the project. Otherwise, you can convert them later by selecting [Project] >
[Convert to Ruby script...] on the Menu bar and then converting them.
After [Convert to Ruby script...] is selected, the conversion confirmation dialog appears.

Fig. 4.1.3 (c) Conversion to Ruby script

In addition, project conversion is performed when importing a screen created with an old FP editor into a new
FP editor. For information on the conversion of projects, refer to "4.1.3.1 Conversion of a Project."

4.1.3.1 Conversion of a Project

When an old FP project is opened, the project conversion wizard appears.

The project will be converted when you follow the instructions in the wizard, and the following procedures will
be performed.
- The name of the function for calling a script from control is changed.
- The argument specification method for FP functions is changed.
- The extension of the project is changed.

In addition, conversion of the project is also performed when the following procedures are performed to import
a screen into the FP editor.
- When [Project] > [Add screen ...] is selected from the Menu bar
- When [File] > [Screen], and then [Open] is selected from the Menu bar
- When [Open] is selected from the Menu bar
- When a file is dragged and dropped onto the editor
At this time, the following procedures are performed for the selected folder.
- The name of the function for calling a script from control is changed.
- The argument specification method for FP functions is changed.

When opening a screen file by dragging and dropping it on a place other than the project window of the editor, a
dialog box such as that shown below appears ("Fig. 4.1.3.1 (a) Screen file conversion confirmation dialog box
displayed when dragged and dropped").
If you select [Yes] in this dialog box, conversion of the screen file will be performed and the target screen will
open.

In addition, when it is necessary to convert a project, the project conversion wizard appears.
For details, refer to "Project wizard."

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 209/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Fig. 4.1.3.1 (a) Screen file conversion confirmation dialog box displayed when dragged and dropped

NOTE
In FANUC PICTURE 8.0 or later (iHMI version), all characters in the rectangle
are deleted when redrawing the control to enable caption change. Therefore, if
control overlaps, the caption may not be displayed depending on the placement
order. In that case, place the control with the caption on the front.

Project conversion wizard

When project conversion is performed, the project conversion wizard ([FANUC PICTURE PROJECT
CONVERT] screen) appears.
The project conversion will be completed by following the steps in this wizard.
In the wizard that appears when the project is opened, you can continue to perform script conversion by
selecting the [rubyscript convert] check box on the screen that appears after the conversion is completed.

Fig. 4.1.3.1 (b) Project conversion wizard (before the conversion starts)

NOTE
The converted file can not be restored. Please obtain backup in advance.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 210/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Fig. 4.1.3.1 (c) Project conversion wizard (after the conversion is completed)

Fig. 4.1.3.1 (d) Project conversion wizard (when importing a screen)

Table 4.1.3.1 (a) Details of the project conversion wizard

Item Entry Setting Initial value Description
type value
Description - - - Displays the description of the dialog.
field The display is updated according to the situation.
When importing a screen, the conversion target file name
is displayed.
Progress bar - - - Displays the progress of the conversion.
Next button - - -- Click this button to start the conversion.
(OK button) This button will be hidden after the conversion is
complete.
Cancel button - - - Click this button to stop opening the project and close the
wizard.
If you click this button in the middle of the conversion, the
conversion will be stopped and the project will be restored
to the state before the conversion, and then the wizard will
be closed.
This button will be hidden after the conversion is
complete.
rubyscript Check ON/OFF OFF Displayed after the conversion is complete.
convert check If you click the Complete button with this check box
box selected, the conversion confirmation dialog box appears
and you can move on to the conversion of scripts.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 211/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Item Entry Setting Initial value Description

type value
This check box cannot be selected for projects that do not
contain scripts.
Complete - -- - Click this button to close the project conversion wizard
button and open the converted project.

When the conversion target is a screen file, the following dialog box appears and the screen file becomes
operable with the editor.

Fig. 4.1.3.1 (e) Screen file conversion completion dialog box

When conversion of a project fails, the following dialog box appears.

Click [OK] to stop the conversion and restore the project to the state before the conversion.

Fig. 4.1.3.1 (f) Project conversion error dialog box

Changing the name of the function for calling scripts from control
In old FP projects, only FP scripts could be called, so the call functions were specified by "FP_Script + script
no.", as in "FP_Script[100_…]."
In new FP projects, both Ruby scripts and FP scripts are called using the same FP function "script", so the call
function has been changed to be specified by "script+script no.", as in "script("script no.", …)".
For this reason, if the call function is specified by "FP_script[100_…]," an error occurs during MEM file
creation.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 212/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Fig. 4.1.3.1 (g) Example of the change of the function for calling scripts from control

Changing the argument specification method for FP functions

In old FP projects, arguments were specified in the form of "[Argument 1_Argument 2_Argument 3]."
After conversion, it is changed so that arguments are specified in the form of "(Argument 1, Argument 2,
Argument 3)" according to the Ruby description rules.

Fig. 4.1.3.1 (h) Example of the change of argument specification method for functions

NOTE
1. When performing the conversion, square brackets of “Easy setting of macro
variable” are also converted to round brackets. An error occurs when making
the MEM file, so please correct them with square brackets.
2. Since the arguments of only FP function “str_keyinput” are specified in the
form of “(Argument 1_Argument 2)”, changing from “,”(comma) to “_” manually
is needed after the conversion.

Changing the project extension

In the new FP editor, a new extension is used for project files.
Therefore, the extension is also changed when a project is converted.
The following shows how the extension is changed for the standard display mode and iHMI mode.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 213/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Table 4.1.3.1 (b) Extension conversion correspondence table

Target mode Before conversion After conversion
Standard display .fpp .fp2
iHMI .fppx .fp2x

4.1.3.2 Conversion of Scripts

When script conversion is performed, the conversion confirmation dialog box appears.
The following conversion processing is performed for the FP scripts selected in the conversion confirmation
dialog box.
- The FP script syntaxes are changed.
- A mark is added to GOTO statements and labels.
- The extension is changed to "rb" when the conversion is completed.
- The debug information is deleted.

NOTE
Conversion from FP script to Ruby script is only to help creation.Therefore,
please confirm the contents after conversion and confirm the operation.

Conversion is performed at the following timing.

- When an old FP project is opened
- When [Project] > [Convert to Ruby script...] is selected from the Menu bar

Conversion confirmation dialog box

When script conversion is performed, the conversion confirmation dialog shown below appears.
Select the scripts to be converted from the FP script list and click [OK]. The conversion of the selected FP
scripts will then start.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 214/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Fig. 4.1.3.2 (a) [Convert to Ruby Script ...] dialog box

Table 4.1.3.2 (a) List of the items in the dialog box

Setting item Entry type Setting value Initial value Remarks
Check All Check ON/OFF - Scripts are collectively selected or unselected.
When this check box is selected, all the unselected
check boxes will become selected.
When all the check boxes are selected, they will all
become unselected.
List Check box Check ON/OFF ON The scripts to be converted are selected.
Number - - - The registered script numbers are displayed.
The numbers are set by the user when registering the
scripts.
Script - - - The names of the registered scripts are displayed.
name The names are set by the user when registering the
scripts.
Remarks *There are - A comment is displayed when there is a GOTO
unprocessed statement in the script.
processes.
Progress bar - - - The progress of the script or project conversion
processing is displayed.
OK button - - - Click this button to perform the processing. After the
processing is complete, the dialog box will be closed
automatically.
Cancel button - - - For details, refer to "Table 4.1.3.2(b) Dialog box display
timing and relations between each operation."
The display timing and corresponding operations, and content of this dialog box are as shown below.

Table 4.1.3.2 (b) Dialog box display timing and relations between each operation
Display timing Title OK processing Cancellation processing Displayed list
When an old FP Converted to When you select scripts Starts FANUC PICTURE All the FP scripts
project is opened Ruby script and click [OK], the script without converting the registered in the old
files will be converted. scripts. FP project
When no scripts are If clicked during the
selected, you cannot click conversion, the conversion
[OK]. is stopped and the scripts
are restored to the state
before conversion.
When you select Returns to the original All the FP scripts
[Convert to Ruby screen without performing registered in the
script...] the conversion. new FP project
If clicked during the
conversion, the conversion
is stopped and the scripts
are restored to the state
before conversion.

When the conversion is successfully completed, the following dialog box appears.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 215/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Fig. 4.1.3.2 (b) Script conversion completion dialog box

If the conversion fails, the following dialog box appears. The conversion processing is stopped and the same
processing as the cancellation processing is performed.

Fig. 4.1.3.2 (c) Conversion error dialog box

Changing the FP script syntaxes

Fig. 4.1.3.2 (d) Example of the changes from a FP script to a Ruby script

In the conversion processing from an FP script to a Ruby script, there are "syntaxes not requiring conversion"
and "syntaxes requiring conversion."
The syntaxes not requiring conversion are as follows.
(1) Those that have the same meaning in FP scripts and Ruby scripts
(2) Those that are unique to FP scripts but can be used in Ruby scripts without modification

The syntaxes requiring conversion are as follows.

(3) Those that are unique to FP scripts and need modification when used in Ruby scripts

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 216/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

(4) Those that are written differently but have the same meaning in FP scripts and Ruby scripts
(5) Those that have a different meaning in Ruby scripts when written in the description method for FP scripts
(6) Those that are not necessary in Ruby scripts

For (1), operators, etc., fall under this category. Conversion processing is not performed for these syntaxes.

Fig. 4.1.3.2 (e) Example in which the same syntax can be used in FP scripts and Ruby scripts (operator)

Syntaxes that fall under this category are as follows.

Table 4.1.3.2 (c) Syntaxes that can be used without modification in FP scripts and Ruby scripts
Category 1 Category 2 Syntax Description
Operators Arithmetic operators + Addition
- Subtraction
* Multiplication
/ Division
% Remainder of division
= Assignment operator
Comparison operator && Logical AND
|| Logical OR
! Logical NOT
> Less than
< Greater than
<= Less than or equal to
>= Greater than or equal to
!= Not equal to
== Equal to
Bitwise operator << Bit shift right
>> Bit shift left
| Bitwise OR
& Bitwise AND
^ Exclusive OR
Operator command () Operator command
Numerical Decimal numbers NN Decimal numerical value
values Hexadecimal number 0xNN Hexadecimal numerical value

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 217/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

NOTE
0 Numbers at the beginning are treated as decimal numbers in FP Script, but in
Ruby Script it is treated as octal numbers. Please note that automatic conversion
can not be done on this point.
For example:
If it is described as 0101, it becomes decimal number 101 in FP Script, but in
Ruby Script it becomes 101 of octal number, and when converted to decimal
number it becomes 65.

For (2), symbol variables, etc., fall under this category. Conversion processing is not performed for these
syntaxes.

Fig. 4.1.3.2 (f) Example of syntaxes that are unique to FP scripts but can be used in Ruby scripts without
modification (symbol variable)

Variables and constants that fall under this category are as follows.

Table 4.1.3.2 (d) Syntaxes that are unique to FP scripts but can be used in Ruby scripts without modification
Category 1 Category 2 Syntax Meaning
Variables/constants Symbol variables :temp: Symbol variables
Input variables INPUT_BVAL Byte type input variable
INPUT_WVAL Word type input variable
INPUT_LVAL Long type input variable
INPUT_UBVAL Unsigned byte type input variable
INPUT_UWVAL Unsigned word type input variable
INPUT_ULVAL Unsigned long type input variable
INPUT_DVAL Floating point type input variable
READ_VAL Long type input variable
(Only from line graph control)
Variables/constants Display variables DISP_VAL Floating point type display variable
Argument reference ARG[0~4] Signed
variables long type argument reference variable
Constants for PI The ratio of the circumference of a circle
arithmetic operation to its diameter
NAN Not-a-number (used in association with
FP functions)
HUGE_VAL Variable displayed when an overflow
occurs (used in association with FP
functions)

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 218/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Category 1 Category 2 Syntax Meaning

EDOM An argument of an arithmetic operation
function is outside the defined range.
ERANGE An arithmetic function operation resulted
in an overflow.
Variables for timer ERROR_TYPE Type of an error that has occurred in an
activation FP script
operation function ERROR_SCRIPT_NO Number of the FP script in which the
error has occurred
ERROR_FPFUNUC_NO Number of the FP function in which the
error has occurred
Variables/constants Variables for timer ERROR_FPFUNUC_CODE Error code for the FP function in which
activation the error has occurred
operation function ERROR_MACRO_NO Number of the macro variable in which
the error has occurred
SCREEN_NO Screen number of the screen being
displayed
FOCUS_NO Identification number of the control
where the input focus is located

For (3), "macro variables" and "function call" fall under this category. The conversion processing is performed,
and the syntaxes are replaced by the applicable syntaxes.
Although custom macro variables and program macro variables were specified by "#..." in FP scripts, they are
specified by comments in Ruby scripts; therefore, they are converted. After the conversion, they are specified by
"#[...]".
As the method to pass arguments for calling functions, they were specified in the form of "[Argument 1_
Argument 2_ Argument 3]" in FP functions. However, after the conversion processing, they are specified in the
form of "Argument 1, Argument 2, Argument 3" according to the Ruby script description rules.

Fig. 4.1.3.2 (g) Example in which a syntax unique to FP scripts requires conversion before being used in Ruby
scripts (function call)

Syntaxes that fall under this category are as follows.

Table 4.1.3.2 (e) Syntaxes unique to FP scripts requiring conversion before being used in a Ruby script
Syntax Before conversion After conversion
Macro variable #[100], #100 #[100]
FP function wdpmc[9_500_0] wdpmc(9,500,0)
User function usr_pmc[3_101_2] usr_pmc(3,101,2)

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 219/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

NOTE
In FP script, even wrong descriptions that enclose arguments of FP function and
user function in parentheses, sometimes worked correctly. However, conversion
is not done normally because it is not in the correct format.

For (4), comment statements, etc., fall under this category. The conversion processing is performed, and the
syntaxes are replaced by the applicable syntaxes.

Fig. 4.1.3.2 (h) Example of syntaxes that are written differently but have the same meaning in FP scripts and Ruby
scripts

Syntaxes that fall under this category are as follows.

Table 4.1.3.2 (f) Syntaxes that are written differently but have the same meaning in FP scripts and Ruby scripts
Syntax Before conversion After conversion
Comment // #
Return command RETURN return
If statement if(decision statement 1){ if(decision statement 1) then
Processing statement 1 Processing statement 1
}else if(decision statement 2){ elsif(decision statement 2) then
Processing statement 2 Processing statement 2
}else{ else
Processing statement 3 Processing statement 3
} end

NOTE
Ruby script error might occur due to the way of using “return” in ruby script. Please refer
to “4.1.10 Return Execution” for details.

For (5), temporary variables fall under this category. The conversion processing is performed, and the syntaxes
are replaced by those that perform the same processing.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 220/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Fig. 4.1.3.2 (i) Example of syntaxes that have a different meaning in Ruby scripts when written in the description
method for FP scripts (temporary variables)

Syntaxes that fall under this category are as follows.

Table 4.1.3.2 (g) Syntaxes that have a different meaning in Ruby scripts when written in the description method for
FP scripts
Syntax Before conversion After conversion
Byte type temporary variable BVAL[0~9] BVAL0,BVAL2,,BVAL9
Word type temporary variable WVAL[0~9] WVAL0,WVAL2,,WVAL9
Long type temporary variable LVAL[0~9] LVAL0,LVAL2,,LVAL9
Unsigned byte type temporary variable UBVAL[0~9] UBVAL0,UBVAL2,,UBVAL9
Unsigned word type temporary variable UWVAL[0~9] UWVAL0,UWVAL2,,UWVAL9
Unsigned long type temporary variable ULVAL[0~9] ULVAL0,ULVAL2,,ULVAL9
* ".to_f" is added to the right side.
Floating point type temporary variable DVAL[0~9] DVAL0,DVAL2,,DVAL9
* ".to_f" is added to the right side.

For (6), the semicolons at the end of lines fall under this category. They are removed in Ruby scripts as they are
not necessary.
If two or more statements are described on one line, the semicolon between them is not deleted.

Fig. 4.1.3.2 (j) Example of syntaxes that are unnecessary in Ruby scripts (semicolon at the end of a line)

Adding a mark to GOTO statements or labels

If a GOTO statement is included in an FP script, a mark "[replace goto]" is added to the target command and
label, as it is impossible to replace it with an equivalent process in a Ruby script.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 221/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Fig. 4.1.3.2 (k) Example in which replacement is impossible and a mark is added (jump command)

Changing the extension to "rb"

The ".dat" extension of FP scripts is converted to ".rb," which is the extension of a Ruby script, when the
conversion processing is completed.

Deleting the debug information

If the target script has been set to be debugged the setting is canceled.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 222/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

4.1.4 Syntax Check

The syntax check function is provided as a tool to help with the development of Ruby scripts.
For the timing and target files of syntax check, refer to "Table 4.1.4 (a) Timing of syntax check and files
targeted by it."

Table 4.1.4 (a) Timing of syntax check and files targeted by it

Timing of syntax check Target script files
Select the scripts to be checked in the Script List
Selected script files
dialog box and select [Check syntax...].
Select [Check syntax...] from the Script Editor menu. Script files being edited

If no errors are found as a result of the syntax check, the syntax check result OK dialog box appears. ("Fig. 4.1.4
(a) Ruby script syntax check result OK dialog box")
If any errors are found as a result of the syntax check, the syntax check result error dialog box appears. ("Fig.
4.1.4 (b) Ruby script syntax check result error dialog box")

Fig. 4.1.4 (a) Ruby script syntax check result OK dialog box

Fig. 4.1.4 (b) Ruby script syntax check result error dialog

If you select "Yes" in the syntax check result error dialog box, the error log file appears in a separate window.

4.1.4.1 Syntax Check from the Script Editor

To perform a syntax check from the Script Editor, select [Check syntax...] from the Script Editor menu.
For the content of the syntax check, refer to "4.1.4.2 Content of the Syntax Check."

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 223/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

All the buttons on the Script Editor are disabled while the syntax check is being executed.
(For the Script Editor, refer to "4.1.2 Enhancement of Script Editor Functions.")

4.1.4.2 Content of the Syntax Check

The following are examples of cases in which a syntax check error occurs.
- A closing bracket is missing or an if statement is not closed.
- The string specified in a here document is not described.
- A double-byte space is in a portion other than a comment.
- Four or more symbols (@, =, etc.) appear consecutively.
- A variable name starts with a number.

NOTE
The following content will not cause a syntax check error due to the specification
of Ruby.
- An unknown function is described.
- A new line is started in the middle of a function name or variable name.
- The number of arguments of a function definition is incorrect.
For the syntaxes of Ruby scripts, refer to the references, etc. for Ruby scripts.

4.1.5 Checking for Characters Unavailable for Script Symbol

With the addition of Ruby scripts, certain symbols can no longer be used in a PMC symbol name or constant
symbol name.
If use the symbol with unavailable characters in script, error occurs when making the mem file.
For unavailable characters, refer to “Table 4.1.5 (a) Symbol name specifications (Script)”.

Table 4.1.5 (a) Symbol name specifications（Script）

Type Ruby script FP script
Available characters A to Z, a to z, 0 to 9 A to Z, a to z, 0 to 9
_ _
Characters that are available ’()?‘|~@ !”’&()*+-<>?/^‘|~
but not recommended(※) ¥$.@
Unavailable characters #{}[];:,!”&*+-<=>/^¥$.% #{}[];:,=%
Blank, double-byte characters Blank, double-byte characters
※The characters not recommended by IEC61131-3(Gauge for PLC) .

There are available characters for symbol in function of controls even in unavailable characters for symbol in
scripts.
For available characters for symbol in function of controls, Refer to ”Table 4.1.5(b) Symbol name
specifications(Control)”.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 224/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Table 4.1.5 (b) Symbol name specifications（Control）

Type Function of control
Available characters A to Z, a to z, 0 to 9
_!”’&()*+-<=>?/^‘|~
¥$.@#{}[];:
Unavailable characters ,%
Blank, double-byte characters

4.1.6 MEM File Creation

You can create the MEM file by selecting [OK] in the MEM file creation dialog.

MEM file creation dialog box

Select [OK].

Error check
MEM file creation processing

The MEM file creation

processing completes.

MEM file

Fig. 4.1.6 (a) Overall image of MEM file creation

If an FP function listed in "Table 4.1.6 (a) List of FP functions that cannot be used in a timed script" is used in a
timed script, an error log will be output.
The MEM file creation failure dialog box appears. Select [Yes] to display the error log content.

Table 4.1.6 (a) List of FP functions that cannot be used in a timed script
Function name Description
rdproginfo Reads the program information
skip Reads the skip position of a controlled axis
srvdelay Reads the servo delay amount of a controlled axis
accdecdly Reads the acceleration/deceleration delay amount for a controlled axis
statinfo Reads CNC status information
rdtofs Reads tool offset amount
rdzofs Reads work zero offset
rdparam Reads parameter
rdset Reads setting parameter
rdpitchr Reads pitch error compensation data

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 225/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Function name Description

diagnoss Reads diagnostics data
rdgrpid Reads tool life management data (tool group number)
rdngrp Reads tool life management data (number of tool groups)
rdntool Reads tool life management data (number of tools)
rdlife Reads tool life management data (tool life)
rdcount Reads tool life management data (tool life counter)
rd1length Reads tool life management data (tool length compensation number 1)
rd2length Reads tool life management data (tool length compensation number 2)
rd1radius Reads tool life management data (tool radius compensation number 1)
rd2radius Reads tool life management data (tool radius compensation number 2)
t1info Reads tool life management data (tool information 1)
t2info Reads tool life management data (tool information 2)
toolnum Reads tool life management data (tool number)
setpath Writes path index (multi-path system)
rdpmacro Reads P-CODE variable
wrpmacro Writes P-CODE variable
getpath Reads path index (multi-path system)
wrtofs Writes tool offset amount
wrset Writes setting parameter
rdmacro Reads custom macro variable
wrmacro Writes custom macro variable
rdopmsg Reads operator's message
rdprgdir Reads program directory
progdel Deletes specified program
progsrch Searches for specified program
rdexecprog Reads the program being executed
rdmemsize Reads D-RAM memory usage
idrdtofs2 Reads tool offset amount (specified indirectly)
idwrtofs Writes tool offset amount (specified indirectly)
idrdmac Reads custom macro variable (specified indirectly)
idwrmac Writes custom macro variable (specified indirectly)
idprogdel Deletes specified program (specified indirectly)
idprogsrch Searches for specified program (specified indirectly)
idrdset2 Reads setting parameter (specified indirectly)
idwrset Writes setting parameter (specified indirectly)
idrdpmac2 Reads P-CODE variable (specified indirectly)
idwrpmac2 Writes P-CODE variable (specified indirectly)
absolute2 Reads the absolute position of a controlled axis (type 2)
relative2 Reads the relative position of a controlled axis (type 2)
settimer Presets the calendar/clock
rdalminfo Reads the CNC alarm
rdprgdir2 Reads program directory (2)
setrdprgtop Increments/decrements the rdprgdir2 display pointer
copyval Copies the variable data
movrlap Reads manual overlapped motion value
rdopmsg2 Reads operator's message (2)
setproperty Reads/sets the control property
swscreen Switches the screen
rdcursor Reads the cursor number
wrcursor Writes the cursor number
actf3 Reads the actual feed rate (F) of a controlled axis (3)

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 226/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Function name Description

absolute3 Reads the absolute position of a controlled axis (type 3)
machine3 Reads the machine position of a controlled axis (type 3)
relative3 Reads the relative position of a controlled axis (type 3)
distance3 Reads the distance-yet-to-go of a controlled axis (type 3)
skip3 Reads the skip position of a controlled axis (type 3)
srvdelay3 Reads the servo delay amount of a controlled axis (type 3)
accdecdly3 Reads the acceleration/deceleration delay amount for a controlled axis (type 3)
rdtofs3 Reads tool offset amount (type 3)
rdzofs3 Reads work zero offset (type 3)
movrlap3 Reads manual overlapped motion value (type 3)
wrtool Writes the tool management data
deltool Deletes the tool management data
scroll Scrolls the message
chgtxtmsg Inputs/outputs text messages
wrparam Writes parameters
idrdpmcb Reads PMC (bit) (specified indirectly)
idwrpmcb Writes PMC (bit) (specified indirectly)
idrdpmc Reads PMC (1/2/4 bytes) (specified indirectly)
idwrpmc Writes PMC (1/2/4 bytes) (specified indirectly)
rdpmcbr Reads PMC arbitrary bit length
wrpmcbr Writes PMC arbitrary bit length
idxrdval Reads the array type record variable data
idxrdvalb Reads the array type record variable bit data
idxwrval Writes the array type record variable data
idxwrvalb Writes the array type record variable bit data
idxmvval Copies the array type record variable data
idxwridx Writes the array index number
idxrdvalbr2 Reads the array type record variable arbitrary bit data
idxwrvalbr2 Writes the array type record variable arbitrary bit data
setdecimal Changes the number of decimal places of the control
setmaxlimit Changes the maximum value of the control
setminlimit Changes the minimum value of the control
errno Reads the error code
seterrno Sets the error code
isnan Determines if it is NaN
acos Calculates the arc cosine
asin Calculates the arcsine
atan Calculates the arctangent
atan2 Calculates the arctangent (type 2)
ceil Rounds up to the nearest integer
cos Calculates the cosine
cosh Calculates the hyperbolic cosine
exp Calculates an exponential function
fabs Calculates the absolute value of a floating-point number
floor Discards decimal places
fmod Calculates the remainder of a floating-point number
frexp_mantissa Reads the mantissa part of a floating-point number
frexp_exponent Reads the exponent part of a floating-point number
ldexp Calculates the product of 2 raised to a power
log Calculates the natural logarithm
log10 Calculates the common logarithm

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 227/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Function name Description

modf_integer Reads the integer part of a floating-point number
modf_decimal Reads the fractional part of a floating-point number
pow Calculates the power
sin Calculates the sine
sinh Calculates the hyperbolic sine
sqrt Calculates the square root
tan Calculates the tangent
tanh Calculates the hyperbolic tangent
settenkeypos Changes the ten key display position
str_keyinput Key input

4.1.7 Debug Function

The same debug function as that for the FP script is provided in Ruby script as a tool to help with script
development.
In this subsection, only the differences from the debugging function of FP script are described.

4.1.7.1 Setting the Break Types

When debugging Ruby scripts, select "Specified steps of specified scripts" for "Break occurs at:" and set the
breakpoints and break conditions.
If you select "First and last step of all scripts" or "All steps of all scripts," debugging of Ruby scripts cannot be
performed. For FP scripts, debugging can be performed with any break type settings, as before.

4.1.7.2 [Debug settings] Dialog Box

In the [Debug settings] dialog box, you can set breakpoints in Ruby scripts, as well as in FP scripts.
For the [Debug settings] dialog box, refer to "Fig. 4.1.7.2 (a) [Debug settings] dialog box (scripts other than
timed scripts)" and "Fig. 4.1.7.2 (b) [Debug settings] dialog box (timed scripts)."

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 228/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Fig. 4.1.7.2 (a) [Debug settings] dialog box (scripts other than timed scripts)

Fig. 4.1.7.2 (b) [Debug settings] dialog box (timed scripts)

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 229/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Table 4.1.7.2 (a) Changes made to the [Debug setting] dialog box
Location Before change After change
- The display also includes Ruby scripts and
- FP scripts are displayed in order of
Contents of the script list displays them in order of script number.
script number.
(Refer to "Contents of Script List."
Display contents of the - All the scripts registered as timed scripts in the
- All the FP scripts with script numbers
script list on the [Timed Script List are displayed.
900 to 999 are displayed.
script] tab (Refer to "Contents of Script List."
- FP script: Set by the step address
Setting breakpoints - Set by the step address. - Ruby script: Set by the line number
(Refer to "Breakpoint setting.")
- The contents set in Ruby scripts are also
displayed.
- The contents set in FP scripts are - The Display Variable field has been added.
Contents of the debug list
displayed. This field is blank for FP scripts as display variables
cannot be set for FP scripts.
(Refer to "Contents of the debug list.")
[Debug operation signal] - Only WORD type and DWORD type symbols
- All registered symbols are displayed.
combo box on the [Script are displayed.
- Editable.
called from object] tab - Not editable.
[Debug operation signal]
- All registered symbols are displayed. - Only WORD type symbols are displayed.
combo box on the [Timed
- Editable. - Not editable.
script] tab
Settings for [Variable - The font used for displaying temporary variables
(No setting item)
display language setting] can be set by each multi-language key.
[Debug setting file - All registered symbols are displayed. - Only WORD type symbols are displayed.
operation] combo box - Editable. - Not editable.
Contents of the script list
Ruby scripts are displayed in addition to FP scripts.
Scripts are displayed in order of script number, as in the case of the Script List dialog box.
On the [Timed script] tab, all the scripts registered as timed scripts are displayed in the script list.

Fig. 4.1.7.2 (c) Script list

Setting breakpoints
In FP scripts, breakpoints are set by the step addresses. In Ruby scripts, they are set by line numbers including
comment lines and blank lines.
NOTE
Breaks do not occur if a comment line or blank line is specified as a breakpoint.

Fig. 4.1.7.2 (d) Breakpoint setting

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 230/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Contents of the debug list

In addition to the step address, condition of arguments, condition of execution count, and debug target enable
signal that were displayed for FP scripts, the temporary variables that are output during the debug execution
when the break occurs (Display Variable) are displayed separated by commas.
This field is displayed for Ruby scripts when the variables are set; however, it is always left blank for FP scripts
because these variables cannot be set for FP scripts.
For how to set the display variables, refer to "4.1.7.3 [Break detail settings] Dialog Box."

Fig. 4.1.7.2 (e) Breakpoint setting

Debug operation signal / Debug setting file operation signal combo box
In the [Debug operation signal]/[Debug setting file operation signal] combo box, where all the symbols
registered in FP Script, only WORD type symbols are displayed in Ruby Script.
DWORD type symbols are also displayed only in the [Debug operation signal] combo box, which is displayed
when the [Script called from object] tab is selected.
These combo boxes cannot be edited.

Fig. 4.1.7.2 (f) Debug operation signal pull-down contents

Changes made to the debug screen for Ruby scripts depending on the debug
operation signal setting
When performing step execution when debugging Ruby scripts, create the debug setting file by setting a
DWORD type symbol for the debug operation signal.
When using this debug setting file, the [STEP] button appears in the debug window when debugging Ruby
scripts.
For information on the debug window, refer to "Debug Window and Log Output ."
For detailed information on the debug operation signal, refer to "4.1.7.5 Extension of the Debug Signal."

When breakpoints in Ruby scripts are enabled and a WORD type symbol is set as the debug operation signal, a
warning appears when [Output debug setting file...] is selected in the [Debug setting] dialog box.

Fig. 4.1.7.2 (g) Warning dialog box

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 231/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Select [OK] to continue creation of the debug setting file.

Select [Cancel] to stop creation of the debug setting file.

Table 4.1.7.2 (b) Output content of the new warning displayed at the time of debug setting file output
Warning message Output timing How to cancel the Target script
warning
Ruby script STEP execution When the break Set a DWORD type Only for Ruby
cannot be performed points in the Ruby symbol as the debug scripts
because the debug script set as the operation signal.
operation signal symbol in script called from
the script called from object object are enabled
is WORD. and a WORD type
symbol is set as the
debug operation
signal.

4.1.7.3 [Break detail settings] Dialog Box

To set the break conditions, double-click the target line of the step list of the break list in the [Debug settings]
dialog box to display the [Break detail settings] dialog box.
The script type is displayed in the title of this dialog box.
For Ruby scripts, temporary variables to be output during the debug execution can be specified in addition to the
break conditions.

Fig. 4.1.7.3 (a) [Break detail settings] dialog box (Ruby script)

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 232/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Table 4.1.7.3 (a) Changes made to the [Break detail settings] dialog box
Location FP script Ruby script
Specification of [Condition of
Specify inside the ( ) separated by commas.
arguments]
[Debug target enable signal] Only BOOL type symbols are displayed.
combo box Not editable.
Up to 10 variables to be output by the CNC
Specification of temporary Cannot be specified (same as the previous
can be specified.
variables ([Display variable]) dialog box).
*It is not required to specify these variables.

Specification of the condition of arguments

The condition of arguments is set in [Condition of arguments] in the [Break detail settings] dialog box, as in the
existing dialog box. However, the method for specifying argument reference variables has been changed to
surround them in round brackets and separate each of them by a comma.
If the specification of the condition of arguments is incorrect, an error occurs when [Output debug setting file...]
is selected in the [Debug settings] dialog box.

Fig. 4.1.7.3 (b) The debug setting file output error dialog boxes

Setting of the temporary variables to be displayed

To output temporary variables to the debug window log file when the break occurs, set the variable names in
Display Variable 1 through 10 in the [Break detail settings] dialog box.

4.1.7.4 Debug Window and Log Output

Debug window
When the specified break conditions are satisfied, the debug window is displayed if the log file output signal is
0 and the debug target is something other than timer scripts.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 233/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Ruby script number and

the number of the line at which a break
occurred are displayed.

The values of the specified temporary

variables are displayed in the specified
font.

The execution history

is displayed using
line numbers.

The [CONTINUE] button shrinks and

the [STEP] button is displayed.

Fig. 4.1.7.4 (a) Debug window in the "Small(14inch)" font (extension signal ON)

Ruby script number and

the number of the line at which a break
occurred are displayed.

The values of the specified temporary

variables are displayed in the specified
font.

The execution history

is displayed using
line numbers.

Fig. 4.1.7.4 (b) Debug window in the "Small(14inch)" font (extension signal OFF)

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 234/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Ruby script number and

the number of the line at which a break
occurred are displayed.

The values of the specified temporary

variables are displayed in the specified font.

The [STEP] button is displayed.

Fig. 4.1.7.4 (c) Debug window in the "Big(9inch)" font (extension signal ON) - Page 1

The execution history

is displayed using
line numbers.

Fig. 4.1.7.4 (d) Debug window in the "Big(9inch)" font (extension signal ON) - Page 2

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 235/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Ruby script number and

the number of the line at which a break
occurred are displayed.

The values of the specified temporary

variables are displayed in the specified font.

Fig. 4.1.7.4 (e) Debug window in the "Big(9inch)" font (extension signal OFF) - Page 1

The execution history

is displayed using
line numbers.

Fig. 4.1.7.4 (f) Debug window in the "Big(9inch)" font (extension signal OFF) - Page 2
Table 4.1.7.4 (a) List of differences between the debug window contents
Displayed content FP script Ruby script
Item name at the beginning FPS# RBS#
Execution history or Line number 65535 is displayed for the debug information after
step address
breakpoints execution of the last line.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 236/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Displayed content FP script Ruby script

- General
- Only the variables specified in [Display variable] in the
[Break detail settings] dialog box are displayed.
- Variable name and variable value are divided by a colon ":".
- When the number of variables specified in [Display variable]
is less than 10, "-:-" is displayed in the line for the unset
items.

- Content displayed for variable names

- Characters are left-aligned up to eight characters.
All the temporary - When the variable name has more than eight characters, the
Temporary variables variables are eighth and subsequent characters are abbreviated as "˜".
displayed. - Content displayed for variable values
- Up to 56 characters are displayed for the "Small(14inch)"
font, and 26 characters for the "Big(9inch)" font, aligned to
the left. The portion exceeding the display range is
abbreviated as "˜".
- If variables exist in the script but are not defined, they are
displayed as nil.
- When no variables exist in the script, the following is
displayed.
NoMethodError: undefined method '(variable name)' for
(object name)
- When the extension signal is ON
[STEP] button
Buttons in ‘Small(14inch) ’font [CONTINUE]
[COUNT] button
display button
- When the extension signal is OFF
[CONT.] button
- When the extension signal ls ON
[STEP] button
[CONT.] button
[CONT.] button [PG-DW] button
Buttons in ‘Big(9inch) ’font
[PG-DW] button [PG-UP] button
display
[PG-UP] button - When the extension signal ls OFF
[CONT.] button
[PG-DW] button
[PG-UP] button

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 237/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Changes to the button content and button operations

If the extension signal is ON when the debug window for Ruby scripts is displayed, you can select operations
with the [STEP] and [CONT.] button.
Select [STEP]: The processing proceeds to the following step and the debug window is displayed.
Select [CONT.]: The processing proceeds to the next breakpoint and the debug window is displayed.

Valid range of the displayed temporary variables

The content of the temporary variables displayed when the [STEP] button is selected are those that were set for
the breakpoint at which a break occurred before starting the STEP execution.
However, if the destination reached after the STEP execution is set as another breakpoint, the content changes to
that that was set for the breakpoint at the destination.
At this time, even if the settings of the condition of arguments, condition of execution count, and debug target
enable signal are different, the break is performed without applying them.

Log file output

When the specified break condition is satisfied, the log file is output in text format to the memory card in the
following cases.
- When the log file output signal is 1
- When the target is timer scripts

The output of the log file is the same as the content displayed in the "Small(14inch)" font.
Unicode is used as the character code.

Log file name

The log file name is different for each script type.

Table 4.1.7.4 (b) Types and log file names for Ruby scripts
Script type Log file name (*)
FP script: FPSxxx.nnn
Other than timer scripts
Ruby script: RBSxxx.nnn
FP script: TFPSxxx.nnn
Timer scripts
Ruby script: TRBSxxx.nnn
xxx: Script number
nnn: The extension is a three-digit serial number combining numbers starting from 000 and alphabetical
letters.

Each time the break condition is satisfied, a separate log file is output.
When a file with the same name already exists or the log file could not be output to the memory card, the
information of the first line of the first three items (FPS#... or RBS#…) is retained without outputting the file,
and the debug processing is continued.

4.1.7.5 Extension of the Debug Signal

When using the extension signal for the debug operation signal, the debug operation signal is extended to the
DWORD type.
The content of the extended range is as follows.
No change has been made to the content of the first and second byte of the debug operation signal.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 238/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
3rd byte STEP
(Input signal) -
Upper stage: Signal for the screen display scripts
Lower stage: Signal for timer-activated scripts

Step execution signal STEP

[Category] Input signal
[Function] Advance the processing to the next step.
[Operation] When this signal is set to 0  1  0, the current debug window is closed and the processing is
advanced to the next step. After that, the debug window is displayed again.
The following shortcut key also performs the same operation.
Shortcut key: MDI key <1>

4.1.8 Changes Due to Edition 8.0

The following changes were made to the [Create project] and [Open project] menu items.

Extension
The new FP Editor supports the following extensions.

Table 4.1.8 (a) Mode and Extension Correspondence Table

Target mode Create project Open project
Standard display .fp2 .fpp *, .fp2
iHMI .fp2x .fppx *, .fp2x
*: Extension for projects created with the old FP Editor. If selected with the new editor, they will be converted.
For more information on coversion, refer to "Conversion Function."

Error when executing "Open project"

When opening a project with FP Editor, if the project is not supported, an error occurs and the project cannot be
opened.

The [Open project] operation performed by FP Editor will be as follows.

Table 4.1.8 (b) Editor and Project Correspondence Table

Type of project to be opened Support for [Open project] Operation
Projects created with an old × Not supported Open error *
edition of FP Editor  Supported Conversion performed
Projects created with the new FP × Not supported Open error *
Editor  Supported Open
* If a script file is operated on directly from Explorer or some other program, a script not supported by
the FP Edit or may be included in the project. A script version error occurs for the project and it
cannot be opened with the FP Editor.

Open error
If an attempt is made to use FP Editor to open an unsupported project, an open error occurs and the following
dialog is shown. In this case, the project cannot be opened.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 239/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Fig. 4.1.8 (a) Project Open Error Dialog

Script version error

If an attempt is made to use FP Editor to open a project that includes an unsupported FP script, a script version
error occurs and the following dialog is shown. In this case, the project cannot be opened.

Fig. 4.1.8 (b) Script Version Error Dialog

4.1.9 Other Functions

Function name symbol function

FP function symbols can be used from Ruby scripts as well.

- Formats for FP function symbols are shown below. If the format is not followed, an error occurs.

Table 4.1.9 (a) FP Function Symbol Formats for the New FANUC PICTURE
Location used Symbol format Example Value format Example value
symbol
FP script End it with “[“ TEST[ - Only one “[“ exists rdpmc[5_100_
- Arguments are separated with ”_”
Ruby script End it with “(“ TEST( - Only one “(“ exists rdpmc(5,100,
control action - Arguments are separated with ”,”

- If an FP function symbol is already registered at the time of project conversion, the FP function symbol is
additionally registered in the format for Ruby script control action.
25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 240/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

FP function for reading and writing character strings and character string variables
In Ruby scripts, FP functions (rdstr, wrstr) for reading and writing character strings and character string
variables (SVAL0 to SVAL9) can be used.
This allows character strings stored in the PMC area, P-CODE variable, or key-in buffer to be read with Ruby
scripts by using the FP function for reading character strings (rdstr). Once the character strings are edited within
the Ruby script, the character string can be stored in the PMC area, P-CODE variable, or key-in buffer again by
using the FP function for writing character strings (wrstr). Additionally, edited character strings can be
displayed in the numerical value character string display control.

There were no changes to the function specifications for the FP functions for reading and writing character
strings. For details, refer to FANUC PICTURE MANUAL (Edition 06.2 to less than 08.0)(A-40712).
The following syntaxes can be used in Ruby scripts using the FP functions for reading and writing character
strings and character string variables.

Table 4.1.9 (b) Examples of Supported Ruby Script Syntaxes

Syntax Description Difference compared to FP
script
temp = rdstr(400, 0, 0, 10, 99, 0) Read 10 bytes from the key-in buffer and Yes
store in the temporary variable "temp." Character strings can be
stored in an arbitrary
temporary variable.
SVAL0 = rdstr(105, 1000, 0, 20, 9, 3000) Read 1 byte each of character strings from Yes
R1000 to R1021 and store in the character Character strings can be
string variable "SVAL0." Notify D3000 of stored in SVAL0 to 9.
the processing results.
SVAL1 = SVAL0 + "123" + temp.to_s Add "123" to the content of the temporary Yes
variable temp and the character string The read character string
variable SVAL0, then store the resultant can be edited.
character string in character string variable
SVAL1.
DISP_VAL = SVAL1 Store the content stored in character string No
variable SVAL1 in variable DISP_VAL for
displaying the numerical value/character
string display control.
wrstr(300, 10000, 0, 50, 1, 99, 0) Write 1 byte each of the character string No
stored in the character string variable
SVAL1 to P-CODE variables 10000 to
10049.

Syntaxes that are normally supported in Ruby script but that return an error (there is code that cannot be used in
the program) when creating MEM in Ruby script using the FP functions for reading and writing character
strings and character string variables, and response examples are shown below.

Table4.1.9 (c) Examples of Ruby Script Syntaxes that Return a Script Error
Syntax Description Examples of responses to errors
SVAL0 += "123" Write the script by omitting the "store the Do not omit this part.
character string resulting from adding "123" SVAL0 = SVAL0 + "123"
to the current content of the character string
variable SVAL0 in SVAL0."
DISP_VAL = temp.to_s + "123" Store the character string resulting from Store temp.to_s + "123" in SVAL1
adding "123" to the content stored in the and store SVAL1 in DISP_VAL.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 241/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Syntax Description Examples of responses to errors

temporary variable temp directly in variable SVAL1 = temp.to_s + "123"
DISP_VAL for displaying the numerical DISP_VAL = SVAL1
value/character string display control.
DISP_VAL = SVAL0 + "123" Store the character string resulting from Store SVAL0 + "123" in SVAL1 and
adding "123" to the character string variable store SVAL1 in DISP_VAL.
SVAL0 directly in variable DISP_VAL for SVAL1 = SVAL0 + "123"
displaying the numerical value/character DISP_VAL = SVAL1
string display control.
DISP_VAL = "123" Store "123" directly in variable DISP_VAL for Store "123" in SVAL1 and store
displaying the numerical value/character SVAL1 in DISP_VAL.
string display control. SVAL1 = "123"
DISP_VAL = SVAL1

NOTE
If a character string-type temporary variable other than character string variables SVAL0
to 9 is stored in DISP_VAL, an error is returned when the script is executed.
Syntax example)
temp=”123”
DISP_VAL=temp

Character string variables are SVAL0 to SVAL9 in Ruby script. If they were described as SVAL[0] to SVAL[9]
in an FP script, they are converted to SVAL0 to SVAL9.
NOTE
SVAL0 to SVAL9 are reserved words indicating "character string variables." Therefore,
they cannot be used in Ruby scripts as constants.

Normally, Ruby scripts can handle character strings. SVAL0 to 9 exist so that compatibility with FP script
syntaxes is maintained when conversion to a Ruby script is performed. For Ruby scripts, we recommend the
following usage when reflecting character strings in the control using the FP functions for reading or writing
character strings (rdstr, wrstr).
[Examples of use in Ruby script]
Overview: Periodically reflect the character string written in the PMC in the label control caption.
1 Place the label control "FPLabel1" on the screen. The screen on which it was placed is screen 1.
2 Create a script to read the character string from the key-in buffer control, save it in the PMC, and register it
to start from button control.
Syntax example)
wrstr(105, 1000, 0, 50, 400, 99, 0) # Read characters from key-in buffer and write 50 bytes from R1000
3 Read the character string saved in the PMC, create a script to change the label control caption, and register
it as a startup script so that it starts up periodically as a timer-activated script.
Syntax example)
str = rdstr(105, 1000, 0, 50, 99, 0) # Read 50 bytes from R1000 to variable str.
FpSetProperty(1, "FPLabel1", SET_ONCAPTION, str, 0) # Change the caption for "FPLabel1" on screen
1 to the content of the variable str

NOTE
The way of handling the line feed code and the character code that can be used are the
same as in FANUC PICTURE MANUAL (Edition 06.2 to less than 08.0)(A-40712) Chapter
24 "Function for handling the string in FP script".

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 242/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

4.1.10 Remarks

The function to take out partial numerical value of PMC symbol

The function to take out partial numerical value of PMC symbol can be used from Ruby scripts as well.
However, the address type “C” (08) and “D” (09) occur an error because ruby format treats numbers with an
initial “0” as octal. In ruby script, add “0d” which means decimal number in ruby format.
Example)
FP script: BVAL[0] = :TEST(1):; // Address area of PMC symbol “TEST” is read, and assigned to a variable.
Ruby script: BVAL0 = 0d:TEST(1): #Address area is treated as decimal numbers by adding “0d” at the
beginning.

Devide by zero
In ruby script, division by zero causes a system alarm or application error. Please be careful.

Return Execution
In ruby script, the script execution error occurs if “return” is executed without being functionalized and so on.

Fig. 4.1.10 (a) Script Execution Error Dialog

Please consider one of the following measures when you use “return”.
A) Functionalization (converting to submethod)
B) Replacing “return” with “break”

Examples of the above-mentioned measures are shown below.

[Example of causing the script execution error]

“return” is executed without being functionalized and so on.
# reading R1000
ret = rdpmc(5,1000,2)

# checking the value

if( ret == 0 ) then
return ### causing the script execution error
end

# writing R1100
wrpmc(5,1000,2,ret)

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 243/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

[Measures]
A) Functionalization (converting to submethod)
# functionalization (converting to submethod)
def dataProc
# reading R1000
ret = rdpmc(5,1000,2)

# checking the value

if( ret == 0 ) then
return
end

# writing R1100
wrpmc(5,1000,2,ret)
end

# main
dataProc()

B) Replacing with “break” (when using the repetitive processing)

# return -> break
loop = 0
while( loop == 0 ) do
# setting the end condition
loop = 1

# reading R1000
ret = rdpmc(5,1000,2)

# checking value
if( ret == 0 ) then
break
end

# writing R1100
wrpmc(5,1000,2,ret)
end

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 244/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

4.2 Functional Difference with FP Script

4.2.1 List of FP functions that can be used in Ruby scripts

Refer to the following list of functions to find out whether or not an FP function can be used in a Ruby script.

NOTE
1 For function specifications and compatible models, see "FANUC PICTURE
OPERATOR'S MANUAL (B-66284EN_09.pdf)."
2 If an error occurs in the function call from a Ruby script, a pop-up is not displayed within
the function, but the information about the error is returned with the return value of the
function. When creating a Ruby script, implement the error handling based on the return
value of the function.

[FP function for CNC window]

Table4.2.1 (a) List of FP Functions for CNC Window
No. API name Description Script Script call
usability

Control
Startup

Timer
script

script

script

script

Event
script

script
Ruby
FP

1. sysinfo Reads the CNC system information ×     

2. rdproginfo Reads the program information    ×  
3. rdprgnum Reads the program number of the      
program being executed
4. rdseqnum Reads the sequence number of the      
sequence being executed
5. actf Reads the actual feed rate (F) of a      
controlled axis
6. acts Reads actual spindle speed (S)      
7. absolute Reads the absolute position of a      
controlled axis
8. machine Reads the machine position of a      
controlled axis
9. relative Reads the relative position of a      
controlled axis
10. distance Reads the distance-yet-to-go of a      
controlled axis
11. skip Reads the skip position of a controlled    ×  
axis
12. srvdelay Reads the servo delay amount of a    ×  
controlled axis
13. accdecdly Reads the acceleration/deceleration    ×  
delay amount for a controlled axis
14. statinfo Reads CNC status information    ×  
15. alarm Reads alarm status      

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 245/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

No. API name Description Script Script call

usability

Control
Startup

Timer
script

script

script

script

Event
script

script
Ruby
FP
16. rdtofs Reads tool offset amount    ×  
17. rdzofs Reads work zero offset    ×  
18. rdparam Reads parameter    ×  
19. rdset Reads setting parameter    ×  
20. rdpitchr Reads pitch error compensation data    ×  
21. diagnoss Reads diagnostics data    ×  
22. adcnv Reads A/D conversion data      
23. rdgrpid Reads tool life management data (tool    ×  
group number)
24. rdngrp Reads tool life management data    ×  
(number of tool groups)
25. rdntool Reads tool life management data    ×  
(number of tools)
26. rdlife Reads tool life management data (tool life)    ×  
27. rdcount Reads tool life management data (tool    ×  
life counter)
28. rd1length Reads tool life management data (tool    ×  
length compensation number 1)
29. rd2length Reads tool life management data (tool    ×  
length compensation number 2)
30. rd1radius Reads tool life management data (tool    ×  
radius compensation number 1)
31. rd2radius Reads tool life management data (tool    ×  
radius compensation number 2)
32. t1info Reads tool life management data (tool    ×  
information 1)
33. t2info Reads tool life management data (tool    ×  
information 2)
34. toolnum Reads tool life management data (tool    ×  
number)
35. setpath Writes path index (multi-path system)    ×  
36. rdpmacro Reads P-CODE variable × × × × × ×
37. wrpmacro Writes P-CODE variable × × × × × ×
38. loadtorq Reads abnormal load torque (estimated      
load torque) data
39. getpath Reads path index (multi-path system)    ×  
40. wrtofs Writes tool offset amount    ×  
41. wrset Writes setting parameter    ×  
42. rdmacro Reads custom macro variable × × × × × ×
43. wrmacro Writes custom macro variable × × × × × ×
44. rdmodal Reads modal data ×     
45. rdopmsg Reads operator's message ×   ×  
46. rdprgdir Reads program directory ×   ×  
47. progdel Deletes specified program    ×  
48. progsrch Searches specified program    ×  
49. rdexecprog Reads the program being executed ×   ×  

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 246/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

No. API name Description Script Script call

usability

Control
Startup

Timer
script

script

script

script

Event
script

script
Ruby
FP
50. rdncstats Reads CNC status information (2) ×     
51. rdmemsize Reads D-RAM memory usage    ×  
52. GetDrvVersion Reads FP driver version ×     
53. idrdtofs2 Reads tool offset amount (specified × × × × × ×
indirectly)
54. idwrtofs Writes tool offset amount (specified × × × × × ×
indirectly)
55. idrdmac Reads custom macro variable × × × × × ×
(specified indirectly)
56. idwrmac Writes custom macro variable × × × × × ×
(specified indirectly)
57. idprogdel Deletes specified program (specified × × × × × ×
indirectly)
58. idprogsrch Searches specified program (specified × × × × × ×
indirectly)
59. idrdset2 Reads setting parameter (specified × × × × × ×
indirectly)
60. idwrset Writes setting parameter (specified × × × × × ×
indirectly)
61. idrdpmac2 Reads P-CODE variable (specified × × × × × ×
indirectly)
62. idwrpmac2 Writes P-CODE variable (specified × × × × × ×
indirectly)
63. absolute2 Reads the absolute position of a    ×  
controlled axis (type 2)
64. relative2 Reads the relative position of a    ×  
controlled axis (type 2)
65. settimer Presets the calendar/clock   × × × 
66. rdalminfo Reads the CNC alarm ×   ×  
67. msghis Reads the history message display data ×     
68. rdprgdir2 Reads program directory (2) ×   ×  
69. setrdprgtop Increments/decrements the rdprgdir2   × × × 
display pointer
70. copyval Copies the variable data × × × × × ×
71. movrlap Reads manual overlapped motion value    ×  
72. rdopmsg2 Reads operator's message (2) ×   ×  
73. setproperty Reads/sets the control property    ×  
74. GetFPinfo Reads the FANUC PICTURE edition ×     
75. swscreen Switches the screen   × ×  
76. rdcursor Reads the cursor number   × ×  
77. wrcursor Writes the cursor number   × × × 
78. acts2 Reads actual spindle speed (S) (2)      
79. actf3 Reads the actual feed rate (F) of a   × × × 
controlled axis (3)
80. absolute3 Reads the absolute position of a   × × × 
controlled axis (type 3)

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 247/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

No. API name Description Script Script call

usability

Control
Startup

Timer
script

script

script

script

Event
script

script
Ruby
FP
81. machine3 Reads the machine position of a   × × × 
controlled axis (type 3)
82. relative3 Reads the relative position of a   × × × 
controlled axis (type 3)
83. distance3 Reads the distance-yet-to-go of a   × × × 
controlled axis (type 3)
84. skip3 Reads the skip position of a controlled   × × × 
axis (type 3)
85. srvdelay3 Reads the servo delay amount of a   × × × 
controlled axis (type 3)
86. accdecdly3 Reads the acceleration/deceleration   × × × 
delay amount for a controlled axis (type 3)
87. rdtofs3 Reads tool offset amount (type 3)   × × × 
88. rdzofs3 Reads work zero offset (type 3)   × × × 
89. movrlap3 Reads manual overlapped motion value   × × × 
(type 3)
90. swpath Switches the CNC/PMC path      
91. rdspload Reads information about the load on      
the serial spindle
92. fetchtool Fetches the tool management data      
93. rdtool Reads the tool management data      
94. unfetchtool Releases the tool management data      
95. wrtool Writes the tool management data    ×  
96. deltool Deletes the tool management data    ×  
97. scroll Scrolls the message    ×  
98. chgtxtmsg Inputs/outputs text messages    ×  
99. wrparam Writes parameters    ×  

[FP function for PMC window]

Table4.2.1 (b) List of FP Functions for PMC Window
No. API name Description Script Script call
usability

Control
Startup

Timer
script

script

script

script

Event
script

script
Ruby
FP

1. wrpmcb Writes PMC (bit)      

2. rdpmc Reads PMC (1/2/4 bytes)      
3. wrpmc Writes PMC (1/2/4 bytes)      
4. rdpmcb Reads PMC (bit)      
5. idrdpmcb Reads PMC (bit) (specified indirectly) × × × × × ×
6. idwrpmcb Writes PMC (bit) (specified indirectly) × × × × × ×
7. idrdpmc Reads PMC (1/2/4 bytes) (specified × × × × × ×
indirectly)
8. idwrpmc Writes PMC (1/2/4 bytes) (specified × × × × × ×
indirectly)

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 248/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

No. API name Description Script Script call

usability

Control
Startup

Timer
script

script

script

script

Event
script

script
Ruby
FP
9. rdpmcbr Reads the PMC arbitrary bit length    ×  
10. wrpmcbr Writes the PMC arbitrary bit length    ×  

[FP function for input/output of array type record variable data]

Table4.2.1 (c) List of FP functions for Input/Output of Array Type Record Variable Data
No. API name Description Script Script call
usability

Control
Startup

Timer
script

script

script

script

Event
script

script
Ruby
FP
1. idxrdval Reads the array type record variable data    ×  
2. idxrdvalb Reads the array type record variable bit data    ×  
3. idxwrval Writes the array type record variable data    ×  
4. idxwrvalb Writes the array type record variable bit data    ×  
5. idxmvval Copies the array type record variable data    ×  
6. idxwridx Writes the array index number    ×  
7. idxrdvalbr2 Reads the array type record variable    ×  
arbitrary bit data
8. idxwrvalbr2 Writes the array type record variable    ×  
arbitrary bit data

[Script-specific FP Functions]
Table4.2.1 (d) List of Script-specific FP Functions
No API name Description Script Script call
. usability

Control
Startup

Timer
script

script

script

script

Event
script

script
Ruby
FP

1. setdecimal Changes the number of decimal places   × × × 

of the control
2. setmaxlimit Changes the maximum value of the control   × × × 
3. setminlimit Changes the minimum value of the control   × × × 
4. getmacval Reads macro variable      
5. setmacval Writes macro variable      
6. errno Reads the error code    ×  
7. seterrno Sets the error code    ×  
8. isnan Determines if it is NaN    ×  
9. acos Calculates the arc cosine    ×  
10. asin Calculates the arcsine    ×  
11. atan Calculates the arctangent    ×  
12. atan2 Calculates the arctangent (type 2)    ×  
13. ceil Rounds upward to an integer    ×  
14. cos Calculates the cosine    ×  
15. cosh Calculates the hyperbolic cosine    ×  

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 249/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

No API name Description Script Script call

. usability

Control
Startup

Timer
script

script

script

script

Event
script

script
Ruby
FP
16. exp Calculates an exponential function    ×  
17. fabs Calculates the absolute value of a    ×  
floating-point number
18. floor Discards decimal places    ×  
19. fmod Calculates the remainder of a    ×  
floating-point number
20. frexp_mantissa Reads the mantissa part of a    ×  
floating-point number
21. frexp_exponent Reads the exponent part of a    ×  
floating-point number
22. ldexp Calculates the product of 2 raised to a power    ×  
23. log Calculates the natural logarithm    ×  
24. log10 Calculates the common logarithm    ×  
25. modf_integer Reads the integer part of a floating-point    ×  
number
26. modf_decimal Reads the fractional part of a    ×  
floating-point number
27. pow Calculates the power    ×  
28. sin Calculates the sine    ×  
29. sinh Calculates the hyperbolic sine    ×  
30. sqrt Calculates the square root    ×  
31. tan Calculates the tangent    ×  
32. tanh Calculates the hyperbolic tangent    ×  
33. set_handler Executes the FP script after every      
specified time period
34. remove_handler Remove the FP script number setting set      
in set_handler
35. settenkeypos Changes the ten key display position    ×  
36. rdstr Function for reading strings      
37. wrstr Function for writing strings      
38. str_keyinput * Inputs keys ×  × × × 
39. sleep Stops tasks for a specific time period (msec)      

* str_keyinput can only be used in FANUC PICTURE for iHMI version. For the function specification, refer to
"Section 1.3 ADDING THE FP FUNCTION" of "FANUC PICTURE for iHMI Virtual MDI/Machine
Operator’s Panel Template Specification (A-41700E)".
If specifying directly to control, use “_” as a delimiter of arguments instead of “,” (comma).

[Ruby Script-specific FP Functions]

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 250/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Table4.2.1 (e) List of Ruby Script-specific FP Functions

No. API name Description Script Script call
usability

Control
Startup

Timer
script

script

script

script

Event
script

script
Ruby
FP
1. MsgBoxShow Function for showing the message box ×     
2. FpSetProperty Function for setting a property ×     
3. FpGetProperty Function for reading a property (reading ×     
Value numerical values)
4. FpGetProperty Function for reading a property (reading ×     
Str strings)
5. LangCaption Reads strings corresponding to the ×     
language set by the system

4.2.2 Using User Functions in Ruby Script

User functions can be used in the same way as in FP script.

For details on how to use user functions, see "FANUC PICTURE OPERATOR'S MANUAL
(B-66284EN_09.pdf)."

4.3 mruby LICENSE DISPLAY

4.3.1 Overview

FP driver is equipped with mruby, which is under MIT license. Therefore, the "copyright notice and this license
display" for mruby must be shown to the user.

In the FANUC PICTURE, "copyright notice and this license display" can be displayed by default, but if "No
setting" is selected for the License Key Code, the license screen will not be displayed. In this case, "copyright
notice and this license display" for mruby must be performed separately to meet the conditions of the MIT
license.
4.3.2 Diagram

The license display screen pops up in the center of the screen.

The full MIT license text (MITL.txt) is copied to the memory card when [OUTPUT] is selected or the input
<INPUT> key is selected.
The license display screen is hidden when [Close] is selected or the cancel <CAN> key is selected.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 251/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Fig. 4.3.2 (a) License Display Screen (Small Font)

Fig. 4.3.2 (b) License Display Screen (Big Font)

Fig. 4.3.2 (c) License Display Screen (iHMI version)

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 252/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

4.3.3 Operation

Selecting the license screen display key (set value) multiple times (set value) consecutively within 3 seconds
displays the license display screen.
The license screen will not be displayed while the message box is displayed.

NOTE
When switching to another screen while displaying the license display screen and
returning to the same custom screen again, whether the license display screen is
displayed or not is the same as switching to another screen while displaying the popup
screen. Refer to FANUC PICTURE Specification (Edition 06.2 to less than 08.0)
APPENDIX D, "Switching screens while displaying Popup screen" for more detail.

4.3.4 Properties

The setting for displaying the license display screen is described below.

License display screen setting

The items that can be set in the [Setting of Project] dialog related to the license display screen are shown below.

Fig. 4.3.4 (a) Image Diagram of License Display Screen Setting

Table 4.3.4 (a) List of License Display Screen Setting Properties

Setting item Entry type Setting value Initial value Remarks
License Key Code Selection No setting, O Select the key for displaying the license screen.
A to Z, 0 to 9 If "No setting" is selected, the license display screen

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 253/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Setting item Entry type Setting value Initial value Remarks

will not be displayed.
License Key Push Selection 5 to 10 5 Select the push count required for displaying the
Count license screen.

NOTE
1. If "No setting" is selected for the License Key Code, the license screen will not
be displayed. In this case, "copyright notice and this license display" for mruby
must be performed separately to meet the conditions of the MIT license.
2. The license screen size is nessesary to set the following size or larger if the
screen is displayed.
Width : 546 Height : 310

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 254/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

5 LIBRARY FUNCTIONS CAN BE USED FROM

RUBY SCRIPT

The following library functions can be used in Ruby script. The library function list is shown from the next
chapter.

・CNC window library

・PMC window library
・File operation library
・Serial library
・F-ROM library
・Network library
・ANSI C standard library
・MS-C extended C standard library
・mruby extension library

NOTE
Ruby script error might occur if “Example” described in "5.3 FUNCTION REFERENCE"
including “return” is executed as it is. Please refer to "4.1.10 Return Execution" for details.

5.1 LISTS OF FUNCTIONS

The available library functions are listed below.

[List of functions related to CNC window library controlled axis/spindle]

O = available × = not available
No. API name Description Applicable Script call
equipment
Standard Timer script

Event script
Start up

display

Control
script

script
iHMI
PMi-A

PMi-A
Non

1.1 cnc_rddynamic Reads dynamic data.       

1.2 cnc_wrrelpos Clears or presets relative position of       
controlled axis.
1.3 cnc_exaxisname2 Reads extended axis name (2).       
1.4 cnc_rdaxisdata Reads controlled axis/spindle-related data.       
1.5 cnc_rd5axmandt Reads three-dimensional manual feed data.       
1.6 cnc_rd5axovrlap Reads machine axis travel distance in       
three-dimensional manual feed.
1.7 cnc_clr5axpls Clears three-dimensional manual feed       
pulses.
1.8 cnc_rdsrvspeed Reads servo actual speed   ×    

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 255/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

No. API name Description Applicable Script call

equipment
Standard

Timer script

Event script
Start up
display

Control
script

script
iHMI
PMi-A

PMi-A
Non
1.9 cnc_rdsrvtsa Reads servo data TSA ×  ×    
Note
1.10 cnc_rdsrvtcmd Reads servo data TCMD ×  ×    
Note

NOTE
Not available in Series 30i/31i/32i-A

[List of functions related to CNC window library program]

O = available × = not available
No. API name Description Applicable Ruby script call
equipment
Standard

Timer script

Event script
display

Start up

Control
script

script
iHMI
PMi-A

PMi-A
Non
cnc_vrfstart Starts output of NC program to be       
2.1
compared.
2.2 cnc_verify Outputs NC program to be compared.       
cnc_vrfend Stops output of NC program to be       
2.3
compared.
2.4 cnc_seqsrch Searches for a sequence number.       
cnc_rdpdf_drive Reads program storage drive       
2.5
information.
2.6 cnc_rdpdf_inf Reads program storage file information.       
2.7 cnc_rdpdf_curdir Reads current directory information.       
2.8 cnc_wrpdf_curdir Sets current directory.       
2.9 cnc_rdpdf_subdir Reads subdirectory information.       
2.10 cnc_rdpdf_alldir Reads file list information.       
2.11 cnc_pdf_add Creates a directory or file.       
2.12 cnc_pdf_del Deletes a directory or file.       
2.13 cnc_pdf_rename Renames a directory or file.       
2.14 cnc_pdf_slctmain Selects the main program.       
2.15 cnc_wrpdf_attr Changes attributes of a folder or file.       
cnc_rdpdf_subdirn Gets the number of folders and files in       
2.16
the specified directory.
2.17 cnc_pdf_rdmain Gets the main program information.       
cnc_dwnstart4 Starts output of NC program to be       
2.18
registered (4).
2.19 cnc_download4 Outputs NC program to be registered (4).       
cnc_dwnend4 Stops output of NC program to be       
2.20
registered (4).
2.21 cnc_upstart4 Starts reading NC program (4).       

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 256/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

No. API name Description Applicable Ruby script call

equipment
Standard

Timer script

Event script
display

Start up

Control
script

script
iHMI
PMi-A

PMi-A
Non
2.22 cnc_upload4 Reads NC program (4).       
2.23 cnc_upend4 Stops reading NC program (4).       
cnc_exeprgname Reads name of the program being       
2.24
executed.
cnc_exeprgname2 Reads name of the program being       
2.25
executed (full path format).
2.26 cnc_wrmdiprog Writes the MDI program.       
cnc_rdmdipntr Reads the execution pointer for MDI       
2.27
operation.
cnc_wrmdipntr Writes the execution pointer for MDI       
2.28
operation.
2.29 cnc_rdpdf_line Reads a program line by line.       
2.30 cnc_wrpdf_line Writes a program line by line.       
2.31 cnc_pdf_delline Deletes a program line by line.       
2.32 cnc_pdf_rdactpt Gets the program execution pointer.       
2.33 cnc_pdf_wractpt Sets the program execution pointer.       
2.34 cnc_saveprog_start Starts saving the NC program.       
2.35 cnc_saveprog_end Ends saving the NC program.       
cnc_file_cpmv_st Start copying arbitrary files / folders 
2.36 ×     
art Note
cnc_file_cpmv_po Get the result of copying arbitrary files / 
2.37 ×     
ll folders Note
cnc_file_cpmv_en End of copying arbitrary files / folders 
2.38 ×     
d Note
cnc_file_cpmv_re Resume copying arbitrary files / folders 
2.39 ×     
start Note

NOTE
Not available in Series 30i/31i/32i-A

[List of functions related to CNC window library data files for NC]
O = available × = not available
No. API name Description Applicable Script call
equipment
Standard
Event script
Timer script

display
Start up

Control
script

script
iHMI
PMi-A

PMi-A
Non

3.1 cnc_rdparar Reads parameters (range specified).       

3.2 cnc_wrparas Writes parameters (multiple output).       
3.3 cnc_rdwkcdshft Reads workpiece coordinate system shift.       

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 257/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

No. API name Description Applicable Script call

equipment
Standard

Event script
Timer script
display

Start up

Control
script

script
iHMI
PMi-A

PMi-A
Non
3.4 cnc_wrwkcdshft Writes workpiece coordinate system shift.       
3.5 cnc_rdpitchinfo Reads pitch error compensation data       
information
3.6 cnc_rdmacroinfo Reads custom macro variable       
information.
3.7 cnc_rdparanum Reads the minimum parameter number,       
maximum parameter number, and total
number of parameters.
3.8 cnc_rdsetnum Reads the minimum setting parameter       
number, maximum setting parameter
number, and total number of setting
parameters.
3.9 cnc_rdtofsinfo2 Reads tool offset information (2).       

[List of functions related to CNC window library tool life management data]
O = available × = not available
No. API name Description Applicable Script call
equipment
Standard

Timer script

Event script
display

Start up

Control
script

script
iHMI
PMi-A

PMi-A
Non

cnc_rdtoolrng Reads tool life management data       

4.1 (number of tools, tool life, life counter)
(range specified).
cnc_wrcountr Writes tool life management data (life       
4.2
counter) (range specified).
cnc_rdusegrpid Reads tool life management data       
4.3
(number of the tool group to be used).
cnc_rdmaxgrp Reads tool life management data       
4.4 (maximum number of tool groups that
can be registered).
cnc_rdmaxtool Reads tool life management data       
4.5 (maximum number of tools that can be
registered in a group).
cnc_rdusetlno Reads tool life management data (ordinal       
4.6
number of the tool to be used in a group).
cnc_rd1tlifedat2 Reads tool life management data (tool       
4.7
data 1) (2).
cnc_rd2tlifedata Reads tool life management data (tool       
4.8
data 2).
4.9 cnc_wr1tlifedat2 Writes tool life management data (tool       

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 258/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

No. API name Description Applicable Script call

equipment
Standard

Timer script

Event script
display

Start up

Control
script

script
iHMI
PMi-A

PMi-A
Non
data 1) (2).
cnc_wr2tlifedata Writes tool life management data (tool       
4.10
data 2).
cnc_wrgrpinfo Writes tool life management data (tool       
4.11
group information).
cnc_wrgrpinfo2 Writes tool life management data (tool       
4.12
group information 2).
cnc_wrgrpinfo3 Writes tool life management data (tool       
4.13
group information 3).
cnc_deltlifegrp Deletes tool life management data (tool       
4.14
group information).

[List of functions related to CNC window library tool management data]

O = available × = not available
No. API name Description Applicable Script call
equipment
Standard

Timer script

Event script
Start up
display

Control
script

script
iHMI
PMi-A

PMi-A
Non
cnc_regtool_f2 Registers tool management data as a       
5.1 new entry (when customization data
items 21 to 40 are used).
cnc_wrtool_f2 Writes tool management data (when       
5.2 customization data items 21 to 40 are
used).
cnc_regmagazine Registers magazine management data       
5.3
as a new entry.
5.4 cnc_delmagazine Deletes magazine management data.       
5.5 cnc_rdmagazine Reads magazine management data.       
cnc_wrmagazine Writes individual items in magazine       
5.6
management data.
5.7 cnc_wrtoolgeom_tlm Writes tool geometry data. ×      
5.8 cnc_rdtoolgeom_tlm Reads tool geometry data. ×      
5.9 cnc_rdtlgeomsize_ext Reads the tool geometry size data. ×      
cnc_wrtlgeomsize_ext Writes/Deletes the tool geometry size ×      
5.10
data.
5.11 cnc_rdmag_property Reads the magazine property data. ×      
5.12 cnc_wrmag_property Writes the magazine property data. ×      
5.13 cnc_delmag_property Deletes the magazine property data. ×      
5.14 cnc_rdpot_property Reads the pot property data. ×      
5.15 cnc_wrpot_property Writes the pot property data. ×      
5.16 cnc_delpot_property Deletes the pot property data. ×      

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 259/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

No. API name Description Applicable Script call

equipment
Standard

Timer script

Event script
Start up
display

Control
script

script
iHMI
PMi-A

PMi-A
Non
5.17 cnc_tool_move Moves the tool data. ×      
cnc_btlfpotsrh Searches the free pot for the oversize ×      
5.18
tool.

[List of functions related to CNC window library history data]

O = available × = not available
No. API name Description Applicable Script call
equipment
Standard

Control script
Timer script

Event script
display

Start up
script
iHMI
PMi-A

PMi-A
Non
6.1 cnc_stopophis Stops history data sampling.       
6.2 cnc_startophis Resumes history data sampling.       
cnc_rdophisno Reads the number of operation history       
6.3
data items.
6.4 cnc_clearophis Clears history data.       
cnc_rdalmhisno Reads the number of alarm history data       
6.5
items.
cnc_rdomhisno Reads the number of external operator's       
6.6
message history data items.
cnc_rdalmhisno3 Reading the number of alarm history       
6.7
data items (3)
6.8 cnc_rdalmhistry4 Reading alarm history data (4)       
cnc_rdomhistry2 Reading external operator’s message       
6.9
history data (2)

[List of functions related to the CNC window library data server]

O = available × = not available
No. API name Description Applicable Script call
equipment
Standard
Timer script

Event script

display
Start up

Control
script

script
iHMI
PMi-A

PMi-A
Non

7.1 cnc_rddsfile Gets file list information.       

7.2 cnc_rddsdir Gets the current folder.       
7.3 cnc_dschdir Changes the current folder.       
7.4 cnc_dsmkdir Makes a folder.       
7.5 cnc_dsrmdir Deletes a folder.       

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 260/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

No. API name Description Applicable Script call

equipment
Standard

Timer script

Event script
display

Start up

Control
script

script
iHMI
PMi-A

PMi-A
Non
7.6 cnc_dsremove Deletes a file.       
cnc_rddsdevinfo Gets memory device information on the       
7.7
data server.
7.8 cnc_dsrename Changes a folder name or file name.       
7.9 cnc_dscopyfile Copies a file on the data server.       

[List of other functions in the CNC window library]

O = available × = not available
No. API name Description Applicable Script call
equipment
Standard

Timer script

Event script
display

Start up

Control
script

script
iHMI
PMi-A

PMi-A
Non
cnc_getfigure Reads the maximum number of       
8.1 significant figures and the number of
decimal places.
cnc_rdsyssoft3 Reads the series and version of the       
8.2
CNC system software (3).
8.3 cnc_rddiaginfo Reads the diagnostics data information.       
Reads the minimum diagnostics data       
cnc_rddiagnum number, maximum diagnostics data
8.4
number, and total number of diagnostics
data items.
cnc_rdsyshard Reads CNC hardware configuration       
8.5
information.
8.6 cnc_sysinfo_ex Reads CNC system information (2).       
8.7 cnc_rdalmmsg Reads all alarm messages at once.       
8.8 cnc_getdtailerr Gets CNC error details.       
8.9 cnc_statinfo2 Reads CNC status information (2).       
8.10 cnc_rdcncid Reads the CNC identification number.       
cnc_mcdp_create Creating a new program storage file 
8.11 ×     
(FANUCPRG.BIN) Note
cnc_mcdp_mount Program storage memory card 
8.12 ×     
installation recognition Note
cnc_mcdp_unmount Cancellation of program storage 
8.13 ×     
memory card installation recognition Note
cnc_mcdp_mountch Checking the recognition status of the 
8.14 ×     
k program storage memory card Note
8.15 cnc_rdope_lvl Acquiring the current operation level       
8.16 cnc_prot_pswinp Setting/changing the operation level       
8.17 cnc_prot_pswcan Changing the operation level to a level       

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 261/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

No. API name Description Applicable Script call

equipment
Standard

Timer script

Event script
display

Start up

Control
script

script
iHMI
PMi-A

PMi-A
Non
from 0 to 3
cnc_rdprt_lvl Acquiring the change protection
8.18 level/output protection level of each data       
item
cnc_wrprt_lvl Changing the change protection
8.19 level/output protection level of each data       
item
cnc_rdprt_data Acquiring the use permission information
8.20       
of each data item
8.21 cnc_diagnosr Reads diagnostic data (range specified)       

NOTE
Not available in Series 30i/31i/32i-A

[List of PMC window library functions]

O = available × = not available
No. API name Description Applicable Script call
equipment
Standard

Timer script

Event script
display

Start up

Control
script

script
iHMI
PMi-A

PMi-A
Non

pmc_rdpmcrng Program storage memory card       

9.1
installation recognition
pmc_wrpmcrng Outputs desired PMC data (specify       
9.2 output
range).
pmc_get_current_p Gets the unit type of the PMC currently       
9.3
mc_unit being operated.
pmc_get_number_o Gets the number of PMC paths.       
9.4
f_pmc
pmc_get_pmc_unit_ Gets PMC unit types.       
9.5
types
pmc_rdkpm Reads data from the extended       
9.6
nonvolatile memory.
pmc_wrkpm Writes data to the extended nonvolatile       
9.7
memory.
pmc_kpmsiz Reads the maximum size of the       
9.8
extended nonvolatile memory.
9.9 pmc_rdpmcinfo Gets PMC address information.       
9.10 pmc_rdprmstart Starts reading parameters. ×      
9.11 pmc_rdpmcparam Reads parameters. ×      
9.12 pmc_rdprmend Ends reading parameters. ×      

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 262/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

No. API name Description Applicable Script call

equipment
Standard

Timer script

Event script
display

Start up

Control
script

script
iHMI
PMi-A

PMi-A
Non
9.13 pmc_wrprmstart Starts writing parameters. ×      
9.14 pmc_wrpmcparam Writes parameters. ×      
9.15 pmc_wrprmend Ends writing parameters. ×      
9.16 pmc_getdtailerr Gets PMC error details.       

[List of file operation library functions]

O = available × = not available
No. API name Description Applicable Script call
equipment
Standard

Timer script

Event script
display

Start up

Control
script

script
iHMI
PMi-A

PMi-A
Non
10.1 aux_file_mount Mounts memory card/USB memory.   ×    
10.2 aux_file_unmount Unmounts memory card/USB memory.   ×    
10.3 aux_file_memcinfo Gets memory card information.   ×    
10.4 aux_file_usbinfo Gets the state of the USB memory.   ×    
_dos_findfirst32 Finds the first file whose attributes   ×    
10.5 match the specified ones (supports up to
32 characters for file names).
_dos_findnext32 Finds the next file whose attributes   ×    
10.6 match the specified ones (supports up to
32 characters for file names).

[List of serial library functions]

O = available × = not available
No. API name Description Applicable Script call
equipment
Standard
Timer script

Event script
Start up

display

Control
script

script
iHMI
PMi-A

PMi-A
Non

11.1 rs_open Initializes the communication device.       

11.2 rs_close Terminates communication.       
rs_putc Puts one character in the       
11.3
communication buffer.
rs_getc Gets one character from the       
11.4
communication buffer.
rs_write Writes block data to the communication       
11.5
buffer.
11.6 rs_read Reads block data from the       

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 263/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

No. API name Description Applicable Script call

equipment
Standard

Timer script

Event script
Start up
display

Control
script

script
iHMI
PMi-A

PMi-A
Non
communication buffer.
rs_buffer Tests or manipulates the       
11.7
communication buffer.
rs_status Gets the status of the communication       
11.8
line and buffer.
11.9 rs_wait Waits for a communication event.       

[List of F-ROM library functions]

O = available × = not available
No. API name Description Applicable Script call
equipment
Standard

Timer script

Event script
display

Start up

Control
script

script
iHMI
PMi-A

PMi-A
Non
12.1 aux_from_open Opens the specified F-ROM file.   ×    
12.2 aux_from_close Closes the F-ROM file.   ×    
12.3 aux_from_select Selects data in the F-ROM file.   ×    
12.4 aux_from_moveptr Moves the read pointer.   ×    
12.5 aux_from_read Reads data from the F-ROM file.   ×    
aux_from_getdir Reads directory information of a F-ROM   ×    
12.6
file.
12.7 aux_from_getinfo Reads F-ROM file information.   ×    
12.8 aux_from_getc Reads a character from the F-ROM file.   ×    
12.9 aux_from_gets Reads a line from the F-ROM file.   ×    

[List of network library functions]

O = available × = not available
No. API name Description Applicable Script call
equipment
Standard
Timer script

Event script

display
Start up

Control
script

script
iHMI
PMi-A

PMi-A
Non

eth_putopen Opens the communication line in the   ×    

13.1
transmission mode.
13.2 eth_put Transmits data to the host.   ×    
eth_putclose Closes the communication line opened   ×    
13.3
in the transmission mode.
eth_getopen Opens the communication line in the   ×    
13.4
reception mode.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 264/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

No. API name Description Applicable Script call

equipment
Standard

Timer script

Event script
display

Start up

Control
script

script
iHMI
PMi-A

PMi-A
Non
13.5 eth_get Receives data from the host.   ×    
eth_getclose Closes the communication line opened   ×    
13.6
in the reception mode.
13.7 eth_open_ftp Opens the FTP communication line. × ×     
13.8 eth_put_ftp Transmits data to the host. × ×     
13.9 eth_get_ftp Receives data from the host. × ×     
13.10 eth_close_ftp Closes the FTP communication line. × ×     
eth_rdparam Reads parameters for the Ethernet ×      
13.11
function.
eth_wrparam Writes parameters for the Ethernet ×      
13.12
function.
13.13 eth_rddsmode Reads the mode of the data server. ×      
13.14 eth_wrdsmode Changes the mode of the data server. ×      
eth_rdhost Reads the connection host number of ×      
13.15
the Ethernet function.
eth_wrhost Sets the connection host number of the ×      
13.16
Ethernet function.
13.17 eth_comopen Opens the communication line. ×      
13.18 eth_comclose Closes the communication line. ×      
13.19 eth_comsend Sends data. ×      
13.20 eth_comrecv Receives data. ×      
eth_comstatus Reads the status of the communication ×      
13.21
line.
13.22 eth_put_ftp2 Transmits data to the host (2). × ×     
13.23 eth_get_ftp2 Receives data from the host (2). × ×     

[List of ANSI C standard library functions]

O = available × = not available
No. API name Description Applicable Script call
equipment
Standard
Timer script

display Event script

Start up

Control
script

script
iHMI
PMi-A

PMi-A
Non

14.1 remove Deletes a file.       

14.2 rename Changes a file name.       
14.3 tmpnam Generates a temporary file name.       
14.4 rand Generates a pseudo-random number.       
srand Seeds the pseudo-random number       
14.5
generator.
14.6 mktime Converts local time to calendar time.       
14.7 time Gets the current time.       
14.8 asctime Converts the time to a string.       

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 265/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

No. API name Description Applicable Script call

equipment
Standard

Timer script

Event script
display

Start up

Control
script

script
iHMI
PMi-A

PMi-A
Non
14.9 ctime Converts the time to a string.       
gmtime Converts the time to Greenwich mean       
14.10
time.
14.11 localtime Converts the time to local time.       
difftime Computes the difference between two       
14.12
times.

[List of MS-C extended C standard library functions]

O = available × = not available
No. API name Description Applicable Script call
equipment
Standard

Timer script

Event script
Start up
display

Control
script

script
iHMI
PMi-A

PMi-A
Non
_dos_findfirst Finds the first file whose attributes match   ×    
15.1
the specified ones.
_dos_findnext Finds the next file whose attributes   ×    
15.2
match the specified ones.
15.3 findfirstfile Finds the specified file. × ×     
findnextfile Finds the next instance of the specified × ×     
15.4
file.
15.5 findclose Closes the handle for finding files. × ×     
15.6 _dos_getdiskfree Acquires disk information.   ×    
15.7 getdiskfree Acquires disk information. × ×     
15.8 _chdrive Changes the current drive.       
15.9 _getdrive Acquires the current drive.       
15.10 chdir Changes the current directory.       
15.11 getcwd Acquires the current directory.       
cabs Calculates the absolute value of a       
15.12
complex number.
hypot Calculates the square root of the sum of       
15.13
two squares.
15.14 close Closes a file.       
15.15 creat Creates a file.       
lseek Moves the file pointer to a specified       
15.16
position.
15.17 mkdir Creates a new directory.       
15.18 open Opens a file.       
15.19 read Reads data from a file.       
15.20 rmdir Deletes a directory.       
tell Acquires the current position of the file       
15.21
pointer.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 266/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

No. API name Description Applicable Script call

equipment
Standard

Timer script

Event script
Start up
display

Control
script

script
iHMI
PMi-A

PMi-A
Non
15.22 write Writes data to a file.       

[List of iHMI operation library functions]

O = available × = not available
No. API name Description Applicable Script call
equipment
Standard

Timer script

Event script
Start up
display

Control
script

script
iHMI
PMi-A

PMi-A
Non
16.1 StatusDisplay Display iHMI common status. × ×     
16.2 ScreenLock Lock / Unlock the screen switch × ×     
16.3 ExecuteApp Execute the iHMI application × ×     

[List of mruby extension library]

Currently, mruby extension library that can be used is as follows. Please refer to the Ruby reference manual for
the specification of the method that can be used in each library.
O = available × = not available
No. Extension library Method Description Applicable Script call
name equipment
Standard

Start up

Control
display

script

script

script

script
Timer

Event
iHMI

mruby-sprintf sprint This method equivalent      

1. to sprintf (3) in C
language.
format This method equivalent      
2. to sprintf (3) in C
language.
mruby-struct new Create a new subclass      
3.
and return it.
members Returns an array of      
4. structure member
names.
eql? It compares each      
member and returns
5. ture if it is equal.
Otherwise it returns
false.
size Returns the number of      
6. members of the
structure.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 267/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

No. Extension library Method Description Applicable Script call

name equipment

Standard

Start up

Control
display

script

script

script

script
Timer

Event
iHMI
length Returns the number of      
7. members of the
structure.
to_a It returns the value of      
8. the member of the
structure in an array.
values It returns the value of      
9. the member of the
structure in an array.
to_h Returns the member      
10. name and value pair as
Hash.
values_at Return an array of the      
value of the member
11.
specified by the
argument.
each Repeat for each      
12. member of the
structure.
each_pair Repeat execution of      
block with argument of
13. member name and
value pair of structure
as argument.
select Get elements that      
14. match the condition
expression
inspect Returns the contents of      
15. the structure as a
human-readable string
16. mruby-numeric-ex chr Retrieve the first letter.      
t div Arithmetic operator.      
17.
Returns the quotient.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 268/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

CAUTION
1 Use sufficient care when you write NC data which can influence how the machine
works. There is a possibility that the NC may run with settings from the wrong NC
data. In this case, it may cause unexpected machine behavior, and tools,
machines or workpieces may be damaged.

You have to make sure that writing the NC data is safe and correct when doing so
as it can influence how the machine works.
The NC data that can influence how the machine works is as follows. It may not
all be listed below after new applications or functions are released.

NC data that can influence how the machine works:

NC parameter, NC program, Tool offset value, Pitch error compensation data,
Work zero offset value, Custom macro variables, P-CODE variables,
Interference check data, Work coordinate shift value, Tool management data,
Tool life management data, Tool geometry size data

2 Use sufficient care when you write PMC data.

There is a possibility that the NC may run with the wrong PMC signal. In this
case, it may cause unexpected machine behavior, and tools, machines or
workpieces may be damaged.
You have to make sure that writing the PMC signal is safe and correct when
doing so.

3 The number of times machining programs can be written to the non-volatile

memory is limited.
You must use "High-speed program management" when registration and deletion
of the machining programs are frequently repeated in cases such as when the
machining programs are automatically downloaded from a personal computer at
each machining.
In "High-speed program management," the program is not saved to the
non-volatile memory during registration, modification, or deletion of programs.

4 Make no guarantees about return values and retrieved data when execute not
available functions.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 269/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

5.2 RETURN VALUES OF FUNCTIONS

CNC window library return values

Return value Meaning

EW_HSSB(-9) HSSB communication error (HSSB version only)

EW_HANDLE(-8) Wrong handle number
EW_VERSION(-7) Version mismatch between the CNC/PMC and library
EW_UNEXP(-6) Abnormal library internal status
EW_SYSTEM(-5) System error
EW_PARITY(-4) Shared RAM parity error (HSSB version only)
EW_MMCSYS(-3) Incomplete installation of FANUC driver (HSSB version only)
EW_RESET(-2) Request for a reset or stop
EW_BUSY(-1) Busy
EW_BUS(-1) Bus error (HSSB version only)
EW_OK(0) Normal termination
EW_FUNC(1) The function is not executed or is disabled.
EW_LENGTH(2) Error in the data block length or number of data items
EW_SYSTEM2(2) System error (HSSB version only)
EW_NUMBER(3) Data number error
EW_ATTRIB(4) Data attribute error
EW_DATA(5) Data error (the specified program is not found when you are going to
delete the program, when you search for the program, or when you
start entering NC data).
EW_NOOPT(6) No CNC options
EW_PROT(7) Write protection
EW_OVRFLOW(8) CNC memory overflow
EW_PARAM(9) CNC parameter error
EW_BUFFER(10) The buffer is empty or full.
EW_PATH(11) Path number error
EW_MODE(12) CNC mode error
EW_REJECT(13) CNC processing is rejected.
EW_DTSRVR(14) Data server error
EW_ALARM(15) Alarm state
EW_STOP(16) Stopped state
EW_PASSWD(17) Data protection state

PMC window library return values

Return value Meaning

EW_VERSION(-7) Version mismatch between the CNC/PMC and library

EW_SYSTEM(-5) System error
EW_OK(0) Normal termination
EW_NOPMC(1) No PMC
EW_LENGTH(2) Error in the data block length or number of data items
EW_RANGE(3) Address range error
EW_TYPE(4) Error in the address type or data type
EW_DATA(5) Data error

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 270/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Return value Meaning

EW_NOOPT(6) No CNC options

EW_BUFFER(10) The buffer is empty or full.
EW_PASSWD(17) Data protection state

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 271/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

5.3 FUNCTION REFERENCE

[Function reference related to CNC window library controlled axis/spindle]

1.1 Reading dynamic data

[Function]
cnc_rddynamic
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_rddynamic(axis)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (1) Arguments of the cnc_rddynamic function

Name Type Description
axis Numerical value Axis number
Specify the following value:
(1) For each axis: 1 to maximum controlled axis number
(2) For all axes as axis number: -1
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (2) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_rddynamic function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical value Return value of the function
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_LENGTH
Data block length error
EW_ATTRIB
A value other than values from 1 to the maximum controlled axis
number or -1 has been specified for the axis number.
2nd element Array of 8 Dynamic data that has been read
elements For details on the value, refer to the following table "Values to be stored
in read dynamic data."

Table 5.3 (3) Values to be stored in read dynamic data

Element Type Description
1st Numerical value Axis number
element (1) For each axis: Axis number that has been read
(2) For all axes as axis number: -1
2nd Numerical value Alarm status
element
3rd Numerical value Number of the program being executed
element
4th Numerical value Program number of the main program
element
5th Numerical value Sequence number
element

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 272/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Element Type Description

6th Numerical value Actual feed rate
element
7th Numerical value Actual spindle speed
element
8th Array of 4 Coordinate information (for each data type)
element elements For details on the value, refer to the following table "Values to be stored in
the coordinate information (for each data type)."

Table 5.3 (4) Values to be stored in the coordinate information (for each data type)
Element Type Meaning
1st Array of m elements Coordinate information (absolute coordinates)
element (1) For each axis: m = 1 For details on the value, refer to the
(2) For all axes as axis number: m = Maximum following table "Values to be stored in the
axis number coordinate information."
(Data for the current controlled axes is
valid.)
2nd Array of m elements Coordinate information (machine coordinates)
element
3rd Array of m elements Coordinate information (relative coordinates)
element
4th Array of m elements Coordinate information (distance to go)
element

Table5.3 (5) Values to be stored in the coordinate information

Element Type Meaning
1st to mth element Numerical value Coordinates (for each axis)

The image of the return value that will actually be returned is as follows.

(1) When 1 is specified for the axis number (For each axis)
[
0, # Return value of the function (0 = EW_OK)
[ # Dynamic data that has been read
1, # Axis number
0, # Alarm status
0, # Number of the program being executed
3, # Program number of the main program
0, # Sequence number
0, # Actual feed rate
0, # Actual spindle speed
[ # Coordinate information (for each data type)
[-2182005], # Coordinate information (absolute coordinates,
coordinates where the number of elements is 1)
[0], # Coordinate information (machine coordinates, same as
above)
[0], # Coordinate information (relative coordinates, same as
above)
[0] # Coordinate information (distance to go, same as above)
]
]

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 273/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

]
(2) When -1 is specified for the axis number (For all axes as axis number)
[
0, # Return value of the function (0 = EW_OK)
[ # Dynamic data that has been read
-1, # Axis number
0, # Alarm status
0, # Number of the program being executed
3, # Program number of the main program
0, # Sequence number
0, # Actual feed rate
0, # Actual spindle speed
[ # Coordinate information (for each data type)
[-2182005, 3233365, 1232230, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, ..., 0],
# Coordinate information (absolute coordinates,
coordinates of the number of elements = maximum
number of controlled axes)
# (Data for the current controlled axes is valid.)
[0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, ..., 0],
# Coordinate information (machine coordinates, same as
above)
[0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, ..., 0],
# Coordinate information (relative coordinates, same as
above)
[0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, ..., 0]
# Coordinate information (distance to go, same as above)
]
]
]
[Description]
Reads different kinds of data that changes with the operation of the NC program at the same time.
This function is used for getting data to display the current position screen or the monitoring screen, etc.
Relationship between read dynamic data and the functions used for reading individually is as follows.

Table 5.3 (6) Relationship between read dynamic data and the functions used for reading individually
Data Function used for reading individually
Axis number None
Alarm status alarm
Number of the program being executed rdprgnum
Program number of the main program rdprgnum
Sequence number rdseqnum
Actual feed rate actf
Actual spindle speed acts
Absolute position data of controlled axis absolute
Machine position data of controlled axis machine
Relative position data of controlled axis relative
Distance to go of controlled axis distance

The formats of each data item are the same as those shown in "Function used for reading individually".
[Example]
When -1 is specified as the axis number (axis) and dynamic data for all axes as axis number are read

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 274/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

ret= cnc_rddynamic(-1)

if ret[0] != EW_OK then # ret[0]: Return value of the function

MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
end

1.2 Clearing or presetting the relative position of the controlled axis

[Function]
cnc_wrrelpos
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_wrrelpos(preset)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (7) Arguments of the cnc_wrrelpos function

Name Type Description
preset Array of 2 Preset data
elements For details on the value to be specified, refer to the following table
"Values to be set to preset data."

Table 5.3 (8) Values to be set to preset data

Element Type Description
1st element Numerical value Axis number
Specify the following value:
(1) Specifies one axis: 1 to maximum controlled axis
number
(2) Specifies all axes: -1
2nd Array of m elements Values to be preset (for each axis)
element (1) Specifies one axis: m = 1 The preset values at the relative position are stored in
(2) Specifies all axes: m = order starting from the first element of the array. If 0 is
maximum number of specified as the preset value, it will be the origin of the
controlled axes relative position.
[Return]
The return values from this function are as follows.

Table 5.3 (9) Return values from the cnc_wrrelpos function

Type Description
Numerical value Return value of the function
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_LENGTH
The number of elements for the value to be preset (for each axis)
is incorrect.
EW_ATTRIB
A value other than values from 1 to maximum controlled axis
number or -1 has been specified for the axis number.
EW_DATA
The preset value is out of the specifiable range.
EW_REJECT

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 275/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Type Description
NC execution rejected.
[Description]
Presets (resets) the relative position of the axis specified for the first element of the preset data.
[Example]
(1) When 1 is specified as the axis number and 20000 is set as the preset value at the relative position of
the first axis
data=Array.new(1,20000) # Creates an array of the value to be preset (for each axis)
(number of elements = 1, preset value = 20000).

preset = Array.new # Creates an array of the preset data.

preset.push(1) # 1st element: Axis number = 1
preset.push(data) # 2nd element: Values to be preset (for each axis)

ret=cnc_wrrelpos(preset)
if ret != EW_OK then # ret: Return value of the function
MsgBoxShow("ERROR",0)
end

(2) When -1 is specified as the axis number and the relative positions of the 1st to maximum controlled
axis number are all set at once
MAX_AXIS=32 # When the maximum number of controlled axes is 32.
data=Array.new(MAX_AXIS,0) # Creates an array of the values to be preset (for each axis)
(number of elements = MAX_AXIS, preset value = 0).
data[0]=20000 # Specifies 20000 as the preset value for the 1st axis (data[0]).
data[1]=30000 # Specifies 30000 as the preset value for the 2nd axis (data[1]).
data[2]=30000 # Specifies 30000 as the preset value for the 3rd axis (data[2]).
data[3]=10000 # Specifies 10000 as the preset value for the 4th axis (data[3]).
data[4]=10000 # Specifies 10000 as the preset value for the 5th axis (data[4]).
# 0 (origin of the relative position) is specified as the preset value for axes other than
the 1st to 5th axes.
preset = Array.new # Creates an array of the preset data.
preset.push(-1) # 1st element (preset[0]): Axis number = -1
preset.push(data) # 2nd element (preset[1]): Array of the values to be preset

ret=cnc_wrrelpos(preset)
if ret != EW_OK then # ret: Return value of the function
MsgBoxShow("ERROR",0)
end

1.3 Reading extended axis name (2)

[Function]
cnc_exaxisname2
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_exaxisname2(type, absolute, num)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 276/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Table 5.3 (10) Arguments of the cnc_exaxisname2 function

Name Type Description
type Numerical value Specify the type of axis names to be read.
0: Controlled axis name
1: Spindle name
absolute Numerical value Set whether to specify axes as relative axes or absolute axes.
0: Specifies relative axes.
1: Specifies absolute axes.
num Numerical value Specify the number of axes to be read.
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 3 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (11) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_exaxisname2 function
Element Type Description
1st Numerical value Execution result
element EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_LENGTH
The number of axes (num) is 0 or less.
EW_ATTRIB
Data attribute error. The specified data type (type) is invalid.
2nd Numerical value The number of axes actually read is set.
element When a value larger than the current number of axes is specified in the
num argument
The number of currently valid axes actually read is set.
When a value smaller than the number of valid axes is specified in the
num argument
As many data items as the specified number of axes are read, and the
number of axes specified in the num argument is set.
3rd Array of n Array of axis names (up to three characters)
element elements (n = The acquired axis name is in the form of an ASCII string.
number of axes
actually acquired)
[Description]
This function reads as many controlled axis and spindle axis names as specified in (num), starting with the
first axis.
This function allows the user to specify whether to acquire information from only the current path in the
CNC or from the entire CNC.
In the absolute argument, whether the information acquisition is limited to the current path (relative) or is
performed through the entire CNC (absolute) can be specified.
[Example]
When the controlled axis name and relative axis are specified and 6 is set as the number of axes to acquire
the axis name

ret = cnc_exaxisname2( 0, 0, 6 )
if ret[0] != 0 then
msg_txt = “ERROR(“ + ret[0].to_s + ")¥n"
MsgBoxShow( msg_txt, 0 )
end

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 277/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

1.4 Reading controlled axis/spindle-related data

[Function]
cnc_rdaxisdata
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_rdaxisdata(cls, type, num, len)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (12) Arguments of the cnc_rdaxisdata function

Name Type Description
cls Numerical value Specify the class of data to be read.
1: Coordinates
2: Servo
3: Spindle
4: Spindle currently selected
5: Speed
type Array of n Array for which the type of data to be read is specified
elements (up to The following values can be specified according to the value of cls:
4) <cls = 1 (coordinate value)>
0: Absolute coordinates
1: Machine coordinates
2: Relative coordinates
3: Distance to go
4: Handle interrupt amount (input unit)
5: Handle interrupt amount (output unit)
6: Program restart position
7: Distance to go at the time of program restart
8: Block restart position
9: Distance to go at the time of block restart
10: Absolute coordinate value (for offset and graphic screens)
11: Relative coordinate value (for offset and graphic screens)
* 0 and 2 follow bit 0 (MDXx) of parameter No. 8163.
10 and 11 are always equivalent to 0 without following bit 0 (MDXx) of
parameter No. 8163.
<cls = 2 (servo)>
0: Servo load meter
1: Load current (%)
2: Load current (A)
<cls = 3 (spindle)>
0: Spindle load meter
1: Spindle motor speed
2: Spindle speed (value set according to bit 2 (ASDs) of parameter No. 3799)
3: Spindle speed (value obtained from the spindle motor speed)
4: Spindle load meter (average of values obtained every 250 ms)
<cls = 4 (spindle being selected)>
* (Same as the specifications as those of cls = 3)
<cls = 5 (speed)>
0: Composite feedrate (F)
1: Spindle speed (S)
2: Jog feedrate/dry run feedrate
num Numerical value Specify the number of type arrays.
len Numerical value Specify the number of axes to be read.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 278/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 3 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (13) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_rdaxisdata function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Execution result
value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_LENGTH
Error in the data block length. Alternatively, the number of axes (len) is 0 or
less.
EW_NUMBER
Data attribute error. The specified data class (cls) is invalid.
EW_ATTRIB
Data attribute error. The specified data type (type) is invalid.
Alternatively, the number of types (num) exceeds 4.
EW_NOOPT
A required option is not provided.
2nd element Numerical The number of axes actually read is set.
value
3rd element Array of n Array of various axis- and spindle-related data
elements Array of as many data items as the number of axes specified by "num × len"
For details on the value, refer to the following table "Various axis- and
spindle-related data."

Table 5.3 (14) Various axis- and spindle-related data

Element Type Description
1st element String Axis name (up to three characters)
Axis names are stored in ASCII format.
2nd element Numerical Data
value
3rd element Numerical Decimal point position of the data
value When the 4th element (unit of data) explained below is 5 (rpm) or 8 (%), there is
no data in decimal positions, and 0 is stored.
4th element Numerical Unit of data
value 0: Millimeters (coordinate value)
1: Inches (coordinate value)
2: Degrees (coordinate value)
3: Millimeters/minute (composite feedrate, jog/dry run feedrate)
4: Inches/minute (composite feedrate, jog/dry run feedrate)
5: rpm (spindle speed, spindle motor speed)
6: Millimeters/time (composite feedrate, jog/dry run feedrate)
7: Inches/time (composite feedrate, jog/dry run feedrate)
8: % (load meter, load current)
9: Ampere (load current)
5th element Numerical Flags
value Flags are set according to the cls value as follows:
<cls = 1 (coordinate value)>
#0: Display status
1 = Displayed on the CNC screen
0 = Not displayed on the CNC screen
#1: Axis detachment

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 279/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Element Type Description

1 = Enabled
0 = Disabled
#2: Interlock
1 = Enabled
0 = Disabled
#3: Machine lock
1 = Enabled
0 = Disabled
#4: Servo off
1 = Enabled
0 = Disabled
#5: In-position check
1 = Not in the in-position check state
0 = In the in-position check state
#6: Mirror image
1 = Enabled
0 = Disabled
#7 to 31: Not used
<cls = 5 (speed)>
#0: Spindle speed
1 = Spindle present
0 = Spindle not present
#1: Jog feedrate/dry run feedrate
1 = Dry run feedrate
0 = Jog feedrate
#2 to 31: Not used
<cls = Other>
Not used
[Description]
This function reads axis- and spindle-related data.

Specify the class of data to be read in the cls argument, and specify the type of data to be read in a short
array (type[]).
The number of arrays is specified in the num argument. Up to four types of data can be read at a time. If an
attempt is made to read more than four types of data, the EW_ATTRIB error results.

The number of axes to be read is specified in the (len) argument. According to the value of data class cls,
(len) is set as follows:

1. When cls is set to a coordinate value (=1), servo (=2), or spindle (=3)
Data for as many axes as specified in (len), starting with the first axis is read.
After the function is executed, if (len) is greater than the number of currently valid axes, the number
of actual axes is set to the 2nd element of the return value.
If (len) is smaller than the number of currently valid axes, data for as many axes as specified in (len)
is read.
2. When cls is set to the selected spindle (=4) or speed (=5)
Data for one axis is read at all times.
However, if no spindle is selected when the selected spindle is specified, 0 is set to the 2nd element of
the return value.
The read data are stored in the array of the 3rd element of the return value.
The read data is stored in units of the size specified in (len) in the order specified in type[] as follows:
(* 3rd element of the return value: Described as axdata)
25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 280/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

type[0] data: axdata[ 0] to axdata[ len-1]

type[1] data: axdata[ len] to axdata[ 2×len-1]
type[2] data: axdata[ 2×len] to axdata[ 3×len-1]
type[3] data: axdata[ 3×len] to axdata[ 4×len-1]

Even if the number specified in (len) is smaller than the actual number of axes, data is stored according to
the value specified in (len) when the function is called.

The following parameters are related to this function:

Parameter Nos. 1020, 1025, and 1026

Parameter Nos. 3131, 3132, and 3133
Bits 0, 4, 5, 6, and 7 (MCN, DRL, DRC, DAL, and DAC) of parameter No. 3104
Bits 0 and 1 (NDPx and NDAx) of parameter No. 3115
Bit 2 (ASDs) of parameter No. 3799
Bit 0 (MDXx) of parameter No. 8163

For details on parameters, refer to the "PARAMATER MANUAL" (B-63950EN, B-64490EN,

B-64610EN) of the CNC.
[Example]
When the coordinate value is specified as the class of data, absolute coordinates (for one data) as the type,
and 6 as the number of axes to acquire various axis- and spindle-related data

ret = cnc_rdaxisdata( 0, [0], 1, 6 )

if ret[0] != 0 then
msg_txt = “ERROR(“ + ret[0].to_s + ")¥n"
MsgBoxShow( msg_txt, 0 )
end

1.5 Reading three-dimensional manual feed data

[Function]
cnc_rd5axmandt
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_rd5axmandt()
[Arguments]
None
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (15) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_rd5axmandt function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Execution result
value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_NOOPT
No options
Related option: Three-dimensional manual feed function
2nd element Array of 14 Machine axis travel distance in three-dimensional manual feed of each controlled axis

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 281/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Element Type Description

elements For details on the value, refer to the following table "Three-dimensional manual
feed information."

Table 5.3 (16) Three-dimensional manual feed information

Element Type Description
1st element Numerical value Axis number of the first linear axis
2nd element Numerical value Axis number of the second linear axis
3rd element Numerical value Axis number of the third linear axis
4th element Numerical value Tool tip position of the first linear axis
The coordinates of the tool tip are set.
The unit for the absolute coordinates of the axis that is set for the 1st element is used.
5th element Numerical value Tool tip position of the second linear axis
The coordinates of the tool tip are set.
The unit for the absolute coordinates of the axis that is set for the 2nd element is used.
6th element Numerical value Tool tip position of the third linear axis
The coordinates of the tool tip are set.
The unit for the absolute coordinates of the axis that is set for the 3rd element is used.
7th element Numerical value The number of pulses at tool tip center C1 is set.
The unit for the absolute coordinates of the axis that is set for parameter No. 19681 is
used.
8th element Numerical value The number of pulses at tool tip center C2 is set.
The unit for the absolute coordinates of the axis that is set for parameter No.19686 is
used.
9th element Numerical value The number of pulses at tool axis reference position TD is set.
10th element Numerical value The number of pulses at tool axis reference position R1 is set.
11th element Numerical value The number of pulses at tool axis reference position R2 is set.
12th element Numerical value The number of pulses at table reference position VR is set.
13th element Numerical value The number of pulses at table reference position H1 is set.
14th element Numerical value The number of pulses at table reference position H2 is set.
[Description]
Reads three-dimensional manual feed data.

Various types of information items are stored in the 2nd element array of the return value.
The unit of the machine axis travel distance is the same as for that of absolute coordinates.
The units of td, r1, r2, vr, h1, and h2 differ depending on the value of parameter No. 19697.
The unit for the absolute coordinates of the corresponding axis that is set for type1, type2, or type3 is used.

Table 5.3 (17) Correspondence between parameters and types

Parameter No. 19697
td and vr r1 and h1 r2 and h2
setting
1 type1 type2 type3
2 type2 type3 type1
3 type3 type1 type2
[Example]
When three-dimensional manual feed data are to be acquired

ret = cnc_rd5axmandt()
if ret[0] != 0 then
msg_txt = “ERROR(“ + ret[0].to_s + ")¥n"
MsgBoxShow( msg_txt, 0 )
end
25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 282/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

1.6 Reading machine axis travel distance in three-dimensional manual feed

[Function]
cnc_rd5axovrlap
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_rd5axovrlap(axis)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (18) Arguments of the cnc_rd5axovrlap function

Name Type Description
axis Numerical Specifies the axis number for which to read the distance.
value ALL_AXES: Specifies all axes (ALL_AXES: -1)
1 to m: Specifies one axis (m: Current number of controlled axes)
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (19) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_rd5axovrlap function
Element Type Description
1st Numerical Execution result
element value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_ATTRIB
The specified axis is invalid.
EW_NOOPT
No options. Related option: - Three-dimensional manual feed function
2nd Array of 2 Machine axis travel distance in three-dimensional manual feed of each controlled axis
element elements For details on the value, refer to the following table "Information on machine
axis travel distance in three-dimensional manual feed."

Table 5.3 (20) Machine axis travel distance in three-dimensional manual feed
Element Type Description
1st Numerical value Axis number
element
2nd Numerical value Array of machine axis travel distance data
element array with number of n = Maximum axis number when specification of all axes (-1) is made for
elements n (n = See axis (Data for the current controlled axes is valid).
the Description n = 1 when specification of one axis (1 to m (m: current number of
column.) controlled axes)) is made for axis.
[Description]
Reads the machine axis travel distance in three-dimensional manual feed.
Specify one of the values from 1 to the maximum controlled axis number for each axis or -1 for all axes as
axis number in "axis".
[Example]
When specifying all axes to acquire the machine axis travel distance in three-dimensional manual feed

ret = cnc_rd5axovrlap( -1 )
if ret[0] != 0 then
msg_txt = “ERROR(“ + ret[0].to_s + ")¥n"

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 283/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

MsgBoxShow( msg_txt, 0 )
end

1.7 Clearing three-dimensional manual feed pulses

[Function]
cnc_clr5axpls
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_clr5axpls(type)

[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (21) Arguments of the cnc_clr5axpls function

Name Type Description
type Numeric Specify the number of pulses to be cleared.
al value 1: Tool tip center C1
2: Tool tip center C2
3: Tool axis reference position TD
4: Tool axis reference position R1
5: Tool axis reference position R2
6: Table reference position VR
7: Table reference position H1
8: Table reference position H2
-1: All pulses
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (22) Return value of the cnc_clr5axpls function
Type Description
Numerical Return value of the function
value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_NUMBER
The specified type is invalid.
EW_NOOPT
No options.
Related option: Three-dimensional manual feed function
[Description]
Clears three-dimensional manual feed pulses.

CAUTION
Use sufficient care when you clear the three-dimensional manual feed pulses.
There is a possibility that the NC may run with the wrong three-dimensional
manual feed pulses. In this case, it may cause unexpected machine behavior,
and tools, machines or workpieces may be damaged. You have to make sure that
clearing the three-dimensional manual feed pulses is safe and correct when
doing so.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 284/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

1.8 Reads servo actual speed data

[Function]
cnc_rdsrvspeed
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_rdsrvspeed()
[Arguments]
None
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (23) Return value of the cnc_rdsrvspeed function

Element Type Description
1st Numerical Execution result
element value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_SYSTEM
Not available
This function cannot be used with iHMI.
2nd Array with m The value of servo tuning actual speed of each control axis.
element number of Only elements from the top of the array that are equal to the current number of
elements(m= control axes are valid.
maximum
number of
control axes)

[Description]
This function reads the servo tuning actual speed.

[Example]
MAX_AXIS=32 # When the maximum number of controlled axes is 32.
ret = cnc_rdsrvspeed()
if ret[0] != EW_OK then
msg_txt = “ERROR(“ + ret[0].to_s + ")¥n"
MsgBoxShow( msg_txt, 0 )
else
for i in 0..(MAX_AXIS-1) do
no = 100 + i
#[no] = ret[1][i]
end
end

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 285/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

1.9 Reads servo data TSA

[Function]
cnc_rdsrvtsa
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_ rdsrvtsa ()
[Arguments]
None
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (24) Return value of the cnc_rdsrvtsa function

Element Type Description
1st Numerical Execution result
element value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_SYSTEM
Not available
This function cannot be used with iHMI.
Or the version of connected CNC is not supported.
2nd Array with m The value of the servo data TSA of each control axis.
element number of Only elements from the top of the array that are equal to the current number of
elements(m= control axes are valid.
maximum
number of
control axes)

[Description]
This function reads the value of servo data TSA.
[Example]
MAX_AXIS=32 # When the maximum number of controlled axes is 32.
ret = cnc_rdsrvtsa()
if ret[0] != EW_OK then
msg_txt = “ERROR(“ + ret[0].to_s + ")¥n"
MsgBoxShow( msg_txt, 0 )
else
for i in 0..(MAX_AXIS-1) do
no = 100 + i
#[no] = ret[1][i]
end
end

[Available CNC]
FANUC Series 30i/31i/32i -MODEL B ： STEP1 series Edition 23.0 or later
FANUC Series 35i-MODEL B ： STEP2 series Edition 01.0 or later
FANUC Series 30i/31i/32i -MODEL B Plus ： since the first Edition
FANUC Series 0i-MODEL F ： since the first Edition
FANUC Series 0i-MODEL F Plus ： since the first Edition
1.10 Reads servo data TCMD

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 286/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

[Function]
cnc_rdsrvtcmd
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_rdsrvtcmd()
[Arguments]
None
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (25) Return value of the cnc_rdsrvtcmd function

Element Type Description
1st Numerical Execution result
element value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_SYSTEM
Not available
This function cannot be used with iHMI.
Or the version of connected CNC is not supported.
2nd Array with m The value of the servo data TCMD for each control axis.
element number of Only elements from the top of the array that are equal to the current number of
elements(m control axes are valid.
=maximum
number of
control
axes)

[Description]
This function reads the value of servo data TCMD.
[Example]
MAX_AXIS=32 # When the maximum number of controlled axes is 32.
ret = cnc_rdsrvtcmd()
if ret[0] != EW_OK then
msg_txt = “ERROR(“ + ret[0].to_s + ")¥n"
MsgBoxShow( msg_txt, 0 )
else
for i in 0..(MAX_AXIS-1) do
no = 100 + i
#[no] = ret[1][i]
end
end

[Available CNC]
FANUC Series 30i/31i/32i -MODEL B ： STEP1 series Edition 23.0 or later
FANUC Series 35i-MODEL B ： STEP2 series Edition 01.0 or later
FANUC Series 30i/31i/32i -MODEL B Plus ： since the first Edition
FANUC Series 0i-MODEL F ： since the first Edition
FANUC Series 0i-MODEL F Plus ： since the first Edition

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 287/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

[CNC window library program-related function reference]

2.1 Starting output NC program to be compared

[Function]
cnc_vrfstart
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_vrfstart()
[Arguments]
None
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (26) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_vrfstart function
Type Description
Numerical Return value of the function
value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_BUSY
Start command for output of NC program to be compared has been rejected.
This code is returned under one of the following conditions.
- The CNC is performing other command processing (downloading, collating, uploading, or
program number list reading).
- Background editing is in progress or the MDI mode has been entered.
- Alarm PW0000 or alarm PS0101 is issued.
[Description]
It is possible to compare an NC program already registered with the CNC and a program that is output by
the application program.
This function requests CNC to start comparing the NC programs.
[Example]
Refer to example of "Output NC program to be compared (cnc_verify function)."

2.2 Outputting NC program to be compared

[Function]
cnc_verify
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_verify(data, number)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (27) Arguments of the cnc_verify function

Name Type Description
data Numerical value NC program data (ASCII string)
number Numerical value Character number of NC program data (1 to 256)
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 288/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Table 5.3 (28) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_verify function
Type Description
Numerical Return value of the function
value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_FUNC
The start-up procedure for output of the NC program to be compared has not been
completed on the CNC, or no start-up command has been issued.
EW_LENGTH
The specified data length is invalid.
EW_DATA
Incorrect NC program data. This code is returned under one of the following conditions.
- A difference was detected during the comparison process.
- The program on the CNC that is to be compared has been selected in the foreground.
- A character that cannot be used in NC programs has been detected.
- When TV check is enabled, a block that includes odd characters (including "LF" at the end
of the block) is detected.
[Description]
Outputs the NC program to be compared with one already registered with the CNC.
If data cannot be output because the CNC data processing is delayed, this function waits in the library until
data can be output.
Moreover, "Stopping output NC program to be compared. (cnc_vrfend function)" is returned as an error of
the data for several-times before the end.
The following shows the comparison procedure.

Fig. 5.3 (a) Procedure for outputting the NC program to be compared

[Example]
- O1234 program
O1234 ;
G1F0.3W10.;
M30;
%
When the above program and an NC program already registered with the CNC are compared

data = "¥nO1234¥nG1F0.3W10.¥nM30¥n%"
number = 27

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 289/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

ret = cnc_vrfstart()
if ret == EW_OK then
ret = cnc_verify(data, number)
end

cnc_vrfend()

2.3 Stopping output of NC program to be compared

[Function]
cnc_vrfend

[Syntax with arguments]

cnc_vrfend()
[Arguments]
None
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (29) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_vrfend function
Type Description
Numerical value Return value of the function
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_FUNC
The start-up procedure for output of the NC program to be compared has not been
completed on the CNC, or no start-up command has been issued.
EW_DATA
The previously output NC program data is incorrect. This code is returned under one of
the following conditions.
- A difference was detected during the comparison process.
- The program on the CNC that is to be compared has been selected in the
foreground.
- A character that cannot be used in NC programs has been detected.
- When TV check is enabled, a block that includes odd characters (including "LF" at
the end of the block) is detected.
[Description]
Sends notification of the end of the comparison of the NC programs to the CNC.
'%' must be output as NC program data before calling this function.
An error (such as EW_DATA or EW_OVRFLOW) in the cnc_verify function may be returned by this
function.
Control is not returned from this function until the registration of data output by the cnc_verify function is
completed.
Control is not returned from this function until the CNC comparison process completes.
The comparison process is completed even if the return code is not 0.
[Example]
Refer to example of "Output NC program to be compared (cnc_verify function)."

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 290/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

2.4 Searching for a sequence number

[Function]
cnc_seqsrch
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_seqsrch(seq_no)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (30) Arguments of the cnc_seqsrch function

Name Type Description
seq_no Numerical value Sequence number
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (31) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_seqsrch function
Type Description
Numerical Return value of the function
value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_DATA
The specified sequence number does not exist.
EW_MODE
CNC mode error
The function can only be used in MEM mode.
EW_REJECT
CNC processing is rejected.
- Being edited
- No machining program is registered.
[Description]
Searches the machining program currently selected in the CNC for the sequence number specified by
"seq_no".

2.5 Reading program storage drive information

[Function]
cnc_rdpdf_drive
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_rdpdf_drive()
[Arguments]
None
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (32) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_rdpdf_drive function
Element Type Description
1st Numerical Execution result
element value EW_OK
Normal termination

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 291/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Element Type Description

2nd Array Program storage drive information
element For details on the value, refer to the following table "Values to be stored in program
storage drive information."

Table 5.3 (33) Values to be stored in program storage drive information

Element Type Description
1st Numerical Number of drives that have been read
element value Up to 16 drives can be returned.
2nd Array Drive name string
element As many drive name strings as drives that have been read are stored.
(Array[0] to Array[maximum number of drive names - 1]) is valid.
Up to 8 characters can be used as a drive name.
[Description]
Reads the program storage drive information.
When editing (including background editing) on the CNC, the execution of this function is placed in the
wait state.
[Example]
When the first drive name string that has been read is displayed

ret_values = cnc_rdpdf_drive()
if ret_values [0] == EW_OK then
array = ret[1] # Program storage drive information
drive_name = array[1] # Drive name string
if array[0] > 0 then
MsgBoxShow(drive_name[0], 0) # First drive name string that has been read
end
end

2.6 Reading program storage file information

[Function]
cnc_rdpdf_inf
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_rdpdf_ inf(drive, size_kind)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (34) Arguments of the cnc_rdpdf_inf function

Name Type Description
drive String Drive name string
Up to 8 characters can be used.
size_kind Numerical Unit of data
value 0: Page
1: Byte
2: kByte(1kByte=1024Byte)
3: MByte(1MByte=1024kByte)
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 292/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Table 5.3 (35) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_rdpdf_inf function
Element Type Description
1st Numerical Execution result
element value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_DATA
The drive specified by the data "drive" does not exist.
2nd Array Program storage drive information
element For details on the value, refer to the following table "Values to be stored in program
storage drive information."

Table 5.3 (36) Values to be stored in program storage drive information

Element Type Description
1st element Numerical value Program storage in use
2nd element Numerical value Total program storage
The unused program storage is obtained by (2nd element - 1st element).
3rd element Numerical value Number of directories being used
4th element Numerical value Total number of directories
The number of unused directories is obtained by (4th element - 3rd element).
[Description]
Reads the information about the program storage file on the specified drive.
When editing (including background editing) on the CNC, the execution of this function is placed in the
wait state.
[Example]
When the program storage drive information in the "CNC_MEM" drive is read

drive = "CNC_MEM" # Name of the drive to be read

size_kind = 1 # Unit of data (byte)
ret_values = cnc_rdpdf_inf( drive, size_kind )
if ret_values[0] != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0 )
end

2.7 Reading current directory information

[Function]
cnc_rdpdf_curdir
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_rdpdf_curdir(dir_kind)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (37) Arguments of the cnc_rdpdf_curdir function

Name Type Description
dir_kind Numerical Type of current directory to be read
value 1: Foreground
2: Background
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 293/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (38) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_rdpdf_curdir function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Return value of the function
value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_ATTRIB
Incorrect data "dir_kind".
2nd element String Information of the acquired current directory
String of the read current directory drive + directory
Up to 210 characters can be used.
If a problem has occurred, null characters are set.
[Description]
Reads current directory information.
When editing (including background editing) on the CNC, the execution of this function is placed in the
wait state.
[Example]
When the foreground current directory information is read

dir_kind = 1
ret = cnc_rdpdf_curdir(dir_kind)
#[100] = ret[0].to_i
MsgBoxShow(ret[1],0)

2.8 Setting the current directory

[Function]
cnc_wrpdf_curdir
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_wrpdf_curdir(dir_kind, dir_name)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (39) Arguments of the cnc_wrpdf_curdir function

Name Type Description
dir_kind Numerical Type of current directory to be set
value 1: Foreground
2: Background
dir_name Numerical String of the current directory drive + directory to be set
value Up to 210 characters can be used.
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (40) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_wrpdf_curdir function
Type Description
Numerical Return value of the function
value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_ATTRIB
Incorrect data "dir_kind".

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 294/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Type Description
EW_DATA
The directory specified by the data "dir_name" does not exist.
EW_REJECT
CNC processing is rejected.
[Description]
Sets the current directory.
When editing (including background editing) on the CNC, the execution of this function is placed in the
wait state.

2.9 Reading subdirectory information

[Function]
cnc_rdpdf_subdir
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_rdpdf_subdir(num_dir, path, req_num)

[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (41) Arguments of the cnc_rdpdf_subdir function

Name Type Description
num_dir Numerical Maximum number of subdirectories to be read(1 to 128)
value
path String Path name character string
Set the drive name + directory name string.
Up to 212 characters can be used.
The drive name of the memory card is "//MEMCARD/".
The drive name of the data server is "//DATA_SV/".
Specify the following path as the program directory of the CNC memory.
Path 1: "//CNC_MEM/USER/PATH1/"
:
Path 10: "//CNC_MEM/USER/PATH10/"
req_num Numerical Required entry number
value "req_num" sets the ordinal number of the subdirectory for which you want to get
information.
Normally, start with 0 and increment the number by 1. (The first subdirectory is
0.)
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 295/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Table 5.3 (42) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_rdpdf_subdir function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical value Execution result
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_BUSY
The CNC is in use.
EW_NUMBER
Data error
No subfolder for the required entry number (req_num) exists.
EW_DATA
Data error
Incorrect format for the path name character string "path".
EW_PROT
Protect
The specified directory cannot be displayed.
EW_REJECT
CNC processing is rejected.
EW_LENGTH
“Maximum number of subdirectories to be read” is not 1 to 128.
2nd element Numerical value Number of subdirectories that have actually been read
3rd element Array of n Subdirectory information
elements (n = Subdirectory information for the number of “Number of subdirectories that
number of have actually been read” is stored in an array.
subdirectories For details on the value, refer to the following table "Values to be stored in
that have the subdirectory information."
actually been
read)

Table 5.3 (43) Values to be stored in the subdirectory information

Element Type Description
1st element Numerical value Whether a subdirectory exists or not
Whether a subdirectory (sub-subdirectory) exists or not in the subdirectory
that has been output is expressed using a bit.
#0 :
0 = No subdirectory exists.
1 = A subdirectory exists.
#1 :
0 = No file exists.
1 = A file exists.
2nd element String Subdirectory name string
Up to 36 characters can be used.
[Description]
Reads information on subdirectories in the specified directory.
When editing (including background editing) on the CNC, the execution of this function is placed in the
wait state.
When subdirectory editing such as creation or deletion is performed during the time from the first request
until the last request, data is returned based on the data present when a request is made.
[Example]
When up to 5 pieces of subdirectory information in the "//CNC_MEM/USER/" path are read and the first
piece of the information is returned

num_dir = 5 # Maximum number of directories to be read

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 296/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

path = "//CNC_MEM/USER/" # Path name character string

req_num = 1 # Required entry number
ret_values = cnc_rdpdf_subdir(num_dir, path, req_num)
# Executes reading of the subdirectory information.

if ret_values[0] != EW_OK then

MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
end

2.10 Reading file list information

[Function]
cnc_rdpdf_alldir
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_rdpdf_alldir(num_prog, path, req_num, size_kind, type)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (44) Arguments of the cnc_rdpdf_alldir function

Name Type Description
num_prog Numerical Maximum number of programs to be read(1 to 128)
value
path String Path name character string
Set the drive name + directory name string.
Up to 212 characters can be used.
Set the string of drive name + directory name to "path".
The drive name of the memory card is "//MEMCARD/".
The drive name of the data server is "//DATA_SV/".
Specify the following paths when selecting a program in the program directory
of the CNC memory.
Path 1: "//CNC_MEM/USER/PATH1/"
:
Path 10: "//CNC_MEM/USER/PATH10/"
req_num Numerical Required entry number
value "req_num" sets the ordinal number of the directory/file for which you want to get
information.
Normally, start with 0 and increment the number by 1. (The first subdirectory is
0.)
size_kind Numerical Size output method
value Set the unit of data.
0: Page
1: Byte
2: kByte(1kByte=1024Byte)
3: MByte(1MByte=1024kByte)
type Numerical Format of program list
value Specify the format of a list of programs to be read.
0: Does not acquire the size, comment, and machining time stamp.
1: Acquires the size, comment, and machining time stamp.
(Specifying 0 allows faster operation.)
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 3 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.
25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 297/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Table 5.3 (45) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_rdpdf_alldir function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Execution result
value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_BUSY
The CNC is in use.
EW_NUMBER
Data number error
No subdirectory for the required entry number (req_num) exists.
EW_ATTRIB
The specified size output method (size_kind) or type of program list (type)
is invalid.
EW_DATA
The path name character string (path) data is invalid.
EW_REJECT
CNC processing is rejected.
EW_LENGTH
“Maximum number of programs to be read” is not 1 to 128.
2nd element Numerical Number of programs that have actually been read
value
3rd element Array of n Directory list information
elements Directory list information for the number of “Number of programs that have
(n = actually been read” is stored in an array.
number of For details on the value, refer to the following table "Values to be stored in the
programs directory list information."
that have
actually
been read)

Table 5.3 (46) Values to be stored in the directory list information

Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Data type
value 0: Folder
1: File
2nd element Numerical Last Edit Year
value It is valid only for files.
3rd element Numerical Last Edit Month
value It is valid only for files.
4th element Numerical Last Edit Day
value It is valid only for files.
5th element Numerical Last Edit Hour
value It is valid only for files.
6th element Numerical Last Edit Minutes
value It is valid only for files.
7th element Numerical Last Edit Seconds
value It is valid only for files.
8th element Numerical File size (0 to 99999999)
value It is valid only for files.
It is valid when the type argument is set to 1.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 298/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Element Type Description

9th element Numerical File/folder attribution
value Folder attribute
#0: Editing disable attribute 0: Enabled, 1: Disabled
#1: Editing/display disable attribute 0: Enabled, 1: Disabled
File attribute
#0: Editing disable attribute 0: Enabled, 1: Disabled
#1: Editing/display disable attribute 0: Enabled, 1: Disabled
#2: Encryption attribute 0: OFF 1: ON
#8 to #10: Change protection level
Numeric value from 0 to 7 where #10 is the MSB and #8 is the
LSB
#12 to #14: Output protection level
Numeric value from 0 to 7 where #14 is the MSB and #12 is the
LSB
The bits other than the bits described above are ignored.
10th String Folder/file name character string
element Up to 35 characters can be used.
11th String Comment
element A comment recorded immediately after the program number is stored.
A comment consists of up to 48 characters (up to 50 characters when the
parentheses before and after the comment are included).
If a comment consisting of more than 48 characters is recorded, the 49th and
subsequent characters of the comment are not output.
When a program has no comment, only parentheses ("()") are stored.
It is valid only for files.
It is valid when the type argument is set to 1.
12th String Machining time stamp
element The machining time stamp (a comment in the format of "(xxxHxxMxxS)")
recorded immediately after the program number is stored.
It is valid only for files.
It is valid when the type argument is set to 1.
[Description]
Reads file list information in a folder.
When editing (including background editing) on the CNC, the execution of this function is placed in the
wait state.
When folder or file editing such as creation or deletion is performed during the time from the first request
until the last request, data is returned based on the data present when a request is made.
[Example]
When up to 2 pieces of file list information in the "//CNC_MEM/USER/PATH1/" path are read and the
first piece of the information is returned

num_prog = 2 # Maximum number of programs to be read

path = "//CNC_MEM/USER/PATH1/" # Path name character string
req_num = 1 # Required entry number
size_kind = 1 # Unit of data (byte)
type = 0 # Program list type
ret_values = cnc_rdpdf_alldir(num_prog, path, req_num, size_kind, type)
# Executes reading of the file list information.

if ret_values[0] != EW_OK then

MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
end
25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 299/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

2.11 Creating a directory or file

[Function]
cnc_pdf_add
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_pdf_add(file_path)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (47) Arguments of the cnc_pdf_add function

Name Type Description
file_path String Path of the directory/file to be created
Set the drive name + directory name + file name string.
Up to 241 characters can be used.
When specifying a directory name, place "/" at the end of the string.
If "/" is not present, it assumes a file name is being specified.
The drive name of the memory card is "//MEMCARD/".
The drive name of the data server is "//DATA_SV/".
Specify the following paths when selecting a program in the program directory of the
CNC memory.
Path 1: "//CNC_MEM/USER/PATH1/"
:
Path 10: "//CNC_MEM/USER/PATH10/"
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (48) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_pdf_add function
Type Description
Nume Return value of the function
rical EW_OK
value Normal termination
EW_DATA
Data error
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute cnc_getdtailerr function.
The following is set in "Detail status" in the return value array:
1: File or directory name format error
2: The specified directory name is not found.
3: The maximum allowable number of registered files is exceeded.
4: The same file name is already present.
5: The specified file or directory name is selected by the NC.
EW_PROT
Write protection
The specified file or directory is write-protected.
EW_OVRFLOW
Memory overflow
File or folder creation is impossible because of insufficient memory space.
[Description]
Creates a directory or file in a specified directory.
When editing (including background editing) on the CNC, the execution of this function is placed in the

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 300/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

wait state.
The directory or file cannot be created in the following cases:
- A file with an existing number or name
- A directory with an existing name
- Directory in write-protected attribute

CAUTION
Use sufficient care when you write the NC program. There is a possibility that the
NC may run the wrong NC program.
In this case, it may cause unexpected machine behavior, and tools, machines or
workpieces may be damaged.
You have to make sure that writing the NC program is safe and correct when
doing so.

2.12 Deleting directory or file

[Function]
cnc_pdf_del
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_pdf_del(file_path)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (49) Arguments of the cnc_pdf_del function

Name Type Description
file_path String Path of the directory/file to be deleted
Set the drive name + directory name + file name string.
Up to 241 characters can be used.
When specifying a directory name, place "/" at the end of the string.
If "/" is not present, it assumes a file name is being specified.
The drive name of the memory card is "//MEMCARD/".
The drive name of the data server is "//DATA_SV/".
Specify the following paths when selecting a program in the program directory of the
CNC memory.
Path 1: "//CNC_MEM/USER/PATH1/"
:
Path 10: "//CNC_MEM/USER/PATH10/"
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 301/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Table 5.3 (50) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_pdf_del function
Type Description
Numerical Return value of the function
value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_DATA
Data error
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute cnc_getdtailerr function.
The following is set in "Detail status" in the return value array:
1: File or directory name format error
2: The specified directory name is not found.
5: The specified file or directory name is selected by the NC. Alternatively, when a directory
is deleted, the directory is not empty.
EW_PROT
Write protection
The specified file or directory is write-protected.
EW_REJECT
CNC processing is rejected.
The NC is operating.
[Description]
Deletes a directory or file in a specified directory.
When editing (including background editing) on the CNC, the execution of this function is placed in the
wait state.
The directory or file cannot be deleted in the following cases:
- The specified file is being used for operation or is selected in the foreground.
- The specified file is protected.
- The specified directory is selected as the current directory.
- The specified directory is not empty.

CAUTION
Use sufficient care when you delete the NC program. There is a possibility that
the NC may run the wrong NC program. In this case, it may cause unexpected
machine behavior, and tools, machines or workpieces may be damaged.
You have to make sure that deleting the NC program is safe and correct when
doing so.

2.13 Renaming directory or file

[Function]
cnc_pdf_rename
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_pdf_rename(file_path, after_name)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 302/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Table 5.3 (51) Arguments of the cnc_pdf_rename function

Name Type Description
file_path String Path of the directory/file to be renamed
Set the drive name + directory name + file name string.
Up to 241 characters can be used.
When specifying a directory name, place "/" at the end of the string.
If "/" is not present, it assumes a file name is being specified.
The drive name of the memory card is "//MEMCARD/".
The drive name of the data server is "//DATA_SV/".
Specify the following paths when selecting a program in the program directory of the
CNC memory.
Path 1: "//CNC_MEM/USER/PATH1/"
:
Path 10: "//CNC_MEM/USER/PATH10/"
after_name String String of the directory/file name after the change
Up to 32 characters can be used.
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (52) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_pdf_rename function
Type Description
Numerical Return value of the function
value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_DATA
Data error
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute cnc_getdtailerr function.
The following is set in "Detail status" in the return value array:
1: File or directory name format error
2: The specified directory name is not found.
4: The same file name is already present.
5: The specified file or directory name is selected by the NC.
EW_PROT
Write protection
The specified file or directory is write-protected.
EW_REJECT
CNC processing is rejected.
- The CNC is operating.
- The emergency stop state is engaged.
[Description]
Renames a directory or file in a specified directory.
When editing (including background editing) on the CNC, the execution of this function is placed in the
wait state.
The directory or file cannot be renamed in the following cases:
- The specified file is being used for operation or is selected in the foreground.
- The specified file is protected.
- The specified directory is selected as the current directory or a directory above the current directory.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 303/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

CAUTION
Use sufficient care when you write the NC program. There is a possibility that the
NC may run the wrong NC program.
In this case, it may cause unexpected machine behavior, and tools, machines or
workpieces may be damaged.
You have to make sure that writing the NC program is safe and correct when
doing so.

2.14 Selecting the main program

[Function]
cnc_pdf_slctmain
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_pdf_slctmain(file_path)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (53) Arguments of the cnc_pdf_slctmain function

Name Type Description
file_path String Program path with drive-name + path-name + file-name.
Up to 241 characters can be used.
The drive name of the memory card is "//MEMCARD/".
The drive name of the data server is "//DATA_SV/".
Specify the following paths for the program folder of the CNC memory.
Path 1: "//CNC_MEM/USER/PATH1/"
:
Path 10: "//CNC_MEM/USER/PATH10/"
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (54) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_pdf_slctmain function
Type Description
Numerical Return value of the function
value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_DATA
Data error
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute cnc_getdtailerr function.
The following is set in "Detail status" in the return value array:
1: File or folder name format error
2: The specified folder name is not found.
EW_MODE
CNC mode error
This function can be used only in the EDIT/MEM mode.
[Description]
Selects a file in a specified folder as the main program.
When editing (including background editing) on the CNC, the execution of this function is placed in the
wait state.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 304/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

[Example]
When the program "//CNC_MEM/USER/PATH1/O1234" is set as the main program

ret = cnc_pdf_slctmain("//CNC_MEM/USER/PATH1/O1234")
if ret != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR",0)
end

2.15 Changing attribute of folder or file

[Function]
cnc_wrpdf_attr
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_wrpdf_attr(file_path, slct, attr)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (55) Arguments of the cnc_wrpdf_attr function

Name Type Description
file_path String Drive name + directory name + file name
Up to 241 characters can be used.
When specifying a directory name, place "/" at the end of the string.
If "/" is not present, it assumes a file name is being specified.
The drive name of the memory card is "//MEMCARD/".
The drive name of the data server is "//DATA_SV/".
Specify the following paths when selecting a program in the program directory of
the CNC memory.
Path 1: "//CNC_MEM/USER/PATH1/"
:
Path 10: "//CNC_MEM/USER/PATH10/"
slct Numerical Selection
value Set 1 only to the bits to be changed. Set bits other than the described bits to 0.
attr Numerical Setting data
value Attribute data applied after the change is set. The bit that is set to 1 in slct is
changed to the data set in attr.
Directory attribute
#0: Editing disable attribute 0: Enabled, 1: Disabled
#1: Editing/display disable attribute 0: Enabled, 1: Disabled
File attribute
#0: Editing disable attribute 0: Enabled, 1: Disabled
#1: Editing/display disable attribute 0: Enabled, 1: Disabled
#2: Encryption attribute 0: OFF 1: ON
#8 to #10: Change protection level
Numeric value from 0 to 7 where #10 is the MSB and #8 is the LSB.
#12 to #14: Output protection level
Numeric value from 0 to 7 where #14 is the MSB and #12 is the LSB.
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 305/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Table 5.3 (56) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_wrpdf_attr function
Type Description
Numerical Return value of the function
value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_DATA
Data error
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute cnc_getdtailerr function.
The following is set in "Detail status" in the return value array:
1: File or directory name format error
2: The specified directory name is not found.
5: The specified file or directory name is selected by the NC.
EW_PROT
Write protection
The specified file or directory is write-protected.
Alternatively, the file or directory is protected with a protection level.
EW_REJECT
CNC processing is rejected.
[Description]
Changes the attribute of a directory or file in the specified directory.
When editing (including background editing) on the CNC, the execution of this function is placed in the
wait state.
When a specified directory is selected as the current directory, its attribute cannot be changed.
When changing the change protection level or output protection level, set all three of the relevant bits in
slct to 1.
[Example]
When the attribute of the "//CNC_MEM/USER/PATH1/O0001" file is changed to "Editing/display disable
attribute"

file_path = "//CNC_MEM/USER/PATH1/O0001" # Path name character string

slct = 1 # Bit of the attribute to be changed
attr = 1 # Attribute data applied after the change
ret_values = cnc_wrpdf_attr( file_path, slct, attr) # Executes the change of directory/file attribute.

if ret_values[0] != EW_OK then

MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
end

2.16 Getting the number of folders and files in the specified directory

[Function]
cnc_rdpdf_subdirn
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_rdpdf_subdirn(dir_name)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 306/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Table 5.3 (57) Arguments of the cnc_rdpdf_subdirn function

Name Type Description
dir_name String String of the current drive + directory to be acquired
Up to 210 characters can be used.
The drive name of the memory card is "//MEMCARD/".
The drive name of the data server is "//DATA_SV/".
Specify the following paths when selecting a program in the program directory
of the CNC memory.
Path 1: "//CNC_MEM/USER/PATH1/"
:
Path 10: "//CNC_MEM/USER/PATH10/"
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table5.3 (58) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_rdpdf_subdirn function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Execution result
value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_DATA
Data error
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute
cnc_getdtailerr function.
The following is set in "Detail status" in the return value array:
1: File or directory name format error
2: The specified directory name is not found.
EW_REJECT
CNC processing is rejected.
The NC is operating.
2nd element Array List of the number of directories/files
For details on the value, refer to the following table "List of the number of
directories/files."

Table 5.3 (59) List of the number of directories/files

Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Number of directories
value
2nd element Numerical Number of files
value
[Description]
Gets the number of subdirectories and files in the specified directory.
[Example]
When the number of subdirectories and files in the "//CNC_MEM/USER/" path is acquired.

dir_name = "//CNC_MEM/USER/" # Path name character string

ret_values = cnc_rdpdf_subdirn( dir_name ) # Gets the number of folders and files in the specified
directory.
if ret_values[0] != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
end

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 307/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

2.17 Getting main program information

[Function]
cnc_pdf_rdmain
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_pdf_rdmain()
[Arguments]
None
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (60) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_pdf_rdmain function
Element Type Description
1st element Numeric Return value of the function
al value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_REJECT
CNC processing is rejected.
2nd element String Main program information that has been acquired
It is a string of the current drive + folder.
Up to 242 characters can be used.
If a problem has occurred, null characters are set.
[Description]
Reads information about the file currently selected as the main program.
[Example]
When the main program name is output to the message box

ret = cnc_pdf_rdmain()
if ret[0] == EW_OK then
msg_txt = "Program name:" + ret[1]
MsgBoxShow(msg_txt,0)
end

2.18 Starting output of the NC program to be registered (4)

[Function]
cnc_dwnstart4
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_dwnstart4(type, file_name)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 308/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Table 5.3 (61) Arguments of the cnc_dwnstart4 function

Name Type Description
type Numerical Specify the type of CNC data to be registered.
value 0: NC program
1: Tool offset amount
2: Parameter
3: Pitch error compensation amount
4: Custom macro variable value
5: Work origin offset
file_name String Drive name and folder name (up to 241 characters) of a program.
Valid only when type = 0 (NC program).
The drive name of the memory card is "//MEMCARD/".
The drive name of the data server is "//DATA_SV/".
Specify the following path as the program directory of the CNC memory.
Path 1: "//CNC_MEM/USER/PATH1/"
:
Path 10: "//CNC_MEM/USER/PATH10/"
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (62) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_dwnstart4 function
Type Description
Numerical Return value of the function
value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_BUSY
Start command for output of NC program to be compared has been rejected.
Cnc_dwnstart4 function (cnc_vrfstart function) has already been executed.
Use cnc_dwnend4 function (cnc_vrfend function) to end the previous output operation.
EW_ATTRIB
The specified type is invalid.
EW_DATA
The data is incorrect.
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute the cnc_getdtailerr function.
The following is set in "Detail status" in the return value array:
1: Folder name error
EW_NOOPT
A required option is not provided.
When a custom macro variable, work origin offset, or pitch error data is registered, an option
is required.
EW_PARAM
CNC parameter error
When parameter data is registered, parameter writing must be enabled by setting.
EW_MODE
The mode of the CNC is incorrect.
- When registering tool offset or custom macro variable data, set the emergency stop state.
- When registering parameter, pitch error, or work origin offset data, set the emergency stop
state.
- When background editing (NC program) is being performed in the CNC, end the
background editing.
EW_REJECT
CNC processing is rejected.
The CNC is operating. Registration of data except NC programs is not permitted during

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 309/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Type Description
operation.
EW_ALARM
Alarm state
Alarm PW0000 is issued in the CNC. Cancel the alarm in the CNC.
[Description]
Requests the CNC to start registering (downloading) NC data (such as an NC program, tool offsets, or
parameters).
(This function must be executed before downloading is performed.)
If the cnc_download4 or cnc_dwnend4 function is executed without executing this function, EW_FUNC is
returned.
The basic downloading procedure is shown below.

Fig. 5.3 (b) Procedure for outputting NC programs to be registered

Specify a program with a folder and a file name.

So, it is impossible to download more than one program by specifying a range.
When data is to be output to a memory card or data server, the full path of an output destination folder
must be set in the 'file_name' argument of the cnc_dwnstart4 function.
To access a data server, specify and execute the function as shown in the following example:
Example) Output to DATA_SV
ret = cnc_dwnstart4(0, "//DATA_SV/")
[Example]
Refer to the example of "Output NC program to be registered (4) (cnc_download4 function)."

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 310/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

CAUTION
Use sufficient care when you write the NC data which can influence how the
machine works. There is a possibility that the NC may run with values from the
wrong NC data. In this case, it may cause unexpected machine behavior, and
tools, machines or workpieces may be damaged.
You have to make sure that writing the NC data is safe and correct when doing so
as it can influence how the machine works.
The NC data that can influence how the machine works is as follows. It may not
all be listed below after new applications or functions are released.

NC data that can influence how the machine works:

NC parameter, NC program, Tool offset value, Pitch error compensation data,
Work origin offset value, Custom macro variables

2.19 Outputting an NC program to be registered (4)

[Function]
cnc_download4
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_download4(length, data)
[Arguments]
Table 5.3 (63) Arguments of the cnc_download4 function
Name Type Description
length Numerical value Number of characters of the NC data to be output
data Numerical value NC program to be output
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (64) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_download4 function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Return value of the function
value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_RESET
The CNC has been reset.
Call the cnc_dwnend4 function.
EW_FUNC
The start processing for outputting the NC program to be registered has
not been completed in the CNC or the cnc_dwnstart4 function has not
been executed.
EW_LENGTH
The specified data length is invalid. A negative value is specified as the
number of output characters.
EW_DATA
The data is incorrect.
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute the
cnc_getdtailerr function.
The following is set in "Detail status" in the return value array:
1: Syntax error in NC data

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 311/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Element Type Description

2: When the TV check is enabled, a block that consists of an odd
number of characters (including LF at the end of the block) is detected.
3: The maximum allowable number of registered NC programs has
been exceeded.
4: The same program number has already been registered.
5: The same program number is selected by the NC.
EW_PROT
Write protection is applied.
CNC parameters (protection or encryption of programs in the eight or
nine thousands) are write-protected. For the timing of the occurrence of
this error, see [Description].
EW_OVRFLOW
The part program storage area of the CNC becomes full, so data cannot
be registered any more.
For the timing of the occurrence of this error, see [Description].
EW_BUFFER
Buffer full The buffer is full. Retry.
For the timing of the occurrence of this error, see [Description].
2nd element Numerical Number of characters of the NC data that has actually been output
value If the free space of the buffer for data transfer to the CNC is smaller than the
number of characters specified, an amount of data equivalent to the size of
the free space is output and set.
[Description]
Outputs (downloads) an NC program to be registered.
If even one character cannot be output, EW_BUFFER is returned to the first place in the return value list.
When this value is returned, the function must be called again.
Return of the error (EW_DATA and EW_OVRFLOW, etc.) is generally delayed because priority is given
to the transfer speed of the data to the CNC. This means that an error output at a certain point in time is
sometimes due to data that was output in several data output operations preceding that point.
An error that occurs in several data output operations preceding the end of the function is returned by
cnc_dwnend4.
[Example]
- O1234 program
O1234 ;
G1F0.3W10.;
M30;
%
When the above program is output as many times as the number of specified characters

type = 0
file_name = "//CNC_MEM/USER/PATH1/"
length = 27
data = "¥nO1234¥nG1F0.3W10.¥nM30¥n%"

ret1 = cnc_dwnstart4(type, file_name)

if ret1 == EW_OK then
ret2 = cnc_download4(length, data)
end
cnc_dwnend4()
if ret2[0] == EW_OK then
#[100] = ret2[0].to_i # Execution result

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 312/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

#[101] = ret2[1].to_i # Number of characters of the NC data that has actually been output
end

CAUTION
Use sufficient care when you write the NC data which can influence how the
machine works. There is a possibility that the NC may run with values from the
wrong NC data. In this case, it may cause unexpected machine behavior, and
tools, machines or workpieces may be damaged.
You have to make sure that writing the NC data is safe and correct when doing so
as it can influence how the machine works.
The NC data that can influence how the machine works is as follows. It may not
all be listed below after new applications or functions are released.

NC data that can influence how the machine works:

NC parameter, NC program, Tool offset value, Pitch error compensation data,
Work origin offset value, Custom macro variables

2.20 Stopping output of NC program to be registered (4)

[Function]
cnc_dwnend4
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_dwnend4()
[Arguments]
None
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (65) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_dwnend4 function
Type Description
Numerical Return value of the function
value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_FUNC
The start processing for outputting the NC program to be registered has not been
completed in the CNC or the cnc_dwnstart4 function has not been executed.
EW_DATA
The data is incorrect.
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute the cnc_getdtailerr function.
The following is set in "Detail status" in the return value array:
1: Syntax error in NC data
2: When the TV check is enabled, a block that consists of an odd number of characters
(including LF at the end of the block) is detected.
3: The maximum allowable number of registered NC programs has been exceeded.
4: The same program number has already been registered.
5: The same program number is selected by the NC.
EW_PROT
Write protection is applied.
CNC parameters (protection or encryption of programs in the eight or nine thousands) are
write-protected. For the timing of the occurrence of this error, see [Description].

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 313/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Type Description
EW_OVRFLOW
The part program storage area of the CNC becomes full, so data cannot be registered any
more.
For the timing of the occurrence of this error, see [Description].
[Description]
Notifies the CNC of the end of NC data registration. (This function must be used after downloading ends.)
An error (such as EW_DATA or EW_OVRFLOW) in the cnc_download4 function may be returned by this
function.
Control is not returned from this function until the registration of data output by the cnc_download4
function is completed.
[Example]
Refer to the example of "Output NC program to be registered (4) (cnc_download4 function)."

CAUTION
Use sufficient care when you write the NC data which can influence how the
machine works. There is a possibility that the NC may run with values from the
wrong NC data. In this case, it may cause unexpected machine behavior, and
tools, machines or workpieces may be damaged.
You have to make sure that writing the NC data is safe and correct when doing so
as it can influence how the machine works.
The NC data that can influence how the machine works is as follows. It may not
all be listed below after new applications or functions are released.

NC data that can influence how the machine works:

NC parameter, NC program, Tool offset value, Pitch error compensation data,
Work origin offset value, Custom macro variables

2.21 Starting reading NC program (4)

[Function]
cnc_upstart4
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_upstart4(type, file_name)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (66) Arguments of the cnc_upstart4 function

Name Type Description
type Numerical Specify the type of CNC data to be read.
value 0: NC program
1: Tool offset amount
2: Parameter
3: Pitch error compensation amount
4: Custom macro variable value
5: Work origin offset
7: Operation history data
8: Maintenance information

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 314/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Name Type Description

file_name String Drive name, folder name, and file name (up to 241 characters) of a program
Valid only when type = 0 (NC program).
The drive name of the memory card is "//MEMCARD/".
The drive name of the data server is "//DATA_SV/".
Specify the following path as the program directory of the CNC memory.
Path 1: "//CNC_MEM/USER/PATH1/"
:
Path 10: "//CNC_MEM/USER/PATH10/"

[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (67) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_upstart4 function
Type Description
Numerical Return value of the function
value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_BUSY
Start command for output of NC program to be compared has been rejected.
Cnc_upstart4 function has already been executed. Use cnc_upend4 function to end the
previous output operation.
EW_ATTRIB
The specified type is invalid.
EW_DATA
The data is incorrect.
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute the cnc_getdtailerr function.
The following is set in "Detail status" in the return value array:
1: File or folder name error
EW_NOOPT
A required option is not provided.
When a custom macro variable, work origin offset, or pitch error data is registered, an option
is required.
EW_MODE
The mode of the CNC is incorrect.
Set the CNC mode to something other than the MDI mode.
End background editing in the CNC.
EW_REJECT
CNC processing is rejected.
The CNC is operating. Reading data other than NC programs is not permitted during
operation.
EW_ALARM
Alarm state
Alarm PW0000 is issued in the CNC. Cancel the alarm in the CNC.
[Description]
Requests the CNC to start reading (uploading) NC data (such as an NC program, tool offsets, or
parameters) specified with a path name and file name. (This function must be executed before
downloading is performed.)
If the cnc_upload4 function or cnc_upend4 function is executed without executing this function,
EW_FUNC is returned.
The basic uploading procedure is shown below.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 315/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Fig. 5.3 (c) Procedure for reading NC program (4)

Specify a program with a folder and a file name. So, it is impossible to upload more than one program by
specifying a range. When data is to be read from a memory card or data server, the full path of a program
name must be set in the 'file_name' argument of the cnc_upstart4 function.
To access a data server, specify and execute the function as shown in the following example:
Example) Read program O1234:
ret = cnc_upstart4(0, "//DATA_SV/O1234") ;
[Example]
Refer to the example of "Reading NC program (4) (cnc_upload4 function)."

2.22 Reading NC program (4)

[Function]
cnc_upload4
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_upload4(length)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (68) Arguments of the cnc_upload4 function

Name Type Description
length Numerical Number of characters to be read
value In this variable (length), set the number of characters to be input by one read
operation.
The number of characters must be a multiple of 256.
If a value smaller than 256 is specified as the number of characters to be read,
EW_LENGTH is returned.
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 3 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 316/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Table 5.3 (69) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_upload4 function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Return value of the function
value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_RESET
The CNC has been reset. Call the cnc_upend4 function.
EW_FUNC
The start processing for outputting the NC program to be registered has not
been completed in the CNC or the cnc_upstart4 function has not been
executed.
EW_LENGTH
The specified data length is invalid.
The specified number of NC data characters to be read (length) is less than
256.
EW_DATA
The data is incorrect.
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute the
cnc_getdtailerr function.
The following is set in "Detail status" in the return value array:
2: No program is registered within a specified range.
3: The NC program area is corrupt.
EW_PROT
Write protection is applied.
CNC parameters (protection or encryption of programs in the eight or nine
thousands) are read-protected. For the timing of the occurrence of this
error, see [Description].
EW_BUFFER
The buffer is empty. Retry.
For the timing of the occurrence of this error, see [Description].
2nd element String Number of NC data characters that have actually been read
After the end of a read operation, the number of characters actually read is set
again.
3rd element Numerical NC data that has actually been read
value
[Description]
Reads (uploads) NC data.
This function inputs as many characters as specified in length. When the CNC data processing is delayed,
and data that can be read is shorter than the specified number of characters, the data that can be read is read,
and the number of characters of the read data is set in the second place in the list.
The actually read data is stored in the third place in the list of the return value. If even one character cannot
be read, EW_BUFFER is returned as the return value to the first place in the list. When this value is
returned, the function must be called again.
Because priority is given to the speed of data transfer to the CNC, an error (such as EW_DATA) is
generally returned with a delay. This means that an error output at a certain point in time is sometimes due
to data that was output in several data output operations preceding that point. An error that occurs in
several data output operations preceding the end of the function is returned by the cnc_upend4 function.
When read, NC data ends with '%'. Use this character, '%', as the condition for ending a read operation.
When an attempt is made to perform a read operation after '%' is received, the function ends with an error
(EW_RESET).

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 317/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Input data format

The format of the NC data that is read from CNC is as follows:
% LF bloc-1 LF block-2 LF ... LF block-n LF %
where, LF = 0x0A('¥n')
Or
% LF CR CR block-1 LF CR CR ... LF CR CR block-n LF CR CR %
where, CR = 0x0D ('¥r') and LF = 0x0A ('¥n')
The format to be used is determined by the setting of bit 3 (NCR) of NC parameter No. 0100.
Because of the TV check, a space (' ') may be added before LF.
For details, refer to Section 13.2, "PROGRAM SECTION CONFIGURATION" in "OPERATOR’S
MANUAL (Common to Lathe System/Machining Center System)" (B-63944EN, B-64484EN,
B-64604EN) of the CNC.
[Example]
When up to 256 characters of the NC program O1234 are read

type = 0
file_name = "//CNC_MEM/USER/PATH1/O1234"
length = 256

ret1 = cnc_upstart4(type, file_name)

if ret1 == EW_OK then
ret2 = cnc_upload4(length)
end

cnc_upend4()
#[100] = ret2[0].to_i # Execution result
#[101] = ret2[1].to_i # Number of NC program characters that have actually been read
MsgBoxShow(ret2[2].to_s, 0) # NC program that has actually been read

2.23 Stopping reading NC program (4)

[Function]
cnc_upend4
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_upend4()
[Arguments]
None
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (70) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_upend4 function
Type Description
Numerical Return value of the function
value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_FUNC
The start processing for outputting the NC program to be registered has not been
completed in the CNC or the cnc_upstart4 function has not been executed.
EW_DATA
The data is incorrect.
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute the cnc_getdtailerr function.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 318/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Type Description
The following is set in "Detail status" in the return value array:
2: No program is registered within a specified range.
3: The NC program area is corrupt.
EW_PROT
Write protection is applied.
CNC parameters (protection or encryption of programs in the eight or nine thousands) are
write-protected.
For the timing of the occurrence of this error, see [Description].
[Description]
Posts the end of reading (uploading) of NC data. (This function must be executed after uploading.)
An error (such as EW_DATA) in the cnc_upload4 function may be returned by this function.
[Example]
Refer to the example of "Reading NC program (4) (cnc_upload4 function)."

2.24 Reading the name of the program being executed

[Function]
cnc_exeprgname
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_exeprgname()
[Arguments]
None
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (71) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_exeprgname function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Execution result
value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_FUNC
Not available
2nd element Array Name of program being executed
For details on the value, refer to the following table "Name of program being
executed."

Table 5.3 (72) Name of program being executed

Element Type Description
1st element String Name of program being executed (Up to 31 characters can be used.)
2nd element Numerical Number of the program being executed
value
[Description]
Reads the name of a machining program currently selected in the CNC.
A program name is stored as a string consisting of up to 31 characters.
- Storage of the "Name of program being executed" array for O-number programs:
1st element (string): An ASCII code indicating "O" and a number such as "O123" is stored.
2nd element (numerical value): Binary data indicating an "O" number such as "123" is stored.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 319/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

- Storage of the "Name of program being executed" array for programs other than O-number programs:
1st element (string): An ASCII code indicating a program name such as "ABC" is stored.
2nd element (numerical value): Binary data indicating an 0 is stored.
[Example]
When the name of the program being executed and program number are acquired

ret_values = cnc_exeprgname() # Executes reading of the name of the program being executed.

if ret_values[0] != EW_OK then

MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
end

2.25 Reading the name of the program being executed (full path format)

[Function]
cnc_exeprgname2
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_exeprgname2()
[Arguments]
None
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (73) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_exeprgname2 function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Return value of the function
value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_FUNC
Not available
2nd element String Full path of the name of the program being executed
Up to 256 characters can be used.
[Description]
Reads the name of a machining program currently selected in the CNC in the full path format.
A program name consists of up to 256 characters and is stored in the second place in the list.
- O-number programs:
"//CNC_MEM/USER/PATH1/O123"
- Programs other than O-number programs:
"//CNC_MEM/USER/PATH1/ABC"
[Example]
When the name of a machining program currently selected in the CNC is acquired in the full path format

ret = cnc_exeprgname2()
#[100] = ret[0].to_i # Execution result
MsgBoxShow(ret[1].to_i, 0) # Number of characters of the NC data that has actually been output

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 320/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

2.26 Writing MDI program

[Function]
cnc_wrmdiprog
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_wrmdiprog(length, data)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (74) Arguments of the cnc_wrmdiprog function

Name Type Description
length Numerical Number of characters in the MDI program to be written
value
data String MDI program data to be written
Up to 499 characters can be used as a string of MDI program data.
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (75) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_wrmdiprog function
Type Description
Numerical Return value of the function
value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_LENGTH
The number of characters in the MDI program (length) is invalid.
EW_DATA
A character that is unavailable for NC programs is detected.
EW_MODE
The function is executed in an unavailable CNC mode.
Set the CNC mode to MDI.
EW_REJECT
MDI operation is being executed or the CNC is in the emergency stop status.
[Description]
Writes an MDI program to the CNC. This function must be used in the MDI mode.
The written data format is shown below.

MDI program data registered to the CNC is an ASCII code string in the following format:
LF Block1 LF Block2 LF ... LF %
[Example]
- MDI program
M03 S2000 ;
G28 U0 W0 ;
T0101 ;
G00 X35.0 Z-10.0 ;

When the above program is written to the CNC

length = 45
data = "¥nM03S2000¥nG28U0W0¥nT0101¥nG00X35.0Z-10.0¥n%"

ret = cnc_wrmdiprog(length, data)

#[100] = ret # Execution result

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 321/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

CAUTION
Use sufficient care when you write the MDI program. There is a possibility that the
NC may run with the wrong MDI program. In this case, it may cause unexpected
machine behavior, and tools, machines or workpieces may be damaged.
You have to make sure that writing the MDI program is safe and correct when
doing so.

2.27 Reading an execution pointer for MDI operation

[Function]
cnc_rdmdipntr
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_rdmdipntr()
[Arguments]
None
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (76) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_rdmdipntr function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Execution result
value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_MODE
The function is executed in an unavailable CNC mode.
Set the CNC mode to MDI.
2nd element Array Execution pointer information
For details on the value, refer to the following table "Execution pointer
information."

Table 5.3 (77) Execution pointer information

Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Number of program being executed
value For MDI operation, this value is basically 0.
When the program being executed is a subprogram, the subprogram number is
indicated.
2nd element Numerical Execution block pointer
value Pointer to the block currently being executed.
3rd element Numerical Buffered program number
value Number of the buffered program.
For MDI operation, this value is basically 0. When a subprogram is buffered, the
subprogram number is indicated.
4th element Numerical Buffered block pointer
value Pointer to the last block of the program that is buffered.
[Description]
Reads the execution pointer for MDI operation.
This function must be used in the MDI mode.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 322/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

[Example]
When the execution pointer for MDI operation is acquired

ret_values = cnc_ rdmdipntr() # Executes reading of the execution pointer for MDI operation.

if ret_values[0] != EW_OK then

MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
end

2.28 Writing an execution pointer for MDI operation

[Function]
cnc_wrmdipntr
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_wrmdipntr(crntpntr)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (78) Arguments of the cnc_wrmdipntr function

Name Type Description
crntpntr Numerical Execution start block pointer
value Specify the execution start block pointer with an absolute pointer value (block
number indicated when the number of the first block of the program is 0).
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (79) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_wrmdipntr function
Type Description
Numerical Return value of the function
value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_DATA
The specified execution start block pointer (crntpntr) is invalid.
EW_MODE
The function is executed in an unavailable CNC mode.
Set the CNC mode to MDI.
EW_REJECT
MDI operation is being executed or the CNC is in the emergency stop status.
[Description]
Specifies the execution pointer for MDI operation. (The pointer cannot be directly manipulated while a
program is being executed.)
Before executing this function, register an MDI program using the cnc_wrmdiprog function.
This function must be used in the MDI mode.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 323/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

CAUTION
Use sufficient care when you write the execution pointer for MDI operation. There
is a possibility that the NC may run with the wrong execution pointer for MDI
operation. In this case, it may cause unexpected machine behavior, and tools,
machines or workpieces may be damaged.
You have to make sure that writing the execution pointer for MDI operation is safe
and correct when doing so.

2.29 Reading programs line by line

[Function]
cnc_rdpdf_line
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_rdpdf_line(prog_name, line_no, line_len, data_len)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (80) Arguments of the cnc_rdpdf_line function
Name Type Description
prog_name String Program path with drive-name + path-name + file-name.
When prog_name data is "" (null character), the name of the last
accessed program is assumed to be specified.
The drive name of the memory card is "//MEMCARD/".
The drive name of the data server is "//DATA_SV/".
Specify the following paths for the program folder of the CNC memory.
Path 1: "//CNC_MEM/USER/PATH1/"
:
Patch 10: "//CNC_MEM/USER/PATH10/”
For an MDI program, specify "MDI".
line_no Numerical Line number from which reading starts
value For the first line of the program, specify 0.
If the specified number exceeds the number of registered lines, an error
(EW_DATA) is returned.
line_len Numerical Number of lines to be read in the program
value
data_len Numerical Number of characters to be read in the program
value
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 4 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (81) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_rdpdf_line function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Return value of the function
value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_BUSY
Busy
- During the execution of a search.
EW_DATA
Data error

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 324/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Element Type Description

To get more detailed information on this return value, execute the
cnc_getdtailerr function. The following is set to "Detail status" of the return
value array:
1: Program path (prog_name) error.
2: Read start line number (line_no) error.
3: Error in the number of lines to be read (line_len).
EW_PROT
Write protection
- CNC parameters No. 8000 to No. 8999 or No. 9000 to No. 9999 (for
protection or encryption) are write-protected.
EW_MODE
CNC mode error.
The emergency stop engaged.
2nd element String Contents of the program that have been read
Strings of the specified line, number of lines, and number of characters
If a problem occurs, a NULL character is set.
3rd element Numerical Number of lines that have been read
value The number of lines that have actually been read.
If a problem has occurred, -1 is set.
4rd element Numerical Number of characters that have been read
value The number of characters that have actually been read.
If a problem has occurred, -1 is set.
[Description]
Reads the specified program line by line.

This function attempts to read the number of lines in the program as is specified by (line_len). However, if
the number of characters that is specified for (data_len) is reached, the function stops reading the program.
When the end of the line (EOB (‘¥n’)) is not read, the line is not counted as having been read, however.

Example) If you want to read lines 1 to 3 of the following program, you must specify at least 33 for the
number of characters to be read. If a value of 30 is specified for the number of characters to be read, a
value of 2 is set for the number of read lines because line 3 cannot be read to the end. However, the return
value is 30 (characters).
O1234 ;
N001 G01 X0. F100 ;
N002 X20. ;
N003 X50. ;
N004 X80. ;
N005 M30 ;
%

The following table shows the relationships between each CNC mode and target program (MDI program,
selected program, and unselected program):
Table 5.3 (82) CNC modes and target programs
MDI mode Other modes
MDI program  ×
Selected program  
Unselected program  
: Can be executed. ×: Cannot be executed (EW_MODE is returned).

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 325/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

When this function is executed for an MDI program or selected program, the execution pointer goes to the
beginning of the line specified for line_no in the following cases:
- When an MDI program is specified in the MDI mode
- When the selected program is specified in the EDIT mode
- When the selected program is specified in the TJOG/THND mode with a playback option
[Example]
When 30 characters between the 1st and 3rd lines of the program "//CNC_MEM/USER/PATH1/O1234"
are read.

ret = cnc_rdpdf_line("//CNC_MEM/USER/PATH1/O1234",1,3,30)
if ret[0] == EW_OK then
msg_txt = "Contents to be read:" + ret[1] + "¥n" + "Lines to be read:" + ret[2].to_s + "¥n" + "Number
of characters to be read:" + ret[3].to_s
MsgBoxShow(msg_txt,0)
end

2.30 Writing programs line by line

[Function]
cnc_wrpdf_line
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_wrpdf_line( prog_name, line_no, prog_data, data_len)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (83) Arguments of the cnc_wrpdf_line function

Name Type Description
prog_name String Specify the program path with drive-name + path-name + file-name.
When prog_name data is "" (null character), the name of the last accessed
program is assumed to be specified.
The drive name of the memory card is "//MEMCARD/".
The drive name of the data server is "//DATA_SV/".
Specify the following paths for the program folder of the CNC memory.
Path 1: "//CNC_MEM/USER/PATH1/"
:
Path 10: "//CNC_MEM/USER/PATH10/"
For an MDI program, specify "MDI".
line_no Numerical Line number to be written
value Line 0 is the first line (line containing a program name and program number) of a
program.
prog_data String Program string to be written
Pay attention to the following points when making this specification:
- Codes other than those significant to the NC are ignored.
- Lowercase alphabetic characters are ignored.
- '%' (EOR) is ignored.
Even when the specified string contains multiple EOB characters ('¥n'), the
registered line with the specified line number is replaced with the specified string.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 326/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Name Type Description

data_len Numerical Number of characters to be written
value Before data is written, the unused space in the NC is checked. If the size of the
space is smaller than that for the number of characters to be written + 100
characters, data is not written and an error (EW_OVRFLOW) is returned.
The maximum number of characters that can be written at a time is 200
characters in Series 30i/31i/32i-A, and 1740 characters in Series 30i/31i/32i/35i
-B, Series 0i -F, and PMi -A.
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (84) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_wrpdf_line function
Type Description
Numerical Return value of the function
value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_BUSY
Busy
- During the execution of a search.
EW_DATA
Data error
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute the cnc_getdtailerr function.
The following is set to "Detail status" of the return value array:
1: Program path (prog_name) error.
2: Write start line number (line_no) error.
3: Error in the number of characters to be written (data_len).
4: An attempt was made to change the O number at the beginning.
5: The first character of the string is invalid.
6: An error occurred during deletion of the write start line.
7: An error occurred during writing.
EW_PROT
Write protection
- CNC parameters No. 8000 to No. 8999 or No. 9000 to No. 9999 (for protection or
encryption) are write-protected.
EW_OVRFLOW
Memory overflow
- There is insufficient unused space on the NC. Allocate the required space.
EW_MODE
CNC mode error.
EW_REJECT
CNC processing is rejected.
- During MDI or background editing.
[Description]
Writes the specified program line by line.

The file name on the first line cannot be changed. If an attempt is made to rewrite the file name, an error
(EW_DATA) is returned.
The following table shows the relationships between each CNC mode and target program (MDI program,
selected program, or unselected program):
Table 5.3 (85) CNC modes and target programs
EDIT mode MDI mode Other modes
MDI program ×  ×
Selected program  × ×

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 327/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Unselected program   
: Can be executed. ×: Cannot be executed (EW_MODE is returned).

When a playback option is enabled, TJOG/THND mode is assumed to be the same as EDIT mode.

Even when the OP signal is set to 1, this function can be executed if the STL signal is set to 0 (in statuses
such as feed hold stopped or single block stopped).

When this function is executed for an MDI program or selected program, the execution pointer goes to the
beginning of the line specified for line_no in the following cases:
- When an MDI program is specified in the MDI mode
- When the selected program is specified in the EDIT mode
- When the selected program is specified in the TJOG/THND mode with a playback option

CAUTION
Use sufficient care when you write the NC program. There is a possibility that the
NC may run the wrong NC program. In this case, it may cause unexpected
machine behavior, and tools, machines or workpieces may be damaged.
You have to make sure that writing the NC program is safe and correct when
doing so.
[Example]
When "TEST" is written on the 2nd line of the program "//CNC_MEM/USER/PATH1/O1234"

ret = cnc_wrpdf_line("//CNC_MEM/USER/PATH1/O1234",2,"TEST",4)
if ret != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR",0)
end

2.31 Deleting programs line by line

[Function]
cnc_pdf_delline
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_pdf_delline( prog_name, line_no, line_len)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (86) Arguments of the cnc_pdf_delline function

Name Type Description
prog_name String Program path with drive-name + path-name + file-name.
When prog_name data is "" (null character), the name of the last accessed
program is assumed to be specified.
The drive name of the memory card is "//MEMCARD/".
The drive name of the data server is "//DATA_SV/".
Specify the following paths for the program folder of the CNC memory.
Path 1: "//CNC_MEM/USER/PATH1/"
:
Path 10: "//CNC_MEM/USER/PATH10/"
For an MDI program, specify "MDI".

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 328/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Name Type Description

line_no Numerical Line number from which deletion starts
value For the first line of the program, specify 0.
If the specified number exceeds the number of registered lines, an error
(EW_DATA) is returned.
line_len Numerical Number of lines in the program that are to be deleted.
value If the specified number exceeds the number of registered lines, all lines from
the specified line number to the line before last are deleted. The last line (%) is
not deleted.

[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (87) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_pdf_delline function
Type Description
Numerical Return value of the function
value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_BUSY
Busy
- During the execution of a search.
EW_DATA
Data error
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute the cnc_getdtailerr function.
The following is set to "Detail status" of the return value array:
1: Program path (prog_name) error.
2: Deletion start line number (line_no) error.
3: Error in the number of lines to be deleted (line_len).
EW_PROT
Write protection
- CNC parameters No. 8000 to No. 8999 or No. 9000 to No. 9999 (for protection or
encryption) are write-protected.
EW_MODE
CNC mode error.
EW_REJECT
CNC processing is rejected.
- The emergency stop is engaged.
[Description]
Deletes the specified program line by line.

When the number of the line containing the file name ("Oxxxx" or "<xxxx>") is specified for the deletion
start line number, the data following the file name to the end of the line ('¥n') is deleted, but the file name is
not deleted.

Example)
Deletes the following program line by line:
O1234(TEST PROGRAM) ;
G010. F100 ;
X20. ;
M30 ;
%

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 329/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

When three lines starting from line 0 in the program are deleted, the result is:
O1234 M30 ;
%

The following table shows the relationships between each CNC mode and target program (MDI program,
selected program, or unselected program):
Table 5.3 (88) CNC modes and target programs
EDIT mode MDI mode Other modes
MDI program ×  ×
Selected program  × ×
Unselected program   
: Can be executed. ×: Cannot be executed (EW_MODE is returned).

When a playback option is enabled, TJOG/THND mode is assumed to be the same as EDIT mode.

Even when the OP signal is set to 1, this function can be executed if the STL signal is set to 0 (in statuses
such as feed hold stopped or single block stopped).

When this function is executed for an MDI program or selected program, the execution pointer goes to the
beginning of the line specified for line_no in the following cases:
- When an MDI program is specified in the MDI mode
- When the selected program is specified in the EDIT mode
- When the selected program is specified in the TJOG/THND mode with a playback option

CAUTION
Use sufficient care when you write the NC program. There is a possibility that the
NC may run the wrong NC program. In this case, it may cause unexpected
machine behavior, and tools, machines or workpieces may be damaged.
You have to make sure that writing the NC program is safe and correct when
doing so.
[Example]
When lines 0 to 3 of the program "//CNC_MEM/USER/PATH1/O1234" are deleted

ret = cnc_pdf_delline("//CNC_MEM/USER/PATH1/O1234",0,4)
if ret != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR",0)
end

2.32 Getting program execution pointer

[Function]
cnc_pdf_rdactpt
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_pdf_rdactpt()
[Arguments]
None
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 3 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 330/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Table 5.3 (89) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_pdf_rdactpt function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Return value of the function
value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_MODE
CNC mode error
- The function is executed in a mode other than the MDI, MEM,
EDIT, TJOG, or THND mode.
EW_REJECT
Pointer get processing is rejected.
Incorrect parameter number "number".
- Currently, the target program does not exist.
- The CNC is performing DNC or M198 operation.
- The STL signal is on.
- The emergency stop is engaged.
2nd element String Current program name
When an MDI program is executed, "MDI" is set.
3rd element Numerical Number of the first block of the program
value If a problem has occurred, -1 is set.
[Description]
Gets the current program name and block number in the MDI or MEM mode and EDIT, TJOG, or THND
mode.
The following restrictions apply to execution of this function:
- During DNC or M198 operation, EW_REJECT is returned.
- When the STL signal is on, EW_REJECT is returned.
- When the program is buffered, the number of the block following the buffered block is obtained.
[Example]
When the current program name and block number are obtained and then displayed in the message box

ret = cnc_pdf_rdactpt()
if ret[0] == EW_OK then
msg_txt = "Program name:" + ret[1] + "n" + "Block number:" + ret[2].to_s
MsgBoxShow(msg_txt,0)
end

2.33 Setting program execution pointer

[Function]
cnc_pdf_wractpt
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_pdf_wractpt(prog_name, type, blk_no)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 331/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Table 5.3 (90) Arguments of the cnc_pdf_wractpt function

Name Type Description
prog_name String Program that sets the executing block number
Specify it with drive name + path name + file name.
The drive name of the memory card is "//MEMCARD/".
The drive name of the data server is "//DATA_SV/".
Specify the following paths for the program folder of the CNC memory.
Path 1: "//CNC_MEM/USER/PATH1/"
:
Path 10: "//CNC_MEM/USER/PATH10/"
For an MDI program, specify "MDI".
type Numerical Execution pointer type.
value 0: Absolute pointer
(The number of the first block of the program is 0.)
1: Relative pointer
(Relative value to the current execution pointer)
blk_no Numerical Block number to be set
value When type = 0
- Specify the block number indicated when the number of the first block of the
program is 0.
When type = 1
- Specify the value relative to the current execution pointer.
- If 0 is specified, the execution pointer is not changed.

The following table shows values of the absolute pointer and relative pointer when the execution block is
"X20. Z15.;".
Table 5.3 (91) Method for specifying the absolute pointer and relative pointer
Selected NC command program Absolute pointer Relative pointer
01234 0 -3
G00 X0. Z0.; 1 -2
G01 X10. Z5. F100. ; 2 -1
X20. Z15.; 3 0
X35.; 4 1
Z20; 5 2
M30; 6 3
% 7 4
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (92) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_pdf_wractpt function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Return value of the function
value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_ATTRIB
Data attribute error
- An invalid value is specified for type.
EW_DATA
Data error
- The specified program name is invalid or does not exist.
- The specified block number is invalid or does not exist.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 332/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Element Type Description

EW_MODE
CNC mode error
- The function is executed in a mode other than the EDIT, MEM, or MDI mode.
- In the EDIT mode, "" (null character) is specified for prog_name.
EW_REJECT
CNC processing is rejected.
- During operation.
- No MDI program exists.
- No program is selected.
- An alarm is issued.
- Emergency stop is engaged.
2nd element Numerical Execution pointer
value When 1 (relative value setting) is set as the execution pointer type and 0 is set as
the block number, the absolute value of the pointer to be executed next is set.
[Description]
Sets the next block number to be executed for a program for MDI or memory operation.

When a block has been buffered, the buffered block is executed before the block number set with this
function is executed.

CAUTION
Use sufficient care when you write the NC program. There is a possibility that the
NC may run the wrong NC program. In this case, it may cause unexpected
machine behavior, and tools, machines or workpieces may be damaged.
You have to make sure that writing the NC program is safe and correct when
doing so.
[Example]
When 2 is set as the absolute pointer

ret = cnc_pdf_wractpt("//CNC_MEM/USER/PATH1/O1234",0,2)
if (ret[0] != EW_OK ) then
MsgBoxShow(ret[0].to_s,0) # Error display
end

When the absolute value of the pointer to be executed next is to be acquired

ret = cnc_pdf_wractpt("//CNC_MEM/USER/PATH1/O1234",1,0)
if (ret[0] == EW_OK ) then
MsgBoxShow(ret[1].to_s,0) # The absolute value of the pointer to be executed next is displayed.
end

2.34 Starting to save NC programs

[Function]
cnc_saveprog_start
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_saveprog_start()
[Arguments]
None
[Return]

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 333/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (93) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_saveprog_start function
Type Description
Numer Return value of the function
ical EW_OK
value Normal termination
EW_REJECT
CNC processing is rejected.
The cnc_saveprog_start function has been executed. Finish saving NC programs to nonvolatile
memory by using the cnc_saveprog_end function.
[Description]
Saving NC programs to nonvolatile memory is started when High-speed program management is valid (bit
7 (HPM) of parameter No.11354 is 1).
Although saving NC programs to nonvolatile memory can only be executed when all paths are in EDIT
mode, this function returns "EW_OK" even if one of the paths is not in EDIT mode.
If the NC program is not saved to nonvolatile memory because it is in the wrong operation mode or
because of mistaken parameter settings, the value corresponding to the result of saving the NC program is
set in the second place of the list as the return value of the cnc_saveprog_end function.
The procedure for saving NC programs to nonvolatile memory is shown below.

Fig. 5.3 (d) Flow for saving NC programs

For details about High-speed program management, refer to the "OPERATOR'S MANUAL (Common to
Lathe System/Machining Center System) (B-64484EN, B-64604EN) III.11.16 HIGH-SPEED PROGRAM
MANAGEMENT "

CAUTION
Use sufficient care when you write the NC program. There is a possibility that the
NC may run the wrong NC program. In this case, it may cause unexpected
machine behavior, and tools, machines or workpieces may be damaged.
You have to make sure that writing the NC program is safe and correct when
doing so.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 334/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

2.35 Ending save of NC programs

[Function]
cnc_saveprog_end
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_saveprog_end()
[Arguments]
None

[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (94) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_saveprog_end function
Element Type Description
1st Numerical Return value of the function
element value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_BUSY
In a Busy state.
An NC program is being saved to nonvolatile memory.
EW_FUNC
The cnc_saveprog_start function has not been executed.
2nd Numerical Result of saving an NC program to nonvolatile memory
element value If the first return value of this function is "EW_OK", the following values
corresponding to the NC program being saved to nonvolatile memory are set.
EW_OK Saving the NC program has completed normally.
EW_PARAM Parameter error
EW_MODE CNC mode error
EW_REJECT CNC processing is rejected. (If this function cannot be executed
by the CNC, the return value is this error.)
[Description]
Ends saving the NC program to nonvolatile memory.
If an NC program is being saved to nonvolatile memory, "EW_BUSY" is returned as the return value to
the first place in the list. Execute this function repeatedly until the NC program is completely saved to the
nonvolatile memory.
Once the NC program has been saved to nonvolatile memory, "EW_OK" is set to both the first place and
second place in the return value list.
If a value other than "EW_OK" is set to the second place of the list, saving the NC program to the
nonvolatile memory has failed. Confirm the settings of the CNC (for example, operation mode and
parameter settings), execute the cnc_saveprog_start function again, and retry saving the NC program to the
nonvolatile memory.

CAUTION
If the power supply of the CNC is interrupted while saving an NC program to
nonvolatile memory, alarm (PS0519) is displayed the next time the power supply
is turned, and all NC programs are cleared.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 335/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

2.36 Start copying arbitrary files / folders

[Function]
cnc_file_cpmv_start
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_file_cpmv_start (cpmv_mode, src_path, dst_path, attribute)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (95) Arguments of the cnc_file_cpmv_start function

Name Type Description
cpmv_mode Numerical Action mode
value Specify the following values.
0 : Copy
src_path String Copy source file / folder name
Specify [device name]+[file name] or [device name]+[folder name].
Only ASCII characters (half-width alphanumeric characters and half-width
symbols) can be specified.
Example 1) When specifying a file
//DATA_SV/USER/PATH1/O0001
Example 2) When specifying a folder
//DATA_SV/USER/PATH1/WORK_A/
dst_path String Copy destination path
If "/" is not added at the end of dst_path, the program / folder specified by
src_path is changed to the file / folder specified by dst_path and copied.
If "/" is added to the end of dst_path, dst_path is regarded as a folder, and the
program / folder specified by src_path is copied under the dst_path folder.
Only ASCII characters (half-width alphanumeric characters and half-width
symbols) can be specified.

Example 1) Rename and copy

src_path = //DATA_SV/USER/WORK1/O0001
dst_path = //USB_MEM/USER/WORK1/BBB
In the above case, file O0001 is copied as file BBB in folder WORK1.
Example 2) Copy files into a folder
src_path = //DATA_SV/USER/WORK1/O0001
dst_path = //USB_MEM/USER/WORK1/BBB/
In the above case, file O0001 is copied as file O0001 in the folder BBB.
Example 3) Change the folder name and copy
src_path = //DATA_SV/USER/WORK1/AAA/
dst_path = //USB_MEM/USER/WORK1/BBB
In the above case, the folder AAA is copied into the folder WORK1 as the folder
BBB.
Example 4) Copy a folder into a folder
src_path = //DATA_SV/USER/WORK1/AAA/
dst_path = //USB_MEM/USER/WORK1/BBB/
In the above case, the folder AAA is copied as the folder AAA in the folder BBB.

When copying from USB_MEM to CNC_MEM / MEMCARD, specify the copy

destination folder (Maximum 240 characters). If dst_path = "" or dst_path =
nil, copied to the foreground folder.
attribute Numerical Copy operation mode

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 336/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Name Type Description

value BIT0: Overwrite all
BIT1: Skip all
Specify the operation in BIT0 and BIT1 when there is a file with the same name
in the copy destination.
Overwriting confirmation (BIT0 = 0, BIT1 = 0)
Copy processing is performed while confirming that the copy source and
copy destination have the same name. If it has the same name, the copy
process is interrupted and suspended until the operation is specified by the
cnc_file_cpmv_restart function.
Overwrite all (BIT0 = 1, BIT1 = 0)
If the copy source and copy destination have the same name, the copy
process is performed while always overwriting.
Skip all (BIT0 = 0, BIT1 = 1)
If the copy source and copy destination have the same name, the copy
process is always performed while skipping the copy of the file / folder with
the same name.
NOTE:
Setting both BIT0 and BIT1 to 1 results in an error.
BIT2: Binary attribute
Text attribute (0) / Binary attribute (1)
This bit is valid only when copying to the data server.
In the case of Text attribute, it is possible to select it as the main program and
perform memory operation and editing. When handling NC data other than NC
programs, specify Binary attribute. Also, when copying multiple programs such
as batch backup of NC programs or data other than NC programs such as NC
parameters, specify Binary attribute.
NOTE:
If you copy a folder, all files under the specified folder have the specified
attribute.
BIT3 to BIT15: Unused
Set the unused bits to 0.
NOTE:
Not used when copying from USB_MEM to CNC_MEM / MEMCARD. Specify
0. Whether or not to overwrite depends on the parameter REP (No.3201 # 2).

[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (96) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_file_cpmv_start function
Type Description
Numer Execution result
ical EW_OK
value Normal termination
EW_BUSY
Busy
- The cnc_file_cpmv_start function or cnc_file_cpmv_restart function has already been executed.
Use the cnc_file_cpmv_end function to end the previous copy process.
- Other users are accessing the same data window. Try again.
EW_ATTRIB
Incorrect data attribute
EW_VERSION
CNC / PMC and library version mismatch

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 337/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

[Description]
Starts copying arbitrary files / folders between I / O devices.
This function exits without waiting for the copy to complete.
When this function is executed, execute the cnc_file_cpmv_poll function to get the processing result until
the cnc_file_cpmv_poll function returns other than EW_BUSY.
After that, be sure to execute cnc_file_cpmv_end and exit.

Fig. 5.3 (e) Overall flow of copy processing using this function

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 338/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Executing the cnc_file_cpmv_start function will start the copy process.

The cnc_file_cpmv_start function ends before the copy process is complete.

You can get the result of the copy process by using the cnc_file_cpmv_poll function.
Copying is in progress while EW_BUSY is returned. Continue calling until EW_OK.

When the cnc_file_cpmv_poll function returns EW_OK, the result of the copy process is set in the
argument result.
If result is CPMV_SUCCESS, the copy process is successful.
Call the cnc_file_cpmv_end function to end the copy process.

If result is CPMV_ER_OVERLAPPED, the copy process is interrupted because a file with the same name
as the copy source exists in the copy destination. In this case, use the cnc_file_cpmv_restart function to
overwrite, skip, or select to restart the copy process.

If result is anything other than CPMV_SUCCESS, CPMV_ER_OVERLAPPED, the copy process has
failed completely or partially. Call the cnc_file_cpmv_end function to end the copy process.

About input / output devices

It is possible to copy between different devices.
The devices that can be specified are as follows.
- Data server device (DATA_SV)
- USB memory (USB_MEM)
- CNC built-in memory device (CNC_MEM)
- Memory card program device (MEMCARD)
src: copy source, dst: copy destination

dst
src
CNC_MEM MEMCARD DATA_SV USB_MEM
CNC_MEM - - - *
MEMCARD - - - *
DATA_SV - - - O
USB_MEM - - O -
O: Copy of file/folder is available.
- :Copy of file/folder is not available.
* : Only copy of file is available.

[Example]
When copying O0001 file of the data server device to a USB memory.

# Since it uses the sleep function, it must be run as an asynchronous script.

ret_value = cnc_file_cpmv_start( 0,"//DATA_SV/O0001", "//USB_MEM/", 0)
if ret_value != 0.to_i then # If an abnormal value is returned
if ret_value == -1.to_i then # EW_BUSY
Msg = " Copy processing by cnc_file_cpmv_start function is being executed."
elsif ret_value == 4.to_i then # EW_ATTRIB
Msg = " Incorrect data attribute for cnc_file_cpmv_start."
end
else # If a normal value is returned
ret = -1.to_i
while ret == -1.to_i do # EW_BUSY
ret_values = cnc_file_cpmv_poll()

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 339/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

ret = ret_values[0].to_i
result = ret_values [1].to_i
error_path = ret_values [2].to_s
sleep(10)
if ret == -1.to_i then # EW_BUSY
Msg = " Copy processing by cnc_file_cpmv_start function is being executed. "
elsif ret == 1.to_i then # EW_FUNC
Msg = " cnc_file_cpmv_start function not called."
end
if result == 3.to_i then # CPMV_ER_OVERLAPPE (if a file name with the same name exists)
ret_value = cnc_file_cpmv_restart(1) # Overwrite execution
if ret_value == -1.to_i then # EW_BUSY
Msg = " cnc_file_cpmv_start function or cnc_file_cpmv_restart function is already executed. "
elsif ret_value == 1.to_i then # EW_FUNC
Msg = " cnc_file_cpmv_start function is not called."
elsif ret_value == 4.to_i then # EW_ATTRIB
Msg = " Incorrect data attributes."
end
sleep(10)
end
end
ret_value = cnc_file_cpmv_end()
if ret_value == 1.to_i then # EW_FUNC
Msg = " cnc_file_cpmv_start function is not called."
end
end

[Available CNC]
FANUC Series 30i/31i/32i -MODEL B : STEP1 series Edition 30.0 or later
FANUC Series 30i -MODEL B Plus : since the first Edition
FANUC Series 0i-MODEL F : since the first Edition
FANUC Series 0i-MODEL F Plus : since the first Edition

Copy between USB memory (USB_MEM) and CNC built-in memory device (CNC_MEM) is available
with the following edition.
FANUC Series 30i/31i/32i -MODEL B : STEP2 series Edition 43.0 or later
FANUC Series 30i -MODEL B Plus : Edition 08.0 or later
FANUC Series 0i-MODEL F : STEP2 series Edition 36.0 or later
FANUC Series 0i-MODEL F Plus : Edition 17.0 or later

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 340/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

NOTE
It can be used when all systems are in EDIT mode or in the emergency stop state.
Copy is not performed if the following conditions are met:
- When the copy destination folder has the edit prohibition attribute
- When the copy source file / folder is protected for the following reasons
- Parameters NE8 / NE9
- Display prohibited attribute
- Protected by 8-level data protection function
- BG editing program
- When the copy source or copy destination files is the main program or the running program
- When the copy destination folder is a subfolder of the copy source folder
When you specify a folder as the copy source, you cannot copy any of the files and folders in that
folder that meet the following conditions.
- When the copy source and copy destination files / folders are protected for the following reasons
- Parameters NE8 / NE9
- Display prohibited attribute
- Protected by 8-level data protection function
- If there is a BG editing program under the folder or subfolder you are trying to overwrite
- When the copy source or copy destination program has a higher protection level than the
operation level in 8-level data protection.
- When the copy source or copy destination file is the main program or the running program.
- When copying, the depth of the folder path after copying exceeds the depth of the folder path
allowed by the device.
- When the source folder exists in the initial state (USER, MTB1, etc.)
If you copy “//DATA_SV/DIR1/WORK1/A/” including folders / files that cannot be copied under
“//USB_MEM/DIR1/WORK1/” as shown below, the folders under folder A If C is protected, only the
files / folders before folder C are copied, and copying of the files / folders after folder C are
interrupted.

Do not copy

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 341/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

2.37 Get result of copying arbitrary files / folders

[Function]
cnc_file_cpmv_poll
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_file_cpmv_poll()
[Arguments]
None
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 3 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (97) Arguments of the cnc_file_cpmv_poll function

Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Function return value
value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_BUSY
Busy
- Copy processing by cnc_file_cpmv_start function is being executed.
- Other users are accessing the same data window. Try again.
EW_FUNC
cnc_file_cpmv_start function is not called.
EW_VERSION
CNC / PMC and library version mismatch
2nd element Numerical Execution result
value CPMV_SUCCESS (0)
Copy is successful.

CPMV_ER_FORMAT (1)
File / folder name format is incorrect, could not copy.
If you specify a USB memory path that does not exist, this error occurs.

CPMV_ER_NOT_EXIST (2)
The specified file / folder cannot be found, could not copy.
If you specify a data server path that does not exist, this error occurs.

CPMV_ER_OVERLAPPED (3)
A file with the same name as the copy source has already been registered in
the copy destination, copy process is interrupted.
Stop copying, or overwriting / skipping with cnc_file_cpmv_restart function to
continue.

CPMV_ER_HIERARCHICAL (4)
The hierarchy of the folder tree after copying exceeds the maximum value,
could not copy all files / folders.

CPMV_ER_SUBFOLDER (5)
The copy destination folder is the copy source folder
Therefore, it could not be copied.

CPMV_ER_MAINPRG (6)

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 342/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Element Type Description

The copy could not be made because the main program was specified as the
copy destination.

CPMV_ER_MAINPROG_IN_FLDR (7)
The main program was included in the folder specified as the copy destination,
and it was not possible to copy all files / folders.
.

CPMV_ER_PROT_PROG (8)
The copy destination or copy source folder / file was protected for one of the
following reasons and could not be copied.
- Parameters NE8 / NE9
- Edit prohibited attribute
- Display prohibited attribute
- Protected by 8-level data protection function
- BG editing program

CPMV_ER_PROT_PROG_IN_FLDR (9)
Protected folders / files are included in the folder specified as copy source or
copy destination, could not copy all files / folders.

CPMV_ER_MEMORY_OVER (10)
All files / folders could not be copied due to lack of free space.

CPMV_ER_EXECPROG (11)
The program under operation was specified as the copy destination and could
not be copied.

CPMV_ER_EXECPROG_IN_FLDR (12)
The program being operated was included in the folder specified as the copy
destination, could not copy all files / folders.

CPMV_ER_REGSTRY_NUM_OVER (13)
Could not copy all files / folders because the number of registrations was
exceeded.

CPMV_SUCCESS_SKIP(16)
Copied while skipping files / folders with the same name.

CPMV_ER_SAMEPATH(17)
Could not copy because the copy source and copy destination are the same.

CPMV_ER_DEVBUSY(18)
Could not copy because the input / output device of the copy source or copy
destination is in use.

CPMV_ER_DEVINVALID(19)
Could not copy because the input / output device of the copy cource or copy
destination cannot be used.

CPMV_ER_VERSION(20)
Could not copy because the version of the control software for the input /
output device is not supported.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 343/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Element Type Description

CPMV_ER_MODE(21)
Copy was interrupted because it was copyed while operating or CNC mode
was changed to other than EDIT mode or emergency stop while copying.
Copying is possible between the data server and the USB memory only when
the entire system is in EDIT mode, or in the emergency stop state and not in
operation.

CPMV_ER_SAMENAME(22)
The file with the same name is already registered.

CPMV_ER_ALARM(23)
Copy was interrupted due to the following NC alarm.
- TH Parity Alarm
- TV Parity Alarm
- Format error in NC program statement
- No Control-in
3rd element String The program / folder path that caused the error
If the execution result is other than CPMV_SUCCESS, the program / folder path
that caused the error is set.
If the file / folder is 33 characters or more, or the full path is 256 characters or
more, the file / folder name is cut off and stored.
NULL is stored if it is not an error for a particular file / folder.

[Description]
Gets the result of the copy process started by the cnc_file_cpmv_start function.
The return value is EW_BUSY during the copy process.
Call this function until the return value is other than EW_BUSY.
If the return value (first element) of the function is EW_OK, the result of copy processing is stored in the
second element.
After that, be sure to execute cnc_file_cpmv_end and exit.

If the second element is other than CPMV_SUCCESS, the program / folder path that caused the error is
stored in the third element.

If the second element is CPMV_ER_OVERLAPPED, you can restart the process by executing the
cnc_file_cpmv_restart function to specify whether to overwrite or skip the file / folder of the third element.

[Example]
See the example of the cnc_file_cpmv_start function.

[Available CNC]
FANUC Series 30i/31i/32i -MODEL B : STEP1 series Edition 30.0 or later
FANUC Series 30i -MODEL B Plus : since the first Edition
FANUC Series 0i-MODEL F : since the first Edition
FANUC Series 0i-MODEL F Plus : since the first Edition

NOTE
It can be used when all systems are in EDIT mode or in the emergency stop state.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 344/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

2.38 End of copying arbitrary files / folders

[Function]
cnc_file_cpmv_end
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_file_cpmv_end()
[Arguments]
None
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (98) Value stored in the return value of cnc_file_cpmv_end function
Type Description
Numerical Execution result
value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_FUNC
The cnc_file_cpmv_start function is not called.
EW_VERSION
CNC / PMC and library version mismatch

[Description]
The copy process started by the cnc_file_cpmv_start function is terminated.

[Example]
See the usage example of the cnc_file_cpmv_start function.

[Available CNC]
FANUC Series 30i/31i/32i -MODEL B : STEP1 series Edition 30.0 or later
FANUC Series 30i -MODEL B Plus : since the first Edition
FANUC Series 0i-MODEL F : since the first Edition
FANUC Series 0i-MODEL F Plus : since the first Edition

NOTE
It can be used when all systems are in EDIT mode or in the emergency stop state.

2.39 Resume copying arbitrary files / folders

[Function]
cnc_file_cpmv_restart
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_file_cpmv_restart(check_mode)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 345/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Table 5.3 (99) Arguments of the cnc_file_cpmv_restart function

Name Type Description
check_mode Numerical Specify the operation mode when resuming copy processing.
value CPMV_OVERWRITE(1) : Overwrite execution
CPMV_SKIP(2) : Skip execution
CPMV_OVERWRITE_ALL(3) : Overwrite all
CPMV_SKIP_ALL(4) : All skip execution

[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (100) Value stored in the return value of cnc_file_cpmv_restart function
Type Description
Numerical Execution result
value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_BUSY
Busy
- The cnc_file_cpmv_start function or cnc_file_cpmv_restart function has already been
executed.
Use the cnc_file_cpmv_end function to end the previous copy process.
- Other users are accessing the same data window.
Try again.
EW_FUNC
The cnc_file_cpmv_start function is not called.
EW_ATTRIB
Incorrect data attribute
The value of the operation mode (check_mode) when resuming copy processing is invalid.
EW_VERSION
CNC / PMC and library version mismatch

[Description]
With the cnc_file_cpmv_poll function, if the result is a suspended state of copy processing by a file with
the same name (result = CPMV_ER_OVERLAPPED), you can specify the subsequent operation
(overwrite / skip, etc.) and restart the copy process.

The execution method that can be specified is as follows.

- Overwrite execution
Overwrites the file with the same name obtained by the cnc_file_cpmv_poll function.
If there is a file with the same name in the subsequent copy process, the copy process is interrupted
again.
- Skip execution
Skips the file with the same name obtained by the cnc_file_cpmv_poll function.
If there is a file with the same name in the subsequent copy process, the copy process is interrupted
again.
- Overwrite all
Until the copy processing after the file with the same name obtained by the cnc_file_cpmv_poll
function is completed, all the files with the same name are overwritten and the copy processing is
continued.
- All skip execution

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 346/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

All files with the same name are skipped and the copy process is continued until the copy process
after the file with the same name obtained by the cnc_file_cpmv_poll function is completed.

After executing this function, get the result by using the cnc_file_cpmv_poll function in the same way as
the cnc_file_cpmv_start function.
After that, be sure to execute the cnc_file_cpmv_end function to end the copy process.

[Example]
See the example of the cnc_file_cpmv_start function.

[Available CNC]
FANUC Series 30i/31i/32i -MODEL B : STEP1 series Edition 30.0 or later
FANUC Series 30i -MODEL B Plus : since the first Edition
FANUC Series 0i-MODEL F : since the first Edition
FANUC Series 0i-MODEL F Plus : since the first Edition

NOTE
It can be used when all systems are in EDIT mode or in the emergency stop state.

[CNC window library NC data file-related function reference]

3.1 Reading parameters (range specified)

[Function]
cnc_rdparar
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_rdparar(s_number, axis, e_number, length)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (101) Arguments of the cnc_rdparar function

Name Type Description
s_number Numerical Start parameter number
value Specifies the parameter number to start reading data.
axis Numerical Axis number
value Specifies the following value:
(1) Non-axis parameter: 0
(2) Axis parameter, one axis: 1 to maximum controlled axis number
(3) Axis parameter, all axes: -1

A non-axis parameter is read regardless of which value is specified as the axis

number. When a non-axis parameter (0) is specified and an axis parameter
exists within a range specified with the start parameter number and end
parameter number, however, an error occurs. For the details of an error, refer to
"Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_rdparar function" for the return
value.
e_number Numerical End parameter number
value Specifies the parameter number to stop reading data.
length Numerical Data block length
value Specifies the data block length of the parameter to be read. For details on the
values to be specified, refer to the explanation below.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 347/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

The size per parameter is as shown in the table below. Because the sizes are arranged in ascending order
with respect to the number of parameters in the range from the start parameter number to the end parameter
number, the data block length (length) to be specified is the sum of them.

Table 5.3 (102) Formula for calculating the size per piece of parameter data
Specified axis number (axis) Formula
Non-axis parameter (0), 4 + (byte size of the parameter)
Axis parameter, one axis (1 to maximum
controlled axis number)
Axis parameter, all axes (-1) 4 + (byte size of the parameter) × (maximum number of controlled
axes)

There are the following types of parameters with different type and axis attributes, and the byte size is
different for each parameter to be specified. It is impossible to read a bit parameter one bit at a time. The
values of the specified parameters are read all at once 8 bits (1 byte) at a time.

Table 5.3 (103) Byte size for each type of Parameter data
Parameter type Description Byte size
Bit parameter Every bit has a meaning. 1
Bit parameter with axis Every bit has a meaning (each axis). 1
Byte parameter 1-byte data is stored. 1
Byte parameter with axis 1-byte data is stored (each axis). 1
Word parameter 2-byte data is stored. 2
Word parameter with axis 2-byte data is stored (each axis). 2
2-Word parameter 4-byte data is stored. 4
2-Word parameter with axis 4-byte data is stored (each axis). 4
Real parameter 4-byte data that indicates the value of a variable 8
and 4-byte data that indicates the number of
decimal places are stored.
Real parameter with axis 4-byte data that indicates the value of a variable 8
and 4-byte data that indicates the number of
decimal places are stored (each axis).

If the size per parameter is not a multiple of 4, it needs to be made a multiple of 4.

(Example)
When reading word parameters using non-axis parameters (axis = 0), the size of one parameter will
be "4 + 2 bytes = 6", which is not a multiple of 4. Therefore, add the missing 2bytes as a dummy
and specify 8 for the data block length (length).
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 3 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (104) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_rdparar function
Element Type Description
1st Numerical value Return value of the function
element EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_LENGTH
Incorrect data block length "length".
EW_NUMBER

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 348/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Element Type Description

Incorrect parameter number "number".
EW_ATTRIB
A value other than 0, values from 1 to maximum controlled axis
number, or -1 has been specified for the axis number. Or, an axis
parameter existed within a range specified with the start
parameter number and end parameter number.
2nd Numerical value Number of parameters that have actually been read
element The number of parameters that have actually been read may not be
the same as the number of parameters in the range from the start
parameter number to the end parameter number.
For example, when 1421 and 1423 are specified as the start
parameter number and the end parameter number, the number of
parameters in this range should be 3. However, there is no parameter
whose number is 1422 so only the two parameters (1421 and 1423)
are read; therefore, the value to be stored will be 2.
3rd Array of m elements Parameters that have been read (per parameter number)
element (m = Number of For details on the value, refer to the following table "Values to be
parameters that stored in parameters that have been read (per parameter number)."
have actually been
read)

Table 5.3 (105) Values to be stored in parameters that have been read (per parameter number)
Element Type Description
1st Numerical Parameter number
element value
2nd Numerical Data type
element value (1) Upper byte: Type attribute
Bit type: 0
Byte type: 1
Word type: 2
2-word type: 3
Real type: 4
(2) Lower byte: Axis number
Non-axis parameter: 0
Axis parameter, one axis: Axis number that has been read
Axis parameter, all axes: -1
3rd Variable array Values of the parameters that have been read
element For details on the value, refer to the following table "Values to be stored in
parameters that have been read."

For the read parameter values, the array elements become variable according to the type attribute and axis
number each parameter has, as shown below. When the all axes specification for axis data (-1) is made and
the type of the parameters that have been read is the axis type, the data for the current controlled axes will
be valid.
In addition, spindle-related parameters are also handled as axis parameters, but the data for the current
spindles will be valid.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 349/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Table 5.3 (106) Values to be stored in parameters that have been read
Type attribute Specified axis number Number of Description
that parameters elements in
have the array
Bit type (0), Non-axis parameter (0), 1 Bit/byte/word/2-word type parameters or axis parameters
Byte type (1), Axis parameter, one axis (one axis)
Word type (2), (1 to maximum controlled For details on the value, refer to the following table
2-word type (3) axis number) "Values to be stored in bit/byte/word/2-word type
parameters or axis parameters (one axis)."
Axis parameter, all axes Maximum Bit/byte/word/2-word type axis parameters (for each axis)
(-1) number of For details on the value, refer to the following table
controlled "Values to be stored in bit/byte/word/2-word type axis
axes parameters (for each axis)."
Real type (4) Non-axis parameter (0), 2 Real parameters or axis parameters (one axis)
Axis parameter, one axis For details on the value, refer to the following table
(1 to maximum controlled "Values to be stored in real parameters or axis
axis number) parameters (one axis)."
Axis parameter, all axes Maximum Real parameters with axis (for each axis)
(-1) number of For details on the value, refer to the following table
controlled "Values to be stored in real parameters with axis (for
axes each axis)."

Table 5.3 (107) Values to be stored in bit/byte/word/2-word type parameters or axis parameters (one axis)
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Value of the bit/byte/word/2-word type parameter or axis parameter
value (one axis)

Table 5.3 (108) Values to be stored in bit/byte/word/2-word type axis parameters (for each axis)
Element Type Description
1st to nth elements Numerical Value of the bit/byte/word/2-word type axis parameter (for each axis)
(n = Maximum number of value
controlled axes)

Table 5.3 (109) Values to be stored in real parameters or axis parameters (one axis)
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Data of the real parameter or axis parameter (one axis)
value For details on the value, refer to the descriptions of real
parameters shown below.
2nd element Numerical Number of decimal places of the real parameter or axis parameter
value (one axis)

Table 5.3 (110) Values to be stored in real parameters with axis (for each axis)
Element Type Description
1st to nth elements Array of 2 Real parameters with axis (for each axis)
elements The details on the values are the same as those shown in the
above table "Values to be stored in real parameters or axis
parameters (one axis)".

A real parameter contains a data section and a section for the number of decimal places, which are
expressed in the following format:

Real parameter (data section)×10-(number of decimal places)

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 350/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

(Example) When the data is 12345 and the number of decimal places is 3, the real parameter is expressed
as "12345×10-3 = 12.345".

A conceptual image of the return value that will actually be returned is shown below.

(1) When parameter numbers 6080 and 6081 (which are 2-word parameters) are read using non-axis
parameters (axis = 0)
[
0, # Processing result (0 = EW_OK)
2, # Number of parameters that have actually been read
[ # Parameters that have been read (per parameter number)
[ # First parameter
6080, # Parameter number
768, # Data type (768(dec) = 0x0300(hex), upper byte = 3, lower byte = 0)
[0] # Value of the bit/byte/word/2-word type axis parameter (array of 1 element)
],
[ # Second parameter
6081, # Parameter number
768, # Data type
[0] # Value of the bit/byte/word/2-word type axis parameter
]
]
]
(2) When parameter numbers 1425 (real parameter with axis) and 1426 (real parameter) are read by
specifying all axes for axis parameters (axis = -1)
[
0, # Processing result (0 = EW_OK)
2, # Number of parameters that have actually been read
[ # Parameters that have been read (per parameter number)
[ # First parameter
1425, # Parameter number
1279, # Data type (1279(dec) = 0x04FF(hex), upper byte = 4, lower byte = -1)
[ # Real parameter with axis
[100000, 4], # Value of the real parameter of the 1st axis (array of 2 elements)
[100000, 4], # Value of the real parameter of the 2nd axis (same as above)
[100000, 4], # Value of the real parameter of the 3rd axis (same as above)
... # The following is repeated to the maximum number of controlled axes.
# (Data for the current number of controlled axes or spindles will be valid.)
]
],
[ # Second parameter
1426, # Parameter number
1024, # Data type (1024(dec) = 0x0400(hex), upper byte = 4, lower byte = 0)
[ # Real parameter
[0, 4] # Value of the real parameter (array of 2 elements)
]
]
]
]
[Description]

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 351/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Reads the parameters in the specified range at the same time based on the start parameter number
(s_number), end parameter number (e_number), and axis number (axis).

Parameters may be added because of, for example, the addition of CNC software functions. For example, if
a parameter is added within the read range, an error may occur (return value of the function:
EW_LENGTH) or the application program may not operate correctly. To prevent these problems, specify a
read range containing only a set of consecutive parameter numbers.

For details on the parameters, refer to the "PARAMATER MANUAL" (B-63950EN, B-64490EN,
B-64610EN) of the CNC.
[Example]
When non-axis parameters (axis = 0) for parameter numbers 6080 and 6081 are read at the same time

sno=6080 # Input parameter start number (s_number) = 6080

eno=6081 # Input parameter end number (e_number) = 6081
axis=0 # Axis number (axis) = 0
len=(4+2+2)*2 # Data block length (length) = (4 + byte size: 2 + dummy: 2) × two parameters

ret = cnc_rdparar(sno, axis, eno, len)

if ret[0] != EW_OK then # ret[0]: Processing result

MsgBoxShow("ERROR",0)
end

3.2 Writing parameters (multiple output)

[Function]
cnc_wrparas
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_wrparas(length, param)

[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (111) Arguments of the cnc_wrparas function

Name Type Description
length Numerical value Data block length
Details of the value to be specified are the same as those of
the data block length shown in "Arguments of the cnc_rdparar
function."
param Array of m elements Parameters to be rewritten (for each parameter number)
(m = Number of The number of elements required is the number of parameters
parameters to be to be rewritten. For details on the value to be specified, refer to
rewritten) the following table "Values to be set to parameters to be
rewritten (for each parameter number)."

Table 5.3 (112) Values to be set to parameters to be rewritten (for each parameter number)
Element Type Description
1st to mth Array of 3 Parameters to be rewritten (1st to mth)
elements elements For details on the value to be specified, refer to the following
table "Values to be set to parameters to be rewritten."

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 352/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Table 5.3 (113) Values to be set to parameters to be rewritten

Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Parameter number
value Specify the number of the parameter to be rewritten.
2nd element Numerical Data type
value Specify a value of the type attribute as an upper byte and a value of the
axis number as a lower byte. Details of the values to be specified are the
same as those of "Values to be stored in parameters that have been
read (per parameter number)" for the cnc_rdparar function.
3rd element Variable array Value of the parameter to be rewritten
Details of the values to be specified are the same as those of "Values to
be stored in parameters that have been read" for the cnc_rdparar
function.
[Return]
The return values from this function are as follows.

Table 5.3 (114) Return values from the cnc_wrparas function

Type Description
Numerical value Return value of the function
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_LENGTH
The number of elements for the value to be preset (for each axis) is
incorrect.
EW_NUMBER
Incorrect parameter number "number".
EW_ATTRIB
A value other than 0, values from 1 to maximum controlled axis number, or
-1 has been specified for the axis number.
EW_PROT
Write operation is prohibited.
[Description]
Rewrites multiples parameters in the specified input range at the same time based on the parameter
numbers, data type, and parameter values set to the param argument.

For some parameters, alarm PW0000 "POWER MUST BE OFF" may be issued when the data is rewritten.
If parameters whose write operation is prohibited (for example, parameters whose numbers are in the nine
thousands) exist in the specified parameter range, an error occurs. However, the other parameters are
rewritten.
[Example]
When parameter numbers 6080 and 6081 (which are 2-word parameters) are rewritten at the same time

type=(0x03 << 8 | 0x00) # Data type (upper byte: 3 and lower byte: 0)
param=Array.new # Creates an array of parameters to be rewritten.
param.push([6080, type, [[3]]]) # Sets 3 to the 1st parameter (parameter number: 6080).
param.push([6081, type, [[3]]]) # Sets 3 to the 2nd parameter (parameter number: 6081).
len=(4+2+2)*2 # Data block length (length) = (4 + byte size: 2 + dummy: 2) × two parameters

ret = cnc_wrparas( len, param )

if ret != EW_OK then # ret: Processing results
MsgBoxShow("ERROR",0)

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 353/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

End

3.3 Reading workpiece coordinate system shift

[Function]
cnc_rdwkcdshft
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_rdwkcdshft(axis)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (115) Arguments of the cnc_rdwkcdshft function

Name Type Description
axis Numerical Axis number (= (1 to the maximum controlled axis number), or -1)
value 1~m: Specifies one axis (m: Current number of controlled axes)
-1: Specifies all axes
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (116) Return value of the cnc_rdwkcdshft function

Element Type Description
1st Numerical value Return value of the function
element EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_FUNC
Not available
This function cannot be used for the M series.
EW_ATTRIB
The specified axis number is invalid.
EW_PARAM
CNC parameter error.
Set bit 6 (NWS) of parameter No. 1201 to 0.
2nd Array of 2 Workpiece coordinate system shift data
element elements For details, refer to "Workpiece coordinate system shift data" below.

Table 5.3 (117) Workpiece coordinate system shift data

Element Type Description
1st element Numerical value Axis number
Tool management data number of the tool to be stored
2nd Array of N Workpiece coordinate system shift array (maximum number of controlled
element elements (N is 1 axes)
or maximum The number of elements in the array depends on the value specified by
number of the axis number.
controlled axes.) Array of 1 element for one axis (1 to m)
Array of maximum number of controlled axes elements for all axes (-1)
[Description]
Reads the workpiece coordinate system shift of the axis specified by "axis".
The workpiece coordinate system shift data is stored in the workpiece coordinate system shift array in
workpiece coordinate system shift data in signed binary format.
The data of all axes can be read at once by setting -1 for the axis number.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 354/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

The decimal point of the workpiece coordinate system shift data is read by using the cnc_getfigure
function.
[Example]
When the workpiece coordinate system shift data of axis number 1 is read

ret = cnc_rdwkcdshft (1)

if ret[0] != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR",0)
end

3.4 Writing workpiece coordinate system shift

[Function]
cnc_wrwkcdshft
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_wrwkcdshft(type, data)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (118) Arguments of the cnc_wrwkcdshft function

Element Type Description
type Numerical Axis number
value 1 to m: Specifies one axis (m: Current number of controlled axes)
-1: Specifies all axes
data Array of N Workpiece coordinate system shift data (maximum number of controlled axes)
elements The number of elements in the array depends on the value specified by the
(N is 1 or axis number.
maximum Array of 1 element for one axis (1 to m)
number of Array of maximum number of controlled axes elements for all axes (-1)
controlled
axes.)

[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (119) Return value of the cnc_wrwkcdshft function

Type Description
Numerical Return value of the function
value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_FUNC
Not available
This function cannot be used for the M series.
EW_ATTRIB
The specified axis number is invalid.
EW_DATA
Incorrect NC program data.
The workpiece coordinate system shift is out of the specifiable range.
EW_PROT
Write protection.
Set bit 3 (WZO) of parameter No. 3290 to 0.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 355/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Type Description
EW_PARAM
CNC parameter error.
Set bit 6 (NWS) of parameter No. 1201 to 0.
EW_REJECT
CNC processing is rejected.
The automatic operation start signal STL <F0000.5> is 1.
[Description]
Writes the workpiece coordinate system shift of the axis specified by the axis number.
The workpiece coordinate system shift data is set to the workpiece coordinate system shift array in signed
binary format.
The data of all axes can be written at once by setting -1 to the axis number.
The shift units are the same as those of the cnc_rdwkcdshft function described in "Reads workpiece
coordinate system shift." Refer to the explanation of that function.

CAUTION
Use sufficient care when you write the workpiece coordinate system shift data.
There is a possibility that the NC may run with the wrong workpiece coordinate
system shift data. In this case, it may cause unexpected machine behavior, and
tools, machines or workpieces may be damaged.
You have to make sure that writing the workpiece coordinate system shift data is
safe and correct when doing so.
[Example]
When the workpiece coordinate system shift data "123" is set to axis number 1

ret = cnc_wrwkcdshft (1,123)

if ret[0] != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR",0)
end

3.5 Reading pitch error compensation data information

[Function]
cnc_rdpitchinfo
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_rdpitchinfo()
[Arguments]
None
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (120) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_rdpitchinfo function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Execution result
value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_NOOPT
No options
The pitch error compensation function is required.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 356/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Element Type Description

2nd element Numerical Number of pitch error compensation data items to be read
value
[Description]
Reads the number of usable pitch error compensation data items.
[Example]
When the number of usable pitch error compensation data items is read

ret_values = cnc_rdpitchinfo() # Reads the number of usable pitch error compensation data items.
if ret_values[0] != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
end

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 357/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

3.6 Reading custom macro variable information

[Function]
cnc_rdmacroinfo
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_rdmacroinfo()
[Arguments]
None
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (121) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_rdmacroinfo function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Execution result
value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_NOOPT
A required option is not specified.
The custom macro function is required.
2nd element Array Custom macro variable information
For details on the value, refer to the following table "Custom macro variable
information."

Table 5.3 (122) Custom macro variable information

Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Number of local variables
value The number of available local variables is stored.
It is always 33.
2nd element Numerical Range of common variables
value A value indicating the range of available common variables is stored.
0: 100 to 149, 500 to 531
1: 100 to 199, 500 to 999
2: 100 to 199, 500 to 599
[Description]
Reads the number of custom macro local variables and the number of available common variables.
[Example]
When the number of custom macro local variables and the range of available common variables are read

ret_values = cnc_rdmacroinfo()
# Reads the number of custom macro local variables and the number of available common variables.
if ret_values[0] != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
end

3.7 Reading the minimum parameter number, maximum parameter number, and total number of parameters

[Function]
cnc_rdparanum
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_ rdparanum()

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 358/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

[Arguments]
None
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (123) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_rdparanum function
Element Type Description
1st Numerical Execution result
element value EW_OK
Normal termination
2nd Array Information on the maximum parameter number, minimum parameter number, and total
element number of parameters
For details on the value, see the following "Information on the maximum parameter
number, minimum parameter number, and total number of parameters".

Table 5.3 (124) Information on the maximum parameter number, minimum parameter number, and total number of
parameters
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical value Maximum parameter number
2nd element Numerical value Minimum parameter number
3rd element Numerical value Total number of parameters
[Description]
Reads the minimum CNC parameter number, the maximum CNC parameter number, and the total number
of CNC parameters.
The distribution of CNC parameters varies from model to model, and additional parameters may be
provided through function expansion.
[Example]
When the minimum CNC parameter number, the maximum CNC parameter number, and the total number
of CNC parameters are read.

ret_values = cnc_rdparanum() # Reads the minimum CNC parameter number, the maximum CNC
parameter number, and the total number of CNC parameters.
if ret_values[0] != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
end

3.8 Reading the minimum setting parameter number, maximum setting parameter number, and total number of
setting parameters

[Function]
cnc_rdsetnum
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_rdsetnum()
[Arguments]
None
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 359/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Table 5.3 (125) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_rdsetnum function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Execution result
value EW_OK
Normal termination
2nd element Array Information on the maximum setting parameter number, minimum setting parameter
number, and total number of setting parameters
For details on the value, see the following "Information on the maximum setting
parameter number, minimum setting parameter number, and total number of
setting parameters".

Table 5.3 (126) Information on maximum setting parameter number, minimum setting parameter number, and total
number of setting parameters
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical value Maximum setting parameter number
2nd element Numerical value Minimum setting parameter number
3rd element Numerical value Total number of setting parameters
[Description]
Reads the minimum CNC setting parameter number, the maximum CNC setting parameter number, and
the total number of CNC setting parameters.
The distribution of CNC setting parameters varies from model to model, and additional parameters may be
provided through function expansion.
[Example]
When the minimum CNC setting parameter number, the maximum CNC setting parameter number, and the
total number of CNC setting parameters are read.

ret_values = cnc_rdsetnum() # Reads the minimum CNC setting parameter number, the maximum
CNC setting parameter number, and the total number of CNC setting
parameters.
if ret_values[0] != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
end

3.9 Reading tool offset information (2)

[Function]
cnc_rdtofsinfo2
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_rdtofsinfo2()
[Arguments]
None
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 360/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Table 5.3 (127) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_rdtofsinfo2 function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Execution result
value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_NOOPT
A required option is not specified.
M series Number of tool offsets: (16)/32/64/99/200/400/499/999/2000 sets
Tool offset memory (A)/B/C
Tool radius and tool-nose radius compensation
T series Number of tool offsets: (16)/32/64/99/200/400/499/999/2000 sets
Tool geometry and wear compensation
Tool radius and tool-nose radius compensation
Y-axis offset
Second geometry tool offset
2nd Array Tool offset information
element For details on the value, refer to the following table "Tool offset information."

Table 5.3 (128) Tool offset information

Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Offset memory type
value - Machining center:
0: Memory type A
1: Memory type B
2: Memory type C
- Lathe:
0: No tool geometry or wear compensation performed.
1: Tool geometry or wear compensation performed.
2nd Numerical Number of available offsets
element value 0 to 999 sets
3rd element Numerical Type of usable offsets
value #0: X-axis offset Usable = 1/not usable = 0
#1: Y-axis offset Usable = 1/not usable = 0
#2: Z-axis offset Usable = 1/not usable = 0
#3: Tool-nose radius compensation Usable= 1/not usable = 0
#4: Virtual tool tip Usable= 1/not usable = 0
#5: Second geometry compensation Usable= 1/not usable = 0
#6~#15: (Not used)
[Description]
Reads the tool offset memory type and the number of usable offsets.
The following parameters are related to this function:
Bit 5 of parameter No. 5009 (for the M series only) and parameter No. 5024
For details on the parameters, refer to the "PARAMATER MANUAL" (B-63950EN, B-64490EN,
B-64610EN) of the CNC.
[Example]
When the tool offset memory type and the number of usable offsets are read

ret_values = cnc_rdtofsinfo2() # Reads the tool offset information.

if ret_values[0] != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
end

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 361/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

[CNC window library tool life management data-related function reference]

4.1 Reading tool life management data (number of tools, tool life, life counter) (range specified)

[Function]
cnc_rdtoolrng
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_rdtoolrng(s_number, e_number)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (129) Arguments of the cnc_rdtoolrng function

Name Type Description
s_number Numerical value Read start tool group number.
e_number Numerical value Read end tool group number.
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (130) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_rdtoolrng function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Execution result
value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_NUMBER
Data number error
The tool group number (s_number or e_number) is invalid.
EW_NOOPT
No options.
The tool life management function is required.
2nd element Array Information on the number of tools, tool life value, and tool life counter
For details on the value, refer to the following table "Information on the number
of tools, tool life value, and tool life counter."

Table 5.3 (131) Information on the number of tools, tool life value, and tool life counter
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical value Read start tool group number.
2nd element Numerical value Read end tool group number.
3rd element Array of N elements Tool life management data that has been read
(N = Number of tool As many tool life management data items as tool groups that have been
groups that have read are stored in an array. For details on the value, refer to the following
been read) table "Tool life management data that has been read."

Table 5.3 (132) Tool life management data that has been read
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical value Number of tools
2nd element Numerical value Tool life value
3rd element Numerical value Tool life counter
[Description]
Reads the number of tools, tool life value, and tool life counter value of each tool group within the
specified range.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 362/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

The units of the tool life value and tool life counter value are [minutes] or [times].
Which unit is used depends on the setting of bit 2 (LTM) of parameter No. 6800 on the CNC.
The number of tools, tool life value, and tool life counter value of each tool group within the specified
range are stored in the number of tools, tool life value, and tool life counter respectively in binary format.

Up to 256 sets (for both the M and T series) are available for tool life management throughout the entire
system. When additional tool set options for tool life management are added, the number of sets is
extended to 1024 (for both the M and T series) throughout the entire system.

The following parameters are related to this function:

- Bit 0 (GS1) of parameter No. 6800.
- Bit 1 (GS2) of parameter No. 6800.
- Parameter No. 6813.
- Bit 4 (LFB) of parameter No. 6805.
For details on the parameters, refer to the "PARAMATER MANUAL" (B-63950EN, B-64490EN,
B-64610EN) of the CNC.
[Example]
When the number of tools, tool life value, and tool life counter value of tool groups 10 to 12 are read

s_number = 10 # Read start tool group number

e_number = 12 # Read end tool group number
# Reads the number of tools, tool life value, and tool life counter value of the group.
ret_values = cnc_rdtoolrng( s_number, e_number )
if ret_values[0] != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
end

4.2 Writing tool life management data (life counter) (range specified)

[Function]
cnc_wrcountr
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_wrcountr(datano_s, datano_e, data)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (133) Arguments of the cnc_wrcountr function

Name Type Description
datano_s Numerical Write start tool group number
value
datano_e Numerical Write end tool group number
value

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 363/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Name Type Description

data Array Tool life counter of the groups in the specified range
The tool life counter value is stored in the array in binary format.
The number of elements in the array is the number of tool groups in the specified
range.
The unit of the tool life counter value is [minutes] or [times]. Which unit is used
depends on the setting of bit 2 (LTM) of parameter No. 6800 on the CNC.
The maximum life counter value is as follows:
When bit 4 (LFB) of parameter No. 6805 is set to disable the tool life management
B function :
For the count specification : 65535 times
For the time specification : 4300 minutes
When bit 4 (LFB) of parameter No. 6805 is set to enable the tool life management
B function :
For the count specification : 99999999 times
For the time specification : 100000 minutes
60000 minutes (0.1-second life count intervals)
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (134) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_wrcountr function
Type Description
Numerical Execution result
value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_NUMBER
Data number error
The tool group number (datano_s or datano_e) is invalid.
EW_DATA
The tool life counter value is beyond the limit.
EW_NOOPT
No options.
The tool life management function is required.
[Description]
Rewrites the tool life counter value of each tool group within the specified range.

Up to 256 sets (for both the M and T series) are available for tool life management throughout the entire
system. When additional tool set options for tool life management are added, the number of sets is
extended to 1024 (for both the M and T series) throughout the entire system.

The following parameters are related to this function:

- Bit 0 (GS1) of parameter No. 6800.
- Bit 1 (GS2) of parameter No. 6800.
- Bit 1 (TC1) of parameter No. 6804.
- Parameter No. 6813.
For details on the parameters, refer to the "PARAMATER MANUAL" (B-63950EN, B-64490EN,
B-64610EN) of the CNC.
[Example]
When the tool life counter values of tool group numbers 10 to 12 are rewritten
Each tool life counter type is as shown below.
Tool group number: 10, 12 Tool life counter type: Times
Tool group number: 11 Tool life counter type: Minutes

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 364/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

datano_s = 10 # Write start tool group number

datano_e = 12 # Write end tool group number
data = [65535, 4300, 65535] # Tool life counter values of tool group numbers 10 to 12
# Rewrites the tool life counter values of the specified tool groups.
ret_value = cnc_wrcountr( datano_s, datano_e, data )
if ret_value != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
end

CAUTION
Use sufficient care when you write the tool life management data. There is a
possibility that the NC may run with the wrong tool life management data. In this
case, it may cause unexpected machine behavior, and tools, machines or
workpieces may be damaged.
You have to make sure that writing the tool life management data is safe and
correct when doing so.

4.3 Reading tool life management data (number of tool group being used or to be used)

[Function]
cnc_rdusegrpid
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_rdusegrpid()
[Arguments]
None
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (135) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_rdusegrpid function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical value Execution result
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_NOOPT
No options.
The tool life management function is required.
2nd element Array Information on the numbers of the tool groups to be used
For details on the value, refer to the following table "Information on the
numbers of the tool groups to be used."

Table 5.3 (136) Information on the numbers of the tool groups to be used
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical value Number of the next tool group to be used.
2nd element Numerical value Number of the tool group being used.
3rd element Numerical value Number of the selected tool group.
[Description]
Reads the numbers of the tool groups being used and to be used.
Up to 256 sets (for both the M and T series) are available for tool life management throughout the entire
25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 365/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

system. When additional tool set options for tool life management are added, the number of sets is
extended to 1024 (for both the M and T series) throughout the entire system.

The following parameters are related to this function:

- Bit 0 (GS1) of parameter No. 6800.
- Bit 1 (GS2) of parameter No. 6800.
- Parameter No. 6813.
For details on the parameters, refer to the "PARAMATER MANUAL" (B-63950EN, B-64490EN,
B-64610EN) of the CNC.
[Example]
When the numbers of the tool groups to be used are read

ret_values = cnc_rdusegrpid( ) # Reads the numbers of the tool groups to be used.

if ret_values[0] != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
end

4.4 Reading tool life management data (maximum number of tool groups that can be registered)

[Function]
cnc_rdmaxgrp
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_rdmaxgrp()
[Arguments]
None
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (137) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_rdmaxgrp function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical value Execution result
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_NOOPT
No options.
The tool life management function is required.
2nd element Numerical value Maximum number of tool groups that can be registered
[Description]
Reads the maximum number of tool groups that can be registered.
Up to 256 sets (for both the M and T series) are available for tool life management throughout the entire
system. When additional tool set options for tool life management are added, the number of sets is
extended to 1024 (for both the M and T series) throughout the entire system.

The following parameters are related to this function:

- Bit 0 (GS1) of parameter No. 6800.
- Bit 1 (GS2) of parameter No. 6800.
- Parameter No. 6813.
For details on the parameters, refer to the "PARAMATER MANUAL" (B-63950EN, B-64490EN,
B-64610EN) of the CNC.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 366/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

[Example]
When the maximum number of tool groups that can be registered is read

ret_values = cnc_rdmaxgrp( ) # Reads the maximum number of tool groups that can be registered.
if ret_values[0] != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
end

4.5 Reading tool life management data (maximum number of tools that can be registered in a group)

[Function]
cnc_rdmaxtool
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_rdmaxtool()
[Arguments]
None
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (138) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_rdmaxtool function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical value Execution result
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_NOOPT
No options.
The tool life management function is required.
2nd element Numerical value Maximum number of tools that can be registered in a group
[Description]
Reads the maximum number of tools that can be registered in a group.
Up to 256 sets (for both the M and T series) are available for tool life management throughout the entire
system. When additional tool set options for tool life management are added, the number of sets is
extended to 1024 (for both the M and T series) throughout the entire system.

The following parameters are related to this function:

- Bit 0 (GS1) of parameter No. 6800.
- Bit 1 (GS2) of parameter No. 6800.
- Parameter No. 6813.
For details on the parameters, refer to the "PARAMATER MANUAL" (B-63950EN, B-64490EN,
B-64610EN) of the CNC.
[Example]
When the maximum number of tools that can be registered in a group is read

ret_values = cnc_rdmaxtool( ) # Reads the maximum number of tools that can be registered in a group.
if ret_values[0] != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
end

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 367/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

4.6 Reading tool life management data (ordinal number of the tool to be used in a group)

[Function]
cnc_rdusetlno
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_rdusetlno(s_grp, e_grp)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (139) Arguments of the cnc_rdusetlno function

Name Type Description
s_grp Numerical value Read start tool group number.
e_grp Numerical value Read end tool group number.
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (140) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_rdusetlno function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical value Execution result
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_NUMBER
Data number error
Tool group number (s_grp or e_grp)
EW_NOOPT
No options.
The tool life management function is required.
2nd element Array Ordinal number of tools
For details on the value, refer to the following table "Ordinal number of tools."

Table 5.3 (141) Ordinal number of tools

Element Type Description
1st element Numerical value Read start tool group number.
2nd element Numerical value Read end tool group number.
3rd element Array Ordinal number of the tool to be used in each group
As many tool ordinal numbers as tool groups that have been read
are stored in an array.
The number of elements in the array is the number of tool groups.
[Description]
Reads the ordinal numbers of tools to be used in a group.
Up to 256 sets (for both the M and T series) are available for tool life management throughout the entire
system. When additional tool set options for tool life management are added, the number of sets is
extended to 1024 (for both the M and T series) throughout the entire system.

The following parameters are related to this function:

- Bit 0 (GS1) of parameter No. 6800.
- Bit 1 (GS2) of parameter No. 6800.
- Parameter No. 6813.
For details on the parameters, refer to the "PARAMATER MANUAL" (B-63950EN, B-64490EN,
B-64610EN) of the CNC.
[Example]
25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 368/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

When the ordinal numbers of tools to be used in tool group numbers 10 to 12 are read

s_grp = 10 # Read start tool group number

e_grp = 12 # Read end tool group number
ret_values = cnc_rdusetlno( s_grp, e_grp ) # Reads the ordinal numbers of tools to be used in the groups.
if ret_values[0] != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
end

4.7 Reading tool life management data (tool data 1) (2)

[Function]
cnc_rd1tlifedat2
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_rd1tlifedat2(grp_num, tool_num)

[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (142) Arguments of the cnc_rd1tlifedat2 function

Name Type Description
grp_num Numerical value Tool group number
tool_num Numerical value Tool number
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (143) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_rd1tlifedat2 function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical value Execution result
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_NUMBER
Data number error
The tool group number (grp_num) is invalid.
EW_ATTRIB
Data attribute error
The specified tool number (tool_num) is invalid.
EW_NOOPT
No options.
The tool life management function is required.
2nd element Array All tool information
For details on the value, refer to the table "All tool information" below.

Table 5.3 (144) All tool information

Element Type Description
1st element Numerical value Tool group number
2nd element Numerical value Tool number
3rd element Numerical value Tool length compensation number (0 is always read for the lathe system (T
series).)

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 369/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Element Type Description

4th element Numerical value Tool radius compensation number (0 is always read for the lathe system (T
series).)
5th element Numerical value Tool information
0: (See below.)
1: The tool is registered.
2: The life of the tool ends.
3: The tool is skipped.
When 0 is specified for grp_num or tool_num, the tool group or tool currently
being used is referenced, respectively. When no tool group number has been
specified since power-on, however, 0 is stored.
[Description]
Reads all tool information.
Up to 256 sets (for both the M and T series) are available for tool life management throughout the entire
system. When additional tool set options for tool life management are added, the number of sets is
extended to 1024 (for both the M and T series) throughout the entire system.

The following parameters are related to this function:

- Bit 0 (GS1) of parameter No. 6800.
- Bit 1 (GS2) of parameter No. 6800.
- Parameter No. 6813.
For details on the parameters, refer to the "PARAMATER MANUAL" (B-63950EN, B-64490EN,
B-64610EN) of the CNC.
[Example]
When all tool information of tool number "1001" in tool group number "10" is read

grp_num = 10 # Tool group number

tool_num = 1001 # Tool number
ret_values = cnc_rd1tlifedat2( grp_num, tool_num ) # Acquires all tool information.
if ret_values[0] != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
end

4.8 Reading tool life management data (tool data 2)

[Function]
cnc_rd2tlifedata
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_rd2tlifedata(grp_no, use_no)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (145) Arguments of the cnc_rd2tlifedata function

Name Type Description
grp_no Numerical value Tool group number
use_no Numerical value Tool ordinal number
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 370/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Table 5.3 (146) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_rd2tlifedata function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical value Execution result
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_NUMBER
Data number error
The tool group number (grp_no) is invalid.
EW_ATTRIB
Data attribute error
The specified tool ordinal number (use_no) is invalid.
EW_NOOPT
No options.
The tool life management function is required.
2nd element Array All tool information
For details on the value, refer to the table "All tool information" below.

Table 5.3 (147) All tool information

Element Type Description
1st element Numerical value Tool group number
2nd element Numerical value Tool ordinal number
3rd element Numerical value Tool number
4th element Numerical value Tool length compensation number (0 is always read for the lathe system (T
series).)
5th element Numerical value Tool radius compensation number (0 is always read for the lathe system (T
series).)
6th element Numerical value Tool information
0: (See below.)
1: The tool is registered.
2: The life of the tool ends.
3: The tool is skipped.
When 0 is specified for grp_no, the tool group currently being used is
referenced. When no tool group number has been specified since
power-on, however, 0 is stored.
When 0 is specified for use_no, the tool currently being used is referenced
for the number of a tool group already used or the first tool is referenced for
the number of a tool group that has not yet been used.
[Description]
Reads all tool information.

Up to 256 sets (for both the M and T series) are available for tool life management throughout the entire
system. When additional tool set options for tool life management are added, the number of sets is
extended to 1024 (for both the M and T series) throughout the entire system.

The following parameters are related to this function:

- Bit 0 (GS1) of parameter No. 6800.
- Bit 1 (GS2) of parameter No. 6800.
- Parameter No. 6813.
For details on the parameters, refer to the "PARAMATER MANUAL" (B-63950EN, B-64490EN,
B-64610EN) of the CNC.
[Example]
When all tool information of tool ordinal number 3 in tool group number 10 is read

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 371/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

grp_no = 10 # Tool group number

use_no = 3 # Tool ordinal number
ret_values = cnc_rd2tlifedata( grp_no, use_no ) # Acquires all tool information.
if ret_values[0] != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
end

4.9 Writing tool life management data (tool data 1) (2)

[Function]
cnc_wr1tlifedat2
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_wr1tlifedat2(datano, type, tool_num, h_code, d_code, tool_inf)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (148) Arguments of the cnc_wr1tlifedat2 function

Name Type Description
datano Numerical value Tool group number
type Numerical value (Current) tool number
tool_num Numerical value (New) tool number
h_code Numerical value Tool length compensation number (0 is always read for the lathe system (T series).)
d_code Numerical value Tool radius compensation number (0 is always read for the lathe system (T series).)
tool_inf Numerical value Tool information
1: The tool is registered.
2: The life of the tool ends.
3: The tool is skipped.
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 372/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Table 5.3 (149) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_wr1tlifedat2 function
Type Description
Numerical Execution result
value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_NUMBER
Data number error
The tool group number (datano) is invalid.
EW_ATTRIB
Data attribute error
The specified current tool number (type) is invalid.
EW_DATA
Data error
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute the cnc_getdtailerr function.
The following is set to "Detail status" of the return value array:
0: Error other than EW_DATA.
1: New tool number (tool_num) error.
2: Tool length compensation number (h_code) error.
3: Tool radius compensation number (d_code) error.
4: Tool information (tool_inf) error.
EW_NOOPT
No options
The tool life management function is required.
EW_REJECT
CNC processing is rejected.
For a normal call :
An attempt was made to rewrite data of the tool group currently being used or the next tool
group to be used.
[Description]
Writes all tool information.

When all of the following conditions are satisfied for a normal call, error EW_REJECT(13) is returned:
- During automatic operation (OP = 1).
- The tool group with the target number is being used or is to be used next.
- Bit 1 (TCO) of parameter No. 6802 = 0.
When all of the following conditions are satisfied for a normal call, the tool status cannot be changed to the
cleared state:
- During automatic operation (OP = 1).
- The tool group with the target number is being used or is to be used next.
- The tool with the target number is being used.
- Bit 1 (TCO) of parameter No. 6802 = 1.
- Bit 2 (E17) of parameter No. 6802 = 1.

Up to 256 sets (for both the M and T series) are available for tool life management throughout the entire
system. When additional tool set options for tool life management are added, the number of sets is
extended to 1024 (for both the M and T series) throughout the entire system.

The following parameters are related to this function:

- Bit 0 (GS1) of parameter No. 6800.
- Bit 1 (GS2) of parameter No. 6800.
- Bit 1 (TCO) of parameter No. 6802.
- Bit 2 (E17) of parameter No. 6802.
- Bit 1 (TC1) of parameter No. 6804.
25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 373/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

- Parameter No. 6813.

For details on the parameters, refer to the "PARAMATER MANUAL" (B-63950EN, B-64490EN,
B-64610EN) of the CNC.
[Example]
When all tool information of tool number 1001 in tool group number 10 is written

datano = 10 # Tool group number

type = 1001 # Current tool number
tool_num = 1010 # New tool number
h_code = 11 # Tool length compensation number
d_code = 11 # Tool radius compensation number
tool_inf = 2 # Tool information (2: The life of the tool ends.)
ret_value = cnc_wr1tlifedat2( datano, type, tool_num, h_code, d_code, tool_inf )
# Writes all tool information.
if ret_value != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
end

CAUTION
Use sufficient care when you write the tool life management data. There is a
possibility that the NC may run with the wrong tool life management data. In this
case, it may cause unexpected machine behavior, and tools, machines or
workpieces may be damaged.
You have to make sure that writing the tool life management data is safe and
correct when doing so.

4.10 Writing tool life management data (tool data 2)

[Function]
cnc_wr2tlifedata
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_wr2tlifedata(datano, type, tool_num, h_code, d_code, tool_inf)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (150) Arguments of the cnc_wr2tlifedata function

Name Type Description
datano Numerical value Tool group number
type Numerical value Tool ordinal number
tool_num Numerical value (New) tool number
h_code Numerical value Tool length compensation number (0 is always read for the lathe system (T series).)
d_code Numerical value Tool radius compensation number (0 is always read for the lathe system (T series).)
tool_inf Numerical value Tool information
1: The tool is registered.
2: The life of the tool ends.
3: The tool is skipped.
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 374/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Table 5.3 (151) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_wr2tlifedata function
Type Description
Numerical Execution result
value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_NUMBER
Data number error
The tool group number (datano) is invalid.
EW_ATTRIB
Data attribute error
The specified tool ordinal number (type) is invalid.
EW_DATA
Data error
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute the cnc_getdtailerr function.
The following is set to "Detail status" of the return value array:
0: Error other than EW_DATA.
1: New tool number (tool_num) error.
2: Tool length compensation number (h_code) error.
3: Tool radius compensation number (d_code) error.
4: Tool information (tool_inf) error.
EW_NOOPT
No options
The tool life management function is required.
EW_REJECT
CNC processing is rejected.
For a normal call :
An attempt was made to rewrite data of the tool group currently being used or the next tool
group to be used.
[Description]
Writes all tool information.

Up to 256 sets (for both the M and T series) are available for tool life management throughout the entire
system. When additional tool set options for tool life management are added, the number of sets is
extended to 1024 (for both the M and T series) throughout the entire system.

The following parameters are related to this function:

- Bit 0 (GS1) of parameter No. 6800.
- Bit 1 (GS2) of parameter No. 6800.
- Bit 1 (TCO) of parameter No. 6802.
- Bit 2 (E17) of parameter No. 6802.
- Bit 1 (TC1) of parameter No. 6804.
- Parameter No. 6813.
For details on the parameters, refer to the "PARAMATER MANUAL" (B-63950EN, B-64490EN,
B-64610EN) of the CNC.
[Example]
When all tool information of tool ordinal number 3 in tool group number "10" is written

datano = 10 # Tool group number

type = 3 # Tool ordinal number
tool_num = 1010 # New tool number
h_code = 11 # Tool length compensation number
d_code = 11 # Tool radius compensation number
tool_inf = 2 # Tool information (2: The life of the tool ends.)
25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 375/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

ret_value = cnc_wr2tlifedata( datano, type, tool_num, h_code, d_code, tool_inf )

# Writes all tool information.
if ret_value != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
end

CAUTION
Use sufficient care when you write the tool life management data. There is a
possibility that the NC may run with the wrong tool life management data. In this
case, it may cause unexpected machine behavior, and tools, machines or
workpieces may be damaged.
You have to make sure that writing the tool life management data is safe and
correct when doing so.

4.11 Writing tool life management data (tool group information)

[Function]
cnc_wrgrpinfo
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_wrgrpinfo(s_grp, e_grp, data)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (152) Arguments of the cnc_wrgrpinfo function

Name Type Description
s_grp Numerical value Read start tool group number.
e_grp Numerical value Read end tool group number.
data Array of N elements Array of tool group information
(N = Number of tool For details on the value, refer to the following table "Tool group
groups to be written) information."

Table 5.3 (153) Tool group information

Element Type Description
1st element Numerical value Tool life value
2nd element Numerical value Tool life counter
3rd element Numerical value Tool life counter type
0: Number of times
1: Time
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 376/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Table 5.3 (154) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_wrgrpinfo function
Type Description
Numerical Execution result
value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_NUMBER
Data number error
The tool group number (s_grp or e_grp) is invalid.
EW_DATA
Data error
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute the cnc_getdtailerr function.
The following is set to "Detail status" of the return value array:
0: Error other than EW_DATA.
1: Tool life value (count_value) error.
2: Tool life counter value (counter) error.
3: Tool life counter type (count_type) error.
5: During automatic operation.
6: Next group to be used or group being used.
(No items other than the life counter value can be changed.)
Moreover, the block number including illegal data (0 or greater) is set in "Error data
number" in the return value array.
The tool group number is set.
EW_NOOPT
No options
The tool life management function is required.
EW_REJECT
CNC processing is rejected.
For a normal call :
An attempt was made to rewrite data of the tool group currently being used or the next tool
group to be used.
[Description]
Writes tool group information.

The maximum life value and life counter value are as follows:
When bit 4 (LFB) of parameter No. 6805 is set to disable the tool life management B function :
For the count specification : 65535 times
For the time specification : 4300 minutes
When bit 4 (LFB) of parameter No. 6805 is set to enable the tool life management B function :
For the count specification : 99999999 times
For the time specification : 100000 minutes
60000 minutes (0.1-second life count intervals)

Up to 256 sets (for both the M and T series) are available for tool life management throughout the entire
system. When additional tool set options for tool life management are added, the number of sets is
extended to 1024 (for both the M and T series) throughout the entire system.

The following parameters are related to this function:

- Bit 0 (GS1) of parameter No. 6800.
- Bit 1 (GS2) of parameter No. 6800.
- Bit 1 (TC1) of parameter No. 6804.
- Parameter No. 6813.
For details on the parameters, refer to the "PARAMATER MANUAL" (B-63950EN, B-64490EN,
B-64610EN) of the CNC.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 377/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

[Example]
When the tool group information of tool group numbers "10" and "11" is written

s_grp = 10 # Read start tool group number

e_grp = 11 # Read end tool group number
data = [[10, 5, 0], [11, 5, 1]] # Tool group information to be written
ret_value = cnc_wrgrpinfo( s_grp, e_grp,data ) # Writes tool group information.
if ret_value != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
end

CAUTION
Use sufficient care when you write the tool life management data. There is a
possibility that the NC may run with the wrong tool life management data. In this
case, it may cause unexpected machine behavior, and tools, machines or
workpieces may be damaged.
You have to make sure that writing the tool life management data is safe and
correct when doing so.

4.12 Writing tool life management data (tool group information 2)

[Function]
cnc_wrgrpinfo2
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_wrgrpinfo2(s_grp, e_grp, opt_grpno)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (155) Arguments of the cnc_wrgrpinfo2 function

Name Type Description
s_grp Numerical value Read start tool group number.
e_grp Numerical value Read end tool group number.
opt_grpno Array Arbitrary group number
As many arbitrary group numbers as tool group numbers to be written are
stored in the array.
The number of elements is the number of tool groups to be written.
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 378/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Table 5.3 (156) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_wrgrpinfo2 function
Type Description
Numerical Execution result
value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_NUMBER
Data number error
The tool group number (s_grp or e_grp) is invalid.
EW_DATA
Data error
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute the cnc_getdtailerr function.
The following is set to "Detail status" of the return value array:
0: Error other than EW_DATA.
1: Arbitrary group number (opt_grpno) error.
Moreover, the block number including illegal data (0 or greater) is set in "Error data
number" in the return value array.
The tool group number is set.
EW_NOOPT
No options
The tool life management function is required.
EW_PARAM
No parameter
Parameters of the tool life management B function and arbitrary group number function must
be specified.
EW_REJECT
CNC processing is rejected.
For a normal call :
An attempt was made to rewrite data of the tool group currently being used or the next tool
group to be used.
[Description]
Writes tool group information 2.

Up to 256 sets (for both the M and T series) are available for tool life management throughout the entire
system. When additional tool set options for tool life management are added, the number of sets is
extended to 1024 (for both the M and T series) throughout the entire system.

The following parameters are related to this function:

- Bit 0 (GS1) of parameter No. 6800.
- Bit 1 (GS2) of parameter No. 6800.
- Bit 2 (LTM) of parameter No. 6800.
- Bit 1 (TC1) of parameter No. 6804.
- Parameter No. 6813.
For details on the parameters, refer to the "PARAMATER MANUAL" (B-63950EN, B-64490EN,
B-64610EN) of the CNC.
[Example]
When arbitrary group numbers of tool group numbers "10" to "11" are written

s_grp = 10 # Read start tool group number

e_grp = 11 # Read end tool group number
opt_grpno = [5, 6] # Arbitrary group numbers to be written
ret_value = cnc_wrgrpinfo2( s_grp, e_grp,opt_grpno ) # Writes arbitrary group numbers.
if ret_value != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 379/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

end

CAUTION
Use sufficient care when you write the tool life management data. There is a
possibility that the NC may run with the wrong tool life management data. In this
case, it may cause unexpected machine behavior, and tools, machines or
workpieces may be damaged.
You have to make sure that writing the tool life management data is safe and
correct when doing so.

4.13 Writing tool life management data (tool group information 3)

[Function]
cnc_wrgrpinfo3
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_wrgrpinfo3(s_grp, e_grp, life_rest)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (157) Arguments of the cnc_wrgrpinfo3 function

Name Type Description
s_grp Numerical value Read start tool group number.
e_grp Numerical value Read end tool group number.
life_rest Array Remaining life setting
The remaining life settings for as many tool groups as written are stored in the
array.
The number of elements is the number of tool groups to be written.
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 380/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Table 5.3 (158) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_wrgrpinfo3 function
Type Description
Numerical Execution result
value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_NUMBER
Data number error
The tool group number (s_grp or e_grp) is invalid.
EW_DATA
Data error
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute the cnc_getdtailerr function.
The following is set to "Detail status" of the return value array:
0: Error other than EW_DATA.
1: Remaining life setting (life_rest) error.
Moreover, the block number including illegal data (0 or greater) is set in "Error data
number" in the return value array.
The tool group number is set.
EW_NOOPT
No options
The tool life management function is required.
EW_PARAM
No parameter
Parameters of the tool life management B function must be specified.
EW_REJECT
CNC processing is rejected.
For a normal call :
An attempt was made to rewrite data of the tool group currently being used or the next tool
group to be used.
[Description]
Writes tool group information 3.

Up to 256 sets (for both the M and T series) are available for tool life management throughout the entire
system. When additional tool set options for tool life management are added, the number of sets is
extended to 1024 (for both the M and T series) throughout the entire system.

The following parameters are related to this function:

- Bit 0 (GS1) of parameter No. 6800.
- Bit 1 (GS2) of parameter No. 6800.
- Bit 2 (LTM) of parameter No. 6800.
- Bit 1 (TC1) of parameter No. 6804.
- Bit 4 (LFB) of parameter No. 6805.
- Parameter No. 6813.
For details on the parameters, refer to the "PARAMATER MANUAL" (B-63950EN, B-64490EN,
B-64610EN) of the CNC.
[Example]
When arbitrary group numbers of tool group numbers "10" to "11" are written

s_grp = 10 # Read start tool group number

e_grp = 11 # Read end tool group number
life_rest = [5, 6] # Remaining life settings
ret_value = cnc_wrgrpinfo3( s_grp, e_grp, life_rest ) # Writes remaining life settings.
if ret_value != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
end
25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 381/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

CAUTION
Use sufficient care when you write the tool life management data. There is a
possibility that the NC may run with the wrong tool life management data. In this
case, it may cause unexpected machine behavior, and tools, machines or
workpieces may be damaged.
You have to make sure that writing the tool life management data is safe and
correct when doing so.

4.14 Deleting tool life management data (tool group information)

[Function]
cnc_deltlifegrp
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_deltlifegrp(number)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (159) Arguments of the cnc_deltlifegrp function

Name Type Description
number Numerical value Tool group number
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (160) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_deltlifegrp function
Type Description
Numerical Execution result
value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_NUMBER
Data number error
The tool group number (number) is invalid.
EW_DATA
Data error
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute the cnc_getdtailerr function.
The following is set to "Detail status" of the return value array:
0: Error other than EW_DATA.
5: During automatic operation.
6: Next group to be used or group being used.
EW_NOOPT
No options
The tool life management function is required.
EW_REJECT
CNC processing is rejected.
No data can be written because processing is being executed for the group, the group is
selected, or data of the group is being buffered.
[Description]
Deletes a tool group.
Information belonging to the specified group is all cleared.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 382/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Up to 256 sets (for both the M and T series) are available for tool life management throughout the entire
system. When additional tool set options for tool life management are added, the number of sets is
extended to 1024 (for both the M and T series) throughout the entire system.

The following parameters are related to this function:

- Bit 0 (GS1) of parameter No. 6800.
- Bit 1 (GS2) of parameter No. 6800.
- Parameter No. 6813.
For details on the parameters, refer to the "PARAMATER MANUAL" (B-63950EN, B-64490EN,
B-64610EN) of the CNC.
[Example]
When tool group information of tool group number "15" is deleted

number = 15 # Tool group number

ret_value = cnc_wrgrpinfo3( s_grp, e_grp, life_rest ) # Deletes the tool group information.
if ret_value != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
end

CAUTION
Use sufficient care when you delete the tool life management data. There is a
possibility that the NC may run with the wrong tool life management data. In this
case, it may cause unexpected machine behavior, and tools, machines or
workpieces may be damaged.
You have to make sure that deleting the tool life management data is safe and
correct when doing so.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 383/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

[CNC window library tool management data-related function reference]

5.1 Registering tool management data as a new entry (when customization data items 21 to 40 are used)

[Function]
cnc_regtool_f2
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_regtool_f2(s_number, data_num, tool)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (161) Arguments of the cnc_regtool_f2 function

Name Type Description
s_number Numerical value Start data number for registering data with the tool management data table
data_num Numerical value Number of registered data items
Set a value larger than 1 as the number of registered data items.
tool Array of N elements Array of tool management data to be registered
(N = Number of For details on the value, refer to the following table "Tool management
registered data data to be registered/set."
items)

Table 5.3 (162) Tool management data to be registered/set

Element Type Description
1st element Numerical value Tool type number (T)
(Input range: 0 to 99999999)
2nd element Numerical value Tool life counter
(Input range: 0 to 99999999, increment system: time)
(Input range: 0 to 3599999, increment system: second)
3rd element Numerical value Maximum tool life value
(Input range: 0 to 99999999, increment system: time)
(Input range: 0 to 3599999, increment system: second)
4th element Numerical value Remaining tool life value
(Input range: 0 to 99999999, increment system: time)
(Input range: 0 to 3599999, increment system: second)
5th element Numerical value State of tool life
0: Life is not managed.
1: Unused tool
2: Life is limited.
3: Life has expired.
4: Tool damaged (skip)
6th element Numerical value Customization (bits)

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 384/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Element Type Description

7th element Numerical value Tool information
bit 0 : RGS
0: Tool management data is invalid.
1: Tool management data is valid.
bit 1 : TIM
0: Life is counted by counting the number of times.
1: Life is counted by counting the period of time.
bit 2 : BDT
0: Normal tool
1: Tool with a large diameter
bit 3 : LOC
0: Enables data access.
1: Disables data access.
Bits 4 to 15: Reserved
8th element Numerical value Tool length compensation No. (H)
(Input range: 0 to 999)
9th element Numerical value Tool radius compensation No. (D)
(Input range: 0 to 999)
10th element Numerical value Spindle speed (S)
(Input range: 0 to 99999, increment system : /min)
11th element Numerical value Cutting feedrate (F)
12th element Numerical value Tool geometry compensation No. (G)
(Valid only for lathe systems)
13th element Numerical value Tool wear compensation No. (W)
(Valid only for lathe systems)
14th element Numerical value Tool geometry number
15th element Numerical value Edge group number
16th element Numerical value Edge number
17th element Numerical value Storage destination magazine number
18th element Numerical value Storage destination pot number
19th element Numerical value Customizing data 1
(Input range: -99999999 to 99999999)
20th element Numerical value Customizing data 2
(Input range: -99999999 to 99999999)
21st element Numerical value Customizing data 3
(Input range: -99999999 to 99999999)
22nd element Numerical value Customizing data 4
(Input range: -99999999 to 99999999)
23rd element Numerical value Customizing data 5
(Input range: -99999999 to 99999999)
24th element Numerical value Customizing data 6
(Input range: -99999999 to 99999999)
25th element Numerical value Customizing data 7
(Input range: -99999999 to 99999999)
26th element Numerical value Customizing data 8
(Input range: -99999999 to 99999999)
27th element Numerical value Customizing data 9
(Input range: -99999999 to 99999999)
28th element Numerical value Customizing data 10
(Input range: -99999999 to 99999999)
29th element Numerical value Customizing data 11
(Input range: -99999999 to 99999999)

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 385/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Element Type Description

30th element Numerical value Customizing data 12
(Input range: -99999999 to 99999999)
31st element Numerical value Customizing data 13
(Input range: -99999999 to 99999999)
32nd element Numerical value Customizing data 14
(Input range: -99999999 to 99999999)
33rd element Numerical value Customizing data 15
(Input range: -99999999 to 99999999)
34th element Numerical value Customizing data 16
(Input range: -99999999 to 99999999)
35th element Numerical value Customizing data 17
(Input range: -99999999 to 99999999)
36th element Numerical value Customizing data 18
(Input range: -99999999 to 99999999)
37th element Numerical value Customizing data 19
(Input range: -99999999 to 99999999)
38th element Numerical value Customizing data 20
(Input range: -99999999 to 99999999)
39th element Numerical value Customizing data 21
(Input range: -99999999 to 99999999)
40th element Numerical value Customizing data 22
(Input range: -99999999 to 99999999)
41st element Numerical value Customizing data 23
(Input range: -99999999 to 99999999)
42nd element Numerical value Customizing data 24
(Input range: -99999999 to 99999999)
43rd element Numerical value Customizing data 25
(Input range: -99999999 to 99999999)
44th element Numerical value Customizing data 26
(Input range: -99999999 to 99999999)
45th element Numerical value Customizing data 27
(Input range: -99999999 to 99999999)
46th element Numerical value Customizing data 28
(Input range: -99999999 to 99999999)
47th element Numerical value Customizing data 29
(Input range: -99999999 to 99999999)
48th element Numerical value Customizing data 30
(Input range: -99999999 to 99999999)
49th element Numerical value Customizing data 31
(Input range: -99999999 to 99999999)
50th element Numerical value Customizing data 32
(Input range: -99999999 to 99999999)
51st element Numerical value Customizing data 33
(Input range: -99999999 to 99999999)
52nd element Numerical value Customizing data 34
(Input range: -99999999 to 99999999)
53rd element Numerical value Customizing data 35
(Input range: -99999999 to 99999999)
54th element Numerical value Customizing data 36
(Input range: -99999999 to 99999999)
55th element Numerical value Customizing data 37
(Input range: -99999999 to 99999999)

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 386/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Element Type Description

56th element Numerical value Customizing data 38
(Input range: -99999999 to 99999999)
57th element Numerical value Customizing data 39
(Input range: -99999999 to 99999999)
58th element Numerical value Customizing data 40
(Input range: -99999999 to 99999999)

NOTE
1 For customization 5 through 20, registration and setting operations are permitted
only when equipped with the customization data expansion (5 to 20) option of the
tool management function.
2 For customization 5 through 40, registration and setting operations are permitted
only when equipped with the customization data expansion (5 to 40) option of the
tool management function.
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (163) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_regtool_f2 function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Return value of the function
value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_BUSY
Another user is accessing the same data window.
Execute this function again.
EW_NUMBER
Start data number error
The start data number (s_number) is invalid. Or, an attempt was made to
exceed the valid number of data items in the tool management data table.
EW_DATA
Data error
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute the
cnc_getdtailerr function.
The following is set to "Detail status" of the return value array:
0: Error other than EW_DATA.
1: Tool type number error.
2: Tool life counter error.
3: Error in the maximum tool life value.
4: Error in the tool life value reported in advance.
5: Error in the tool life status.
6: Customization 0 error.
7: Tool information error.
8: Tool length compensation number (H) error.
9: Tool radius compensation number (D) error.
10: Spindle speed (S) error.
11: Cutting feedrate (F) error.
12: Tool geometry compensation number (G) error.
13: Tool wear compensation number (W) error.
14: Tool geometry number error.
15: Edge group number error.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 387/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Element Type Description

16: Edge number error.
17: Error in the storage destination magazine number.
18: Error in the storage destination pot number.
27: The magazine and pot specified as the storage destination have
already been registered.
29: Multi edge data is illegal.
(There is an inconsistency in the data for a multi-edged tool in the tool
management function.)
31-70: Customization 1 to 40 error.
EW_NOOPT
Required option not specified.
The tool life management function (64, 240, or 1000 pairs) is required.
EW_PROT
Write protection
The tool management data table is write-protected.
EW_REJECT
CNC processing is rejected.
An attempt was made to register an already existing tool management data
table entry.
2nd element Numerical Number of data items actually registered
value

[Description]
In the tool management data table, it registers tool management data in the range specified with the starting
data number and the number of data items.

Tool management data items are sequentially registered one by one. If an error occurs, the subsequent
registration operations are not performed.

CAUTION
Use sufficient care when writing the tool management data. There is a possibility
that the NC may run with the wrong tool management data. In this case, it may
cause unexpected machine behavior, and tools, machines or workpieces may be
damaged.
You have to make sure that writing the tool management data is safe and correct
when doing so.
[Example]
When tool data with respect to the following two tool management data items are registered starting from
start data number 10:
1 Tool type number = 20, Tool life counter = 21, Maximum tool life value = 22, Remaining tool life
value = 23, Tool life state = 3, Customization (bits) = 24, Tool information = 25, Tool length
compensation number = 26, Tool radius compensation number = 27, Spindle speed = 28, Cutting
feedrate = 29, Tool geometry compensation number = 32, Tool wear compensation number = 33,
Tool geometry number = 0, Edge group number = 0, Edge number = 0, Storage destination magazine
number = 1, Storage destination pot number = 1, Customization 1 to 40 = 0
2 Tool type number = 10, Tool life counter = 11, Maximum tool life value = 12, Remaining tool life
value = 13, Tool life state = 3, Customization (bits) = 14, Tool information = 15, Tool length
compensation number = 16, Tool radius compensation number = 17, Spindle speed = 18, Cutting
feedrate = 19, Tool geometry compensation number = 22, Tool wear compensation number = 23,

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 388/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Tool geometry number = 0, Edge group number = 0, Edge number = 0, Storage destination magazine
number = 1, Storage destination pot number = 1, Customization 1 to 40 = 0

s_number = 10 # Start data number

data_num = 2 # Number of registered data items
tool1[58]=[20,21,22,23,3,24,25,26,27,28,29,32,33,0,0,0,1,1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0] # 1st tool management data to be registered
tool2[58]=[10,11,12,13,2,14,15,16,17,18,19,22,23,0,0,0,1,1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0] # 2nd tool management data to be registered
tool[2] = [tool1,tool2]

ret = cnc_regtool_f2(s_number, data_num, tool )

if ret[0] != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
end

5.2 Writing tool management data (when customization data items 21 to 40 are used)

[Function]
cnc_wrtool_f2
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_wrtool_f2(number, tool)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (164) Arguments of the cnc_wrtool_f2 function

Name Type Description
number Numerical value Data number in the tool management data table
tool Array Tool management data to be set
For details on the value, refer to "Tool management data to be registered/set."
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (165) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_wrtool_f2 function
Type Description
Numerical Return value of the function
value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_BUSY
Another user is accessing the same data window.
Execute this function again.
EW_NUMBER
Data number error
The start data number (number) is invalid.
EW_DATA
Data error
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute the cnc_getdtailerr function.
The following is set to "Detail status" of the return value array:
0: Error other than EW_DATA.
1: Tool type number error.
2: Tool life counter error.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 389/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Type Description
3: Error in the maximum tool life value.
4: Error in the tool life value reported in advance.
5: Error in the tool life status.
6: Customization 0 error.
7: Tool information error.
8: Tool length compensation number (H) error.
9: Tool radius compensation number (D) error.
10: Spindle speed (S) error.
11: Cutting feedrate (F) error.
12: Tool geometry compensation number (G) error.
13: Tool wear compensation number (W) error.
14: Tool geometry number error.
15: Edge group number error.
16: Edge number error.
17: Error in the storage destination magazine number.
18: Error in the storage destination pot number.
27: The magazine and pot specified as the storage destination have already been registered.
29: Multi edge data is illegal.
(There is an inconsistency in the data for a multi-edged tool in the tool management
function.)
31-70: Customization 1 to 40 error.
EW_NOOPT
Required option not specified.
The tool life management function (64, 240, or 1000 pairs) is required.
EW_PROT
Write protection
The tool management data table is write-protected.
[Description]
Writes a specific tool management data item in the tool management data table.
To set individual items in specific tool management data, use the wrtool function.

CAUTION
Use sufficient care when writing the tool management data. There is a possibility
that the NC may run with the wrong tool management data. In this case, it may
cause unexpected machine behavior, and tools, machines or workpieces may be
damaged.
You have to make sure that writing the tool management data is safe and correct
when doing so.

5.3 Registering magazine management data as a new entry

[Function]
cnc_regmagazine
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_regmagazine(data_num, mag)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 390/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Table 5.3 (166) Arguments of the cnc_regmagazine function

Name Type Description
data_num Numerical value Number of registered data items
Set a value larger than 1 as the number of registered data items.
mag Array of N elements Array of tool management data
(N = Number of For details on the value, refer to "Tool management data to be
registered data items) registered."

Table 5.3 (167) Tool management data to be registered

Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Magazine number
value A spindle position and a standby position can also be specified.
In such a case, a pot number need not be specified.
(Input range: 1 to 4, 11 to 14, 21 to 24)
2nd element Numerical Pot number
value (Input range: Depends on the CNC options and CNC parameter settings.)
3rd element Numerical Tool management data number
value (Input range: 0 to 65535)
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (168) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_regmagazine function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Return value of the function
value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_BUSY
Another user is accessing the same data window.
Execute this function again.
EW_DATA
Data error
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute the
cnc_getdtailerr function.
The following is set to "Detail status" of the return value array:
0: Error other than EW_DATA.
21: Magazine number error.
22: Pot number error.
23: Tool management data number error.
EW_NOOPT
Required option not specified.
The tool life management function (64, 240, or 1000 pairs) is required.
EW_PROT
Write protection
The tool management data table is write-protected.
EW_REJECT
CNC processing is rejected.
An attempt was made to register an already existing magazine management
table entry.
2nd element Numerical Number of data items actually registered
value
[Description]
Registers a tool management data number in the magazine management table.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 391/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

The magazine management table is searched for the magazine number and pot number, and a tool
management data number is written for each matching entry.

CAUTION
Use sufficient care when writing the tool management data. There is a possibility
that the NC may run with the wrong tool management data. In this case, it may
cause unexpected machine behavior, and tools, machines or workpieces may be
damaged.
You have to make sure that writing the tool management data is safe and correct
when doing so.
[Example]
When the following two tool management data items are registered
1st item: Magazine number = 1, Pot number = 1, Tool management data number = 10
2nd item: Magazine number = 2, Pot number = 2, Tool management data number = 20

data_num = 2 # Number of registered data items

mag1[3] = [1,1,10] # 1st tool management data to be registered
mag2[3] = [2,2,20] # 2nd tool management data to be registered
mag[2] = [mag1, mag2]

ret = cnc_regmagazine(data_num, mag)

if ret[0] != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
end

5.4 Deleting magazine management data

[Function]
cnc_delmagazine
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_delmagazine(data_num, mag)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (169) Arguments of the cnc_ delmagazine function

Name Type Description
data_num Numerical value Number of data items to be deleted
Set a value larger than 1 as the number of registered data items.
mag Array of N elements Array of magazine management data to be deleted
(N = Number of data For details on the value, refer to "Magazine management data to be
items to be deleted) deleted."

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 392/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Table 5.3 (170) Magazine management data to be deleted

Element Type Description
1st element Numerical value Magazine number
A spindle position and a standby position can also be specified.
In such a case, a pot number need not be specified.
(Input range: 1 to 4, 11 to 14, 21 to 24)
2nd element Numerical value Pot number
(Input range: Depends on the CNC options and CNC parameter
settings.)
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (171) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_ delmagazine function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Return value of the function
value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_BUSY
Another user is accessing the same data window.
Execute this function again.
EW_DATA
Data error
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute the
cnc_getdtailerr function.
The following is set to "Detail status" of the return value array:
0: Error other than EW_DATA.
21: Magazine number error.
22: Pot number error.
EW_NOOPT
Required option not specified.
The tool life management function (64, 240, or 1000 pairs) is required.
EW_PROT
Write protection
The tool management data table is write-protected.
2nd element Numerical Number of data items actually deleted
value
[Description]
Deletes a tool management data number in the magazine management table.

The magazine management table is searched for the magazine number and pot number, and the tool
management data numbers are deleted for each matching entry.

CAUTION
Use sufficient care when writing the tool management data. There is a possibility
that the NC may run with the wrong tool management data. In this case, it may
cause unexpected machine behavior, and tools, machines or workpieces may be
damaged.
You have to make sure that writing the tool management data is safe and correct
when doing so.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 393/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

[Example]
When the following two tool management data items are deleted
1st item: Magazine number = 1, Pot number = 1
2nd item: Magazine number = 2, Pot number = 2

data_num = 2 # Number of data items to be deleted

mag1[2] = [1,1] # 1st magazine management data item to be deleted
mag2[2] = [2,2] # 2nd magazine management data item to be deleted
mag[2] = [mag1, mag2]
ret = cnc_delmagazine(data_num, mag)
if ret[0] != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
end

5.5 Reading magazine management data

[Function]
cnc_rdmagazine
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_rdmagazine(data_num, mag)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (172) Arguments of the cnc_rdmagazine function

Name Type Description
data_num Numerical value Number of data items to be read
Set a value larger than 1 as the number of registered data items.
mag Array of N elements Array of tool management data to be read
(N = Number of data For details on the value, refer to "Magazine management data to be
items to be read) read."

Table 5.3 (173) Magazine management data to be read

Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Magazine number
value A spindle position and a standby position can also be specified.
In such a case, a pot number need not be specified.
(Input range: 1 to 4, 11 to 14, 21 to 24)
2nd element Numerical Pot number
value (Input range: Depends on the CNC options and CNC parameter settings.)
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 3 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (174) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_rdmagazine function
Element Type Description
1st Numerical value Return value of the function
element EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_BUSY
Another user is accessing the same data window.
Execute this function again.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 394/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Element Type Description

EW_DATA
Data error
To obtain more detailed information about this return value, execute
the cnc_getdtailerr function.

The following is set to "Detail status" of the return value array:

0: Error other than EW_DATA.
21: Magazine number error.
22: Pot number error.
EW_NOOPT
Required option not specified.
The tool life management function (64, 240, or 1000 pairs) is
required.
2nd Numerical value Number of data items actually read
element
3rd Array of N elements Array of tool management data
element (N = Number of data For details on the value, refer to the following table "Tool management
items to be read) data that has been read."

Table 5.3 (175) Tool management data that has been read
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical value Magazine number
The value specified for the argument is returned.
2nd element Numerical value Pot number
The value specified for the argument is returned.
3rd element Numerical value Tool management data number
[Description]
Reads a tool management data number in the magazine management table.

The magazine management table is searched for magazine number and pot number, and a tool management
data number is read for each matching entry.
[Example]
When the following two tool management data items are deleted
1st item: Magazine number = 1, Pot number = 1
2nd item: Magazine number = 2, Pot number = 2

data_num = 2 # Number of read data items

mag1[2] = [1,1] # 1st read magazine management data item
mag2[2] = [2,2] # 2nd read magazine management data item
mag[2] = [mag1, mag2]

ret = cnc_ rdmagazine(data_num, mag)

if ret[0] != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
end

5.6 Writing individual items in magazine management data

[Function]
cnc_wrmagazine

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 395/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

[Syntax with arguments]

cnc_wrmagazine(magazine, pot, tool_index)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (176) Arguments of the cnc_wrmagazine function

Name Type Description
magazine Numerical Specify a magazine number.
value (Input range: 1 to 4, 11 to 14, 21 to 24)
pot Numerical Specify a pot number.
value (Input range: Varies depending on the CNC options and CNC parameter settings.)
tool_index Numerical Specify a tool management data number.
value (Input range: 1 to 65535)
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (177) Return value of the cnc_wrmagazine function

Type Description
Numerical Return value of the function
value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_BUSY
Another user is accessing the same data window.
Execute this function again.
EW_DATA
The argument is incorrect.
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute the cnc_getdtailerr
function.
The following is set to "Detail status" of the return value array:
0: Error other than EW_DATA
21: Magazine number error
22: Pot number error
23: Tool management data number error
EW_NOOPT
A required option is not specified.
The tool management function (64, 240, or 1000 pairs) is required.
EW_PROT
Write protection is applied.
The magazine management table is write-protected.
[Description]
Writes a tool management data number in a magazine management table entry specified by a magazine
number and a pot number.
CAUTION
Use sufficient care when writing the tool management data. There is a possibility
that the NC may run with the wrong tool management data. In this case, it may
cause unexpected machine behavior, and tools, machines or workpieces may be
damaged.
You have to make sure that writing the tool management data is safe and correct
when doing so.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 396/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

[Example]
When data having magazine number = 1, pot number = 1, and tool management data number = 10 is
written

ret = cnc_wrmagazine(1,1,10)
if ret[0] != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR",0)
end

5.8 Writing tool geometry data

[Function]
cnc_wrtoolgeom_tlm
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_wrtoolgeom_tlm(snum, datanum, tool)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (178) Arguments of the cnc_wrtoolgeom_tlm function

Name Type Description
snum Numerical Specify a tool geometry data registration number.
value
datanum Numerical Specify the number of data items to register.
value The tool geometry data of the number of "datanum" items are registered starting
from the tool geometry data number specified by "snum".
tool Array Array in which the tool geometry data items to be registered are stored
For the elements of each item, refer to the table "Array of tool geometry data to be
registered."

Table 5.3 (179) Array of tool geometry data to be registered

Element Type Description
1st element Numerical value Set a value from 0 to 4 as the number of pots occupied to the left.
2nd element Numerical value Set a value from 0 to 4 as the number of pots occupied to the right.
3rd element Numerical value Set a value from 0 to 4 as the number of pots occupied above.
4th element Numerical value Set a value from 0 to 4 as the number of pots occupied below.
5th element Numerical value Set 0 for geometry A or 1 for geometry B.
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (180) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_wrtoolgeom_tlm function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Return value of the function
value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_BUSY
Another user is accessing the same data window.
Execute this function again.
EW_LENGTH
The specification of the number of data items to register (datanum) is invalid.
EW_NUMBER

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 397/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Element Type Description

The registration number of tool geometry data (snum) is invalid.
EW_DATA
One of the values specified for tool geometry data is incorrect.
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute the
cnc_getdtailerr function.
The following is set to "Detail status" of the return value array:
0: Error other than EW_DATA
1: Error in the number of pots occupied to the left
2: Error in the number of pots occupied to the right
3: Error in the number of pots occupied above
4: Error in the number of pots occupied below
5: Geometry error
EW_NOOPT
No options
The optional tool management function for 64, 240, or 1000 pairs and a large
radius tool supporting option are required.
EW_PROT
If the tool geometry data to be changed is registered with a tool stored in a pot,
the data is assumed to be protected, and this value is returned.
2nd element Numerical Number of data items that have been registered successfully
value
[Description]
Writes as many tool geometry data items as the number specified for datanum, starting from the tool
geometry data number specified for snum.

To enable this function, the optional tool management function for 64, 240, or 1000 pairs and a large radius
tool supporting option are required.
[Example]
When the following information is written in the tool geometry data:
- Number of the tool geometry data to be written: 1, registration number: 2
- 1st registration Number of pots occupied to the left: 1, Number of pots occupied to the right: 2,
Number of pots occupied above: 3, Number of pots occupied below: 4, Geometry B
- 2nd registration Number of pots occupied to the left: 4, Number of pots occupied to the right:
3, Number of pots occupied above: 2, Number of pots occupied below: 1, Geometry A

exv_list = [0, 2]
ret = cnc_wrtoolgeom_tlm(1,2,[[1,2,3,4,1], [4,3,2,1,0]])
if ret[0].to_s == exv_list[0].to_s then
msg_txt = "OK¥n"
else
msg_txt = “ERROR(“ + ret[0].to_s + ")¥n"
end
MsgBoxShow( msg_txt, 0)

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 398/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

CAUTION
Use sufficient care when you write the tool geometry data. There is a possibility
that the NC may run with the wrong tool geometry data. In this case, it may cause
unexpected machine behavior, and tools, machines or workpieces may be
damaged.
You have to make sure that writing the tool geometry data is safe and correct
when doing so.

5.8 Reading tool geometry data

[Function]
cnc_rdtoolgeom_tlm
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_rdtoolgeom_tlm(snum, datanum)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (181) Arguments of the cnc_rdtoolgeom_tlm function

Name Type Description
snum Numerical Specify the start number for reading tool geometry data.
value
datanum Numerical Specify the number of data items to be read from the tool geometry data.
value This function gets the number of tool geometry data items defined by "datanum"
starting from the tool geometry data numbers that start with "snum."
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 3 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (182) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_rdtoolgeom_tlm function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Return value of the function
value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_BUSY
The same data window is being accessed by another user.
Execute the function again.
EW_LENGTH
The specification of the number of tool geometry data items to be acquired
("datanum") is invalid.
EW_NUMBER
Data number error.
The setting of the data number for starting acquisition ("snum") is invalid.
EW_NOOPT
No options
The optional tool management function for 64, 240, or 1000 pairs and a
large radius tool supporting option are required.
2nd element Numerical Number of data items successfully acquired.
value
3rd element Array Array for storing the read tool geometry data.
For the elements of each item, see “Array of read tool geometry data.”

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 399/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Table 5.3 (183) Array of read tool geometry data

Element Type Description
1st element Array The number of pots occupied to the left
2nd element Array The number of pots occupied to the right
3rd element Array The number of pots occupied above
4th element Array The number of pots occupied below
5th element Array Set 0 for geometry A and 1 for geometry B.
[Description]
This function reads the number of tool geometry data items defined by datanum, starting from the tool
geometry data number specified by snum.

To enable this function, the optional tool management function for 64, 240, or 1000 pairs and a large radius
tool supporting option are required.
[Example]
To read the following information from the tool geometry data
- Read tool geometry data number: 1, Number of read data items: 2

exv_list = [0,2,[[1,2,3,4,1],[4,3,2,1,0]]]
ret = cnc_rdtoolgeom_tlm(1,2)
if ret[0].to_s == exv_list[0].to_s then
msg_txt = "OK¥n"
else
msg_txt = “ERROR(“ + ret[0].to_s + ")¥n"
end
MsgBoxShow( msg_txt, 0)

5.9 Reading the tool geometry data

[Function]
cnc_rdtlgeomsize_ext
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_rdtlgeomsize_ext(coord, s_number, data_num)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (184) Arguments of the cnc_rdtlgeomsize_ext function

Name Type Description
coord Numerical Specify 0.
value
s_number Numerical Specify the data number to start acquisition.
value
data_num Numerical Specify the number of items to be acquired.
value The tool geometry size data that belongs to one data number is counted as one
acquired number.
The number of tool geometry data items defined by "data_num" are acquired
starting from the data number specified by "s_number."
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 3 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 400/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Table 5.3 (185) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_rdtlgeomsize_ext function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Return value of the function
value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_LENGTH
Data block length error
The specification of the number of tool geometry size data items to be
acquired ("data_num") is invalid.
EW_NUMBER
Data number error
The specified data number for starting acquisition ("s_number") is invalid.
EW_ATTRIB
Data attribute error
The specification of the program coordinate system ("coord") is invalid.
EW_NOOPT
No options
The option for the 32-pair tool geometry size data, the 100-pair tool
geometry size data, or the 300-pair tool geometry size data is required.
2nd element Numerical Number of data items acquired
value
3rd element Array An array for storing the acquired tool geometry data.
For the elements of each item, see “Array of read tool geometry size data.”

Table 5.3 (186) Array of read tool geometry size data

Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Tool data 1
value In the case of NULL, "0x7FFFFFFF" is returned.
2nd element Numerical Tool data 2
value In the case of NULL, "0x7FFFFFFF" is returned.
3rd element Numerical Tool data 3
value In the case of NULL, "0x7FFFFFFF" is returned.
4th element Numerical Tool data 4
value In the case of NULL, "0x7FFFFFFF" is returned.
5th element Numerical Tool type
value 0: Tool is not defined
10: General tool
11: Thread tool
12: Grooving tool
13: Button turning tool
14: Straight tool
15: Versatile tool
20: Drill tool
21: Chamfering tool
22: Flat end mill tool
23: Ball end mill tool
24: Tap tool
25: Reamer tool
26: Boring tool
27: Face mill tool
6th element Numerical Attachment value
value The value differs depending on the type of the tool.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 401/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Element Type Description

In the case of 0, the value of the attachment is not set.
0 to 16: General tool
0 to 16: Thread tool
0 to 16: Grooving tool
0 to 16: Button turning tool
0 to 12: Straight tool
0 to 16: Versatile tool
0 to 4: Drill tool
0 to 4: Chamfering tool
0 to 4: Flat end mill tool
0 to 4: Ball end mill tool
0 to 4: Tap tool
0 to 4: Reamer tool
0 to 4: Boring tool
0 to 4: Face mill tool
7th element Numerical Holder number
value The setting range is as follows.
0 to 120: 1 path system
0 to 60: 2 path system
0 to 40: 3 path system
0 to 30: 4 or more path system
8th element String Tool name
[Description]
This function acquires the tool geometry size data specified by the data number for starting acquisition
("s_number") and the number of acquired data items ("data_num").
Acquisition is performed one data number ("s_number") at a time. If an error occurs in the middle of
acquisition, the subsequent acquisition process is discontinued.
[Example]
To read the following information from the tool geometry size data
- Data number at which to start acquisition: 1, Number of data items acquired: 1

exv_list = [0,1,[[0,0,0,0,0,0,0,[0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0]]]]
ret = cnc_rdtlgeomsize_ext(0,1,1)
if ret[0].to_s == exv_list[0].to_s then
msg_txt = "OK¥n"
else
msg_txt = “ERROR(“ + ret[0].to_s + ")¥n"
end
MsgBoxShow( msg_txt, 0)

5.10 Writing/deleting the tool geometry size data

[Function]
cnc_wrtlgeomsize_ext
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_wrtlgeomsize_ext(coord, type, s_number, data_num, tlgsext)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 402/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Table 5.3 (187) Arguments of the cnc_wrtlgeomsize_ext function

Name Type Description
coord Numerical Specify 0.
value
type Numerical Specify the tool geometry size data to be set or deleted.
value Specify 3 to delete the tool geometry size data.
The relationship between each data item and setting value is as follows.
0: All data
1: Data 1
2: Data 2
3: Tool type
4: Attachment
5: Tool name
6: Data 3
7: Data 4
8: Holder number
s_number Numerical Specify the data number to start setting or deleting items.
value
data_num Numerical Specify the number of items to be set or deleted.
value The tool geometry size data that belongs to one data number is counted as one
set or deleted item.
The number of tool geometry size data items defined by "data_num" are set/delete
starting from the data number specified by "s_number."
tlgsext Array An array for storing the tool geometry size data to be set/deleted.
For the elements of each item, see "Array of tool geometry size data to be
set/deleted."

Table 5.3 (188) Array of tool geometry size data to be set/deleted

Element Type Description
1st element Numerica Tool data 1
l value In the case of NULL, 0x7FFFFFFF is specified.
2nd element Numerica Tool data 2
l value In the case of NULL, 0x7FFFFFFF is specified.
3rd element Numerica Tool data 3
l value In the case of NULL, 0x7FFFFFFF is specified.
4th element Numerica Tool data 4
l value In the case of NULL, 0x7FFFFFFF is specified.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 403/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Element Type Description

5th element Numerica Tool type
l value Specify 0 to delete the tool geometry size data.
The tool type and the setting values are as follows.
0: Delete the tool geometry size data
10: General tool
11: Thread tool
12: Grooving tool
13: Button turning tool
14: Straight tool
15: Versatile tool
20: Drill tool
21: Chamfering tool
22: Flat end mill tool
23: Ball end mill tool
24: Tap tool
25: Reamer tool
26: Boring tool
27: Face mill tool
6th element Numerica Attachment value
l value The setting range depends on the tool type.
If the value of the attachment direction is not set, specify 0.
0 to 16: General tool
0 to 16: Thread tool
0 to 16: Grooving tool
0 to 16: Button turning tool
0 to 12: Straight tool
0 to 16: Versatile tool
0 to 4: Drill tool
0 to 4: Chamfering tool
0 to 4: Flat end mill tool
0 to 4: Ball end mill tool
0 to 4: Tap tool
0 to 4: Reamer tool
0 to 4: Boring tool
0 to 4: Face mill tool
7th element Numerica Holder number
l value The setting range is as follows.
0 to 120: 1 path system
0 to 60: 2 path system
0 to 40: 3 path system
0 to 30: 4 or more path system
8th element String Tool name
An ASCII string of up to 8 characters. (9th and following characters are discarded.)
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (189) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_wrtlgeomsize_ext function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerica Return value of the function
l value EW_OK
Normal termination

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 404/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Element Type Description

EW_LENGTH
Data block length error
The specification of the number of tool geometry size data items to be
set/deleted ("data_num") is invalid.
EW_NUMBER
Data number error
The data number specified for starting setting/deleting ("s_number") is invalid.
EW_ATTRIB
Data attribute error
Specification of program coordinate system ("coord") or setting value of the
tool geometry size data
The specification of ("type") is invalid.
EW_DATA
Error of the member in the structure
A member in the structure is incorrect.
Execute the cnc_getdtailerr function to get more detailed information on this
return value.
The following is set in “Detail status ”in the return value array.
0: Error other than EW_DATA
1: Data 1 error
2: Data 2 error
3: Tool type error
4: Attachment error
5: Tool name error
6: Data 3 error
7: Data 4 error
8: Holder number error
EW_NOOPT
No options
The 32-pair tool geometry size data, the 100-pair tool geometry size data, or
the 300-pair tool geometry size data is required.
EW_PROT
Write protection is applied.
The tool geometry size table is write-protected.
2nd element Numerica The number of data items actually set or deleted is returned.
l value
[Description]
This function sets/deletes the tool geometry size data specified by the data number for starting
setting/deletion ("s_number") and the number of data items to be set/deleted ("data_num").
The data numbers ("s_number") are set/deleted in order one at a time. If an error occurs, the subsequent
setting or deletion process is discontinued.
[Example]
To set the following information to the tool geometry size data
- Setting start data number: 1, Number of setting data items: 2
- First set data item: tool data 1: 2, tool data 2: 3, tool data 3: 4, tool data 4: 5, tool type: general tool,
attachment value: 5, holder number: 20, tool name: general
- Second set data item: tool data 1: 6, tool data 2: 7, tool data 3: 8, tool data 4: 9, tool type: thread tool,
attachment value: 0, holder number: 0, tool name: thread

exv_list = [0,2]
ret = cnc_wrtlgeomsize_ext(0,0,1,2,[[2,3,4,5,10,5,20,"General"],[6,7,8,9,11,0,0,"Thread"]])
if ret[0].to_s == exv_list[0].to_s then

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 405/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

msg_txt = "OK¥n"
else
msg_txt = “ERROR(“ + ret[0].to_s + ")¥n"
end
MsgBoxShow( msg_txt, 0)

To delete the following information of the tool geometry size data

- Setting start data number: 1, number of setting data items: 3

exv_list = [0,3]
ret = cnc_wrtlgeomsize_ext(0,0,1,3,[[0,0,0,0,0,0,0,""],[0,0,0,0,0,0,0,""],[0,0,0,0,0,0,0,""]])
if ret[0].to_s == exv_list[0].to_s then
msg_txt = "OK¥n"
else
msg_txt = “ERROR(“ + ret[0].to_s + ")¥n"
end
MsgBoxShow( msg_txt, 0)

NOTE
Use sufficient care when you write the tool geometry size data. There is a
possibility that the NC may run with the wrong tool geometry size data. In this
case, it may cause unexpected machine behavior, and tools, machines or
workpieces may be damaged.
You have to make sure that writing the tool geometry size data is safe and correct
when doing so.

5.11 Reading the magazine property data

[Function]
cnc_rdmag_property
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_rdmag_property(data_num, mag)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (190) Arguments of the cnc_rdmag_property function

Name Type Description
data_num Numerical value Number of acquired items
1 to 8
Specify -1 when getting all magazine data.
mag Array of N elements Array of magazine numbers
(N = Number of (Except for reading all magazine data)
acquired items) Specify the magazine number to be acquired.
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 3 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 406/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Table 5.3 (191) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_rdmag_property function
Element Type Description
1st Numerical value Return value of the function
element EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_LENGTH
Data block length error
The number of data items (data_num) is incorrect.
EW_NUMBER
Data number error
Magazine number is incorrect.
EW_NOOPT
Required option is not added.
Tool life management function (64, 240, and 1000 pairs) and the
tool management expansion B function are required.
2nd Numerical value Number of data items actually read
element
3rd Array of N elements Array of magazine property data
element (N = Number of read data For details on the value, see “Magazine property data ”below.
items)

Table 5.3 (192) Magazine property data

Element Type Description
1st element Numerical value Magazine number
2nd element Numerical value Magazine information data
3rd element Numerical value Matrix row number
4th element Numerical value Matrix column number
5th element Array An array of 4 elements that contains the customized data.
For details on the value, see “Customized data ”below.

Table 5.3 (193) Customized data

Element Type Description
1st element Numerical value Value of customized data 1
2nd element Numerical value Value of customized data 2
3rd element Numerical value Value of customized data 3
4th element Numerical value Value of customized data 4
[Description]
This function gets the specified number of magazine property data items.
[Example]
To get two magazine property data items (magazine number 1, 2)

data_num = 2 #Number of acquired items

mag[2] = [1, 2] #Magazine number to be acquired

ret = cnc_rdmag_property(data_num, mag)

if ret[0] != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
end

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 407/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

5.12 Writing the magazine property data

[Function]
cnc_wrmag_property
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_wrmag_property(data_num, magprty)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (194) Arguments of the cnc_wrmag_property function
Name Type Description
data_num Numerical value Number of setting items
1 to 8
Specify -1 when setting all magazine data
magprty Array of N elements Array of magazine property data
(N = Number of For details on the value, see “Magazine property data.”
setting items)
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (195) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_wrmag_property function
Element Type Description
1st Numerical Return value of the function
element value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_LENGTH
Data block length error
The number of data items set (data_num) is incorrect.
EW_NUMBER
Data number error
Magazine number is incorrect.
EW_DATA
Data error.
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute the
cnc_getdtailerr function.
The following is set in “Detail status ”in the return value array.
0: Error other than EW_DATA.
1: Magazine information error.
11 to 14: Error in customized data 1 to 4.
EW_NOOPT
Required option is not added.
Tool life management function (64, 240, and 1000 pairs) and the tool
management expansion B function are required.
2nd Numerical Number of data items actually set
element value
[Description]
This function sets the specified number of magazine property data items.
[Example]
To set the following two magazine property data items
First magazine property data item: Magazine number=1, Magazine information data=5, Matrix line
number=10, Matrix row number=1, All customized data=0

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 408/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Second magazine property data item: Magazine number=2, Magazine information data=5, Matrix line
number=20, Matrix row number=2, All customized data=0

data_num = 2 #Number of items to be set

magprty1[5] = [1,5,10,1,[0,0,0,0]] #First magazine property data to be set
magprty2[5] = [2,5,20,2,[0,0,0,0]] #First magazine property data to be set

magprty[2] = [magprty1, magprty2]

ret = cnc_wrmag_property(data_num, magprty)

if ret[0] != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
end

NOTE
Use sufficient care when you write the magazine property data. There is a
possibility that the NC may run with the wrong magazine property data. In this
case, it may cause unexpected machine behavior, and tools, machines or
workpieces may be damaged.
You have to make sure that writing of the magazine property data is safe and
correct when doing so.

5.13 Deleting the magazine property data

[Function]
cnc_delmag_property
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_delmag_property(data_num, magprty)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (196) Arguments of the cnc_delmag_property function
Name Type Description
data_num Numerical value Number of items to be deleted
1 to 8
Specify -1 when deleting all magazine data.
magprty Array of N elements Array of magazine numbers
(N = Number of items to be (Except for when deleting all magazine data)
deleted) Specify the number of the magazine to be deleted.
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (197) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_delmag_property function
Element Type Description
1st Numerical Return value of the function
element value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_LENGTH
Data block length error
The number of data items deleted (data_num) is incorrect.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 409/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Element Type Description

EW_NUMBER
Data number error
Magazine number is incorrect.
EW_NOOPT
Required option is not added.
Tool life management function (64, 240, and 1000 pairs) and the tool
management expansion B function are required.
2nd Numerical Number of data items actually deleted
element value
[Description]
This function deletes the specified number of magazine property data items.
[Example]
To delete two magazine property data items (magazine number 1, 2)

data_num = 2 #Number of items to be deleted

magprty[2] = [1, 2]

ret = cnc_ delmag _property(data_num, magprty)

if ret[0] != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
end

NOTE
Use sufficient care when you delete the magazine property data. There is a
possibility that the NC may run with the wrong magazine property data. In this
case, it may cause unexpected machine behavior, and tools, machines or
workpieces may be damaged.
You have to make sure that deletion of the magazine property data is safe and
correct when doing so.

5.14 Reading the pot property data

[Function]
cnc_rdpot_property
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_rdpot_property(magazine, s_number, data_num)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (198) Arguments of the cnc_rdpot_property function

Name Type Description
magazine Numerical value Magazine number to be acquired
s_number Numerical value Pot number for starting acquisition
data_num Numerical value Number of acquired items
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 3 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 410/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Table 5.3 (199) Return value of the cnc_rdpot_property function

Element Type Description
1st element Numerical value Return value of the function
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_LENGTH
Data block length error
The specification of the number of items to be acquired ("data_num") is
invalid.
EW_NUMBER
Data number error
The specified data number for starting acquisition ("s_number") is invalid.
EW_ATTRIB
Data attribute error
The specified magazine number is invalid.
EW_NOOPT
No options
The optional tool management function for 64, 240, or 1000 pairs and the
tool management expansion B function option are required.
2nd Numerical value Number of acquired pot property data items
element
3rd Array of N Acquired pot property data
element elements (N = For details, see “Pot property data ”below.
Number of
acquired pot
property data)

Table 5.3 (200) Pot property data

Element Type Description
1st element Numerical value Tool management number
2nd element Numerical value Pot type
3rd element Numerical value Pot information 1
4th element Numerical value Pot information 2
5th element Array of 10 elements Customized data
For details, see “Customized data.”

Table 5.3 (201) Customized data

Element Type Description
1st element Numerical value Customized data 1
2nd element Numerical value Customized data 2
3rd element Numerical value Customized data 3
4th element Numerical value Customized data 4
5th element Numerical value Customized data 5
6th element Numerical value Customized data 6
7th element Numerical value Customized data 7
8th element Numerical value Customized data 8
9th element Numerical value Customized data 9
10th element Numerical value Customized data 10
[Description]
This function sets the magazine number ("magazine") and the pot number for starting acquisition
("s_number") to get the specified number of pot property data items ("data_num").

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 411/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

[Example]
When setting 1 for the magazine number to be acquired, 1 for the pot number for starting acquisition, and 2
for the number of items to be acquired
ret = cnc_rdpot_property(1,1,2)
if ret[0] != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR",0)
end

5.15 Writing pot property data

[Function]
cnc_wrpot_property
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_wrpot_property(magazine, s_number, data_num, potprty)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (202) Arguments of the cnc_wrpot_property function

Name Type Description
magazine Numerical value Magazine number to be set
s_number Numerical value Pot number for starting setting
data_num Numerical value Number of setting items
potprty Array of 5 (N) elements Pot property data to be set
(N = Number of setting items) For details, see “Pot property data to be set ”below.

Table 5.3 (203) Pot property data to be set

Element Type Description
1st element Numerical value Tool management number
2nd element Numerical value Pot type
3rd element Numerical value Pot information 1
4th element Numerical value Pot information 2
5th element Array of 10 elements Customized data
For details, see “Customized data.”

Table 5.3 (204) Customized data

Element Type Description
1st element Numerical value Customized data 1
2nd element Numerical value Customized data 2
3rd element Numerical value Customized data 3
4th element Numerical value Customized data 4
5th element Numerical value Customized data 5
6th element Numerical value Customized data 6
7th element Numerical value Customized data 7
8th element Numerical value Customized data 8
9th element Numerical value Customized data 9
10th element Numerical value Customized data 10
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 412/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Table 5.3 (205) Return value of the cnc_wrpot_property function

Element Type Description
1st Numerical Return value of the function
element value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_LENGTH
Data block length error
The specification of the number of items to be set ("data_num") is invalid.
EW_NUMBER
Data number error
The data number specified for starting setting ("s_number") is invalid.
EW_ATTRIB
Data attribute error
The specified magazine number is invalid.
EW_DATA
A member of the array is incorrect.
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute the
cnc_getdtailerr function.
The following is set in “Detail status ”in the return value array.
0: Error other than EW_DATA
1: Tool management number error
2: Pot type error
3: Pot information 1 error
4: Pot information 2 error
11 to 20: Error in customized data 1 to 10
100: Tool interference
101: Multi edge error
EW_NOOPT
No options
The optional tool management function for 64, 240, or 1000 pairs and the tool
management expansion B function option are required.
2nd Numerical Number of data items actually set
element value
[Description]
This function sets the magazine number ("magazine") and the pot number for starting setting ("s_number")
to set the specified number of pot property data items ("data_num").

NOTE
Use sufficient care when you write pot property data. There is a possibility that the
NC may run with the wrong pot property data. In this case, it may cause unexpected
machine behavior, and tools, machines or workpieces may be damaged.
You have to make sure that writing the pot property data is safe and correct when
doing so.
[Example]
When setting 1 for the magazine number to be set, 1 for the pot number for starting setting, 1 for the
number of items to be set, 1 for the pot property data (work management number = 1, pot type = 1, pot
information 1 = 1, pot information 2 = 1, and customized data 1 to 10 as 1 to 0)

ret = cnc_wrpot_property(1,1,1,[[1,1,1,1,[1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,0]]])
if ret[0] != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR",0)
end

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 413/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

5.16 Deleting pot property data

[Function]
cnc_delpot_property
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_delpot_property(magazine, s_number, data_num)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (206) Arguments of the cnc_delpot_property function

Name Type Description
magazine Numerical value Magazine numbers to be deleted (1 to 8)
Specify -1 when deleting all magazine pot data.
s_number Numerical value Pot number for starting deletion
data_num Numerical value Number of items to be deleted
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (207) Return value of the cnc_delpot_property function

Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Return value of the function
value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_LENGTH
Data block length error
The specification of the number of items to be deleted ("data_num") is invalid.
EW_NUMBER
Data number error
The data number specified for starting deletion ("s_number") is invalid.
EW_ATTRIB
Data attribute error
The specified magazine number is invalid.
EW_NOOPT
No options
The optional tool management function for 64, 240, or 1000 pairs and the tool
management expansion B function option are required.
2nd Numerical Number of data items actually deleted
element value
[Description]
This function sets the magazine number ("magazine") and the pot number for starting deletion
("s_number") to delete the specified number of pot property data items ("data_num").

NOTE
Use sufficient care when you write pot property data. There is a possibility that the
NC may run with the wrong pot property data. In this case, it may cause unexpected
machine behavior, and tools, machines or workpieces may be damaged.
You have to make sure that writing the pot property data is safe and correct when
doing so.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 414/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

[Example]
When setting 1 for the magazine number to be deleted, 1 for the pot number for starting deletion, and 1 for
the number of items to be deleted

ret = cnc_delpot_property(1,1,1)
if ret[0] != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR",0)
end

5.17 Tool data transfer

[Function]
cnc_tool_move
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_tool_move(src_magazine, src_pot, dest_magazine, dest_pot)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (208) Arguments of the cnc_tool_move function

Name Type Description
src_magazine Numerical Magazine number of transfer source
value A spindle position and a standby position can also be specified. In such a
case, a pot number need not be specified.
src_pot Numerical Pot number of transfer source
value
dest_magazine Numerical Magazine number of transfer destination
value A spindle position and a standby position can also be specified. In such a
case, a pot number need not be specified.
dest_pot Numerical Pot number of transfer destination
value
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (209) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_tool_move function
Type Description
Numerical Return value of the function
value EW_OK
Normal termination.
EW_DATA
Structure member error.
A member in the structure is incorrect.
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute the cnc_getdtailerr function.
The following is set in “Detail status ”in the return value array.
0: Error other than EW_DATA
1: Error in magazine number of transfer source
2: Error in pot number of transfer source
3: There is no tool in the magazine and pot of the transfer source.
4: Error in magazine number of transfer destination
5: Error in pot number of transfer destination
6: There is a tool in the magazine and pot of the transfer destination.
EW_NOOPT

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 415/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Type Description
No options.
The tool management function for 64 pairs, the tool management function for 240 pairs, or
the tool management function for 1000 pairs is required.
EW_PROT
Write protection is applied.
The magazine management data table and the tool management data table are
write-protected.
EW_REJECT
If a tool management function with large diameter support is set, the tool transfer to a
magazine or a pot in the transfer destination interferes with other tools.
[Description]
This function transfers the tool information set in the specified magazine and pot to the magazine and pot
of the transfer destination. Unlike the tool attachment function or the tool detachment tool, there is no input
or output of signals.
[Example]
To transfer the tool management data with the following information
- Transfer source magazine number: 1, transfer source pot number: 1, transfer destination magazine
number: 1, transfer destination pot number: 2

exv_list = [0]
ret = cnc_tool_move(1,1,1,2)
if ret[0].to_s == exv_list[0].to_s then
msg_txt = "OK¥n"
else
msg_txt = “ERROR(“ + ret[0].to_s + ")¥n"
end
MsgBoxShow( msg_txt, 0)

NOTE
Use sufficient care when writing the tool management data. There is a possibility
that the NC may run with the wrong tool management data. In this case, it may
cause unexpected machine behavior, and tools, machines or workpieces may be
damaged.
You have to make sure that writing the tool management data is safe and correct
when doing so.

5.18 Searching the free pot for a large-diameter tool

[Function]
cnc_btlfpotsrh
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_btlfpotsrh(type, magnum, geomnum, potnum)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 416/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Table 5.3 (210) Arguments of the cnc_btlfpotsrh function

Name Type Description
type Numerical value Search direction of the free pot
For the relationship between each search direction and the setting value,
see “Search direction and setting value ”below.
magnum Numerical value Magazine number of search target
geomnum Numerical value Geometry number of the tool to be stored
potnum Numerical value Pot number for starting search

Table 5.3 (211) Search direction and setting value

Search direction Setting value
Reverse -1
Both 0
Forward 1
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (212) Return value of the cnc_btlfpotsrh function

Element Type Description
1st Numerical Return value of the function
element value EW_OK
Normal termination.
EW_BUSY
The same data window is being accessed by another user.
Execute the function again.
EW_NUMBER
The specified search direction ("type") is invalid.
EW_DATA
The magazine number ("magnum"), the search pot number ("potnum"), or the
tool geometry number ("geomnum") is incorrect.
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute the
cnc_getdtailerr function.
The following is set in “Detail status ”in the return value array.
0: Error other than EW_DATA
21: Magazine number error
22: Pot number error
26: Tool geometry number error.
EW_NOOPT
No options.
The optional tool management function for 64 pairs, the tool management
function for 240 pairs, or the tool management function for 1000 pairs is
required.
EW_OVRFLOW
There are no free pots.
2nd Numerical Number of pots actually searched
element value Search the free pot in which the tool with geometry specified by "geomnum" can be
stored among the magazines of the magazine number specified by "magnum."
Search is performed in the direction specified by "type," starting from the pot number
specified by "potnum."

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 417/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

[Description]
Search the free pot that fits the specified geometry ("geomnum") in the same magazine ("magnum") based
on the specified pot position ("potnum") as a reference.
The free pot is searched in the direction specified by ("type").
[Example]
When setting -1 (reverse order) for the free pot search direction, 1 for the search target magazine number,
20 for the geometry number of the tool to be stored, and 4 for the pot number for starting search

ret = cnc_btlfpotsrh(-1,1,20,4)
if ret[0] != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR",0)
end

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 418/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

[CNC Window Library History Data Related Function Reference]

6.1 History data sampling stop

[Function]
cnc_stopophis
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_stopophis()
[Arguments]
None
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (213) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_stopophis function
Type Description
Numerical Return value of the function
value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_REJECT
CNC processing is rejected.
[Description]
This function instructs the CNC to stop sampling operation history data, alarm history data, and external
operator's message history data.

6.2 History data sampling restart

[Function]
cnc_startophis
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_startophis()
[Arguments]
None
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (214) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_startophis function
Type Description
Numerical Return value of the function
value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_FUNC
Function not executed
History data sampling is not stopped (cnc_stopophis).
[Description]
This function instructs the CNC to restart the sampling of the operation history data, the alarm history data,
and the external operator message history data.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 419/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

6.3 Reading the number of operation history data items

[Function]
cnc_rdophisno
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_rdophisno()
[Arguments]
None
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (215) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_rdophisno function
Element Type Description
1st Numerical Execution result
element value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_FUNC
Function not executed
History data sampling is not stopped (cnc_stopophis).
2nd Numerical Number of operation history data items
element value
[Description]
This function reads the number of operation history data items.
When reading the operation history data with the cnc_rdophistry3 function, use the cnc_rdophisno3
function instead of this function.
Before using this function, stop the history data sampling (cnc_stopophis function).
(Example)
When the following history data is displayed on the NC operation history screen, the number of
operation history data items can be read as 3 with this function.
History number Operation history
1 1999/11/22 Power ON time
12:34:56
2 PS0181
1999/11/22 Alarm
13:00:00
MDI key operation
3 [SOFT1]
[Example]
To get the number of operation history data items

ret = cnc_rdophisno()
if ret[0] == EW_OK then
msg_txt = "Number of operation history data items:" + ret[1].to_s + "¥n"
MsgBoxShow(msg_txt,0)
end

6.4 Clearing the history data

[Function]
cnc_clearophis

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 420/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

[Syntax with arguments]

cnc_clearophis(slct)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (216) Arguments of the cnc_clearophis function

Name Type Description
slct Numerical Specify the type of history data to be cleared.
value 0: Operation history data
1: Alarm history data
2: External operator message history data
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (217) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_clearophis function
Type Description
Numerical Return value of the function
value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_ATTRIB
Data attribute error
Specification of history data type (slct) is incorrect.
EW_PARAM
CNC parameter error
Define parameter EKE(No.3195#7)=1.
[Description]
The history data to be cleared depends on the parameters SAH (No.11354#2) and SOH (No.11354#3) and
the setting of the slct argument.
For details, see the following table.
Table 5.3 (218) History data to be cleared
Parameter External operator
Alarm history
SAH SOH slct argument Operation history data Message history
Data
(No.11354#2) (No.11354#3) Data
0 Cleared Cleared Cleared
0 0 1 Cleared Cleared Cleared
2 Cleared Cleared Cleared
0 Cleared Not cleared Cleared
1 0 1 Not cleared Cleared Not cleared
2 Cleared Not cleared Cleared
0 Cleared Cleared Not cleared
0 1 1 Cleared Cleared Not cleared
2 Not cleared Not cleared Cleared
0 Cleared Not cleared Not cleared
1 1 1 Not cleared Cleared Not cleared
2 Not cleared Not cleared Cleared

6.5 Reading the number of alarm history data items

[Function]
cnc_rdalmhisno

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 421/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

[Syntax with arguments]

cnc_rdalmhisno()
[Arguments]
None
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (219) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_rdalmhisno function
Element Type Description
1st Numerical Execution result
element value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_FUNC
Function not executed
History data sampling is not stopped (cnc_stopophis).
2nd Numerical Number of alarm history data items
element value
[Description]
This function reads the number of alarm history data items.
When reading the alarm history data using the cnc_rdalmhistry4 function, use the cnc_rdalmhisno3
function instead of this function to read the number of alarm history data.
Before using this function, stop the history data sampling (cnc_stopophis function).
[Example]
To get the number of alarm history data items

ret = cnc_rdalmhisno()
if ret[0] == EW_OK then
msg_txt = "Number of alarm history data items:" + ret[1].to_s + "¥n”
MsgBoxShow(msg_txt,0)
end

6.6 Reading the number of external operator message history data items

[Function]
cnc_rdomhisno
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_rdomhisno()
[Arguments]
None
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (220) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_rdomhisno function
Element Type Description
1st Numerical Execution result
element value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_FUNC
Function not executed

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 422/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Element Type Description

History data sampling is not stopped (cnc_stopophis).
EW_PARAM
CNC parameter error
Define parameter HOM(No.3196#6)=0 and OMH(No.3112#2)=1
2nd Numerical Number of external operator message history data items
element value
[Description]
This function reads the number of external operator message history data items.

Before using this function, stop the history data sampling (cnc_stopophis function).

This function involves the following parameters.

- Parameter OMH(No.3112#2)=1 (Be sure to set this parameter to use this function.)
- Parameter HOM(No.3196#6)=0 (Be sure to set this parameter to use this function.)
- Parameter EAH(No.3112#3)
For details on the parameters, see “PARAMETER MANUAL (B-63950EN, B-64490EN, B-64610EN) ”of
the CNC.
[Example]
To get the number of external operator message history data items

ret = cnc_ rdomhisno ()

if ret[0] == EW_OK then
msg_txt = "Number of external operator message history data items:" + ret[1].to_s + "¥n ”
MsgBoxShow(msg_txt,0)
end

6.7 Reading the number of alarm history data items (3)

[Function]
cnc_rdalmhisno3
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_rdalmhisno3()
[Arguments]
None
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below

Table 5.3 (221) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_rdalmhisno3 function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Execution result
value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_FUNC
Function not executed
History data sampling is not stopped (cnc_stopophis).
2nd element Numerical Number of alarm history data items
value

[Description]
Reads the number of alarm history data items.
25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 423/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

When reading the alarm history data using the cnc_rdalmhistry4 function, use this function instead
of the cnc_rdalmhisno function to read the number of alarm history data.

Before using this function, stop history data sampling (execute cnc_stopophis function).
[Example]
To get the number of alarm history data items

ret_value = cnc_stopophis()
if ret_value[0] == 0 then
ret_value2 = cnc_rdalmhisno3()
cnc_startophis()
if ret_value2[0] == 0 then
Msg = "Number of alarm history data =" + ret_value2[1].to_s
else
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0 )
end
end

6.8 Reading the alarm history data (4)

[Function]
cnc_rdalmhistry4
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_rdalmhistry4(s_no, e_no)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (222) Arguments of the cnc_rdalmhistry4 function

Name Type Description
s_no Numerical Specifies the start record number (Specify 1 or greater).
value
e_no Numerical Specifies the end record number (Specify 1 or greater).
value Specify the end record number so that the number of alarm history data to be
acquired at one time is within 32 records.

[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (223) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_rdalmhistry4 function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Execution result
value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_FUNC
Function not executed
History data sampling is not stopped (cnc_stopophis).
EW_LENGTH
Error in the number of data items
Specify the end record number so that the number of alarm history data to be
acquired is within 32 records.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 424/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Element Type Description

EW_NUMBER
Data number error
The start record number (s_no) or end record number (e_no) is invalid.
Or history data is not recorded.
2nd element Array of 3 Start record number, End record number, Alarm history data
elements For details on the value, see “Start record number, End record number,
Alarm history data” below.

Table 5.3 (224) Start record number, End record number, Alarm history data
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Start record number of the read range
value
2nd element Numerical End record number of the read range
value
3rd element Array of n Array of alarm history data
elements For details on the value, see “Alarm history data” below.
(n =
Number of
records)

Table 5.3 (225) Alarm history data

Element Type Description
1st element Numerical A type of alarm is set.
value 0: The parameter write switch is on. (SW)
1: A parameter that requires turning off the power was input. (PW)
2: I/O error (IO)
3: Foreground P/S (PS)
4: Overtravel/external data input error (OT)
5: Overheat (OH)
6: Servo alarm (SV)
7: Data input/output error (SR)
8: Macro alarm (MC)
9: Spindle alarm (SP)
10: OT alarm that will not lead to a PS alarm (DS)
11: Alarm related to malfunction prevention (IE)
12: Background P/S (BG)
13: Synchronization error too high (SN)
14: Reserved
15: External alarm message (EX)
16: External alarm message (EX2)
17: External alarm message (EX3)
18: External alarm message (EX4)
19: PMC error (PC)

2nd element Numerical An alarm number is set.

value
3rd element Numerical An absolute axis number (1 to the maximum controlled axis number) or absolute
value spindle number(1 to the number of spindles) is set.
(0 is set for an alarm which is not relevant to an axis or spindle.)

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 425/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

4th element Numerical Year (1995 to 2094).

value
5th element Numerical Month (1 to 12).
value
6th element Numerical Day (1 to 31).
value
7th element Numerical Hours (0 to 23).
value
8th element Numerical Minites (0 to 59).
value
9th element Numerical Second (0 to 59).
value
10th element Numerical Number of characters in the alarm message (0 to 63).
value
11th element Numerical Path number(1 to 10).
value
12th element String Alarm message.

[Description]
Reads alarm history data.

When using this function, use the cnc_rdalmhisno3 function instead of the cnc_rdalmhisno function
to read the number of alarm history data.

The unit of one alarm history data item is called a record. With the cnc_rdalmhistry4 function,
up to 32 records of alarm history data can be acquired at a time.

Operation history data, alarm history data, and external operator’s message history data are
automatically recorded by the CNC.
To access these data items, data sampling by the CNC must be stopped temporarily. To stop data
sampling, before using this function, execute "stop history data sampling" (cnc_stopophis function).

To minimize the history data sampling stop time, execute "resume history data sampling"
(cnc_startophis function) immediately after history data has been read.

The start/end record number is the number assigned to each alarm history data record to be read.

These record numbers are effective after "stop history data sampling" is executed until "resume
history data sampling" is executed.
If the number of records in the recorded history data is less than the range of start / end record numbers
specified by the argument, the end record number of the return value will be the last record number read.
[Example]
When acquiring the data of the alarm history records No.1 to No.5.

ret_value = cnc_stopophis()
if ret_value[0] == 0 then
s_no = 1
e_no = 5
ret_value3 = cnc_rdalmhistry4(s_no, e_no)
if ret_value3[0] == 0 then
record_list = ret_value3[1]

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 426/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

s_no2 = record_list[0]
e_no2 = record_list[1]
for i in 0.. e_no2-s_no2 do
record = record_list[2][i]
alm_msg[i] = record[11]
end
else
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0 )
end
cnc_startophis()
end

6.9 Reading external operator’s message history data (2)

[Function]
cnc_rdomhistry2
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_rdomhistry2(s_no, e_no)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (226) Arguments of the cnc_rdomhistry2 function

Name Type Description
s_no Numerical Specifies the start record number (Specify 1 or greater)
value
e_no Numerical Specifies the end record number (Specify 1 or greater)
value Specify the end record number so that the number of external operator’s message
history data to be acquired at one time is within 32 records.

[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (227) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_rdomhistry2 function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Execution result
value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_FUNC
Function not executed
History data sampling is not stopped (cnc_stopophis).
EW_LENGTH
Error in the number of data items
Specify the end record number so that the number of external operator’s
message history data to be acquired is within 32 records.
EW_NUMBER
Data number error
The start record number (s_no) or end record number (e_no) is invalid.
Or history data is not recorded.
EW_PARAM
CNC parameter error
Define parameter OMH(No.3112#2)=1

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 427/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Element Type Description

2nd element Array of 3 Start record number, End record number, External operator’s message history
elements data
For details on the value, see “Start record number, End record number,
External operator’s message history data” below.

Table 5.3 (228) Start record number, End record number, External operator’s message history data
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Start record number of the read range
value
2nd element Numerical End record number of the read range
value
3rd element Array of n Array of External operator’s message history data
elements For details on the value, see “External operator’s message history data” below.
(n =
Number of
records)

Table 5.3 (229) External operator’s message history data

Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Message display flag.
value 1: Displays EXxxxx.
0: Displays the message as is.

2nd element Numerical Message number.

value
3rd element Numerical Year (1995 to 2094).
value
4th element Numerical Month (1 to 12).
value
5th element Numerical Day (1 to 31).
value
6th element Numerical Hours (0 to 23).
value
7th element Numerical Minites (0 to 59).
value
8th element Numerical Second (0 to 59).
value
9th element String Message

[Description]
Reads external operator’s message history data.

The unit of one external operator’s message history data item is called a record. With the cnc_rdomhistry2
function, up to 32 records of external operator’s message history data can be acquired at a time.
Operation history data, alarm history data, and external operator’s message history data are
automatically recorded by the CNC.
To access these data items, data sampling by the CNC must be stopped temporarily. To stop data

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 428/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

sampling, before using this function, execute "stop history data sampling" (cnc_stopophis function).

To minimize the history data sampling stop time, execute "resume history data sampling" (cnc_startophis
function) immediately after history data has been read.

The start/end record number is the number assigned to each external operator’s message history data record
to be read. These record numbers are effective after "stop history data sampling" is executed until "resume
history data sampling" is executed.
If the number of records in the recorded history data is less than the range of start / end record numbers
specified by the argument, the end record number of the return value will be the last record number read.

The following parameters are related to this function:

- Bit 2 (OMH) of parameter No. 3112 = 1 --- Must be set.
- Bit 6 (HOM) of parameter No. 3196 = 0 --- Must be set.
- Bit 3 (EAH) of parameter No. 3112.
- Bit 1 (EXM) of parameter No. 6301.
For information about the parameters, refer to "PARAMETER MANUAL" (B-63950EN, B-64490EN,
B-64610EN) of the CNC.

[Example]
When acquiring the data of the external operator’s message history records No.1 to No.5.

ret_value = cnc_stopophis()
if ret_value[0] == 0 then
s_no = 1
e_no = 5
ret_value3 = cnc_rdomhistry2(s_no, e_no)
if ret_value3[0] == 0 then
record_list = ret_value3[1]
s_no2 = record_list[0]
e_no2 = record_list[1]
for i in 0.. e_no2-s_no2 do
record = record_list[2][i]
ope_msg[i] = record[8]
end
else
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0 )
end
cnc_startophis()
end

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 429/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

[CNC Window Library Data Server Related Function Reference]

7.1 Getting file list information

[Function]
cnc_rddsfile
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_rddsfile(dev_name, ds_file_in )
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (230) Arguments of the cnc_rddsfile function

Name Type Description
dev_name String Specify the name of the device to which the file list information is acquired.
The device name that can be specified is as follows.
Data server "DATA_SV"
ds_file_in Array of 6 Specify the conditions for acquiring the file list information.
elements For details on the value, see “File list acquisition condition ”below

Table 5.3 (231) File list acquisition condition

Element Type Description
1st element String Specify the reference file name and reference folder name. (Up to 255 characters)
2nd element Numerical Specify the serial number of a file to be defined as a reference of the file list
value information.
3rd element Numerical Specify the offset from a file to be defined as a reference of the file information list.
value
4th element Numerical Specify the number of files in the file list information to be acquired. (Up to 32
value characters)
5th element Numerical Specify the data unit of the file list information to be acquired.
value 0 Pages
1 Bytes
2 KBytes (1 KByte＝1024 Bytes)
3 MBytes (1 MByte＝1024 KBytes)
6th element Numerical Specify whether the comment information is read with the file list information.
value 0 The comment information is not read.
1 The comment information is read.
For details of each element mentioned above, see the [Argument] column of the function reference for
the cnc_rddsfile function in the C Language Executor Programming Manual (B-63943JA-3).
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 3 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (232) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_rddsfile function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Return value of the function
value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_NOOPT
No options
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute the
cnc_getdtailerr function.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 430/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Element Type Description

The following is set in “Detail status ”in the return value array.
22: No fast Ethernet board.
24: The data server function is not available.
EW_BUSY
The data server is being used by other functions.
EW_LENGTH
The specification of the number of files in the file list information
acquired by the 4th element of the ds_file_in argument.
2nd element Array of 4 The information of the folder in which the file list information was acquired
elements For details on the value, see “File list acquisition folder information ”below.
3rd element Array of n Acquired file list information
elements Array of the file information.
(n = Number of For details on the file information, see “File information ”below.
files in the file
list information
acquired (up to
32))

Table 5.3 (233) File list acquired folder information

Element Type Description
1st element Numerical value File management format of the CF card of the data server
0 CNC file management format
2nd element Numerical value Serial number of the first file of the file list information of the 3rd element of the
return value
3rd element Numerical value Total number of files in the target folder specified by the ds_file_in argument
4th element String The full path of the folder in which the file list information was acquired is
returned. (Up to 255 characters)

Table 5.3 (234) File information

Element Type Description
1st element Numerical value Year of last edit
2nd element Numerical value Month of last edit
3rd element Numerical value Day of last edit
4th element Numerical value Hour of last edit
5th element Numerical value Minute of last edit
6th element Numerical value Second of last edit
7th element Numerical value File size. (Not used for folders)
8th element Numerical value File/folder attributes
31st bit: Always 1
30th bit 0: Folder
1: File
04th bit 0: Normal file (folder)
1: Data folder
03rd bit 0: Text
1: Binary
00th bit 0: Editable
1: Uneditable
Bits other than the above: Not used
9th element String File/folder name. ASCII character string up to 35 characters
10th element String Comment information. ASCII character string up to 127 characters
Contents of the comment block immediately after the program number is

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 431/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Element Type Description

stored.
It is effective only when the 6th element of the ds_file_in argument is 1 and
in the case of a file.
If a comment block does not exist, 127 character strings starting from the
beginning of the data body are returned.
This information is not returned for the program selected as the main
program.
[Description]
This function gets the list information of a file (including subfolders) in the CF card of the data server.
The file list information in the current folder is acquired when the only a file name or NULL character is
specified for the path argument.
When the full path of a file or folder is specified for the path argument, the file list information in the
folder is acquired.

For specific examples, see the [Description] column of the function reference for the cnc_rddsfile function
in the C Language Executor Programming Manual (B-63943JA-3).

[Example]
To get the file information of the folder "//DATA_SV/TEST001/"

ds_file_in = ["//DATA_SV/TEST001/TEST01",0,0,3,1,1]
/* Reference file = " TEST01 ”(serial number = 0, offset = 0)
Number of acquired files = 3
Data size units = Bytes
*/
ret = cnc_rddsfile( "DATA_SV", ds_file_in )
if ret[0] != EW_OK then
msg_txt = “ERROR(“ + ret[0].to_s + ")¥n"
MsgBoxShow(msg_txt,0)
end

NOTE
1 When the data folder is protected by a password, the folder information of the
data folder is not acquired even if the file list information in the folder including the
data folder is acquired. In this case, the serial number of the file advances by one.
2 Even if the data folder is protected by a password, the file list information in the
data folder can be acquired in the following cases.
- The data folder is set as the current folder and only the file name or a NULL
character is specified for the 1st element of the ds_file_in argument.
- The full path of the file in the data folder is specified as the 1st element of the
ds_file_in argument.
- The full path of the data folder is specified as the 1st element of the ds_file_in
argument.
3 If CNC software or communication software that does not support full path
specification for the 1st element of the ds_file_in argument is used, the file list
information is acquired based on the first file in the current folder when the full
path of the file or folder is specified.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 432/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

7.2 Getting the current folder

[Function]
cnc_rddsdir
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_rddsdir(dev_name)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (235) Arguments of the cnc_rddsdir function

Name Type Description
dev_name String Device name
The device name that can be specified is as follows.
Data server "DATA_SV"
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 3 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (236) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_rddsdir function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Return value of the function
value EW_OK
Normal termination.
EW_NOOPT
No options.
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute the
cnc_getdtailerr function.
The following is set in “Detail status ”in the return value array.
22: No fast Ethernet board.
24: The data server function is not available.
EW_BUSY
The data server is being used by other functions.
EW_DATA
The specification of the dev_name argument is incorrect.
EW_DTSRVR
An error occurred in the data server.
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute the
cnc_getdtailerr function.
The following is set in “Detail status ”in the return value array.
464: No CF card. Or, the CF card is not formatted
2nd element Numerical 0 is set as a fixed value.
value
3rd element String Acquired current folder name
Acquired current drive + current folder name string
Maximum number of characters is 255.
If a problem occurs, a NULL character is set.
[Description]
This function gets the full path of the current folder on the CF card of the data server.
[Example]
To get the current folder of the data server

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 433/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

ret = cnc_rddsdir( "DATA_SV" )

if ret[0] != EW_OK then
msg_txt = “ERROR(“ + ret[0].to_s + ")¥n"
MsgBoxShow(msg_txt,0)
end

7.3 Changing the current folder

[Function]
cnc_dschdir
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_dschdir(dev_name, dir)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (237) Arguments of the cnc_dschdir function

Name Type Description
dev_name String Specify the name of the device for which the current folder is to be changed.
The device name that can be specified is as follows.
Data server "DATA_SV"
dir String Specify the folder name to be changed.
If only the folder name is specified, that folder becomes one in the current folder.
The folder can be directly changed to the folder outside the current folder by
specifying a full path.
Example 1)
When "//DATA_SV/PROG1/PROG1_SUB" is specified, the current folder is
changed to the PROG1_SUB folder in the //DATA_SV/PROG1/ folder.
Example 2)
When "PROG1_SUB" is specified, the current folder is changed to the
PROG1_SUB folder in the current folder.
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (238) Return value of the cnc_dschdir function

Type Description
Numerical Return value of the function
value EW_OK
Normal termination.
EW_NOOPT
No options.
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute the cnc_getdtailerr function.
The following is set in “Detail status ”in the return value array.
22: No fast Ethernet board.
24: The data server function is not available.
EW_BUSY
The data server is being used by other functions.
EW_DATA
The specification of the dev_name argument is incorrect.
EW_DTSRVR
An error occurred in the data server.
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute the cnc_getdtailerr function.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 434/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Type Description
The following is set in “Detail status ”in the return value array.
22: No fast Ethernet board.
24: The data server function is not available.
[Description]
This function changes the current folder of the CF card of the data server.
[Example]
To change the current folder of the data server to "//DATA_SV/TEST001/"

ret = cnc_dschdir( "DATA_SV" , "//DATA_SV/TEST001/" )

if ret != EW_OK then
msg_txt = “ERROR(“ + ret.to_s + ")¥n"
MsgBoxShow(msg_txt,0)
end

NOTE
1 The setting contents of the current folder synchronize with the program list screen
of the CNC. That is, when the current folder is changed by this function, the
changed content is applied to the program list screen. Specify a full path for all file
operations when the file operation is executed with the C Language Executor
Application independently from the program list screen.
2 If the data folder is set to the current folder, the information in the data folder is
displayed on the program list screen even if the data folder is protected by a
password. Use sufficient care when you set the data folder as the current folder.

7.4 Creating folders

[Function]
cnc_dsmkdir
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_dsmkdir(dev_name, dir)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (239) Arguments of the cnc_dsmkdir function

Name Type Description
dev_name String Device name
The device name that can be specified is as follows.
Data server "DATA_SV"
dir String Specify a name for the folder to be created.
The maximum number of characters is 255.
A folder or file with the same name as one that already exists cannot be created.
When only a folder name is specified, a folder is created in the current folder.
A new folder can be created in a folder other than the current folder by specifying a full
path.
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 435/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Table 5.3 (240) Return value of the cnc_dsmkdir function

Type Description
Numerical Return value of the function
value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_NOOPT
No options
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute the cnc_getdtailerr function.
The following is set in “Detail status ”in the return value array.
22: No fast Ethernet board.
24: The data server function is not available.
EW_BUSY
The data server is being used by other functions.
EW_DATA
The specification of the dev_name argument is incorrect.
EW_DTSRVR
An error occurred in the data server.
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute the cnc_getdtailerr function.
The following is set in “Detail status ”in the return value array.
464: No CF card. Or, the CF card is not formatted.
489: Failed to create a folder.
[Description]
This function creates a new folder in the CF card of the data server.
[Example]
To create the “ABCDEFG ”folder in the current folder of the data server

ret = cnc_dsmkdir( "DATA_SV", "ABCDEFG" )

if ret != EW_OK then
msg_txt = “ERROR(“ + ret.to_s + ")¥n"
MsgBoxShow(msg_txt,0)
end

7.5 Deleting folders

[Function]
cnc_dsrmdir
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_dsrmdir(dev_name, dir)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (241) Arguments of the cnc_dsrmdir function

Name Type Description
dev_name String Device name
The device name that can be specified is as follows.
Data server "DATA_SV"

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 436/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Name Type Description

dir String Specify the folder name to be deleted.
The maximum number of characters is 255.
A folder or file with the same name as one that already exists cannot be created.
When only a folder name is specified, a folder is created in the current folder.
A new folder can be created in a folder other than the current folder by specifying a full
path.
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (242) Return value of the cnc_dsrmdir function

Type Description
Numerical Return value of the function
value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_NOOPT
No options
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute the cnc_getdtailerr
function.
The following is set in “Detail status ”in the return value array.
22: No fast Ethernet board.
24: The data server function is not available.
EW_BUSY
The data server is being used by other functions.
EW_DATA
The specification of the dev_name argument is incorrect.
EW_DTSRVR
An error occurred in the data server.
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute the cnc_getdtailerr
function.
The following is set in “Detail status ”in the return value array.
464: No CF card. Or, the CF card is not formatted.
487: Failed to delete the folder.
[Description]
This function deletes the folder in the CF card of the data server.
[Example]
To delete the folder “ABCDEFG ”in the current folder of the data server

ret = cnc_dsrmdir("DATA_SV","ABCDEFG")
if ret != EW_OK then
msg_txt = “ERROR(“ + ret.to_s + ")¥n"
MsgBoxShow(msg_txt,0)
end

NOTE
Use sufficient care when you delete the NC program. There is a possibility that
the NC may run the wrong NC program. In this case, it may cause unexpected
machine behavior, and tools, machines or workpieces may be damaged.
You have to make sure that deleting the NC program is safe and correct when
doing so.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 437/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

7.6 Deleting files

[Function]
cnc_dsremove
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_dsremove(dev_name, file)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (243) Arguments of the cnc_dsremove function

Name Type Description
dev_name String Device name
The device name that can be specified is as follows.
Data server "DATA_SV"
file String Specify the file name to be deleted.
The maximum number of characters is 255.
Specification can be made using wildcards such as ’* ’and ’?’.
(If ’* ’is used, characters after the ’* ’are invalid.)
When only the names of the files to be deleted are specified, files in the current folder
are deleted.
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (244) Return value of the cnc_dsremove function

Type Description
Numerical Return value of the function
value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_NOOPT
No options
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute the cnc_getdtailerr function.
The following is set in “Detail status ”in the return value array.
22: No fast Ethernet board.
24: The data server function is not available.
EW_BUSY
The data server is being used by other functions.
EW_DATA
The specification of the dev_name argument is incorrect.
EW_DTSRVR
An error occurred in the data server.
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute the cnc_getdtailerr function.
The following is set in “Detail status ”in the return value array.
464: No CF card. Or, the CF card is not formatted.
505: Failed to delete the files.
[Description]
This function deletes the file on the CF card of the data server.
[Example]
To delete the file “ABCDEFG ”in the current folder of the data server

ret = cnc_dsremove("DATA_SV","ABCDEFG")
if ret != EW_OK then

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 438/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

msg_txt = “ERROR(“ + ret.to_s + ")¥n"

MsgBoxShow(msg_txt,0)
end

NOTE
Use sufficient care when you delete the NC program. There is a possibility that
the NC may run the wrong NC program. In this case, it may cause unexpected
machine behavior, and tools, machines or workpieces may be damaged.
You have to make sure that deleting the NC program is safe and correct when
doing so.

7.7 Getting the data server storage device information

[Function]
cnc_rddsdevinfo
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_rddsdevinfo(type)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (245) Arguments of the cnc_rddsdevinfo function

Name Type Description
type Numerical Specify the unit of information to be acquired to the lower bytes and the type of
value information to be acquired to the upper bytes as follows.
<<Lower bytes>>
- Specify the following values as the unit of the information to be acquired.
0 Pages
1 Bytes
2 KBytes (1 KByte = 1024 Bytes)
3 MBytes (1 MByte = 1024 KBytes)
<<Upper bytes>>
- Specify the following values as the type of the information to be acquired.
0 - Password protected
Information that does not include the data folder
- Password protection is disabled.
Information of the entire CF card
1 All information on the CF card
(Not affected by password protection.)
2 Information of data folder
(Not affected by password protection.)
3 Information that does not include data folder
(Not affected by password protection.)
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 5 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (246) Return value of the cnc_rddsdevinfo function

Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Return value of the function
value EW_OK

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 439/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Element Type Description

Normal termination
EW_NOOPT
No options
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute the
cnc_getdtailerr function.
The following is set in “Detail status ”in the return value array.
22: No fast Ethernet board.
24: The data server function is not available.
EW_BUSY
The data server is being used by other functions.
EW_DATA
The specification of the dev_name argument is incorrect.
EW_DTSRVR
An error occurred in the data server.
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute the
cnc_getdtailerr function.
The following is set in “Detail status ”in the return value array.
464: No CF card. Or, the CF card is not formatted.
505: Failed to delete the files.
2nd element Numerical “Capacity used ”of the acquired CF card information of the data server is returned.
value
3rd element Numerical “Disk capacity ”of the acquired CF card information of the data server is returned.
value
4th element Numerical “Number of entries in use ”of the acquired CF card information of the data server is
value returned.
5th element Numerical “Total number of entries ”of the acquired CF card information of the data server is
value returned.
[Description]
This function deletes the file on the CF card of the data server.
[Example]
To get the data server storage device information in units of Kbytes

ret = cnc_rddsdevinfo( 2 )
if ret[0] != EW_OK then
msg_txt = “ERROR(“ + ret[0].to_s + ")¥n"
MsgBoxShow(msg_txt,0)
end

NOTE
Use sufficient care when you delete the NC program. There is a possibility that
the NC may run the wrong NC program. In this case, it may cause unexpected
machine behavior, and tools, machines or workpieces may be damaged.
You have to make sure that deleting the NC program is safe and correct when
doing so.

7.8 Changing the folder/file name

[Function]
cnc_dsrename
[Syntax with arguments]
25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 440/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

cnc_dsrename(dev_name, src_name, dst_name)

[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (247) Arguments of the cnc_dsrename function

Name Type Description
dev_name String Device name
The device name that can be specified is as follows.
Data server "DATA_SV"
src_name String Specify the folder or file name to be changed.
The maximum number of characters is 255.
When changing a folder/file name, the full path must be specified.
When a full path is not specified, the name of the folder or file in the current folder is
changed.
dst_name String Specify the name of the folder/file after the change.
The maximum number of characters is 32.
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (248) Return value of the cnc_dsrename function

Type Description
Numerical Return value of the function
value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_NOOPT
No options
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute the cnc_getdtailerr function.
The following is set in “Detail status ”in the return value array.
22: No fast Ethernet board.
24: No data server function.
26: No ATA card.
EW_BUSY
The data server is being used by other functions.
EW_DATA
The specification of the dev_name argument is incorrect.
EW_DTSRVR
An error occurred in the data server.
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute the cnc_getdtailerr function.
The following is set in “Detail status ”in the return value array.
464: No CF card. Or, the CF card is not formatted.
491: Failed to change the folder/file name.
497: The new folder/file name already exists.
[Description]
The name of the folder or file in the current folder of the ATA card of the data server function is changed.
[Example]
To change the name of folder “ABCDEFG ”of the data server to “HIJKLMN ”

ret = cnc_dsrename( "DATA_SV", "ABCDEFG", "HIJKLMN" )

if ret != EW_OK then
msg_txt = “ERROR(“ + ret.to_s + ")¥n"
MsgBoxShow(msg_txt,0)
end

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 441/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

7.9 Copying the data server function file

[Function]
cnc_dscopyfile
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_dscopyfile(srcfile, dstfile)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (249) Arguments of the cnc_dscopyfile function

Name Type Description
srcfile String Specify the file name of the copy source.
The maximum number of characters is 255.
When changing a folder/file name, the full path must be specified.
If full path is not specified, the current folder file is copied.
dstfile String Specify the file name of the copy destination (attachment destination).
The maximum number of characters is 255.
A file with the same name as one that already exists cannot be specified.
When attaching to an arbitrary folder, specification of the full path is required.
It is copied to the current folder when a full path is not specified.
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (250) Return value of the cnc_dscopyfile function

Type Description
Numerical Return value of the function
value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_NOOPT
No options
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute the cnc_getdtailerr
function.
The following is set in “Detail status ”in the return value array.
22: No fast Ethernet board.
24: No data server function.
26: No ATA card.
EW_BUSY
The data server is being used by other functions.
EW_MODE
CNC mode error. The CNC is in a mode other than EDIT mode.
EW_DTSRVR
An error occurred in the data server.
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute the cnc_getdtailerr
function.
The following is set in “Detail status ”in the return value array.
464: No CF card. Or, the CF card is not formatted.
491: Failed to change the folder/file name.
497: A file with that name already exists in the copy destination.
[Description]
Copy the file in the CF card of the data server function.
Set the CNC to EDIT mode. When the CNC is not in the EDIT mode, EW_MODE(12) is returned.
25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 442/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

[Example]
To copy the data server function file “ABCDEFG ”into “HIJKLMN ”

ret = cnc_dscopyfile( "ABCDEFG", "HIJKLMN" )

if ret != EW_OK then
msg_txt = “ERROR(“ + ret.to_s + ")¥n"
MsgBoxShow(msg_txt,0)
end

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 443/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

[CNC Window Library Other Function Reference]

8.1 Reading the maximum number of significant figures and the number of decimal places.

[Function]
cnc_getfigure
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_getfigure(data_type)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (251) Arguments of the cnc_getfigure function

Name Type Description
data_type Numerical Data type
value 0: Axis data
1: Tool offset
2: Custom macro
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 4 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (252) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_getfigure function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical value Execution result
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_ATTRIB
The specified data type (data_type) is invalid.
2nd element Numerical value Maximum number of significant figures
3rd element Array of m elements Digits after the decimal point in units of input
(m = maximum (For data other than axis data, only the beginning of the array is valid.)
number of controlled For details on the value to be set, see [Description].
axes)
4th element Array of m elements Digits after the decimal point in units of output
(m = maximum (For data other than axis data, only the beginning of the array is valid.)
number of controlled For details on the value to be set, see [Description].
axes)
[Description]
This function reads the maximum number of significant figures, input unit, and output unit of each kind of
data of the CNC.
The value that can be read by the window library is the binary data in the setting units of the CNC.
Consequently, you must set up the display of the decimal point position and other items with consideration
given to the increment system.

This function is effective when any of the following functions is used.

Table 5.3 (253) Functions that can be enabled by cnc_getfigure
Axis data
cnc_rddynamic
cnc_rdwkcdshft

The values returned from the function are as follows.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 444/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

- Maximum number of significant figures

Table 5.3 (254) Maximum number of significant figures
Axis data 9 digits
Tool offset 9 digits
Custom macro 8 digits

- Digits after the decimal point in units of input or output

1) Axis data
Table 5.3 (255) Digits after the decimal point of the axis system data
Straight axis Rotation axis
[mm] [inch] [deg]
IS-A 2 3 2
IS-B 3 4 3
IS-C 4 5 4
IS-D 5 6 5
IS-E 6 7 6
*The metric/inch of the straight axis obeys the CNC parameter.
For input unit  Input setting unit (Parameter INI (No.0000#2))
For output unit  Machine straight axis detection unit (Parameter INM (No.1001#0))

2) Tool offset
The digits after the decimal point of the output unit are invalid.
Table 5.3 (256) Digits after the decimal point of the tool offset
Parameter OFE Parameter OFD Parameter OFC Parameter OFA Straight axis Straight axis
(No.5042#3) (No.5042#2) (No.5042#1) (No.5042#0) millimeter input inch input
[mm] [inch]
0 0 0 1 2 3
0 0 0 0 3 4
0 0 1 0 4 5
0 1 0 0 5 6
1 0 0 0 6 5

3) Custom macro
The digits after the decimal point of the input units only apply to the first axis data.
The digits after the decimal point of the output units are not used.
Table 5.3 (257) Digits after the decimal point of the custom macro
[mm] [inch]
IS-A 2 3
IS-B 3 4
IS-C 4 5
IS-D 5 6
IS-E 6 7
[Example]
When setting 0 (axis data) for the data type

ret = cnc_getfigure(0)
if ret[0] != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR",0)
end

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 445/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

8.2 Reading the CNC system software series/edition (3)

[Function]
cnc_rdsyssoft3
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_rdsyssoft3(s_id, read_num)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (258) Arguments of the cnc_rdsyssoft3 function

Name Type Description
s_id Numerical Acquisition start ID of series/edition information to be read
value The ID is acquired sequentially in ascending order from the specified ID.
When reading all series/edition information, get the data whose s_id is 0. For the
second time or later, set s_id as the last acquired ID+1 and repeat the operation.
read_num Numerical Number of pieces of software to be read
value A value ranging from 1 to 40 can be specified.
If no data is read, 0 is returned to the 2nd element of the return value.
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 4 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (259) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_rdsyssoft3 function
Element Type Description
1st Numerical value Execution result
element EW_OK
Normal termination
2nd Numerical value Number of items actually read
element
3rd Numerical value Total number of pieces of software
element
4th Array of n elements List of acquired CNC system software series/editions
element (n = Number of Array of the series/edition information of the CNC system software
acquired system For details on the values, see “CNC system software series/edition
software information information" below.
(up to 40))

Table 5.3 (260) CNC system software series/edition information

Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Software ID
value A numerical value indicating the type of each software product is stored.
See the following software ID list.
2nd element String Software series
The software series used is stored in ASCII code (4 bytes).
3rd element String Software edition
The software edition used is stored in ASCII code (4 bytes).

Table 5.3 (261) Software ID list (for the Series 30i-A)

Value Meaning
0101H CNC basic software

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 446/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Value Meaning
0102H CNC optional software A1
0103H CNC optional software A2
0104H CNC optional software A3
0111H CNC language display ROM English (Basic)
0112H CNC language display ROM Japanese
0113H CNC language display ROM German
0114H CNC language display ROM French
0115H CNC language display ROM Chinese (traditional characters)
0116H CNC language display ROM Italian
0117H CNC language display ROM Korean
0118H CNC language display ROM Spanish
0119H CNC language display ROM Dutch
011AH CNC language display ROM Danish
011BH CNC language display ROM Portuguese
011CH CNC language display ROM Polish
011DH CNC language display ROM Hungarian
011EH CNC language display ROM Swedish
011FH CNC language display ROM Czech
0120H CNC language display ROM Chinese (simplified characters)
0121H CNC language display ROM Russian
0122H CNC language display ROM Turkish
0123H CNC optional software A21
0124H CNC optional software A22
0141H reserve
0151H BOOT software
0201H PMC system software 1
0211H PMC ladder 1 (First ladder)
0212H PMC ladder 2 (Second ladder)
0213H PMC ladder 3 (Third ladder)
0214H PMC ladder DCS (Ladder for DUAL CHECK)
0301H Servo software 1
0302H Servo software 2
0303H Servo software 3
0304H Servo software 4
0305H Servo software 5
0306H Servo software 6
0307H Servo software 7
0308H Servo software 8
0309H Servo software 9
030AH Servo software 10
0501H 1st spindle software
0502H 2nd spindle software
0503H 3rd spindle software
0504H 4th spindle software
0505H 5th spindle software
0506H 6th spindle software
0507H 7th spindle software
0508H 8th spindle software
0601H Graphic software 1
0602H Graphic software 2
0603H Graphic software 3

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 447/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Value Meaning
0604H Graphic software 4 (Font data)
0701H Macro executor 1
0702H Macro executor 2
0703H Macro executor 3
0704H Macro executor 4
0705H Macro executor 5
0706H Macro executor 6
0707H Macro executor 7
0708H Macro executor 8
0709H Macro executor 9
070AH Macro executor 10
070BH Macro executor 11
070CH Macro executor 12
070DH Macro executor 13
070EH Macro executor 14
070FH Macro executor 15
0710H Macro executor 16
0711H Macro executor 17
0712H Macro executor 18
0713H Macro executor 19
0714H Macro executor 20
075AH Manual Guide i (Macro Executer for Machining Center System)
075BH Manual Guide i (Macro Executer for Lathe System)
0801H Library for C language executor
0802H Application program for C language executor
0811H Library for Manual Guide i
0812H System software for Manual Guide i
0820H C language executor data file 0
0821H C language executor data file 1
0822H C language executor data file 2
0823H C language executor data file 3
0824H C language executor data file 4
0825H C language executor data file 5
0826H C language executor data file 6
0827H C language executor data file 7
0828H C language executor data file 8
0829H C language executor data file 9
0830H Data for Manual Guide i
0831H Data for Manual Guide i
0832H Data for Manual Guide i
0833H Data for Manual Guide i
0834H Data for Manual Guide i
0835H Data for Manual Guide i
0836H Data for Manual Guide i
0837H Data for Manual Guide i
0838H Data for Manual Guide i
0839H Data for Manual Guide i
0901H Network management NET
0911H Embedded Ethernet
0912H Ethernet display function
0921H PROFIBUS 1

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 448/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Value Meaning
0922H PROFIBUS 2
0923H Device network 1
0924H Device network 2
0925H FL-net1
0926H FL-net2
0927H PROFIBUS 3
0929H FL-net/Ethernet
092AH CC-Link
0931H Data server
0A01H Customer's board System
0A02H Customer's board User

Table 5.3 (262) Software ID list (for the Series 30i-B)

Value Meaning
0101H CNC system software 1
0102H CNC system software 2
0103H CNC system software 3
0104H CNC system software 4
0111H CNC language display 1
0112H CNC language display 2
0113H CNC language display 3
0114H CNC language display 4
0115H CNC language display 5
0141H reserve
0151H BOOT software
0201H PMC system software 1
0211H PMC ladder 1 (First ladder)
0212H PMC ladder 2 (Second ladder)
0213H PMC ladder 3 (Third ladder)
0214H PMC ladder 4 (Fourth ladder)
0215H PMC ladder 5 (Fifth ladder)
0216H PMC ladder DCS (Ladder for DUAL CHECK)
0221H PMC1 message data
0222H PMC2 message data
0223H PMC3 message data
0224H PMC4 message data
0225H PMC5 message data
0231H I/O Linki assignment data
0301H Servo software 1
0302H Servo software 2
0303H Servo software 3
0304H Servo software 4
0305H Servo software 5
0306H Servo software 6
0307H Servo software 7
0308H Servo software 8
0309H Servo software 9
030AH Servo software 10
0501H 1st spindle software
0502H 2nd spindle software
0503H 3rd spindle software

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 449/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Value Meaning
0504H 4th spindle software
0505H 5th spindle software
0506H 6th spindle software
0507H 7th spindle software
0508H 8th spindle software
0601H Graphic software 1
0602H Graphic software 2
0603H Graphic software 3
0604H Graphic software 4 (Font data)
0701H Library for Manual Guide i
0702H System software for Manual Guide i
0703H Manual Guide i (Macro Executer for Machining Center System)
0704H Manual Guide i (Macro Executer for Lathe System)
0710H Data for Manual Guide i
0711H Data for Manual Guide i
0712H Data for Manual Guide i
0713H Data for Manual Guide i
0714H Data for Manual Guide i
0715H Data for Manual Guide i
0716H Data for Manual Guide i
0717H Data for Manual Guide i
0718H Data for Manual Guide i
0719H Data for Manual Guide i
0801H Macro executor 1
0802H Macro executor 2
0803H Macro executor 3
0804H Macro executor 4
0805H Macro executor 5
0806H Macro executor 6
0807H Macro executor 7
0808H Macro executor 8
0809H Macro executor 9
080AH Macro executor 10
080BH Macro executor 11
080CH Macro executor 12
080DH Macro executor 13
080EH Macro executor 14
080FH Macro executor 15
0810H Macro executor 16
0811H Macro executor 17
0812H Macro executor 18
0813H Macro executor 19
0814H Macro executor 20
0901H Library for C language executor
0902H Application program for C language executor
0920H C language executor data file 0
0921H C language executor data file 1
0922H C language executor data file 2
0923H C language executor data file 3
0924H C language executor data file 4
0925H C language executor data file 5

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 450/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Value Meaning
0926H C language executor data file 6
0927H C language executor data file 7
0928H C language executor data file 8
0929H C language executor data file 9
0A01H Network management NET
0A11H Embedded Ethernet
0A12H Ethernet display function
0A18H USB function
0A21H PROFIBUS 1
0A22H PROFIBUS 2
0A23H Device network 1
0A24H Device network 2
0A25H FL-net1
0A26H FL-net2
0A27H PROFIBUS 3
0A29H FL-net/Ethernet
0A2AH CC-Link
0A31H Data server
0B01H Customer's board System
0B02H Customer's board User
0101H CNC system software 1
0102H CNC system software 2
0103H CNC system software 3
0104H CNC system software 4
0111H CNC language display 1
0112H CNC language display 2
0113H CNC language display 3
0114H CNC language display 4
0115H CNC language display 5
0141H reserve
0151H BOOT software
0201H PMC system software 1
0211H PMC ladder 1 (First ladder)
0212H PMC ladder 2 (Second ladder)
0213H PMC ladder 3 (Third ladder)
0214H PMC ladder 4 (Fourth ladder)
[Description]
This function reads the CNC system software series/edition.
Each piece of information is stored in the array of the 4th element of the return value.
The series/edition of the available system software can be read.
[Example]
To read the series/edition of all CNC system software

s_id = 0
read_num = 8
total = 0
loop = 1
while loop != 0 do
ret = cnc_rdsyssoft3(s_id,read_num)
if ret[0] != 0 then
msg_txt = “ERROR(“ + ret[0].to_s + ")¥n"

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 451/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

MsgBoxShow( msg_txt, 0 )
break
end
total += ret[1]
if ret[1] < read_num || total >= ret[2] then
loop = 0
else
list = ret[3]
data = list[ret[1] - 1]
s_id = data[0] + 1
end
end

8.3 Reading the diagnostics data information

[Function]
cnc_rddiaginfo
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_rddiaginfo(s_number, read_no)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (263) Arguments of the cnc_rddiaginfo function

Name Type Description
s_number Numerical value Specify the data number at which to start diagnostics.
read_no Numerical value Specify the number of diagnostics data information items to be read.
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (264) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_rddiaginfo function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Execution result
value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_NUMBER
The specification of the data number for starting diagnostics (s_number) is
incorrect.
2nd element Array of 4 The acquired diagnostics data information
elements For details on the value, see “Diagnostics data information ”below.

Table 5.3 (265) Diagnostics data information

Element Type Description
1st Numerical value Number of diagnostics data information items
element Number of diagnostics data information items actually read
2nd Numerical value Previous diagnostics data number
element The first valid number before the diagnostics data information that was first
read
3rd Numerical value Next diagnostics data number
element The first valid number after the diagnostics data information that was read last

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 452/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Element Type Description

4th Array of n List of acquired diagnostics data number/attribute information
element elements Array of diagnostics data number/attribute information.
(n = Number of For details on the value, see “Diagnostics data number/attribute information ”
diagnostics data below.
to be acquired
(up to 10))

Table 5.3 (266) Diagnostics data number/attribute information

Element Type Description
1st Numerical Diagnostics data number
element value
2nd Numerical Attributes of diagnostics data The following attributes are set.
element value #0, 1: Geometry attribute (valid if bit3 is 0)
0: bit (8 bit)
1: byte
2: word
3: 2-word or real number
#2: Axis attribute
0: no axis
1: with axis
#3: Geometry attribute
1: bit (1 bit)
#7: Sign
0: Signed
1: Unsigned
#8: Spindle parameter
0: Other than spindle
1: Spindle
#12 : In the case of geometry attribute 3
0: Other than a real number
1: Real number
[Description]
This function reads the CNC diagnostics data information specified by s_number and read_no.
The CNC diagnostics data is basically discontinuous, and the geometry and attributes are different for each
number.
Use this function to display diagnostics data.
[Example]
To read all CNC diagnostic data

# Read the minimum number, maximum number, and total count of the diagnostics data
ret = cnc_rddiagnum()
if ret[0] != 0 then
msg_txt = “ERROR(“ + ret[0].to_s + ")¥n"
MsgBoxShow( msg_txt, 0 )
end
diags=ret[1]
diag_min = diags[0]
diag_max = diags[1]
diag_tot = diags[2]

# Read the CNC diagnostics data information

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 453/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

s_number = diag_min
read_num = 10
total = 0
loop = 1
while loop != 0 do
ret = cnc_rddiaginfo(s_number,read_num)
if ret[0] != 0 then
msg_txt = “ERROR(“ + ret[0].to_s + ")¥n"
MsgBoxShow( msg_txt, 0 )
break
end
info = ret[1]
total += info[0]
if total >= diag_tot || info[2] <= s_number then
loop = 0
else
s_number = info[2]
end
end

8.4 Reading the minimum number, maximum number, and total count of the diagnostics data

[Function]
cnc_rddiagnum
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_rddiagnum()
[Arguments]
None
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (267) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_rddiagnum function
Element Type Description
1st Numerical Execution result
element value EW_OK
Normal termination
2nd Array of 3 The maximum number/minimum number of the diagnostics data and the total count of
element elements the diagnostics data items.
For details on the value, see “Information of maximum number, minimum number,
and total count of diagnostic data ”below.

Table 5.3 (268) Information of the maximum number, minimum number, and total count of diagnostic data
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical value Minimum number of diagnostics data
2nd element Numerical value Maximum number of diagnostics data
3rd element Numerical value Total count of diagnostics data

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 454/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

[Description]
This function reads the minimum number/maximum number of the CNC diagnostics data and the total
count of the CNC diagnostics data items.
The CNC diagnostics data distribution varies by model and may be added to by function expansions.
[Example]
See the [Example] column for cnc_rddiaginfo (reading diagnostics data).

8.5 Reading the CNC hardware configuration information

[Function]
cnc_rdsyshard
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_rdsyshard(hard_num, read_num)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (269) Arguments of the cnc_rdsyshard function

Name Type Description
hard_num Numerical Initially, hard_num is 1.
value Data is acquired in the order of information serial numbers. The second and
subsequent acquisition operations are performed repeatedly with hard_num set
to (hard_num acquired last (5th element of the CNC hardware configuration
information) +1).
read_num Numerical Number of hardware information items to be read
value A value from 1 to 25 can be specified.
If no data is read, 0 is returned.
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 3 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (270) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_rdsyshard function
Element Type Description
1st Numerical value Execution result
element EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_DATA
Error in the value of hard_num or read_num.
2nd Numerical value Number of items actually read
element
3rd Array of n Array of the CNC hardware configuration information
element elements For details on the value, see “CNC hardware configuration information ”below.
(n = the number
of the hardware
information
items to be read)

Table 5.3 (271) CNC hardware configuration information

Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Hardware ID
value

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 455/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Element Type Description

2nd Numerical Additional information of hardware
element value
3rd Numerical Hardware group name ID
element value A numerical value indicating the type of the group of each hardware item is stored.
(When new data is added, its ID is added.)
See the following “Group name ID list ”for the group name ID of the main
hardware.
4th element Numerical Hardware name ID
value A numerical value indicating the type of hardware is stored.
(When new data is added, its ID is added.)
For the main hardware name ID, see “Hardware name ID list ”below.
5th element Numerical Serial number of hardware information
value
6th element Numerical Slot number
value
7th element Numerical Display format of 1st element (hardware ID)
value The display format of the 1st element (hardware ID) used on the system
configuration screen is stored.
0: No display
1: Hexadecimal numbers are displayed as 2-digit binary numbers.
2: Hexadecimal numbers are displayed as 4-digit binary numbers.
3: Hexadecimal numbers are displayed as 6-digit binary numbers.
4: 2-digit hexadecimal numbers are displayed.
5: 4-digit hexadecimal numbers are displayed as shown below (Example 1).
(Example 1) 1234 -> 12/34
A slash (/) is added every two characters.
6: Hexadecimal numbers are displayed as 8-digit binary numbers.
7: 8-digit hexadecimal numbers are sorted and displayed as shown below
(Example 2).
(Example 2) 01234567 -> 56723 40 1
A space is inserted after the fifth character and the seventh character.
(Note) When a value begins with 0, 0 is also displayed.
(Example) For type_id1=3
0002H  0010
8th element Numerical Display format of 2nd element (additional hardware information)
value The display format of 2nd element (hardware additional information) used on the
system configuration screen is stored.
For details, see “Display format of 1st element (hardware ID) ”above.

Table 5.3 (272) Group name ID list

Value Meaning
0100H MAIN BOARD
0200H OPTION BOARD
0500H (UNKNOWN)
0600H DISPLAY
0700H OTHERS
0f00H CERTIFY ID

Table 5.3 (273) Hardware name ID list

Value Meaning
0100H MAIN BOARD
0101H CPU CARD

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 456/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Value Meaning
0102H SERVO CARD
0103H PMC MODULE
0110H FROM/SRAM
0200H FAST ETHER
0210H FL-NET
0211H ETH BOARD
0212H ETH CARD
0220H PROFI MASTER
0230H PROFI SLAVE
0250H HSSB 2CH
0260H HSSB 1CH
0280H ADD SPDL
0290H ADD AXIS
02A0H DEVNT MASTER
02B0H ADD CPU
02C0H DEVNT SLAVE
02D0H CC-Link
0601H LCD BOARD
0602H DISP ID
0603H GUI CARD
0604H GUI BOARD
0605H GUI ID
0701H MDI ID
0702H B.UNIT ID
0f00H CERTIFY ID-1
0f01H CERTIFY ID-2
0f02H CERTIFY ID-3
[Description]
This function reads the CNC hardware configuration information.
Each piece of information is stored in each element of the array.
25 items of the configuration information can be read at a time.
If all information cannot be read at once, specify hard_num to read the information repeatedly.

For the acquisition data of the above CNC hardware configuration information and its display, see the
[Argument] column in the function reference for the cnc_rdsyshard function in the C Language Executor
Programming Manual (B-63943JA-3).
[Example]
To read all hardware configuration information

hard_num = 1
read_num = 10
total = 0
loop = 1
while loop != 0 do
ret = cnc_rdsyshard( hard_num,read_num )
if ret[0] != 0 then
msg_txt = “ERROR(“ + ret[0].to_s + ")¥n"
MsgBoxShow( msg_txt, 0 )
break;
end
if ret[1] < read_num then

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 457/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

loop = 0
else
list = ret[2]
data = list[ret[1] - 1]
hard_num = data[4] + 1
end
end

8.6 Reading the CNC system information (2)

[Function]
cnc_sysinfo_ex
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_sysinfo_ex()
[Arguments]
None
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (274) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_sysinfo_ex function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Execution result
value EW_OK
Normal termination
2nd element Array of 11 The acquired CNC system information.
elements For details on the value, see “CNC system information ”below.

Table 5.3 (275) CNC system information

Element Type Description
1st element Numerical value Maximum number of controllable axes in the entire CNC system
2nd element Numerical value Maximum number of controllable spindles in the entire CNC system
3rd element Numerical value Maximum number of controllable paths in the entire CNC system
4th element Numerical value Maximum number of controllable machine groups in the entire CNC system
5th element Numerical value Current number of controlled axes in the entire CNC system
6th element Numerical value The current number of servo axes in the entire CNC system (*The same value as
the number of controlled axes is acquired.)
7th element Numerical value Current number of controlled spindles in the entire CNC system
8th element Numerical value Current number of paths
9th element Numerical value Current number of machine groups

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 458/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Element Type Description

10th Numerical value CNC additional information
element Bit3
0: without compound machining function
1: with compound machining function
Bit4
0: without transfer line function
1: with transfer line function
Bit8 to Bit15
MODEL information
0 : MODEL information not supported
1 : MODEL A
2 : MODEL B
6 : MODEL F
*For the Series 30i-A, the MODEL information is not supported. (0 is
returned.)
The bits from Bit0 to Bit31 other than the above are not used.
11th Array of n CNC system path information list
element elements Information specific to each path is stored in an array. As many arrays as the
(n = maximum maximum number of paths are used.
number of For details on the value, see “CNC system path information ”below.
paths)

Table 5.3 (276) CNC system path information

Element Type Description
1st element Numerical value System type
0x0000: None
0x204D: (= " M") Machining center
0x2054: (= " T") Lathe
2nd element Numerical value System group type
0: None
1: Machining center group
2: Lathe group
3rd element Numerical value Path attribute
0 : CNC
1: Loader
4th element Numerical value Number of controlled axes in a path
5th element Numerical value Number of servo axes in a path (*The same value as the number of controlled
axes is acquired.)
6th element Numerical value Number of spindles in a path
7th element Numerical value Machine group number
[Description]
This function reads classification (machining center system or lathe system, etc.), path information,
number of controlled axes, etc.
Use this function to confirm compatibility between the CNC's system software and the PMC's software or
to get the number of axes before reading coordinate data such as absolute coordinates or machine
coordinates from the CNC.
[Example]
To get the maximum number of paths

# Read the CNC system information (2)

ret = cnc_sysinfo_ex()
if ret[0] != 0 then

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 459/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

msg_txt = “ERROR(“ + ret[0].to_s + ")¥n"

MsgBoxShow( msg_txt, 0 )
end

8.7 Batch reading alarm messages

[Function]
cnc_rdalmmsg
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_rdalmmsg(type, num)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (277) Arguments of the cnc_rdalmmsg function

Name Type Description
type Numerical value Type of alarm to be read
0: Parameter write switch on (SW)
1: Power off parameter set (PW)
2: I/O error (IO)
3: Foreground P/S (PS)
4: Overtravel/External data (OT)
5: Overheat alarm (OH)
6: Servo alarm (SV)
7 : Data I/O error (SR)
8: Macro alarm (MC)
9: Spindle alarm (SP)
10: OT alarm not causing PS alarm (DS)
11: Alarm related to malfunction prevention function (IE)
12: P/S for background (BG)
13: Excessive synchronization error (SN)
14: Reserved
15: External alarm message (EX)
16: External alarm message (EX2)
17: External alarm message (EX3)
18: External alarm message (EX4)
19: PMC error (PC)
-1: All types
num Numerical value Number of alarms to be read
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 3 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (278) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_rdalmmsg function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical value Execution result
EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_LENGTH
The data length is not specified correctly.
The number of alarms (num) is 0 or less.
EW_ATTRIB

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 460/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Element Type Description

Data attribute error
The specified type of alarm to be read (type) is invalid.
2nd element Numerical value Number of items actually read
3rd element Array of n List of acquired alarm messages
elements (n = For details on the value, see “Alarm message ”below.
Number of
acquired alarms)

Table 5.3 (279) Alarm message

Element Type Description
1st element Numerical value The alarm number is set.
2nd element Numerical value The alarm type is set.
This value is the same as the one specified by the type argument.
3rd element Numerical value The axis number is set. (1 to the maximum controlled axis number)
For the alarms not related to axes, 0 is set.
4th element Numerical value The number of message characters (binary) is set. (1 to 32)
5th element String Alarm message character string (ASCII) is set. (Up to 31 characters)
[Description]
This function reads the alarm message generated by CNC. All alarm messages can be read at once.
Unlike the cnc_rdalminfo function, the axis name is inserted in the alarm message related to axes.
[Example]
To get all types of alarm messages (up to 10)

ret = cnc_rdalmmsg( -1, 10 )

if ret[0] != 0 then
msg_txt = “ERROR(“ + ret[0].to_s + ")¥n"
MsgBoxShow( msg_txt, 0 )
end

8.8 Getting CNC error details

[Function]
cnc_getdtailerr
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_getdtailerr()
[Arguments]
None
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (280) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_getdtailerr function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical value Execution result
EW_OK
Normal termination
2nd element Array Execution pointer information
For details on the value, see “Error details ”below.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 461/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Table 5.3 (281) Error details

Element Type Description
1st element Numerical value Detailed status
2nd element Numerical value Error data number
[Description]
This function gets the detailed information of the error that occurred when the function was executed.
[Example]
To get the detailed error information at execution of the function

ret_values = cnc_getdtailerr() # Acquire CNC error details

if ret_values[0] != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
end

8.9 CNC status information input (2)

[Function]
cnc_statinfo2
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_statinfo2()
[Arguments]
None
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (282) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_statinfo2 function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Execution result
value EW_OK
Normal termination
2nd element Array Execution pointer information
For details on the value, see “Status information ”below.

Table 5.3 (283) Status information

Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Manual handle retrace status
value 0: Manual handle retrace status: invalid
1: M.H.RTR. (Manual handle retrace)
2: NO RVRS. (Reverse prohibition)
3: NO CHAG. (Inversion prohibition)
2nd element Numerical T/M mode selection (for compound machining function only)
value 0: T mode
1: M mode

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 462/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Element Type Description

3rd element Numerical Automatic/manual operation mode selection
value 0: MDI
1: MEMory
2: ****
3: EDIT
4: HaNDle
5: JOG
6: Teach in JOG
7: Teach in HaNDle
8: INC･feed
9: REFerence
10: ReMoTe
4th element Numerical Automatic operation status
value 0: ****(reset)
1: STOP
2: HOLD
3: STaRT
4: MSTR (During the return operation of tool retraction and return, repositioning,
or manual numeric command operation)
5th element Numerical Axis movement/dwell status
value 0: ***
1: MoTioN
2: DWeLl
6th element Numerical Status of M, S, T, B function
value 0: ***(Other)
1: FIN
7th element Numerical Status of emergency stop
value 0: (Cancel of emergency stop)
1: EMerGency
2: ReSET
8th element Numerical Alarm status
value 0: ***(Other)
1: ALarM
2: BATtery low(*1)
3: FAN alam
9th element Numerical Program edit state
value - Machining center
0: ****(Unedited)
1: EDIT (Editing)
2: SeaRCH (Searching)
3: OUTPUT (During data output)
4: INPUT (During data input)
5: COMPARE (Comparing)
7: ReSTaRt (During program restart)
8: HPCC (During RISC operation)
9: PTRR (During tool retraction and recovery mode)
10: RVRS (Retracing/reverse)
11: RTRY (Retracing/retry)
12: RVED (End of retracing/reverse)
14: OFfSeT (During tool length compensation measurement mode)
15: Work OFfSet (During work zero point compensation measurement mode)
16: AICC (During AI contour control operation)
23: AICC2 (During AI contour control Ⅱoperation)

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 463/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Element Type Description

26: LEN (Manual active offset change: In the length compensation change mode)
27: RAD (Manual active offset change: In the diameter compensation change
mode)
28: WZR (change the manual active offset: in workpiece origin offset change
mode)
39: TCP (During tool tip control for 5-axis machining)
40: TWP (During tilted working plane command)
41: TCP+TWP (During tool center point control of 5-axes machining and tilted
working plane command)
43: PRG-CHK (During high speed program check)
45: S-TCP (During smooth TCP)
- Lathe
0: ****(Unedited)
1: EDIT (Editing)
2: SeaRCH (Searching)
3: OUTPUT (During data output)
4: INPUT (During data input)
5: COMPARE (Comparing)
7: OFfSeT (In the tool length compensation write mode)
8: Work ShiFT (In the workpiece shift write mode)
9: ReSTaRt (During program restart)
10: RVRS (Retracing/reverse)
11: RTRY (Retracing/retry)
12: RVED (End of retracing/reverse)
14: PTRR (During tool retraction and recovery mode)
16: AICC (During AI contour control operation)
23: AICC2 (During AI contour control Ⅱoperation)
26: OFSX (Manual active offset change: In the X-axis compensation change
mode)
27: OFSZ (Manual active offset change: In the Z-axis compensation change
mode)
28: WZR (change the manual active offset: in workpiece origin offset change
mode)
29 OFSY (Manual active offset change: In the Y-axis compensation change
mode)
31: TOFS (Manual active offset change: In the tool compensation change mode)
39: TCP (During tool tip control for 5-axis machining)
40: TWP (During tilted working plane command)
41: TCP+TWP (During tool center point control of 5-axes machining and tilted
working plane command)
43: PRG-CHK (During high speed program check)
45: S-TCP (During smooth TCP)
10th Numerical Warning message status
element value 0: (No warning)
1: WaRNing (start in the middle of a program)
11th Numerical Three-dimensional interference check status
element value 0: Three-dimensional interference check is not made
1: Three-dimensional interference check is being made by the standard CNC
2: Three-dimensional interference check is being made by the open CNC

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 464/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Element Type Description

12th Numerical State of confirming restart after program editing
element value 0: It is in one of the following states.
- The program is not being edited.
- Bit7 of parameter No.10330 is set to disable the function which displays a
confirmation message at the restart of automatic operation.
- NC not supported.
1: The program is edited.
*1: "BATtery low(2)" of the alarm includes the battery information of both the CNC and absolute position
detector.
Battery voltage drop of the CNC and absolute position detector can be determined with the following
procedures.
(1) Get the status with the cnc_statinfo2 function.
(2) Absolute position detector battery voltage drop alarm if the alarm of the status acquired with the
cnc_statinfo2 function is set to 2
The signal PBATL<Fn172.7> is acquired.
(The signal of the same path as the one in which the cnc_statinfo2 function is performed is acquired.)
(3) In the case of <Fn172.7>=1, the battery voltage drop of the absolute position detector. For other cases,
CNC battery voltage drop is indicated.
*2: For the multi-path system, each path has all status values.
[Description]
The status information of the CNC is read.
[Example]
To get the status information on the CNC side

ret_values = cnc_statinfo2() # Input the CNC status information (2)

if ret_values[0] != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
end

8.10 Reads the CNC identification number

[Function]
cnc_rdcncid
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_rdcncid()
[Arguments]
None
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (284) Value to Be Stored in the Return Value of the cnc_rdcncid Function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Return value of the function
value EW_OK
Successful
EW_FUNC
The CNC identification number does not exist in the CNC.
2nd element Array of 4 Returns an array of 4 elements of CNC identification numbers.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 465/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Element Type Description

elements For details, see the following “CNC Identification Numbers.”

Table 5.3 (285) CNC Identification Numbers

Element Type Description
1st element Numerical value Returns CNC identification number 1.
2nd element Numerical value Returns CNC identification number 2.
3rd element Numerical value Returns CNC identification number 3.
4th element Numerical value Returns CNC identification number 4.
[Description]
The cnc_rdcncid function is able to read the CNC identification numbers.
By using all of CNC identification numbers 1 to 4, it becomes a unique number in every CNC.
When the hardware (main board) of the CNC is changed, the CNC identification number is changed.
[Example]
To read the CNC identification numbers:

ret = cnc_rdcncid()
if ret[0] != EW_OK then
msg_txt = “ERROR(“ + ret[0].to_s + ")¥n"
MsgBoxShow( msg_txt, 0 )
end

8.11 Creating a new program storage file (FANUCPRG.BIN)

[Function]
cnc_mcdp_create
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_mcdp_create(file_num, program_size)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (286) Arguments of the cnc_mcdp_create function

Name Type Description
file_num Numerical Specify the folder / number of programs. (63-1000)
value If a value other than 63 to 1000 is specified, the return value EW_DATA is returned
and the detailed status 1 is set.
If you specify 64 or more for the folder / number of programs, the option of "Memory
card program entry count extension" is required.
If 64 or more is specified for the folder / number of programs without the option of
"Memory card program entry count extension", the return value EW_DATA is
returned and the detailed status 1 is set.
program_ Numerical Specifies the size of the program storage file in MByte units. (2-2048)
size value If a value other than 2 to 2048 is specified, the return value EW_DATA is returned
and the detailed status 2 is set.
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 466/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Table 5.3 (287) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_mcdp_create function
Type Description
Numerical Execution result
value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_DATA
Data error
For more detailed information on this return value, execute the cnc_getdtailerr function.
The following detailed status is set in the member err_no of the ODBERR structure.
1: Incorrect number of folders / programs (file_num).
2: Incorrect program file size (program_size).

EW_REJECT
Refusal of processing execution on the CNC side
- Failed to write data.

EW_MODE
CNC mode selection error
- All systems are not in EDIT mode

EW_ALARM
Alarm status
If NC becomes an alarm by executing this function as in the following case, this error is
returned.
- Memory card is not installed.
- Insufficient free space in the memory card.
- The same file name exists.
EW_VERSION
CNC / PMC and library version mismatch
EW_FUNC * Only iHMI for FANUC Series 30i/31i/32i -MODEL B
Not available due to older FOCAS2 edition.
- Use iHMI edition 30.0 or later

[Description]
Specify the folder / number of programs with file_num, specify the size of the program storage file to be
created with program_size, and create a new program storage file on the memory card.
[Example]
When creating 63 programs with a program storage file size of 2MByte.
ret_value = cnc_mcdp_create(63, 2)

if ret_value != 0 then
MsgBoxShow("Error", 0)
End

[Available CNC]
FANUC Series 30i/31i/32i -MODEL B : STEP2 series Edition 43.0 or later
FANUC Series 30i -MODEL B Plus : Edition 08.0 or later
FANUC Series 0i-MODEL F : STEP2 series Edition 36.0 or later
FANUC Series 0i-MODEL F Plus : Edition 36.0 or later

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 467/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

NOTE
- The maximum size that can be specified is 2,048MByte (= 2,147,483,648bytes), but it
cannot be used to the full 2,048MByte. Due to system limitations, you can use up to
2,096,899,966 bytes.
- It can be used when all systems are in EDIT mode or in the emergency stop state.
- If the edition before [Available CNC] is used in standard display, “Function name is illegal”
error is displayed.

8.12 Program storage memory card installation approval

[Function]
cnc_mcdp_mount
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_mcdp_mount()
[Arguments]
None
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (288) Value to be stored in the return value of cnc_mcdp_mount function
Type Description
Numerical Execution result
value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_BUSY
Refusal of processing execution on the CNC side
- The memory card is used for other functions.
EW_REJECT
Refusal of processing execution on the CNC side
- The program memory memory card is not installed.
The memory card is not installed, or the "FANUCPRG.BIN" file cannot be found in the
memory card.
EW_NOOPT
No options
- There is no applicable NC option.
EW_VERSION
CNC / PMC and library version mismatch
[Description]
The CNC recognizes the installation of the program storage memory card.
[Example]
When recognizing the installation of a program storage memory card.

ret_value = cnc_mcdp_mount()

if ret_value != 0 then
MsgBoxShow("Error", 0)
end

8.13 Cancellation of program storage memory card installation recognition

[Function]
cnc_mcdp_unmount

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 468/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

[Syntax with arguments]

cnc_mcdp_unmount()
[Arguments]
None
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (289) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_mcdp_unmount function
Type Description
Numerical Execution result
value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_BUSY
Refusal of processing execution on the CNC side
- It is being used for other functions.
EW_REJECT
Refusal of processing execution on the CNC side
- NC is in use for automatic operation.
EW_MODE
Refusal of processing execution on the CNC side
- Illegal NC mode.
(Only EDIT and MEM modes are available)
EW_VERSION
CNC / PMC and library version mismatch

[Description]
The CNC program storage memory card is canceled and the card can be removed.
[Example]
To cancel the installation recognition of the program storage memory card.

cnc_mcdp_mount()
ret_value = cnc_mcdp_unmount()

if ret_value != 0 then
MsgBoxShow("Error", 0)
end

8.14 Checking the recognition status of the program storage memory card

[Function]
cnc_mcdp_mountchk
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_mcdp_mountchk()
[Arguments]
None
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (290) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_mcdp_mountchk function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Function return value

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 469/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Element Type Description

value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_VERSION
CNC / PMC and library version mismatch
2nd element Numerical Installation state
value 0: CNC does not recognize the program storage memory card.
1: CNC recognizes the program storage memory card.
[Description]
You can see if the CNC recognizes the program storage memory card as a device.
[Example]
To check if the program storage memory card is recognized.

cnc_mcdp_mount()
cnc_mcdp_unmount()
ret_values = cnc_mcdp_mountchk()

ret = ret_values[0].to_i
mount = ret_values[1].to_i

if ret == 0.to_i then

if mount == 0.to_i then
MsgBoxShow("CNC does not recognize program storage memory card", 0)
elsif mount == 1.to_i then
MsgBoxShow("CNC recognizes program storage memory card", 0)
end
end

8.15 Acquiring the current operation level

[Function]
cnc_rdope_lvl
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_rdope_lvl()
[Arguments]
None
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (291) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_rdope_lvl function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Execution result
value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_NOOPT
No CNC option
The option for the 8-level data protection function is needed.
2nd element Numerical Current operation level
value A value from 0 to 7 is set.
[Description]
This function acquires the current operation level.
25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 470/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

[Example]
ret_value = cnc_rdope_lvl()
if ret_value[0] == 0 then
Msg = "The current operation level is :" + ret_value[1].to_s
else
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0 )
end

8.16 Setting/changing the operation level

[Function]
cnc_prot_pswinp
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_prot_pswinp(pswd)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (292) Arguments of the cnc_prot_pswinp function

Name Type Description
pswd String Password character string
Specify a password character string consisting of 3 to 8 characters.
Only uppercase letters and numeric characters can be used.

[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (293) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_prot_pswinp function
Type Description
Numerical Execution result
value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_DATA
Data error
Check the password character string.
EW_NOOPT
No CNC option
The option for the 8-level data protection function is needed.

[Description]
This function inputs a password for the operation level to be set/changed.
The operation level can be changed when validity of the password is confirmed.
[Example]
ret_value = cnc_prot_pswinp("pass")
if ret_value == 0 then
ret_value2 = cnc_rdope_lvl()
Msg = "The operation level password has been changed. The current level is :" + ret_value2[1].to_s
else
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0 )
end

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 471/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

8.17 Changing the operation level to a level from 0 to 3

[Function]
cnc_prot_pswcan
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_prot_pswcan()
[Arguments]
None
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (294) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_prot_pswcan function
Type Description
Numerical Execution result
value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_NOOPT
No CNC option
The option for the 8-level data protection function is needed.
EW_MODE
CNC mode error
Place the CNC in the MDI mode.

[Description]
This function changes the operation level to a level from 0 to 3 when the current operation level is a level
from 4 to 7.
If the current operation level is a level from 0 to 3, this function returns EW_OK without performing any
operation.
This function can be used only when the CNC is placed in the MDI mode.
[Example]
ret_value = cnc_prot_pswcan()
if ret_value == 0 then
ret_value2 = cnc_rdope_lvl()
Msg = "The operation level password has been revoked. The current level is :" + ret_value2[1].to_s
else
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0 )
end

8.18 Acquiring the change protection level/output protection level of each data item

[Function]
cnc_rdprt_lvl
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_rdprt_lvl(item_id)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (295) Arguments of the cnc_rdprt_lvl function

Name Type Description
item_id Numerical Set a data ID
value Please refer to following "Data ID list" for data ID.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 472/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 3 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (296) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_rdprt_lvl function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Execution result
value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_DATA
Data error
Check the data ID.
EW_NOOPT
No CNC option
The option for the 8-level data protection function is needed.
2nd element Numerical Change protection level
value A value from 0 to 7 is set.
3rd element Numerical Output protection level
value A value from 0 to 7 is set.

[Description]
For the data of specified data ID, the change protection level and the output protection level are acquired.
As the output protection level for data with no output function applied, the value 0 is set.

[Data ID list]
The tables below provide a CNC data ID list and a PMC data ID list.

Table 5.3 (297) CNC data ID list (○: Possible, ×: Impossible)

Data ID Data type/operation type Data Data
change output
1 Parameter data
○ ○
2 Setting data
○ ○
3 Pitch error compensation data (including 3-dimensional
○ ○
error compensation data)
4 Clock data
○ ○
5 Custom macro variable data (including the macro
○ ○
variable data of the Macro Executor)
6 Periodic maintenance information
○ ○
7 Tool management data or tool life management data
○ ○
8 Workpiece origin shift data
○ ○
9 Workpiece origin offset data
○ ○
12 Fixture offset data
○ ○

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 473/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

13 Power Mate CNC manager function parameter data

○ ○
14 Part program edit operation
○ ○
15 Absolute coordinate present operation
○ ○
16 Tool offset data (common)
○ ○
17 Tool offset data (geometry)
○ ○
18 Tool offset data (wear)
○ ○
19 Tool offset data (cutter, geometry)
○ ○
20 Tool offset data (cutter, wear)
○ ○
21 Tool offset data (tool length, geometry)
○ ○
22 Tool offset data (tool length, wear)
○ ○

Table 5.3 (298) PMC data ID list (○: Possible, ×: Impossible)

Data ID Data type/operation type Data Data
change output
121
Configuration parameter data(*1) ○ ×
122
Setting (online) data(*1) ○ ×
131
DCS PMC(*2): Setting (path-by-path) data ○ ×
132
DCS PMC(*2): Sequence program edit operation ○ ○
133
DCS PMC(*2): PMC parameter data ○ ○
134
DCS PMC(*2): Timer data ○ ×
135
DCS PMC(*2): Counter data ○ ×
136
DCS PMC(*2): Keep relay (user) change operation ○ ×
137
DCS PMC(*2): Keep relay (system) change operation ○ ×
138
DCS PMC(*2): Data table change operation ○ ×
139
DCS PMC(*2): Data table control change operation ○ ×
140
DCS PMC(*2): PMC memory data ○ ×
141
1st PMC: Setting (path-by-path) data ○ ×

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 474/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

142
1st PMC: Sequence program edit operation ○ ○
143
1st PMC: PMC parameter data ○ ○
144
1st PMC: Timer data ○ ×
145
1st PMC: Counter data ○ ×
146
1st PMC: Keep relay (user) change operation ○ ×
147
1st PMC: Keep relay (system) change operation ○ ×
148
1st PMC: Data table change operation ○ ×
149
1st PMC: Data table control change operation ○ ×
150
1st PMC: PMC memory data ○ ×
151
2nd PMC: Setting (path-by-path) data ○ ×
152
2nd PMC: Sequence program edit operation ○ ○
153
2nd PMC: PMC parameter data ○ ○
154
2nd PMC: Timer data ○ ×
155
2nd PMC: Counter data ○ ×
156
2nd PMC: Keep relay (user) change operation ○ ×
157
2nd PMC: Keep relay (system) change operation ○ ×
158
2nd PMC: Data table change operation ○ ×
159
2nd PMC: Data table control change operation ○ ×
160
2nd PMC: PMC memory data ○ ×
161
3rd PMC: Setting (path-by-path) data ○ ×
162
3rd PMC: Sequence program edit operation ○ ○
163
3rd PMC: PMC parameter data ○ ○
164
3rd PMC: Timer data ○ ×
165
3rd PMC: Counter data ○ ×
166
3rd PMC: Keep relay (user) change operation ○ ×
167
3rd PMC: Keep relay (system) change operation ○ ×

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 475/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

168
3rd PMC: Data table change operation ○ ×
169
3rd PMC: Data table control change operation ○ ×
170
3rd PMC: PMC memory data ○ ×

NOTE
1 Used as a common setting among paths when a multipath PMC is used
2 Abbreviation for dual check safety PMC (optional function)

[Example]
To obtain the protection level of “Data change” of CNC parameter and “Data output”.of CNC parameter.

ret_value = cnc_rdprt_lvl(1)
if ret_value[0] == 0 then
ret_value2 = cnc_rdope_lvl()
if ret_value2[0] == 0 then
if ret_value2[1] >= ret_value[1] && ret_value2[1] >= ret_value[2] then
Msg = "This data ID can be changed and output.”
elsif ret_value2[1] >= ret_value[1] then
Msg = " This data ID can only be changed.”
elsif ret_value2[1] >= ret_value[2] then
Msg = " This data ID can only be output.”
else
Msg = " This data ID is inoperable.”
end
end
else
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0 )
end

8.19 Changing the change protection level/output protection level of each data item

[Function]
cnc_wrprt_lvl
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_wrprt_lvl(item_id, chg_level, out_level)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (299) Arguments of the cnc_wrprt_lvl function

Name Type Description
item_id Numerical Set a data ID
value Please refer to "Data ID list" of "8.18 Acquiring the change protection level/output
protection level of each data item" (cnc_rdprt_lvl function) for
data ID.
chg_level Numerical Set a change protection level (0 to7).
value Set -1 when making no protection level change.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 476/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Name Type Description

out_level Numerical Set a output protection level (0 to7).
value Set -1 when making no protection level change.

[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (300) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_wrprt_lvl function
Type Description
Numerical Execution result
value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_DATA
Data error
Check the data ID.
EW_NOOPT
No CNC option
The option for the 8-level data protection function is needed.
EW_MODE
CNC mode error
Place the CNC in the MDI mode.

[Description]
This function changes the change protection level and output protection level for the data of a
specified data ID.
This function can change the protection level for only data whose protection level is the same as or
lower than the current operation level.
The protection level cannot be changed to a level higher than the current operation level.
The change protection level and output protection level cannot be changed simultaneously.
Be sure to set -1 in one of the two arguments.
If the output protection level of data with no output function applied is changed, this function returns
EW_OK without performing any operation.
This function can be used only when the CNC is placed in the MDI mode.
[Example]
When changing the protection level of “Data change” of CNC parameter to 2.

ret_value = cnc_wrprt_lvl(1, 2, -1)

if ret_value == 0 then
Msg = "Changed the protection level.”
else
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0 )
end

8.20 Acquiring the use permission information of each data item

[Function]
cnc_rdprt_data
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_rdprt_data(item_id)
[Arguments]

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 477/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (301) Arguments of the cnc_rdprt_data function

Name Type Description
item_id Numerical Set a data ID
value Please refer to "Data ID list" of "8.18 Acquiring the change protection level/output
protection level of each data item" (cnc_rdprt_lvl function) for
data ID.

[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (302) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_rdprt_data function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Execution result
value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_DATA
Data error
Check the data ID.
EW_NOOPT
No CNC option
The option for the 8-level data protection function is needed.
2nd element Numerical Whether the data of a specified data ID may be used
value When the data may be used, 0 is set. When the data may not be used, 1 is set.

[Description]
This function acquires information about whether the data of a specified data ID may be used in connection
with the system configuration and so forth.
[Example]
To check the availability of custom macro variable data.

ret_value = cnc_rdprt_data(5)
if ret_value[0] == 0 then
if ret_value[1] == 0 then
Msg = "Available data ID.”
else
Msg = "Unusable data ID.”
end
else
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0 )
end

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 478/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

8.21 Reading diagnostic data (range specified)

[Function]
cnc_diagnosr
[Syntax with arguments]
cnc_diagnosr(s_number, axis, e_number, length)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (303) Arguments of the cnc_diagnosr function

Name Type Description
s_number Numerical Start diagnosis data number
value Specifies the diagnosis data number to start reading data.
axis Numerical Axis number
value Specifies the following value:
(1) Non-axis diagnosis data: 0
(2) Axis diagnosis data, one axis: 1 to maximum controlled axis number
(3) Axis diagnosis data, all axes: -1

A non-axis diagnosis data is read regardless of which value is specified as the

axis number. When a non-axis diagnosis data (0) is specified and an axis
diagnosis data exists within a range specified with the start diagnosis data
number and end diagnosis data number, however, an error occurs. For the
details of an error, refer to "Value to be stored in the return value of the
cnc_diagnosr function" for the return value.
e_number Numerical End diagnosis data number
value Specifies the diagnosis data number to stop reading data.
length Numerical Data block length
value Specifies the data block length of the diagnosis data to be read. For details on
the values to be specified, refer to the explanation below.

The size per diagnosis data is as shown in the table below. Because the sizes are arranged in ascending
order with respect to the number of diagnosis data in the range from the start diagnosis data number to the
end diagnosis data number, the data block length (length) to be specified is the sum of them.

Table 5.3 (304) Formula for calculating the size per piece of diagnosis data
Specified axis number (axis) Formula
Non-axis diagnosis data (0), 4 + (byte size of the diagnosis data)
Axis diagnosis data, one axis (1 to
maximum controlled axis number)
Axis diagnosis data, all axes (-1) 4 + (byte size of the diagnosis data) × (maximum number of
controlled axes)

There are the following types of diagnosis data with different type and axis attributes, and the byte size is
different for each diagnosis data to be specified. It is impossible to read a bit diagnosis data one bit at a
time. The values of the specified diagnosis data are read all at once 8 bits (1 byte) at a time.

Table 5.3 (305) Byte size for each type of diagnosis data
Diagnosis data type Description Byte size
Bit diagnosis data Every bit has a meaning. 1
Bit diagnosis data with axis Every bit has a meaning (each axis). 1
Byte diagnosis data 1-byte data is stored. 1

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 479/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Diagnosis data type Description Byte size

Byte diagnosis data with axis 1-byte data is stored (each axis). 1
Word diagnosis data 2-byte data is stored. 2
Word diagnosis data with axis 2-byte data is stored (each axis). 2
2-Word diagnosis data 4-byte data is stored. 4
2-Word diagnosis data with axis 4-byte data is stored (each axis). 4
Real diagnosis data 4-byte data that indicates the value of a variable 8
and 4-byte data that indicates the number of
decimal places are stored.
Real diagnosis data with axis 4-byte data that indicates the value of a variable 8
and 4-byte data that indicates the number of
decimal places are stored (each axis).

If the size per diagnosis data is not a multiple of 4, it needs to be made a multiple of 4.

(Example)
When reading word diagnosis data using non-axis diagnosis data (axis = 0), the size of one diagnosis data
will be "4 + 2 bytes = 6", which is not a multiple of 4. Therefore, add the missing 2bytes as a dummy and
specify 8 for the data block length (length).

[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 3 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (306) Value to be stored in the return value of the cnc_diagnosr function
Element Type Description
1st Numerical value Return value of the function
element EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_LENGTH
Incorrect data block length "length".
EW_NUMBER
Incorrect diagnosis data number "number".
EW_ATTRIB
A value other than 0, values from 1 to maximum controlled
axis number, or -1 has been specified for the axis number.
Or, an axis diagnosis data existed within a range specified
with the start diagnosis data number and end diagnosis data
number.
EW_NOOPT
Required option for using the specified diagnosis data
number is not added (only standard display).
2nd Numerical value Number of diagnosis data that have actually been read
element The number of diagnosis data that have actually been read may
not be the same as the number of diagnosis data in the range
from the start diagnosis data number to the end diagnosis data
number.
For example, when 1421 and 1423 are specified as the start
diagnosis data number and the end diagnosis data number, the
number of diagnosis data in this range should be 3. However,
there is no diagnosis data whose number is 1422 so only the two
diagnosis data (1421 and 1423) are read; therefore, the value to
be stored will be 2.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 480/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Element Type Description

3rd Array of m elements Diagnosis data that have been read (per diagnosis data number)
element (m = Number of Diagnosis For details on the value, refer to the following table "Values to be
data that have actually stored in diagnosis data that have been read (per diagnosis data
been read) number)."

Table 5.3 (307) Values to be stored in diagnosis data that have been read (per diagnosis data number)
Element Type Description
1st Numerical value Diagnosis data number
element
2nd Numerical value Data type
element (1) Upper byte: Type attribute
Byte type: 0
Word type: 1
2-word type: 2
Bit type(8bit): 3
Bit type(1bit): 4
Real type: 5
(2) Lower byte: Axis number
Non-axis diagnosis data : 0
Axis diagnosis data , one axis: Axis number that has been
read
Axis diagnosis data , all axes: -1
3rd Variable array Values of the diagnosis data that have been read
element For details on the value, refer to the following table "Values to be
stored in diagnosis data that have been read."

For the read diagnosis data values, the array elements become variable according to the type attribute and
axis number each diagnosis data has, as shown below. When the all axes specification for axis data (-1) is
made and the type of the diagnosis data that have been read is the axis type, the data for the current
controlled axes will be valid.
In addition, spindle-related diagnosis data are also handled as axis diagnosis data, but the data for the
current spindles will be valid.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 481/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Table 5.3 (308) Values to be stored in diagnosis data that have been read
Type attribute that Specified axis number Number of Description
diagnosis data have elements in
the array
Byte type (0), Non-axis diagnosis data 1 Bit/byte/word/2-word type diagnosis
Word type (1), (0), Axis diagnosis data , data or axis diagnosis data (one axis)
2-word type (2) one axis (1 to maximum For details on the value, refer to the
Bit type(8bit) (3), controlled axis number) following table "Values to be stored
Bit type(1bit) (4), in bit/byte/word/2-word type
diagnosis data or axis diagnosis
data (one axis)."

Axis diagnosis data , all Maximum Bit/byte/word/2-word type axis

axes (-1) number of diagnosis data (for each axis)
controlled For details on the value, refer to the
axes following table "Values to be stored
in bit/byte/word/2-word type axis
diagnosis data (for each axis)."

Real type (5) Non-axis diagnosis data 2 Real type diagnosis data or axis
(0), Axis diagnosis data , diagnosis data (one axis)
one axis (1 to maximum For details on the value, refer to the
controlled axis number) following table "Values to be stored
in real type diagnosis data or axis
diagnosis data (one axis)."
Axis diagnosis data , all Maximum Real type diagnosis data with axis (for
axes (-1) number of each axis)
controlled For details on the value, refer to the
axes following table "Values to be stored
in real diagnosis data with axis (for
each axis)."

Table 5.3 (309) Values to be stored in bit/byte/word/2-word type diagnosis data or axis diagnosis data (one axis)
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Value of the bit/byte/word/2-word type diagnosis data or axis
value diagnosis data (one axis)

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 482/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Table 5.3 (310) Values to be stored in bit/byte/word/2-word type axis diagnosis data (for each axis)
Element Type Description
1st to nth elements Numerical Value of the bit/byte/word/2-word type axis diagnosis data (for each
(n = Maximum number of value axis)
controlled axes)

Table 5.3 (311) Values to be stored in real type diagnosis data or axis diagnosis data (one axis)
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Data of the real type diagnosis data or axis diagnosis data (one axis)
value For details on the value, refer to the descriptions of real
diagnosis data shown below.
2nd element Numerical Number of decimal places of the real type diagnosis data or axis
value diagnosis data (one axis)
Table 5.3 (312) Values to be stored in real type diagnosis data with axis (for each axis)
Element Type Description
1st to nth elements Array of 2 Real type diagnosis data with axis (for each axis)
elements The details on the values are the same as those shown in the
above table "Values to be stored in real diagnosis data or axis
diagnosis data (one axis)".

A real type diagnosis data contains a data section and a section for the number of decimal places, which are
expressed in the following format:

Real type diagnosis data (data section)×10-(number of decimal places)

(Example) When the data is 12345 and the number of decimal places is 3, the real type diagnosis data is
expressed as "12345×10-3 = 12.345".

A conceptual image of the return value that will actually be returned is shown below.
Diagnosis data number : When reading 1002 to 1003.
[
0, # Processing result (0 = EW_OK)
2, # Number of diagnosis data that have actually been read
[ # Diagnosis data that have been read (per diagnosis data number)

[ # First parameter
1002, # Diagnosis data number
512, # Data type (512(dec) = 0x0200(hex), upper byte = 2, lower byte = 0)
[ 5600 ] # Value of the bit/byte/word/2-word type axis diagnosis data(array of 1 element)
],
[ # Second diagnosis data
1003, # Diagnosis data number
512, # Data type
[ 10800 ] # Value of the bit/byte/word/2-word type axis diagnosis data
]
]
]

[Description]
Reads the diagnosis data in the specified range at the same time based on the start diagnosis data number
(s_number), end diagnosis data number (e_number), and axis number (axis).

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 483/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Diagnosis data may be added because of, for example, the addition of CNC software functions. For
example, if a diagnosis data is added within the read range, an error may occur (return value of the
function: EW_LENGTH) or the application program may not operate correctly. To prevent these problems,
specify a read range containing only a set of consecutive diagnosis data numbers.

For details on the diagnosis data, refer to the "MAINTENANCE MANUAL" (B-64485EN, B-64575EN,
B-64695EN) of the CNC.

NOTE
This function to get the diagnosis data takes more processing time than the other
functions. Therefore, if you use it in a Ruby script that executes periodically, it may
affect other processes.

[Example]
Diagnosis data number : When reading 1002 to 1003.

sno=1002 # Input diagnosis data start number (s_number)=1002

eno=1003 # Input diagnosis data end number(e_number)=1003
axis=0 # Axis number(axis)=0
len=(4+4)*2 # Data block length(length)=(4 + byte size: 2 + dummy: 2) × two diagnosis data

ret = cnc_diagnosr(sno, axis, eno, len)

if ret[0] != EW_OK then

msg_txt = “ERROR(“ + ret[0].to_s + ")¥n"
MsgBoxShow( msg_txt, 0 )
else
MsgBoxShow( ret[2].to_s, 0 )
end

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 484/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

[PMC window library function reference]

9.1 Inputting arbitrary PMC data (input range specification)

[Function]
pmc_rdpmcrng
[Syntax with arguments]
pmc_rdpmcrng(adr_type, data_type, s_number, e_number, length)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (313) Arguments of the pmc_rdpmcrng Function

Name Type Description
adr_type Numerical PMC address type
value
data_type Numerical Type of PMC data
value Specifies PMC data of the same type as that of the data in the PMC.
0: Byte
1: Word
2: Long
s_number Numerical Start PMC address
value Specifies the PMC address number at which the read operation is started.
e_number Numerical End PMC address
value Specifies the PMC address number at which the read operation is ended.
Length Numerical Data block length
value When data_type is 0 (byte type) : length = 8 + N
When data_type is 1 (word type) : length = 8 + N × 2
When data_type is 2 (long type) : length = 8 + N × 4
* N is the number of data items to be read.
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (314) Return Value of the pmc_rdpmcrng Function

Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Return value of the function
value EW_OK
Successful
EW_LENGTH
The specified data block length is invalid.
EW_NUMBER
The specified PMC address is invalid.
EW_ATTRIB
Incorrect kind of PMC address "adr_type" or type of PMC data
"data_type".
2nd element Array of 5 PMC data that has been read
elements For details on the value, see “PMC data array.”

Table 5.3 (315) PMC Data Array

Element Type Description
1st element Numerical value PMC address type
2nd element Numerical value Type of PMC data

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 485/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Element Type Description

3rd element Numerical value Start PMC address
4th element Numerical value End PMC address
5th element Array of N elements PMC data
(N indicates the
number of data items
to be read.)
[Description]
Reads the PMC data at the specified PMC address or in the specified address range.
This function is used to read or write data between an application program and PMC ladder software.
The argument adr_type specifies the identification code corresponding to the type of the PMC address to
be read.

Table 5.3 (316) Type of PMC Address and Identification Code

Identification code PMC address type
0,'G' G (PMC  CNC)
1,'F' F (CNC  PMC)
2,'Y' Y (PMC  Machine)
3,'X' X (Machine→ PMC)
4,'A' A (Message request)
5,'R' R (Internal relay / system relay)
6,'T' T (Variable timer)
7,'K' K (Keep relay)
8,'C' C (Counter)
9,'D' D (Data counter)
10,'M' M (Input signal from other PMC path)
11,'N' N (Output signal to other PMC path)
12,'E' E (Expansion relay)
13,'Z' Z (System relay)

For the referenceable area of the PMC data for each PMC address type, see "PMC Data Referenceable
Areas."

Table 5.3 (317) PMC Data Referenceable Areas (Series 30i-A)

1st, 2nd, 3rd PMC DCS PMC
Signal type Symbol
PMC memory A PMC memory B PMC memory C (NOTE 1)
Input signal from machine X X0–X127 X0–X127 X0–X127 X0–X127
to PM X200–X327 X200–X327 X200–X327
X400–X527 X400–X527 X400–X527
X600–X727 X600–X727 X600–X727
X1000–X1127 X1000–X1127 X1000–X1127
(NOTE 2) (NOTE 2) (NOTE 2)
Output signal from PMC Y Y0–Y127 Y0–Y127 Y0–Y127 Y0–Y127
to machine Y200–Y327 Y200–Y327 Y200–Y327
Y400–Y527 Y400–Y527 Y400–Y527
Y600–Y727 Y600–Y727 Y600–Y727
Y1000–Y1127 Y1000–Y1127 Y1000–Y1127
(NOTE 2) (NOTE 2) (NOTE 2)

Input signal from CNC to F F0–F767 F0–F767 F0–F767 F0–F767

PMC F1000–F1767 F1000–F1767 F1000–F1767
F2000–F2767 F2000–F2767 F2000–F2767

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 486/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

F3000–F3767 F3000–F3767 F3000–F3767

F4000–F4767 F4000–F4767 F4000–F4767
F5000–F5767 F5000–F5767 F5000–F5767
F6000–F6767 F6000–F6767 F6000–F6767
F7000–F7767 F7000–F7767 F7000–F7767
F8000–F8767 F8000–F8767 F8000–F8767
F9000–F9767 F9000–F9767 F9000–F9767
Output signal from PMC G G0–G767 G0–G767 G0–G767 G0–G767
to CNC G1000–G1767 G1000–G1767 G1000–G1767
G2000–G2767 G2000–G2767 G2000–G2767
G3000–G3767 G3000–G3767 G3000–G3767
G4000–G4767 G4000–G4767 G4000–G4767
G5000–G5767 G5000–G5767 G5000–G5767
G6000–G6767 G6000–G6767 G6000–G6767
G7000–G7767 G7000–G7767 G7000–G7767
G8000–G8767 G8000–G8767 G8000–G8767
G9000–G9767 G9000–G9767 G9000–G9767
Input signal from other M M0–M767 M0–M767 M0–M767 M0–M767
PMC path
Output signal to other N N0–N767 N0–N767 N0–N767 N0–N767
PMC path
Internal relay R R0–R1499 R0–R7999 R0–R15999 R0–R1499

System relay R/Z R9000–R9499 R9000–R9499 Z0–Z499 R9000–R9499

Expansion relay E E0–E9999 E0–E9999 E0–E9999 (NOTE 5)

(NOTE 4) (NOTE 4) (NOTE 4)

Message display A
- Display request A0–A249 A0–A249 A0–A499 A0–A249
- Display status A9000–A9249 A9000–A9249 9000–A9499 A9000–A9249
Timer T
- Variable timer T0–T79 T0–T499 T0–T999 T0–T79
- For variable timer T9000–T9079 T9000–T9499 T9000–T9999 T9000–T9079
precision (NOTE 3)
Counter C
- Variable counter C0–C79 C0–C399 C0–C799 C0–C79
- Constant counter C5000–C5039 C5000–C5199 C5000–C5399 C5000–C5039
Keep relay K
- User area K0–K19 K0–K99 K0–K199 K0–K19
- System area K900–K999 K900–K999 K900–K999 K900–K999
Data table D D0–D2999 D0–D9999 D0–D19999 D0–D2999

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 487/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

NOTE
1 PMC used for the dual check safety function (optional). For details, refer to the "Dual
Check Safety CONNECTION MANUAL" (B-64003EN).
2 Area reserved for the PMC management software. No I/O can be allocated to this
area. User programs cannot use this area.
3 Area used to set the timer precision of the variable timer.
- Do not change the set time or precision setting during operation of the timer.
(Continuing to write the same value is allowed.)
- The precision setting must fall within the following specified range.
- If the above rules are not observed, normal timer operation is not guaranteed.
- The areas other than T9000 to T9499 are reserved by FANUC.
The correspondence between the precision settings and the values that can be
written to T9000 is shown below.
0: Default (8 msec / 48 msec)
1: 1 msec
2: 10 msec
3: 100 msec
4: 1 sec
5: 1 min
4 Shared memory for the multipath PMC function. Multiple programs can read and
write the same value using this memory.
5 The PMC for Dual Check Safety has no expansion relay.

It is impossible to write data to all areas of addresses F and X, R9000 to R9099,

R9118 to R9199, and K0017 to K0019. Addresses G1xxx and F1xxx are the I/O
area for the second path and addresses G2xxx and F2xxx are the I/O area for the
third path. Address Z is valid only for PMC memory C.

Table 5.3 (318) PMC Data Referenceable Areas (Series 30i/–B)

1st to 5th PMC (For 0i-F, up to the 3rd PMC are available.) DCS PMC
Signal type Symbol
PMC memory A PMC memory B PMC memory C PMC memory D (NOTE 1)
Input signal from X X0–X127 X0–X127 X0–X127 X0–X127 X0–X127
machine to PMC X200–X327 X200–X327 X200–X327 X200–X327
X400–X527 X400–X527 X400–X527 X400–X527
X600–X727 X600–X727 X600–X727 X600–X727
X1000–X1127 X1000–X1127 X1000–X1127 X1000–X1127
(NOTE 2) (NOTE 2) (NOTE 2) (NOTE 2)
Output signal Y X0–X127 X0–X127 X0–X127 X0–X127 Y0–Y127
from PMC to X200–X327 X200–X327 X200–X327 X200–X327
machine X400–X527 X400–X527 X400–X527 X400–X527
X600–X727 X600–X727 X600–X727 X600–X727
X1000–X1127 X1000–X1127 X1000–X1127 X1000–X1127
(NOTE 2) (NOTE 2) (NOTE 2) (NOTE 2)
Input signal from F F0–F767 F0–F767 F0–F767 F0–F767 F0–F767
CNC to PMC F1000–F1767 F1000–F1767 F1000–F1767 F1000–F1767
F2000–F2767 F2000–F2767 F2000–F2767 F2000–F2767
F3000–F3767 F3000–F3767 F3000–F3767 F3000–F3767
F4000–F4767 F4000–F4767 F4000–F4767 F4000–F4767
F5000–F5767 F5000–F5767 F5000–F5767 F5000–F5767

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 488/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

F6000–F6767 F6000–F6767 F6000–F6767 F6000–F6767

F7000–F7767 F7000–F7767 F7000–F7767 F7000–F7767
F8000–F8767 F8000–F8767 F8000–F8767 F8000–F8767
F9000–F9767 F9000–F9767 F9000–F9767 F9000–F9767
Output signal G G0–G767 G0–G767 G0–G767 G0–G767 G0–G767
from PMC to CNC G1000–G1767 G1000–G1767 G1000–G1767 G1000–G1767
G2000–G2767 G2000–G2767 G2000–G2767 G2000–G2767
G3000–G3767 G3000–G3767 G3000–G3767 G3000–G3767
G4000–G4767 G4000–G4767 G4000–G4767 G4000–G4767
G5000–G5767 G5000–G5767 G5000–G5767 G5000–G5767
G6000–G6767 G6000–G6767 G6000–G6767 G6000–G6767
G7000–G7767 G7000–G7767 G7000–G7767 G7000–G7767
G8000–G8767 G8000–G8767 G8000–G8767 G8000–G8767
G9000–G9767 G9000–G9767 G9000–G9767 G9000–G9767
Input signal from M M0–M767 M0–M767 M0–M767 M0–M767
other PMC path
Output signal to N N0–N767 N0–N767 N0–N767 N0–N767
other PMC path
Internal relay R R0–R1499 R0–R7999 R0–R15999 R0–R59999 R0–R1499
System relay R/Z R9000–R9499 R9000–R9499 Z0–Z499 Z0–Z499 R9000–R9499
Expansion relay E E0–E9999 E0–E9999 E0–E9999 E0–E9999 (NOTE 4)
(NOTE 3) (NOTE 3) (NOTE 3) (NOTE 3)
Message display A
- Display request A0–A249 A0–A249 A0–A499 A0–A749 A0–A249
- Display status A9000–A9249 A9000–A9249 A9000–A9499 A9000–A9749 A9000–A9249
Timer T
- Variable timer T0–T79 T0–T499 T0–T999 T0–T999 T0–T79
- For variable T9000–T9079 T9000–T9499 T9000–T9999 T9000–T9999 T9000–T9079
timer precision
(NOTE 2)
Counter C
- Variable counter C0–C79 C0–C399 C–C799 C0–C1199 C0–C79
- Constant C5000–C5039 C5000–C5039 C5000–C5039 C5000–C5599 C5000–C5039
counter
Keep relay K
- User area K0–K19 K0–K99 K0–K199 K0–K299 K0–K19
- System area K900–K999 K900–K999 K900–K999 K900–K999 K900–K999
Data table D D0–D2999 D0–D9999 D0–D19999 D0–D59999 D0–D2999
(NOTE 5) (NOTE 5)

Example of specifying arguments

(1) Reading 250 from D0100 (Word type data)
Type of PMC address 9
Type of PMC data 1
Start PMC address 100
End PMC address 101
Data block length 8+2×1 (=10)
PMC data (word type) 250

(2) Reading R0200 through R0209 (Byte type data)

Type of PMC address 5
Type of PMC data 0
Start PMC address 200

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 489/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

End PMC address 209

Data block length 8+1×10(=18)
PMC data (byte type) (0 to 9) Contents of R0200 through R0209 will be stored.

NOTE
1 PMC used for the dual check safety function (optional). For details, refer to the "Dual
Check Safety CONNECTION MANUAL" (B-64003EN).
2 Area used to set the timer precision of the variable timer.
- Do not change the set time or precision setting during operation of the timer.
(Continuing to write the same value is allowed.)
- The precision setting must fall within the following specified range.
- If the above rules are not observed, normal timer operation is not guaranteed.
- The areas other than T9000 to T9499 are reserved by FANUC.
The correspondence between the precision settings and the values that can be
written to T9000 is shown below.
0: Default (8 msec / 48 msec)
1: 1 msec
2: 10 msec
3: 100 msec
4: 1 sec
5: 1 min
3 Shared memory for the multipath PMC function. Multiple programs can read and
write the same value using this memory.
4 The PMC for Dual Check Safety has no expansion relay.
5 To use two or more PMC memory-C paths or one PMC memory-D path, specify the
option “Nonvolatile PMC data table area expansion (40KB).” If this option is not
specified, data at D10000 and subsequent addresses is not saved.
[Example]
When Identification code = 5 (R), Type of PMC data = 0 (Byte type), Start PMC address = 200, End PMC
address = 209, and Data block
length = 8+1*10

ret = pmc_rdpmcrng(5 0,200,209 ,8+1*10)

if ret[0] != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR",0)
end

9.2 Outputting arbitrary PMC data (output range specification)

[Function]
pmc_wrpmcrng
[Syntax with arguments]
pmc_wrpmcrng(length, type_a, type_d, datano_s, datano_e, data)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 490/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Table 5.3 (319) Arguments of the pmc_wrpmcrng Function

Name Type Description
length Numerical value Data block length
When the type of PMC data is 0 (byte type) : length = 8 + N
When the type of PMC data is 1 (word type) : length = 8 + N × 2
When the type of PMC data is 2 (long type) : length = 8 + N × 4
* N is the number of data items to be written.
type_a Numerical value PMC address type
For details on the value, refer to "Inputting arbitrary PMC data (input
range specification)."
type_d Numerical value Type of PMC data
For details on the setting value, see “Type of PMC data.”
datano_s Numerical value Start PMC address
Specifies the PMC address number at which the write operation is
started.
For details on the value, refer to "Inputting arbitrary PMC data (input
range specification)."
datano_e Numerical value End PMC address
Specifies the PMC address number at which the write operation is
ended.
For details on the value, refer to "Inputting arbitrary PMC data (input
range specification)."
data Array of N PMC data
elements (N is
the number of
data items to be
written)

Table 5.3 (320) Type of PMC Data

Setting value Type of PMC data Byte size
0 Byte 1
1 Word 2
2 2-word type 4

[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (321) Return Value of the pmc_wrpmcrng Function

Type Description
Numerical Return value of the function
value EW_OK
Successful
EW_NOPMC
No PMC is present.
EW_LENGTH
The specified data block length is invalid.
EW_RANGE
The specified PMC address numbers (start PMC address, end PMC address) are invalid.
EW_ATTRIB
Incorrect kind of PMC address "adr_type" or type of PMC data "data_type".
EW_PASSWD
Data in the specified range is protected and cannot be read.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 491/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

[Description]
Writes the PMC data at the specified PMC address or in the specified address range.
This function is used to read or write data between an application program and PMC ladder software.

Example of specifying arguments

(1) Writing 250 into D0100 (Word type data)
Type of PMC address 9 or "D"
Type of PMC data 1
Start PMC address 100
End PMC address 101
Data block length 8+2×1 (=10)
PMC data (word type) 250

(2) Writing 0 into R0200 to R0209 (Byte type data)

Type of PMC address 5 or "R"
Type of PMC data 0
Start PMC address 200
End PMC address 209
Data block length 8+1×10(=18)
PMC data (byte type) 0 for all

CAUTION
Use sufficient care when writing a PMC signal.
There is a possibility that the NC may run with the wrong PMC signal. In this case, it
may cause unexpected machine behavior, and tools, machines or workpieces may
be damaged.
You have to make sure that writing the PMC signal is safe and correct when doing
so.

[Example]
When Data block length = 8+1×2 (=10), Type of PMC address = 9 (data table), Type of PMC data = 1
(word type), Start PMC address = 100, End PMC address = 101, and PMC data (word type) = 250

ret = pmc_wrpmcrng( 8+1*2, 9 ,1, 100, 101, [[250]])

if ret[0] != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR",0)
end

9.3 Getting the unit type of the PMC currently being operated

[Function]
pmc_get_current_pmc_unit
[Syntax with arguments]
pmc_get_current_pmc_unit()
[Arguments]
None
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 492/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Table 5.3 (322) Value to Be Stored in the Return Value of the pmc_get_current_pmc_unit Function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Execution result
value EW_OK
Successful
EW_NOPMC
No PMC is present.
2nd element Numerical Unit type of the current PMC
value For details on the value, see Table "Unit type of PMC (Series 30i/31i/32i-A)" and
"Unit type of PMC (Series 30i/31i/32i/35i-B, Series 0i-F, PMi-A)."

Table 5.3 (323) Unit Type of PMC (Series 30i/31i/32i-A)

Value Unit type
0 No PMC
PMCUNIT_PMC1(1) 1st PMC
PMCUNIT_PMC2(2) 2nd PMC
PMCUNIT_PMC3(3) 3rd PMC
PMCUNIT_DCS(9) Dual check safety PMC

Table 5.3 (324) Unit Type of PMC (Series 30i/31i/32i/35i-B, Series 0i-F, PMi-A)
Value Unit type
0 No PMC
PMCUNIT_PMC1(1) 1st PMC
PMCUNIT_PMC2(2) 2nd PMC
PMCUNIT_PMC3(3) 3rd PMC
PMCUNIT_PMC4(4) 4th PMC
PMCUNIT_PMC5(5) 5th PMC
PMCUNIT_DCS(9) Dual check safety PMC
[Description]
Gets the unit type of the PMC currently being operated.
[Example]
To get the unit type of the PMC currently being operated:

ret = pmc_get_current_pmc_unit ()
if ret[0] != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR",0)
end

9.4 Getting the number of PMC paths

[Function]
pmc_get_number_of_pmc
[Syntax with arguments]
pmc_get_number_of_pmc()
[Arguments]
None
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 493/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Table 5.3 (325) Value to Be Stored in the Return Value of the pmc_get_number_of_pmc Function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical value Execution result
EW_OK
Successful
2nd element Numerical value Number of PMC paths
[Description]
Gets the number of existing PMC paths (units).
[Example]
To get the number of PMC paths:

ret = pmc_get_number_of_pmc()
if ret[0] != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR",0)
end

9.5 Getting PMC unit types

[Function]
pmc_get_pmc_unit_types
[Syntax with arguments]
pmc_get_pmc_unit_types()
[Arguments]
None
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 3 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (326) Value to Be Stored in the Return Value of the pmc_get_pmc_unit_types Function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical value Execution result
EW_OK
Successful
2nd element Numerical value Unit type of the PMC
At present, information is returned for up to four PMC paths.
The number of PMC paths can be acquired by the
pmc_get_number_of_pmc function.
For details on the possible values, see Table "Unit type of PMC (Series
30i/31i/32i-A)" and "Unit type of PMC (Series 30i/31i/32i/35i-B, Series 0i-F,
PMi-A)" shown below.
If this array is referenced with a PMC path number specified as an index, the
unit type of the PMC can be acquired.
3rd element Numerical value Number of elements (paths) that actually store information

Table 5.3 (327) Unit Type of PMC (Series 30i/31i/32i-A)

Value Unit type
0 No PMC
PMCUNIT_PMC1(1) 1st PMC
PMCUNIT_PMC2(2) 2nd PMC
PMCUNIT_PMC3(3) 3rd PMC
PMCUNIT_DCS(9) Dual check safety PMC

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 494/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Table 5.3 (328) Unit Type of PMC (Series 30i/31i/32i/35i-B, Series 0i-F, PMi-A)
Value Unit type
0 No PMC
PMCUNIT_PMC1(1) 1st PMC
PMCUNIT_PMC2(2) 2nd PMC
PMCUNIT_PMC3(3) 3rd PMC
PMCUNIT_PMC4(4) 4th PMC
PMCUNIT_PMC5(5) 5th PMC
PMCUNIT_DCS(9) Dual check safety PMC
[Description]
Gets the PMC unit types of a multi-PMC system.
[Example]
To get PMC unit types:

ret = pmc_get_pmc_unit_types()
if ret[0] != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR",0)
end

9.6 Reading data from the extended nonvolatile memory.

[Function]
pmc_rdkpm
[Syntax with arguments]
pmc_rdkpm(offset, length)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (329) Arguments of the pmc_rdkpm Function

Name Type Description
offset Numerical value Specifies the read start address.
The beginning of extended nonvolatile memory is indicated by 0.
length Numerical value Specifies the size of data to be read.
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (330) Value to Be Stored in the Return Value of the pmc_rdkpm Function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical value Execution result
EW_OK
Successful
EW_NOPMC
No PMC is present.
EW_LENGTH
The data block length (length) is specified incorrectly.
EW_RANGE
Address range error
The input start address (offset) specification is invalid.
EW_NOOPT

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 495/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Element Type Description

There is no option for extended nonvolatile memory.
2nd element String Data that has been read
Up to 65535 bytes
[Description]
Reads the amount of data in the extended nonvolatile memory specified by "length" from the address
specified by "offset".
The read data is stored in the area specified by "data" in the same format as in the PMC.
[Example]
When Read start address = 0 and Size of data to be read = 10:

ret = pmc_rdkpm(0, 10)

if ret[0] != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR",0)
end

9.7 Writing data to the extended nonvolatile memory

[Function]
pmc_wrkpm
[Syntax with arguments]
pmc_wrkpm(offset , data, length)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (331) Arguments of the pmc_wrkpm Function

Name Type Description
offset Numerical value Write start address
The beginning of extended nonvolatile memory is indicated by 0.
data String Data to be written
Up to 65535 bytes
length Numerical value Size of data to be written
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (332) Value to Be Stored in the Return Value of the pmc_wrkpm Function
Type Description
Numerical Return value of the function
value EW_OK
Successful
EW_NOPMC
No PMC is present.
EW_LENGTH
The data block length (length) is specified incorrectly.
EW_RANGE
Address range error
The output start address (offset) specification is invalid.
EW_NOOPT
There is no option for extended nonvolatile memory.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 496/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

[Description]
Writes the amount of data in the extended nonvolatile memory specified by "length" from the address
specified by "offset".
The data is stored in the area specified by "data" in the same format as in the PMC.

9.8 Reading the maximum size of the extended nonvolatile memory

[Function]
pmc_kpmsiz
[Syntax with arguments]
pmc_kpmsiz()
[Arguments]
None
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (333) Value to Be Stored in the Return Value of the pmc_kpmsiz Function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical value Execution result
EW_OK
Successful
EW_NOPMC
No PMC is present.
EW_ATTRIB
There is no option for extended nonvolatile memory.
2nd element Numerical value Maximum size
[Description]
Reads the maximum size of the extended nonvolatile memory.
[Example]
To read the maximum size of the extended nonvolatile memory:

ret = pmc_kpmsiz()
if ret[0] != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR",0)
end

9.9 Getting PMC address information

[Function]
pmc_rdpmcinfo
[Syntax with arguments]
pmc_rdpmcinfo(adr_type)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 497/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Table 5.3 (334) Arguments of the pmc_rdpmcinfo Function

Name Type Description
adr_type Numerical PMC address type
value G:0, F:1, Y:2, X:3, A:4, R:5, T:6, K:7, C:8, D:9, E:12, Z:13, all types: -1
* PMC memory type Z is valid only for PMC memory C.
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (335) Return Value of the pmc_rdpmcinfo Function

Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Return value of the function
value EW_OK
Successful
EW_LENGTH
Address type error. (The adr_type value is illegal.)
2nd element Array of 2 PMC data
elements For details on the PMC data, see the following "PMC data."

Table 5.3 (336) PMC Data

Element Type Description
1st element Numerical value PMC data information count (1 to 64)
* The same PMC address may be divided into multiple
sections.
2nd element Array of N Array of PMC data information (up to 64 items)
elements (N is the For details on the value, see “Details of PMC Data Information”
PMC data shown below.
information count)

Table 5.3 (337) Details of PMC Data Information

Element Type Description
1st element String PMC address type
Character representing a PMC address type (ASCII code)
2nd element Numerical value PMC address attribute
#7 … 0: Write protection enabled
1: Write protection disabled
#0 to #6 … Not used
3rd element Numerical value PMC address start number
4th element Numerical value PMC address end number
[Description]
Reads the PMC address attribute for each type and PMC address information of the valid range.
All data information is stored in binary format.
[Example]
When Type of PMC address = 1 ("F"):

ret = pmc_rdpmcinfo (1)

if ret[0] != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR",0)
end

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 498/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

9.10 Starting reading of PMC parameters

[Function]
pmc_rdprmstart
[Syntax with arguments]
pmc_rdprmstart()
[Arguments]
None
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (338) Return Value of the pmc_rdprmstart Function

Type Description
Numerical Return value of the function
value EW_OK
Successful.
EW_VERSION
PMC management software is not available for this function.
EW_BUSY
This function or the pmc_wrprmstart function has already been executed.
Or, PMC parameters are being read or written by another function.
EW_MODE
The CNC is not in EDIT mode.
[Description]
This function starts reading PMC parameters.
PMC parameters can be read by the pmc_rdpmcparam function.
The basic procedure for reading PMC parameters is as follows.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 499/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Fig. 5.3 (f) Procedures from Starting PMC Parameter Reading to Ending it

NOTE
Select the target PMC number in advance by using the pmc_select_pmc_unit
function.

9.11 Reading PMC parameters

[Function]
pmc_rdpmcparam
[Syntax with arguments]
pmc_rdpmcparam(length)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (339) Arguments of the pmc_rdpmcparam Function

Name Type Description
length Numerical value Number of characters to be read
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 3 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 500/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Table 5.3 (340) Return Value of the pmc_rdpmcparam Function

Element Type Description
1st element Numerical value Return value of the function
EW_OK
Successful.
EW_VERSION
PMC management software is not available for this function.
EW_RESET
There is no data to read. Execute the pmc_rdprmend function.
EW_FUNC
The pmc_rdprmstart function has not been executed.
EW_LENGTH
A value of 0 or less was specified in the argument "length".
EW_PATH
The PMC unit type has been changed.
EW_MODE
The CNC is not in EDIT mode.
2nd element Numerical value Number of characters actually read
3rd element String PMC parameters that have been read
This function reads PMC parameters in text format.
[Description]
This function reads PMC parameters in text format.
Set the CNC to EDIT mode when this function is executed.
This function reads the desired number of characters. However, if there is less readable data than the
specified number of characters because of a delay in the processing on the CNC side, as much data as
possible is read and that number of characters is actually read.
When all PMC parameters are read, EW_RESET is returned to the 1st element of the return value array. In
this case, end reading PMC parameters by executing the pmc_rdprmend function.

NOTE
Judge the final execution result of reading PMC parameters based on the return
value of the pmc_rdprmend function.

PMC parameters are read and written in text format.

The details on the text format of PMC parameters are as follows.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 501/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Fig. 5.3 (g) Text Format for PMC Parameters

NOTE
1 The header is 30i-B: (PMC=30I-B, MSID=1) only.
2 The header is as follows by PMC unit type.
1st PMC: PMC=30I-B, MSID=1)
2nd PMC: (PMC=30I-B, MSID=2)
3rd PMC: (PMC=30I-B, MSID=3)
Dual check safety PMC: (PMC=30I-B,MSID=9)
3 When characters cannot be read up to the EOB with the specified argument length,
the data up to the data that cannot be read is read.
[Example]
When the number of characters to be read is 10:

ret = pmc_rdpmcparam(10)
if ret[0] != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR",0)
end

9.12 Ending reading of parameters

[Function]
pmc_rdprmend
[Syntax with arguments]
pmc_rdprmend()

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 502/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

[Arguments]
None
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (341) Return Value of the pmc_rdprmend Function

Type Description
Numerical Return value of the function
value EW_OK
Successful.
EW_VERSION
PMC management software is not available for this function.
EW_FUNC
The pmc_rdprmstart function has not been executed.
EW_PATH
The PMC unit type has been changed.
EW_MODE
The CNC is not in EDIT mode.
[Description]
This function ends the reading of PMC parameters.
After all PMC parameters are completely read by the pmc_rdpmcparam function, it is possible to execute
this function in a mode other than EDIT mode.
However, if the pmc_rdpmcparam function returns EW_MODE or EW_PATH while reading PMC
parameters, this function returns the same value.

9.13 Starting writing of PMC parameters

[Function]
pmc_wrprmstart
[Syntax with arguments]
pmc_wrprmstart()
[Arguments]
None
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (342) Return Value of the pmc_wrprmstart Function

Type Description
Numerical Return value of the function
value EW_OK
Successful.
EW_VERSION
PMC management software is not available for this function.
EW_BUSY
This function or the prm_rdprmstart function has already been executed.
Or, PMC parameters are being read or written by another function.
EW_PARAM
Bit 0 (PWE) of parameter No.8900#0 is set to 0.
EW_REJECT
The CNC is not in the emergency stop status.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 503/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

[Description]
This function starts writing PMC parameters.
PMC parameters can be written by the pmc_wrpmcparam function.
The basic procedure for writing PMC parameters is as follows.

Fig. 5.3 (h) Procedures from Starting PMC Parameters Writing to Ending it

NOTE
Select the target PMC number in advance by using the pmc_select_pmc_unit
function.

CAUTION
Use sufficient care when writing PMC parameters.
There is a possibility that the NC may run with the wrong PMC parameters. In this
case, it may cause unexpected machine behavior, and tools, machines or
workpieces may be damaged.
You have to make sure that writing the PMC parameters is safe and correct when
doing so.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 504/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

9.14 Writing PMC parameters

[Function]
pmc_wrpmcparam
[Syntax with arguments]
pmc_wrpmcparam (length, buf )
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (343) Arguments of the pmc_wrpmcparam Function

Name Type Description
length Numerical value Number of characters to be written
buf String PMC parameters to be written
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (344) Return Value of the pmc_wrpmcparam Function

Element Type Description
1st Numerical Return value of the function
element value EW_OK
Successful.
EW_VERSION
PMC management software is not available for this function.
EW_RESET
All PMC parameters have been written. Execute the pmc_wrprmend function.
EW_FUNC
The pmc_wrprmstart function has not been executed.
EW_LENGTH
A value of 0 or less was specified in the argument "length".
EW_DATA
The writing format is illegal.
Execute the pmc_getdtailerr function to get the detailed information for this
return value.
A detailed status listed in "Detail status and description" is set in “Detail
status” in the return value array. Moreover, the block number including illegal
data (0 or greater) is set in "Error data number" in the return value array.
W_PARAM
Bit 0 (PWE) of parameter No.8900#0 is set to 0.
W_PATH
The PMC unit type has been changed.
W_REJECT
The NC is not in the emergency stop status.
2nd Numerical The number of characters that have actually been written
element value

Table 5.3 (345) Detail Status and Description

Detailed status Description
1 The first character immediately after the beginning is not "%;".
2 The end of character strings is not “;” (0x0A) or “%”.
3 The block after “%;” (second block) is not header information.
4 The model name in the header information and the actual model are different.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 505/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

5 The punctuation character in the model name and ID information in the header
information is not a comma “,”.
6 Character strings of ID information in the header information is not “MSID=”.
7 The ID number is different from the PMC unit type at the start.
8 The final character in the header information is not ")".
9 The start of the parameter block is not "N".
10 The address number of the parameter block is invalid (6 digits or less).
11 The address number of the parameter block is invalid.
(When the beginning of the N number is not "6")
12 The third character of the parameter block is not 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 9.
13 A block of group information that is larger than the total number of groups is specified.
14 The data table control information is illegal (unavailable number).
15 The beginning of character strings of setting values in parameter blocks is not “P”.
16 A character that is not a number is included in the data of the setting value
(Format of the setting value is illegal).
17 The number of characters of the bit pattern is not 8
(Format of the setting value is illegal).
18 Address range error
19 The total number of data table control information items is illegal.
20 The data table control information is illegal.
[Description]
This function writes PMC parameters in text format.
To execute this function, set 1 to bit 0 (PWE) of parameter No.8900#0 and put the CNC in the emergency
stop status.
This function writes the number of characters specified by the length argument. However, if less space is
available in the buffer for the data transfer to the CNC than the specified number of characters, the data for
the available space is output, and the number of characters is set in the length argument.

NOTE
Judge the final execution result of writing PMC parameters based on the return
value of the pmc_wrprmend function.

PMC parameters are read and written in text format.

The details on the text format of PMC parameters are as follows.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 506/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Fig. 5.3 (i) Text Format for PMC Parameters

NOTE
1 The header is 30i-B: (PMC=30I-B, MSID=1) only.
2 The header is as follows by PMC unit type.
1st PMC: (PMC=30I-B,MSID=1)
2nd PMC: (PMC=30I-B,MSID=2)
3rd PMC: (PMC=30I-B,MSID=3)
Dual check safety PMC: (PMC=30I-B,MSID=9)

CAUTION
Use sufficient care when writing PMC parameters.
There is a possibility that the NC may run with the wrong PMC parameters. In this
case, it may cause unexpected machine behavior, and tools, machines or
workpieces may be damaged.
You have to make sure that writing the PMC parameters is safe and correct when
doing so.
[Example]
When the PMC parameters to be written are as follows:
%
(PMC=30I-B,MSID=1)
N600000 P0
N600002 P0
%
param = "%¥n(PMC=30I-B,MSID=1) ¥nN600000 P0 ¥nN600002 P0 ¥n%"

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 507/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

ret= pmc_wrpmcparam(param.size, param)

if ret[0] != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR",0)
end

9.15 Ending writing of PMC parameters

[Function]
pmc_wrprmend
[Syntax with arguments]
pmc_wrprmend()
[Arguments]
None
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (346) Return Value of the pmc_wrprmend Function

Type Description
Numerical Return value of the function
value EW_OK
Successful.
EW_VERSION
PMC management software is not available for this function.
EW_FUNC
The pmc_wrprmstart function has not been executed.
EW_DATA
The writing format is illegal.
EW_PARAM
Bit 0 (PWE) of parameter No.8900#0 is set to 0.
EW_PATH
PMC unit type has been changed.
EW_REJECT
The CNC is not in the emergency stop status.
[Description]
This function ends the writing of PMC parameters.
It is possible to execute this function even if bit 0 (PWE) of parameter No.8900#0 is set to 0 and the CNC
is not in the emergency stop status.
However, if the pmc_wrpmcparam function returns EW_DATA, EW_PARAM, EW_PATH, or
EW_REJECT while writing PMC parameters, this function returns the same value.

CAUTION
Use sufficient care when writing PMC parameters.
There is a possibility that the NC may run with the wrong PMC parameters. In this
case, it may cause unexpected machine behavior, and tools, machines or
workpieces may be damaged.
You have to make sure that writing the PMC parameters is safe and correct when
doing so.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 508/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

9.16 Getting PMC error details

[Function]
pmc_getdtailerr
[Syntax with arguments]
pmc_getdtailerr()
[Arguments]
None
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (347) Return Value of the pmc_getdtailerr Function

Element Type Description
1st element Numerical value Return value of the function
EW_OK
Successful.
2nd element Array of 2 elements Detailed information of the error
For details on the value, see the following “Detailed Error
Information.”

Table 5.3 (348) Detailed Error Information

Element Type Description
1st element Numerical value Detailed status
2nd element Numerical value Error data number
[Description]
This function gets the detailed information on the error that occurs when functions for PMC are executed.
The detailed information on the obtained error is stored in "Detail status" and "Error data number" in
"Error detailed information."
The stored value is different in each function. Refer to the function references of each function.
[Example]
To get the error details for PMC:

ret = pmc_getdtailerr()
if ret[0] != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR",0)
end

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 509/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

[File operation library function reference]

10.1 Mounting memory cards / USB memory devices

[Function]
aux_file_mount
[Syntax with arguments]
aux_file_mount(drive)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (349) Arguments of the aux_file_mount Function

Name Type Description
drive String Drive name (B, C, or D)
When a memory card is used, specify "B" or "C" for the drive name. When a USB
memory device is used, specify "D" for the drive name.
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (350) Value to Be Stored in the Return Value of the aux_file_mount Function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Result of mounting the memory card
value Returns 0 if the memory card or USB memory device was successfully mounted.
If it fails, a nonzero value is returned.
2nd element Numerical Detailed error (valid only when the 1st element is not 0)
value For details on the value, see "Detailed error value of the aux_file_mount
function" shown below.

Table 5.3 (351) Detailed Error Value of the aux_file_mount Function

Constant Value Meaning
ENOTMOUNT 200 Failed to mount.
ENOTINSERT 201 No memory card inserted.
EBATVOLDEC 202 Battery voltage is low.
ENOTSRAM 205 Inserted card not supported.
EDRIVENAME 204 Invalid drive name.
EAUTHREJ 206 Other software is already using the memory card slot.
[Description]
This function mounts the memory card or USB memory device.
Don't remove or reinsert the memory card or USB memory device after calling this function.
Use the aux_file_memcinfo function for a memory card and the aux_file_usbinfo function for a USB
memory device to check whether it is write-protected or not.
When mounting a memory card, the drive to which the memory card is assigned (B: or C:) depends on the
CNC monitor, monitor size, LCD-mounted type / stand-alone type, memory card slot used, and parameter
settings (No.300#0). For details, refer to "Using the drive on PC" in "C Language Executor Function" of C
Language Executor Programming Manual (B-63943EN-3).
[Example]
To mount and unmount the memory card:
When functions from aux_file_mount() to aux_file_unmount() are being executed, the mounted memory
card is accessible.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 510/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

aux_file_mount("B")
# Accessible to drive "B"
aux_file_ unmount ("B")

10.2 Unmounting memory cards / USB memory devices

[Function]
aux_file_unmount

[Syntax with arguments]

aux_file_unmount(drive)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (352) Arguments of the aux_file_unmount Function

Name Type Description
drive String Drive name (B, C, or D)
When a memory card is used, specify "B" or "C" for the drive name. When a USB
memory device is used, specify "D" for the drive name.
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (353) Value to Be Stored in the Return Value of the aux_file_unmount Function
Element Type Description
1st Numerical Result of unmounting the memory card
element value Returns 0 if the memory card or USB memory device was successfully
unmounted. If it fails, a nonzero value is returned.
2nd Numerical Detailed error (valid only when the 1st element is not 0)
element value For details on the value, see "Detailed error value of the aux_file_unmount
function" shown below.

Table 5.3 (354) Detailed Error Value of the aux_file_unmount Function

Constant Value Meaning
ENOTMOUNT 200 Failed to mount.
ENOTINSERT 201 No memory card inserted.
EBATVOLDEC 202 Battery voltage is low.
ENOTSRAM 205 Inserted card not supported.
EDRIVENAME 204 Invalid drive name.
EAUTHREJ 206 Other software is already using the memory card slot.
[Description]
This function unmounts the memory card or USB memory device.
When unmounting a memory card, the drive to which the memory card is assigned (B: or C:) depends on
the CNC monitor, monitor size, LCD-mounted type / stand-alone type, memory card slot used, and
parameter setting (No.300#0). For details, refer to "Using the drive on PC" in "C Language Executor
Function" of C Language Executor Programming Manual (B-63943EN-3).
[Example]
For an example, refer to "Example" in "Mounting memory cards."

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 511/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

10.3 Getting memory card information

[Function]
aux_file_memcinfo
[Syntax with arguments]
aux_file_memcinfo()
[Arguments]
None
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (355) Value to Be Stored in the Return Value of the aux_file_memcinfo Function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Return value of the function
value Returns 0 if the memory card information was successfully obtained. Returns a
value other than 0 upon fail.
2nd element Numerical Memory card information
value bit 0 = 0: Memory card is inserted.
1: Memory card is not inserted.
bit 1 = 0: Writable.
1: Write-protected.
bit 5, bit 4, bit 3 For determining the memory card type
0, 0, 1 Flash ATA card, compact flash card
bit 6 – bit 31 are undefined.
[Description]
Reads the memory card information.
Call this function after mounting the memory card (using the aux_file_mount function).
When mounting a memory card, the drive to which the memory card is assigned (B: or C:) depends on the
CNC monitor, monitor size, LCD-mounted type / stand-alone type, memory card slot used, and parameter
setting (No.300#0). For details, refer to "Using the drive on PC" in "C Language Executor Function" of C
Language Executor Programming Manual (B-63943EN-3).
[Example]
To get the memory card information:

aux_file_mount("B")
ret=aux_file_memcinfo()
if ret[0] == 0 then
if ret[1] and 0x01 == 0 then
MsgBoxShow("exist memory card", 0)
end
end
aux_file_unmount("B")

10.4 Getting the state of the USB memory device

[Function]
aux_file_usbinfo
[Syntax with arguments]
aux_file_usbinfo()

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 512/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

[Arguments]
None
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 3 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (356) Value to Be Stored in the Return Value of the aux_file_usbinfo Function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical value Return value of the function
Returns zero if successful. Returns a value other than 0 upon fail.
2nd element Numerical value State of the USB memory device
bit 0 = 0: USB memory device is inserted.
1: USB memory device is not inserted.
bit 1 – bit 5 are undefined.
bit 6 = 0: USB memory device can be removed.
1: USB memory device cannot be removed (USB memory device is
being accessed).
bit 7 = 0: USB memory device can be used.
1: USB memory device cannot be used. (Unrecoverable error)
bit 8 – bit 31 are undefined.
[Description]
Gets the state of the USB memory device.
Execute this function after mounting the USB memory device (after execution of the aux_file_mount
function).
[Example]
To get the state of the USB memory device:

aux_file_mount("D")
ret=aux_file_usbinfo()
if ret[0] == 0 then
if ret[1] and 0x01 == 0 then
MsgBoxShow("exist usb memory card", 0)
end
end
aux_file_unmount("D")

NOTE
When an unrecoverable error occurs (bit7 = 1), it is impossible to access the USB
memory device until the power has been turned off.

10.5 Finding the first file whose attributes match the specified ones (supports up to 32 characters for file names).

[Function]
_dos_findfirst32
[Syntax with arguments]
_dos_findfirst32(filename, attrib)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 513/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Table 5.3 (357) Arguments of the _dos_findfirst32 Function

Name Type Description
filename String Pathname of the file to be searched
Wildcard characters ("*", "?") are allowed.
An ASCII string of up to 32 characters. If the specified file name has 33 or more
characters, execution result is 22 (The specified file name is invalid).
attrib Numerical Attribute of a file to be searched
value For details on the value, see “File attribute.” Only the described values can be set.
If any other value is specified, it is processed as _A_NORMAL.

Table 5.3 (358) File Attribute

Name Value Description
_A_NORMAL 0x00 Normal file
_A_RDONLY 0x01 Read only
_A_HIDDEN 0x02 Hidden file
_A_SYSTEM 0x04 System file
_A_SUBDIR 0x10 Subdirectory
_A_ARCH 0x20 Archive
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 3 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (359) Value to Be Stored in the Return Value of the _dos_findfirst32 Function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Execution result
value 0: Successful.
If it is not 0, one of the following values is returned:
In addition, ENOENT is set to the 2nd element, indicating that filename does not
match.
5 No USB memory device is inserted.
6 No USB memory device is mounted.
9 The specified drive name is invalid.
15 No file or directory with the specified attribute found.
22 The specified file name is invalid.
31 The specified path is invalid.
2nd element Numerical Error code (valid only when the 1st element is not 0)
value
3rd element Array of 9 File information
elements For details on the value, see “File Information” shown below.

Table 5.3 (360) File Information

Element Type Description
1st element Numerical File attribute
value For details on the value, see “File Attribute” above.
When a file has two or more attributes, the attribute of the file is stored with the
abovementioned values connected by a bit OR operator ( | ).
2nd element Numerical Year of creation (update) of the file
value
3rd element Numerical Month of creation (update) of the file
value
4th element Numerical Day of creation (update) of the file
value

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 514/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Element Type Description

5th element Numerical Hour of creation (update) of the file
value
6th element Numerical Minute of creation (update) of the file
value
7th element Numerical Second of creation (update) of the file
value
8th element Numerical File size [byte]
value
9th element String File name
[Description]
Searches for a file in a USB memory device. Execute this function after mounting the USB memory device
(after execution of the aux_file_mount function).
This function can only be used to search for files in a USB memory device.
[Example]
To get two items of ".txt" file information with the usual file attribute on the USB memory device (D
drive):

aux_file_mount("D") # Mounting USB memory devices

path = "D:¥¥*.txt" # File path
ret_firstvalues = _dos_findfirst32(path, _A_NORMAL) # Executes the search for the specified file
if ret_firstvalues[0] == 0 then # Searches for the file
ret_nextvalues = _dos_findnext32() # Executes the search for the file after the specified file
if ret_nextvalues[0] != 0 then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
end
else
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
End
aux_file_unmount("D")

NOTE
Even though a file name longer than 32 characters can be found when wildcards
are used with less than 32 characters. However, the retrieved file name cannot
be used in operations such as opening and deleting files, because a file name
with 33 or more characters is not supported for those operations.

10.6 Finding the next file whose attributes match the specified ones (supports up to 32 characters for file
names).

[Function]
_dos_findnext32
[Syntax with arguments]
_dos_findnext32()
[Arguments]
None
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 3 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 515/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Table 5.3 (361) Value to Be Stored in the Return Value of the _dos_findnext32 Function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical value Execution result
0: Successful.
If it is not 0, one of the following values is returned:
In addition, ENOENT is set to the 2nd element.
-1 The _dos_findfirst32 function has not been executed.
5 No USB memory device is inserted.
6 No USB memory device is mounted.
15 A file or directory that has the specified attribute cannot be found.
2nd element Numerical value Error code (valid only when the 1st element is not 0)
3rd element Array of 9 File information
elements For details on the value, see “File Information” shown below.

Table 5.3 (362) File Information

Element Type Description
1st element Numerical value File attribute
For details on the value, see “File Attribute.”
When a file has two or more attributes, the values described below are
united by the the bit OR operator ( | ).
2nd Numerical value Year of creation (update) of the file
element
3rd element Numerical value Month of creation (update) of the file
4th element Numerical value Day of creation (update) of the file
5th element Numerical value Hour of creation (update) of the file
6th element Numerical value Minute of creation (update) of the file
7th element Numerical value Second of creation (update) of the file
8th element Numerical value File size [byte]
9th element String File name

Table 5.3 (363) File Attribute

Name Value Description
_A_NORMAL 0x00 Normal file
_A_RDONLY 0x01 Read only
_A_HIDDEN 0x02 Hidden file
_A_SYSTEM 0x04 System file
_A_SUBDIR 0x10 Subdirectory
_A_ARCH 0x20 Archive
[Description]
Searches for the file after the file searched for by the _dos_findfirst32 function in the USB memory device.
The path and attribute of the next file to be searched for are inherited from the information set by the
_dos_findfirst32 function. Refer to the method of setting arguments for the _dos_findfirst32 function.
This function can only be used to search for files in a USB memory device.
[Example]
Refer to "Finding the first file whose attributes match the specified ones (supports up to 32 characters for
file names)" (_dos_findfirst32).

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 516/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

NOTE
1 Execute the _dos_findnext32 function for searching for the next file when the
_dos_findfirst32 function is executed.
2 Execute the _dos_findnext function for searching for the next file when the
_dos_findfirst function is executed. When the following action has been performed,
-1 is returned and no operations are executed for the USB memory device:
- When executing the _dos_findfirst function before executing the
_dos_findnext32 function.
- When executing the _dos_findfirst32 function before executing the
_dos_findnext function.
3 Even though a file name longer than 32 characters can be found when wildcards
are used with less than 32 characters. However, the retrieved file name cannot be
used in operations such as opening and deleting files, because a file name with 33
or more characters is not supported for those operations.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 517/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

[Serial library function reference]

11.1 Initializing the communication device

[Function]
rs_open
[Syntax with arguments]
rs_open(channel, param, mode)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (364) Arguments of the rs_open Function

Name Type Description
channel Numerical Channel number. (= 1, 2) (For iHMI, COM port numbers 1 to 256)
value
param Array Communication parameter
For details on the possible values, see “Communication Parameter” below.
mode Numerical Communication mode
value "r" receive mode
"w" send mode
"rw" send/receive mode

Table 5.3 (365) Communication Parameter

Name Type Description
baud Numerical value Baud rate
BAUD_0600 600 bits/second
BAUD_1200 1200 bits/second
BAUD_2400 2400 bits/second
BAUD_4800 4800 bits/second
BAUD_9600 9600 bits/second
BAUD_19200 19200 bits/second
stop_bit Numerical value Stop bit length
STOP_1 1 bit
STOP_2 2 bits
parity Numerical value Parity check
PARITY_N no parity check
PARITY_E even parity
PARITY_O odd parity
data_bit Numerical value Character length
DATA_7 7 bits
DATA_8 8 bits
hardflow Numerical value Hardware flow ctrl
0 not executed
1 both send and receive
2 send only
3 receive only
dc_enable Numerical value DC code flow ctrl
0 not executed
1 send and receive
2 send only
3 receive only

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 518/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Name Type Description

dc_put Numerical value Send DC code (not used in iHMI)
0 no
1 yes
dc1_code Numerical value Define DC1 code (usually 0x11)
dc2_code Numerical value Define DC2 code (usually 0x12) (not used in iHMI)
dc3_code Numerical value Define DC3 code (usually 0x13, for IDO code, 0x93)
dc4_code Numerical value Define DC4 code (usually 0x14) (not used in iHMI)
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (366) Value to Be Stored in the Return Value of the rs_open Function
Type Description
Numerical Return value of the function
value 0: Normal termination.
-1: Communication parameter invalid
12: The communication line is already open
13: The line cannot be opened (timed out)
[Description]
The specified communication port is initialized with the specified condition and the line is opened for data
transmission.
When "DC code flow ctrl" is selected, data transmission is controlled by the DC codes as follows.

(1) Transmission handshake

Stop or restart sending data, according to the DC code received from the destination device.

DC1 received: restart sending data is requested

DC3 received: stop sending data is requested

Received DC code is not passed to the application program.

(2) Receiving handshake

The DC code is used to request the source device to stop or restart sending data according to the
state of the receiving buffer.

Send DC1: request to restart sending data

Send DC3: request to stop sending data

These DC1 and DC3 codes are automatically transmitted by the serial communication driver.

If the Send DC code is set to 1, the following DC code is sent to the external device whenever the channel
is opened or closed.
In the iHMI, the DC code is not sent when the channel is opened or closed regardless of the setting.

Table 5.3 (367) DC Code to Be Sent When the Channel Is Opened/Closed

open mode when open when close
receive mode DC1 DC3
send mode DC2 DC4
send/receive mode no DC code transmitted no DC code transmitted
Application program can select one of the three communication modes, "transmit only," "receive only,"
and "transmit and receive."

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 519/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

(1) Transmit only mode

Only data transmission from the application program to an external device can take place in this mode.
The application program cannot use library functions for receiving data. Data other than DC codes
received from external devices are ignored.

(2) Receive only mode

Only data reception from the external device to the application program can take place in this mode.
The application program cannot use library functions for sending data. All data received from external
devices are passed to the application program.

(3) Transmit and receive mode

Data can be both sent and received in this mode. The application program can use all serial library
functions. Data code received from an external device is interpreted as follows in accordance with
the selected flow control mode.

Every parameter must have a specified value. If not, correct communication cannot take place.
If the Send DC code is set to 1 with the rs_open function, DC1 code (for receive mode) or DC2 code (for
send mode) is sent via the communication channel.
In the iHMI, the "Send DC code" setting and settings for the DC2 and DC4 codes are ignored and no code
is sent.

11.2 Terminating communication

[Function]
rs_close
[Syntax with arguments]
rs_close(channel)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (368) Arguments of the rs_close Function

Name Type Description
channel Numerical value Channel number. (= 1, 2) (For iHMI, COM port numbers 1 to 256)
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (369) Value to Be Stored in the Return Value of the rs_close Function
Type Description
Numerical Return value of the function
value 0: Normal termination.
-1: Error
[Description]
Stops using the specified communication channel.
If the Send DC code is set to 1 with the rs_open function, DC3 code (for receive mode) or DC4 code (for
send mode) is sent via the communication channel.
In the iHMI, DC codes are not sent.

11.3 Putting one byte of data into the transmit buffer

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 520/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

[Function]
rs_putc
[Syntax with arguments]
rs_putc(c, channel)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (370) Arguments of the rs_putc Function

Name Type Description
c Numerical value Output data
channel Numerical value Channel number. (= 1, 2) (For iHMI, COM port numbers 1 to 256)
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (371) Value to Be Stored in the Return Value of the rs_putc Function
Type Description
Numerical Return value of the function
value 1: Normal termination.
0: The transmit buffer is full. There is no room to accept new data.
-1: Error
[Description]
Puts one byte of data into the transmit buffer of the specified communication port.
This function outputs data to the transmit buffer. To find out if the data has actually been transmitted, read
the status of the transmit buffer with the rs_buffer function and check the vacancy of the buffer.

11.4 Getting one byte of data from the receive buffer

[Function]
rs_getc
[Syntax with arguments]
rs_getc(channel)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (372) Arguments of the rs_getc Function

Name Type Description
channel Numerical value Channel number. (= 1, 2) (For iHMI, COM port numbers 1 to 256)
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (373) Value to Be Stored in the Return Value of the rs_getc Function
Type Description
Numerical Return value of the function
value Not -1 (input data): Successful
-1: Error, or there is no data in the buffer.
[Description]
Gets one byte of data from the receive buffer of the specified communication port.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 521/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

11.5 Writing block data to the communication buffer

[Function]
rs_write
[Syntax with arguments]
rs_write(buffer, size, channel)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (374) Arguments of the rs_write Function

Name Type Description
buffer String output data storage area
size Numerical value output data size
channel Numerical value Channel number. (= 1, 2) (For iHMI, COM port numbers 1 to 256)
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (375) Value to Be Stored in the Return Value of the rs_write Function
Type Description
Numerical Return value of the function
value Not -1: Normal termination.
-1: Error
[Description]
Gets the specified bytes of data from the specified buffer area and puts them in the transmit buffer of the
specified port.
This function outputs data to the transmit buffer. To find out if the data has actually been transmitted, read
the status of the transmit buffer with the rs_buffer function and check the vacancy of the buffer.
※ When sending a Russian character string, specify the number of characters to be sent in "size" of the
argument.

11.6 Reading block data from the communication buffer.

[Function]
rs_read
[Syntax with arguments]
rs_read(size, channel)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (376) Arguments of the rs_read Function

Name Type Description
size Numerical value output data size
channel Numerical value Channel number. (= 1, 2) (For iHMI, COM port numbers 1 to 256)
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (377) Value to Be Stored in the Return Value of the rs_read Function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Input result
value Not -1: Normal termination.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 522/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Element Type Description

-1: Error
2nd element String input data storage area
[Description]
Gets the specified bytes of data from the receive buffer of the specified port and puts them in the specified
buffer area.

11.7 Testing or manipulating the communication buffer

[Function]
rs_buffer
[Syntax with arguments]
rs_buffer(channel, cmnd)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (378) Arguments of the rs_buffer Function

Name Type Description
channel Numerical Channel number. (= 1, 2) (For iHMI, COM port numbers 1 to 256)
value
cmnd Numerical buffer command
value RS_GET_BUF_R Returns the receive buffer size.
RS_GET_BUF_W Returns the transmit buffer size.
RS_CHK_BUF_R Returns the size of data in the receive buffer.
RS_CHK_BUF_W Returns the size of data in the transmit buffer.
RS_CLR_BUF_R Clears the receive buffer.
RS_CLR_BUF_W Clears the transmit buffer.
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (379) Value to Be Stored in the Return Value of the rs_buffer Function
Type Description
Numerical If successful:
value The RS_GET_BUF_R and RS_GET_BUF_W commands return the buffer size.
The RS_CHK_BUF_R and RS_CHK_BUF_W commands return the size of the data in the
buffer.
The RS_CLR_BUF_R and RS_CLR_BUF_W commands return zero.
If there is an error:
-1
[Description]
Tests or clears the specified buffer of the specified port.
For a standard monitor, 256 bytes is returned as the buffer size. For the iHMI, 4096 bytes is returned.

11.8 Getting the status of the communication line and buffer

[Function]
rs_status
[Syntax with arguments]
rs_status(channel)

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 523/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (380) Arguments of the rs_status Function

Name Type Description
channel Numerical value Channel number. (= 1, 2) (For iHMI, COM port numbers 1 to 256)
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (381) Value to Be Stored in the Return Value of the rs_status Function
Type Description
Numerical Status of the communication line and communication buffer:
value 0x8000 transmission stopped(send)
0x4000 (reserved) (send)
0x2000 Buffer full (send)
0x1000 (reserved) (send)
0x0800 receiving stopped (receive)
0x0400 (reserved) (receive)
0x0200 Buffer empty (receive)
0x0100 Buffer overrun (receive)
0x0080 DR ON
0x0040 (reserved)
0x0020 Framing error
0x0010 Overrun error
0x0008 Parity error
0x0004 (reserved)
0x0002 (reserved)
0x0001 (reserved)
[Description]
Gets the status information of the communication interface and communication buffers of the specified
port.

11.9 Waiting for a communication event

[Function]
rs_wait
[Syntax with arguments]
rs_wait(channel, param, mode, time_out)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (382) Arguments of the rs_wait Function

Name Type Description
channel Numerical value Channel number. (= 1, 2) (For iHMI, COM port numbers 1 to 256)
param Numerical value The number of data characters or a character code
According to the mode setting, either the number of data characters or a
character code should be specified.
rtx_size number of data characters in the receive buffer
trx_size number of data characters in the transmit buffer
rtx_code character code (not used in iHMI)

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 524/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Name Type Description

mode Numerical value Operation mode
rtx_size wait for data to be received
trx_size wait for data to be sent
rtx_code wait for specified character to come (not used in iHMI)
time_out Numerical value maximum time to wait
Set the wait time in units of msec.
When 0 is specified, the wait time is infinite.
For a standard monitor, a setting value that is not a multiple of 8 msec is
rounded up (when 9 msec is set, it is rounded up to 16 msec).
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (383) Value to Be Stored in the Return Value of the rs_wait Function
Type Description
Numerical Return value of the function
value 0 the specified condition is satisfied
EC_TIMOUT time out
rtx_size_ok When mode = rtx_size, and when the number of data bytes in the receive
buffer is greater than or equal to the specified value.
trx_size_ok When mode = trx_size, and when the number of data bytes in the transmit
buffer is less than or equal to the specified value.
Other Error
[Description]
Waits for the specified communication port to become the specified state.
After this function call, the task from which this function is called is switched to the "wait state" until the
specified condition is satisfied.
In the iHMI, it is impossible to set it to wait for specific characters to be received (rtx_code). If it is set, an
error is returned.
This function is used for the following purposes.

(1) Wait for transmit completion

ret = rs_wait( channel, param, trx_size, time_out )

This waits for the number of untransmitted characters in the transmit buffer to become less than or
equal to the specified value given by "param."

If param = 0, the above function call waits for the completion of transmission. This is used to find out
whether all the data has been sent to the destination.
By setting param as param="Tx buffer size" - "Tx data size", the above function call can be used to
find out if there is enough space in the transmit buffer to accept new data. This is useful for efficient
data transmission.

(2) Wait for data to come

ret = rs_wait(channel, param, rtx_size, time_out)

This waits for the number of received characters in the receive buffer to become greater than or equal
to the value specified by "param." This is efficient compared to the polling method.

In the case of fixed length data communication, specify param="packet size"

to find out if a whole set of data has been received.
When you want to find out if data of whatever size has been received, specify param to be 1.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 525/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

(3) Wait for a specified character

ret = rs_wait(channel , param, rtx_code, time_out)

This function call waits for the character specified by "param" to arrive.

This function is used to be alerted of the arrival of a data packet that ends with a specific code.

The above wait state finishes when the data received after the rs_wait function is called matches the
character specified by "param." Data that arrived before the execution of this function but that have
not yet been read by the application, are also examined for character matching.

Specifying the maximum wait time by "time_out" prevents the application program from hanging when no
answer comes back from the external device. It is also possible that there is a problem in the
communication interface when a timeout error occurs. In this case, examine the state of the interface by
using the rs_buffer function or rs_status function.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 526/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

[F-ROM library function reference]

12.1 Opening a specified F-ROM file

[Function]
aux_from_open
[Syntax with arguments]
aux_from_open(filename, mode)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (384) Arguments of the aux_from_open Function
Name Type Description
filename String Specify the name of the F-ROM file you want to open.
mode String Specify the access mode.
The mode should always be read mode "r".
[Return]
The return values from this function are as follows.
Table 5.3 (385) Value to Be Stored in the Return Value of the aux_from_open Function
Type Description
Numerical Execution result
value 0 Successful
-3 The aux_from_open function has opened the F-ROM file. This value is also returned when
MANUAL GUIDEi executes this function while accessing the F-ROM file.
-5 The F-ROM file having the specified file name is not present.
-10 Access was denied because another function was accessing the F-ROM file.
1 A mode other than read mode "r" was specified for mode.
[Description]
This function opens a file in the F-ROM and makes it ready to be read.
The F-ROM data in a C language data file in the *.MEM format, which is created in FANUC PICTURE,
can be read.

[Example]
For an example, refer to "Example" in "Reading data from the F-ROM file."

12.2 Closing the F-ROM file

[Function]
aux_from_close
[Syntax with arguments]
aux_from_close()
[Arguments]
None
[Return]
The return values from this function are as follows.
Table 5.3 (386) Value to Be Stored in the Return Value of the aux_from_close Function
Type Description
Numerical Execution result
value 0 Successful
Not 0 When no F-ROM file is opened by the aux_from_open function.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 527/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

[Description]
Closes the F-ROM file that has been opened.
[Example]
For an example, refer to "Example" in "Reading data from the F-ROM file."

12.3 Selecting data in the F-ROM file

[Function]
aux_from_select
[Syntax with arguments]
aux_from_select(name)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (387) Arguments of the aux_from_select Function
Name Type Description
name String Specify file name to be selected.
[Return]
The return values from this function are as follows.
Table 5.3 (388) Value to Be Stored in the Return Value of the aux_from_select Function
Type Description
Numerical Execution result
value 0 Successful
Not 0 When the specified file does not exist.
[Description]
This function selects one of the data files for C Language Executor.
Specify the file name argument according to the MS-DOS 8.3 format.
[Example]
For an example, refer to "Example" in "Reading data from the F-ROM file."

12.4 Moving the read pointer

[Function]
aux_from_moveptr
[Syntax with arguments]
aux_from_moveptr(offset, origin)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (389) Arguments of the aux_from_moveptr Function
Name Type Description
offset Numerical value Byte count from base point.
origin Numerical value Origin position.
FROM_SEEK_CUR Current position of the file pointer
FROM_SEEK_END End of file
FROM_SEEK_SET Beginning of file
[Return]
Details of the return values from this function are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (390) Value to Be Stored in the Return Value of the aux_from_moveptr Function
Type Description
Numerical Execution result

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 528/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Type Description
value 0 Successful
Not 0 When the pointer is moved backward beyond the beginning of the file.
When the pointer is moved forward beyond the end of the file.
[Description]
This function moves the position of the read pointer in the currently selected file.
Moving the pointer forward beyond the end of the file or backward beyond the beginning of the file causes
an error.
[Example]
For an example, refer to "Example" in "Reading data from the F-ROM file."

12.5 Reading data from the F-ROM file

[Function]
aux_from_read
[Syntax with arguments]
aux_from_read(size)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (391) Arguments of the aux_from_read Function
Name Type Description
size Numerical value Size of the data to be read.
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (392) Value to Be Stored in the Return Value of the aux_from_read Function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Execution result
value Returns the size (byte) of the data being read if successful. Returns zero if an
error occurs.
2nd element String Data that has been read
[Description]
This function reads data from the selected data file and returns it with the 2nd element of the return value.
Before calling this function, the data file to be read from must be selected with the aux_from_select
function.
[Example]
To open "FPF0FPDT.MEM," which has been created in FANUC PICTURE, select "CRTCONV.TXT" in
"FPF0FPDT.MEM", read 10 characters from the beginning, move the read pointer by 50 bytes, read
another 20 characters, and then close the file:

msg_txt = ""
ret = [0, "a"]
if aux_from_open( "FPF0FPDT.MEM", "r" ) != 0 then
msg_txt = "FILE OPEN EEROR"
else
if aux_from_select( "CRTCONV.TXT" ) != 0 then
msg_txt = "FILE NOT EXIST"
aux_from_close()
else
ret = aux_from_read( 10 )

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 529/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

if ret[0] == 0 then
msg_txt = "DATA READ ERROR"
aux_from_close()
return
end
msg_txt = ret[1]
res = aux_from_moveptr( 50, FROM_SEEK_CUR )
if res != 0 then
msg_txt = "PONTER MOVE ERROR"
aux_from_close()
return
end
ret = aux_from_read( 20 )
if ret[0] == 0 then
msg_txt = "DATA READ ERROR"
aux_from_close()
return
end
msg_txt = msg_txt + "¥n" +ret[1]
aux_from_close()
end
end

12.6 Reading directory information of a F-ROM file

[Function]
aux_from_getdir
[Syntax with arguments]
aux_from_getdir()
[Arguments]
None
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 3 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (393) Value to Be Stored in the Return Value of the aux_from_getdir Function
Element Type Description
1st Numerical Execution result
element value Returns zero if successful. Returns -1 if an error occurs.
2nd Array of m Array of directory information
element elements m indicates the number of directory entries (same value as that of the 3rd
element).
For details on the value, refer to the following table "Values to Be Stored in the
Directory Information Array."
3rd Numerical Area in which to store the number of directory entries.
element value

Table 5.3 (394) Values to Be Stored in the Directory Information Array

Element Type Description
1st element String File name
2nd element Numerical value First address of the file

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 530/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Element Type Description

3rd element Numerical value File size.
[Description]
Reads the directory information of the FROM.
Returns directory information with the 2nd element and the number of directory entries with the 3rd
element.
[Example]
To read the 1st directory information of the F-ROM file "FPF0FPDT.MEM" and store it in msg_txt:

res = [0,"a",0]
if aux_from_open( "FPF0FPDT.MEM", "r" ) != 0 then
msg_txt = "FILE OPEN EEROR"
else
res = aux_from_getdir()
if res[2] == 0 then
msg_txt = "DIR DATA NOT EXIST"
else
msg_txt = ret[1][0][0] + " : " + ret[1][0][1].to_s + " : " + ret[1][0][2].to_s # filename : address : size
end
end

12.7 Reading F-ROM file information

[Function]
aux_from_getinfo
[Syntax with arguments]
aux_from_getinfo(name)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (395) Arguments of the aux_from_getinfo Function
Name Type Description
name String F-ROM file name
*.MEM files that have been created in FANUC PICTURE can be specified.
[Return]
Details of the return values from this function are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (396) Value to Be Stored in the Return Value of the aux_from_getinfo Function
Type Description
Numerical Execution result
value C_DATA Data files for C Language Executor.
-1 The specified file does not exist, or the specified file is not a C Language Executor file.
Details of the return values from this function are as shown below.
[Description]
This function reads information about F-ROM files stored in the F-ROM.
The F-ROM file name has to be specified in only upper case letters.
[Example]
To read the file information of the F-ROM file "FPF0FPDT.MEM" and store it in msg_txt:

msg_txt = ""
ftype = aux_from_getinfo( "FPF0FPDT.MEM" )
if ftype == C_DATA then
msg_txt = "C DATA"

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 531/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

else
msg_txt = "OTHER FILE"
end

12.8 Reading a character from the F-ROM file

[Function]
aux_from_getc
[Syntax with arguments]
aux_from_getc()
[Arguments]
None
[Return]
Details of the return values from this function are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (397) Value to Be Stored in the Return Value of the aux_from_getc Function
Type Description
Numerical Execution result
value Not 0xFF Character code that has been read
0xFF End of the file or Read error
[Description]
This function gets one character from the selected data file.
This function replaces the line termination code, "Carriage Return + Line Feed (CR + LF)", with a single
Line Feed character LF.
Before calling this function, the data file to be read from must be selected with the aux_from_select
function.
[Example]
To open "FPF0FPDT.MEM," select "TEST02.DAT" in "FPF0FPDT.MEM", read one character from the
beginning, store it in msg_txt, and then close the file:

msg_txt = ""
ret = [0, "a"]
if aux_from_open("FPF0FPDT.MEM", "r" ) != 0 then
msg_txt = "FILE OPEN EEROR"
else
if aux_from_select("CRTCONV.TXT" ) != 0 then
msg_txt = "FILE NOT EXIST"
aux_from_close()
else
ret = aux_from_getc()
if ret == 0xFF then
msg_txt = "DATA READ ERROR"
aux_from_close()
return
end
code = ret
aux_from_close()
end
end

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 532/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

12.9 Reading a line from the F-ROM file

[Function]
aux_from_gets
[Syntax with arguments]
aux_from_gets(size)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (398) Arguments of the aux_from_gets Function
Name Type Description
size Numerical value Size of the data to be read.
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (399) Value to Be Stored in the Return Value of the aux_from_gets Function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical value Execution result
Returns zero if successful. Returns -1 if an error occurs.
2nd element String Data that has been read (1 line)
[Description]
This function reads one line of data from the selected data file and returns it with the 2nd element of the
return value.
A line is made up of all characters read before the Line Feed character ('¥n'). The read Line Feed character
is returned without any processing. Characters continue to be read until a Line Feed character ('¥n') is
encountered, end of file is detected or "size - 1" number of characters are read.
This function replaces the line termination code, "Carriage Return + Line Feed (CR + LF)", with a single
Line Feed character LF.
Before calling this function, the data file to be read from must be selected with the aux_from_select
function.
[Example]
To open "FPF0FPDT.MEM," select "CRTCONV.TXT" in "FPF0FPDT.MEM", read one line of data up to
100 characters from the beginning, store it in msg_txt, and then close the file:
msg_txt = ""
ret = [0, "a"]
if aux_from_open("FPF0FPDT.MEM", "r" ) != 0 then
msg_txt = "FILE OPEN EEROR"
else
if aux_from_select("CRTCONV.TXT" ) != 0 then
msg_txt = "FILE NOT EXIST"
aux_from_close()
else
ret = aux_from_gets(101)
if ret[0] != 0 then
msg_txt = "DATA READ ERROR"
aux_from_close()
return
end
msg_txt = ret[1]
aux_from_close()
end
end

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 533/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

[Network library function reference]

13.1 Opening the communication line in the transmission mode

[Function]
eth_putopen
[Syntax with arguments]
eth_putopen(type, file_name)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (400) Arguments of the eth_putopen Function

Name Type Description
type Numerical Specify the type of communication function to be used for FTP transfer.
value 0: Embedded Ethernet built-in port or PCMCIA LAN card
file_name String Specify the name of a file on the host to which transmitted data is to be written to.
A character string for specifying a file name may consist of up to 255 characters.
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (401) Value to Be Stored in the Return Value of the eth_putopen Function
Type Description
Numerical Execution result
value EW_OK
Successful
EW_BUSY
The communication line is already open.
EW_ATTRIB
The specified type is invalid.
EW_REJECT
The communication line is already being used by another function.
[Description]
This function opens the communication line with the communication function specified by "type" in the
transmission mode.

This function must always be executed before data can be transmitted to the host.
If this function is executed by specifying only a file name in "file_name", a file with the specified file name
is created in the current directory of the host.
If this function is executed by specifying a file name including a path in "file_name" with a host that
supports a file name including a path, a file is created in the specified directory.

The eth_put function can be used to transmit and write data to a file created on the host using this function.
The current directory of the connected host can be checked and changed on the host file list screen. For
details of the host file list screen, refer to Section 8.3, “EMBEDDED ETHERNET OPERATIONS,” in
“OPERATOR’S MANUAL (Common to Lathe System/Machining Center System) (B-63944EN,
B-64484EN, B-64604EN).”

The basic procedure for transmitting data is indicated below.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 534/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Opens the communication line

eth_putopen function
=EW_OK

=EW_DTSRVR Sends data

eth_put function =EW_BUFFER
=EW_OK

Is there remaining
data ?
YES

NO

Closes the communication line

eth_putclose function
Fig. 5.3 (j) Basic Procedure for Transmitting Data

NOTE
1 If the eth_putopen function is executed by specifying the name of a file that
already exists on the host, the file name may be overwritten according to the
setting of the host and EW_OK may be returned.
2 If the eth_putopen function is executed by specifying a file name including a path
with a host that does not support a file name including a path, EW_OK is
returned. If the eth_put function is then executed, EW_DTSRVR is returned. If
the cnc_getdtailerr function is executed at this time, Error No. 502, "Data
transmission failed." is output as the detailed status.

13.2 Transmitting data to the host

[Function]
eth_put
[Syntax with arguments]
eth_put(length, data)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (402) Arguments of the eth_put Function

Name Type Description
length Numerical value Number of characters of the data to be output to the transmit buffer.
data String Data to be output to the transmit buffer.
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 535/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Table 5.3 (403) Value to Be Stored in the Return Value of the eth_put Function
Element Type Description
1st Numerical Execution result
element value EW_OK
Successful
EW_FUNC
The eth_putopen function has not been executed yet.
EW_LENGTH
A value of 0 or less was specified in "length".
EW_BUFFER
The transmit buffer is full.
Retry transmission.
EW_DTSRVR
A communication error occurred.
Close the communication line.
2nd Numerical Number of characters that have actually been output to the transmit buffer.
element value
[Description]
This function outputs data of a specified size to the transmit buffer.

If the free space of the transmit buffer is smaller than the number of characters specified in "length", an
amount of data equivalent to the amount of free space is output and the number of actually output
characters is set to the 2nd element of the return value.
If the transmit buffer has no free space so that no characters can be output, EW_BUFFER is returned. In
this case, retry transmission.

If an error occurs during data transmission to the host, EW_DTSRVR is returned. In this case, close the
communication line by executing the eth_putclose function.

To get more detailed information on this return value, execute the cnc_getdtailerr function.

A detailed status is set in the ODBERR structure member err_no. For details on the status, refer to the
following table.

Table 5.3 (404) Communication Error Detail Status

Error No. Description
468 The connected host cannot be found.
Check the settings including the IP address.
502 Data transmission failed.
503 Data reception failed.
507 The current directory could not be changed.
Check the setting of the login folder.
508 Logging in to the connected host failed.
Check the settings of the login user and login password.
509 Connection to the connected host failed.
Check whether the FTP server is started.
511 The setting of a parameter for the connected host is incorrect.
※ When sending a Russian character string, specify the number of characters to be sent in "length" of the
argument.
[Example]
To send the data "TestData" to the file in the host "TEST.txt":

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 536/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

ret = eth_putopen(0,"TEST.txt")
if ret != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR",0)
end
ret = eth_put(8,"TestData")
if ret[0] != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR",0)
end

13.3 Closing the communication line opened in the transmission mode

[Function]
eth_putclose
[Syntax with arguments]
eth_putclose(cancel)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (405) Arguments of the eth_putclose Function

Name Type Description
cancel Numerical Specify the method of closing of the communication line for when data remains in
value the transmit buffer.
0: If data remains in the transmit buffer, communication continues without closing
the communication line.
1: If data remains in the transmit buffer, transmission is canceled and the
communication line is closed.
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (406) Value to Be Stored in the Return Value of the eth_putclose Function
Type Description
Numerical Execution result
value EW_OK
Successful
EW_BUSY
The data in the transmit buffer is being transmitted to the host.
Retry the close operation until the transmission ends.
EW_FUNC
The eth_putopen function has not been executed yet.
EW_DTSRVR
A communication error occurred.
Retry the close operation.
[Description]
This function closes the communication line opened in the transmission mode.

If 0 is specified for "cancel", and this function is executed when data remains in the transmit buffer, it does
not close the communication line and returns EW_BUSY. In this case, wait until transmission ends or retry
the close operation.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 537/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

If 1 is specified for "cancel," this function cancels transmission and closes the communication line even if
data remains in the transmit buffer. At this time, the data remaining in the transmit buffer is discarded and
EW_BUSY is returned. In this case, retry the close operation until EW_OK is returned.

If a communication error occurs during data transmission to the host or communication line close operation,
EW_DTSRVR is returned. In this case, retry the close operation until EW_OK is returned.

To get more detailed information on this return value, execute the cnc_getdtailerr function. The error No. is
set in “Detail status” in the return value array. For details of statuses, see "Communication error detail
status" in "Transmitting data to the host".

13.4 Opening the communication line in the receive mode

[Function]
eth_getopen
[Syntax with arguments]
eth_getopen(type, file_name)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (407) Arguments of the eth_getopen Function

Name Type Description
type Numerical Specify the type of communication function to be used for FTP transfer.
value 0: Embedded Ethernet built-in port or PCMCIA LAN card
file_name String Specify the name of a file to be received from the host.
A character string for specifying a file name may consist of up to 255 characters.
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (408) Value to Be Stored in the Return Value of the eth_getopen Function
Type Description
Numerical Execution result
value EW_OK
Successful
EW_BUSY
The communication line is already open.
EW_ATTRIB
The specified type is invalid.
EW_REJECT
The communication line is already being used by another function.
[Description]
This function opens the communication line in the receive mode.

This function must always be executed before data can be received from the host.
If this function is executed by specifying only a file name in "file_name," the file with the specified file
name stored in the current directory of the host is selected.

If this function is executed by specifying a file name including a path in "file_name" with a host that
supports a file name including a path, the file stored in the specified directory is selected.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 538/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

The contents of a file that is stored on the host and specified with this function can be read using the
eth_get function.

The current directory of the connected host can be checked and changed on the host file list screen. For
details of the host file list screen, refer to Section 8.3, “EMBEDDED ETHERNET OPERATIONS,” in
“OPERATOR’S MANUAL (Common to Lathe System/Machining Center System) (B-63944EN,
B-64484EN, B-64604EN).”

The basic procedure for receiving data is indicated below.

Opens the communication line

eth_getopen function
=EW_OK

=EW_DTSRVR Receive data

eth_get function =EW_BUFFER

=EW_OK or EW_RESET

Is data reception
complete?
YES
EW_RESET
NO

Closes the communication line

eth_getclose function

Fig. 5.3 (k) Basic Procedure for Receiving Data

NOTE
1 If the eth_getopen function is executed by specifying the name of a file that does
not exist on the host, EW_OK is returned. If the eth_get function is then
executed, EW_DTSRVR is returned. If the cnc_getdtailerr function is executed at
this time, Error No. 503, "Data reception failed." is output to "Detail status" in the
return value array.
2 If the eth_getopen function is executed by specifying a file name including a path
with a host that does not support a file name including a path, EW_OK is
returned.
If the eth_get function is then executed, EW_DTSRVR is returned. If the
cnc_getdtailerr function is executed at this time, Error No. 503, "Data reception
failed." is output to "Detail status" in the return value array.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 539/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

13.5 Receiving data from the host

[Function]
eth_get
[Syntax with arguments]
eth_get(length)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (409) Arguments of the eth_get Function

Name Type Description
length Numerical value Number of characters of the data to be obtained from the receive buffer.
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 3 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (410) Value to Be Stored in the Return Value of the eth_get Function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical value Execution result
EW_OK
Successful
EW_RESET
There is no data to be received.
Close the communication line.
EW_FUNC
The eth_getopen function has not been executed yet.
EW_LENGTH
A value of 0 or less was specified in "length".
EW_BUFFER
The receive buffer is empty.
Retry receiving.
EW_DTSRVR
A communication error occurred.
Close the communication line.
2nd element String Data to be obtained from the receive buffer
3rd element Numerical value Number of characters of the data that have been obtained from the receive buffer.
[Description]
This function acquires data of a specified size from the receive buffer.

If the amount of data stored in the receive buffer is less than the number of characters specified for
"length," all data in the receive buffer is returned to the 2nd element of the return value and the number of
returned characters is returned to the 3rd element of the return value.
If there is no data in the receive buffer so that no characters can be acquired, EW_BUFFER is returned. In
this case, retry reception.

If this function is executed after the reception of all data from the host, EW_RESET is returned. In this
case, close the communication line by executing the eth_getclose function.
If an error occurs during data reception from the host, EW_DTSRVR is returned. In this case, close the
communication line by executing the eth_getclose function.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 540/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

To get more detailed information on this return value, execute the cnc_getdtailerr function. The error No. is
set in “Detail status” in the return value array. For details of statuses, see "Communication error detail
status" in "Transmitting data to the host".
[Example]
To receive the first eight characters of data from the file in the host "TEST.txt":

ret = eth_getopen(0,"TEST.txt")
if ret != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR",0)
end
ret = eth_get(8)
if ret[0] != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR",0)
end

13.6 Closing the communication line opened in the receive mode

[Function]
eth_getclose
[Syntax with arguments]
eth_getclose()
[Arguments]
None
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (411) Value to Be Stored in the Return Value of the eth_getclose Function
Type Description
Numerical Execution result
value EW_OK
Successful
EW_RESET
Reception was canceled and the communication line was closed.
EW_BUSY
The communication line is closed.
Retry the close operation.
EW_FUNC
The eth_getopen function has not been executed yet.
EW_DTSRVR
A communication error occurred.
Retry the close operation.
[Description]
This function closes the communication line opened in the receive mode.

If this function is executed during data reception from the host, the data reception is canceled and the
communication line is closed. In this case, EW_RESET is returned.
To receive all data, execute the eth_get function until it returns EW_RESET (-2), then execute this
function.

If a communication error occurs during data reception from the host or communication line close operation,
EW_DTSRVR is returned. In this case, retry the close operation until EW_OK or EW_RESET is returned.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 541/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

To get more detailed information on this return value, execute the cnc_getdtailerr function. The error No. is
set in “Detail status” in the return value array. For details of statuses, see "Communication error detail
status" in "Transmitting data to the host".

13.7 Opening the FTP communication line

[Function]
eth_open_ftp
[Syntax with arguments]
eth_open_ftp(mode)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (412) Arguments of the eth_open_ftp Function

Name Type Description
mode Numerical Specifies the communication mode.
value 0: Active mode
Not 0: Passive mode
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (413) Value to Be Stored in the Return Value of the eth_open_ftp Function
Element Type Description
1st Numerical Execution result
element value EW_OK
Successful
EW_BUSY
The communication line is already open.
EW_DTSRVR
A communication error occurred.
2nd Numerical Detailed communication error information number (valid only when the 1st element is
element value EW_DTSRVR)
12003: Movement of current directory failed after the line was opened.
12013: The user name is incorrect.
12014: The password is incorrect.
12029: Connection failed.
*For other detailed error information numbers, see the error code list for the Windows API.
[Description]
This function opens the line used for communication functions. Parameters for the Ethernet function,
which are required for connection, can be checked with the eth_rdparam function and changed with the
eth_wrparam function.
If a communication error occurs when a communication line is being opened, EW_DTSRVR is returned to
the 1st element of the return value and a detailed communication error information number for that
communication error is returned to the 2nd element.

[Example]
To open a communication line in the Passive mode:

ret = eth_open_ftp(1)
if ret[0] != EW_OK then

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 542/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

MsgBoxShow("ERROR",0)
end

13.8 Transmitting data to the host

[Function]
eth_put_ftp
[Syntax with arguments]
eth_put_ftp(srcPath, dstPath, mode)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (414) Arguments of the eth_put_ftp Function

Name Type Description
srcPath String Specify the path of the transmission destination file.
dstPath String Specify the path or name of the transmission destination file.
mode Numerical Specifies the transfer mode.
value 0: Binary mode
Not 0: ASCII mode
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (415) Value to Be Stored in the Return Value of the eth_put_ftp Function
Element Type Description
1st Numerical Execution result
element value EW_OK
Successful
EW_FUNC
The eth_ftp_open function has not been executed yet.
EW_DTSRVR
A communication error occurred.
2nd Numerical Detailed communication error information number (valid only when the 1st element is
element value EW_DTSRVR)
2: The file does not exist.
12031: Connection has been reset.
*For other detailed error information numbers, see the error code list for the Windows API.
[Description]
This function transfers a file to the specified host.
If this function is executed by specifying only a file name in "dstPath," a file with the specified file name is
transferred to the current directory of the host.

If this function is executed by specifying a file name including a path in "dstPath" with a host that supports
a file name including a path, the specified file is created when a directory included in the path exists in the
host.

If a communication error occurs when data is being sent to the host, EW_DTSRVR is returned to the 1st
element of the return value and a detailed communication error information number for that
communication error is returned to the 2nd element.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 543/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

NOTE
1 If the function is executed by specifying the name of a file that already exists on the host,
the file name may be overwritten depending on the setting of the host and EW_OK may
be returned.
2 If the function is executed by specifying a file name including a path with a host that does
not support a file name including a path, EW_DTSRVR is returned.
[Example]
To open a communication line and send a file (D:¥¥TEST¥¥TEST.txt) to the transmission destination FTP
server with the file name "TEST.txt":

ret = eth_open_ftp(1)
if ret[0] != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR",0)
end
ret = eth_put_ftp("D:¥¥TEST¥¥TEST.txt","TEST.txt",0)
if ret[0] != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR",0)
end

13.9 Receiving data from the host

[Function]
eth_get_ftp
[Syntax with arguments]
eth_get_ftp(srcPath, dstPath, mode, existFile)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (416) Arguments of the eth_get_ftp Function

Name Type Description
srcPath String Specify the path or name of the file on the FTP server.
dstPath String Specify the path of the receiving destination.
mode Numerical Specifies the transfer mode.
value 0: Binary mode
Not 0: ASCII mode
existFile Numerical Specify whether to overwrite the file when it exists.
value 0: Overwrite
1: Do not overwrite
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (417) Value to Be Stored in the Return Value of the eth_get_ftp Function
Element Type Description
1st Numerical Execution result
element value EW_OK
Successful
EW_FUNC
The eth_ftp_open function has not been executed yet.
EW_DTSRVR

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 544/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Element Type Description

A communication error occurred.
2nd Numerical Detailed communication error information number (valid only when the 1st element is
element value EW_DTSRVR)
12003: The file does not exist on the server.
12031: Connection has been reset.
*For other detailed error information numbers, see the error code list for the Windows API.
[Description]
This function receives a file from the specified host.

If this function is executed by specifying only a file name in "srcPath," a file with the specified file name is
transferred from the current directory of the host.

If a communication error occurs when data is being received from the host, EW_DTSRVR is returned to
the 1st element of the return value and a detailed communication error information number for that
communication error is returned to the 2nd element.

NOTE
If the function is executed by specifying a file name including a path with a host that does
not support a file name including a path, EW_DTSRVR is returned.
[Example]
To open a communication line and receive data in the file on the FTP server, specify "TEST.txt" with "
D:¥¥TEST¥¥get.txt" as the receiving destination.

ret = eth_open_ftp(1)
if ret[0] != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR",0)
end
ret = eth_get_ftp("TEST.txt","D:¥¥TEST¥¥get.txt",0,0)
if ret[0] != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR",0)
end

13.10 Closing the FTP communication line

[Function]
eth_close_ftp
[Syntax with arguments]
eth_close_ftp()
[Arguments]
None
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (418) Value to Be Stored in the Return Value of the eth_close_ftp Function
Type Description
Numerical Return value of the function
value EW_OK
Successful
EW_FUNC

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 545/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Type Description
The eth_ftp_open function has not been executed yet.
[Description]
This function closes the communication line that has been opened.
[Example]
To close the open communication line.

ret = eth_open_ftp(1)
if ret[0] != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR",0)
end
ret = eth_close_ftp()
if ret != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR",0)
end

13.11 Reading parameters for the Ethernet function

[Function]
eth_rdparam
[Syntax with arguments]
eth_rdparam(type)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (419) Arguments of the eth_rdparam Function

Name Type Description
type Numerical Specify the type of the parameter to be received.
value Embedded Ethernet built-in port
1: Common parameter
2: Focas2/Ethernet parameter
3: FTP transfer parameter
Embedded Ethernet PCMCIA LAN card
21: Common parameter
22: Focas2/Ethernet parameter
23: FTP transfer parameter
Fast Ethernet / Fast Data Server board
41: Common parameter
42: Focas2/Ethernet parameter
44: Data Server parameter
46: TCP/IP communication parameter
Embedded Ethernet (WinCE) built-in port
61: Common parameter
62: Focas2/Ethernet parameter
63: FTP transfer parameter
Embedded Ethernet (WinCE) PCMCIA LAN card
81: Common parameter
82: Focas2/Ethernet parameter
83: FTP transfer parameter

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 546/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

NOTE
A TCP/IP communication parameter (type=46) can be obtained only when the TCP/IP
communication function is enabled (Parameter TIP(No.907#3)=1). If parameter TIP=0,
this function returns EW_NOOPT.
[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (420) Value to Be Stored in the Return Value of the eth_rdparam Function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerica Execution result
l value EW_OK
Successful
EW_DATA
The specification of the parameter kind (type) is incorrect.
EW_LENGTH
The specified data block length is invalid.
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute the
cnc_getdtailerr function.
The following is set in “Detail status” in the return value array.
20: Embedded Ethernet is not available.
22: The option board is not available.
24: The data server function is not available.
27: TCP/IP communication function is not available.
90: The combination of Communication function is illegal.
Confirm the values of diagnosis data Nos. 4400 and 4401.
For details on diagnosis data Nos. 4400 and 4401, refer to "Section 5.32.5
Diagnosis Data in C Language Executor PROGRAMMING MANUAL
(B-63943EN-3)."
2nd element Array of 7 Parameter received
elements For details on the value, refer to the following table "Parameter information for the
Ethernet function."

Table 5.3 (421) Parameter Information for the Ethernet Function

Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Option
value Bit 0: Ethernet Display function (*) is valid.
Bit 1 to Bit 15: Reserved
* Refer to "FANUC Series 30i/31i/32i-MODEL A Ethernet Display function of
Stand-alone type CNC (B-64485EN, B-64605EN)" for the details of this
function.
2nd element Numerical Kind of parameter received. (Refer to value of argument "type")
value
3rd element Numerical Judgment result of whether the DHCP client (*) is valid.
value 0: DHCP client is invalid.
1: DHCP client is valid.
* Refer to "CONNECTION MANUAL (FUNCTION) (B-63943EN-1,
B-64483EN-1, E-64603EN-1) 18. EMBEDDED ETHERNET FUNCTION"
and "Fast Ethernet Fast Data Server OPERATOR'S MANUAL (B-64014EN)
II.2.4 DNS/DHCP FUNCTION" for the details of this function.
4th element Numerical Valid device for Embedded Ethernet.
value 0: None

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 547/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Element Type Description

1: Internal port
2: PCMCIA LAN card
5th element Numerical Valid channel number for Data Server. (1 to 10)
value
6th element Numerical Storage used by Data Server.
value 0: None
2: ATA Card
7th element Array Parameters received (changes depending on the kind of parameter received)
For details on the value, refer to the table "Values to Be Stored in Parameters
That Have Been Received" shown below.

Table 5.3 (422) Values to Be Stored in Parameters That Have Been Received
Value of "Kind of Number of Description
parameter elements in
received" the array
1, 21, 41, 61, 81 8 Common parameter
For details on the value, refer to the table "Values to Be Stored in
Common Parameters" shown below.
2, 22, 42, 62, 82 3 Focas2/Ethernet parameter
For details on the value, refer to the following table "Values to Be
Stored in Focas2/Ethernet Parameters."
3, 23, 63, 83 3 FTP transfer parameter
For details on the value, refer to the following table "Values to Be
stored in Destination Parameters (CONNECT 1 to 3) for the FTP
transfer function."
44 2 Data Server parameter
For details on the value, refer to the following table "Values to Be
Stored in Data Server Parameters."
46 3 TCP/IP communication parameter
For details on the value, refer to the following table "Values to Be
Stored in TCP/IP Communication Parameters (CONNECT 1 to 3)."

Table 5.3 (423) Values stored in common parameters

Element Type Description
1st String MAC address of CNC
element An ASCII string of up to 12 characters. (13rd and following characters are
discarded.)
2nd String IP address of CNC
element An ASCII string of up to 39 characters. (40th and following characters are
discarded.)
3rd String Subnet mask on the network that CNC belongs to.
element An ASCII string of up to 15 characters. (16th and following characters are
discarded.)
4th String IP address of the router that CNC uses
element An ASCII string of up to 39 characters. (40th and following characters are
discarded.)
5th String IP address of the priority DNS server that CNC uses
element An ASCII string of up to 39 characters. (40th and following characters are
discarded.)
6th String IP address of the substitute DNS server that CNC uses
element An ASCII string of up to 39 characters. (40th and following characters are

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 548/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Element Type Description

discarded.)
7th String Host name of CNC
element An ASCII string of up to 31 characters. (32nd and following characters are
discarded.)
However, the maximum number of characters, including the domain that CNC
belongs to, is 64.
8th String Domain that CNC belongs to
element An ASCII string of up to 62 characters. (63rd and following characters are
discarded.)
However, the maximum number of characters, including the host name of CNC, is
64.

Table 5.3 (424) Values stored in Focas2/Ethernet parameters

Element Type Description
1st Numerical Port number for TCP (0, 5001 to 65535)
element value
2nd Numerical Port number for UDP (0, 5001 to 65535)
element value
3rd Numerical Time interval for sending a broadcast frame (Unit: 10ms) (0, 10 to 65535)
element value

Table 5.3 (425) Values stored in destination parameters (CONNECT 1 to 3) for the FTP transfer function
Element Type Description
1st Array of 6 FTP communication parameters for CONNECT 1
element elements For details on the value, refer to the following table "Values stored in the transfer
parameter array."
2nd Array of 6 FTP communication parameters for CONNECT 2
element elements For details on the value, refer to the following table "Values stored in the transfer
parameter array."
3rd Array of 6 FTP communication parameters for CONNECT 3
element elements For details on the value, refer to the following table "Values stored in the transfer
parameter array."

Table 5.3 (426) Values stored in the transfer parameter array

Element Type Description
1st String Host name or IP address of the destination
element An ASCII string of up to 63 characters. (64th and following characters are
discarded.)
2nd Numerical Control port number of the destination (1 to 65535)
element value
3rd Numerical Not used
element value
4th String User name used to log in to the destination
element An ASCII string of up to 31 characters. (32nd and following characters are
discarded.)
5th String Password used to log in to the destination
element An ASCII string of up to 31 characters. (32nd and following characters are
discarded.)
6th String Work folder when logs in
element An ASCII string of up to 127 characters. (128th and following characters are
discarded.)

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 549/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Table 5.3 (427) Values stored in Data Server function parameters

Element Type Description
1st Array of 3 Destination parameters (CONNECT 1 to 3) for the Data Server function
element elements For details on the value, refer to the following table "Values stored in destination
parameters (CONNECT 1 to 3) for the Data Server function."
2nd Array of 3 Login user parameters for the Data Server function
element elements For details on the value, refer to the following table "Values stored in login user
parameters for the Data Server function."

Table 5.3 (428) Values stored in destination parameters (CONNECT 1 to 3) for the Data Server function
Element Type Description
1st Array of 6 FTP communication parameters for CONNECT 1
element elements For details on the value, refer to the above table "Values stored in the transfer
parameter array."
2nd Array of 6 FTP communication parameters for CONNECT 2
element elements For details on the value, refer to the above table "Values stored in the transfer
parameter array."
3rd Array of 6 FTP communication parameters for CONNECT 3
element elements For details on the value, refer to the above table "Values stored in the transfer
parameter array."

Table 5.3 (429) Values stored in login user parameters for the Data Server function
Element Type Description
1st String User name used to permit the destination to log in
element An ASCII string of up to 31 characters. (32nd and following characters are
discarded.)
2nd String Password used to permit the destination to log in
element An ASCII string of up to 31 characters. (32nd and following characters are
discarded.)
3rd String Work folder when logs in
element An ASCII string of up to 127 characters. (128th and following characters are
discarded.)

Table 5.3 (430) Values stored in TCP/IP communication parameters (CONNECT 1 to 3)

Element Type Description
1st Array of 2 TCP/IP communication parameters for CONNECT 1
element elements For details on the value, refer to the following table "Values stored in the TCP/IP
communication parameter array."
2nd Array of 2 TCP/IP communication parameters for CONNECT 2
element elements For details on the value, refer to the following table "Values stored in the TCP/IP
communication parameter array."
3rd Array of 2 TCP/IP communication parameters for CONNECT 3
element elements For details on the value, refer to the following table "Values stored in the TCP/IP
communication parameter array."

Table 5.3 (431) Values stored in the TCP/IP communication parameter array
Element Type Description
1st String Host name or IP address of the destination for the TCP/IP communication function
element An ASCII string of up to 63 characters. (64th and following characters are
discarded.)
2nd Numerical Port number of the destination for the TCP/IP communication function (0, 5001 to

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 550/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Element Type Description

element value 65535)
[Description]
Gets parameters for the Ethernet function (Embedded Ethernet, Fast Ethernet, Fast Data Server board).

A sample of the return value that will actually be received is as follows.

Get FTP transfer parameters for the embedded Ethernet built-in port
[
0, # Execution result (EW_OK)
[
0, # Option
3, # Type of parameter that was actually obtained
0, # Validation flag for the DHCP client function
1, # Valid device for embedded Ethernet
2, # Number of valid channels for the Data Server function
1, # Storage media used by the Data Server function
[ # Parameter to be obtained
[ # FTP communication parameter of CONNECT 1
"192.168.51.115", # Host name or IP address of the destination
21, # Control port number of the destination
0, # Not used
"AAA", # User name used to log into the destination
"AAA123", # Password used to log into the destination
"/TEST1" # Work folder when logs in
]
[ # FTP communication parameter of CONNECT 2
"192.168.51.116", # Host name or IP address of the destination
21, # Control port number of the destination
0, # Not used
"BBB", # User name used to log into the destination
"BBB123", # Password used to log in to the destination
"/TEST2" # Work folder when logs in
]
[ # FTP communication parameter for CONNECT 3
"192.168.51.117", # Host name or IP address of the destination
21, # Control port number of the destination
0, # Not used
"CCC", # User name used to log in to the destination
"CCC123", # Password used to log in to the destination
"/TEST3" # Work folder when logs in
]
]
]
]

[Example]
To get an FTP transfer parameter for the embedded Ethernet built-in port:

ret = eth_rdparam (3)

if ret[0] != EW_OK then

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 551/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

MsgBoxShow("ERROR",0)
end

13.12 Setting parameters for the Ethernet function

[Function]
eth_wrparam
[Syntax with arguments]
eth_wrparam(type, flag, param)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (432) Arguments of the eth_wrparam function

Name Type Description
type Numerical Specifies the type of parameter to set
value Embedded Ethernet built-in port
1: Common parameter
2: Focas2/Ethernet parameter
3: FTP transfer parameter
Embedded Ethernet PCMCIA LAN card
21: Common parameter
22: Focas2/Ethernet parameter
23: FTP transfer parameter
Fast Ethernet / Fast Data Server board
41: Common parameter
42: Focas2/Ethernet parameter
44: Data Server function parameter
46: TCP/IP communication parameter
Embedded Ethernet (WinCE) built-in port
61: Common parameter
62: Focas2/Ethernet parameter
63: FTP transfer parameter
Embedded Ethernet (WinCE) PCMCIA LAN card
81: Common parameter
82: Focas2/Ethernet parameter
83: FTP transfer parameter
flag Array Flag that defines whether the parameter setting for the Ethernet function is valid or invalid
The structure of flag and that of param correspond to each other.
When you specify 1, the corresponding parameter is set.
When you specify 0, even if the corresponding parameter has been set, it will not be
configured.
For details on the array to which a value is set, refer to "Values stored in parameters
to set." Note that all flags are set using numerical value.
param Array Parameters for the Ethernet function to set
Sets the parameters for the Ethernet function specified by type.
For details on the value, refer to the following table "Values stored in parameters to
set."

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 552/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Table 5.3 (433) Values stored in parameters to set

Value of "the type Number of Description
of parameter to elements in
set" the array
1, 21, 41, 61, 81 8 Common parameter
For details on the value, refer to "Values stored in common parameters"
under "Obtaining parameters for the Ethernet function (eth_rdparam)."
2, 22, 42, 62, 82 3 Focas2/Ethernet parameter
For details on the value, refer to "Values stored in Focas2/Ethernet
parameters" under "Obtaining parameters for the Ethernet function
(eth_rdparam)."
3, 23, 63, 83 3 FTP transfer parameter
For details on the value, refer to "Values stored in destination parameters
(CONNECT 1 to 3) for the FTP transfer function" under "Obtaining
parameters for the Ethernet function (eth_rdparam)."
44 2 Data Server function parameter
For details on the value, refer to "Values stored in Data Server function
parameters" under "Obtaining parameters for the Ethernet function
(eth_rdparam)."
46 3 TCP/IP communication parameter
For information on obtaining parameters for the Ethernet function
(eth_rdparam), refer to the following table "Values stored in TCP/IP
communication parameters (CONNECT 1 to 3)."

NOTE
The TCP/IP communication parameter (type=46) can be obtained only when the TCP/IP
communication function is enabled (Parameter TIP(No.907#3)=1). If parameter TIP=0,
this function returns EW_NOOPT.
[Return value]
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (434) Value stored in the return value of the eth_wrparam function
Type Description
Numerical Return value of the function
value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_DATA
The specified argument is incorrect.
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute the cnc_getdtailerr function.
The following is set in "Detail status" in the return value array.
2: Data is out of range
3: Format error
The following is set in "Error data number" in the return value array.
1: Incorrect parameter type (type)
101: Incorrect setting of the IP Address of CNC
102: Incorrect setting of the subnet mask on the network that CNC belongs to
103: Incorrect setting of the IP address of the router that CNC uses
104: Incorrect setting of the IP address of the priority DNS server that CNC uses
105: Incorrect setting of the IP address of the substitute DNS server that CNC uses
106: Incorrect setting of the host name of CNC
107: Incorrect setting of the domain that CNC belongs to
201: Incorrect setting of the TCP port number

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 553/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Type Description
202: Incorrect setting of the UDP port number
203: Incorrect time interval for sending a broadcast frame
311: Incorrect setting of the host name or IP address of CONNECT 1 for the FTP transfer function
312: Incorrect setting of the control port number for CONNECT 1 for the FTP transfer function
314: Incorrect setting of the user name used to log in to CONNECT 1 for the FTP transfer function
315: Incorrect setting of the password used to log in to CONNECT 1 for the FTP transfer function
316: Incorrect setting of the work folder when logs in to CONNECT 1 for the FTP transfer function
321: Incorrect setting of the host name or IP address of CONNECT 2 for the FTP transfer function
322: Incorrect setting of the control port number of CONNECT 2 for the FTP transfer function
324: Incorrect setting of the user name used to log in to CONNECT 2 for the FTP transfer function
325: Incorrect setting of the password used to log in to CONNECT 2 for the FTP transfer function
326: Incorrect setting of the work folder when logs in to CONNECT 2 for the FTP transfer function
331: Incorrect setting of the host name or IP address of CONNECT 3 for the FTP transfer function
332: Incorrect setting of the control port number of CONNECT 3 for the FTP transfer function
334: Incorrect setting of the user name used to log in to CONNECT 3 for the FTP transfer function
335: Incorrect setting of the password used to log in to CONNECT 3 for the FTP transfer function
336: Incorrect setting of the work folder when logs in to CONNECT 3 for the FTP transfer function
344: Incorrect setting of the user name used to permit the destination to log in for the Data Server function
345: Incorrect setting of the password used to log in to the destination for the Data Server function
346: Incorrect setting of the work folder when logs in to the destination for the Data Server function
351: Incorrect setting of the host name or IP address of CONNECT 1 for the Data Server function
352: Incorrect setting of the control port number of CONNECT 1 for the Data Server function
354: Incorrect setting of the user name used to log in to CONNECT 1 for the Data Server function
355: Incorrect setting of the password used to log in to CONNECT 1 for the Data Server function
356: Incorrect setting of the work folder when logs in to CONNECT 1 for the Data Server function
361: Incorrect setting of the host name or IP address of CONNECT 2 for the Data Server function
362: Incorrect setting of the control port number of CONNECT 2 for the Data Server function
364: Incorrect setting of the user name used to log in to CONNECT 2 for the Data Server function
365: Incorrect setting of the password used to log in to CONNECT 2 for the Data Server function
366: Incorrect setting of the work folder when logs in to CONNECT 2 for the Data Server function
371: Incorrect setting of the host name or IP address of CONNECT 3 for the Data Server function
372: Incorrect setting of the control port number for CONNECT 3 for the Data Server function
374: Incorrect setting of the user name used to log in to CONNECT 3 for the Data Server function
375: Incorrect setting of the password used to log in to CONNECT 3 for the Data Server function
376: Incorrect setting of the work folder when logs in to CONNECT 3 for the Data Server function
511: Incorrect setting of the host name or IP address of CONNECT 1 for the TCP/IP communication function
512: Incorrect setting of the port number of CONNECT 1 for the TCP/IP communication function
521: Incorrect setting of the host name or IP address of CONNECT 2 for the TCP/IP communication function
522: Incorrect setting of the port number of CONNECT 2 for the TCP/IP communication function
531: Incorrect setting of the host name or IP address of CONNECT 3 for the TCP/IP communication function
532: Incorrect setting of the port number of CONNECT 3 for the TCP/IP communication function
EW_NOOPT
There are no required options.
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute the cnc_getdtailerr function.
The following is set in "Detail status" in the return value array.
20: Embedded Ethernet is not available.
22: The option board is not available.
24: The Data Server function is not available.
25: The buffer mode function is not available.
26: There is no ATA card.
27: The TCP/IP communication function is disabled.
90: The combination of communication functions is invalid.
Confirm the values of diagnosis data Nos.4400 and 4401.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 554/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Type Description
For details on the diagnosis data Nos. 4400 and 4401, refer to "Section 5.32.5 Diagnosis Data in C
Language Executor PROGRAMMIG MANUAL (B-63943EN-3)."
EW_PROT
Write protection is applied.
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute the cnc_getdtailerr function.
The following is set in "Detail status" in the return value array.
13: The DHCP client function is enabled.
The CNC mode is incorrect. (Only when type=41 or type=42 is specified)
Set the MDI mode or the emergency stop state.
[Description]
Sets parameters for the Ethernet function (Embedded Ethernet, Fast Ethernet, Fast Data Server board).
A sample of the actual argument is as follows.
Set FTP transfer parameters for the embedded Ethernet built-in port

[
3, # Parameter type to set
[ # Parameter flag to set
[ # Setting flag for destination parameters for the FTP function for CONNECT 1
1, # Flag for the host name or IP address of the destination
1, # Flag for the control port number of the destination
1, # Not used
1, # Flag for the user name used to log in to the destination
1, # Flag for the password used to log in to the destination
1 # Flag for the work folder when logs in
],
[ # Setting flag for destination parameters for the FTP function for CONNECT 2
1, # Flag for the host name or IP address of the destination
1, # Flag for the control port number of the destination
1, # Not used
1, # Flag for the user name used to log in to the destination
1, # Flag for the password used to log in to the destination
1 # Flag for the work folder when logs in
],
[ # Setting flag for destination parameters for the FTP function for CONNECT 3
1, # Flag for the host name or IP address of the destination
1, # Flag for the control port number of the destination
1, # Not used
1, # Flag for the user name used to log in to the destination
1, # Flag for the password used to log in to the destination
1 # Flag for the work folder when logs in
]
],
[ # Parameter to set
[ # FTP communication parameter for CONNECT 1
"192.168.51.115", # Host name or IP address of the destination
21, # Control port number of the destination
0, # Not used
"AAA", # User name used to log in to the destination
"AAA123", # Password used to log in to the destination
"/TEST1" # Work folder when logs in

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 555/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

],
[ # FTP communication parameters for CONNECT 2
"192.168.51.116", # Host name or IP address of the destination
21, # Control port number of the destination
0, # Not used
"BBB", # User name used to log in to the destination
"BBB123", # Password password used to log in to the destination
"/TEST2" # Work folder when logs in
],
[ # FTP communication parameters for CONNECT 3
"192.168.51.117", # Host name or IP address of the destination
21, # Control port number of the destination
0, # Not used
"CCC", # User name used to log in to the destination
"CCC123", # Password password used to log in to the destination
"/TEST3" # Work folder when logs in
]
]
]
[Example]
To set a Focas2/Ethernet parameter for the embedded Ethernet built-in port:

ret = eth_wrparam (2, # Focas2/Ethernet parameter for the embedded Ethernet built-in port
[
1, # Setting flag for the TCP port number
0, # Setting flag for the UDP port number
1 # Setting flag for the time interval for sending a broadcast frame
],
[
5001, # TCP port number
8000, # UDP port number
10 # Time interval at which a broadcast frame is sent
])
if ret != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR",0)
end

In the example, the flag setting for the UDP port number is 0 so the UDP port number has not been set.

NOTE
It is only possible to set the following parameters for the Ethernet function when CNC is
in the MDI mode or the emergency stop state. And, when these parameters are set, the
power must be turned off once.
- Common parameters
(Fast Ethernet or Fast Data Server board) (type=41)
- FOCAS2/Ethernet function parameters
(Fast Ethernet or Fast Data Server board) (type=42)

13.13 Reading the mode of the Data Server function

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 556/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

[Function]
eth_rddsmode
[Syntax with arguments]
eth_rddsmode()
[Arguments]
None
[Return value]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (435) Value stored in the return value of the eth_rddsmode function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Execution result
value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_NOOPT
There are no required options.
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute the
cnc_getdtailerr function.
The following is set in "Detail status" in the return value array.
22: The option board is not available.
24: The Data Server function is not available.
90: The combination of communication functions is invalid.
Confirm the values of diagnosis data No.4400 and No.4401.
For details on the diagnosis data Nos. 4400 and 4401, refer to "Section
5.32.5 Diagnosis Data in C Language Executor PROGRAMMIG MANUAL
(B-63943EN-3)."
2nd element Numerical Value that corresponds to the Data Server function of each read channel
value 0: None
1: Storage mode
2: Buffer mode
3: FTP mode
[Description]
Reads the mode of the Data Server function in all paths (all channels).
[Example]
To read the mode of the Data Server function in all paths:

ret = eth_rddsmode()
if ret[0] != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR",0)
end

13.14 Changing the mode of the Data Server function

[Function]
eth_wrdsmode
[Syntax with arguments]
eth_wrdsmode(path, mode)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 557/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Table 5.3 (436) Arguments of the eth_wrdsmode function

Name Type Description
path Numerical Specify the path number (channel number) to change.
value A number from 1 to 10 can be specified. If you specify 0, the mode of all the
paths is changed.
device Numerical Specify the value that corresponds to the mode of the Data Server function for each
value path.
1: Storage mode
2: Buffer mode
3: FTP mode
[Return value]
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (437) Value stored in the return value of the eth_wrdsmode function
Type Description
Numerical Execution result
value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_DATA
The specified argument is incorrect.
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute the cnc_getdtailerr function.
The following is set in "Detail status" in the return value array.
2: Data is out of range
The following is set in "Error data number" in the return value array.
302: Mode is out of range.
EW_NOOPT
There are no required options.
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute the cnc_getdtailerr function.
The following is set in "Detail status" in the return value array.
22: The option board is not available.
24: The Data Server function is not available.
25: Buffer mode function is not available.
26: There is no ATA card.
90: The combination of communication functions is invalid.
Confirm the values of diagnosis data No.4400 and No.4401.
For details on the diagnosis data Nos. 4400 and 4401, refer to "Section 5.32.5 Diagnosis
Data in C Language Executor PROGRAMMIG MANUAL (B-63943EN-3)."
EW_PATH
The specification of the argument path is incorrect.
[Description]
Changes the mode of the Data Server function.

13.15 Reading the connection host number of the Ethernet function

[Function]
eth_rdhost
[Syntax with arguments]
eth_rdhost(type)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 558/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Table 5.3 (438) Arguments of the eth_rdhost function

Name Type Description
type Numerical Device number of embedded Ethernet to change.
value 1: Internal port
2: PCMCIA LAN card
3: Fast Data Server board
[Return value]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (439) Value stored in the return value of the eth_rdhost function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Execution result
value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_DATA
The specified argument is incorrect.
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute the
cnc_getdtailerr function.
The following is set in "Detail status" in the return value array.
2: Data is out of range
The following is set in "Error data number" in the return value array.
3: Incorrect communication function type (type)
EW_NOOPT
There are no required options.
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute the
cnc_getdtailerr function.
The following is set in "Detail status" in the return value array.
20: Embedded Ethernet is not available.
22: The option board is not available.
24: The Data Server function is not available.
90: The combination of communication functions is invalid.
Confirm the values of diagnosis data No.4400 and No.4401.
For details on the diagnosis data Nos. 4400 and 4401, refer to "Section
5.32.5 Diagnosis Data in C Language Executor PROGRAMMIG MANUAL
(B-63943EN-3)."
2nd element Numerical Obtained connection host number of the Ethernet function
value
[Description]
Reads the selected connection host number for the Ethernet function.
[Example]
To read the selected connection host number for the internal port:

ret = eth_rdhost(1)
if ret[0] != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR",0)
end

13.16 Setting the connection host number of the Ethernet function.

[Function]

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 559/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

eth_wrhost
[Syntax with arguments]
eth_wrhost(type, host)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (440) Arguments of the eth_wrhost function

Name Type Description
type Numerical Device number of embedded Ethernet to change.
value 1: Internal port
2: PCMCIA LAN card
3: Fast Data Server board
host Numerical Specify the connection host number (1 to 3) of the Ethernet function.
value
[Return value]
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (441) Value stored in the return value of the eth_wrhost function
Type Description
Numerical Execution result
value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_DATA
The specified argument is incorrect.
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute the cnc_getdtailerr function.
The following is set in "Detail status" in the return value array.
2: Data is out of range
The following is set in "Error data number" in the return value array.
3: Incorrect communication function type (type)
301: Incorrect host number (host)
EW_NOOPT
There are no required options.
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute the cnc_getdtailerr function.
The following is set in "Detail status" in the return value array.
20: Embedded Ethernet is not available.
22: The option board is not available.
24: The Data Server function is not available.
90: The combination of communication functions is invalid.
Confirm the values of diagnosis data No.4400 and No.4401.
For details on the diagnosis data Nos. 4400 and 4401, refer to "Section 5.32.5
Diagnosis Data in C Language Executor PROGRAMMIG MANUAL (B-63943EN-3)."
[Description]
Sets the connection host number of the Ethernet function.

13.17 Opening the communication line

[Function]
eth_comopen
[Syntax with arguments]
eth_comopen(socket)
[Arguments]

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 560/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (442) Arguments of the eth_comopen function

Name Type Description
socket Numerical Socket number of the destination
value 0: CONNECT 1
1: CONNECT 2
2: CONNECT 3
[Return value]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (443) Value stored in the return value of the eth_comopen function
Element Type Description
1st Numerical Execution result
element value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_BUSY
A request to open the communication line is being executed.
EW_FUNC
The communication line is already open.
EW_NUMBER
The specification of the argument socket is incorrect.
EW_NOOPT
There is no option.
Or the parameter TIP (No.907#3)(*1) is not set to 1.
EW_REJECT
The communication function is being prepared.
EW_SOCKET
A communication error occurred.
- When using a standard monitor:
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute the cnc_getdtailerr
function.
The following is set in "Detail status" in the return value array.
673: The set destination port number is 0.
674: The set destination port number is not open.
675: The IP address or the host name of the destination is incorrect, or the server has
not started.
680: There is no response from the DHCP server.
- When using iHMI:
To get more detailed information on this return value, refer to the information on the 2nd
element.
2nd Numerical Detailed error (valid only when the 1st element is EW_SOCKET)
element value
- When using a standard monitor:
Not used. 0 is always set.
- When using iHMI:
673: The set destination port number is 0.
674: The set destination rejected the connection.
675: The destination cannot be found.
*1: For information on the parameter TIP (No.907#3), refer to "Section 5.4 Parameter settings on the CNC
in C Language Executor PROGRAMMIG MANUAL (B-63943EN-3)."
[Description]

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 561/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Opens the communication line of the socket specified by the argument "socket". This function must always
be executed before sending or receiving data.
Even if this function is called, the communication line is not opened at once. Please retry opening the
communication line if EW_BUSY is returned as the return value.
When an error occurs while opening the communication line, EW_SOCKET is returned as the return value.
To obtain more detailed information on the EW_SOCKET error when using a standard monitor, execute
the cnc_getdtailerr function. When using iHMI, refer to the value of the 2nd element of the return value to
obtain more detailed information on the EW_SOCKET error.
[Example]
To open the communication line for CONNECT 1:

ret = eth_comopen(0)
if ret [0] != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
end

13.18 Closing the communication line

[Function]
eth_comclose
[Syntax with arguments]
eth_comclose(socket)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (444) Arguments of the eth_comclose function

Name Type Description
socket Numerical Socket number of the destination
value 0: CONNECT 1
1: CONNECT 2
2: CONNECT 3
[Return value]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (445) Value stored in the return value of the eth_comclose function
Element Type Description
1st Numerical Execution result
element value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_BUSY
A request to open the communication line is being executed.
EW_FUNC
The communication line is not open.
EW_NUMBER
The specification of the argument socket is incorrect.
EW_SOCKET
- When using a standard monitor:
A communication error occurred.
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute the cnc_getdtailerr
function.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 562/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Element Type Description

The following is set in "Detail status" in the return value array.
676: The communication line with the destination was disconnected.
679: Failed to close the communication line.
- When using iHMI:
To get more detailed information on this return value, refer to the information on the 2nd
element.
2nd Numerical Detailed error (valid only when the 1st element is EW_SOCKET)
element value - When using a standard monitor:
Not used. 0 is always set.
- When using iHMI:
676: The communication line with the destination was disconnected.
[Description]
Closes the communication line of the socket specified by the argument "socket".
Even if this function is called, the communication line is not closed at once. Please retry closing the
communication line if EW_BUSY is returned as the return value.
When an error occurs while closing the communication line, EW_SOCKET is returned as the return value.
To obtain more detailed information on the EW_SOCKET error when using a standard monitor, execute
the cnc_getdtailerr function. When using iHMI, refer to the value of the 2nd element of the return value to
obtain more detailed information on the EW_SOCKET error.
[Example]
To close the communication line for CONNECT 1:

ret = eth_comclose(0)
if ret [0] != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
end

13.19 Sending data

[Function]
eth_comsend
[Syntax with arguments]
eth_comsend(socket, length, data)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (446) Arguments of the eth_comsend function

Name Type Description
socket Numerical Socket number of the destination
value 0: CONNECT 1
1: CONNECT 2
2: CONNECT 3
length Numerical Specify a value from 1 to 1440 as the size of data to be sent in bytes.
value
data String Data to be sent
The maximum size of data that can be sent at a time is 1440 bytes.
[Return value]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 563/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Table 5.3 (447) Value stored in the return value of the eth_comsend function
Element Type Description
1st Numerical Execution result
element value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_BUSY
A request to open the communication line is being executed.
EW_FUNC
The communication line is not open.
EW_LENGTH
A value outside the range of 1 to 1440 was specified for the argument length.
EW_NUMBER
The specification of the argument socket is incorrect.
EW_SOCKET
- When using a standard monitor:
A communication error occurred.
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute the cnc_getdtailerr
function.
The following is set in "Detail status" in the return value array.
676: The communication line with the destination was disconnected.
677: Data transmission failed.
- When using iHMI:
To get more detailed information on this return value, refer to the information on the
2nd element.
2nd Numerical Detailed error (valid only when the 1st element is EW_SOCKET)
element value - When using a standard monitor:
Not used. 0 is always set.
- When using iHMI:
676: The communication line with the destination was disconnected.
677: Data transmission failed.
[Description]
Writes data for the size specified by the argument length to the transmission buffer for the socket specified
by the argument "socket".
Data transmission using the communication line will not be performed immediately after this function is
called. If EW_BUSY is returned as the return value, please retry sending the data.
If an error occurs while sending data, EW_SOCKET is returned as the return value. To obtain more
detailed information on the EW_SOCKET error when using a standard monitor, execute the
cnc_getdtailerr function. When using iHMI, refer to the value of the 2nd element of the return value to
obtain more detailed information on the EW_SOCKET error.
※ When sending a Russian character string, specify the number of characters to be sent in "length" of the
argument.

[Example]
To send a string "TEST" of four bytes to the destination 0:

ret = eth_comsend(0,4,"TEST")
if ret [0] != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
end

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 564/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

13.20 Receiving data

[Function]
eth_comrecv
[Syntax with arguments]
eth_comrecv(socket, length)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (448) Arguments of the eth_comrecv function

Name Type Description
socket Numerical Socket number of the destination
value 0: CONNECT 1
1: CONNECT 2
2: CONNECT 3
length Numerical Size of the data that you want to receive in bytes
value
[Return value]
For this function, the return value is an array of 4 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (449) Value stored in the return value of the eth_comrecv function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Execution result
value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_FUNC
The communication line is not open.
EW_LENGTH
A value of 0 or less was specified for the argument "length".
EW_NUMBER
The specification of the argument socket is incorrect.
EW_BUFFER
The reception buffer is empty.
EW_SOCKET
- When using a standard monitor:
A communication error occurred.
To get more detailed information on this return value, execute the
cnc_getdtailerr function.
The following is set in "Detail status" in the return value array.
676: The communication line with the destination was disconnected.
- When using iHMI:
To get more detailed information on this return value, refer to the
information on the 2nd element.
2nd element Numerical Detailed error (valid only when the 1st element is EW_SOCKET)
value - When using a standard monitor:
Not used. 0 is always set.
- When using iHMI:
676: The communication line with the destination was disconnected.
3rd element Numerical Size of the received data
value
4th element String Received data
The maximum size of data that can be received at a time is 8191 bytes.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 565/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

[Description]
Reads data for the size specified by the argument length from the transmission buffer for the socket
specified by the argument "socket".
If there is not enough data for the size specified by the argument length in the reception buffer, this
function reads as much data as possible and returns the size of the read data to the 2nd element of the array.
If there is no data in the reception buffer, EW_BUFFER is returned as the return value. In this case, retry
receiving data.
If an error occurs while receiving data, EW_SOCKET is returned. To obtain more detailed information on
the EW_SOCKET error when using a standard monitor, execute the cnc_getdtailerr function. When using
iHMI, refer to the value of the 2nd element of the return value to obtain more detailed information on the
EW_SOCKET error.
Even when the communication line is closed by an external device, the function will read data if data
remains in the reception buffer. In this case, EW_OK is returned. Then, when you execute this function
after all data in the reception buffer is read, EW_SOCKET is returned as the return value.
[Example]
To read data of size 100 from socket number 0:

ret = eth_comrecv (0,100)

if ret[0] = EW_OK then
msg_txt = "Data=" + ret[2].to_s + "¥n"
MsgBoxShow( msg_txt, 0 )
end

13.21 Reading the status of the communication line

[Function]
eth_comstatus
[Syntax with arguments]
eth_comstatus(socket)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (450) Arguments of the eth_comstatus function

Name Type Description
socket Numerical Socket number of the destination
value 0: CONNECT 1
1: CONNECT 2
2: CONNECT 3
[Return value]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (451) Value stored in the return value of the eth_comstatus function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Execution result
value EW_OK
Normal termination
EW_NUMBER
The specification of the argument socket is incorrect.
EW_NOOPT
No options

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 566/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Element Type Description

Or the parameter TIP (No.907#3)(*1) is not set to 1.
EW_REJECT
The communication function is being prepared.
2nd element Numerical Bit position according to the status of the read communication line
value 7: Connecting to the communication line
9: Reception buffer empty
*1: For information on the parameter TIP (No.907#3), refer to "Section 5.4 Parameter settings on the CNC
in C Language Executor PROGRAMMIG MANUAL (B-63943EN-3)."
[Description]
Reads the status of the communication line and the status of the reception buffer for the socket specified by
the argument "socket".
[Example]
To read the communication status and the reception buffer status of socket number 0:

ret = eth_comstatus(0)
if ret[0] = EW_OK then
status = format("%016d",ret[1].to_s(2))
msg_txt = "communication status:" + status
MsgBoxShow(msg_txt,0)
end

13.22 Transmitting data to the host (2)

[Function]
eth_put_ftp2
[Syntax with arguments]
eth_put_ftp2(srcPath, dstPath, mode)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (452) Arguments of the eth_put_ftp2 Function

Name Type Description
srcPath String Specify the path of the transmission destination file.
dstPath String Specify the path or name of the transmission destination file.
mode Numerical For details on the values, see “Attributes used in mode” and "Options used in mode"
value below.
Specify the value of logical sum of “Attribute used in mode” and “Options used in
mode” with "|" operator.

Table 5.3 (453) Attributes used in mode

Name Value Description
FTP_MODE_BINARY 0x00 Transfer in binary mode.
FTP_MODE_ASCII 0x01 Transfer in Ascii mode.

Table 5.3 (454) Attributes used in mode

Name Value Description
FTP_MODE_NO_CACHE 0x00 Use FTP server files instead of using cache when transferring.

[Return]

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 567/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.

Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (455) Value to Be Stored in the Return Value of the eth_put_ftp2 Function
Element Type Description
1st Numerical Execution result
element value EW_OK
Successful
EW_FUNC
The eth_ftp_open function has not been executed yet.
EW_DATA
The mode argument is invalid.
EW_DTSRVR
A communication error occurred.
2nd Numerical Detailed communication error information number (valid only when the 1st element is
element value EW_DTSRVR)
2: The file does not exist.
12031: Connection has been reset.
*For other detailed error information numbers, see the error code list for the Windows API.
[Description]
This function transfers a file to the specified host.
The specification of the argument “mode” has been changed from the conventional eth_put_ftp function,
and the FTP cache function can be specified to be disabled.
When the cache function is disabled, the destination file will be referred to a file on the FTP server instead
of the cache.

If this function is executed by specifying only a file name in "dstPath," a file with the specified file name is
transferred to the current directory of the host.

If this function is executed by specifying a file name including a path in "dstPath" with a host that supports
a file name including a path, the specified file is created when a directory included in the path exists in the
host.

If a communication error occurs when data is being sent to the host, EW_DTSRVR is returned to the 1st
element of the return value and a detailed communication error information number for that
communication error is returned to the 2nd element.

NOTE
1 If the function is executed by specifying the name of a file that already exists on the
host, the file name may be overwritten depending on the setting of the host and
EW_OK may be returned.
2 If the function is executed by specifying a file name including a path with a host that
does not support a file name including a path, EW_DTSRVR is returned.
[Example]
To open a communication line and send a file (D:¥¥TEST¥¥TEST.txt) to the destination FTP server with
the file name "TEST.txt" in ASCII mode the cache function server disabled.

ret = eth_open_ftp(1)
if ret[0] != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR",0)
end

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 568/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

mode = FTP_MODE_ASCII | FTP_MODE_NO_CACHE

ret = eth_put_ftp2("D:¥¥TEST¥¥TEST.txt","TEST.txt",mode)
if ret[0] != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR",0)
end

13.23 Receiving data from the host (2)

[Function]
eth_get_ftp2
[Syntax with arguments]
eth_get_ftp2(srcPath, dstPath, mode, existFile)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (456) Arguments of the eth_get_ftp2 Function

Name Type Description
srcPath String Specify the path or name of the file on the FTP server.
dstPath String Specify the path of the receiving destination.
mode Numerical Specifies the transfer mode.
value 0: Binary mode
Not 0: ASCII mode
existFile Numerical For details on the values, see “Attributes used in mode” and "Options used in mode"
value below.
Specify the value of logical sum of “Attribute used in mode” and “Options used in
mode” with "|" operator.

Table 5.3 (457) Attributes used in mode

Name Value Description
FTP_MODE_BINARY 0x00 Transfer in binary mode.
FTP_MODE_ASCII 0x01 Transfer in Ascii mode.

Table 5.3 (458) Attributes used in mode

Name Value Description
FTP_MODE_NO_CACHE 0x00 Use FTP server files instead of using cache when transferring.

[Return]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (459) Value to Be Stored in the Return Value of the eth_get_ftp2 Function
Element Type Description
1st Numerical Execution result
element value EW_OK
Successful
EW_FUNC
The eth_ftp_open function has not been executed yet.
EW_DATA
The mode argument or the existFile argument is invalid.
EW_DTSRVR

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 569/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Element Type Description

A communication error occurred.
2nd Numerical Detailed communication error information number (valid only when the 1st element is
element value EW_DTSRVR)
12003: The file does not exist on the server.
12031: Connection has been reset.
*For other detailed error information numbers, see the error code list for the Windows API.
[Description]
This function receives a file from the specified host.
The specification of the argument “mode” has been changed from the conventional eth_get_ftp function,
and the FTP cache function can be specified to be disabled.
When the cache function is disabled, the received file will be referred to a file on the FTP server instead of
the cache.

If this function is executed by specifying only a file name in "srcPath," a file with the specified file name is
transferred from the current directory of the host.

If a communication error occurs when data is being received from the host, EW_DTSRVR is returned to
the 1st element of the return value and a detailed communication error information number for that
communication error is returned to the 2nd element.

NOTE
If the function is executed by specifying a file name including a path with a host that
does not support a file name including a path, EW_DTSRVR is returned.
[Example]
To open a communication line, specify "D:¥¥TEST¥¥get.txt" as the destination to receive the "TEST.txt"
in the FTP server, and specify Ascii mode and cache function disabled for data reception. In this case.

ret = eth_open_ftp(1)
if ret[0] != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR",0)
end
mode = FTP_MODE_ASCII | FTP_MODE_NO_CACHE
ret = eth_get_ftp2("TEST.txt","D:¥¥TEST¥¥get.txt",mode,0)
if ret[0] != EW_OK then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR",0)
end

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 570/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

[ANSI C standard library function reference]

14.1 Deleting a file

[Function]
remove
[Syntax with arguments]
remove(filename)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (460) Arguments of the remove function

Name Type Description
filename String Path to the file to be deleted
The maximum number of characters is as follows.
When using iHMI:
Up to 259 characters can be used.
When using a standard monitor:
For file path restrictions, refer to "C Language Executor PROGRAMMIG
MANUAL (B-63943EN-3)."
When using a device with integrated structure, you cannot include a
subdirectory in the path. For details, refer to "Section 5.8.6 Specification of
a memory card in your PC" in "C Language Executor PROGRAMMIG
MANUAL (B-63943EN-3)."
[Return value]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (461) Value stored in the return value of the remove function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Execution result
value 0
Normal termination
-1
Function failed
2nd element Numerical Detailed error (valid only when the 1st element is -1)
value - When using a standard monitor:
EACCES
A read-only file was set for the path name.
ENOENT
The file or path could not be detected, or
a directory was specified for the path.
- When using iHMI:
2: The specified file could not be found
5: Access denied
*For detailed error numbers other than those listed above, see the error code
list for WindowsAPI.
[Description]
Deletes the file specified by filename.
[Example]
To delete "prg1.txt" in the path "D://ExampleFP/prg/":

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 571/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

path = "D:¥¥ExampleFP¥¥prg¥¥prg1.txt" # File path to delete

ret_values = remove(path) # Deletes the specified file
if ret_values[0] == -1 then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
end

14.2 Changing a file name

[Function]
rename
[Syntax with arguments]
rename(oldname, newname)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (462) Arguments of the rename function

Name Type Description
oldname String Path name of the old file or directory
The maximum number of characters is as follows.
When using iHMI:
Up to 259 characters can be used.
When using a standard monitor:
For file path restrictions, refer to "C Language Executor PROGRAMMIG
MANUAL (B-63943EN-3)."
When using a device with integrated structure, you cannot include a
subdirectory in the path. For details, refer to "Section 5.8.6 Specification of a
memory card in your PC" in "C Language Executor PROGRAMMIG MANUAL
(B-63943EN-3)."
newname String Path name of the new file or directory
The maximum number of characters is as follows.
When using iHMI:
Up to 259 characters can be used.
When using a standard monitor:
For file path restrictions, refer to "C Language Executor PROGRAMMIG
MANUAL (B-63943EN-3)."
When using a device with integrated structure, you cannot include a
subdirectory in the path. For details, refer to "Section 5.8.6 Specification of a
memory card in your PC" in "C Language Executor PROGRAMMIG MANUAL
(B-63943EN-3)."
[Return value]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (463) Value stored in the return value of the rename function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Execution result
value 0
Normal termination
-1
Function failed

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 572/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Element Type Description

2nd element Numerical Detailed error (valid only when the 1st element is -1)
value - When using a standard monitor:
EACCES
The file or directory specified by newname already exists, or it cannot be
created due to an invalid path. Or, another path was specified by newname
even though oldname is a directory.
ENOENT
The file or path specified by oldname could not be found.
EXDEV
The file was attempted to be moved to another device.
- When using iHMI:
2: The specified file could not be found
3: The specified path could not be found
5: Access denied
183: A file that already exists cannot be created
*For detailed error numbers other than those listed above, see the error code
list for WindowsAPI.
[Description]
Changes the file or directory name specified by oldname to the one specified by newname. The old name
must be the path name of a file or directory that already exists. The new name must not be the path name of
a file or directory that already exists.
When you assign a path name other than that specified by oldname to newname and use the rename
function, you can move a file from a directory to another directory. However, you cannot move a file from
one device to another device. Although you can change the name of a directory or move it, it cannot be
moved from one device to another device.
[Example]
To change "prg1.txt" in the path "D://ExampleFP/prg/" to "prgRename.txt":

oldname = "D:¥¥ExampleFP¥¥prg¥¥prg1.txt" # Path to the file with an old name

newname = "D:¥¥ExampleFP¥¥prg¥¥prgRename.txt" # Path to a file with a new name
ret_values = rename(oldname, newname) # Changes the name of the specified file
if ret_values[0] == -1 then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
end

CAUTION
When using a standard monitor, you cannot move a file or directory with the
current library. Calling a function that moves a file or directory, such as the
rename function, will result in an error. (2nd element of the return value =
EACCES)

14.3 Generating a temporary file name

[Function]
tmpnam
[Syntax with arguments]
tmpnam()
[Arguments]
None

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 573/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

[Return value]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (464) Value stored in the return value of the tmpnam function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Execution result
value 0
Normal termination
1
Function failed
2nd element String A unique file name
[Description]
Generates a file name that opens a temporary file without overwriting an existing file.
This function generates a unique file name for up to TMP_MAX (32767) calls.
The string that is generated consists of a path prefix (¥sNumber.) followed by a number from '0' to '9'. The
number represented by this string takes a value from 1 to 65535. Even if you change the definition of
L_tmpnam, the processing of the tmpnam function will not change.
[Example]
To create a temporary file name:

ret_values = tmpnam() # Creates a temporary file name

if ret_values[0] == 0 then
tmpname = ret_values[1] # Gets a temporary file name
else
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
end

14.4 Generating a pseudo-random number

[Function]
rand
[Syntax with arguments]
rand()
[Arguments]
None
[Return value]
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (465) Value stored in the return value of the rand function
Type Description
Numerical Created pseudo-random number
value The pseudo-random number ranges from 0 to 32767.
[Description]
Returns a pseudo-random number. The random number generator can be seeded with the srand function.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 574/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

14.5 Seeding the pseudo-random number generator

[Function]
srand
[Syntax with arguments]
srand(seed)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (466) Arguments of the srand function

Name Type Description
seed Numerical value Seeded series number
[Return value]
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (467) Value stored in the return value of the srand function
Type Description
Numerical Execution result
value 0
Normal termination
[Description]
Initializes a series of random numbers generated by the srand function or rand function.
[Example]
To initialize a series of random numbers:

seed = time() # Gets a seeded series number from the current time
ret_value = srand(seed[1]) # Executes the srand function
if ret_value != 0 then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
end

14.6 Converting local time to calendar time

[Function]
mktime
[Syntax with arguments]
mktime(regiontime)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (468) Arguments of the mktime function

Name Type Description
regiontime Array of 9 Local time
elements For details on the value, refer to the following table "Time information."

Table 5.3 (469) Time information

Element Type Description
1st element Numerical value Second
The value ranges from 0 to 59.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 575/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Element Type Description

2nd element Numerical value Minute
The value ranges from 0 to 59.
3rd element Numerical value Hour
The value ranges from 0 to 23.
4th element Numerical value Date
The value ranges from 1 to 31.
5th element Numerical value Month
The value ranges from 0 to 11.
6th element Numerical value Year
The number of years elapsed since 1900.
7th element Numerical value Day of the week
A numerical value that corresponds to the day of the
week. Continuous numerical values, with 0 and 1
corresponding to Sunday and Monday, respectively.
8th element Numerical value The serial date number within the year
The value ranges from 0 to 365.
9th element Numerical value Daylight saving time flag
The flag is retained as follows.
Daylight saving time is used: Non-0
Daylight saving time is not used: 0
[Return value]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (470) Value stored in the return value of the mktime function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical value Execution result
0
Normal termination
-1
Function failed
2nd element Numerical value Local time converted to the calendar value
If the function fails (1st element is -1), -1 is returned.
[Description]
Converts the specified local time to a calendar value.
[Example]
To convert the local time [0,30,10,1,5,118,5,151,0] to a calendar value:

timeinfo = [0,30,10,1,5,118,5,151,0] # Local time information to be converted

ret_values = mktime(timeinfo) # Executes the mktime function
if ret_values[0] == -1 then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
end

14.7 Getting the current time

[Function]
time
[Syntax with arguments]
time()

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 576/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

[Arguments]
None
[Return value]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (471) Value stored in the return value of the time function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical value Execution result
0
Normal termination
-1
Function failed
2nd element Numerical value Current time
The accumulated number of seconds since 1/1/1970 0:00:00.
- When using a standard monitor:
The time read from the calendar clock of the CNC device.
If the calendar clock is not set correctly, -1 is returned.
- When using iHMI:
The time read from the system date.
[Description]
Gets the current time.
[Example]
To get the current time:

ret_values = time() # Executes the time function

if ret_values[0] == -1 then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
end
curtime = ret_values[1] # Gets the current time

14.8 Converting time to a string

[Function]
asctime
[Syntax with arguments]
asctime(timeinfo)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (472) Arguments of the asctime function

Name Type Description
timeinfo Array of 9 Time information to be converted to a string
elements For details on the value, refer to the following table "Time information."

Table 5.3 (473) Time information

Element Type Description
1st element Numerical value Second
The value ranges from 0 to 59.
2nd element Numerical value Minute
The value ranges from 0 to 59.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 577/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Element Type Description

3rd element Numerical value Hour
The value ranges from 0 to 23.
4th element Numerical value Date
The value ranges from 1 to 31.
5th element Numerical value Month
The value ranges from 0 to 11.
6th element Numerical value Year
The number of years elapsed since 1900.
7th element Numerical value Day of the week
A numerical value that corresponds to the day of
the week. Continuous numerical values, with 0 and
1 corresponding to Sunday and Monday,
respectively.
8th element Numerical value The serial date number within the year
The value ranges from 0 to 365.
Not used for this function.
9th element Numerical value Daylight saving time flag
The flag is retained as follows.
Daylight saving time is used: Non-0
Daylight saving time is not used: 0
Not used for this function.
[Return value]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (474) Value stored in the return value of the asctime function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical value Execution result
0
Normal termination
2nd element String Time converted to a string
The format after conversion is as follows:
"Day of the week Month Date Hour:Minute:Second Year¥n"
Example: "Sun Jan 01 00:00:00 1992¥n"
[Description]
Converts the specified time information to a string.
[Example]
To convert the time information [15,30,10,1,5,118,5,151,0] to a string:

timeinfo = [15,30,10,1,5,118,5,151,0] # Stores time information

ret_values = asctime(timeinfo) # Executes the asctime function
strtime = ret_values[1] # Time information converted to a string

14.9 Converting time to a local time string

[Function]
ctime
[Syntax with arguments]
ctime(time)

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 578/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (475) Arguments of the ctime function

Name Type Description
time Numerical Time to be converted to a string
value The number of seconds elapsed since 1/1/1970 00:00:00 Greenwich mean
time. This value is the return value of the standard time function.
[Return value]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (476) Value stored in the return value of the ctime function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Execution result
value 0
Normal termination
2nd element String Time converted to a string
The format after conversion is as follows:
"Day of the week Month Date Hour:Minute:Second Year¥n"
Example: "Sun Jan 01 00:00:00 1992¥n"
[Description]
Converts the specified time information to a string. "ctime(time)" is equivalent to "asctime" (the 3rd
element of "localtime(time)").
[Example]
To convert the time information [15,30,10,1,5,118,5,151,0] to a string:

timeinfo = [15,30,10,1,5,118,5,151,0] # Stores time information

ret_values = ctime(timeinfo) # Executes the ctime function
strtime = ret_values[1] # Time information converted to a string

14.10 Converting the time to Greenwich mean time

[Function]
gmtime
[Syntax with arguments]
gmtime(time)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (477) Arguments of the gmtime function

Name Type Description
time Numerical Time to be converted to Greenwich mean time
value The number of seconds elapsed since 1/1/1970 00:00:00 Greenwich mean
time. This value is the return value of the standard time function.
[Return value]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 579/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Table 5.3 (478) Value stored in the return value of the gmtime function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Execution result
value 0
Normal termination
2nd element Array of 9 Time converted to Greenwich mean time
elements For details on the value, refer to the following table "Time information."

Table 5.3 (479) Time information

Element Type Description
1st element Numerical value Second
The value ranges from 0 to 59.
2nd element Numerical value Minute
The value ranges from 0 to 59.
3rd element Numerical value Hour
The value ranges from 0 to 23.
4th element Numerical value Date
The value ranges from 1 to 31.
5th element Numerical value Month
The value ranges from 0 to 11.
6th element Numerical value Year
The number of years elapsed since 1900.
7th element Numerical value Day of the week
A numerical value that corresponds to the day of
the week. Continuous numerical values, with 0 and
1 corresponding to Sunday and Monday,
respectively.
8th element Numerical value The serial date number within the year
The value ranges from 0 to 365.
9th element Numerical value Daylight saving time flag
The flag is retained as follows.
Daylight saving time is used: Non-0
Daylight saving time is not used: 0
[Description]
Converts time represented by the argument time to Greenwich mean time.
[Example]
To convert the current time to Greenwich mean time:

curtime = time() # Gets the current time

ret_values = gmtime(curtime[1]) # Executes the gmtime function
strctime = ret_values[1] # Time information converted to Greenwich mean time

14.11 Converting time to local time

[Function]
localtime
[Syntax with arguments]
localtime(time)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 580/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Table 5.3 (480) Arguments of the localtime function

Name Type Description
time Numerical Time to be converted to local time
value The number of seconds elapsed since 1/1/1970 00:00:00 Greenwich mean
time. This value is the return value of the standard time function.
[Return value]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (481) Value stored in the return value of the localtime function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Execution result
value 0
Normal termination
2nd element Array of 9 Time information converted to local standard time
elements For details on the value, refer to the following table "Time information."

Table 5.3 (482) Time information

Element Type Description
1st element Numerical value Second
The value ranges from 0 to 59.
2nd element Numerical value Minute
The value ranges from 0 to 59.
3rd element Numerical value Hour
The value ranges from 0 to 23.
4th element Numerical value Date
The value ranges from 1 to 31.
5th element Numerical value Month
The value ranges from 0 to 11.
6th element Numerical value Year
The number of years elapsed since 1900.
7th element Numerical value Day of the week
A numerical value that corresponds to the day of the
week. Continuous numerical values, with 0 and 1
corresponding to Sunday and Monday, respectively.
8th element Numerical value The serial date number within the year
The value ranges from 0 to 365.
9th element Numerical value Daylight saving time flag
The flag is retained as follows.
Daylight saving time is used: Non-0
Daylight saving time is not used: 0
[Description]
Converts time represented by the argument time to local standard time
[Example]
To convert the current time to local standard time:

curtime = time() # Gets the current time

ret_values = localtime(curtime[1]) # Executes the localtime function
strctime = ret_values[1] # Time information converted to local standard time

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 581/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

14.12 Computing the difference between two times

[Function]
difftime
[Syntax with arguments]
difftime(e_time, s_time)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (483) Arguments of the difftime function

Name Type Description
e_time Numerical value End time
s_time Numerical value Start time
[Return value]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (484) Value stored in the return value of the difftime function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Execution result
value 0
Normal termination
-1
Function failed
2nd element Array of 9 Elapsed time in seconds for e_time – s_time
elements If the function fails (1st element is -1), -1 is returned.
[Description]
Computes the difference between two times by subtracting the argument s_time from the argument e_time.
[Example]
To get the elapsed time:

s_time = time() # Gets the start time

sleep(5000) # Sleeps for 5 seconds
e_time = time() # Gets the end time
ret_values = difftime(e_time[1],s_time[1]) # Executes the difftime function
if ret_values[0] == -1 then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
end
d_time = ret_values[1] # Gets the elapsed time

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 582/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

[List of MS-C extended C standard library function reference]

15.1 Finding the first file whose attributes match the specified ones

[Function]
_dos_findfirst
[Syntax with arguments]
_dos_findfirst(path, attr)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (485) Arguments of the _dos_findfirst function

Name Type Description
path String File name to be searched for
Wild card characters (*, ?) can be used.
An ASCII string of up to 32 characters. If the specified file name has 33 or more
characters, execution result is 22 (The specified file name is invalid).
attr Numerical Attributes of the file to be searched for
value For details on the value, refer to the following table "file attributes." Only the values
described can be set. If any other value is specified, it is processed as
_A_NORMAL. When a file has two or more attributes, the values described below
are united by the bit OR operator ( | ).

Table 5.3 (486) file attributes

Name Value Description
_A_NORMAL 0x00 Normal file
_A_RDONLY 0x01 Read only
_A_HIDDEN 0x02 Hidden file
_A_SYSTEM 0x04 System file
_A_VOLID 0x08 Volume label
_A_SUBDIR 0x10 Subdirectory
_A_ARCH 0x20 Archive
[Return value]
For this function, the return value is an array of 3 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (487) Value stored in the return value of the _dos_findfirst function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical value Execution result
0: Successful.
If it is not 0, one of the following values is returned:
In addition, ENOENT is set in the 2nd element.
5: No device is inserted
6: No device is mounted
9: The specified drive name is invalid.
15: A file or directory with the specified attribute could not be found.
22: The specified file name is invalid.
31: The specified path is invalid.
2nd element Numerical value Error code (valid only when the 1st element is not 0)
3rd element Array of 5 File information of the first match
elements For details on the value, refer to the following table "File information."

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 583/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Table 5.3 (488) File information

Element Type Description
1st element Numerical value file attributes
For details on the value, see "file attributes" above.
When a file has two or more attributes, the values described above are
united by the bit OR operator ( | ).
2nd element Numerical value File modification time.
3rd element Numerical value File modification date.
4th element Numerical value File size [byte]
5th element String File name
An ASCII string of up to 12 characters.
If the got file name has 13 or more characters, the first 12 characters are
acquired and the remaining string is discarded.
[Description]
Searches for a file that matches the specified path and the specified attributes. This function returns
information on the first match.
Execute this function after mounting the Mounting memory cards / USB memory devices (after execution
of the aux_file_mount function).
[Example]
To get two items of ".txt" file information with the usual file attribute on the USB memory device (D
drive):

aux_file_mount("D") # Mounting USB memory devices

path = "D:¥¥*.txt" # File path
ret_firstvalues = _dos_findfirst(path, _A_NORMAL) # Searches for the specified file
if ret_firstvalues[0] == 0 then # File search
ret_nextvalues = _dos_findnext() # Searches for the next instance of the specified file
if ret_nextvalues[0] != 0 then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
end
else
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
end
aux_file_unmount("D")

NOTE
If the file name to be searched is 12 characters or less and wild card characters are
specified, it is possible to search for files with file names with 13 or more characters.
However, the retrieved file name cannot be used in operations such as opening and
deleting files, because a file name with 33 or more characters is not supported for
those operations.

15.2 Finding the next file whose attributes match the specified ones

[Function]
_dos_findnext
[Syntax with arguments]
_dos_findnext()
[Arguments]
None
[Return value]

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 584/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

For this function, the return value is an array of 3 elements.

Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (489) Value stored in the return value of the _dos_findnext function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Execution result
value 0: Successful.
If it is not 0, one of the following values is returned:
In addition, ENOENT is set in the 2nd element.
15: A file or directory with the specified attribute could not be found.
22: The specified file name is invalid.
31: The specified path is invalid.
2nd element Numerical Error code (valid only when the 1st element is not 0)
value
3rd element Array of 5 File information of the next match
elements For details on the value, refer to the following table "File information."

Table 5.3 (490) File information

Element Type Description
1st element Numerical file attributes
value For details on the value, refer to the following table "file attributes."
When a file has two or more attributes, the values described below are united
by the bit OR operator ( | ).
2nd element Numerical File modification time *Add the format after trying to change the time.
value
3rd element Numerical File modification date *Add the format after trying to change the date.
value
4th element Numerical File size [byte]
value
5th element String File name
An ASCII string of up to 12 characters.
If the matching file name has 13 or more characters, the first 12 characters are
acquired and the remaining string is discarded.

Table 5.3 (491) file attributes

Name Value Description
_A_NORMAL 0x00 Normal file
_A_RDONLY 0x01 Read only
_A_HIDDEN 0x02 Hidden file
_A_SYSTEM 0x04 System file
_A_VOLID 0x08 Volume label
_A_SUBDIR 0x10 Subdirectory
_A_ARCH 0x20 Archive
[Description]
Searches for the next instance of a file searched for using the _dos_findfirst function. Path and attributes of
the file for the next search carry over information set by the _dos_findfirst function. Please refer to the
method of setting arguments for the _dos_findfirst function.
Please execute the _dos_findfirst function before executing this function.
[Example]
Refer to "Finding the first file whose attributes match the specified ones (_dos_findfirst)."

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 585/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

NOTE
1 Please execute the _dos_findfirst function and execute the _dos_findnext
function to continue searching for the next file.
2 When the following action has been performed, -1 is returned and no operations
are executed:
- When the _dos_findnext32 function is executed after the _dos_findfirst
function is executed.
- When the _dos_findnext function is executed after the _dos_findfirst32
function is executed.
3 If the file name to be searched is 12 characters or less and wild card characters
are used, it is possible to search for files with file names with 13 or more
characters. However, operatons such as opening and deletion, cannot be
performed because file names after 12nd character are discarded.

15.3 Finding a specified file

[Function]
findfirstfile
[Syntax with arguments]
findfirstfile(filename)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (492) Arguments of the findfirstfile function

Name Type Description
filename String Search target file name or directory name
Wild card characters (*, ?) can be used.
Up to 256 characters can be used.
[Return value]
For this function, the return value is an array of 3 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (493) Value stored in the return value of the findfirstfile function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Execution result
value Search handle (0 or larger value)
Normal termination
-1
Function failed
When the function is successful, the search handle is returned.
The search handle is used by the findnextfile function and the findclose function.
2nd element Numerical Detailed error number (valid only when the 1st element is -1)
value 2: The specified file could not be found
3: The specified path could not be found
123: The file name, directory name, or volume label syntax is incorrect

*For detailed error numbers other than those listed above, see the error code list for
WindowsAPI.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 586/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Element Type Description

3rd element Array of 7 File information for the first match
elements For details on the value, refer to the following table "File information."

Table 5.3 (494) File information

Element Type Description
1st element Numerical file attributes
value For details on the value, refer to the following table "file attributes."
When a file has two or more attributes, the values described below are united
by the bit OR operator ( | ).
2nd element Array of 8 File creation time
elements For details on the value, refer to the following table "System time information."
3rd element Array of 8 File access time
elements For details on the value, refer to the following table "System time information."
4th element Array of 8 File update time
elements For details on the value, refer to the following table "System time information."
5th element Numerical File size information (upper four bytes)
value
6th element Numerical File size information (lower four bytes)
value
7th element String File name

Table 5.3 (495) file attributes

Name Value Description
FILE_ATTRIBUTE_READONLY 0x01 Read only
FILE_ATTRIBUTE_HIDDEN 0x02 Hidden file
FILE_ATTRIBUTE_SYSTEM 0x04 System attribute
FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY 0x10 Directory attribute
FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ARCHIVE 0x20 Archive
FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL 0x80 Normal file

Table 5.3 (496) System time information

Element Type Description
1st element Numerical value Year
2nd element Numerical value Month
3rd element Numerical value Day of the week
A numerical value that corresponds to the day
of the week. Continuous numerical values,
with 0 and 1 corresponding to Sunday and
Monday, respectively.
4th element Numerical value Date
5th element Numerical value Hour
6th element Numerical value Minute
7th element Numerical value Second
8th element Numerical value Millisecond
[Description]
Gets information on the specified file or directory.
This function returns information on the first match. To continue searching, execute the findnextfile
function after executing this function. To end the search, execute the findcose function.
[Example]
To get file information on "prg1.txt" and "prg2.txt" under the path "D://ExampleFP/prg/":

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 587/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

path = "D:¥¥ExampleFP¥¥prg¥¥prg*" # File path

ret_firstvalues = findfirstfile(path) # Searches for the specified file
if ret_firstvalues[0] != -1 then # File search
ret_nextvalues = findnextfile(ret_firstvalues[0]) # Searches for the next instance of the specified file
if ret_nextvalues[0] == 0 then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
end
findclose(ret_firstvalues[0]) # Closes the file search handle
else
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
end

15.4 Finding the next instance of the specified file

[Function]
findnextfile
[Syntax with arguments]
findnextfile(handle)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (497) Arguments of the findnextfile function

Name Type Description
handle Numerical Search handle
value Specify the handle returned by the findfirstfile function
[Return value]
For this function, the return value is an array of 3 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (498) Value stored in the return value of the findnextfile function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Execution result
value Non-0 value
Normal termination
0
Function failed
If the function fails, the detailed cause is shown in the detailed error.
2nd element Numerical Detailed error number (valid only when the 1st element is 0)
value 6: Invalid handle
18: There are no more files
*For detailed error numbers other than those listed above, see the error code list for
WindowsAPI.
3rd element Array of 7 Matching file information
elements For details on the value, refer to the following table "File information."

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 588/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Table 5.3 (499) File information

Element Type Description
1st element Numerical file attributes
value For details on the value, refer to the following table "file attributes."
When a file has two or more attributes, the values described below are
united by the bit OR operator ( | ).
2nd element Array of 8 File creation time
elements For details on the value, refer to the following table "System time
information."
3rd element Array of 8 File access time
elements For details on the value, refer to the following table "System time
information."
4th element Array of 8 File update time
elements For details on the value, refer to the following table "System time
information."
5th element Numerical File size information (upper four bytes)
value
6th element Numerical File size information (lower four bytes)
value
7th element String File name

Table 5.3 (500) file attributes

Name Value Description
FILE_ATTRIBUTE_READONLY 0x01 Read only
FILE_ATTRIBUTE_HIDDEN 0x02 Hidden file
FILE_ATTRIBUTE_SYSTEM 0x04 System attribute
FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY 0x10 Directory attribute
FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ARCHIVE 0x20 Archive
FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL 0x80 Normal file

Table 5.3 (501) System time information

Element Type Description
1st element Numerical value Year
2nd element Numerical value Month
3rd element Numerical value Day of the week
A numerical value that corresponds to the day
of the week. Continuous numerical values,
with 0 and 1 corresponding to Sunday and
Monday, respectively.
4th element Numerical value Date
5th element Numerical value Hour
6th element Numerical value Minute
7th element Numerical value Second
8th element Numerical value Millisecond
[Description]
Searches for the next instance of a file found by the findfirstfile function. This function use the search
handle returned by the findfirstfile function as the argument. Please execute the findfirstfile function before
executing this function. To continue searching, execute the findnextfile function after executing this
function. To end the search, execute the findcose function.
[Example]
Refer to [Example] under "Finding the specified file (findfirstfile)."

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 589/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

15.5 Closing the file search handle

[Function]
findclose
[Syntax with arguments]
findclose(handle)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (502) Arguments of the findclose function

Name Type Description
handle Numerical Search handle
value Specify the handle returned by the findfirstfile function
[Return value]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (503) Value stored in the return value of the findclose function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Execution result
value Non-0 value
Normal termination
0
Function failed
If the function fails, the detailed cause is shown in the detailed error.
2nd element Numerical Detailed error (valid only when the 1st element is 0)
value 6: Invalid handle
998: Invalid access to the memory location
*For detailed error numbers other than those listed above, see the error code list for
WindowsAPI.
[Description]
Closes the specified search handle. This function closes the search handle opened by executing the
findfirstfile function. Be sure to execute this function after executing the findfirstfile function and the
findnextfile function.
[Example]
Refer to [Example] under "Finding the specified file (findfirstfile)."

15.6 Acquiring disk information

[Function]
_dos_getdiskfree
[Syntax with arguments]
_dos_getdiskfree( device )
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 590/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Table 5.3 (504) Arguments of the _dos_getdiskfree function

Name Type Description
device Numerical Directory name of the disk from which you want to obtain information
value Continuous numerical values, with 0 representing the current drive and 1
representing drive A.
[Return value]
For this function, the return value is an array of 3 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (505) Value stored in the return value of the _dos_getdiskfree function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Execution result
value 0
Normal termination
Non-0
Function failed
2nd element Numerical Detailed error (valid only when the 1st element is not 0)
value EINVAL
The specified device is invalid.
3rd element Array of 4 Disk information
elements For details on the value, refer to the following table "Disk information."

Table 5.3 (506) Disk information

Element Type Description
1st element Numerical value Total number of clusters
2nd element Numerical value Number of available clusters
3rd element Numerical value Number of sectors per cluster
4th element Numerical value Number of bytes per sector
[Description]
Gets the capacity of the specified disk.
[Example]
To get the disk capacity of the current drive:

device = 0 # Specify the current drive

ret_values = _dos_getdiskfree(device) # Gets the disk information
if ret_values[0] != 0 then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
end

CAUTION
This function cannot be used with iHMI.
If this function is used with iHMI, EW_OK is returned, but disk information will not
be acquired.

15.7 Acquiring disk information

[Function]
getdiskfree
[Syntax with arguments]
getdiskfree(dirname)

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 591/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (507) Arguments of the getdiskfree function

Name Type Description
dirname String Directory name of the disk from which you want to obtain information
If you specify nothing, this function obtains disk information of the disk for the current
directory.
Up to 259 characters can be used.
[Return value]
For this function, the return value is an array of 5 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (508) Value stored in the return value of the getdiskfree function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Execution result
value Non-0
Normal termination
0
Function failed
2nd element Numerical Detailed error (valid only when the 1st element is 0)
value 123: The file name, directory name, or volume label syntax is incorrect
*For detailed error numbers other than those listed above, see the error code list
for WindowsAPI.
3rd element Array of 2 Free disk space in bytes available to the user
elements For details on the value, refer to the following table "Disk size information."
4th element Array of 2 Total disk space in bytes available to the user
elements For details on the value, refer to the following table "Disk size information."
5th element Array of 2 Free disk space in bytes
elements For details on the value, refer to the following table "Disk size information."

Table 5.3 (509) Disk size information

Element Type Description
1st element Numerical value Information in lower four bytes
2nd element Numerical value Information in upper four bytes
[Description]
Gets the capacity of the specified disk.
[Example]
To get the disk capacity of the current drive:

device = 0 # Specify the current drive

ret_values = _dos_getdiskfree(device) # Gets the disk information
if ret_values[0] != 0 then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
end

CAUTION
This function cannot be used with a standard monitor.
If this function is used with a standard monitor, EW_OK is returned, but disk
information will not be acquired.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 592/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

15.8 Changing the current drive

[Function]
_chdrive
[Syntax with arguments]
_chdrive(drive)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (510) Arguments of the _chdrive function

Name Type Description
drive Numerical Current drive to be changed
value Specify the current drive that you want to change as a numerical value. It takes
continuous numerical values, with 1 and 2 corresponding to drive A and drive
B, respectively. The value ranges from 1 to 26.
[Return value]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (511) Value stored in the return value of the _chdrive function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Execution result
value 0
Normal termination
-1
Function failed
2nd element Numerical Detailed error (valid only when the 1st element is -1)
value EACCES
Cannot access the specified drive.
[Description]
Changes the current drive.
[Example]
To change the current drive to drive C:

drive = 3 # Sets the current drive to change with a numerical value

ret_values = _chdrive(drive) # Executes the _chdrive function
if ret_values[0] == -1 then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
end

NOTE
This function cannot be used with PANEL iH.
If this function is used with PANEL iH, 0 is returned, but the current drive will not
be changed.

15.9 Acquiring the current drive

[Function]
_getdrive

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 593/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

[Syntax with arguments]

_getdrive()
[Arguments]
None
[Return value]
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (512) Value stored in the return value of the _getdrive function
Type Description
Numerical Acquired current drive
value The acquired current drive is returned as a numerical value. It takes continuous numerical
values, with 1 and 2 corresponding to drive A and drive B, respectively. The value ranges from
1 to 26.
[Description]
Gets the current drive.

NOTE
This function cannot be used with PANEL iH.
If this function is used with PANEL iH, 0 is returned, but the current drive will not
be acquired.

15.10 Changing the current directory

[Function]
chdir
[Syntax with arguments]
chdir( path )
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (513) Arguments of the chdir function

Name Type Description
path String Path to the new current directory
[Return value]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (514) Value stored in the return value of the chdir function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Execution result
value 0
Normal termination
-1
Function failed
2nd element Numerical Detailed error (valid only when the 1st element is -1)
value ENOENT
The specified path could not be found
EINVAL
An empty string was specified for the argument

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 594/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

[Description]
Changes the current directory to the directory specified by the argument.
[Example]
To change the current directory to the path "D://ExampleFP":

path = "D://ExampleFP" # Sets the path to the current directory to be changed

ret_values = chdir(path) # Executes the chdir function
if ret_values[0] == -1 then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
end

NOTE
This function cannot be used with PANEL iH.
If this function is used with PANEL iH, 0 is returned, but the current directory will
not be changed.

15.11 Acquiring the current directory

[Function]
getcwd
[Syntax with arguments]
getcwd()
[Arguments]
None
[Return value]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (515) Value stored in the return value of the getcwd function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Execution result
value 0
Normal termination
-1
Function failed
2nd element String Path to the acquired current directory
[Description]
Gets the path to the current directory.
[Example]
To get the current directory:

ret_values = getcwd(path) # Executes the getcwd function

if ret_values[0] == -1 then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
end

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 595/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

NOTE
This function cannot be used with PANEL iH.
If this function is used with PANEL iH, 0 is returned, but the path to the current
directory will not be acquired.

15.12 Calculating the absolute value of a complex number

[Function]
cabs
[Syntax with arguments]
cabs( realnum, imagnum )
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (516) Arguments of the cabs function

Name Type Description
realnum Numerical value Numerical value for the real number part
imagnum Numerical value Numerical value of the imaginary number part
[Return value]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (517) Value stored in the return value of the cabs function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerica Execution result
l value 0
Normal termination
HUGE_VAL
Function failed
2nd element Numerica Calculated absolute value of the complex number (valid only when the 1st element is 0)
l value When the 1st element is HUGE_VAL, 0 is set.
[Description]
Calculates the absolute value of the complex number specified by the argument.
[Example]
To calculate the absolute value of "4 + 3i":

realnum = 4 # Specification of the real number part

imagnum = 3 # Specification of the imaginary number part
ret_values = cabs(realnum, imagnum) # Executes the cabs function
if ret_values[0] == HUGE_VAL then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
end

15.13 Calculating the length of the hypotenuse of a right triangle

[Function]
hypot
[Syntax with arguments]
hypot(xnum, ynum)

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 596/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (518) Arguments of the hypot function

Name Type Description
xnum Numerical value Length of the base of the right triangle
ynum Numerical value Height of the right triangle
[Return value]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (519) Value stored in the return value of the hypot function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Execution result
value 0
Normal termination
HUGE_VAL
Function failed
2nd element Numerical Length of the hypotenuse of the right triangle (valid only when the 1st element is
value 0)
It is the square of the sum of the squares of the argument xnum and the
square of the argument ynum.
When the 1st element is HUGE_VAL, 0 is set.
[Description]
Calculates the length of the hypotenuse of a right triangle based on the length of the two sides specified the
arguments.
[Example]
To calculate the length of the hypotenuse of a right triangle:

xnum = 4 # Length of the base of the right triangle

ynum = 3 # Height of the right triangle
ret_values = hypot(xnum, ynum) # Executes the hypot function
if ret_values[0] == HUGE_VAL then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
end

15.14 Closing a file

[Function]
close
[Syntax with arguments]
close(handle)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (520) Arguments of the close function

Name Type Description
handle Numerical value File handle to be closed
[Return value]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 597/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (521) Value stored in the return value of the close function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Execution result
value 0
Normal termination
-1
Function failed
2nd element Numerical Detailed error (valid only when the 1st element is -1)
value - When using a standard monitor:
EBADF
The specified file handle is not valid
- When using iHMI:
6: Invalid handle
*For detailed error numbers other than those listed above, see the error code list
for WindowsAPI.
[Description]
Closes the specified file handle Be sure to execute this function after executing the open function.
[Example]
Refer to [Example] under "Opening a file (open)."

15.15 Creating a file

[Function]
creat
[Syntax with arguments]
creat(filename, mode)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (522) Arguments of the creat function

Name Type Description
filename String Path to the file to be created
The maximum number of characters is as follows.
When using iHMI:
Up to 259 characters can be used.
When using a standard monitor:
For file path restrictions, refer to "C Language Executor PROGRAMMIG
MANUAL (B-63943EN-3)."
When using a device with integrated structure, you cannot include a
subdirectory in the path. For details, refer to "Section 5.8.6 Specification of a
memory card in your PC" in "C Language Executor PROGRAMMIG MANUAL
(B-63943EN-3)."
mode Numerical Attributes of the file to be created
value For details on the value, refer to the following table "File attributes available for
mode."

Table 5.3 (523) File attributes available for mode

Name Value Description
S_IWRITE 0x0080 Write enable

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 598/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Name Value Description

S_IREAD 0x0100 Read enable
S_IREAD | S_IWRITE 0x0180 Read and write enable
[Return value]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (524) Value stored in the return value of the creat function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Execution result
value File handle (0 or larger value)
Normal termination
-1
Function failed
2nd element Numerical Detailed error (valid only when the 1st element is -1)
value - When using a standard monitor:
EACCES
A read-only file was attempted to be opened for writing, or the specified path
is a directory.
EMFILE
There are too many open files.
ENOENT
The specified file could not be found.
- When using iHMI:
3: The specified path could not be found
80: There is a file
*For detailed error numbers other than those listed above, see the error code list
for WindowsAPI.
[Description]
Creates a new file with the specified filename in the specified mode. If the same file name as the specified
filename exists, this function sets the file size to 0.
[Example]
To create a new file "prg1.txt" under the path "D://ExampleFP/prg/":

filename = "D:¥¥ExampleFP¥¥prg¥¥prg1.txt" # File path to create

mode = S_IREAD | S_IWRITE # Specifies read and write enable
ret_values = creat(filename, mode) # Creates a new file
if ret_values[0] == -1 then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
end
close(ret_values[0]) # Closes the created file

15.16 Moving the file pointer to a specified position

[Function]
lseek
[Syntax with arguments]
lseek(handle, offset, origin)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 599/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Table 5.3 (525) Arguments of the lseek function

Name Type Description
handle Numerical value File handle
offset Numerical value Value to be moved
origin Numerical value Type to specify the position
For details on the value, refer to the following table "Position types."

Table 5.3 (526) Position types

Name Value Description
SEEK_SET 0x00 Beginning of the file
SEEK_CUR 0x01 Current position of the file pointer
SEEK_END 0x02 End of the file
[Return value]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (527) Value stored in the return value of the lseek function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Execution result
value New file pointer
Normal termination
-1
Function failed
2nd element Numerical Detailed error (valid only when the 1st element is -1)
value - When using a standard monitor:
EBADF
Invalid file handle
- When using iHMI:
6: Invalid handle
131: The file pointer was attempted to be moved before the start of the file
*For detailed error numbers other than those listed above, see the error code list
for WindowsAPI.
[Description]
Moves the file pointer of the file handle specified by handle by the amount in offset bytes from the position
specified by origin.
[Example]
Refer to [Example] under "Opening a file (open)."

15.17 Creating a new directory

[Function]
mkdir
[Syntax with arguments]
mkdir(dirname)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 600/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Table 5.3 (528) Arguments of the mkdir function

Name Type Description
dirname String Path to the new directory
The maximum number of characters is as follows.
When using iHMI:
Up to 247 characters can be used.
When using a standard monitor:
For directory path restrictions, refer to "C Language Executor
PROGRAMMIG MANUAL (B-63943EN-3)."
When using a device with integrated structure, you cannot include a
subdirectory in the path. For details, refer to "Section 5.8.6 Specification of a
memory card in your PC" in "C Language Executor PROGRAMMIG MANUAL
(B-63943EN-3)."
[Return value]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (529) Value stored in the return value of the mkdir function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Execution result
value 0
Normal termination
-1
Function failed
2nd element Numerical Detailed error (valid only when the 1st element is -1)
value - When using a standard monitor:
EEXIST
The name of an existing file, directory, or device is specified by dirname.
ENOENT
The specified path could not be found.
- When using iHMI:
3: The specified path could not be found
183: A file that already exists cannot be created
*For detailed error numbers other than those listed above, see the error code list
for WindowsAPI.
[Description]
Creates a directory specified by dirname.
[Example]
To create "NewDirectory" under the path "D://ExampleFP/prg/":

dirname = "D:¥¥ExampleFP¥¥prg¥¥ NewDirectory" # Path to the directory to be created

ret_values = mkdir(dirname) # Creates a new directory
if ret_values[0] == -1 then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
end

15.18 Opening a file

[Function]
Open

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 601/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

[Syntax with arguments]

open(filename, flag, mode)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (530) Arguments of the open function

Name Type Description
filename String Path to the file to be opened
The maximum number of characters is as follows.
When using iHMI:
Up to 259 characters can be used.
When using a standard monitor:
For file path restrictions, refer to "C Language Executor PROGRAMMIG MANUAL
(B-63943EN-3)."
When using a device with integrated structure, you cannot include a subdirectory in
the path. For details, refer to "Section 5.8.6 Specification of a memory card in your
PC" in "C Language Executor PROGRAMMIG MANUAL (B-63943EN-3)."
flag Numerical Mode to be opened
value For details on the value, refer to the following table "Attributes used by flag" and
"Options used by flag."
Values in "Attributes used by flag" and values in "Options used by flag" are concatenated
using any number of "|".
mode Numerical Mode to be created
value It is valid only when O_CREAT is specified by the 2nd argument flag.
For details on the value, refer to the following table "Mode to be created."

Table 5.3 (531) Attributes used by flag

Name Value Description
O_RDONLY 0x0000 Read only
O_WRONLY 0x0001 Write only
O_RDWR 0x0002 Read and write enabled

Table 5.3 (532) Options used by flag

Name Value Description
O_APPEND 0x0008 Moves the file pointer to the end of a file.
O_CREAT 0x0100 Creates a new file if a file does not exist.
O_TRUNC 0x0200 Sets the size of an existing file to 0.
When used together with O_CREAT, an existing file is opened or a new file is created.
O_EXCL 0x0400 If the file specified by filename exists, this function returns an error value. This option
is specified along with O_CREAT, and if the file already exists, this function will fail.
O_TEXT 0x4000 Opens a file in text mode.
- In the iHMI environment:
This option is invalid.
O_BINALY 0x8000 Opens a file in binary mode.
- In the iHMI environment:
This option is invalid.

Table 5.3 (533) Mode to be created

Name Value Description
S_IWRITE 0x0080 Read and write enabled
S_IREAD 0x0100 Read only

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 602/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Name Value Description

S_IREAD | S_IWRITE 0x0180 Read and write enabled
S_IWRITE and S_IREAD | S_IWRITE have the same
meaning, and the file is both read and write enabled.
[Return value]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (534) Value stored in the return value of the open function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Execution result
value 0 or larger value (File handle)
Normal termination
-1
Function failed
2nd element Numerical Detailed error (valid only when the 1st element is -1)
value - When using a standard monitor:
EACCES
A read-only file was attempted to be opened for writing, or the specified operation
is not allowed due to file sharing mode. Or, the specified filename is a directory.
EEXIST
Although O_CREAT and O_EXCL were specified by flag, filename already exists.
EINVAL
Invalid flag or mode
EMFILE
There are too many open files.
ENOENT
The specified filename could not be found.
- When using iHMI:
2: The specified file could not be found
5: Access denied
32: The process could not access the file It is being used by another process.
80: The file exists
*For detailed error numbers other than those listed above, see the error code list
for WindowsAPI.
[Description]
Opens the specified file. Be sure to execute the close function after executing this function.
[Example]
To open "prg1.txt" under the path "D://ExampleFP/prg/" and perform the following steps:
1. Write the string "Confirm the read function and the write function" with the write function.
2. Read the string written in 1 with the read function.

filename = "D:¥¥ExampleFP¥¥prg¥¥prg1.txt" # Path to the file to be opened

flag = O_RDWR # Specifies read and write enable
mode = 0 # 0 because a new file will not be created
ret_values = open(filename, flag, mode) # Opens the file
if ret_values[0] == -1 then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
return;
end
handle = ret_values[0] # Holds the file handle
buffer = "Confirm the read function and the write function" # Stores the string to be written

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 603/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

writecount = 25 # Number of bytes of the string to be written

ret_values = write(handle, buffer, writecount) # Writes data to the file
if ret_values[0] == -1 then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
close(handle) # Closes the file handle
return;
end
readcount = tell(handle) # Gets the current position of the file pointer
offset = 0 # Value to move the file pointer
origin = SEEK_SET # Specifies the position (SEEK_SET: beginning of the file)
lseek(handle, offset, origin) # Moves the file pointer
ret_values = read(handle, readcount) # Reads data from the file
if ret_values[0] == -1 then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
end
close(handle) # Closes the file handle

15.19 Reading data from a file

[Function]
read
[Syntax with arguments]
read(handle, count)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (535) Arguments of the read function

Name Type Description
handle Numerical value Handle of the file from which data is to be read
count Numerical value Number of bytes of data to be read
[Return value]
For this function, the return value is an array of 4 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (536) Value stored in the return value of the read function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Execution result
value 0
Normal termination
-1
Function failed
2nd element Numerical Detailed error (valid only when the 1st element is -1)
value - When using a standard monitor:
EBADF
The specified file handle is invalid.
- When using iHMI:
6: Invalid handle
*For detailed error numbers other than those listed above, see the error code list
for WindowsAPI.
3rd element String Read data

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 604/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Element Type Description

4th element Numerical Number of bytes of data actually read (valid only when the 1st element is 0)
value
[Description]
Reads data of the specified file.
[Example]
Refer to [Example] under "Opening a file (open)."

15.20 Deleting a directory

[Function]
rmdir
[Syntax with arguments]
rmdir(dirname)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (537) Arguments of the rmdir function

Name Type Description
dirname String Path to the directory to be deleted
The maximum number of characters is as follows.
When using iHMI:
Up to 247 characters can be used.
When using a standard monitor:
For file path restrictions, refer to "C Language Executor PROGRAMMIG
MANUAL (B-63943EN-3)."
When using a device with integrated structure, you cannot include a
subdirectory in the path. For details, refer to "Section 5.8.6 Specification of a
memory card in your PC" in "C Language Executor PROGRAMMIG MANUAL
(B-63943EN-3)."
[Return value]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (538) Value stored in the return value of the rmdir function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Execution result
value 0
Normal termination
-1
Function failed

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 605/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Element Type Description

2nd element Numerical Detailed error (valid only when the 1st element is -1)
value - When using a standard monitor:
ENOTEMPTY
The directory in the specified path is not empty, or the directory is the
current working directory or the root directory.
ENOENT
The specified dirname is incorrect.
- When using iHMI:
3: The specified path does not exist
32: The process cannot access the file It is being used by another process.
145: The directory is not empty
*For detailed error numbers other than those listed above, see the error code list
for WindowsAPI.
[Description]
Deletes the directory in the specified path. If data is contained in the specified directory, this function
results in an error.
[Example]
To delete "OldDirectory" under the path "D://ExampleFP/prg/":

dirname = "D:¥¥ExampleFP¥¥prg¥¥OldDirectory" # Path to the directory to be deleted

ret_values = rmdir(dirname) # Deletes the directory
if ret_values[0] == -1 then
MsgBoxShow("ERROR", 0)
end

15.21 Acquiring the current position of the file pointer

[Function]
tell
[Syntax with arguments]
tell(handle)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (539) Arguments of the tell function

Name Type Description
handle Numerical value File handle
[Return value]
For this function, the return value is an array of 2 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (540) Value stored in the return value of the tell function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Execution result
value Current position of the file pointer
Normal termination
-1
Function failed

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 606/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Element Type Description

2nd element Numerical Detailed error (valid only when the 1st element is -1)
value - When using a standard monitor:
EBADF
The specified file handle is invalid.
- When using iHMI:
6: Invalid handle
*For detailed error numbers other than those listed above, see the error code list
for WindowsAPI.
[Description]
Gets the current position of the file pointer for the specified file.
[Example]
Refer to [Example] under "Opening a file (open)."

15.22 Writing data to a file

[Function]
write
[Syntax with arguments]
write(handle, buffer, count)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (541) Arguments of the write function

Name Type Description
handle Numerical value File handle
buffer String Data to be written
count Numerical value Number of bytes of data to be written
[Return value]
For this function, the return value is an array of 3 elements.
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (542) Value stored in the return value of the write function
Element Type Description
1st element Numerical Execution result
value 0
Normal termination
-1
Function failed
2nd element Numerical Detailed error (valid only when the 1st element is -1)
value - When using a standard monitor:
EBADF
The specified file handle is invalid.
ENOSPC
There is not enough empty space for the specified number of bytes.
EINVAL
The specified buffer or count is invalid.
- When using iHMI:
6: Invalid handle
*For detailed error numbers other than those listed above, see the error code list
for WindowsAPI.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 607/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Element Type Description

3rd element Numerical Number of bytes of data actually written (valid only when the 1st element is 0)
value
[Description]
Writes data for the specified number of bytes to the specified file.
※ When sending a Russian character string, specify the number of characters to be sent in "count" of the
argument.

[Example]
Refer to [Example] under "Opening a file (open)."

[List of iHMI operation library function reference]

16.1 Display iHMI common status

[Function]
StatusDisplay
[Syntax with arguments]
StatusDisplay(type)
[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (543) Arguments of the StatusDisplay function

Name Type Description
type Numerical value Display format setting
0: Displays only the iHMI common status bar
1: Displays the iHMI common status bar and information center display soft key
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (544) Return value of the StatusDisplay function

Type Description
Numerical Return value of the function
value 0: Normal termination
1: Type value is invalid
2: Already displaying the iHMI common status
[Description]
By executing this function, the iHMI common status is displayed on the FANUC PICTURE screen.
The display positions / sizes of the iHMI common status and information center display soft key are as
shown below.

Table 5.3 (545) Display position / size of the iHMI common status
Custom screen size width Display position(dot) Size(dot)
(dot) [Upper-left x coordinate],[Upper-left [width],[height]
y coordinate]
800 or less 4,0 792,32
801 or more and 1024 or less 4,0 932,52
1025 or more 4,0 1188,52

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 608/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Table 5.3 (546) Display position / size of the information center display soft key
Custom screen size width Display position(dot) Size(dot)
(dot) [Upper-left x coordinate],[Upper-left [width],[height]
y coordinate]
800 or less Not displayed Not displayed
801 or more and 1024 or less 952,22 52,52
1025 or more 1210,29 52,52

This function can be used on the following conditions.

・ Available in FANUC PICTURE edition 09.1 or later.
・ Only support in iHMI mode. An error occurs when executed in standard display unit mode.
・ Only support in Ruby Script and action function. Not support in FP Script.

NOTE
1 The iHMI common status and information center display soft key that displayed by this function cannot be hidden
after display.
2 When the display width of the custom screen is smaller than the display size of the iHMI common status by the
“Any position and size screen display function”, iHMI common status is not displayed beyond the width of custom
screen.
3 In a 10.4 inch display unit, even if this function is executed by specifying the argument for displaying the
information center display soft key is specified (type = 1), the information center display soft key is not displayed.
4 When this function is executed with specifying the argument for displaying the information center display soft key is
specified (type = 1), even if [VF1 / VFR1] is set as the shortcut key of the control, the shortcut key does not work.
5 A pop-up screen cannot be displayed on the iHMI common status. The iHMI common status is always displayed
on the front.
6 If this function is used with the Floating Display Function, the screen is hidden when this function is executed.
After that, if you switch to another application screen, it will be displayed correctly.

16.2 Lock / Unlock the screen switch

[Function]
ScreenLock
[Syntax with arguments]
ScreenLock (lock)
[Argument]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (547) Arguments of the ScreenLock function

Name Type Description
lock Numerival value Specify whether lock / unlock the screen switch.
0：unlock
Not 0：lock
[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.
Table 5.3 (548) Return value of the ScreenLock function
Type Description
Numerical Return value of the function
value 1：Normal termination
0：Cannot be executed
iHMI has not been started.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 609/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Type Description
Re-execute after iHMI has started.
[Description]
Lock / Unlock switching to iHMI home screen or the other iHMI application screen.
This function can be used on the following conditions.
・ Available in FANUC PICTURE edition 09.1 or later.
・ Only support in iHMI mode. An error occurs when executed in standard display unit mode.
・ Only support in Ruby Script and action function. Not support in FP Script.

NOTE
1. Application switching / termination by Windows Task Manager cannot be locked by this function.
Locking screen switching by this function is valid only in the following cases.
 Switching to iHMI home screen by Home key
 Switching from the iHMI home screen to another iHMI application screen by the icon.
 Switching another iHMI application screen by ExecuteApp function.

16.3 Execute the iHMI application

[Function]
ExecuteApp

[Syntax with arguments]

ExecuteApp(appname, subject)

[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (549) Arguments of the ExecuteApp function

Name Type Description
appname String Specify the application name, which is set in apps-general.xml
subject String Specify the value of subject tag of iHMI application of above
Appname.
About subject tag, refer to "FANUC iHMI SETUP
MANUAL(B-64647EN) 2.2 CONFIGURATION FILES THAT
AFFECT THE ENTIRE iHMI"

[Return Value]
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 5.3 (550) Return value of the ExecuteApp function

Type Description
Numerical value Return value of the function
1：Normal termination
0：Cannot be executed
iHMI has not been started, or the screen switch has been
locked.
Re-execute after iHMI has started, or the screen switch has been
unlocked.

[Description]

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 610/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Executes the iHMI application that specified to appname.

This function can be used on the following conditions.
 Available in FANUC PICTURE edition 09.1 or later.
 Only support in iHMI mode. An error occurs when executed in standard display unit mode.
 Only support in Ruby Script. Not support in FP Script and action function.

[Example]
When executes MAINTENANCE DISPLAY "SDF" with specifying the "Current position (overall)
screen".
ExecuteApp("SDF","0x0300")

When executes NC OPERATION without specifying the screen.

ExecuteApp("CNCOPERA ","")

5.4 TIMER-ACTIVATED OPERATOR FUNCTION ERROR

VARIABLE
If an error occurs in a script called from the timer process of the FP driver, the execution status is set in the
timer-activated operator function error variable. The function numbers set in ERROR_FPFUNC_NO of the
timer-activated operator function error variable are as follows. For information on the timer-activated operator
function error variable, refer to "Section 2.2.16 FP script function" of the "FANUC PICTURE OPERATOR'S
MANUAL (B-66284EN)."

Table 5.4 (a) Function number list

Function name Function number
cnc_rddynamic 200
cnc_wrrelpos 201
cnc_exaxisname2 202
cnc_rdaxisdata 203
cnc_rd5axmandt 205
cnc_rd5axovrlap 206
cnc_clr5axpls 207
cnc_vrfstart 208
cnc_verify 209
cnc_vrfend 210
cnc_seqsrch 211
cnc_rdpdf_drive 212
cnc_rdpdf_inf 213
cnc_rdpdf_curdir 214
cnc_wrpdf_curdir 215
cnc_rdpdf_subdir 216
cnc_rdpdf_alldir 217
cnc_pdf_add 218
cnc_pdf_del 219
cnc_pdf_rename 220
cnc_pdf_slctmain 221
cnc_wrpdf_attr 222
cnc_rdpdf_subdirn 223
cnc_pdf_rdmain 224
cnc_dwnstart4 225

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 611/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

cnc_download4 226
cnc_dwnend4 227
cnc_upstart4 228
cnc_upload4 229
cnc_upend4 230
cnc_exeprgname 231
cnc_exeprgname2 232
cnc_wrmdiprog 233
cnc_rdmdipntr 234
cnc_wrmdipntr 235
cnc_rdpdf_line 236
cnc_wrpdf_line 237
cnc_pdf_delline 238
cnc_pdf_rdactpt 239
cnc_pdf_wractpt 240
cnc_saveprog_start 241
cnc_saveprog_end 242
cnc_rdparar 243
cnc_wrparas 244
cnc_rdwkcdshft 245
cnc_wrwkcdshft 246
cnc_rdpitchinfo 247
cnc_rdmacroinfo 248
cnc_rdparanum 249
cnc_rdsetnum 250
cnc_rdtofsinfo2 251
cnc_rdtoolrng 252
cnc_wrcountr 253
cnc_rdusegrpid 255
cnc_rdmaxgrp 256
cnc_rdmaxtool 257
cnc_rdusetlno 258
cnc_rd1tlifedat2 259
cnc_rd2tlifedata 260
cnc_wr1tlifedat2 261
cnc_wr2tlifedata 262
cnc_wrgrpinfo 263
cnc_wrgrpinfo2 264
cnc_wrgrpinfo3 265
cnc_deltlifegrp 266
cnc_regtool_f2 267
cnc_wrtool_f2 268
cnc_regmagazine 269
cnc_delmagazine 270
cnc_rdmagazine 271
cnc_wrmagazine 272
cnc_wrtoolgeom_tlm 273
cnc_rdtoolgeom_tlm 274
cnc_rdtlgeomsize_ext 275
cnc_wrtlgeomsize_ext 276
cnc_rdmag_property 277
cnc_wrmag_property 278

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 612/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

cnc_delmag_property 279
cnc_rdpot_property 280
cnc_wrpot_property 281
cnc_delpot_property 282
cnc_tool_move 287
cnc_btlfpotsrh 290
cnc_stopophis 294
cnc_startophis 295
cnc_rdophisno 296
cnc_clearophis 297
cnc_rdalmhisno 298
cnc_rdalmhisno3 299
cnc_rdomhisno 300
cnc_rddsfile 301
cnc_rddsdir 302
cnc_dschdir 303
cnc_dsmkdir 304
cnc_dsrmdir 305
cnc_dsremove 306
cnc_rddsdevinfo 307
cnc_dsrename 308
cnc_dscopyfile 309
cnc_getfigure 310
cnc_rdsyssoft3 311
cnc_rddiaginfo 312
cnc_rddiagnum 313
cnc_rdsyshard 314
cnc_sysinfo_ex 315
cnc_rdalmmsg 316
cnc_getdtailerr 317
cnc_statinfo2 318
cnc_rdope_lvl 320
cnc_prot_pswinp 321
cnc_prot_pswcan 322
cnc_rdprt_lvl 325
cnc_wrprt_lvl 326
cnc_rdprt_data 327
cnc_rdcncid 354
cnc_file_cpmv_start 363
cnc_file_cpmv_poll 364
cnc_file_cpmv_end 365
cnc_file_cpmv_restart 366
pmc_rdpmcrng 367
pmc_wrpmcrng 368
pmc_get_current_pmc_unit 369
pmc_get_number_of_pmc 370
pmc_get_pmc_unit_types 371
pmc_rdkpm 372
pmc_wrkpm 373
pmc_kpmsiz 374
pmc_rdpmcinfo 375
pmc_rdprmstart 376

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 613/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

pmc_rdpmcparam 377
pmc_rdprmend 378
pmc_wrprmstart 379
pmc_wrpmcparam 380
pmc_wrprmend 381
pmc_getdtailerr 382
aux_file_mount 384
aux_file_unmount 385
aux_file_memcinfo 386
aux_file_usbinfo 387
_dos_findfirst32 388
_dos_findnext32 389
rs_open 390
rs_close 391
rs_putc 392
rs_getc 393
rs_write 394
rs_read 395
rs_buffer 396
rs_status 397
rs_wait 398
aux_from_open 399
aux_from_close 400
aux_from_select 401
aux_from_moveptr 402
aux_from_read 403
aux_from_getdir 404
aux_from_getinfo 405
aux_from_getc 406
aux_from_gets 407
eth_putopen 408
eth_put 409
eth_putclose 410
eth_getopen 411
eth_get 412
eth_getclose 413
eth_open_ftp 414
eth_put_ftp 415
eth_get_ftp 416
eth_close_ftp 417
eth_rdparam 418
eth_wrparam 419
eth_rddsmode 422
eth_wrdsmode 423
eth_rdhost 424
eth_wrhost 425
eth_comopen 426
eth_comclose 427
eth_comsend 428
eth_comrecv 429
eth_comstatus 430
remove 431

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 614/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

rename 432
tmpnam 433
rand 434
srand 435
mktime 436
time 437
asctime 438
ctime 439
gmtime 440
localtime 441
difftime 442
_dos_findfirst 443
_dos_findnext 444
findfirstfile 445
findnextfile 446
findclose 447
_dos_getdiskfree 448
getdiskfree 449
_chdrive 450
_getdrive 451
chdir 452
getcwd 453
cabs 454
hypot 455
close 456
creat 457
lseek 458
mkdir 459
open 460
read 461
rmdir 462
tell 463
write 464
cnc_mcdp_create 465
cnc_mcdp_mount 466
cnc_mcdp_unmount 467
cnc_mcdp_mountchk 468
cnc_rdalmhistry4 469
cnc_rdomhistry2 470
eth_put_ftp2 471
eth_get_ftp2 472
cnc_rdsrvspeed 473
cnc_rdsrvtsa 474
cnc_rdsrvtcmd 475
cnc_diagnosr 476

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 615/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

5.5 RESTRICTIONS

1 If an FP function error occurs in the event script or the control script of the FP driver, normally a dialog
box as shown below appears to show the error content.

Fig. 5.5 (a) Error Dialog Box

2 The dialog box will not appear for library functions can be used from Ruby script. To handle the error, use
the return value of the API.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 616/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

6 ASYNCHRONOUS EXECUTION OF RUBY

SCRIPT

Ruby scripts are normally executed during FP control processing (drawing, action, etc.), timer processing, and
event processing such as screen transitions. Therefore, if there is a Ruby script that takes time to process, other
processing may be stopped during that time.
By using this function, Ruby script can be executed as another process, and Ruby script can be executed without
stopping other processes.

ruby script processing can be executed as a separate process by using this function. This enables asynchronous
execution of various control processing (drawing, action, etc.), timer processing, and event processing such as
screen transitions, without having to stop the process until the Ruby script ends.

The following two functions are added.

- A function that allows asynchronous Ruby script execution from a control action (scriptasync)
- A function for registering the handler, which makes the asynchronous Ruby script execution request from
the timer or screen transition event (set_handlerasync)

6.1 FUNCTIONS USED FOR ASYNCHRONOUS EXECUTION

By using the following two functions, Ruby script can be executed asynchronously.
- A function that allows asynchronous Ruby script execution from a control action (scriptasync)
- A function for registering the handler, which makes the asynchronous Ruby script execution request from
the timer or screen transition event (set_handlerasync)
In a Ruby script to be executed asynchronously, the following functions need to be periodically called.(During
this sleep processing, other processing such as processing of FP control is executed, so it can be executed
without stopping other processing.)
- Task Stop Function (sleep)

NOTE
FP functions and library functions that cannot be used in timer-activated scripts can
not be used in asynchronous Ruby scripts. Additionally, to use a script as an
asynchronous Ruby script, the attribute must be set to "T" in the Script List screen
like a timer script. Refer to Script List for how to change the attribute.
6.1.1 Ruby Script Asynchronous Execution Function (scriptasync)

It is a function (scriptasync) that allows asynchronous Ruby script execution from FP control action.

This function is used to execute Ruby script asynchronously from the action of FP control.
Specify the Ruby script number to be executed as asynchronously as an argument.
The script execution result is returned as the return value.Even if an FP script number is specified, the FP script
is not executed.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 617/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

[Function]
scriptasync

[Syntax/with arguments]
scriptasync(sno, param1, param2, param3, param4, param5)

[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 6.1.1 (a) Argument of scriptasync function

Name Type Description
sno Numerical value Script number
param1 Numerical value Script 1st parameter (can be omitted)
param2 Numerical value Script 2nd parameter (can be omitted)
param3 Numerical value Script 3rd parameter (can be omitted)
param4 Numerical value Script 4th parameter (can be omitted)
param5 Numerical value Script 5th parameter (can be omitted)

[Return value]
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 6.1.1 (b) Value to be stored as the return value of the scriptasync function
Type Description
Numerical value Processing results
0: Normal, Other than 0: Abnormal

[Description]
Executes the script specified with the script number.

[Example]
When executing the 100th script.
scriptasync(100)

Even when there is a time-consuming process described in the 100th script, the controls can perform their
processes (drawing, action, etc.) by writing the sleep function in the script.

6.1.2 Ruby Script Asynchronous Execution Handler Registration

Function (set_handlerasync)

It is afunction for registering the handler that executes the asynchronous Ruby script from the timer or screen
transition event (set_handlerasync) has been added.

This function is used to make an asynchronous Ruby script execution request from the timer or screen transition
event.
Specify the Ruby script number to be executed as asynchronously as an argument.
Even if an FP script number is specified, the FP script is not executed.

[Function]
set_handlerasync

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 618/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

[Syntax/with arguments]
set_handlerasync(sno, type, arg1, arg2, arg3)

[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

Table 6.1.2 (a) Argument of set_handlerasync function

Name Type Description
sno Numerical value Script number
type Numerical value Process classification
arg1 Numerical value Argument 1 for each process classification
arg2 Numerical value Argument 2 for each process classification
arg3 Numerical value Argument 3 for each process classification
* For details on the arguments, refer to the chapter on set_handler.

[Return]
Details of the return values are as shown below.

Table 6.1.2 (b) Value to be stored as the return value of the set_handlerasync function
Type Description
Numerical value Processing results
0: Normal, Other than 0: Abnormal

[Description]
Specify execution of the script number specified in sno, under the conditions specified in type.

[Example]
When executing the 900th script in 1000 msec cycles.
ret = set_handlerasync(900,1,1000,0,0);

Even when there is a time-consuming process described in the 900th script, the controls can perform their
processes (drawing, action, etc.) by writing the sleep function in the script.

6.1.3 Task Stop Function (sleep)

The specifications for the sleep function are as follows. In a Ruby script to be executed asynchronously, the
following functions need to be periodically called.(During this sleep processing, other processing such as
processing of FP control is executed, so it can be executed without stopping other processing.)

Stop the task for a specified time period (msec)

[Function]
sleep

[Syntax/with arguments]
sleep(timeout)

[Arguments]
The arguments of this function are as shown below.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 619/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Table 6.1.3 (a) Argument of sleep function

Name Type Description
timeout Numerical value Wait time (msec)

[Return value]
None

[Description]
Suspends execution of the calling task for the specified amount of time.

6.2 ERROR DURING ASYNCHRONOUS EXECUTION

If an abnormality occurs in the function call from a Ruby script, a pop-up is not displayed from within the
function, but information on the abnormality is returned as the return value. When creating a Ruby script,
implement abnormality processing based on the return value of the function.
As with the error information setting performed when an abnormality occurs in the script operation for the
timer-activated operator function, error information is also set when an abnormality occurs in the Ruby script in
consideration of cases where FP scripts are converted into Ruby scripts.
* For details on error information, refer to the chapter on timer-activated operator function variables.

Table 6.2 (a) Behavior when an error occurs

No Name Action setting Script
FP Script Ruby Script
Normal Timer Normal Timer
activation activation activation, activation
asynchronous
activation
1 FP functions Display error in Display error in Set error Return error Set error
pop-up pop-up information via return value information
Exit script Return error
via return value

NOTE
1 When converting an FP script into a Ruby script, implement a process for when an
abnormality occurs in the script, as a pop-up will not be displayed when an
abnormality occurs.
2 When an abnormality occurs in a timer-activated script, script operation is not
aborted. The script is executed to the end and periodic execution continues as well.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 620/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

7 IMPROVE OF SCREEN CALL FUNCTION

You can specify the screen to call for each FANUC PICTURE screen call icon on the iHMI home screen as
follows.
・The latest base screen can be displayed.
・The base screen of the specified screen number in PMC area can be displayed.

■For displaying the latest screen

iHMI home menu FANUC PICTURE application

Call first time

Screen 1

Call third time

Screen 2

Call second time

Screen 3

Screen 4

Fig. 7 (a) Display the latest screen

■For specifying the screen to display before pressing the icon

iHMI home menu FANUC PICTURE application

Call first time

Screen 1

Screen 2
Call second time

Screen 3

PMC Before calling second time,

write the screen number of Screen 3 in Screen 4
PMC area

Fig. 7 (b) Specify the screen before press the icon

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 621/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Table 7 (a) Operation state

Operation state Description
Specify screen number in When pressing the FANUC PICTURE icon from the home menu, the custom
①
PMC screen specified in PMC area is displayed.
The base screen of the displayed custom screen is stored when back to the home
menu if the custom screen was displayed by pressing the FANUC PICTURE icon
② Store screen number from the home menu.
When pressing the FANUC PICTURE icon from the home menu, the stored
screen is displayed.
The base screen is The specified screen number in PMC or the displayed stored base screen are
③ displayed as initial state of the screen.
initialized.
The screen that is not Although the custom screen of the displayed FANUC PICTURE after pressing the
operated by pressing the icon in home menu is stored, the screen displayed without pressing the icon is not
④
icon in the home menu is stored.
not stored.

A B PMC
Specified
①
screen

A C A
②

③ A B B B B
Sub- Sub- Sub-
screen1 screen2 Popup
子画面 2
screen1

A C D A
④

The FANUC PICTURE screen "C" is displayed

by automatic screen switch/etc by the PMC.

Fig. 7 (c) Operation state

Target display unit

 PANEL iH / iH Pro

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 622/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

NOTE
1. This function is an additional function that is executed if the screen is specified
(ScreenNo = specified) by <subject> tag of the setting file "apps-general.xml" of the
home menu.
If ScreenNo is not specified, this function is not available.
2. When this function is used, specify “startup” attribute by <entry> tag of the setting
file "apps-general.xml" of the home menu.
If “startup” attribute is not specified, the screen can not be specified by the specified
screen function when pressing the FANUC PICTURE icon in the home menu for
the first time after starting the application manager.

■ About base screen Popup screen 2

A base screen is a main screen that uses the whole screen.
It is not a popup screen. Popup screen 1

Base screen Base screen

Popup screen 1

Popup screen 2

Fig. 7 (d) Base screen

7.1 SETTING METHOD

This function is available by changing the custom screen setting in the setting file “apps-general.xml” of the
home menu.

Table 7.1 (a) Description of subject tag

Function Format of subject value Description
Specified screen ScreenNo=(screen number) [option] The custom screen of the specified screen number is
displayed when the icon in the main menu is touched.
The [option] part can be omitted. Refer to [option] part
“Table 7.1 (b) Description of option”.
*If [option] part is not written, the screen is operated as before.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 623/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

If [option] part is specified, the following option value is set with “[”, “]” (square brackets) after the specified
screen number at ScreenNo. If the option value is set, it is delimited by “,” (comma).

Table 7.1 (b) Description of the option

Function Option value Description
Specified screen PMC area(2 bytes) Specify the first address in PMC area for storing the screen number.
number Example) 1:R12345 The screen number uses 2 bytes.
PMC Refer to *1 about the setting method of PMC area.
Group number of X Use this function to store the screen number of the latest base screen.
Screen number Example) 1 The group number is specified to X.
memory The specifiable group number is 0 to 99.
*1 The PMC area is specified in (A)"PMC path", (B)"kind of PMC address", (C)"PMC address" order.
format： A：BC
Between A and B is delimited by “:”. (colon-delimited)
The specification of PMC path is omittable. “A：” is unnecessary when
omitted.
PMC path is the PMC first path when omitted.
The PMC Address type that is discribed in chapter 3 "FP function" section 2.2 "PMC read (1/2/4 bytes)"
of the operator's manual (B-66284) is available in PMC area.

NOTE
1. Do not insert any space before “[“, “]” (square brackets) if option is specified.
2. A space can not be used inside of “[“, “]” (square brackets) if option is specified.
3. Using only comma is not available if option is not specified. Do not write [option]
part if option is not specified.
4. Set the comma in “[”, “]” (square brackets) to determine 2 items even if one of them
is not use.
5. The screen number is not stored if the group number is not specified to the "Group
number of Screen number memory".
6. The specified screen in the ScreenNo is displayed if a specified character string for
option is incorrect.
7. Subject tag has a limit of 63 characters. The application name could be limited to 27
characters if option is specified. Omit unnecessary characters for the specified
characters in PMC.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 624/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Table 7.1 (c) Pattern of option setting

Screen number Screen number Setting method and Example
Specified PMC memory
Group number
Display the base screen specified in PMC when pressing the home menu icon.
○ －
Example) [E98,], [2:D56,]
Display the latest base screen.
－ ○
Example) [,1], [,40]
Display the base screen specified in PMC when pressing the home menu icon, or
○ ○ the latest base screen.
Example) [3:D89,11]

Example)
<entry option="waitregister">
<name>AppFP</name>
<category>Planning</category>
<caption>
<en>OFFSET SCREEN</en>
</caption>
~~ Omitted ~~
<subject>App ScreenNo=5100[1:R12345,1]</subject>
→Display a main screen of screen number 5100
→Display a screen of the specified screen number at R12345 if R12345 value of the first PMC is
not ZERO.
→Display a screen of the latest screen number if R12345 value of the first PMC is ZERO.
</entry>
<entry option="waitregister ">
<name>AppFP</name>
<category>Machining</category>
<caption>
<en> operator’s panel screen </en>
</caption>
<subject>Overlay=CNCOPERA104 ScreenNo=1100[2:D23456,]</subject>
→Display overlapped with the 15 inches main screen of the screen number 1100 and the 10.4
inches CNC operator’s panel screen
→Display a screen of the specified screen number at D23456 if D23456 value of the second PMC
is not ZERO.
→Display a screen of the specified screen number in ScreenNo if D23456 value of the second
PMC is ZERO.
</entry>
<entry option="waitregister,startup,nomenu">
<name> CNCOPERA104</name> The CNC operator’s panel
<category>Machining</category> screen setting that is used
<caption> for overlapping display.
<en> NC operation</en>
</caption>
<parameters>--screen-size 104</parameters>
</entry>

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 625/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

7.1.1 Group number of screen number memory

The Group number is available to set to each icon in the home menu.
The latest base screen is stored on each group number.

Example) The following group setting is available.

Group number: 1

Group number: 2

Group number: 3

Fig. 7.1.1 (a) Example of group number

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 626/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

7.2 HOW TO USE

This function is available by changing the custom screen setting in the setting file “apps-general.xml” in home
screen.

7.2.1 Memory of screen number

This function is to display the base screen displayed before going back to the home menu when the FANUC
PICTURE icon in the home menu is pressed.
This function is valid if the group of screen number memory is specified in the setting file “apps-general.xml” in
the home menu.
The screen number of the base screen is stored on each group number

Group number 1

Group number 2

Base screen A Base screen B

Base screen C Base screen D

Base screen B
Although the FANUC PICTURE is displayed by
the different icon, the latest base screen is
displayed because of the same group number.

Fig. 7.2.1 (a) Example of group number of screen number memory

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 627/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

7.2.2 Specification of screen number

This function is used to display the screen of the specified screen number in PMC when the FANUC PICTURE
icon is pressed in the home menu. The specification of screen number is valid when the PMC area is specified in
the specification screen number in the setting file “apps-general.xml” of the home menu. A screen of the read
screen number is displayed after the PMC area of the specified screen number is read when the FANUC
PICTURE icon in the home menu is pressed

Base screen A Base screen B

When the FANUC PICTURE screen is switched from the home

menu, the PMC area is read.

Fig. 7.2.2 (a) Timing of reading the PMC area for the specified screen number

Base screen A Not change

The screen is not switched during displaying the custom

screen even if the specified screen number is changed.

Fig. 7.2.2 (b) Specifying screen number during displaying the custom screen

NOTE
The FANUC PICTURE is not switched during displaying the custom screen of the
FANUC PICTURE even if the screen number that is different from the displaying base
screen is written to the PMC area of the specified screen number.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 628/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

7.3 NOTES

When using this function, the operations that need attention are described as follows.
Pay attention to the notes, when the screen is designed.

NOTE
1. The popup screen is closed if the screen call in this function is executed when
going back to the home menu during displaying the popup screen. For details, refer
to subsection 7.3.1 "Displaying popup screen”.
2. The screen call in this function is not executed during displaying the following
screens.
① Pop-up ten-key
② Error dialog box
③ Debug window of FP script
④ Signal display screen
⑤ Combo box
1. For details, refer to subsection 7.3.1 “Displaying popup screen”.
3. When the screen is switched by this function, the state of the sub screen is returned
to the state specified by the screen structure definition. For details, refer to
subsection 7.3.2 “Sub-screen and focus state”.
4. The screen number is not stored if the custom screen is switched except the
operation of the FANUC PICTURE icon in home menu. For details, refer to
subsection 7.3.3 “Memory period of screen number”.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 629/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

7.3.1 Displaying popup screen

■ The displaying popup screen is closed, and the latest base screen is displayed.
The latest base screen is stored.
When the home menu icon is pressed, the latest base screen is displayed after the displaying popup screen is
closed.
Base screen A Base screen B Base screen B

Popup A

(Back to the home menu)

Base screen B
ベース画面 C
Popup screen is
closed.

Fig. 7.3.1 (a) Close displaying popup screen

■ The latest screen is not displayed when switching to the home menu or the NC screen during displaying a
specific screen.
The screen call in this function is not executed when switching to other screen from the custom screen during
displaying the following screen.
Pop-up ten-key, error dialog box, debug window of FP script, Signal display screen, combo box
The specified screen is not changed even if the icon is pressed during displaying the above screen. If the above
screen is closed, the screen is changed to the specified screen.

Base screen A Base screen B Base screen B

Popup A

The pop-up ten-key is operated

state on popup A.

(Back to the home menu)

Base screen B Base screen B

ベース画面 C
The Popup A is also closed, and
Popup A the base screen B is displayed.

The pop-up ten-key operation

is ended.
Fig. 7.3.1 (b) Specific screen is not closed

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 630/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

7.3.2 Sub-screen and focus state

The sub-screen on the base screen is displayed as initialized sub-screen that is specified by the screen structure
definition in Screen Structure Definition Control unless “Save SubScreen n” is used, if the base screen is
displayed by pressing the FANUC PICTURE icon of the home menu with using the specified PMC of screen
number or the screen number memory.
The focused control before going back to the home menu is also displayed as unfocused if the base screen is
displayed by pressing the FANUC PICTURE icon in the home menu.

Base screen A Base screen B Base screen B

Sub-screen Sub-screen
A B
The sub-screen B is switched
by using the sub-screen switch
function.

(Back to the home menu)

Base screen B

Sub-screen is initial
Sub-screen
state.
A

Fig. 7.3.2 (a) Initialized sub-screen

7.3.3 Memory period of screen number

The memory period of the screen number is from pressing the FANUC PICTURE icon in the home menu to
going back to the home menu. The screen number is not stored if the custom screen is switched except the
operation of the FANUC PICTURE icon in the home menu.
Example) The screen number is not stored if the screen is switched automatically by the PMC signal during
displyaing the home menu.

Icon operation Switching screen by the PMC signal Icon operation

Screen Screen Screen Screen Screen

A B C D B

Memory period. Memory period.

Fig.7.3.3 (a) Memory period of the screen number

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 631/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

■ The screen call used by the PMC signal during displaying the home menu
The custom screen is not stored until going back to the home menu if the screen is called by the PMC signal
during displaying the home menu. The custom screen displayed by the operation of the home menu icon is
stored.
Base screen A Base screen B

(Back to the home menu)

Base screen C Base screen D

The base screen C is called

by the PMC signal.

(Back to the home menu)

Base screen B
The latest custom screen is displayed afrer
pressing the home menu icon.

Fig. 7.3.3 (b) Screen switch and screen number memory by the PMC signal (1)

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 632/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

■ Screen call by PMC signal after the home menu icon operation
The screen number is stored if the screen call is executed by PMC signal during displaying the custom screen by
the home menu icon operation.

Base screen A Base screen B Base screen C

The base screen C is called

by the PMC signal.

(Back to the home menu)

Base screen C
The latest custom screen is displayed after the
home menu icon is pressed.

Fig. 7.3.3 (c) Screen switch and screen number memory by the PMC signal (2)

Base screen A Base screen C Base screen D

The base screen C is called

by the PMC signal.

(Back to the home menu)

Base screen D

Stored even after switching by the PMC

signal.

Fig. 7.3.3 (d) Screen switch and screen number memory by the PMC signal (3)

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 633/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

8 COMBINED APPLICATION IN STANDARD

DISPLAY UNIT

For the basic creation procedure about combined application, refer to the "Operation Manual (B-66284) ".
This chapter explains the changes in FANUC PICTURE edition 8.0 or later.

NOTE
As For how to deal with the error that occurred when building combined
application, refer to the "C Language Executor Programming Manual
(B-63943JA-3) Additional Information on C Compiler Installation".

8.1 CONSTRUCTION METHOD OF THE DEVELOPMENT

ENVIRONMENT

8.1.1 The corresponding C executor library

The following C executor are required to create combined application in FANUC PICTURE edition 8.0 or later.

FANUC Series 30i/31i/32i/35i -MODEL B, 0i-MODEL F：

GZ0I-08.0 or later.( Contained in CNC application development environment edition 02.0 or later.)

Power Motion i -MODEL A ：

889J-02.0 or later.( Contained in CNC application development environment edition 02.1 or later.)

NOTE
If you can not prepare the above C executor, please use FANUC PICTURE earlier than 8.0.

To use the following library functions that can be called from a Ruby script, the following C language executor
library is required.
Function name Target
cnc_mcdp_create
Target CNC: FANUC Series 30i/31i/32i -MODEL B, 0i-MODEL F
cnc_mcdp_mount
Target version: GZ0I-09.2 or later
cnc_mcdp_unmount
( Contained in CNC application development environment edition 02.3 or later )
cnc_mcdp_mountchk

8.1.2 Diab compiler version

The combined application can be created with WindRiver's Diab C / C ++ Power-PC compiler.
When creating a combined application with FANUC PICTURE 8.0 or later, please use one of the following
versions of the Diab compiler that has been passed the operation verification.
25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 634/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

FANUC Series 30i/31i/32i/35i -MODEL B, 0i-MODEL F：

WindRiver's Diab C / C ++ Power-PC compiler Version 5.9.0, Version 5.9.4, Version 5.9.6

FANUC Power Motion i -MODEL A：

WindRiver's Diab C / C ++ Power-PC compiler Version 5.9.0, Version 5.9.6

8.1.3 Merge of FANUC PICTURE providing file

The combined application can be created with WindRiver's Diab C / C ++ Power-PC compiler. For the sample
on CD, we set up the compilation environment and check the operation for the following compiler.

8.1.3.1 When creating a new environment

The procedure is as follows.

1. First, install the C language executor development environment. For the procedure, refer to the manual of
the C language executor.

2. Copy the FPLib folder of the FP library and the UserSample folder on CD to the C language executor
development folder (same level as LIB, INC, and TOOL).

Copy source：
Series 30i /31i /32i /35i, Series 0i -F
・FP¥FPLink30¥FPLib
・FP¥FPLink30¥UserSample
Power Motioni -A
・FP¥FPLinkPMiA¥FPLib
・FP¥FPLinkPMiA¥UserSample

3. Copy the file in Tool folder on the CD to the Tool folder in the the C language executor development
folder.

Copy source：
Series 30i /31i /32i /35i, Series 0i -F
・FP¥FPLink30¥TOOL
Power Motioni -A
・FP¥FPLinkPMiA¥TOOL
File name：
・ STEP1.LNK
・ STEP1_adr.LNK
・ STEP1_exp.LNK
・ STEP2.LNK
・ STEP2_adr.LNK
・ STEP2_exp.LNK
・ CHK_LEN1.AWK
・ CHK_LEN2.AWK
・ LD.OPT

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 635/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

4. Open the MakeFile(CEXE.MAK) with a text editor and select COMP_TYPE corresponding to the version
of Diab compiler in the following item.
~~Omitted~~
# Please select the compiler version type to be used for the build in the
# following "COMP_TYPE".

COMP_TYPE = 1 # Ver.5.9.0
#COMP_TYPE = 2 # Ver.5.9.4.0 / Ver.5.9.6

If your Diab compiler is version 5.9.6.3 or later, perform procedure 5 below.

5. Open the LD.OPT that is copied to Tool folder with a text editor and add
“(WindRiver installation folder) ¥ compilers ¥ (diab-X.X.X.X) ¥ PPCEH ¥ libmdinkum.a”.
*Please set the contents of the parentheses by the installation destination of the Diab compiler and the
version of the compiler.

Example) When you installed WindRiver Diab Compiler Version 5.9.6.4 in C drive
-tPPC603EH:cross
-m2
-lc
-Xlibc-new
C:¥WindRiver¥compilers¥diab-5.9.6.4¥PPCEH¥libmdinkum.a

8.1.3.2 When updating from an environment created in earlier than 8.0

The procedure is as follows.

1. Overwrite copy the following folders on the CD to combined application development environment( the C
language executor development folder).

Copy source：
[FP¥FPLink30¥FPLib]（Series 30i /31i /32i /35i, Series 0i -F）
[FP¥FPLinkPMiA¥FPLib]（Power Motioni -A）

2. Copy the Tool folder on CD to the Tool folder in combined application development environment.
Refer to procedure 3 in Section 8.1.3.1 for more information.

3. Add a call for script processing and termination processing to the file in UserSample folder.
(underlined in bold)

BACK1.C
~~ Omitted ~~

extern void Fanuc_Alarm_Task_Init(void); //FS30I

extern void Fanuc_Alarm_Task_Main(void); //FS30I
extern void Fanuc_Alarm_Task_Script(void);
extern void FP_ScanInput(void);

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 636/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

extern void Fanuc_Alarm_Task_Finish(void);

~~ Omitted ~~

void main() {
Fanuc_Alarm_Task_Init(); // Initialize proc. for FANUC PICTURE
for (;;) {

~~ Omitted ~~

}
Fanuc_Alarm_Task_Finish();
}

BACK2.C
~~ Omitted ~~

extern void Fanuc_Communication_Task_Init(void);

extern void Fanuc_Communication_Task_Main(void);
extern void Fanuc_Communication_Task_Finish(void);

void fp_system_error(int, char *);

#ifdef FS30I
extern void Fanuc_Task2_Script(void);
#endif

~~ Omitted ~~

void main() {
Fanuc_Communication_Task_Init(); // Initialize proc. for FANUC PICTURE
for (;;) {
Fanuc_Communication_Task_Main(); // Communication moniter proc. for FANUC PICTURE
#ifdef FS30I
Fanuc_Task2_Script(); // Script proc. for TASK2
#endif
os_wait_tim(10L); // Sleeping
}
Fanuc_Communication_Task_Finish();
}

4. Open the MakeFile(CEXE.MAK) with a text editor and merge it with the sample file contents on
CD(UserSample¥CEXE.MAK) of FANUC PICTURE 8.0 or later. Add the following A file (underlined in
bold) to the task definition block.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Task definition block. Modify here for your application.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TASK1 = USERFUNC.O USERMAIN.O HELPERMN.O ..¥FPLIB¥FPSCRPTLIB.A ..¥FPLIB¥FPJPEGLIB.A

..¥FPLIB¥FPMAINLIB.A ..¥FPLIB¥FPZLIB.A . ..¥FPLIB¥libmruby.a
TASK2 = BACK2.O HELPERCM.O ..¥FPLIB¥FPSCRPTLIB.A ..¥FPLIB¥FPCOMLIB.A ..¥FPLIB¥FPZLIB.A
..¥FPLIB¥libmruby.a
TASK3 = BACK1.O HELPERAL.O ..¥FPLIB¥FPSCRPTLIB.A ..¥FPLIB¥FPSUBLIB.A ..¥FPLIB¥libmruby.a

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 637/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

In FANUC Power Motion i -MODEL A, perform procedure 5 below.

5. Change the MEM setting definition block in MakeFile(CEXE.MAK) as follows (underlined in bold).
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# MEM setting definition block.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------

~~Omitted~~

# Please specify the version of "C Executor" used in MTB.

# Remove the leading comment mark (#) of the selected C Executor library variable.

CEXLIBED = 200 # 889J-02.0(or later) - 889J-xx.x edition.

6. Change the environment variable in MakeFile(CEXE.MAK) as follows (underlined in bold).

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Environmental variables for FANUC PICTURE
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
~~Omitted~~

!IF "$(FCINC)" == ""

#FCINC = ..¥inc
!ENDIF
FCINC = ..¥inc

If your Diab compiler is version 5.9.4 or later, perform procedure 7 below.

7. Change cc.opt of the environment variable in MakeFile(CEXE.MAK) to cc2.opt.

~~Omitted~~

!IF "$(PMCMEM_D)" == "ON"

CC = dcc -@$(TOOL)¥cc2.opt -I $(FCINC) $(FPCCOPT) $(FPAXIS) -D PMCMEMD
!ELSE
CC = dcc -@$(TOOL)¥cc2.opt -I $(FCINC) $(FPCCOPT) $(FPAXIS)
!ENDIF

If your Diab compiler is version 5.9.6.3 or later, perform procedure 8 below.

8. Open the LD.OPT that is copied to Tool folder with a text editor and add
“(WindRiver installation folder) ¥ compilers ¥ (diab-X.X.X.X) ¥ PPCEH ¥ libmdinkum.a”.
Refer to procedure 5 in Section 8.1.3.1 for more information.
*Please set the contents of the parentheses by the installation destination of the Diab compiler and the
version of the compiler.

9. Open the project you want to use with FANUC PICTURE 8.0 or later and recreate the MEM. When you
open the project, you will be asked to convert, please convert according to the message.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 638/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

9 Expansion of the maximum number of

simultaneous executions of the FANUC
PICTURE for iHMI
The limit of the maximum number (3) of simultaneous executions FANAC PICTURE screens that can be
registered and executed in iHMI has been eliminated, and four or more FANUC PICTURE screens can be
executed simultaneously.

Fig. 9 Image of function

Target display：
 PANEL iH / iH Pro

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 639/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

9.1 Flow of making screen

The flow of making screen for the extension of the maximum number of simultaneous execution in each phase
is described as follow.

Fig. 9.1 The flow of making screen

1. Create Project
・Set project name.
* The project name is input automatically into application name in “2.Project setting” as initial value only
in the case of using half- width alphanumeric characters.

2. Project Setting (Refer to Section 9.3 “Project setting”)

- Project setting dialog is displayed automatically after creating project.
- Select “any” as the method of setting the application name, and set application name, version and DLL for
embedded of the user functions.
* Set version and DLL for embedded of the user functions if necessary.
* Project name is displayed in application name (in the case of using half- width alphanumeric
characters) as initial value. Change the application name if necessary.
* The loader and FANUC PICTURE before these changes are available to use if “fix” is selected in the
method of setting the application name,

3. Make Screen
- Make screen forms and arrange controls

4. Create MEM File(refer to Section 9.4 “Create MEM File)

- Open the Making memory card file dialog, and create memory card file.
* Detail setting and FP-Param setting are available to be set from Option button.

5. Output to card (refer to Section 9.5 Write to card)

- Open the output dialog, and set an output destination and folder name for FANUC PICTURE screen
application, then output the data to the external memory.
* Application name is displayed as Output folder name. Change the application name if necessary.

6. Load (refer to Section 9.6 load)

- Execute the installer in the external memory (installer.bat) to start the loader.
- Check the box of the application in “Load From” area which is necessary to load,
and push the ↓ button.
* Overwrite the load file if the same application name already exists.
- The “Load To” file is overwritten by inputting the password for “Load To” even if the password of the load
file in “Load From” area is different from it.
- Select application in “Load To” area, and push Delete button to delete the “Load To” application.
- Select application in “Load To” area, and push Change Password button to change he password of
the “Load To” application.

7. Startup Setting (refer to Chapter 9.7 FANUC PICTURE startup setting)

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 640/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

- Add the setting according to loaded application name to the setting file (apps_general.xml) in iHMI home
screen.

8. Execution (refer to Chapter 9.8 Execution of FANUC PICTURE)

- Start FANUC PICTURE in iHMI home screen. (simultaneous executions are available)

9. Termination(refer to Chapter 9.9 Termination of FANUC PICTURE)

- The FANUC PICTURE screens are terminated individually by using iHMI function if the lack of DRAM
memory capacity in the PANEL iH / PANEL iH Pro occurs because of executing multiple FANUC
PICTURE applications at the same time.

9.2 Specification change

Specification change by supporting this function in each phase of the flow of making screen is described as
follow.

Table 9.2 List of specification changes

Phase Item Before the change After the change Target
1.Create Name Setting - - Display warning message if project name is Editor
Project specified 2 bytes character, and OK button is
pushed.

2.Project Setting - - Add application setting tab.

Setting - Setting of any application name.
- Configurable application version.
- Setting of DLL for embedded of the user
functions.

3.Make - - -
Screen
4.Create - - Display the information used for the standard - ( Delete because it is unnecessary in iHMI mode)
MEM File display mode (PMC type, the number of enrolled
user screens, a list of form screens, display “No
use multi-language of key caption”) .

Screen Display - - Display application name and version

Temporary - Check / uncheck “Reduce the time by copying to - Always copy a project list if a project exists on the
folder temporary folder on the network project” box. network.
copy
Detail setting/ - Push Detail button and FP-Param button if Detail - Push Option button, and select [Detail setting...]
FP-Param setting or FP parameter is set. or [FP-Param setting...] if Detail setting or FP
setting parameter is set.
5. Output Screen Display - - Display application name and version.
to card
Output - Select output folder name from the combo box. - Set any output folder name.
destination (Fixed FANUC PICTURE1-3）

Target of - Output driver, screen data, and installer to - Output driver, screen data, installer, and DLL for
Output FANUC PICTURE1-3 folder. embedded of the user functions to any output
folder.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 641/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Output as - - Output as format before this change if [Fix] is

format before chosen in the application setting.
this change
6.Load Select load - Choose the “SCREEN_DATA_001-003” tab as - Choose application name as load source. Loader
source load source.

Target of load - Check the target box to load driver, screen data, - Check the target box to load driver or screen data.
data or DLL for embedded of the user functions (DLL for embedded of the user functions is loaded
with screen data.)

Name Change - - Application name is alterable.

User DLL - Specify DLL for embedded of the user functions to - (DLL for embedded of the user functions is
refer to. specified when project is set.)

Load - Push Load button in the - Push ↓ button to load.

OPERATOR_SCREEN_001-003 tab to load. *Possible to load multiple applications at the same
time if their boxes are checked.

Password - Not loadable if passwords are different between - Loadable by inputting the password if passworrds
loaded and loading applications. are different between loaded and loading
apllications.
Output folder - Load application to FANUC_PICTURE1-3folder. - Load application to any folder in root
(FANUC_PICTURE_APPS) folder.

Delete - Each application is deleted by pushing Delete - Applications are deleted by selecting loaded
button. applications and push Delete button. (Multiple
selections are available.)

Password - Password is alterable by pushing PassChange - Password is alterable by choosing a target file
Change button and inputting password. from “Load To” area, pushing PassChange
button, and inputting the password. (Multiple
selections are available.)

7.Startup Setting - A fixed application name is set to the setting file - Any application name is set to the setting file Driver
Setting (apps_general.xml) of iHMI home screen. (apps_general.xml) of iHMI home screen.

8.Executi History DB - History DB is output to the data folder. - History DB is output to the application folder.
on
Message - Message log is output to the data folder if the ・Message log is always output to the application
message log doesn’t fit in the display screen. folder.

9.Termin - -
ation

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 642/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

9.3 Project Setting

The operating method of “Project Setting” in FANUC PICTURE editor is described as follow.

9.3.1 About operating method of “Project Setting”

In [Application Setting] tab, the related information to create application is set.
[Application Name] is name for identifying application. It is used as related file name, application name when
loading, or the name displayed on iHMI home screen.
[Version] is information for managing version by application creator. Set the information if necessary.

Fig. 9.3.1(a) Setting of Project screen

Setting method of application name:

? button:
By pushing it, setting method guide of application name is displayed.

Fig. 9.3.1(b) How to application name screen

[Any]:
Choose this item to set application name freely. [Application Name],[Version], and [Use DLL for building
in the user function] are available to input if this item is chosen.
[Fix]:

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 643/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Choose this item to use the loader or application in format before this change. [Application Name],
[Version], and [Use DLL for building in the user function] are invalid if this item is chosen.

Setting:
Application Name：(compulsory if [Any] is selected)
Set application name. The initial value is inherited from project name. If the project name contains 2
bytes character, the initial value is blank.
Number of characters in input: 1-31 characters
Available characters : Half- width alphanumeric character and half- width symbols
except ¥/:*?”<>|&’.
*The following message is displayed if OK button is pushed in unfulfilled above conditions.
“Set the application name within 1-31 characters. In addition, the following characters
are not allowed to use.
¥/:*?”<>|&’ ”
*If this item is not set, OK button, Cancel button and Apply button cannot be used,
and tab cannot be changed.
*Project name is not changed even if application name is changed.

Version:
Application version can be set. The initial value is 1.0.0.0.
Number of characters in input: 0-30 characters (not compulsory）
Available characters : Any character
*The following error message is displayed if OK button is pushed in unfulfilled above
condition.
“Set the version within 30 characters.”

Use DLL for building in the user function:

Check the box and set DLL for each model if user function is used.
*The user function is copied to the load destination with application when outputting to card.

PANEL iH Pro / CNCGuide:

Set the DLL for building in the user function for PANEL iH Pro or CNC GUIDE.

PANEL iH：
Set the DLL for building in the user function for PANEL iH.

9.3.1.1 Error Message

The following chart is described about error messages when application is set.

Table 9.3.1.1 List of error messages when setting the application

Message Cause Action
Set the application name within Application name is too long Set application name with half-width
1-31 characters. In addition, the or contains illegal characters. alphanumeric character within 1-31
following characters are not characters and not use following
allowed to use. character.
¥/:*?<>|&’ ¥/:*?<>|&’
Set the version within The number of characters of Set the version within 30 characters.
30 characters. input version is too many.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 644/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

9.4 Create MEM File

The operating method of “Create MEM File” in FANUC PICTURE editor is described as follow.

9.4.1 About operating method of “Create Memory File”

Create memory card file of FANUC PICTURE screen application. (Create MEM file)
If application setting is incomplete, MEM file is not created and error message is displayed.

Fig. 9.4.1 “Making Memory Card File” dialog

Application name:
Application name set at “Project Setting” is displayed.

Version:
Version set at “Project Setting” is displayed.

Startup screen:
Choose screen to display at startup.

Save FP project to screen data:

Project data is saved in memory card file if this item is checked.
By using this function, the project data can be restored from the memory card file. However, screen data
size gets bigger.

Option button:
Detail setting…:
Setting dialog of “Automatic screen call setting”, “Screen number setting”, “Each display setting”
“Compatible display setting” “Signal display/op ratio” “Buzzer signal/Operator action signal” is
displayed.

FP-Param setting…:
FP parameter setting dialog is displayed.

OK button:
Create MEM file.

Cancel button:
25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 645/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

The dialog is closed not to create MEM file.

NOTE
You can optionally set a passward when saving the FP project to screen data with
Edition 9.7 or later. Refer to “14.15 Data Protection when restoring FP Project” for
more detail.

9.4.1.1 Error Message

The following chart is described about error messages when MEM file is created.

Table 9.4.1.1 List of error messages when creating the MEM file
Message Cause Action
Set the application name within Application name is too long or Set application name with half-
1-31 characters. In addition, the contains illegal characters. width alphanumeric character
following characters are not within 1-31 characters and not
allowed to use. use following character.
¥/:*?<>|&’ ¥/:*?<>|&’
Set the version within 30 The number of characters of input Set the version within 30
characters. version is too many. characters.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 646/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

9.5 Output to card

The operating method of “Output to card” in FANUC PICTURE editor is described as follow.

9.5.1 About operating method of “Output to card”

In case that “Any” is selected in the Application name setting of the project setting dialog, the following
output to card dialog is displayed by pushing [Output MEM Files…] Menu.
The installer and application (screen data, driver, DLL for embedded of the user functions) are output to the
specified path in this dialog.

Fig. 9.5.1(a) “Output to Card” dialog

Application name:
Application name set at “Project Setting” is displayed.

Version:
Version set at “Project Setting” is displayed.

Set the password to the screen data:

Check the box if setting password not to overwrite or delete screen data accidentally.

PASSWORD:
Input password to set.
Number of characters in input: 4-32 characters
Available characters : Only half-width alphanumeric character
*The following error message is displayed if OK button is pushed in unfulfilled above conditions.
“The password needs to be specified within 4-32 alphanumeric symbol characters. The following
symbols are available to use.”
¥n!@#$%&*()/¥`~_;:"'[]|^<>?+=-{},.」

Output the FP driver:

Check the box if FP driver is output to.

Output to: (compulsory)

The path to output installer and application is specified. Installer is output to directly under the specified
folder.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 647/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

*Do not specify the output folder name of fixed name application “FANUC PICTURE”.
This might cause malfuntion because the files with the same name could be ovewritten.
Output Folder Name: (compulsory)
The folder name to output application is specified. The specified folder is created, and application is
output to the folder.
*“FANUC_PICTURE_LOADER” cannot be specified because it is installer output folder name.
If “FANUC_PICTURE_LOADER” folder is specified for output folder, and OK button is pushed, the
following error message is displayed.
““FANUC_PICTURE_LOADER" can not be specified as the output folder name.”
*Do not specify the output folder name of fixed name application “FANUC PICTURE”.
This might cause malfuntion because the files with the same name could be ovewritten.

OK button:
The specified folder in [Output to] and [Output Folder Name] field is created, and installer and
application are output to the folders.
*The following error message is displayed if the output path is not input.
“Please set the output path.”
*The following error message is displayed if the output folder name is not input.
“Please set the output folder name.”
*The following error message is displayed if the specified DLL for embedded of the user functions in
project setting dialog doesn’t exist.
“Cannot create xxxx file”
*The following error message is displayed if write protected file exists in the output folder.
“Cannot create xxxx file”

The following dialog is displayed if the same folder name exists in [Output to].
The installer and application are overwritten if Yes button is pushed in the following dialog. If No
button is pushed, overwriting is canceled.

Fig. 9.5.1(b) Following dialog when same folder name exists in [Output to]

Cancel button:
Output to Card dialog box is closed.

9.5.1.1 Error Message

The following chart is described about error messages when output to card.

Table 9.5.1.1 List of error messages when output to card

Message Cause Action
The password needs to be specified Number of password in input is Please input password in the
within 4-32 alphanumeric symbol out of range or contains illegal condition described message.
characters. The following symbols are characters.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 648/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

available to use.
¥n!@#$%&*()/¥`~_;:"'[]|^<>?+=-{},.
Please set the output path. The output path is not set. Please set the output path.
Please set the output folder name. The output folder name is not Please set the output folder
set. name.
MEM file is not found. Please make Memory card file is not created. Please create memory card
MEM file. file from the menu
[project]-[Make MEM File].
Cannot create xxxx file. The source file to output doesn’t - Please confirm that the
exist, cannot write to output output destination file has
folder not been edited.
- Please confirm that the
source file exists.
The driver could not be output. Driver or file refer to driver Please confirm that the
cannot be copied. driver or file refer to driver
has not been edited.
"FANUC_PICTURE_LOADER" can "FANUC_PICTURE_LOADER Please specify another folder
not be specified as the output folder " is specified as the output name.
name folder name

9.5.2 About Compatibility

Select “Fix” in the Application name setting of the project setting dialog if the installer and application which
is used fixed application name before this change is output.
If [Fix] is selected, and [Output to card]menu is pushed, Output to Card dialog before this change is displayed.
If OK button is pushed in the following dialog, the installer and application are output to [Transfer to]
destination.
※The specifications are the same as “Output to card” before this function is supported.

Fig. 9.5.2 “Output to Card” dialog

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 649/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

9.6 Load
Loading of a created application in FANUC PICTURE editor is explained in this chapter.

9.6.1 About operating method of Loader

Loader allows to delete and load applications, and change passwords.

Fig. 9.6.1(a) “FANUC PICTURE Loader” dialog

Load From:
The list of stored application in the same folder as loader is displayed.

Application Name:
Application name is displayed.

Folder Name:
The folder name in which the application is stored is displayed. Editing is not allowed.

Screen Data:
Application version and check box is displayed. Check box is displayed as blank at startup.
If screen data doesn’t exist, check box gets gray out. Operation is not available.
The following icons are displayed according to application setting.
：Password is set to the screen data.
：DLL for embedded of the user functions is set.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 650/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

FP Driver:
Driver version and check box are displayed. Check box is displayed as blank at startup.
If driver doesn’t exist, check box gets gray out. Operation is not available.

↓ button:
The following dialog is displayed if the button is pushed. Checked screen data and driver in load from
area are loaded.
*If any data in load to area is not checked, the error message “Please select the loading data.” is
displayed.
Data loading is executed if Yes button is pushed in the following dialog. if No button is pushed, loading is
cancelled.
*If loading is failed, the error message “Could not load because xxxx is read only. Please load again
after releasing read only.”
is displayed.

Fig. 9.6.1(b) Following dialog when data loading

If the same name application exists in load destination, the following dialog is displayed according to
password setting.
If some check boxes are checked in load from area, the following dialog is displayed several times.
*Even though overwriting is canceled in the middle, or password is incorrect, the loadings up to this
point have been completed.

No password set or same password set:

If the file in load destination is not set password, or the file to load and the file in load destination are
set as the same password, the following dialog is displayed at overwriting. If Yes button in the
following dialog is pushed, application in load destination is overwritten. If No button is pushed,
overwriting is canceled.

Fig. 9.6.1(c) Following dialog when overwriting the application

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 651/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Different password set:

The file to load and the file in load destination are set different password, the password input screen is
displayed. If OK button is pushed after file password of load destination is input, the application to load
destination is overwritten.
*If input password is failed, error message “Could not load because the password is wrong.” is
displayed, and overwriting is canceled. If Cancel button is pushed, overwriting is canceled.

Fig. 9.6.1(d) Password input screen

Select All button:

If Select All button is pushed in case that any check box is blank, select all items.
If Select All button is pushed in case that all items are selected, uncheck all items.

Load To:
The list of loaded application in display unit is displayed.
Click the list to select application as operation target. Multiple selections are available if select items while
holding [Shift] or [Ctrl] key.

Application Name:
Application name is displayed.
Screen Data:
Application version is displayed.
The following icons are displayed according to application setting.
: Password is set.
: DLL for embedded of the user functions is set.

FP driver:
Driver version is displayed.

Delete button:
The following dialog is displayed, and application selected in load to area is deleted.
If multiple items are selected, the following dialog is displayed several times.
*Even though deleting is canceled in the middle, or password is incorrect, the deletions up to this point
have been completed.
*If any item to delete is not selected, error message “Please select the deleting data.” is displayed.
*If deleting is failed, error message “Failed to delete. Please confirm the deleting FANUC PICTURE
is not running.” is displayed.

No password set:
If the file in load destination is not set password, the following dialog is displayed. If Yes button in the
following dialog is pushed, application in load destination is deleted. If No button is pushed, deleting is
not executed.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 652/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Fig. 9.6.1(e) Following dialog when deleting the application

Password set:
If the file in load destination is set password, the following password input screen is displayed. If Yes
button is pushed after password of load destination is input, application is deleted. If input password is
wrong, error message “The password is wrong.” is displayed. Deleting is canceled.
If No button is pushed, application is not deleted.

Fig. 9.6.1(f) Password input screen

Change Password button:

The following dialog is displayed, and application password selected in load to area is changed.
If multiple items are selected, the following dialog is displayed several times.
* Even though changing password is canceled in the middle, or password is incorrect, the password
changes up to this point have been completed.
* If any item to change password is not selected, error message “Please select the data which password
is to be changed.”

No password set:
If the file in load destination is not set password, input the new password and the confirm password. If
Yes button is pushed after password is input, password is changed.
*If the new password and the confirm password are different, error message “The input password and
the confirmation password do not match.” is displayed. Password is not changed.
If No button is pushed, password is not changed.

Fig. 9.6.1(g) Password confirm screen

Password set:
If a password has already been set, enter and confirm the old password and the new password (Screen
image is the same as without password setting). Enter the password and press the OK button to change
the password.
※If the old password is incorrect, the error message “The old password is incorrect” is displayed and
the password is not changed.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 653/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

※If there is a difference between the new password and the confirm password, the error message “The
entered password and the confirmation password do not match” is displayed and the password is not
changed.
If Cancel button is pushed, the password is not be changed.

Fig. 9.6.1(h) Password change screen

Close button：
Close loader

9.6.1.1 Error Message

The message when the list is edited is as follows.

Table 9.6.1.1(a) List of error messages when editing a list
Message Cause Action
Set the application name The application name has too Enter the application name with 1
within 1-31 characters. many characters or contains to 31 single-byte alphanumeric
In addition, the following characters that cannot be used. characters other than ¥/:*?<>|&’.
characters are not allowed
to use.
¥/:*?”<>|&'

The error message when loading is as follows.

Table 9.6.1.1(b) List of error messages when loading
Message Cause Action
Please select the loading None of the checkboxes for load Check the checkbox of the load
data. source is selected. source.
Could not load because the The password entered during Enter the password set for the
password is wrong. loading does not match the load destination application.
password of the load destination
application.

Could not load because xxxx The load destination application Remove the read-only attribute
is read-only. for the file and folder of the load
is read only. destination application resource.
Please load again after
releasing read only.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 654/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Could not load because the Insufficient disk space. Delete unnecessary files to free
up disk space.
disk space for the loading
destination is insufficient.
Please load it after freeing up
the disk space.
Could not load xxxx. Please Load destination application If load destination application is
may be running. running, exit it.
load it after exiting it if it is
running.
The format of "auth_info.txt" The file format of the Output the load source
“auth_info.txt” file, one of the application to the card again and
is not correct. application resources, is insert it again.
Please input 1 or 0 into the incorrect.
first line.

The error message when deleting is as follows.

Table 9.6.1.1(c) List of error messages when deleting
Message Cause Action
Please select the deleting No data to delete selected. Select the load destination
data. application.
The password is wrong. The password entered when Enter the password set for the
deleting does not match the load destination application.
password of the load destination
application.
Could not delete xxxx. The file to be deleted is being Finish editing the file to be
edited. deleted.
Could not delete the folder The folder or file to be deleted Finish editing the folder or file to
xxxx. is being edited. be deletend.
Failed to delete. Please The load destination application If load destination application is
confirm the deleting may be in use. running, exit it.
FANUC PICTURE is not
running.

The error message when changing the password is as follows.

Table 9.6.1.1(d) List of error messages when changing the password
Message Cause Action
Please select the data The data to change the Select the load destination
which password is to be password has not been selected. application.
changed.
The current password is The password entered when Enter the password set for the
wrong. changing the password does not load destination application.
match the password of the load
destination application.
The password needs to be The application name has too Enter password using 4 to 32
specified within 4-32 many characters. characters.
alphanumeric symbol
characters.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 655/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

The input password and the The new password and Enter the same password for the
confirmation password do confirmation input do not new password and confirmation
not match. match. password.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 656/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

9.7 FANUC PICTURE start setting

This section describes the setting for starting FANUC PICTURE on a real machine.

9.7.1 About the configuration of the load destination

Accompanying the expansion of the maximum number of simultaneous executions, the configuration of the load
destination is changed.

・Load destination
The application is loaded into a folder with the application name created in the FANUC PICTURE root folder
“FANUC_PICTURE_APPS”.
Please refer to “9.7.2 About apps_general.xml” for how to register the application on the home screen.

Table 9.7.1(a) Application files load destination details

PANEL iH PANEL iH Pro
Before STORAGE CARD2¥ D:¥FANUC_PICTURE¥
the FANUC_PICTURE¥
change
After STORAGE CARD2¥ D:¥FANUC_PICTURE_APPS¥
the FANUC_PICTURE_APPS¥ [Application Name]
change [Application Name]

・Simultaneous display with other applications

When displaying simultaneously with other applications, the setting file (screen_setting.xml) must be placed
manually as before this function is supported.
For the placement destination, the path of the load destination and the folder name of the screen data will be
changed as follows.
Table 9.7.1(b) screen_setting.xml file load destination details
PANELiH PANEL iH Pro
Before STORAGE CARD2¥ D:¥FANUC_PICTURE¥
the FANUC_PICTURE¥ OPERATOR_SCREEN_001¥data¥
change OPERATOR_SCREEN_001¥data¥ screen_setting.xml
screen_setting.xml
After STORAGE CARD2¥ D:¥FANUC_PICTURE_APPS¥
the FANUC_PICTURE_APPS¥ [Application Name]¥ScreenData¥data¥
change [Application Name]¥ScreenData¥data¥ screen_setting.xml
screen_setting.xml

・Customization for custom screen display for iHMI

When customizing the update interval, etc., of the screen display, it is necessary to arrange
the setting file (AppFPSetting.xml) manually.
For the placement destination, the path of the load destination and the folder name of the screen data are
changed as follows.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 657/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Table 9.7.1(c) AppFPSetting.xml file load destination details

PANEL iH PANEL iH Pro
Before STORAGE CARD2¥ D:¥FANUC_PICTURE¥
the FANUC_PICTURE¥ OPERATOR_SCREEN_001¥
change OPERATOR_SCREEN_001¥ AppFPSetting.xml
AppFPSetting.xml
After STORAGE CARD2¥ D:¥FANUC_PICTURE_APPS¥
the FANUC_PICTURE_APPS¥ [Application Name]¥ScreenData¥
change [Application Name]¥ScreenData¥ AppFPSetting.xml
AppFPSetting.xml

※For details on “screen_setting.xml” and “AppFPSetting.xml”, refer to the

FANUC PICTURE manual(A-40712EN)

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 658/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

9.7.2 About iHMI home screen settings

To register the loaded application on the home screen, set “apps-general.xml” as follows.
For detail, refer to the FANUC PICTURE manual(A-40712EN)

Contents described in apps-general.xml

Table 9.7.2(a) File “apps-general.xml” details

Tag Description
<name> Set the [Application Name].
<caption> The name of the application displayed on the home screen and memory usage display.
Please set any name.
<en>：English name、<ja>：Japanese name
<file> Please set the FP Driver location.
PANEL iH Pro：D:¥FANUC_PICTURE_APPS¥[Application Name]¥[ Application
Name].exe
PANEL iH ：STORAGE CARD2¥FANUC_PICTURE_APPS¥[ Application Name]¥
[ Application Name].exe
<current> Please set the location of the application folder.
PANEL iH Pro：D:¥FANUC_PICTURE_APPS¥[ Application Name]
PANEL iH：STORAGE CARD2¥FANUC_PICTURE_APPS¥[ Application Name]
※Please replace [Appication Name] with the application name of the load destination displayed on the loader.
apps_general.xml
<entry option="waitregister">
<name>[Application Name]</name>
<category>Machining</category>
<caption>
<en>Arbitrary name</en>
<ja>任意名</ja>
</caption>
<file>D:¥FANUC_PICTURE_APPS¥[Application Name]¥[Application Name].exe </file>
<image>%APPPATH%¥Resources¥Undefined.svg</image>
<current>D:¥FANUC_PICTURE_APPS¥[Application Name]</current>
</entry>

例）
apps_general.xml

<entry option="waitregister">
<name>APP_NAME</name>
<category>Machining</category>
<caption>
<en>FANUC PICTURE</en>
<ja> FANUC PICTURE</ja>
</caption>
<file>D:¥FANUC_PICTURE_APPS¥APP_NAME¥APP_NAME.exe</file>
<image>%APPPATH%¥Resources¥Undefined.svg</image>
<current>D:¥FANUC_PICTURE_APPS¥APP_NAME</current>
</entry>

[Application Name]：APP_NAME

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 659/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

9.7.3 About using with the fixed name application

In this expansion of the maximum number of simultaneous executions, a root
folder(FANUC_PICTURE_APPS) is created, and applications are managed in the root folder to separate it
from the existing folder structure.
Therefore, it is possible to execute both the existing application and the new application at the same time.

例)
D:
├ FANUC_PICTURE1
├ FANUC_PICTURE2 Application using fixed name

├ FANUC_PICTURE3
└ FANUC_PICTURE_APPS
├ AAAAA
Application using arbitrary name
├ BBBBB
├ CCCCC
└ DDDDD

If you want to change an application that uses a fixed name to a configuration that uses an arbitrary name, you
need to replace it with the following procedure.
1. Delete the fixed name application to be replaced with the loader before this function supported.
2. Open the existing project that was used for the fixed name application on the EDITOR
corresponding to this function, and select “Any” for the application name setting method
in the project settings.
3. Create MEM file, Output to card and output application.
4. Start the loader, select the outputted application and load it.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 660/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

9.8 Execute FANUC PICTURE

This section describes the FANUC PICTURE execution environment.

9.8.1 About FANUC PICTURE execution environment

Due to the extension of the maximum number of simultaneous executions, the output folder of the following
files is changed when the loaded application is started.

・About the history database

When the application with history collection function enabled is started, the collected alarm is output to
the database.
The output destination is in the load destination application name folder.
※The output contents have the same specifications as before this function was supported.

Table 9.8.1(a) History database output destination details

PANEL iH PANEL iH Pro
Before STORAGE CARD2¥ D:¥FANUC¥iHMI¥MTB¥FP¥001¥DB
the FANUC¥iHMI¥MTB¥FP¥001¥DB
change
After STORAGE CARD2¥ D:¥FANUC_PICTURE_APPS¥
the FANUC_PICTURE_APPS¥ [ Application Name]¥DB
change [Application Name]¥DB

・About Log output

Before this function was supported, a message was output to the log file only when the message displayed
by the application could not fit in the dialog. But, after this function is supported, All displayed messages
are output.
Also, the output destination is in the load destination application name folder.

Table 9.8.1(b) Log files output destination details

PANEL iH PANEL iH Pro
Before STORAGE CARD2¥FANUC¥iHMI¥MTB¥ D:¥FANUC¥iHMI¥MTB¥FP¥001¥Log
the FP¥001¥Log
change
After STORAGE CARD2¥ D:¥FANUC_PICTURE_APPS¥
the FANUC_PICTURE_APPS¥ [ Application Name]¥Log
change [Application Name]¥Log

9.8.2 About automatic update of screen data

When [Setting of Project]-[Application Setting Tab]-[How to set application name] is set to “Any”, even if
there is a difference between the load source and load destination screen data at the start of FANUC
PICTURE, the screen data is not be automatically updated. When set to [Fix], the automatic update function
operates as before.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 661/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

9.9 Termination of FANUC PICTURE

The termination of FANUC PICTURE is described as follow.

The termination of FANUC PICTURE and the warning notification of the memory usage are supported since
the iHMI 31.0 edition.

9.9.1 About the termination of FANUC PICTURE

The performance might become slow due to heavy loads, if multiple FP screens are started, since an
application is always running once it is started.
If this affects screen display or operations, please terminate unused applications with the following procedure.

FANUC PICTURE termination procedure:

1. Select [Setting] menu on the home screen of iHMI
2. Push [System information]-[Memory usage display] on a Setting screen
3. Push soft key [List display]
4. Select the caption (specified with caption of apps_general.xml) of the application being terminated by the
Memory usage display dialog.
5. Push soft key [App End]
6. Push soft key [OK]

9.9.2 About the Warning notification of the memory usage

When the amount of the memory remainder exceeds the threshold by starting up too many applications the
function that the warning is notified is provided in iHMI. Please terminate FANUC PICTURE if necessary
when the warning is notified.

FANUC PICTURE termination procedure:

1. Push soft key [Detail list]
2. Select the caption (specified with caption of apps_general.xml) of the application being terminated by the
Memory usage display dialog.
3. Push soft key [App End]
4. Push soft key [OK]

*It is possible with the configuration file of iHMI to change the threshold and the confirmation cycle of the
amount of the memory remainder.
Please refer to “iHMI Memory Usage Warning function Specification” (A-42148E-102) about more
details.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 662/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

9.10 CNC GUIDE

The usage of CNC GUIDE is described in this section.

NOTE
Refer to “Chapter 14 Offsetting Function of CNC memory area of FANUC PICTURE
for iHMI” for the procedure when “Offsetting Function of CNC memory area” is
enabled.
Refer to “NCGuide for iHMI FANUC PICTURE Function.pdf” for the procedure when
using fixed name application.

9.10.1 About the method of starting the application by CNC GUIDE

Unlike a display unit, the application output to the card without using the loader is registered directly on the
home screen when FANUC PICTURE is used by CNC GUIDE for iHMI.

Moreover, because the identifier ID and the output destinations to register to the home screen become
arbitrary, it is necessary to define them by the content specified in the FANUC PICTURE editor. The
procedure becomes as follows.
1. Start FANUC PICTURE, and create a custom screen.
*Select "Any" by "How to set application name" of the project setting.
2. Make a MEM file by "Making Memory Card File screen".
3. Output the application by specifying [Output to] and [Output Folder Name] by the Output to card.
4. Copy the ScreenData folder in the [Output to]¥[Output Folder Name] to [Output to]¥
[Output Folder Name]¥Driver¥NCGuide¥.
5. Open [ScreenData copied in the procedure 4]¥[data]¥AppInfo.xml,
and register history DB name and paths of history DB storage and message log storage destinations for
iHPro.
6. Register the application on home screen (apps-general.xml) of iHMI.
- FP driver storage place : [Output to]¥[Output Folder Name]¥Driver¥
NCGuide¥[Application name].exe
7. Execute the application registered in the procedure 6 from home screen of iHMI.

NOTE
The following functions cannot be used though the application can be started when the
procedure 5 is omitted.
・history collection function
・Power on trace display

Table 9.10.1(a) “AppInfo.xml” setting

Tag Explanation
<db> <path> history DB storage destination
(Initial value)D:¥FANUC_PICTURE_APPS¥[Application name]¥DB
→[Output to]¥[Output Folder Name]¥Driver¥NCGuide¥DB
<name> history DB name
A unique name for each application registered on the home screen of iHMI.
FP + [Application name(head four characters)] + xx(Figure of two digits:01~)

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 663/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

<log> <path> message log storage destination

(Initial value)D:¥FANUC_PICTURE_APPS¥[Application name]¥LOG
→[Output to]¥[Output Folder Name]¥Driver¥NCGuide¥LOG
※ xx(Figure of two digits:01~) of history DB must become unique when multiple applications are registerd
on the home screen of iHMI and the application names (head four characters) overlap.
Setting example)
Application1 → [Application name]:APP_NAME_A, [history DB name]:FPAPP_01
Application2 → [Application name]:APP_NAME_B, [history DB name]:FPAPP_02

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 664/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

AppInfo.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-16"?>
(omission)
<db>
<path>
<ih>¥Storage Card2¥FANUC_PICTURE_APPS¥[Application name]¥DB</ih>
<ihpro>[Output to]¥[Output Folder Name]¥Driver¥NCGuide¥DB</ihpro>
</path>
<name>[history DB name]</name>
</db>
<log>
<path>
<ih>¥Storage Card2¥FANUC_PICTURE_APPS¥[Application name]¥LOG</ih>
<ihpro>[Output to]¥[Output Folder Name]¥Driver¥NCGuide¥LOG</ihpro>
</path>
</log>

Setting example）
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-16"?>
(omission)
<db>
<path>
<ih>¥Storage Card2¥FANUC_PICTURE_APPS¥APP_NAME¥DB</ih>
<ihpro>C:¥FP_ROOT¥APP_DIR¥Driver¥NCGuide¥DB</ihpro>
</path>
<name>FPAPP_01</name>
</db>
<log>
<path>
<ih>¥Storage Card2¥FANUC_PICTURE_APPS¥APP_NAME¥LOG</ih>
<ihpro>C:¥FP_ROOT¥APP_DIR¥Driver¥NCGuide¥LOG</ihpro>
</path>
</log>

[Application name]：APP_NAME
[Output to]：C:¥FP_ROOT
[Output Folder Name]：APP_DIR
[history DB name]：FPAPP_01

Table 9.10.1(b) “apps-general.xml” setting

Tag Explanation
<name> Set [Application name].
<caption> The name of the application displayed in the home screen and the memory use amount
display.
Set an arbitrary name.
<en>: English name, <ja>: Japanese name
<file> Set the place of the following FP driver.
[Output to]¥[Output Folder Name]¥Driver¥NCGuide¥[Application name].exe
<current> Set the place of the following application folder.
[Output to]¥[Output Folder Name]¥Driver¥NCGuide
*[Application name] is an application name specified by the project setting of the editor.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 665/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

apps-general.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-16"?>
(omission)
<entry option="waitregister">
<name>[Application name]</name>
<category>Machining</category>
<caption>
<en>any</en>
<ja>任意</ja>
</caption>
<file>[Output to]¥[Output Folder Name]¥Driver¥NCGuide¥[Application name].exe </file>
<image>%APPPATH%¥Resources¥Undefined.svg</image>
<current>[Output to]¥[Output Folder Name]¥Driver¥NCGuide</current>
</entry>

Setting example)
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-16"?>
(omission)
<entry option="waitregister">
<name>APP_NAME</name>
<category>Machining</category>
<caption>
<en>FANUC PICTURE</en>
<ja> FANUC PICTURE </ja>
</caption>
<file>C:¥FP_ROOT¥APP_DIR¥ Driver¥NCGuide¥APP_NAME.exe</file>
<image>%APPPATH%¥Resources¥Undefined.svg</image>
<current>C:¥FP_ROOT¥APP_DIR¥ Driver¥NCGuide</current>
</entry>

[Application name]：APP_NAME
[Output to]：C:¥FP_ROOT
[Output Folder Name]：APP_DIR

NOTE
Please do not save the xml file with changing the character-code (UTF-16) when you edit it.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 666/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

9.11 Message list

The displaying messages are as follows.

Table 9.11 Message list

Function Message
<FANUC PICTURE Editor> Set the application name within 1-31 characters.
Project Setting, In addition, the following characters are not allowed to use.
Create MEM File, ¥/:*?”<>|&'
Output to card
Set the version within 30 characters.
<FANUC PICTURE Editor> MEM file is not found. Please make MEM file.
Output to card Please set the output folder name.
"FANUC_PICTURE_LOADER" can not be specified as the output folder name.
Please set the output path.
The driver could not be output.
Cannot create xxxx file.
<FANUC PICTURE Loader> Please select the loading data.
Loading of application xxxx has already existed.
Do you overwrite it?
Could not load because the password is wrong.
Could not load because xxxx is read only.
Please load again after releasing read only.
Could not load because the disk space for the loading destination is insufficient.
Please load it after freeing up the disk space.
Could not load xxxx. Please load it after exiting it if it is running.
The format of "auth_info.txt" is not correct.
Please input 1 or 0 into the first line.
<FANUC PICTURE Loader> Please select the deleting data.
Deleting of application The password is wrong.
Could not delete xxxx.
Could not delete the folder xxxx.
Failed to delete. Please confirm the deleting FANUC PICTURE is not running.
<FANUC PICTURE Loader> Please select the data which password is to be changed.
Changing of password The current password is wrong.
The input password and the confirmation password do not match.
The password needs to be specified within 4-32 alphanumeric symbol characters.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 667/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

10 Floating Display Function

The custom screens created by FANUC PICTURE for iHMI can be displayed on the screen of any iHMI
application.

The custom screen can be displayed on the

screen of any iHMI application.

Fig.10 Floating display

The following actions of custom screen can be changed by the settings.

① Move the custom screen which is floating display. (Please refer to “Chapter 3, Moves the custom screen”)
② Display / Not display on the specific iHMI app. (Please refer to “Chapter 4, iHMI app setting for floating
display”.)

Available edition:
FANUC PICTURE (A08B-9010-J518#ZZ11) 08.8 or later

Available CNC:
FANUC Series 30i/31i/32i-MODEL B
FANUC Series 0i-MODEL F Plus Type 0

Available display unit:

PANEL iH / iH Pro

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 668/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

10.1 Procedure For Creating Floating Display Screen

The procedure for creating floating display screen is as follows.
 Working on the development PC
1. Creation of the custom screen. (Please refer to section 2.1)
2. Editing the setting file “screen_setting.xml” and the setting file "apps-general.xml" of the home menu.
(Please refer to section 2.2)
 Working on the CNC
3. Installation on CNC. (Please refer to section 2.3)

10.1.1 Creation of the custom screen

Unlike on the display unit, the application output to the card without using the loader is registered directly on
the home screen when using FANUC PICTURE without “Offsetting Function of CNC memory area” on CNC
GUIDE for iHMI.
Start FP Editor and create a project using the “Any position and size screen display function” in the project
setting.
For the initial display position and size of the floating display, the position and size set above are applied.

Select “Any position and size”.

Specify the initial display position

and the custom screen size.

NOTE
Refer to “Chapter 14 Offsetting Function of CNC memory area of FANUC PICTURE for
iHMI” about “Offsetting Function of CNC memory area” for more detail.
For the Any position and size screen display function refer to the FANUC PICTURE
Manual (A-40712EN) “Chapter 26 Any position and size screen display function”

10.1.2 Setting file

The setting file “screen_setting.xml” is stored in the Data folder in the following folder.
Please copy and edit it by a text editor on the development PC.
(FANUC PICTURE install folder)¥Data

This function is available by writing the needed settings in the setting file “screen_setting.xml” and copies it to
the following folder.
PANEL iH : StorageCard2¥FANUC_PICTURE¥OPRATOR_SCREEN_001¥data
PANEL iH Pro : D:¥FANUC_PICTURE¥OPRATOR_SCREEN_001¥data

The settings are as follows.

<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-16"?>
<screen>

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 669/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

<floating knobarea="knobsize">
<apps type=”typenable”>
<name>appsname</name>
</apps>
</floating>
</screen>

The <screen> tag is the root tag which defines the setting items for the screen setting display.
The <floating> tag defines the setting items for floating display.
In case of displaying with floating display, it is necessary to write the <screen> tag and <floating> tag.

NOTE
1 For the advanced setting refer to “APPENDIX About the setting file
“screen_setting.xml”.
2 When returning to the setting that doesn’t perform floating display, delete
"screen_setting.xml" from the specified folder, or when using the rear display
function, delete the <floating> tag part.

10.1.3 Installation procedure

The created custom screen installs by as following installation procedure.

 Installation on CNC
① Startup CNC with “6” + “7” held down, and display boot screen.
② Press “ctrl” + “esc”, display the start menu of Windows.
③ Select “Run…” enter the “explorer”, and then press the <OK> button.
④ Insert the USB memory exported FANUC PICTURE app, and execute "FANUC PICTURE ¥
installer.bat".
⑤ When the following screen is displayed, turn on “Load the FP driver” and click “Load” or
“Overwrite”.

⑥ Copy “screen_setting.xml” edited in the procedure of “2.2 Setting file” to the following folder.
PANEL iH : StorageCard2¥FANUC_PICTURE¥OPRATOR_SCREEN_001¥data
PANEL iH Pro : D:¥FANUC_PICTURE¥OPRATOR_SCREEN_001¥data

 Registration to iHMI
① Copy the setting file "apps-general.xml" of the home menu in the following folder to the external
memory.
PANEL iH : Storage Card2¥ FANUC ¥iHMI
PANEL iH Pro : D:¥FANUC ¥iHMI

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 670/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

② Open the file ① with a development PC text editor and add the following.

<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-16"?>

<apps home="MainMenu" info="AppMgr">
<entry option="nomenu,startup,waitregister">
<name>AppFP</name>
<category>Utility</category>
<caption>
<en>FANUC PICTURE</en>
</caption>
<file>(FP driver folder)¥FPDriverApp.exe</file>
</entry>
</apps>

③ Copy the file edited in ①② to the original folder.

NOTE
1 For the details of installation method refer to the FANUC PICTURE Manual
(A-40712EN) “section 3.2 Creating a new operator’s panel screen” included in the
FANUC PICTURE installation disk.
2 When two or more custom screens are floated with this function, the display order of
the custom screens is indefinite.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 671/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

10.2 Moves The Custom Screen

By dragging the “knob” equipped in the custom screen, it is possible to move the custom screen.
By setting the area in the attribute “knobarea” that sets the “knob” area of the setting file “screen_setting.xml”,
the “knob” can be set on the custom screen.
The display position can be fixed by not specifying the “knob” area.

Example of “knobarea”)
Setting the “knob” area to “90 × 20”
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-16"?>
<screen>
<floating knobarea="0,0,90,20">
<apps type=”typenable”>
<name>appsname</name>
</apps>
</floating>
</screen>

It can be moved by
dragging the “knob”.

Fig.10.2 Moves the custom screen

NOTE
1 Arbitrary controls can be placed in the “knob” area, but to prevent malfunctions, refrain
from placing controls that respond to touch operations such as Button Control and
Numeral Indication Control with Key Input.
2 Setting the “knobarea” size to be smaller than the display unit size.
3 For the details on how to set the “knob” area refer to “APPENDIX About the setting file
“screen_setting.xml””.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 672/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

10.3 iHMI Apps Setting For Floating Display

By setting the <apps> tag in the setting file “screen_setting.xml”, the iHMI app to display / not display floating
screen can be set.

Example of <apps> tag)

Floating display only on the Maintenance Display (SDF)
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-16"?>
<screen>
<floating knobarea=" knobsize ">
<apps type=”show”>
<name>SDF</name>
</apps>
</floating>
</screen>

Screen switching
The custom screen is not
displayed floating.

Fig.10.3 Specifying iHMI application for floating display

NOTE
1 For the details on how to set <apps> and <name> tags refer to “APPENDIX About the
setting file “screen_setting.xml””.
2 To display the custom screen on all iHMI application screens, omit the <apps> tag
and set “alwaysvisible” to the <entry> tag option in the setting file "apps-general.xml"
of the home menu. For the details to setting of the setting file "apps-general.xml" of
the home menu refer to the FANUC iHMI SETUP Manual (B-64647EN) “subsection
3.2.2.2 Overlapping the user application with the iHMI application”.
3 The “alwaysvisible” setting and the <apps> tag setting cannot be specified at the
same time. If specified at the same time, the custom screen will be floating displayed
when iHMI starts up, regardless of the <apps> tag setting. If you switch to another
iHMI application screen, display / not according to the <apps> tag setting.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 673/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

10.4 Notes
Please attention to the following items when designing the custom screen for floating display.

1. This function cannot be used with the following functions.

 Automatic screen call function based on the PMC signals (*1)
 Screen switching by "Go back to the last iHMI screen" (*2)
 Display with another application (*3)
2. The key cannot be input on the custom screen which is floating.
3. When the application specified by the <name> tag is displayed, if you switch the display of another
application using Task Manager Etc., the custom screen will be displayed even if the switching destination
application is set to not display floating.
4. The setting file “screen_setting.xml” in which the <floating> tag is described cannot be used with FANUC
PICTURE (A08B-9010-J518 # ZZ11) 08.7 or earlier FP driver.
5. Even if “Setting” is described in the <name> tag, floating display / not display does not switch when the
Setting screen is displayed.
6. In the CNC GUIDE, the following items are different from the operation on CNC.
 The display position of the floating display is based on the upper left of the PC screen.
 If you create a project without using the " Any position and size screen display function", it will be
displayed in full screen.
 Even if “SDF” is described in the <name> tag, floating display / not display does not switch when the
Maintenance Display is displayed.

*1: Refer to the FANUC PICTURE Manual (B-66284EN) “subsection 2.2.11.5 Automatic screen call function
based on the PMC signals” included in the FANUC PICTURE installation disk.
*2: Refer to the FANUC PICTURE Manual (A-40712EN) “subsection 3.12 Go back to the last iHMI screen”
included in the FANUC PICTURE installation disk.
*3: The FANUC PICTURE Manual (A-40712EN) “subsection 3.8 Display with another application” included
in the FANUC PICTURE installation disk.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 674/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

10.5 About The Setting File “screen_setting.xml”

This section displays the details of the setting file “screen_setting.xml.

The format of the setting file “screen_setting.xml” is as follows.

<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-16"?>

<screen>
<floating knobarea="knobsize">
<apps type=”typenable”>
<name>appsname</name>
<name>･･････</name>
･
･
･
<name>･･････</name>
</apps>
</floating>
</screen>

Table.10.5 Description of each tag and attribute of “screen_setting.xml”

Tag・attribute Description
<screen> tag Define the setting items of the screen setting display.
Define the setting items for floating display.
<floating> tag
If omitted, the custom screen is not displayed floating.
Setting the position, width, and height of the “knob” in the following
format. Unit is dot.
knobarea Format:
attribute ”[Upper-left x coordinate],[Upper-left x coordinate],[width],[height]”
Example) knobarea=”0,0,100,24”
If omitted, it is treated the same as “0, 0, 0, 0”.
Define the setting items for floating display on other iHMI application
<apps> tag screens.
If omitted, the custom screen is not displayed floating.
Setting to floating display/not on other iHMI application screens.
・hide: Not display
type attribute
・show: Display
If omitted, it is treated the same as “show”.
Setting the name of another iHMI application with the display settings
specified in the type attribute.
Setting the identifier ID in “APPENDIX A.1 APPLICATION IDENTIFIER
<name> ID” in the FANUC iHMI SETUP Manual (B-64647EN).
tag
If omitted, the custom screen is not displayed floating.
NOTE
Please be careful when set application ID because it is case sensitive

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 675/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Example)
This is an example of the setting file "screen_setting.xml" for the following settings.
 Floating display is enabled
 The “knob” area is from the upper left (0,0) to the lower right (100,24) of the custom screen
 Only displayed on the NC OPERATION (CNCOPERA) screen and the Maintenance Manager
(Maintenance) screen

<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-16"?>

<screen>
<floating knobarea=”0,0,100,24”>
<apps type=”show”>
<name>CNCOPERA</name>
<name>Maintenance</name>
</apps>
</floating>
</screen>

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 676/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

11 Script Displaying Button

For the input items that can be specified by script in the property list, the Script Displaying Button that can
directly display the script editor is displayed.

Fig. 11 Script Display Button

The Script Displaying Button is displayed at the right end of the “Value” column in the property list.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 677/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

11.1 The Detail of Script Displaying Button

Details of the actions of the Script Displaying Button are shown below.

■ Show/Hide the Script Displaying Button

The Script Displaying Button is shown when the following two conditions are met.
・Items that can be set by the script are selected
・Script call function ”script(x)” (x = script number) is set in the item

Also, the button hides in the following cases.

・Moved to another item
・Change column width of property list
・Click other than property list

(Show the Button) (Hide the Button)

Button is displayed when Button is hidden when

you select an item can be other item is selected
set by the script

Fig. 11.1(a) Show/Hide the Script Displaying Button

■ Action when the Script Displaying Button is pressed

Script editor of the number set in the item is displayed.

When the registered

script number is (Script editor with script number 0001)
specified

Fig. 11.1(b) Action of the Script Displaying Button

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 678/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

If you press the button when the number in “script(x)” is blank, unregistered script number, or contains a
character string other than script, an error message is displayed.
If you press ”Yes”, the “Script List” screen will be displayed.
If you press “No”, the message will be closed.

When the unregistered

script number is
specified
(Error Message)

If you press ”Yes”, the

“Script List” screen will be
displayed.

(“Script List”screen)

Fig. 11.1(c) Action of the Script Displaying Button in case of the script number is invalid

■ Target items
The Script Displaying Button is displayed for items that can call scripts.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 679/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

12 FP controls supporting to the Multi-language

Character Type function
In addition to the FP controls where the Multi-language Character Type function can be used from the past, can
also be used with the following FP controls.

- Numeral Indication Control with Key Input

- PMC Area Character String Indication Control
- Numeral/Character String Indication Control
- Key-in Buffer Control
- Numeral Indication Control for Calling a Ten-Key Pad

Available edition:
FANUC PICTURE (A08B-9010-J518#ZZ11) 09.5 or later

Available display unit:

Standard display unit
PANEL iH / iH Pro

NOTE
1. In standard display mode, if you specify a character size that is larger than the
rectangle size of the FP control, the characters are not displayed.
2. When opening a Multi-language Character Type function enabled project that was
created by edition 9.4 or earlier with edition 9.5 to 9.6, in the following controls, its
property setting "Character type" is set as “ANK” for all Multi-language keys
regardless of the original setting.
When opening a Multi-language Character Type function enabled project that was
created by edition 9.4 or earlier with edition 9.7 or later, in the following controls,
the set character types are taken over.
- Numeral/Character String Indication Control
- Numeral Indication Control with Key Input
- PMC Area Character String Indication Control

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 680/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

12.1 Numeral Indication Control with Key Input

Setting items are added to the following [Character] tab.

[Character] Tab

Fig.12.1.1(a) Properties Page - [Character] Tab

Table 12.1.1(b) List of Properties in the [Character] Tab

Setting item Entry type Specification Initial value Remarks
No use Check box ON/OFF OFF Setting is enabled by checking [Use the
multi-language Multi-language display function] on the
[Multi-language Settings] tab of the project
settings.If you check this
setting,[Multi-language key] can be set.
Multi-language Selection Any First Select the multi-langage key of the number to
key candidate display in the Numeral Indication Control with
Key Input. Select a language key from those
registered under project settings.
Character Type Selection Refer to "Table 3.1 ANK Select the character type of the number
(b) Common Setting displayed in Numeral Indication Control with
Items." Key Input.
When using the character type setting
function for each language, set the character
type for each key that can be set in
[Multi-language key].

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 681/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

12.2 PMC Area Character String Indication Control

Setting items are added to the following [Character] tab.

[Character] Tab

Fig.12.2.1(a) Properties Page - [Character] Tab

Table 12.2.1(b) List of Properties in the [Character] Tab

Setting item Entry type Specification Initial value Remarks
No use Check box ON/OFF OFF Setting is enabled by checking [Use the
multi-language Multi-language display function] on the
[Multi-language Settings] tab of the project
settings.If you check this
setting,[Multi-language key] can be set.
Multi-language Selection Any First Select the multi-langage key of the character
key candidate you want to display in the PMC Area
Character String Indication Control.
Select a language key from those registered
under project settings.
Character Type Selection Refer to "Table 3.1 ANK Select the character type of the character
(b) Common Setting string displayed in the PMC Area Character
Items." String Indication Control.
When using the character type setting
function for each language, set the character
type for each key that can be set in
[Multi-language key].

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 682/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

12.3 Numeral/Character String Indication Control

Setting items are added to the following [Character] tab.

[Character] Tab

Fig.12.3.1(a) Properties Page - [Character] Tab

Table 12.3.1(b) List of Properties in the [Character] Tab

Setting item Entry type Specification Initial value Remarks
No use Check box ON/OFF OFF Setting is enabled by checking [Use the
multi-language Multi-language display function] on the
[Multi-Language Settings] tab of the project
settings.If you check this
setting,[Multi-language key] can be set.
Multi-language Selection Any First Select the multi-langage key of the number or
key candidate character to display in the Numeral/Character
String Indication Control. Select a language
key from those registered under project
settings.
Character Type Selection Refer to "Table 3.1 ANK Select the number or character type to be
(b) Common Setting displayed in the Numeral/Character String
Items." Indication Control.
When using the character type setting
function for each language, set the character
type for each key that can be set in
[Multi-language key].

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 683/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

12.4 Key-in Buffer Control

Setting items are added to the following [Character] tab and [Action] tab.

[Character] Tab

Fig.12.4.1(a) Properties Page - [Character] Tab

Table 12.4.1(b) List of Properties in the [Character] Tab

Setting item Entry type Specification Initial value Remarks
No use Check box ON/OFF OFF Setting is enabled by checking [Use the
multi-language Multi-language display function] on the
[Multi-Language Settings] tab of the project
settings.If you check this
setting,[Multi-language key] can be set.
Multi-language Selection Any First Select the multi-language key of the string to
key candidate be displayed in the Key-in Buffer Control.
Select a language key from those registered
under project settings.
Character Type Selection Refer to "Table 3.1 ANK Select the character type of the character
(b) Common Setting string to be displayed in the Key-in Buffer
Items." Control.
When using the character type setting
function for each language, set the character
type for each key that can be set in
[Multi-language key].
The character type setting values will be
inherited when the edition is updated from the
edition that does not support the
Multi-language character type function.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 684/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

[Action] Tab

Fig.12.4.2(a) Properties Page - [Action] Tab

Table 12.4.2(b) List of Properties in the [Action] Tab

Setting item Entry type Specification Initial value Remarks
No use Check box ON/OFF OFF This setting item can be set when you enable
multi-language the [Use the multi-language display function]
check box on the [Multi-Language Settings]
tab at the project settings.
When you enable the setting item,
[Multi-language key] can be set.
Multi-language Selection Any First Select the multi-language key, which be
key candidate registered at the project setting, of the
Interlock Message.
Character Type Selection Refer to "Table 3.1 ANK Select the character type of the Interlock
(b) Common Setting Message. When using the character type
Items." setting function for each language, set the
character type for each key that can be set in
[Multi-language key].

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 685/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

12.5 Numeral Indication Control for Calling a Ten-Key Pad

Setting items are added to the following [Character] tab and [Action] tab.

[Character] Tab

Fig.12.5.1(a) Properties Page - [Character] Tab

Table 12.5.1(b) List of Properties in the [Character] Tab

Setting item Entry type Specification Initial value Remarks
No use Check box ON/OFF OFF This item is enabled when you select the [Use
multi-language the multi-language display function] check
box on the [Multi-Language Settings] tab for
project settings.
When you select this check box,
[Multi-language key] is enabled.
Multi-language Selection Any First Select the multi-langage key of the number to
key candidate display in the Numeral Indication Control for
Calling a Ten-Key Pad. Select a language
key from those registered under project
settings.
Character Type Selection Refer to "Table 3.1 ANK Select the character type of the numerical
(b) Common Setting value displayed on the Numeral Indication
Items." Control for Calling a Ten-Key Pad.
When using the character type setting functio
n for each language, set the character type for
each key that can be set in [Multi-language
key].
The character type setting values will be
inherited when the edition is updated from the
edition that does not support the
multi-language character type function.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 686/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

[Action] Tab

Fig.12.5.2(a) Properties Page - [Action] Tab

Table 12.5.2(b) List of Properties in the [Action] Tab

Setting item Entry type Specification Initial value Remarks
No use Check box ON/OFF OFF This item can be set when you enable the
multi-language [Use the Multi-language display function]
check box on the [Multi-Language Settings]
tab at the project settings.
When you enable the check box,
[Multi-language key] can be set.
Multi-language Selection Any First Select the Multi-language key, which be
key candidate registered at the project setting, of the
Ten-key Title.
Character Type Selection Refer to "Table 3.1 ANK Select the character type of Ten-key Title.
(b) Common Setting When using the character type setting
Items." function for each language, set the character
type for each key that can be set in
[Multi-language key].

NOTE
Character size of the pop-up numeric keypad and its title can’t be changed.
However, you can change character type in iHMI mode only.
Character (font) type Character (font) size
iHMI Can change Can’t change
Standard Can’t change (ANK only) Can’t change
Monitor
25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 687/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

12.6 Property Item Name

In list editor and overall editor, the controls in table 12.6, property items with same names that are containd in
different tab are displayed by adding “[tab name]” in the property setting dialog before the property item name.

Fig.12.6. Controls with property items with same names

Control
Key-in Buffer control Numeral Indication Control
for Calling a Ten-Key Pad

12.6.1 List editor

In list editor, the same names of property items are displayed as shown in Figure 12.6.1(a).

Fig.12.6.1(a) Property item name (list editor)

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 688/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

12.6.2 Overall editor

In overall editor, the same names of property items are displayed as shown in Figure 12.6.2(a).

Fig.12.6.2(a) Property item name (Overall editor)

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 689/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

13 IMAGE FILE EDITOR improvement

It is possible to save the shape with a new name by adding “Save As” to the file menu of the IMAGE FILE
EDITOR.

13.1 “Save As” Menu

It is possible to be selected from [File] > [Save As] from the FIG FILE EDITOR menu.
.

Fig.13.1 [Save As] Menu

13.2 “Save AS” Dialog

It is possible to specify the name of new shape in [Save As] Dialog and save.

Fig.13.2(a) [Save As] Dialog

Table 13.2 [Save As] Dialog item list

Setting item Entry type Specification Initial value Remarks
Image File List Select/Input - -
Shape list - - -
New file Select - - It can create a new image file.
Name of new shape Input Any Blank ASCII character and double-byte
(Up to 200 characters can be used.
characters) The following characters (harf-width)
cannot be used
“¥”, ”/”, “:”, “*“, “?“, “””, “<”, “>”, “|”
OK Button - - - Dialog closes and the image file edit screen
is displayed.
Cancel Button - - - Dialog closes.
× Button - - - Dialog closes.
When [OK] is selected, the shape name is checked and if there is an error, an error dialog is displayed.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 690/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

About the name of the new shape

When it select afile in [Image File List], the shape to be saved is displayed in the shape list and it can enter the
name. Press the Enter key to determine the new shape name, and press the OK button to save it with the new
shape name.

Fig.13.2(b) [Save as new shape name]

Even If you select another file in the [Image File List], the shape to be saved in the shape list in the same way,
and you can enter a new shape name.

Fig.13.2(c) [Save as new shape name]

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 691/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

About changing the shape name

After entering the shape name and pressing the enter key, click the shape name with the mouse to change the
name. It is impossible to change the names of shapes or the names of shapes that have already been saved by
clicking the OK button.

Fig.13.2(d) [Change the name of the shape]

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 692/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

13.2.1 “New” Menu

It is possible to select a new file from the “Sasve As”Dialog menu.

Fig.13.2.1(a) [New] Menu

About the New menu

Select [New] Menu to add a new file to [Image File List] and enter the file name.

Fig.13.2.1(b) [New] Menu(Input file name)

Press theEnter key, a new file name will be decuded, and the shape to save with a name will be displayed.
Subsequent operations are the same as “Save asnew shape name”.

Fig.13.2.1(c) [New] Menu(Fixation file name)

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 693/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

About changing the new file name

After enterning the file name and pressing the enter key, you can change the name by clicking the file name or
the mouse. Cannot change other file names or the file names already saved by clicking the OK button.

Fig.13.2.1(d) [changing the new file name]

13.3 [Overwrite confirmation] Dialog

When saving with a name, if a shape with the same name exists, you can select whether to overwrite it in the
“Overwrite confirmation” dialog.

Fig. 13.3(a) [Overwrite confirmation] Dialog

Table 13.3 [Overwrite confirmation] Dialog item list

Setting item Entry type Specification Initial value Remarks
Overwrite Select - -
Do not Save Select - -
Cancel Button - - - Dialog closes.
× Button - - - Dialog closes.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 694/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

13.4 Warning dialog

A warning dialog will be displayed if a shape with the same name exists when “Duplicate” is performed in the
shape operation menu of the image file list.

Warning dialog

Fig.13.4 [Warning] Dialog

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 695/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

14 Offsetting Function of CNC memory area of

FANUC PICTURE for iHMI
Offsetting Function of CNC memory area of FANUC PICTURE for iHMI (hereinafter called “this function”)
makes it possible to offset CNC memory area of each application at loading it to the machine and to execute the
application without modifing it by redefining the area even in the machine in which CNC memory usage is
different.
Adding and expanding functions in this development are as follows.

 Use Area Offset of CNC Memory

By loading the memory map file that defines the area of the CNC memory used by the application into the
display unit, the area of the CNC memory specified when creating the application is automatically offset to
the area of PMC address or macro variable number defined in the memory map.

Function disabled : Function enabled :

R100～R199
R100～R199
Monitor Make Monitor
Make
MEM Memory
MEM App. 1
App. 1 map file
CNC CNC
Data display:
Memory Data display: App. 1: Memory
R100 - R199
R100 - R199 R100-R199

App. 2
App. 2
Data display: App. 2:
Data display:
R200 - R299 R200-R299
R100 - R199
R200～R299
Considering the installing By creating a memory map, it is R200～R299
applications, it is necessary to possible to use the specific CNC
determine the using area of the memory regardless of the
CNC memory when creating the determination when creating the
screen data. screen data.
Fig. 14 Outline of Use Area Offset of CNC Memory function
 Data Protection on Restoring Screen Data
When the screen data is restored, the password can be requested to prevent unauthorized recovery of the
screen data from the application loaded in the Display unit.

Available Display unit :

 PANEL iH / iH Pro
Available edition:
FANUC PICTURE (A08B-9010-J518#ZZ11) Edition 09.7 or later
Available CNC:
FANUC Series 30i/31i/32i-MODEL B
FANUC Series 0i-MODEL F Plus Type 0

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 696/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

14.1 Overall App Development Flow

The flow of operations to create and run an application with offsetting the using CNC memory is as follows.

Fig. 14.1 Overall Alow

1. Making Memory Map (See “14.6 Making Memory Map”)

Creating a memory map on a PC by inputting the following information with Memory map creation tool
(“MemoryMapMaker.exe”) that is newly added by this function.
・ User who can use the CNC memory
・ Range and size of the CNC memory that applications use

2. Loading Memory Map (See “14.7 Loading Memory Map)

On the display unit, loading the memory map created by using Memory map loader
(“MemoryMapLoader_iH.exe / MemoryMapLoader_Pro.exe”) that is newly added by this function to the
display unit.

3. Project Setting (See “14.8 Project Setting”)

Use Area Offset of CNC Memory function is enabled on the project setting screen of the application by using
FANUC PICTURE on a PC. At this time, the range of the CNC memory used by the application is specified.

4. Screen Data Creation (See “14.9 Screen Data Creation”)

The screen data is created with FANUC PICTURE. There is no particular operation relating to Use Area
Offset of CNC Memory function.

5. Making MEM (See “14.10 Making MEM”)

MEM file of the screen data is made with FANUC PICTURE and output to an external memory with the FP
driver.
At this time, a password can be input to protect the screen data on restoring.
There is no particular operation relating to Use Area Offset of CNC Memory function.

6. Loading App (See “14.11 Loading Application”)

The application is loaded into the Display unit by using the FP loader on the Display unit. At this time, the
loaded application is allocated within the range of the CNC memory determined by the memory map.

7. Execution (See “14.12 Execution”)

The application can be executed from the menu screen of iHMI on the Display unit.
The CNC memory used in the application specified by No.3-4 is offset autimatically to the range of the CNC
memory set to the memory map by No.1 while executing it.

NOTE
The battery-powered memory (area D etc. of PMC) is not automatically initialized by
FANUC PICTURE function. Clear it separately when necessary, for example, before
using the application or when changing it.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 697/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

14.2 Guide Line

The guide line of using Use Area Offset of CNC Memory function is as follows.

1. Only Machine tool builders who knows the CNC memory of the machine makes and loads the memory map.

2. When creating a application and loading into the Display unit by one except Machine tool builders, confirm
the available CNC memory and load it according to the procedure described in FANUC PICTURE, FP
loader and each manual.

3. Files in the application folder (FANUC_PICTURE_APPS folder) in the iHMI Display unit must not be
moved, deleted, overwritten and so on by Explorer unless there is any specific direction by the procedure.

WARNING
Any violation of the above may cause the machine to malfunction.

14.3 Use Conditions

When Use Area Offset of CNC Memory function is used, it is necessary to specify "Any" for "How to set
application name" on "Setting of Project" screen of FANUC PICTURE.

Fig. 14.3 Enabling "Expansion of the maximum number of simultaneous executions of the FANUC PICTURE"

NOTE
1. In Use Area Offset of CNC Memory function, the application setting for
"Expansion of the maximum number of simultaneous executions of the FANUC
PICTURE" is used.
Refer to Chapter 9 “Expantion of the maximum number of simultaneous
executions of the FANUC PICTURE for iHMI” about "Expansion of the maximum
number of simultaneous executions of the FANUC PICTURE".

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 698/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

14.4 Coexistence with Applications with This Function Disabled

Applications with this function enabled cannot be used on a machine that has not been loaded a memory map.
To use this function, be sure to load the memory map into the display unit. (*1)

Applications with this function disabled or prior to the implementation of this function can be used in the
environment with a memory map loaded. Applications with this function enabled can be used together, but be
aware that using the area defined in the memory map may cause conflicts. (*2)

Applications with this Machine

function disabled without
(prior to this function) Memory Map

Applications with this Machine with

function enabled Memory Map

Fig. 14.4 Coexistence with Applications with This Function Disabled

NOTE
1: If an application with this function enabled is used on a display unit without memory
map loaded, an error message (see 14.19, List of Messages, FPD001) is displayed
and cannot be executed.
2: If an application with this function enabled and an application with this function
disabled are used at the same time, a message of stating that there may be a
conflict (see 14.19, message list FPD003) is displayed when the application is
started.
3: If an application with Use Area Offset of CNC Memory function enabled accesses the
CNC memory for another application defined in the memory map, an access
violation message (see 14.19 message list FPD002) is displayed.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 699/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

14.5 Specification Comparison when this Function is Enabled

The following table shows the difference in operation and behavior when Use Area Offset of CNC Memory
function is enabled or disabled.

Table 14.5 Specification comparison

Overall Flow Function Disabled Function Enabled Tool
1. Making Not Applicable Making a memory map with inputting the Memory Map
Memory Map following information. creation tool
 User who can use the CNC memory
 Range and size of the CNC memory that
applications use
2. Loading Not Applicable. Loading the memory map into the Display unit. Memory Map
Memory Map Loader
3. Project Settings of Application Setting tab, In addition to the left column, settign the FP Editor
Setting Setting of CNC system tab, Setting of following in "Memory Setting" tab.
multi-language tab, Collection of  Enable Use Area Offset of CNC Memory
history tab and Output of history tab. function.
 Range of CNC memory used by application
4. Screen Data Creating the screen according to FANUC PICTURE documents.
Creation
5. Making MEM Making MEM data, setting a password of the screen data on restoring.
6. Loading App Loading or overwriting by choosing In addition to the left column, choosing the FP Loader
the application from the external CNC memory that the application uses from
memory, and deleting applications in the memory map.
the Display unit.

7. Execution Displaying and operating the created It addition to the left column, operating the FP Driver
application. following.
 Automatic offset of CNC memory
 The application with Use Area Offset of
CNC Memory function enabled cannot be
started on Display unit with a memory
map unloaded.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 700/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

14.6 Making Memory Map

Create a memory map to determine the placement of memory to be used by the applications.
There are two main tasks as below, and only Machine tool builders does these.

1. Installing Memory Map Creation Tool

2. Making a memory map

14.6.1 Installing Memory Map Creation Tool

Install Memory Map Creation Tool into a PC according to the following procedure.
The installer of Memory Map Creation Tool is contained in FANUC PICTURE disk.

Procedure
1. Insert FANUC PICTURE disk into the DVD drive of a work personal computer.
2. Cancel the autimatically started setup program of installation.
3. Open the DVD drive by Explorer
4. Execute “Setup.exe” in “Utility¥MemoryMap” folder.
5. Follow the wizard to complete the installation.
（Fig. 14.6.1(b) Memory Map Creation Tool installation wizard）
6. When the installation is completed, "FANUC PICTURE Memory Map Creation Tool" is
registered in the start menu.

Fig. 14.6.1(a) Start menu

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 701/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

① ④

Fig. 14.6.1(b) Memory Map Creation Tool installation wizard

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 702/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

NOTE
1. To uninstall Memory Map Creation Tool, go to the "Uninstall or change a program"
screen in the control panel and select "FANUC PCITURE Memory Map Creation
Tool" to uninstall it.
2. To install or uninstall the tool, you must have an administrator privilege on your
computer.

14.6.2 Memory Map Creation

What is Memory Map?
Memory Map is a definition file for dividing a contiguous area of memory and assigning a name (Area ID) to it
in order to allocate it to multiple applications for use. Applications and Area IDs are tied to the Area IDs when
the applications are loaded.
PMC area R Common Consecutive area is
prepared.
(1000 - PMC area D variable
Area ID 1299) (100 – 150) (500 – 510) Divide and
assign by
ABC_APP1 1000 - 1100 100 - 110 500 - 505
serial number
ABC_APP2 1101 - 1150 111 - 120 Not used
COMMON 1151 -Fig.
120014.6.2(a)121 - of
Image 150 Not used
Memory Map
Procedure EndUser1 1201 - 1299 Not used 506 - 510
Memory Map is created by the following procedure.

1. Select "FANUC PICTURE memory map creation tool" (Fig. 14.6.1 (a) Start menu) from Start menu.
2. When Memory Map Creation Tool is started, the edit screen (Fig. 14.6.2.1(a) Edit Screen) is displayed.
3. Set the management information by the following functions.
- [Version set] function of [Management information setting] menu (Fig. 14.6.2.1(c) Version Setting
screen)
- [User set] function of [Management information setting] menu (Fig. 14.6.2.1(d) User Setting screen)
- [Memory area set] function of [Management information setting] menu (Fig. 14.6.2.1(e) Memory Area
Setting screen)
4. Specify the memory area to allocate the application by the edit screen. See subsection 2.1.2.1 "Edit" for
details.
5. Use [Memory Map Output] function of [File] menu to output a memory map in a format that can be loaded
into a display unit.
See subsection 2.1.2.4 "Memory map output" for details.

*1 The memory map during editing can be saved temporarily in CSV format.
(hereinafter referred to as “Memory Map configuration file”)
See subsection 2.1.2.2 "Save (Memory Map configuration file)" for details.
*2 To re-edit Memory Map configuration file, use “Open Configurattion File” function in “File” menu..
See subsection 2.1.2.3"Open (Memory Map configuration file)" for details.
*3 To re-edit Memory Map configuration file backed up from the display unit, use “Open Configurattion File”
function
in “File” menu..
See subsection 2.1.2.5 "Open Memory Map" for details.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 703/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

*1
1 CSV

2, 4 *2

3
*3
dat

Memory Map file

Fig. 14.6.2(b) Memory Map Creation Tool screen transition

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 704/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

14.6.2.1 Edit
Define the memory area to be used by each application by Memory Map Creation tool.

Edit Screen

1 2 3
4 5 6 7

Fig. 14.6.2.1(a) Edit Screen

Memory map is created in table form. Columns are seting items, and lines are divisions of the area.
* Default divisions (lines) of the area is 10 on starting this tool.
No. Name Explanation Available character Notes
1 Area ID ID that shows the area where the memory was 1 to 8 characters -
divided is specified by the character string. Alphanumeric symbol
Specify the ID when the application is loaded into the excluding:
Display unit. ¥/”[]:|<>+=;,?*%@&’
Cannot be the same ID as another line.
2 Application When the memory map file backed up from the Unchangeable -
name Display unit is read, the loaded application name is
displayed.
When the same application is loaded across the
following area, the same application name is
displayed in the following area ID.
3 User ID User ID that loads the application into the Display unit Only selectable from -
is specified. Selectable from the users created in the list
Management Information setting screen (See Fig.
14.6.2.1(d) User Setting screen).
4 Start The first address of area ID of each PM area is Only numbers ・Not possible to set
address specified. memory range
The top address of the whole area of the overlapping another
corresponding column is specified in the input field of Area ID.
the signal / variable area range setting line (dotted line ・See "14.16
box). Specifiable Memory

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 705/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

No. Name Explanation Available character Notes

5 Size The size of area ID is specified. Map Area" for
The size of the whole area of the corresponding available range.
column is specified in the input field of the signal /
variable area range setting line (dotted line box).
6 Start The first number of Macro variable of area ID is
number specified.
The start number of the whole area of the
corresponding column is specified in the input field of
the signal / variable area range setting line (dotted line
box).
7 Number The number of macro variables of area ID is specified.
The number of the whole area of the corresponding
column is specified in the input field of the signal /
variable area range setting line (dotted line box).

NOTE
1. To delete input value, select the cell to make it selected status by clicking it and
push [DELETE] key.
2. Only available characters can be input.
3. Start address and start number of the line in which application name is displayed are
grayed out and can not be input.
4. In the line in which application name is displayed, size and number of the area
cannot be changed smaller than the former values. An error message (see “14.19
Message List” MME009) is displayed when the smaller value is input, and the value
returns to the former one.
5. Input the usage area within the available range of the machine. If setting out of the
range, an error occurs when accessing the correspandant memory while running the
application.

Confirmation
Validation of memory edits :
Click [Memory Map Output] in the [File] menu to check the validity of the input memory edit.
(See 2.1.2.4 Memory Map Output)

Titlebar,Toolbar

Fig. 14.6.2.1(b) Display Item jump list

Edit file display of titlebar :

The file being edited is displayed in the title bar. The content of the file is as follows.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 706/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Display period Titlebar

After starting the tool, until opening and (New)
saving configuration file and reading and
outputting memory map
After opening and saving memory map (Memory Map configuration file edit : File name)
configuration file
After reading an outputting memory map (Memory Map file edit : File name)

Moving display items :

In the memory area table in the edit screen, a specified arbitrary path item is displayed on the left edge of the
table.
By selecting "Display Item jump list" in the toolbar, the corresponding memory area is displayed at the left
edge of the memory area table.
Version number :
The version registered in Version setting screen of Management Information setting (See “Fig. 14.6.2.1(c)
Version Setting screen”) is displayed.

Machine name :
The machine name registered in Version setting screen of Management Information setting is displayed.

Screen resize :
Change the size of the edit screen.
The screen size can be changed by dragging the screen borders.

Exit application :
Exit the application by pressing × button of the window.

NOTE
If there are any input values that have not been saved or output in Management
Information setting and Edit screen, a confirmation message (see 14.19 Message
List MME101) is displayed.

Menu item
Edit screen menu function of Memory Map creation tool is as follows.

Table 14.6.2.1 Memory Map creation tool edit screen menu list
Menu item Shortcut Function Reference
Submenu key
File Alt+F
Open Setting File Alt+F→O Open memory map configuration file. 14.6.2.3 Open
Ctrl+O （Memory map
configuration file）
Save Setting File Alt+F→S Overwrite save editing memory map 14.6.2.2 Save
Ctrl+S configuration file. (Memory map
Save As Setting File Alt+F→A Save editing memory map as different configuration file
name.
Input Memory map Alt+F→I Read memory map to be editable. 14.6.2.5 Input
Memory map
Output Memory map Alt+F→T Output memory map that is loadable into 14.6.2.4 Output
Display unit. Memory map
Management information setting Alt+S

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 707/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Menu item Shortcut Function Reference

Submenu key
Version Setting Alt+S→V Set version information and password of
memory map.
User Setting Alt+S→U Set user to load application into Display
unit.
Area Selection Alt+S→A Select area used for memory map.
Edit Alt+E
Undo Alt+E→U Undo table edit operation.
Ctrl+Z （Storing up to 10 operations.）
Redo Alt+E→R Redo undone table edit operation.
Ctrl+Y
Insert Upper Line Alt+E→I Insert a line above the selected line of edit
screen..
Line Delete Alt+E→D Delete selected line and reduce upwards of
edit screen.
Cut Alt+E→T Cut selected line of edit screen.
Ctrl+X
Copy Alt+E→C Copy selected line of edit screen.
Ctrl+C
Paste Alt+E→P Reflect stored content of cell starting from
Ctrl+V top left of selected cell.
Equal Allocation Alt+E→E Divide selected cells in edit screen
uniformly based on upper and lower values.
Area Division Number Alt+E→A Change number of lines in edit screen.
Setting

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 708/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

[Management Information setting] Menu

 Version setting :
Setting memory map file information by pushing [Version setting] in [Management Informattion setting]
menu.

Fig. 14.6.2.1(c) Version Setting screen

Machine name :
Enter the name of the machine to load the memory map (environment information name).
Available character : up to 48 characters（Prohibited character ¥/”[]:|<>+=;,?*%@&’ ）
* Setting is optional, but it is recommended to recognize the machine you are loading to..
Version :
Input version information of the memory map.
Available character : up to 48 characters（Prohibited character ¥/”[]:|<>+=;,?*%@&’ ）
* Setting is optional, but it is recommended to recognize the environment of the system in which the
memory map is created.
* The set version is displayed in Memory Map loader (see “2.2 Memory Map Load).
Memory map file password :
Input password of the creating memory map file.
This is required to load the memory map into Display unit or to read it with Memory Map creation tool..
Available character : up to 32 characters（Prohibited character ¥/”[]:|<>+=;,?*%@&’ ）
* Setting is optional, but it is recommended to prevent illegal use of the memory map.

OK Button : Register screen settings, close Version Setting screen, and refresh the edit
screen.
Cancel Button : Close Version Setting screen and move to Edit screen.
× Button : Close Version Setting screen and move to Edit screen..

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 709/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

NOTE
Information set in Version setting screen is discarded by selecting Cancel or ×
button.
* When setting is changed, a message (see “14.19 Message List” MME106) to
confirm discarding input content is displayed

 User setting :
Click [User Setting] in [Management Information Setting] menu to register user information to load the
application into Display unit where the memory map is loaded.
* User ID is used for the user ID to be set in the divided area in the table in Edit screen (see “Fig.
14.6.2.1(d) User Setting screen”).
* The user ID and password are required to load screen application.

Fig. 14.6.2.1(d) User Setting screen

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 710/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Addition Button :
Add a single blank line to the end of the user list, up to 99 lines.
Deletion Button :
Delete selected user in the user list. If the number of users is 1, cannot be deleted.
User ID :
Input use ID string of the operating user.
Available characters : Alphanumeric symbols within 32 characters (Prohibited character
¥/”[]:|<>+=;,?*%@&’ )
Password :
Input password string of the operating user.
Available characters : Alphanumeric symbols within 32 characters (Prohibited character
¥/”[]:|<>+=;,?*%@&’ )
* Setting is optional, but it is recommended to prevent illegal use of memory that is used by the
application.

OK Button : Register user settings, close User Setting screen, and refresh the edit screen.
Cancellation Button : Close User Setting screen and move to Edit screen.
× Button : Close User Setting screen and move to Edit screen.

NOTE
1. Information set in User setting screen is discared by selecting Cancel button
and × button.
* When setting is changed, message (see “14.19 Message List” MME106) to
confirm discarding input content is displayed
2. Confirm user ID and password are input correctly by selecting OK Button.
Error message (see “14.19 Message List” MME007) is displayed, and returns to
User setting screen when the following mistakes are found.
- Password is input with user ID blank
- User IDs are overlaped (case insensitive)
3. When selecting OK button, a change confirmation message (see “14.19
Message List” MME104) is displayed if there is information that is discarded in
Edit screen.
* If the user used in Edit screen is deleted, the user in Edit screen becomes
blank.
4. If user ID is set below blank line, the blank line is discarded and the set line is
moved upwards.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 711/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

 Memory Area setting :

Setting memory map area by pushing [Memory Area setting] in [Management Informattion setting] menu.
* Based on registered memory area, the memory area is displayed in a table in Edit screen (see “Fig.
14.6.2.1(a) Edit Screen”).

Fig. 14.6.2.1(e) Memory Area Setting screen

Memory area list :
Check the box in the using area. One or more areas need to be checked.
The areas of on become offset memory..
means at least one of boxes in the area group is checked.

OK Button : Register the setting status, close Memory Area Setting screen, and refresh the edit
screen..
Cancellation Button : Close Memory Area Setting screen and move to Edit screen.
× Button : Close Memory Area Setting screen and move to Edit screen.
* Default setting of area used by Memory Map is as follows.
・CNC system : Path 1
・PMC system : Path 1
・PMC system : R, D, E
・Macro variable : Common variable 1 ( #100 - #999 )

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 712/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

NOTE
1. Information set in Memory Area Setting screen is discarded by selecting Cancel
or × button.
* When setting is changed, message (see “14.19 Message List” MME106) to
confirm discarding input content is displayed
2. Confirm at least one memory area is selected by selecting OK Button. Error
message (see “14.19 Message List” MME008) is displayed, and returns to
Memory Area Setting screen
3. When selecting OK button, a change confirmation message (see “14.19
Message List” MME105) is displayed if there is information that is discarded in
Edit screen.
* If selecting areas are increased, the cells in Edit screen become blank.
* If set areas in Edit screen are decreased, the set values are discared.

[Edit] Menu :
 Undo :
Click [Undo] in [Edit] menu to undo the input change operation in the table. (The maximum number of
times you can undo an operation is 10).
* This corresponds to the following operations in the table.
- Value change of a cell in the table (one movement of selected cell is counted as one operation).
- Insert Upper Line
- Line Delete
- Cut
- Paste
- Equal allocation
- Area division
* If the cells in the table are not changed, the menu item is grayed out (operation disabled).
 Redo :
Click [Redo] in [Edit] menu to redo the undone action.
* If there is no undone operation, the menu item is grayed out (operation disabled).
 Insert Upper Line :
Click [Insert Upper Line] in [Edit] menu to insert a blank line above the line of the selected cell.
* If a cell of the signal / variable area range setting line is selected, the menu item is grayed out (operation
disabled).
 Line Delete :
Click [Line Delete] in [Edit] menu to delete the selected line (lnes are reduced upwards by deleted lines).
* If a cell of the signal / variable area range setting line is selected, the menu item is grayed out (operation
disabled).
* When deleting the line in which an application name is displayed, the cofirmation message (see “14.19
Message List” MME201) is displayed.
(If checking the box of the message, the message is not displayed from the next time until another file is
opened.)
 Cut :
Click [Cut] in [Edit] menu to store the selected cell and cut it.
* If no cell is selected, the menu item is grayed out (operation disabled).
* When cutting the line in which an application name is displayed, the cofirmation message (see “14.19
Message List” MME201) is displayed.
(If checking the box of the message, the message is not displayed from the next time until another file is
opened.)

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 713/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

*The start address, the size, the start number, and the number of application name description lines cannot
be cut out.
 Copy :
Click [Copy] in [Edit] menu to store the selected cell.
* If no cell is selected, the menu item is grayed out (operation disabled).
 Paste :
Click [Paste] in [Edit] menu to input the stored values of cells from the upper left of selected cells (values
out of selected cells are discarded).
* If no cell is selected or stored, the menu item is grayed out (operation disabled).
* It is not possible to paste into unselectable cells.

 Equal allocation :
Click [Equal Allocatin] in [Edit] menu to equally allocate start address, size, start number and number of
macro variables based on the upper and lower values of the selected cells.

NOTE
1. If non-enterable cell is selected, menu items are grayed out (operation disabled).
2. If upper and lower cells are all blank, allocation is based on the range of memory
area.
3. If there is a remainder of the equalized value, it is added to the last line. (see “Fig.
14.6.2.1(f) Equal Allocation upper and lower blank lines Case”)
4. If there are input values in the upper and lower lines of the selected cells, allocation
is base on the area range between them.
5. If there is a remainder of the equalized value, it is added to the last line. (see “Fig.
14.6.2.1(g) Equal Allocation upper and lower lines with values Case”)
6. if the selected cell exceeds the memory area range, an error message (see “14.19
Message List” MME010) is displayed.
7. If the memory area range is blank, an error message (see “14.19 Message List”
MME010) is displayed.
8. If start address and size (start number and number) of the same signal (variable) are
not selected, an error message (see “14.19 Message List” MME010) is displayed
(See “Fig. 14.6.2.1(h) Equal Allocation error case”).

Fig. 14.6.2.1(f) Equal Allocation upper and lower blank lines Case

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 714/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Fig. 14.6.2.1(g) Equal Allocation upper and lower lines with values Case

Fig. 14.6.2.1(h) Equal Allocation error case

 Area Division Number Setting :

Click [Area Division Number Setting] in [Edit] menu to display the screen for setting the number of
memory area divisions (number of lines) in the table.

Fig. 14.6.2.1(i) Area Division Number Setting screen

Number of memory area divisions (number of lines): Enter the number of memory area divisions in the
table between 1 and 99 as an integer.
OK Button : Screen information is registered, the region splitting number setting screen is shut,
and the edit display is displayed again by the registered content.
Cancellation Button : Close Area Division Number Setting screen and move to Edit screen.
× Button : Close Area Division Number Setting screen and move to Edit screen.

NOTE
When selecting OK button, a change confirmation message (see “14.19
Message List” MME107) is displayed if there is information that is discarded in Edit
screen.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 715/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

14.6.2.2 Save (Memory map configuration file)

Save the editing memory map with an arbitrary file name. You can use this to save the memory map in progress
temporarily.

When saving new Memory map configuration file

Procedure
Save by the following procedure.
1. Click [Save As Setting File] in [File] menu.
2. Input Memory map configuration file name and click Save in the displayed file save dialog box.
* If clicking Cancellation button or ×, the file save dialog box is closed and the file is not saved.
3. Memory map configuration file is saved as the specified name in the specified folder, the message indicating
the completion of saving is displayed (see “ Message List” MME112).

When overwriting existing Memory map configuration file

Procedure
Save by the following procedure.
Click [Save Setting File] in [File] menu.
The file is overwritten on the correspondant file with edited content.

* If Memory map configuration file is not read, [Save As Setting File] is executed instead.

NOTE
1. Memory map configuration file can not be loaded into a display unit.
2. If an error occurs while writing a file, an error message (see “14.19 Message
List” MME004) is displayed.
3. Memory map configuration file has “csv" file extension and is an arbitrary string
file.

14.6.2.3 Open（Memory map configuration file）

Read a memory map configuration file to be able to edit in the edit screen (see Fig. 14.6.2.1(a) Edit screen).
This is for editing a temporarily saved memory map file on startup of Memory Map Creation tool or reading
another file while editing.

1. Click [Open Setting File] in [File] menu.

2. Click Open button with selecting a memory map configuration file in the displayed “Open File” dialog.
* If clicking Cancellation button or ×, “Open File” dialog box is closed and the file is not saved, and
moves to Edit screen.
3. Edit screen is displayed with content of selected memory map configuration file.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 716/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

NOTE
1. When contens of Edit screen is not saved, editing content is discarded and
newly read content is displayed. A confirmation message of discarding editing
content (see “14.19 Message List” MME103) is displayed beforehands.
2. Only memory map configuration file can be opened. An error message (see
“14.19 Message List” MME001) is displayed.
3. An error message (see “14.19 Message List” MME003) is displayed when failing
in reading the file.
4. Memory map configuration file has “csv" file extension and is an arbitrary string
file.

14.6.2.4 Output Memory map

With the content of Edit screen (see Fig. 14.6.2.1(a) Edit screen), a memory map file that can be loaded into a
display unit and a memory map loader (see Section 2.2, "Loading Memory map") to load it are output.

1. Click [Output Memory Map] in [File] menu.

2. Select the folder to whick a memory map is output and click Selection of folder button in the displayed
[Output Memory Map] dialog box.
3. Memory map file and memory map loader to load it into a display unit are output to the selected folder, and
a message to tell completion is displayed (see “14.19 Message List” MME111.)
* If clicking Cancellation button or ×, memory map is not output.

NOTE
1. If there is any error in memory map content, the errored cells turn red and an
error message (see “14.19 Message List” MME006) is displayed, and memory
map is not output.
2. If memory map password in Version setting screen of Management information
setting (see “Fig. 14.6.2.1(c) Version Setting screen”) is not set, a confirmation
message (see “14.19 Message List” MME102) is displayed, and when clicking
Cancellation button or ×, memory map is not output.
3. When failing in writing files, an error message (see “14.19 Message List”
MME004) is displayed.
4. See "14.18 Folder Structure" for output folder structure of memory map in an
external memory.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 717/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

14.6.2.5 Input Memory map

Memory map output from Output Memory map (see “2.1.2.4 Output Memory map”) can be read and edited by
Memory map creation tool.

1. Click [Input Memory map] in [File] menu.

2. Click Open button with selecting a memory map file in the displayed “Open File” dialog.
* If clicking Cancellation button or ×, “Open File” dialog box is closed and the file is not opened.
3. If the memory map file password is set when creating the memory map, the password input screen (see “Fig.
14.6.2.5 Password Input screen”) is displayed. If the password is not set, move to step 5.
4. Input password and click OK button.
* If clicking Cancellation button or ×, the password input screen is closed and the file is not opened.
5. If the password is correct, the edit display is displayed by the content of the read memory map file.

Fig. 14.6.2.5 Password Input screen

OK Button : Collates the input memory map password with the correct answer.
Cancellation Button : Close password input screen and move to Edit screen.
× Button : Close password input screen and move to Edit screen.

NOTE
1. Memory map file backed up from a display unit can also be read.
2. When contens of Edit screen is not saved, editing content is discarded and
newly read content is displayed. A confirmation message of discarding editing
content (see “14.19 Message List” MME103) is displayed beforehands.
3. When selecting non memory map file, an error message (see “14.19 Message
List” MME002) is displayed and the file is not opened.
4. An error message (see “14.19 Message List” MME003) is displayed when failing
in reading the file.
5. Memory map file name is fixed as “MemoryMap.dat".
6. If the password entered is incorrect, an error message (see “14.19 Message List”
MME005) is displayed.
7. If password is not set in the memory map, the password input screen in steps 3
and 4 is not displayed..

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 718/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

14.7 Loading Memory Map

Memory Map Loader (new tool) is used to load a memory map created by Memory map creation tool into the
display unit. When the memory map is loaded, the following operations can be done. These operations are
performed only by Machine tool builders
1. New Load
2. Overwrite Load
3. Delete
4. Backup

Start Memory map loader

Memory map loader is started as follows
1. Insert the external memory that contains the memory map file into the Display unit.
2. On iHMI File menu, the external memory folders are displayed.
3. Execute "FANUC PICTURE MemoryMap¥MemoryMapInstaller.bat" which is output to the external
memory.
4. The following screen is displayed.

Fig. 14.7 Memory map loader

Loaded Memory map :
Version :
Version information of the memory map stored in the external memory is displayed.
Card output date :
The date when the memory map stored in the external memory was output from Memory map creation tool
is displayed.
Load Button :
The memory map stored in the external memory is loaded into the Display unit. Refer to subsection 2.2.1
"New Load" and 2.2.2 "Overwrite Load" for details.

Loaded Memory map :

Version :
Version information of the memory map loaded into the Display unit is displayed.
Card output date :

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 719/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

The date when the memory map loaded into the Display unit was output from Memory map creation tool is
displayed.
Backup Button :
The memory map loaded into the Display unit is backed up to the specified folder. Refer to subsection 2.2.4
"Backup" for details.
Delete Button :
The memory map loaded into the Display unit is deleted. Refer to subsection 2.2.3 "Delete" for details.
Exit Button :
Memory map loader is terminated.
NOTE
1. When there is no memory map in the external memory, Load Button is grayed out
(operation disabled).
2. When no memory map
is loaded into the Display unit, Backup Button and Delete Button are grayed
out (operation disabled).

14.7.1 New Load

A new Memory map is loaded into the Display unit in which no memory map has been loaded.
Procedure
1. Start Memory map loader.
2. Click Load Button.

Fig. 14.7.1(a) Memory map loader (Before loading)

3. Input the memory map password set when creating the memory map, and click OK Button.

Fig. 14.7.1(b) Password input (loading)

4. The memory map is loaded, and the content of "Loaded memory map" on the screen is updated.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 720/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Fig. 14.7.1(c) Memory map loader (After loading)

NOTE
1. Newly loaded memory map becomes valid after restarting the Display unit.
2. When an application has already been loaded into the Display unit, warning that
using memory could conflict is displayed.
3. When the input password is wrong, an error message (see “14.19 Message List”
MML001) is displayed and the loading is not done.
4. When failing in reading or writing the file, an error message (see “14.19 Message
List” MML002) is displayed and the loading is not done.
5. When application names are registerd in the loading memory map, all of thme are
cleared on loading.
6. When the password is not set to the memory map, Password input of step 3 is not
displayed.

14.7.2 Overwirte Load

The memory map loaded into the Display unit is overwrited.

It is necessary to meet the following conditons to overwrite load.

 The application registered in the memory map is the same.
When the application is registered in the memory map of the Display unit
 Start address and start number of Area ID to which the application is registered are the same as the
memory map of the Display unit.
 Size and number of Area ID to which the application is registered are the same as or increased than the
memory map of the Display unit.

* There is no condition of start address, start number, size and number of Area ID if no application is registered
in the memory map of the Display unit.

Procedure
1. Start Memory Map loader.
2. Click Load button.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 721/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Fig. 14.7.2(a) Memory Map loader (before overwrite loading.)

3. Input the memory map file password that was set when creatting the memory map, and click OK button.

Fig. 14.7.2(b) Password input (overwrite loading)

4. The memory map is loaded, and the content of "Loaded Memory Map" on the screen is updated.

Fig. 14.7.2(c) Memory map loader (After overwrite loading.)

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 722/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

NOTE
1. Overwrite loaded memory map becomes valid after restarting the Display unit.
2. When the input password is wrong, an error message (see “14.19 Message List”
MML001) is displayed and the loading is not done.
3. When password is not set to the memory map, it is unnecessary to input
password as follows.
Password setting state Demand of password
When password is not set to the Password input screen of step 3 is not
memory map of the display unit and displayed.
the memory map used for overwrite
loading.
When the password is not set to the “Current password” of Password input
memory map of the display unit screen is disabled (grayed out) in step
3.
When the password is not set to the “New password” of Password input
memory map used for overwrite screen is disabled (grayed out) in step
loading. 3.

4. When the memory map used for overwrite loading doesn't meet the requirement
of loading, error message is displayed, and the overwrite loading is not done.
Error condition Error description
The first address and the first number of "Loading Memory map" are 14.19 Message List MML003
different from the ones of "Loaded Memory map ".
The size of "Loading Memory map" is smaller than the one of "Loaded 14.19 Message List MML004
Memory map ".
The size of the application becomes smaller by having changed a part 14.19 Message List MML006
of the consecutive Area IDs to another user ID.
The application registered in "Loaded Memory map" is not registered 14.19 Message List MML005
in "Loading Memory map".
The application registered in "Loading Memory map" is not registered 14.19 Message List MML007
in "Loaded Memory map".

5. The error message (See “14.19 Message List” MML002) is displayed when failing
in reading and writing of the file, and loading is not done.

14.7.3 Delete
Deleting the memory map from the Display unit in which the memory map is loaded.

Procedure
1. Start Memory Map loader.
2. Click Delete button.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 723/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Fig. 14.7.3(a) Memory Map loader (before deleting)

3. Input the memory map file password that was set when creatting the memory map, and click OK button

Fig. 14.7.3(b) Password input (deleting)

4. The memory map is deleted from the Display unit, and the content of "Loaded memory map" on the screen
is deleted.

Fig. 14.7.3(c) Memory map loader (after deleting)

NOTE
1. When the application that uses Use Area Offset of CNC Memory function is
loaded in the display unit, it is deleted with the memory map.
2. When the input password is wrong, an error message (see “14.19 Message List”
MML001) is displayed and the memory map is not deleted.
3. The error message (See “14.19 Message List” MML002) is displayed when failing
in reading and writing of the file, and the memory map is not deleted.
4. When password is not set to the memory map, Password input screen of step 3 is
not displayed..

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 724/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

14.7.4 Backup
Back up the memory map that is loaded in Display unit. The backed up memory map file can be edited by
opening with Memory Map Creation tool.

Procedure
1. Start Memory Map loader.
2. Click BackUp button.

Fig. 14.7.4(a) Memory map loader (backup)

3. Input the memory map file password that was set when creatting the memory map, and click OK button

Fig. 14.7.4(b) Password input (backup)

4. Folder selection diaglog box is displayed, select the folder to whick a memory map is backed up and click
Selection of folder button.
5. Memory map file (“MemoryMap.dat”) is output to the specified folder.

NOTE
1. When the input password is wrong, an error message (see “14.19 Message List”
MML001) is displayed and the memory map is not backed up.
2. When failing in reading or writing the file, an error message (see “14.19 Message
List” MML002) is displayed and the memory map is not backed up.
3. When the password is not set to the memory map, Password input of step 3 is not
displayed.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 725/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

14.8 Project Setting

When creating screen data with FP Editor, enable Use Area Offset of CNC Memory function in project setting
screen of FP Editor and specify the range of the offset memory.

There are two ways of setting as follows.

1. Input memory range manually.
2. Import memory range.

Screen Description

Fig. 14.8 Project Setting screen Memory setting tab

Using Use Area Offset of CNC Memory function :

When using this function, turn on the check box. Select Memory Type button, Import button and
memory area list are enabled.
When “How to set application name” of “Application Setting” tab is “Fix”, this becomes grayed out
(disabled) and the function can not be used.
Select Memory Type button :
“Select Memory Type” screen is displayed by clicking the button. Select memory types that are used for
the application on the screen, the memory types are added to Memory area list.
Import button :
“Import” screen is displayed by clicking the button. Specify memory map or project on the screen, and
memory area, path, area, start number, and end number are imported and added to Memory area list.
Memory area list : Range of memory used by the editting application is defined.
Memory area : Using memory type (PMC, macro) is displayed.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 726/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Path : Path number used by PMC or macro variable is displayed.

Area : Type of PMC memory or macro variable is displayed.
Start number : Input start number of memory used for the application.
End number : Input end number of memory used for the application
OK :
Close Project setting screen with saving setting of Memory setting tab.
Cancel :
Close Project setting screen without saving setting of Memory setting tab.
Apply
Save setting of Memory setting tab.

NOTE
1. When start number or end number is not input, error message (See “14.19
Message List” FPE001) is displayed.
2. Range of input value of start number and end number are 0-99999. When
inputting out of the range, error message (See “14.19 Message List” FPE002) is
displayed.

14.8.1 Manual Input Memory Range

The procedure for manual input of the memory range is as follows.

Procedure
1. Create a new project or open a project in the FP editor.
2. Open the project setting screen.
3. Select "Memory setting" tab.

Fig. 14.8.1(a) Memory setting tab (Before setting range.)

4. Turn on the check box of "Offset function of the CNC memory is used".

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 727/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

5. Press the Memory kind of selection button and display the following screen.

Fig. 14.8.1(b) Memory kind selection screen

6. Select the memory kind used by the application, and press the OK button. The selected area is registered in
the memory setting tab.

Fig. 14.8.1(c) Memory setting tab (After setting area.)

7. Input the range used by the application in the start and end numbers.

Fig. 14.8.1(d) Memory setting tab (After setting range.)

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 728/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

8. Press the OK button or the application button. When the application works on a CNC, the memory within
the specified range comes to be offset.
Attention
1. If none of the memory types are selected on the memory kind selection screen, an
error message (see 14.19 message list FPE003) will be displayed.
2. The memory range not specified in the memory settings will not be offset.
3. Use memory that does not require offset, for example, in collaborate with a ladder,
outside the range of the set area.

14.8.2 Import Memory Range

The procedure for import of the memory range is as follows.

Procedure
1. Create a new project or open a project in the FP editor.
2. Open the project setting screen.
3. Select "Memory setting" tab.

Fig. 14.8.2(a) Memory setting tab (Before importing.)

4. Press the importing button, the following importing screen is displayed.

Fig. 14.8.2(b) Importing screen

5. Select the type of file to be imported from "Import from Another Project" or "Import from Memory Map".
6. Specify the path of the project file or memory map file to be imported, and click the OK button.
* Steps 7 to 9 are necessary only if you select a memory map.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 729/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

7. Display the following screen if the memory map is selected

Fig. 14.8.2(c) User ID input screen

8. Input the password and user ID set in the memory map, and press the OK button.
9. Select the area ID you want to import from the area IDs allocated to the user in the loaded memory map, and
press the OK button.

Fig. 14.8.2(d) Area ID selection screen

10. When the import is completed, the memory range of the selected area ID is displayed on the screen as
shown in the red frame below.

Fig. 14.8.2(e) Memory setting tab (After importing.)

NOTE
1. The memory range which is not specified by the memory setting is not offset.
2. If the memory is not required to be offset, for example linking to a ladder, use the
memory outside the range of the set area.
3. If the user ID or password in the memory map is incorrect, an error message (see
14.19 Message List FPE004) is displayed.
4. If reading or writing of the file fails, an error message (see 14.19 message list
FPE005) is displayed and the import is not be performed.
5. If no password is set for the user ID in step 7, the information entered in the
password field is ignored.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 730/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

14.9 Screen Data Creation

Create a screen data by using FP editor as before this feature is supported.

Be aware that the range of using memory depends on the usage as the following table.

How to use memory. Range of use

Memory used only within application Use memory that is within the memory usage range specified in project
settings. The relevant memory range is offset according to the memory map
when executing on CNC.
Memory that is linked to the ladder or Use memory outside the memory usage range specified above.
reserved in CNC system This memory area is be offset.
* It varies from machine to machine, so check with Machine tool builders
before setting.

Note
1. If "memory used in the application" is accidentally set to a value other than the
memory usage range, it may cause the machine to malfunction because no offset
is performed.
2. If the memory linked to the ladder or reserved by the system is accidentally set
within the memory usage range, an offset is performed, which may cause the
machine to malfunction, etc.

14.10 Making MEM

Generate a MEM file of the screen data using the FP editor as before supporting this function, and output it to
the external memory.
* There is no special operation required to use this feature.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 731/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Note
1. After this function is supported, FP editor outputs “FPLoaderInfo.xml” to the
“Output to card” folder. “FPLoaderInfo.xml” is the file that is edited when using
CNC GUIDE and referenced by FP loader. Don’t edit this file when using FP
loader on the display unit or the application will not be loaded properly.
Refer to “14.14 Execution method in CNC GUIDE” for the execution on CNC
GUIDE.
2. When updating the external memory with “Output to card” done by FP editor
Edition 9.9 or later, if FP loader in it is running, an error message (see 14.19
Message List FPE007) is displayed.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 732/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

14.11 Loading Application

The FP loader is used to load the application stored in the external memory into the display unit. In addition to
the procedures before this feature, in display unit with a memory map loaded performs the following operations
when loading the application.
1. Login
2. Select the memory used by the application

14.11.1 Login
When the FP Loader is started, the memory allocated to a user can be allocated to an application by entering the
user ID and password defined in the memory map.
Application deletions and password changes can only be performed by the loaded user.

If the memory map is already loaded, the loader screen will be displayed as shown below.

②
①

Fig. 14.11.1(a) FP loader screen

①Offset function status icon:
Indicates that the area offset function of the CNC memory is enabled for the application. When you select
the application and load it in "Loading from" list, the memory selection screen is displayed.
②Memory in use:
The memory allocated to the application is displayed. If you are using more than one, it is displayed as a
comma separated list.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 733/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Note
1. The application loaded by another user is displayed in gray and cannot be
changed.
2. Applications loaded with "Fixed name" as the application name setting method in
the list of loading destinations will also be displayed in gray and cannot be
changed.
3. Even if the application which uses the offset function of CNC memory is in the
display unit, if it is not registered in the memory map, it is not displayed in the list
of destinations. If you try to overwrite the application of the same name, a
message (see 14.19 message list FPL202) will be displayed confirming that you
are overwriting the application.

Procedure :
1. Input the user ID and password for loading operations at the start of the FP Loader, and press the OK
button.

Fig. 14.11.1(b) Login screen

2. The following FP Loader screen is displayed.

Fig. 14.11.1(c) FP loader screen

NOTE
1. If the user ID or password is incorrect, an error message (see 14.19 Message
List FPL001) is displayed and you cannot log in. User ID is not case-sensitive.
2. If reading or writing of the memory map fails, an error message (see 14.19
message list FPL002) is displayed and the loader is terminated.
3. If no password is set for the user ID, press the OK button in step 1, leaving the
password field empty.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 734/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

14.11.2 Selecting memory used by application

In the FP Loader, when the Load button is pressed, a screen for selecting the memory to be used will display.
In this screen, you can select only the memory allocated to the logged-in user with the memory mapping tool.

4
1 3
2

2-A

3-A
3-B
3-C

5 6
7
8
Fig. 14.11.2(a) Memory selection screen
The components of the screen is as follows.
No. Explanation
1 A guide message is displayed to guide you about the procedure.
2 A list of applications that have not been allocated an area ID among the applications selected on the FP Loader
screen is displayed. When the screen is displayed, the first application is selected.
Row Explanation
Application name A list of applications selected on the FP Loader screen is displayed.
R, D, E, Common variable The memory size used by the application is displayed.
1 etc. PMC areas are displayed in bytes and macro variables are displayed in each
numbers.
The application that has selected the selection ID in the list of No.3 is displayed in gray. (2-A)

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 735/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

No. Explanation
3 The list of available area IDs for the logged-in user is displayed, and the area IDs used by the application selected
in No.2 can be selected. When the screen is displayed, it is not selected.
The following area IDs are grayed out and cannot be selected.
- When other applications are already loaded (3-C)
- When it is already selected by other applications in the list of No.2 (3-B)
- When the memory size of the application does not fit in the memory of the area ID (3-A)
Line Explanation
Area ID A unique ID is displayed to identify the area.
Continuous area Indicates whether the memory allocated to the area ID is continuous with the preceding
and following area IDs. If the size of the application does not fit into one area ID, the
continuous area ID is used. (All types of memory allocated to an area ID must be
continuous.)
: It is a top of the area. Previous area ID shows no continuity.
: It is shown to be consecutive with area ID in the back and forth.
: It is the bottom of the area. The following area ID shows no continuity.
Assigned Apps The name of the application to which the area ID is assigned is displayed
R, D, E, Common The size of the memory allocated to the area ID is displayed, the PMC area is
variable 1 etc. displayed in bytes and macro variables are displayed in each numbers.
The amount of memory allocated to the selected area ID minus the memory size used by the application is
displayed in the "Surplus amount”.
4 All selections made after the memory selection screen is displayed are cleared.
A confirmation message (see 14.19 Message List FPL103) is displayed before de-selecting.
5 Scroll through the list of applications in No.2.
Button : Scrolls to the first line.
Button : Scrolls before one line.
Button : Scrolls behind one line.
Button : Scrolls to the final line.
6 Scroll through the list of area IDs in No. 3.
Button : Scrolls to the first line.
Button : Scrolls before one line.
Button : Scrolls behind one line.
Button : Scrolls to the final line.
7 Load the application into the area ID set in No.3.
8 Cancel the setting and return to the FP Loader screen.
Procedure :
1. Select the application to load from the "Loading source" list and click the Load button .
2. The following screen is displayed.

Fig. 14.11.2(b) Memory selection screen (on displaying)

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 736/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

3. Select an application from the list on the left. When the screen is displayed, the first application is selected.
4. Select the area ID to be assigned to the selected application from the list on the right.

Fig. 14.11.2(c) Memory selection screen (before selecting the memory.)

5. Select the area ID for the other applications in the same way as steps 3 to 4.

Fig. 14.11.2(d) Memory selection screen (after selecting Area ID.)

6. When the selection of the area ID is completed for all applications, press the Load button.
7. Press the OK button in the confirmation message before loading (see 14.19 message list FPL101).

NOTE
If there is at least one application with an area ID selected, it can be loaded, but in
that case, the application with no area ID is not to be loaded. (See 14.19, Message
List FPL102.)

8. When the loading is complete, a completion message (see 14.19 Message List FPL201) is displayed.
9. The loaded application is added to the load destination on the main screen.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 737/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Fig. 14.11.2(e) The main screen (after loading)

NOTE
1. If you want to overwrite an application that has already been assigned an area ID,
the screen in step 2 does not appear and skip to step 7. If you load a new
application and overwrite an application with the area ID at the same time, the
screen of step 2 doesl not show the application that has already been allocated the
area ID.
2. If the memory size of the application exceeds the size of the area ID when
overwriting an application that has already been allocated an area ID, an error
message is displayed and the application cannot be loaded. (See 14.19, Message
List FPL104.)
3. When loading multiple applications, even if some of them fail, the ones that are OK
are loaded.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 738/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

14.11.3 Changing the User Password

To change a user's login password, the procedure is as follows.

Procedure :
1. Click the Change User Password button on the FP Loader's main screen.

Fig. 14.11.3 User password change screen

2. On the Change Password screen, enter the old password, new password, and confirmation entry, and press
the OK button.
3. A message indicating the completion of the change (see 14.19, List of Messages FPL203) is displayed and
the password for the specified user is changed.

Note
If there is no password for the user ID, the old password field is grayed out.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 739/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

14.12 Execution

Applications can be called from the iHMI's home screen, just as they were before this feature was added. The
memory specified at the time of application creation is automatically offset according to the application's load
memory map.

When you launch an application for the first time after a new or updated application is loaded, if an application
is loaded that has the CNC memory usage offset feature disabled, you will receive a message warning you about
the use of the memory map. Check the message and if it is OK, press the Yes button to start the application.

Fig. 14.12 Usage warning message

Yes button : Start the application.

No button : Close the dialog without launching the application.

NOTE
If an application with the CNC memory usage offset feature enabled accesses
memory for another application defined in the memory map, a message indicating
an access violation (see 14.19 message list FPD002) is displayed.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 740/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

14.13 Offset of Memory in User Function

When offsetting the memory in user function, it is necessary to receive the offset value from the application and
create the process to offset it in the user function.
Function (GetOffset) that receives the offset value becomes available by adding the sourcefile offered with the
sample to the project of user function DLL.

Following offset processing initialization function (User_Start_Offset_Func) is inplemented in this sourcefile.

This function is executed on start-up of the application.
Function Name User_Start_Offset_Func
Argument APP_OFFESET_SETTING* : Reference to offset information group
Type USERFUNCTION void

Use GetOffset function to get the offset value for the address and number of memory to be used and use it
accordingly.
Function Name GetOffset
Argument OFFSET_DATA*
Reference to a structure that contains an offset value. When the function is called with the memory
information before the offset is set, the offset value is stored in the output parameters.
Return value 0：Normal termination
-1：The memory specified in the argument cannot be offset by the application.
*paragraph 2.3 It comes off from the range specified by "Setting of the project".
-2：The data kind that doesn't exist is specified with the structure of the argument.
-3：The end number specified in the structure of the argument is smaller than the start number in it.

OFFSET_DATA structure used by GetOffset function sets the information about the memory to be used. The
range of available memory and offset values are stored by executing this function. The member variables are as
follows.
Variable Type Input Explanation
Name output
sPath short Input Specify the number of PMC path (CNC path in the case of macro
variable).
sKind short Input Specify data kind.
PMC
102：Y
103：X
104：A
105：R
106：T
107：K
108：C
109：D
110：M
111：N
112：E
Macro variable
200：Custom macro variable
300：P-CODE variable
sDataNum short Output Number of offset information (data)
cReserve char[2] - Reserve

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 741/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

iStart int Input Specify the start number of using memory.

(Address number in PMC, variable number in Macro variable)
iEnd int Input Specity the end number of using memory.
(Address number in PMC, variable number in Macro variable)
stOffsetNoInfo OFFSET_NO_INFO[3] Output The range of memory and the offset number that can be used
are set.

The member variables of the offset information (number part) in OFFSET_DATA structure are as follows
Variable Type Input Explanation
Name output
iMemUseStart int Output The range of memory that can be used (start) is set.
iMemUseEnd int Output The range of memory that can be used (end) is set.
iOffset int Output The offset value is set.

NOTE
Refer to 14.16 "Specifiable area of Memory map" for available memory in
OFFSET_DATA structure.

To offset the memory with the above function, please create a user function DLL based on the sample code with
the following procedure.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 742/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Procedure：
1. Open “UserFunction.sln” of "¥Sample¥iHMI¥MemoryMap¥UserFunc" stored in the FANUC PICTURE
installed folder.
2. The structure and function used in user function are defined in OFFSETFUNC.cpp and OFFSETFUNC.h.
When adding it to the created user function, copy and add these files to the project.
In this case, add the reference to OFFSETFUNC.h to the existing USERFUNC.cpp.
<USERFUNC.cpp>
#pragma once
#include "stdafx.h"
#include <windows.h>
#include "userfunc.h"
#include "stdlib.h"
#include "offsetfunc.h" // Offset function of CNC memory

3. Implement the process of getting offset and using memory with offset in USERFUNC.cpp.
The following is an example of read/write function of PMC signal.
< Example >
// Read and write PMC signal that includes offset information.
USERFUNCTION int usr_Call_ReadWritePmc()
{
----- Omission -----
// Set the reading range.
OFFSET_DATA stOffsetData; // Offset information
stOffsetInfo.sPath = sPath;
stOffsetInfo.sKind = TYPE_PMC + adr_type;
stOffsetInfo.sStart = s_number;
stOffsetInfo.sEnd = e_number;
stOffsetData.iOffset = 0;

// Get offset value.

iRet = GetOffset( &stOffsetData ) ;
if( iRet < 0 ){
return iRet; // Failed to get the offset information.
}
// Offset PMC address number
s_number += stOffsetInfo.iOffset;
e_number += stOffsetInfo.iOffset;
----- Omission -----
// Read data from the offset PMC address.
iRet = pmc_rdpmcrng(s_handle_ex1, adr_type, data_type, s_number, e_number, length, buf );
----- Omission -----
}

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 743/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

14.14 Execution method in CNC GUIDE

When using this feature with CNC GUIDE for iHMI, it is necessary to register the loaded application in the
home screen after loading the application into the set of folders output by "Output Memory map" function of
Memory Map Creation tool.

Prerequisite :
When using this feature with CNC GUIDE by except Machine tool builders, it is necessary to offer the
following from Machine tool builders.
① Folder set output by "Output Memory map" function of Memory Map Creation tool
② Login user & password for FP loader
Procedure :
1. Place the folder set (hereinafter called “Memory map storage folder”) out Memory map storage folder
put by “Output Memory map” function of Memory map creation tool to at the time of step 1
the local disk of the PC. ├ MemoryMapInstaller.bat
2. The application is created according to the following procedure. ├ MemoryMap.dat
・14.8 Project Setting └ loader (folder)

・14.9 Screen Data Creation

・14.10 Making MEM(Specify any folder as the output destination of
Memory map storage folder
[Transfer to] of at the time of step 4
Output to Card function.) ├ MemoryMapInstaller.bat
3. Open “FPLoaderInfo.xml” output at the output destination of [Transfer to] ├ MemoryMap.dat
of Output to Card function with a text editor, and register Memory map ├ loader (folder)
storage folder. └ FANUC_PICTURE_APPS
4. Launch FP loader (installer.bat) of [Transfer to] folder, and load the (folder)
application (refer to “2.6 Loading Application”). The application for CNC
GUIDE is placed in Memory map storage folder.
5. Register the application on Home screen (apps-general.xml) of iHMI.
Storage place of application : [Memory map storage folder]¥FANUC_PICTURE_APPS¥[Application
name]¥[Application name].exe
6. Launch CNC GUIDE, and execute the application from Home screen. (refer to “2.7 Execution”)

Setting of "FPLoaderInfo.xml"
Tag Explanation
<CNCGuide> <memorymap> <path> Specify the path of Memory map storage folder for CNC GUIDE.
(Initial value) None

FPLoaderInfo.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-16"?>
<CNCGuide>
<memorymap>
<path>[Memory map storage folder]</path>
</memorymap>
</CNCGuide>

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 744/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Setting example)
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-16"?>
<CNCGuide>
<memorymap>
<path>e:¥FANUC PICTURE MemoryMap</path>
</memorymap>
</CNCGuide>
[Memory map storage folder]：e:¥FANUC PICTURE MemoryMap

Setting of "apps-general.xml"
apps_general.xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-16"?>
(Omission)
<entry option="waitregister">
<name>[Application name]</name>
<category>Machining</category>
<caption>
<en> Arbitrary name </en>
<ja> Arbitrary name </ja>
</caption>
<file>[Memory map storage folder]¥FANUC_PICTURE_APPS¥[Application name]¥[Application
name].exe</file>
<image>%APPPATH%¥Resources¥Undefined.svg</image>
<current>[Memory map storage folder]¥FANUC_PICTURE_APPS¥[Application name]</current>
</entry>

Setting example)
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-16"?>
(Omission)
<entry option="waitregister">
<name>APP_NAME</name>
<category>Machining</category>
<caption>
<en>FANUC PICTURE</en>
<ja> FANUC PICTURE</ja>
</caption>
<file>e:¥FANUC PICTURE MemoryMap¥FANUC_PICTURE_APPS¥APP_NAME¥APP_NAME.exe</file>
<image>%APPPATH%¥Resources¥Undefined.svg</image>
<current>e:¥FANUC PICTURE MemoryMap¥FANUC_PICTURE_APPS¥APP_NAME</current>
</entry>
[Application name]：APP_NAME

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 745/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

NOTE
1. If there is no memory map, the operation of offsetting the memory usage area
cannot be checked and an error screen is displayed. In step 2, turn off "Using Use
Area Offset of CNC Memory function" and check the operation of the screen with
the same procedure as "Expansion of the maximum number of simultaneous
executions of the FANUC PICTURE".
2. Coexistance with an application before implementing this feature or with "Use Area
Offset of CNC Memory" off is the same specification described in section 14.4 "
Coexistence with Applications with This Function Disabled".
3. Do not save the xml file with changing the character code to except UTF-16 when
modifying it.
4. See also "About iHMI home screen settings " 9 Expansion of the maximum number
of simultaneous executions of the FANUC PICTURE" 9.7.2 about application
registration to iHMI home screen.
5. If you don’t register “Memory map storage folder” in “FPLoaderInfo.xml” at step 3,
the application will not be loaded properly. Be sure to register “Memory map
storage folder” in it.
6. “FPLoaderInfo.xml” is the file that is edited when using CNC GUIDE and
referenced by FP loader. Don’t edit this file when using FP loader on the display
unit or the application will not be loaded properly.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 746/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

14.15 Data Protection when restoring FP Project

14.15.1 FP Project Protection

If "Save FP Project to screen data" is checked in Make MEM file function of FP Editor and enter a password, it
becomes necessary to enter the password to restore the FP project from the screen data.
The steps in Make MEM file function when protecting it are as follows.

Procedure :
1. Press the Make MEM file button of FP Editor.
2. Check on "Save FP project to screen data" on the displayed "Making Memory Card File" screen.
3. Enter a password for screen data restoration into "Password" column.
Up to 32 alphanumeric characters can be input as a password. There is no prohibited character.
4. By pressing OK button, screen data is made, and the protected FP project is saved in the screen data.

Fig. 14.15.1 Make MEM Screen

NOTE
Setting a password is optional, but if you save your FP project to the screen data
without setting a password, there is a risk of unauthorized use of the FP project
because it can be restored at will.

14.15.2 Restoration of Protected FP Project

When restoring the FP project from the screen data by FP Editor, it is necessary to input the password as
follows.

Procedure :
1. Display Creating New Project screen from "File (F)"-"Project New (N)" menu of FP Editor.
2. Check the check box of “Load FP project from screen data”.
3. Specify the creating project name in “Project Name”.
4. Specify the path of the MEM file in which FP project is saved in “Directory Name”.
5. Press OK button.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 747/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Fig. 14.15.2(a) New Project Creating Screen

6. Entering password is required when more than one character password was set in Make MEM file function
(refer to “2.10.1 FP Project Protection”).
7. When pressing OK button, the FP project is restored.

Fig. 14.15.2(b) Password input when restoring FP project

NOTE
1. Error message (See 14.19 message list FPE006) is displayed when the input
password is wrong, and the project is not restored.
2. When a password is not set in Make MEM file function, the pasword input of step 6 is
not displayed.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 748/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

14.16 Specifiable Area of Memory map

Memory area that can be specified as offset area in memory map is as follows.
However, be aware to confirm the machine specification and specify the range that can be actually used.

Division Path Area Data kind Displayname Address/Variable

Range
PMC The 1-5th PMC Y Signal from Machine to PMC Y 0～727
DCSPMC X Signal from PMC to Machine X 0～727
(dual check A Message demand A1 0～749
safety) State of message A2 9000～9749
R User area R 0～99999
T Variable timer T1 0～999
Variable timer precision T2 9000～9999
K Keep relay K 0～299
C Variable counter C1 0～1199
Fixed counter C2 5000～5599
D Data table D 0～99999
M Input signal from other PMC path M 0～767
N Output signal to other PMC path N 0～767
E Extra relay E 0～9999
CNC The 1-15th path #1～ Local variable Local variable 1～33
#100～ Common variable Common variable 1 100～999
#98000～ Common variable Common variable 2 98000～98499
#10000～ P-CODE Variable P-CODE Variable 10000～89999

NOTE
1. If a non-existent number is specified in the memory map due to machine
specifications or options, an error occurs during the execution of the application.
2. Non-volatile memory ( PMC D area, etc.) is not automatically initialized by FANUC
PICTURE function. Clear them by other means at the right time, before using an
application or when changing it, etc.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 749/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

14.17 Security function

14.17.1 Overall Structure

In this function, security of a memory map and an application is kept by following four functions.
Type Description Decider
① Memory map password that limits editting and operation of memory map to Machine tool builders
Machine tool builders
(See Subsection 2.1.2.1 "Version setting".)
② Password that limits operation of application and memory map to User who owns it. Machine tool builders /
(See Subsection 2.1.2.1 "User setting".) Application loading worker
③ Password to prevent misoperation to application in-house Application creater
(See manual on the CD, A-40712EN.pdf Section 3.2 “(2) Write to card at External
memory”.)
④ Password to limit restoring screen data to owner user. Application creater
(See Section 2.10 "Data Protection when restoring FP Project”.)

Memory define ① Creating Memory Memory map

map map loader
creation tool Reading
need ① Writing Reading
need ①
PANEL iH/iH Pro

User setting： define ② Memory Reference

UserID Password map

Machine pass_MTB
tool builder

User pass_us Only for

the current user FP driver
Reference
Memory map：
②can be
User ID Range of Memory
changed.
Machine MTB_APP1 R100～R200
tool builder D0～50…
Screen
Machine MTB_APP2 R201～299
tool builder data+DLL
Reference
User User_TOOL R1100～R1150
D100~110…

need ③

Screen Writing
FANUC define
data FP loader
PICTURE ③＆④ need ②
Writing
User Only ID of the
Restoring
function current user is
need ④
DLL selectable.

Fig. 14.17.1 Secrutiy function

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 750/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

14.18 Folder Structure

Installation Disk
The installers of new tools (Memory map creation tool and Memory map loader) are stored in “Utility” folder of
the installation disk. The Utility folder also contains the installer for Multi edition install, so tools for multiple
editions and new tools are stored in separate folders.

Installation Disk
├ AutoRun.exe
├ AutoRun.inf
├ Readmej.txt
├ Readmee.txt
├ FP
├ LegacyFP
└ Utility
├ MultiEdition
└ MemoryMap
└ installers (Memory map creation tool and Memory map loader)

Folder after Installation

The folder structure after installing Memory map creation tool is as follows. The folder for Memory map
creation tool is created under “FANUC PICTURE Utility” folder where the tools for exsisting Multi edition
install are stored.
* If another folder is specified by the installer, ”Installation folder” becomes the specified folder.

Installation folder
└ FANUC PICTURE Utility
├ tool set for Multi edition instal like “FPStarter.exe”, etc.
└ FANUC PICTURE MemoryMap
├ MemoryMapMaker.exe
└ Loader
└ Memory map loader set

Memory map Output folder

Memory map folder structure output from Memory map creation tool is as follows..

Output destination
FANUC PICTURE MemoryMap
├ MemoryMapInstaller.bat
├ MemoryMap.dat
└ loader
└ Memory map loader set

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 751/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Application Output folder

Application structure output from FP Editior with Card output function is as follows.
The composition of the application output by the card writing function of the FP editor is as follows. The
changes are in bold.

Output destination
├ installer.bat
├ FPLoaderInfo.xml …………….. Added
├ FANUC_PICTURE_LOADER
｜ └ FP loader set
└ Output folder name
└ Application set

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 752/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

14.19 Message List

The list of messages used by this function is as follows.

The message shown in italics changes dynamically.
ID Tool name Message Button type Icon
Memory map
MME001 The specified file is not Memory map configuration file. Close
creation tool
Memory map
MME002 The specified file is not Memory map configuration file. Close
creation tool
Memory map
MME003 The file cannot be read. Confirm the reading file. Close
creation tool
Memory map
MME004 The file cannot be written. Confirm the writing folder. Close
creation tool
Memory map
MME005 The password is not correct. Enter again. Close
creation tool
The following input error occurs. Enter again correctly.
・The input areas overlap.
・The input range is out of the available resource.
・Either the start address or the size is blank in signal
of PMC path.
・Either the start number or the number is blank in
Memory map Macro variable.
MME006 Close
creation tool ・The input required field (Area ID, Target user and
Area range) is blank.
・Neither the start address nor the start number are in
ascending orders.
・The same Area ID exists.

NOTE：Only occuring causes are displayed.

Memory map
MME007 The user setting is incorrect. Enter again correctly. Close
creation tool
Memory map The memory area setting is incorrect. Enter again
MME008 Close
creation tool correctly.
Memory map Unable to change to the smaller value. Enter again
MME009 Close
creation tool correctly.
Memory map The selected range cannot be equally allocated. Select
MME010 Close
creation tool again correctly.
Memory map The changed content is not to be saved. Do you discard Yes
MME101
creation tool the changes and exit? No
Memory map file password to be registered on the
Memory map management information setting version setting screen is Yes
MME102
creation tool not registered. No
Do you output the memory map without protecting it?
The changed content is not saved. The changes are
Memory map Yes
MME103 discarded and newly read content is to be displayed. Do
creation tool No
you proceed?
Memory map When deleting the set user ID, the corresponding field Yes
MME104
creation tool becomes blank. Do you proceed? No
Memory map The data of the unselected memory area is to be deleted Yes
MME105
creation tool from the memory map. Do you proceed? No

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 753/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

ID Tool name Message Button type Icon

Memory map The changed content is to be discarded. Do you close the Yes
MME106
creation tool setting screen? No
Memory map The set data of the cuttting lines is to be discared. Do you Yes
MME107
creation tool proceed? No
Memory map
MME111 Output of the memory map is completed. OK
creation tool
Memory map
MME112 The memory map configuration file is written. OK
creation tool

The area to which an application is loaded is to be

Memory map Yes With
MME201 deleted. Do you proceed?
creation tool No check
box
Memory map
MML001 The password is not correct. Enter again. Close
loader
Memory map The error occurred while accessing the file. Confirm the
MML002 Close
loader reading and writing files.
Memory map The memory area first number of the loading memory
MML003 Close
loader map is different from the one of the loaded memory map.
Memory map The memory area size of the loading memory map is
MML004 Close
loader smaller than the one of the memory map.
Memory map The loaded application in the display unit doesn't exist in
MML005 Close
loader the loading memory map.
Memory map The loading memory map changes a part of the area that
MML006 Close
loader is already continuously used to another user ID.
Memory map The application registered in the memory map is not
MML007 Close
loader loaded in the display unit.
FPE001 FP editor The start number and the end number are blank. OK
The start number and the end number are out of the
FPE002 FP editor OK
range.
FPE003 FP editor Any memory type is not selected. OK
FPE004 FP editor The input password or ID is not correct. Enter again. OK
The error occurred while accessing the file. Confirm the
FPE005 FP editor OK
reading and writing files.
FPE006 FP editor The input password is not correct. Enter again. OK
Failed to delete (path of deleting file). Confirm the FP
FPE007 FP editor OK
loader is not started.
FPL001 FP loader The input User ID or password is not correct. Enter again. OK
The error occurred while accessing the file. Confirm the
FPL002 FP loader OK
reading and writing files.
Yes
FPL101 FP loader Do you load the selected application?
No
Do you proceed loading even though an application that Yes
FPL102 FP loader
is not allocated to Area ID is not loading? No
Yes
FPL103 FP loader All selected status of Area ID is cleared. Do you proceed?
No
The memory size used by application name exceeds the
size of Area ID.
FPL104 FP loader Reduce the memory size used by the application or OK
delete the application once, and load it again in other
area ID.
FPL201 FP loader Loading is completed. OK

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 754/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

ID Tool name Message Button type Icon

The application (application name) that is not registerd in Yes
FPL202 FP loader
the memory map is to be overwitten. Do you proceed? No
FPL203 FP loader The password has been changed. OK
The error occurred while accessing the file. Confirm the
ANA001 Analysis tool OK
reading and writing files.
A memory map doesn't exist. Confirm a memory map is Black background screen
FPD001 FP driver
loaded. error
The screen is stopped due to the access to the memory
used by other application. Confirm the range of the Black background screen
FPD002 FP driver
memory set to the application. error
Memory information:(Range of accessing memory)
A screen disabling CNC memory offset function is loaded
even though a memory map exists in this display unit. If
the using memory ovelaps with this screen, machine
malfunction might occur. Confirm the using memory does
Yes
FPD003 FP driver not overlap beforehand.
No

Do you start the screen?

(This Warning is displayed only once after loading a
application.)

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 755/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

15 Improvements of the operability when adding screens

The following functions are added to improve the operability of adding screen and entering screen numbers.
・Copy and paste the FP screen on the context menu of the project windows
・Set the Screen Number and the Screen Number Symbol from the following screens.
- The property setting dialog of the Screen set control
- The List editer of Screen set control
- The Overall editor

Available edition:
FANUC PICTURE（A08B-9010-J518#ZZ11） 09.7 or later

15.1 Copy and paste screen

It is possible to duplicate a new screen in project by adding "Copy Screen" and "Paste Screen" to the context
menu of the project window.

15.1.1 "Copy and Paste" menu in the project window

It is possible to copy and paste the screen on the context menu of the project window.

Fig. 15.1.1(a) "Copy and Paste" menu in the project window

Table 15.1.1(a) "Copy and Paste" menu item list

Setting item Entry type Specification Initial value Remarks
Copy Screen Select - Enable Select the screen to be replicate.
Paste Screen Select - Disable Replicate the selected screen.
Executing “Copy Screen”, the setting item
becames Enable.
Executing “Paste Screen”, it becames Disable.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 756/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Paste parent screen and child screen

1. When a parent screen with a child screen is selected and copied and pasted
The settings of the child screen are also replicated
* The child screen used by the copy source parent screen becomes the child screen that also uses the
replicated parent screen.

2. When only the child screen is selected and copied and pasted
It is replicated to the root on the project tree. The parent screen is not replicated.

NOTE
Click the [Update] button in the project window to display a project tree of child screens
used by the replicated parent screen.

Copy and paste the screen being edited

When you select Paste and confirm the screen name, the following dialog is displayed.
Select one of the [Yes], [No], [Cancel], and [×] buttons to complete the copy and paste operation.

Fig. 15.1.1(b) Change confirmation dialog

Table 15.1.1 (b) Change confirmation dialog item list

Setting item Entry type Specification Initial value Remarks
Yes Button Select - - Save the screen you are editing and
replicate it with a different name.
No Button Select - - Replicate the screen before editing with
another name.
Cancel Button Select - - No pasting the screen.
× Button - - - No pasting the screen.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 757/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

15.2 Screen Number Setting when adding screen

In addition to the Detail Setting screen (Screen number setting tab) of Making Memory Card File, it is now
possible to set from the following dialogs and screens.
・Property setting dialog of Screen set control
・List editor of Screen set control
・Overall editor

Fig. 15.2 Detail Setting

Table 15.2 [Screen Set Control] Dialog item list

Setting item Entry type Specification Initial value Remarks
Screen Number Input 0~65535 0 If the set value is non-zero, replicate values
Cannot be set for each screen.
Screen Number Input Up to 40 words Blank The following characters are not allowed.
Symbol “:”

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 758/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

15.2.1 Property setting dialog

In the Property setting dialog of Screen set control, it is possible to set the screen number and screen number
symbol.

Fig. 15.2.1 Property setting dialog of Screen set control

NOTE
If you enter a value other than a numerical value in the screen number of the property
setting dialog, an error message is displayed on the balloon tip.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 759/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

15.2.2 List editor

In the List editor of Screen set control, it is possible to set the screen number and screen number symbol.

Fig. 15.2.2 List editor of Screen set control

15.2.3 Overall editor

In the Overall editor, it is possible to set the screen number and screen number symbol.

Fig. 15.2.3 Overall editor

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 760/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

15.2.4 Error dialog

After entering the screen number and screen number symbol, after confirming the set value, check it. If there is
an error, an error dialog be displayed. For the messages in the error dialog box, refer to "Table 15.2.4(a)
Message list".

Fig. 15.2.4 Error dialog

Table 15.2.4(a) Message list

No. item name Message content Button type Icon
1 Please input an integer number. Close
2 Screen number Please set the value between 0 and 65535. Close
3 A wrong screen number is selected. Close
4 This name already existed. Close
5 Screen number This name already exists is in “%s”. * Close
symbol Maximum number of characters 40 were exceeded. Close
6
Please input a correct value.
* The symbol name (PMC symbol, Define symbol, etc.) is displayed in "%s" of the message content.

The above setting value check is performed on the screen below. For the parts marked with ×, the set value is
checked when Make MEM File.

Table 15.2.4(b) Check the setting value for each screen

Screen Setting value
check
property setting ○
List editor ×
Overall editor ×
Detail setting ○

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 761/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

15.2.5 Takeing over screen number and screen number symbol

1. Opening the project less than 9.7 edition
When you open a project from [File]-[Project]-[Open], the screen number and screen number symbol set
in the screen number setting (*) of the target project are also reflected in the following screens.
- The Proparty setting dialog of Screen set control
- List editor
(*)[Making Memory Card File]-[Detail Button]-[Detail Setting]-[Screen number setting tab]-Screen
number setting

2. Opening the screen less than 9.7 edition

If you open the screen [File]-[Screen]-[Open], the screen number is 0 and the screen number symbol is
blank.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 762/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

16 FANUC Series 30i-B CPU-G

In edition 09.7, FANUC PICTURE corresponded to FANUC Series 30i-B ( CPU-G ).
- FANUC PICTURE application that operates on CPU-G can be made.
- The combining application FP driver that operates on CPU-G can be made.

FANUC Series 30i-MODEL B (CPU-G) can make the above-mentioned application by the same operation as
model FANUC Series 30i-MODEL B.
When FANUC Series 30i-MODEL B (CPU-G) is used, please read the following explanations.

16.1 Setting of CNC system

The procedure for making the FANUC PICTURE application that can be operated on CPU-G is as follows.

1. Open a FANUC PICURE Project file used.

2. Click [Project] - [Setting..] on the menu bar. Then [Setting of Project] dialog is displayed.
Select “30i/31i-B Plus(CPU-G)” at “CNC system”.

Fig.16.1 Select of CNC system

NOTE
1. “PMC type” becomes blank. It is not possible to select.
2. As for “Resolution”, “Font” and “Soft key”, the item similar to FS30i-B can be
selected.
3. If you create a memory card file with “30i/31i-B Plus(CPU-G)” selected, the PMC
data transfer range optimization function is forcibly enabled. (FP parameter No.16=1)
Please refer to “FP-PARAMETER SETTING screen”-“Optimization of the PMC data
transfer range” at B-66284EN.pdf for the details of the function.
4. If the FANUC PICTURE project with "30i/31i-B Plus (CPU-G)" selected for "CNC
system" is switched to the iHMI mode, "30i/31i/32i-A/B, 35i-B , 0i-F, 30i/31i/32i-B
Plus, 0i-F Plus, Power Motion i-A Plus” is set.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 763/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

16.2 Write to Card

When “The FP driver is transferred” is selected at “Write to Card”, a FANUC PICTURE driver for
FS30i-B(CPU-G) is copied.

Fig. 16.2 Output Card Window

BY37.mem is a name that shows the FANUC PICTURE driver for FS30i-B(CPU-G).
The following names of each CNC system are displayed.
CNC system File name of FP driver
30i/31i-B Plus(CPU-G) BY37.mem
30i/31i/32i-A/B, 35i-B, 0i-F, 30i/31i/32i-B Plus, 0i-F BY27.mem
Plus, Power Motion i-A Plus
Power Motion i-A 889K.mem

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 764/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

16.3 Combining Application Program

The combining application FP driver that operates on CPU-G can be made.
The making procedure of the combining application is similar to FS30i-B.

SOFTWARE REQUIRED FOR C APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT

The following software programs are required to use FANUC PICTURE together with the C executor.
They must be prepared by the machine tool builder.

(1) C Executor
C application development requires the C executor library suitable to the CNC model used, as well as the C
executor option on the target CNC.
NOTE
For Series 30i-B(CPU-G), C executor library for CPU-G version GZ0R09.3 or later
required.

(2) C compiler
Use the WindRiver Diab C/C++ Power-PC compiler version 5.9.4.

(3) Linker
Use the linker attached to the WindRiver Diab C/C++ Power-PC compiler version.5.9.4.

(4) Personal computer DOS environment

Use the DOS prompt of Windows.

Content of Files at Install CD

[FPLink30CPUG] (Series 30i -B(CPU-G))
MAKE.BAT Compilation, Link, Batch file for MEM file generation.

[FPLink30CPUG¥FPLib] (Series 30i –B(CPU-G))

FANUC PICTURE file related to library
FPMAINLIB.A FP library 1 for the main task
FPJPEGLIB.A FP library 2 for the main task
FPSUBLIB.A FP library for the alarm task
FPCOMLIB.A FP library for the communication task
FPZLIB.A FP library for the compression decompression
FPDRAM.C Defined file of DRAM variables used by FANUC PICTURE
DRAMVER.H Declared file of DRAM variables used by FANUC PICTURE
FPSRAM.C Defined file of SRAM variables used by FANUC PICTURE
SRAMVER.H Declared file of SRAM variables used by FANUC PICTURE
CMNSTRCT.H Defined file of the symbols used by FANUC PICTURE
DEFCONST.H Defined file of the symbols used by FANUC PICTURE
VARTYPE.H Defined file of the symbols used by FANUC PICTURE
CEXE_DEF.H Defined file of the symbols used by FANUC PICTURE
CMMNTOOL.H Defined file of the symbols used by FANUC PICTURE
FS30ICEX.H Defined file of the symbols used by FANUC PICTURE
FS30IDEF.H Defined file of the symbols used by FANUC PICTURE
FPLIBFNC.H Defined file of the symbols used by FANUC PICTURE

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 765/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

CEXE_VER.H Defined file of the version for C executor

[FPLink30CPUG¥UserSample] (Series 30i -B(CPU-G))

Sample application of C language executor
CEXE.MAK Make file for making the combination application
VERSION.C Defined file of the series and version of the uniting application
USERFUNC.C Source file of the user functions
USERFUNC.H Source file of the user functions
BACK1.C Source file of main function for the alarm task
BACK2.C Source file of main function for the communication task
TASK4.C Source file of the main function for window task
TASK5.C Source file of the main function for high-level task
DRAMVER.C Defined file of DRAM variables used by the user application
SRAMVER.C Defined file of SRAM variables used by the user application
USERMAIN.C Source file of the user functions
HELPERAL.C Source file of helper function for the alarm task
HELPERCM.C Source file of helper function for the communication task
HELPERMN.C Source file of helper function for the main task

[FPLink30CPUG¥FPSample] (Series 30i -B(CPU-G))

Sample application of FANUC PICTURE
FPSample.fpp Project file of sample FP screen
Others Project data of sample FP screen

Preparation for Development Environment at PC

Install the C language executor development environment for CPU-G.
For the details, refer to "EMBEDDING OF C APPLICATIONS"-"Preparation for Development Environment"
at B-66284EN.pdf.

Making of Combining Application Program

The making procedure of the combining application is similar to conventional.
For the details, refer to "EMBEDDING OF C APPLICATIONS"-"Making of Combining Application Program"
at B-66284EN.pdf.

16.4 Available CNC / display unit

Target CNC
- FS30i -B ( CPU-G )

Target display unit

- Standard display unit

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 766/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

17 Use memory card of display unit with PC

function
When parameter No.300#0=1, it is possible to input/output a file to memory card of display unit with PC
function with the following functions.
- History data output
- Text message file output（Includes output according to parameter 20）
- Text message file input
- License display output

Available edition:
FANUC PICTURE (A08B-9010-J518#ZZ11) 09.9 or later

17.1 Corresponding function

17.1.1 Memory card output of historical data

It is possible to output the history data to the memory card of display unit with PC function by the history data
output by the control with the button/image.

Fig.17.1.1 control with the button/image(Detail - History display)

* Refer to 4 “A-40712EN/42 : FANUC PICTURE manual (earlier than 06.2~08.0)”

With the button for which “Output history data (According to the parameter 20)” is selected in the history
display operation item, when parameter 20 is 4, the memory card can be output to the display with computer
function.
For the output destination, refer to Section 17.2.

* About parameter 20 setting

The following interfaces are available. Input/output is not possible if the set values are other than 4, 9, and 17.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 767/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Table17.1.1 Input/output to the display with PC function with parameter 20

Parameter 20 setting value Input/output to a display Input/output to a
unit with PC function display unit with PC
(Ethernet connection) function (HSSB
connection)
4 Memory card interface ○ ○
9 Embedded Ethernet interface Only via FTP server ○ -
17 USB memory interface × ○
○：Input/output is possible、×：Input/output is Impossible、- Not applicable

17.1.2 Memory card output of text message file

With FP function (chgtxtmsg), you can output a text message file to the memory card of the display with PC
function.
For the output destination, refer to Section 17.2.
[Syntax]
chgtxtmsg[“id”_type]
[Arguments]
type 0：Outputs a text message file to a memory card.

17.1.3 Memory card Input of text message file

With FP function (chgtxtmsg), you can Input a text message file to the memory card of the display with PC
function.
For the Input destination, refer to Section 17.2.
[Syntax]
chgtxtmsg[“id”_type]
[Arguments]
type 1：Enter the text message file in CNC.

17.1.4 Mruby License information memory card output

When [OUTPUT] is selected or the input <INPUT> key is selected on the license display screen, the full text of
the MIT license (MITL.txt) is displayed.
It can be output to the memory card of the display with a personal computer function.
For the output destination, refer to Section 17.2.

Select [OUTPUT] to

Memory card output

Fig.17.1.4 License display scree

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 768/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

17.2 Data input / output to a display unit with a PC function

The input/output destination slots for the memory card of the display unit with PC function are shown below.
Input / output to and from the memory card is possible even on a personal computer connected to the CNC
device via Ethernet.
Depending on the setting of parameter No. 300#0, the input / output destination slots are switched as shown in
"17.2" below.
Table17.2 Input/output destination slot
CNC indicator LCD-mounted Input/output destination
type / parameter No.300#0 = 0 parameter No.300#0 = 1
stand-alone
type
indicator LCD-mounted input/output is display unit with a PC
(Compatible with PC type Impossible function
functions) stand-alone body(CNC side) display unit with a PC
type function

NOTE
1. There is no change in the display unit without PC function.
2. When a PC without a memory card slot is connected to the main unit (CNC
side) and parameter No. 300 # 0 = 1, the CNC screen display function (SDF)
[File] menu-> [Data input / output]-> [ Input / output to the folder specified in
[Memory card].
3. When the CNC screen dual display function is enabled and parameter No.
300#0 = 1, the input/output to a display or PC that can control keys.
4. If the LCD-mounted type input/output is not possible, the error message
"Memory card is not inserted" will be displayed.

17.2.1 Memory card status error

With this support, the error when the memory card is in the write protection state and when the card is not
inserted will be changed as shown in "Table 17.2" below.

Table17.2.1 Memory card status error message

Error type Error message before chage Error message After chage
Write protection Memory card is write protected. The file cannot be output because there is not
error enough free space on the memory card or the
number of files is full.
Card not inserted Not memory card insertd. The memory card could not be recognized.
error

NOTE
When outputting to the body(CNC side), the error message before the change is
displayed for the card not inserted error.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 769/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

18 Project variable management function of

FANUC PICTURE for iHMI
In FANUC PICTURE edition 10.0 and earlier, because there are no variables that can be used throughout the
project for controlling FP controls and Ruby scripts, PMC memory or macro variable (hereinafter referred to as
“CNC memory”) had to be used instead.

By preparing project variable that can be used commonly in FP controls and Ruby scripts, this feature makes it
possible to link data among FP controls and Ruby scripts easily without using CNC memory.

When using CNC memory： When using project variable:

Display unit CNC memory Display unit CNC memory

FP screen FP screen
Numeral/Character
1234
String Indication 1234
Control
Not used
Ruby script
i = #[100] i = $P_ABC

Project
variables

Fig. 18 Overview of project variable

NOTE
1 Project variable cannot be used for invalid signals and interlocks.
2 Project variable cannot be used in FP scripts.
3 Project variable uses the memory allocated in the FP driver, and is not the function
that maps the PMC area and macro variables of the CNC into FP application to be
used. Therefore, even if the value of project variable is changed, the PMC signal or
macro variable is not automatically changed.

In addition, the error content at the time of Ruby execution error is improved to display more detailed error
content.

Available vertion:
FANUC PICTURE（A08B-9010-J518#ZZ11） 10.1 and later

Available display unit:

PANEL iH / iH Pro

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 770/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

18.1 Overall flow

18.1.1 How to use project variable

The flow of using project variable is as follows.

Fig. 18.1 Overall flow (New FP project)

1. Definition of project variable

Define the project variable to use.

2. Use project variable in FP control and Ruby script.

Use the project variable defined in the above No.1 in the property setting of the FP control or in the Ruby
script.

3. MEM file creation

Create a MEM file of screen data and output it to an external memory together with the FP driver.
There are no specific operations related to project variable.

18.2 Details
This section describes the details of each function along the flow of using project variable.

18.2.1 Definition of project variable

18.2.1.1 What is project variable
Variables (NOTE 4, NOTE 7) that can be shared in FP controls and Ruby scripts of FANUC PICTURE
application, and can be used as a substitute for CNC memory. For project variable, specify “variable
name/variable type/initial value”in the project variable list described later. Types in the following table can be
used as variable type.
Up to 5000 project variables can be defined.

Table. 18.2.1 Where project variable can be used and variable types
Where project variable can be used Variable types that can be used
Ruby script BOOL(1 bit)
BYTE(1 byte)
FP control in which the kind of action can be specified
WORD(2 byte)
FP function *NOTE2, NOTE 3 DWORD(4 byte)
REAL(Single precision real)
Arguments of FP function *NOTE2, NOTE 3 LREAL(Double precision real)
FP control using CNC memory *NOTE 3 String

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 771/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

NOTE
1 Ruby Script array type cannot be used as project variable.
2 Project variable cannot be specified to be replaced and then executed like function
symbol.
3 Project variable cannot be specified in the following FP control, dialog, and FP
function in which the CNC memory range is specified.
・ Combined message Indication Control
・ History message Indication Control
・ PMC Area Character String Indication Control
・ Line graph control
・ Pie graph control
・ Extended bar graph control
・ List box control
・ Setting of Project dialog box
・ Detailed setting dialog when creating MEM
・ Debug settings dialog
・ Indirect specification FP function
4 Project variable is the variable that can be used for each FANUC PICTURE
application and is not one that can be used in common among multiple applications.
5 Project variable cannot be specified in the bit interface of Text String Indication
control and Lamp Control with exchangeable images, in which the range of CNC
memory is specified.
6 The character code that can be used for the character type project variable is the
same as in FANUC PICTURE MANUAL (Edition 06.2 to less than 08.0)(A-40712)
Chapter 24 "Function for handling the string in FP script".
7 There are notes when sharing project variables. For details, refer to “18.3.3 Use with
Ruby script (NOTE 8)”.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 772/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

18.2.2 Pocedure of Definition

Project variable is defined by the following procedure.
1. Select [Project variable Settings] from [Project] in the FANUC PICTURE menu.
2. Project variable list (see Fig.18.2.2) is displayed.
3. Enter the”variable name/variable type/initial value/comment (see Table. 18.2.3(a))”of the project variable.
4. Save the project variable you are editing with the OK button in the project variable list.

1 *2
2,3 Folder selection
dialog

FP project folder
*1
Fig. 18.2.2 Project variable list screen transition

*1 The project variable list can be also displayed from the Ruby script edit dialog.
*2 Project variable setting can be exported or imported as a CSV format file by selecting the folder.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 773/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

18.2.3 Project Variable List

Define the project variable in the project variable list,.
(1) (2) (3) (4)
Definition screen

Fig. 18.2.3 Setting screen

Edit items :
The contents of the columns are as shown in the table below.

Table. 18.2.3(a) Setting items

Item Explanation
title Type * Select or enter the following
Numerical
Name Half-width alphanumeric characters and symbols can be used (see NOTE 7).
value
(1) Variable length is 1 character minimum and 16 characters maximum.
String
- BOOL (1bit)
- BYTE (1byte)
Numerical - WORD (2bytes)
Type
value - DWORD (4bytes)
(2)
- REAL (Single precision real )
- LREAL (Double precision real )
String - String
0 if omitted.
- BOOL (Up to 1 digit)
- BYTE (Up to 4 digit)
Numerical
Initial - WORD (Up to 6 digit)
value
value - DWORD (Up to 11 digit)
(3) - REAL (Up to 24 digit)
- LREAL (Up to 24 digit)
Half-width alphanumeric characters, blank, sign, Double-byte character
String
Empty string if omitted

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 774/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Item Explanation
title Numerical
Comment Optionally enter comment about the variable.
value
(4) (64 double-byte characters maximum (128 single-byte characters) )
String
* Depends on ”Variable type (2)” setting.

OK button :
Save the variables displayed in the project variable list to the project variable list file in the project.

Cancel button :
Discard the contents edited in the project variable list without saving them in the project variable list file.

InportCSV button :
Read the selected project variable list file and update the project variable list.

Export(CSV) button :
Output the variables displayed in the project variable list to any location as CSV file format.

All Clear button :

Delete all the variables displayed in the project variable list.

Delete button :
Delete the variable selected in the project variable list.

Alter button :
Update the variable registered in the project variable list. (see NOTE 4)

Insert button :
Register a new one in the project variable list at one above the selected variable.
* At the same time, it also checks if the variable settings are correct. (see NOTE 4)

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 775/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

NOTE
1 When the project variable list is started, if the project variable list file used for the
project variable cannot be read, the error message (18.8 message list PV001) is
displayed.
2 If the project variable list file cannot be saved when the OK button of the project
variable list is pressed, the error message (18.8 message list PV002) is displayed.
3 If the entered character is a prohibited character, the error message (18.8 Message
List PV006) is displayed.
4 If the variables settings are incorrect, the following error message is displayed.
Table. 18.2.3(b) Error condition (Variable check)
Error condition Detail of the error
Variable name not specified 18.8 Message List PV007
Duplicate variable name 18.8 Message List PV009
Variable type not specified 18.8 Message List PV010
5 If the import of the project variable list file fails, the following error message is
displayed.
Table. 18.2.3(c) Error condition (Import)
Error condition Detail of the error
Duplicate variable names in the project variable list file 18.8 Message List PV003
Import the project variable list file that is not output by the export 18.8 Message List PV008(*)
function
The following data in the project variable list file is incorrect 18.8 Message List PV011(*)
- Variable name
- Variable type
- Initial value
- Comment
*Output the error content to the project variable list error log file (projvarerr.txt).
6 If the export of the project variable list file fails, the error message (18.8 message list
PV004) is displayed.
7 Double-byte character and ¥ $ / ” ( ) { } [ ] : | < > + - = ; , ? * % @ & ’ cannot be
used for variable name.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 776/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

18.3 How to use project variable

18.3.1 Use with FP control

Project variable can be used in the following setting items of FP control properties.
1. PMC signal setting
2. Action type and setting by input / output destination
3. FP function setting

18.3.1.1 PMC signal setting

Project Variable can be used instead of the following signal setting.

Table. 18.3.1.1(a) PMC signal setting

No. Control Tab PMC signal that can select a project variable
1 Momentary BIT / WORD
Button / PMC
2 Alternate BIT / WORD
Button with image
3 Action Watch PMC
4 Action Watch PMC / Blink PMC
Lamp
5 Option Type (*2) / Signal Area / Blink Signal
6 Ten-Key Pad Option Type (*2) / Signal Area / Blink Signal
7 Framed Button Action Export PMC (*1) / Blink PMC (*1) / Light PMC (*1)
Screen Switch /Screen Blink PMC (*1) / Light PMC (*1)
8 Action
Switch with image
9 Screen set Option Export PMC / Import PMC
10 Message Box Action Watch PMC
11 Numeral/Character String Option Type (*2) / Signal Area / Blink Signal
12 Radio Button Action Export PMC Area
Lamp Control with
13 exchangeable images Action PMC(Number interface side)
14 Screen Structure Main screen Export PMC (*1)
15 Definition Option Change Report Area
16 Combo Box Action State Management Start Area
17 Check Box Action PMC
Text Character String
18 Indication Action PMC(Number interface side)
19 Numeral Indication Option Type (*2) / Signal Area / Blink Signal
*1 The title of the separator is displayed as "-------xxxx PMC / Project variable---------------------------".
*2 "PMC/Project variable (bit)" and "PMC/Project variable (Large and small comparison)" can be selected
in the pull-down list of Type.

Select "Project Variable" in the combo box for selecting the PMC, and specify the project variable in the combo
box for entering the variable name.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 777/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Select a Project variable

in ”PMC / Project variable”

Specify the variable

Fig. 18.3.1.1 When setting in PMC signal setting (Example: Screen Structure Definition control)

Table. 18.3.1.1(b) [Project variable] Property setting

Input type Set Value Initial Value Remark
Select / Project variable name Blank When setting to use a project variable, it is mandatory to enter
input the variable name.

NOTE
If the PMC signal setting type (BIT / WORD) and the project variable type do not
match, the error message (18.8 Message list FP004) is displayed when making
MEM.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 778/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

18.3.1.2 Action type and setting by input and output destination

Project variable can be used instead of the following action types or input and output destinations.

Table. 18.3.1.2(a) Action type and setting by input and output destination
No. Control Tab Action type that can select project variable and input / output destination
Numeral/Character
1 Action Action type pull-down list
String
Numeral Indication
2 Control with Key Input Action Input / output destination pull-down list

Select "Project Variable" for the action type and input / output destination, and specify the project variable in
the combo box for entering the variable name.

Select project variable in

Action Type.

Select 1 to 4 bytes, decimal, string, or

rectangle string as Data Type

If the variable name combo box is selected,

"Table 11 Type and display / Input and
output format" project variable are listed in
the list, so select one.

Fig. 18.3.1.2 When setting in the action type and input / output destination

Table. 18.3.1.2(b) [Variable name] Property setting

Input Set value Initial Remark
type Value
Select / Project variable name Blank When setting to use project variable, it is mandatory to enter the
input variable name.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 779/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

NOTE
1 If the data type, display / input and output format, and project variable type do not
match, the error message (18.8 Message List FP003) is displayed when making
MEM.
2 When using REAL or LREAL type project variable, specify "decimal" as the data type.
“Real (Single precision real)” and “Real (Double precision real)" are specifed when
using the rdpmcreal / wrpmcreal function.

Data type and display / input and output format

The relationship between the data type and display / input and output format settings for each control, and the
project variable type is as follows

Table. 18.3.1.2(c) Type and display / Input and output format

Display / input and Project variable type *1
Data type
output format
1byte (Signed / Unsigned) BOOL
“Decimal、Binary、
1byte (Signed / Unsigned), Decimal BYTE
Hexadecimal、BCD、
2bytes (Signed / Unsigned), Decimal WORD
ASCII” *3
4bytes (Signed / Unsigned), Decimal DWORD
Decimal REAL and LREAL
Decimal *3
String or Rectangle String *2 String
Real (Single precision real / Double
Decimal, index nothing shown
precision real)
*1 Variable name combo box list only shows the variable types that correspond to the selected data type.
*2 In Numeral Indication Control for Calling a Ten-Key Pad ,”Reserve” is displayed and cannot be selected.
*3 In Numeral Indication Control for Calling a Ten-Key Pad, "Reserve" is displayed except for "Decimal" and
cannot be selected.

18.3.1.3 FP function setting

Project variable can be used in the following FP function setting.
When using a project variable for FP function setting, enter the variable name prefixed with "$P_".

Table. 18.3.1.3(a) FP function settings

FP Function seting in which project variable can be
No. Control Tab
used.
1 Button / Momentary, WORD Function to be executed by turning the button ON and OFF
2 Button Control with image Alternate, WORD (*)
3 Action Setting of FP function to display as a number or string.
Numeral/Character String
4 Option
5 Lamp Option
Setting the 7-colors switching method with the return value
Numeral Indication Control
6 Option of the FP function.
with Key Input
7 Option
Ten-Key Pad
8 Action Setting as read, write or check function.
Lamp Control with Setting the displaying image with the return value of the FP
9 Action
exchangeable images function.
Text Character String Setting the displaying message by the return value of the
10 Indication Action
FP function.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 780/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

FP Function seting in which project variable can be

No. Control Tab
used.
Settin the lighting or blinking value with the return value of
Highlight
the FP function.
* Project variable can be specified as FP function arguments.

Project can be specified directly in FP function settings, such as the action settings of a FP control.

Fig. 18.3.1.3(a) When specifying directly in the FP function setting

NOTE
For the data type of the data display, follow the type of the project variable to be used
(See “Table. 18.3.1.2(c) Type and display / Input and output format”).

Project variable can also be specified for the arguments of the FP function and the user function as shown
below.
When using a project variable as an argument of the FP function, enter the variable name prefixed with "$P_".

Fig. 18.3.1.3(b) When specifying as an argument of FP function

NOTE
1 For the data type of the data display, follow the return type of the FP function to be
used.
2 The character string type cannot be specified for the following functions that specify
the object ID in the FP function argument.
scroll / chgtxtmsg / FpSetProperty / FpGetPropertyValue /
FpGetPropertyStr
3 When using the project variable as the Ruby script number of the script function, use
the value of adding 1000 to the Ruby script number.
4 Project variables cannot be used for macro variable numbers and path numbers in
Easy setting of macro variable. Use project variables as arguments to the FP
functions rdmacro, wrmacro, rdpmacro, wrpmacro instead.

There are the following notes about the function arguments that can be specified.

Table.18.3.1.3(b) Notes on specifiable function arguments

Argument type FP function arguments User function arguments
BOOL
BYTE
Up to 4 arguments can be specified
WORD Up to 2 arguments can be specified
DWORD
REAL Can be specified as the 4th argument of the

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 781/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

LREAL wrpmcreal function (NOTE 1)

String Cannot be specified Up to 2 arguments can be specified (NOTE 2)

NOTE
1 Rounding errors may occur because the decimal precision is 6 digits.
2 When using one string type variable, the length of the string is up to 40 characters.
When using two variables, up to a total of 40 characters, including one character of
the argument separator.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 782/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

18.3.2 Use in List edit and Overall edit

As with PMC symbols, project variables can be used in List edit and Overall edit.

NOTE
In the list editor, if you enter a character that cannot be used as a project variable
name, an error message is displayed with a balloon tip.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 783/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

18.3.3 Use with Ruby script

In Ruby script, the project variable referenced in each FP control and synchronous / asynchronous script can be
shared. For example, the value of the project variable updated by the timer script can be referred from another
script specified for Numeral / Character String Indication Control, etc. When using a project variable in a Ruby
script, enter the variable name with "$P_" at the beginning.

NOTE
1 Variables that start with "$" but not "$P_", and variables that start with "$P_" and are
not registered as project variable function as Ruby script global variables and cannot
be linked with FP controls.
2 If a variable that is not registered as a project variable and prefixed with "$P_” is used,
the message (18.8 message list FP007) that calls attention on MEM generation is
displayed (If the checkbox in the message is enabled, the message will not be
displayed until the FP project is closed)。
3 Project variable are initialized when the FP app starts, so there is no need to initialize
them in Ruby script.
4 When assigning a REAL type and LREAL type variable to the DISP_VAL variable and
displaying the value in "Numeral / Character String Indication Control", specify
"Decimal" as the data type. If it exceeds the range of
-2147483647 to 2147483647 that can be displayed with the "decimal" data type,
asterisks are displayed. In that case, display the value by preparing a script like the
one below and setting the data type to "character string".
Example)
strtmp = $P_REAL_VALUE.to_s
# Copy REAL type project variable to “strtmp” as a character string.
SVAL0 = strtmp
# Copy the local variable “strtmp” to the string pointer variable SVAL0.
DISP_VAL=SVAL0 # Copy string pointer variable to DISP_VAL variable.
5 Project variable cannot be used in the following place.
・Iterative process(for,each,time)
Example) for $P_NUM in 0…10 do
# Note that project variables can be used in numerical values of 0 ... 10.
・Self-assignment
Example) $P_NUM += 1
・Multiple substitution
Example) $P_NUM, $P_NUM2 = 1, 2
・Conditional operator
Example) $P_NUM ? i =0 : i = 1
However, project variable can also be used in the above place by assingning it to a
Ruby variable once.
Example) Self-assignment(iterative process, multiple substitution, and conditional
operators can be handled in the same way.)
num = $P_NUM
num += 1

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 784/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

$P_NUM = num

6 Project variable cannot be assigned directly to string pointer variables (SVAL0 to

SVAL9). Assign the project variable to the local variable of the Ruby script as shown
below, and then assign it to the string pointer variable.
Example)
$P_USER_PATH = “//CNC_MEM/USER/”
# Assign the string "//CNC_MEM/USER/" to the project variable.
strtmp = $P_USER_PATH
# Copy the project variable to the local variable “strtmp”.
SVAL0 = strtmp.to_s
# Copy the local variable “strtmp” to the string pointer variable SVAL0.
# Note that character string pointer variable (SVAL0 to SVAL9) can be
directly assigned to project variable.
7 The character string pointer read by the FP function (rdstr) cannot be directly
assigned to project variable. Assign the string pointer to the local variable in the Ruby
script as shown below, and then assign it to the project variable.
Example)
strtmp = rdstr(105, 1000, 0, 50, 99, 0)
# Read 50 bytes from R1000 into the local variable “strtmp”.
$P_USER_PATH = strtmp.to_s
# Copy local variable “strtmp” to project variable.
8 If access to the project variable in each FP control and synchronous / asynchronous
script conflicts, the access order becomes the same as each process execution order.
However, REAL, LREAL, and String -type project variables must be controlled
exclusively so that they do not conflict. Without exclusive control, the project variable
might be an indefinite value.Note this point when creating FP app.
9 Assigning the special value "empty" of custom macro variable into project variable
results in 0 value.
10 If the value that exceeds 15 significant digits (including the decimal point) is assigned
to a project variable, rounding error will occur.
11 It is not possible to assign -2,147,483,648 directly to a project variable in Rruby script.
When substituting, prepare the following script and substitute the calculation result.
Example)
dtemp = -2,147,483,647 # Assign -2,147,483,647 to Ruby script variable.
dtemp += -1 # Add -1 to -2,147,483,647 to get -2,147,483,648
$DWORD_VALUE = dtemp # Copying to a variable of DWORD type.

18.3.3.1 Changing CNC memory usage location in existing Ruby script to

project variable
Although it is necessary to define project variables in the project variable list in advance, Ruby script that uses
CNC memory can be changed to use project variable as shown below.
*The parts shown in italics change dynamically.
Table. 18.3.3.1 Change in Ruby script
Description Before After
When changing PMC symbol to project variable wrpmcb(:DoorOpen: , 1) $P_DoorOpen = 1

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 785/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Description Before After

ret = rdpmc(:D0123LONG:) ret = $P_D0123LONG
wrpmc( 9, 400, 4, #[18999]) wrpmc( 9, 400, 4, $P_Macro18999)
When changing macro variable to project variable
if #[100] == 1 then if $P_M100 == 1 then

18.3.3.2 Numerical range available in numeric variable / FP function

argument /Ruby script
The values that can be handled by numeric variable / FP function / Ruby script are in the following range.

Table. 18.3.3.2 Numerical range available in numeric variable / FP function argument /Ruby script
Variable Variable Sign(*1) Min. value Max. value
type size
BOOL 1bit 0 1
Yes -128 127
BYTE 1byte
No 0 255
Yes –32,768 32,767
WORD 2byte
No 0 65,535
Yes –2,147,483,648(*2) 2,147,483,647
DWORD 4byte
No 0 4,294,967,295
REAL 4byte ±1.175494351 E – 38 ±3.402823466 E + 38
LREAL 8byte ±2.2250738585072014 E – 308 ±1.7976931348623158 E + 308
*1 Use FP function arguments and “signed” number ranges in Ruby script.
When used with FP control,the data type setting is the same.
(See “Table. 18.3.1.2(c) Type and display / Input and output format”)
*2 It is not possible to assign -2,147,483,648 directly to a project variable in Ruby script.
Can be assigned up to -2,147,483,647.
NOTE
1 When assinging numerical value from Ruby script variable or numeric variable of
another variable type, make sure that the numeric range can be handled by the
numeric variable to be assigned to.
2 Assigning decimal number for the REAL / LREAL type that handles real number may
cause rounding error.
3 Assigning Ruby script variable that has real number to the REAL type may cause
rounding error.

18.3.3.3 FP function
When specifying a project variable in the argument of the FP function in the Ruby script, there are the following
notes.

Table. 18.3.3.3 Notes on specifiable function arguments

Argument type FP function arguments User function arguments
BOOL
BYTE
Can be specified for each argument
WORD
Cannot be specified
DWORD
REAL Can be specified as the 4th argument of the
LREAL wrpmcreal function.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 786/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

String Cannot be specified

18.4 About project variable memory usage

The memory usage on PANEL iH / iH Pro Display unit is as follows.

Table. 18.4 Memory usage

Variable type Memory usage
BOOL 8 bytes for up to 64 units, increasing by 8 bytes for each 64 units thereafter
BYTE 8 bytes for up to 8 units, increasing by 8 bytes for each 8 units thereafter
WORD 8 bytes for up to 4 units, increasing by 8 bytes for each 4 units thereafter
DWORD 8 bytes for up to 2 units, increasing by 8 bytes for each 2 units thereafter
REAL 8 bytes for up to 2 units, increasing by 8 bytes for each 2 units thereafter
LREAL 8 bytes
String 8 bytes + (word count * 2 bytes) *

*Changes dynamically depending on the number of characters

18.5 About error that occurs when making MEM file

When making MEM file, if the conditions for using project variable are not met, the following error message
will be displayed.

Table. 18.5 Error condition (MEM creation)

Error condition Error contents
The specified project variable is undefined. 18.8 Message List FP001
The project variable specified for the control has not been set. 18.8 Message List FP002
The data type of the control and the type of the project variable do not match. 18.8 Message List FP003
The type of the project variable specified in the PMC memory does not match. 18.8 Message List FP004
A string type project variable is specified in the FP function argument. 18.8 Message List FP005
A string type project variable is specified in the FP function argument in Ruby script. 18.8 Message List FP006
There is a variable prefixed "$P_" that is not in the project variable setting 18.8 Message List FP007

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 787/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

18.6 About Ruby script runtime error

When a Ruby script called from FP control processing (drawing, action, etc.) causes a run-time error, only the
Ruby script number was displayed before supporting this function, but with this function support, the line
number and detailed error content are displayed like the following.

Example using the uninitialized

variable ABC

Traditional error display New error display

Fig. 18.6 Ruby script run-time error

If a run-time error occurs in a Ruby script that is executed from other than the FP control (timer or screen
transition event), the error message cannot be displayed directly on the screen, so the error message is stored in
the following special project variable. You can get the error message by referencing this variable in a script
(message box, etc.) that calls it from the FP control.

$P_MRUBY_SCRIPT_ERROR ： The initial value is an empty string

NOTE
1. $P_MRUBY_SCRIPT_ERROR only retains the content of the last run-time error that
occurred.
2. The error message is displayed up to 102 characters. Since characters after the
103rd one are not displayed, if you need the full string of the error message, refer to
the $P_MRUBY_SCRIPT_ERROR variable.

The main errors that occur with Ruby scipt are as follows.
*The parts shown in italics change dynamically.

Table. 18.6 Major errors that occur in Ruby script

Details of the error Meaning of error
uninitialized constant AAA Uninitialized constantAAA
instance variable AAA not defined Instance variable AAA is not defined
class variable AAA not defined for BBB Class variable AAA is not defined for BBB
method 'AAA' not defined in BBB Method 'AAA' is not defined in BBB
constant AAA not defined Constant AAA not defined
can't open file – AAA Can't open file – AAA
index AAA is out of array Index AAA is out of array
no member 'AAA' in struct Structure does not have membe 'AAA'

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 788/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

18.7 When opening an FP project with Standard Monitor mode

When the FP project using the project variable created in the iHMI mode is edited in Standard Monitor mode,
the control and Ruby script project variable settings are as follows.

Table.18.7 Project variable in the Standard Monitor version Editor

subject Setting and handling of project variable
As a substitute for control PMC memory Output the information of the control using the project variable in the error
Specified project variable message.Cannot switch the edit mode until changing the setting of the
relevant part to PMC memory.
Specified in the control's FP function The project variable name remains as it is.
Project variable Please replace with macro variables etc.

Project variable in the Ruby script The project variable name remains as it is, and it works as a global
variable in the Ruby script.
Replace with PMC symbol, etc., if necessary.

Project variable definition The project variable cannot be used in Standard Monitor mode, but the
definition information is retained. When switching the edit mode again and
open it in iHMI mode, it will be in the defined state.

Project variable specified in the combo box Output the information of the control using the project variable in the error
to select the PMC message.Cannot switch the edit mode until changing the setting of the
relevant part to PMC.
Project variable specified in the combo box Output the information of the control using the project variable in the error
to select the action type message.Cannot switch the edit mode until changing the setting of the
relevant part to Non-project variable.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 789/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

18.8 Message list

The list of messages used by this function is as follows.
*The parts shown in italics change dynamically.

Table.18.8 Message list

Output form
ID Message content
(Button / Icon)
FP editor(Project variable list)
Failed to read the project variable list file. Dialog
PV001 If the file is open by another process, end the process and view the project variable ( [OK] / )
list again.
Failed to save the project variable list file.
PV002
Check the free disk space, etc.
PV003 Failed to import the project variable list file.
PV004 Failed to export the project variable list file.
Dialog
The contents of the project variable have been edited.
PV005 ( [Yes][No] / )
Do you cancel without saving your edits?

Characters that cannot be used in project variable names. Dialog

PV006
¥$/”(){}[]:|<>+- =;,?*%@&’ ( [OK] / )
PV007 No variable name is specified.
PV008 The project variable list file is illegal.
PV009 There is a variable (variable name) with the same name.
PV010 No variable type is specified.
Project variable list
PV011 Incorrect variable name, variable type, initial value, or comment. error log file
(projvarerr.txt)
FP editor(make MEM)
[(Screen name)]-[(Object ID)]-[(Tab name)]-[(Property name)]: The project
FP001
variable name (variable name) is undefined.
[(Screen name)]-[(Object ID)]-[(Tab name)]-[(Property name)]: The project
FP002
variable is not set.
[(Screen name)]-[(Object ID)]-[(Tab name)]-[(Property name)]: The data type or
FP003 display / input / output format of the control does not match the type of the project
variable.
error log file
[(Screen name)]-[(Object ID)]-[(Tab name)]-[(Property name)]: The size of PMC (mkmemerr.log)
FP004
memory and the project variable type do not match.

[(Screen name)]-[(Object ID)]-[(Tab name)]-[(FP function name)]: String type

FP005
project variable cannot be specified in the FP function argument.
Script compilation error Script No. (Script No)
FP006 Line: (Error line number) String type project variable cannot be specified in the FP
function argument.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 790/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Output form
ID Message content
(Button / Icon)
In the script below, the variable starting with "$P_" that does not exist in the project Dialog
variable settings was found. ( [Yes][No] / )

Script number: (script number)

FP007 Variable name: (variable name starting with "$P_")

Do you want to continue?

 Do not display until this FP project is closed.

FP driver
scriptNo[(script number)] Dialog
DV001
mruby Script Error (Error line number)：(error contents (error contents)) ( [OK] / None)

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 791/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

19 FP Screen Transferring Function for CNC

GUIDE
By using FP Screen Transferring Function for CNC GUIDE, the contents of FANUC PICTURE screen edited
by FP editor can be transferred to FANUC PICTURE app which is executing on CNC GUIDE at making
memory card file.

The flow of using this function is as follows.

1. Execute the FANUC PICTURE app on CNC GUIDE.

2. Edit FANUC PICTURE screen data by FP editor.
3. Select “Transfer to CNC GUIDE” on the “Making Memory Card File” screen and make a memory card file
(see Section 19.1).
4. When making the memory card file is completed successfully, the FANUC PICTURE screen is transferred
to FANUC PICTURE app on CNC GUIDE and applied the edited contents.

The details of above No.3 is described below.

19.1 About transferring of FP screen to CNC GUIDE

While the FANUC PICTURE screen is executing on CNC GUIDE, select “Transfer to CNCGUIDE” in the
"Making Memory Card File" dialog that is operated when making memory card file by the FP editor, and press
the OK button in the FP editor. The contents of screen edited by the FP editor are applied to the FANUC
PICTURE app executed on CNC GUIDE.
The memory card file is made once, the selecting status of “Transfer to CNCGUIDE” is retained until the FP
editor is closed.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 792/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

①
②

Transfer

Fig.19.1 (a) Flow of using this function (Standard display unit mode)

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 793/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

①
②

Transfer

Fig.19.1 (b) Flow of using this function (iHMI mode)

19.2 About the "Making Memory Card File" dialog box

The additional parts of the “Making Memory Card File” dialog box is described as follows.
For operation for the other additional part, refer to Subsection 2.2.11 “Make MEM File” at FANUC PICTURE
OPERATOR’S MANUAL.

Standard display unit mode

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 794/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

番号 項目 説明
1 Transfer to CNCGUIDE Press OK button to transfer the FANUC PICTURE screen to CNC GUIDE.
If you press OK button, the selecting status will be retained until the FP editor is
closed.

iHMI mode

番号 項目 説明
1 Transfer to CNCGUIDE Press OK button to transfer the FANUC PICTURE screen to CNC GUIDE.
If you press OK button, the selecting status will be retained until the FP editor is
closed.

19.3 NOTES
Please attention to the following items when using this function.

Standard display unit mode

1. Even if CNC GUIDE is not started and make a memory card file with selecting “Transfer to CNCGUIDE”,
CNC GUIDE does not start.
2. This function cannot be used when CNC GUIDE are multiple running.
3. Combining application with C Language Executor does not supported.
4. The FP driver cannot be updated.
5. If the FANUC PICTURE screen is not displayed on CNC GUIDE, the FANUC PICTURE screen data
which is transferred this function will be applied when the FANUC PICTURE screen is displayed next
time.
6. When the transferred FANUC PICTURE screen data will be applied, the settings related to the screen
display will be initialized, but the PMC signal status will not be initialized.
Ex.)
If the FANUC PICTURE screen data is transferred while an error is displayed in the screen recall function
by the PMC signal, the completion signal is not set, and the FANUC PICTURE screen data is reflected
with the error displayed.
7. If the FANUC PICTURE screen data is transferred repeatedly with this function, the internal data will be
accumulated in the CNC GUIDE side. Restart the CNC GUIDE periodically to use this function.

iHMI mode

1. Even if CNC GUIDE is not started and make a memory card file with selecting “Transfer to CNCGUIDE”,
CNC GUIDE does not start.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 795/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

2. If FANUC PICTURE application is not started in iHMI, the screen data will not be updated even if this
function is used, and an error will be displayed.
3. The FP driver and UserFunction DLL cannot be updated.
4. FANUC PICTURE application which is registered on iHMI startup setting file cannot be transferred by this
function.
5. If using this function when the FANUC PICTURE app is displaying with Floating display function, the
Floating display states is continuously and the FANUC PICTURE screen is applied, but the display
position is returned to initial position.
6. Offset setting cannot be updated even if changing offset setting of “Offsetting Function of CNC memory
area of FANUC PICTURE for iHMI”.
7. When "How to set application name" is set to “Fix” in "Setting of Project", only the screen registerd in the
first operation screen (<name> tag is “AppFP”) can be updated in iHMI’s startup setting file
(apps_general.xml).

19.4 About software version

This function is available in the following editions of CNC GUIDE, FP driver, and FP editor.
CNC GUIDE: CNC GUIDE 21.0 or later
Available CNC:
CNC GUIDE ( 0iF version )
CNC GUIDE ( 0iF Plus version )
CNC GUIDE ( 30iB version, 30iB 32AX version, 30iB 48AX version )
CNC GUIDE ( 30iB Plus version, 30iB Plus 72AX version )
CNC GUIDE ( 31iB version )
CNC GUIDE ( 31iB Plus version )
CNC GUIDE ( 31iB5 version )
CNC GUIDE ( 31iB5 Plus version )
CNC GUIDE ( 32iB version )
CNC GUIDE ( 32iB Plus version )
CNC GUIDE ( 35iB 16AX version )
CNC GUIDE 2 25.0 or later
Available CNC:
CNC GUIDE 2 ( 0iF version )
CNC GUIDE 2 ( 0iF Plus version )
CNC GUIDE 2 ( 30iB version )
CNC GUIDE 2 ( 30iB Plus version, 30iB Plus 72AX version )
CNC GUIDE 2 ( 31iB version )
CNC GUIDE 2 ( 31iB Plus version )
CNC GUIDE 2 ( 31iB5 version )
CNC GUIDE 2 ( 31iB5 Plus version )
CNC GUIDE 2 ( 32iB version )
CNC GUIDE 2 ( 32iB Plus version )
FP driver: 10.1 or later
FP editor: 10.1 or later

If CNC GUIDE is not available, the message “CNC GUIDE does not support” is displayed.
If FP driver is not available, the message “FP driver does not support” is displayed.
Refer to “19.5 About error display” for details.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 796/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

19.5 About error display

If an error occurs when transferring FANUC PICTURE screen data to CNC GUIDE, an error message will be
displayed. The error message displayed as the cause of the error is as follows.

Standard display unit mode

Message type Message content Icon
The FP driver does not support the screen data transferring function.
FP driver does not support
Please update the FP driver.
CNC GUIDE does not The CNC GUIDE does not support the screen data transferring
support function. Check the version of the CNC GUIDE.
CNC GUIDE when not
The CNC GUIDE has not started. Start the CNC GUIDE.
started
It is no response from CNC GUIDE.
Timeout
Create the memory card file again.
In use by another The CNC GUIDE has been communicating with other app.
application Create the memory card file again after a while.
MEM file update fails Failed to place the screen data file.
The FANUC PICTURE screen is not displayed. It will be updated
FANUC PICTURE is hidden
when the FANUC PICTURE screen is displayed in the next time.

iHMI mode
Message type Message content Icon
FANUC PICTURE not FANUC PICTURE has not started. Start FANUC PICTURE.
started

iHMI not started iHMI is not running. Start the CNC guide with iHMI.

The CNC guide has not been started.

CNC GUIDE not started
Start the CNC guide.
FANUC PICTURE startup There is no response from the CNC guide.
failure Create the memory card file again.
FANUC PICTURE
Termination failure
Failed to update MEM file
Failed to place the screen data file.
and configuration file
The FANUC PICTURE screen is not displayed.It will be updated the
FANUC PICTURE is hidden
next time the FANUC PICTURE screen is displayed.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 797/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

20 Collective screen bitmap output function

Collective screen bitmap output function that was only available in FP Editor for the standard display unit mode
is now also available for the iHMI mode.
The following specifications, which are the differences from the standard display unit mode, are described here.
1. Setting Bitmap theme color.
2. Outputting Property list file.

Other specifications conform to the standard display unit mode.

(Refer to “Section 2.2.14 Collective screen bitmap output function” of the “FANUC PICTURE
OPERATOR'S MANUAL B-66284EN”).

NOTE
1. If you switch the edit modes of the FP editor with the FP project opened, the data
of collective screen bitmap output function of the edit mode before switching the
modes is to be deleted. If you want to use collective screen bitmap output function
again after switching the edit modes, set the composite screen and the property
list again.
2. The screen of any position and size is displayed to fit into the thumbnail size with
maintaining the aspect ratio of the size specified. The thumbnail area outside the
screen display area is displayed in black color. For details, refer to Appendix B
“Display any position and size screen for Collective screen bitmap output
function”.
X and Y-Coordinate are not reflected in the thumbnail display and the output
bitmap file.
Refer to FANUC PICTURE Specification (Edition 06.2 to less than 08.0)
A-40712EN “Chapter 26 Any position and size screen display function” about “Any
position and size screen display function”.

20.1 Setting Bitmap theme color

In accordance with the function linked with the theme color setting of iHMI, outputting the screen bitmap
according to the theme color with Collective screen bitmap output function is possible.

Select [Project]-[Option] on the FANUC PICTURE menu bar to display the following dialog box.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 798/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Fig.20.1 19.1 Option dialog box

Bitmap theme color :
Select the theme color used for outputting a bitmap file.
After selecting the theme color, click [OK] or [Apply] button to reflect the change.

NOTE
Refer to FANUC PICTURE Specification (Edition 06.2 to less than 08.0)
A-40712EN “Chapter 15 Link with theme color function” about the theme color
function.

20.2 Outputting Property list file

Properties that can be specified only in the iHMI mode of FP Editor can also be output to the property list file.

Standard display unit mode iHMI mode

ex.) The red frame is the property that can be
specified in the iHMI mode.
Fig.20.2 Property list

Table 20.2 Property list that can be specified only in FP Editor for the iHMI mode
Control Tab Item Remarks
Numeral/Character String Character Upper-left standerd Specifying the character display position.
Upper-right standerd Refer to FANUC PICTURE Specification (Edition
Numeral Indication Control Character Upper-left standerd 06.2 to less than 08.0) A-40712EN “Chapter 10
with Key Input Upper-right standerd Character display improvement in custom screen
Ten-Key Pad Character Upper-left standerd for iHMI”.
Upper-right standerd
List Box Character Character Type Specifying the character type.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 799/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

Control Tab Item Remarks

Multi-language key When [Use the multi-language character type
Combo Box Character Character Type function] is enabled in the project setting, the
Multi-language key character type can be specified for each language.

20.3 Error message

When changing the edit mode, the following error message might be displayed.

Message Cause Error handling

A temporary file unnecessary after An error occurs when you Screen bitmap output tool will not work
changing the edit mode cannot be change the edit mode while properly as it is.
deleted. opening the file in the After closing the file in the BmpToolData
Delete "[Project Folder]¥BmpToolData" BmpToolData folder directly. folder, manually delete the BmpToolData
folder. folder directly.

*BmpToolData folder : Folder for storing temporary files of the screen bitmap output tool.

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 800/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

21 About image files

The following improvements are made to the image files that can be used with FANUC PICTURE.

1. PNG file support in FANUC PICTURE for standard display(Refer to section 21.1)
2. About saving the FP project to a memory file(Refer to section 21.2)

21.1 PNG file support in FANUC PICTURE for standard display

In FANUC PICTURE for standard display, you can select images in PNG format with the following controls
that can display the image.

Image Display Control

Screen Switch Control with image

Button Control with image

Lamp Control with exchangeable images

* Hereinafter, the above four types of controls are collectively referred to as "controls with images".

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 801/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

21.1.1 Reference of PNG format image in each image control

You can select PNG format images in Image Display Control, Screen Switch Control with image, and Button
Control with image (The reference screen is common).

PNG format
Image reference Can be selected

Fig.21.1.1 (a) Image reference example of Button Control with image in standard display mode

You can select PNG format images in the Lamp Control with exchangeable images.

Image
reference

bmpxml
File editing

PNG format
Can be selected

Fig.21.1.1 (b) Image reference example of Lamp Control with exchangeable images in standard display mode

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 802/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

21.1.2 Restrictions on displaying images in PNG format

In FANUC PICTURE for standard display, It is not possible to display PNG format images transparently like
iHMI. The original color of the image is reduced to 256 colors and displayed.
Therefore, check with the CNC GUIDE or the actual machine to look if the desired display is displayed.
Check the same when switching the edit mode from iHMI mode to standard display mode in the FP editor.
Display of FP for Display of FP for
iHMI standard display

PNG format image with

white set as transparent

PNG format image with

different transparency in
the right half

Fig.21.1.2 (a) Restrictions on image display for controls with images

In FANUC PICTURE for standard display, create the PNG format image so that the color of the part you want
to set transparent matches the background color if you want to display it transparently like iHMI.

Background Create a PNG image with the same Display result

color as the background

Fig.21.1.2 (b) Example of method when you want to use PNG format image like iHMI

21.2 About saving the FP project to a memory file

In FANUC PICTURE edition 10.3 or later, images in the following formats are also saved when saving an FP
project in a memory card file.
However, the backup target is only the image files in "PhotoData" of the folder in the FP project.

FANUC PICTURE for standard display unit：PNG format

FANUC PICTURE for iHMI： ：PNG, GIF format (It can be displayed even before 10.2 edition)

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 803/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

22 Image quality setting of display image with

Automatic screen enlarged function
Whether prioritizing "display speed" (equivalent to edition 10.5 or ealier) or "image quality” of image quality
when displaying images with the automatic screen enlarged function can be set with the setting file.
Without the above setting, "display speed" is selected.
By setting “image quality”, diagonals and curved parts of the image can be displayed smoothly.
For the details of the automatic screen enlarged function, refer to FANUC PICTURE Specification (Edition 06.2
to less than 08.0) A-40712EN "28 Automatic screen enlarged display function for iHMI".

Before enlargement

After enlargement
[display speed priority]

After enlargement
[image quality priority]

Fig.22 Example of displayed image with automatic screen enlarged function

Target parts :
Display image specified in the below controls.
- Image Display Control
- Screen Switch Control with image
- Button Control with image
- Lamp Control with exchangeable images
Images displayed in parts of the below controls.
- Meter Control (Figure "metallic circle" "white glass")
- Numeral Indication Control for Calling a Ten-Key Pad (Popup numeric keypad background, INPUT
key of tenkey2)

Available edition :
FANUC PICTURE (A08B-9010-J518#ZZ11) 10.6 or later

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 804/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

22.1 Setting of image quality priority

By adding the following tag to the setting file "AppFPSetting.xml" and setting it to "1", images can be displayed
with prioritizing image quality when using the automatic screen enlarged function. Settings can be made
separately for GIF images and other images.
Changes to the settings are applied to the custom screen when starting it the next time.
For the details of AppFPSetting.xml, refer to FANUC PICTURE Specification (Edition 06.2 to less than 08.0)
A-40712EN "16 Customize of custom screen display for iHMI".

Table 22.1 “AppFPSetting.xml” setting

Tag Next level tag Target Description
appsetting id="enlargedscreen" smoothing_img BMP The image when using the automatic screen enlarged
PNG function is
JPG 0： displayed with prioritizing display speed.
appsetting id="enlargedscreen" smoothing_gif GIF The image quality of curves and diagonals might be
coarse. (default*)
1：displayed with smooth curves and diagonals with
prioritizing image quality.
Display speed might be decreased.
* This is the default value when no tag is specified. The behavior is the same as edition 10.5 or earlier.

Example)
Displaying BMP, PNG, JPG, and GIF images with prioritizing image quality.
<appsettings>
<appsetting id="enlargedscreen">
<smoothing_img>1</smoothing_img>
<smoothing_gif>1</smoothing_gif>
</appsetting>
</appsettings>

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 805/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

APPENDIX A. Operation of controls with Initial

state setting
The table below shows the actions for each operation of the controls (Check box, Radio button, Combo box)
that have initial state setting.

Change screen
Change
FP start-up “Free Memory” “Free Memory”
Initial PMC signal
enabled disabled
Control state
setting PMC PMC PMC PMC
Selection Selection Selection Selection
Signal Signal Signal Signal
status status status status
output output output output
Other then PMC
- Check Box Initial setting Yes Initial setting Yes No change No No
“PMC” signal status
- Radio Button
PMC PMC
- Combo box “PMC” (*) No No change No No change No No
signal status signal status

* "PMC" is valid at Edition 9.9 or later

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 806/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

APPENDIX B. Display any position and size screen for

Collective screen bitmap output function
An example of displaying the any position and size screen with the collective screen bitmap output function is
as follows.

Settings and screen example of any position and size.

Display according to the thumbnail image size.

Depending on the selected thumbnail size, the image is displayed in the

center of the thumbnail to fit in the size of large (160*160), medium
(120*120) or small (80*80).

In the above example, since the width ratio is large, the image is displayed to fit in the displayed size
(120*120) based on the width (1080).
The aspect ratio maintains the ratio of screen width / height (1080*510).
25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 807/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

REVISION RECORD
Edition Date Contents
27 May, 2023  Add explanatory note to lists of functions. (Subsection 5.1)
 Add return values and data when using not available functions (Subsection 5.1)
 Merge split tables (Subsection 5.1)
 Remove literal data so that the maximum controlled axis number is not specified as a
literal. (Subsection 5.3)
 Add a note when sharing project variables. (Subsection 18.2.1.1)
 Add a notes when project variables are specified as function arguments. (Subsection
18.3.1.3)
 Add a note about sharing project variables with Ruby scripts. (Subsection 18.3.3)
 Add a note when specifying project variables to FP function arguments in Ruby
scripts. (Subsection 18.3.3.3)
 Modify the description of the number of characters in the following functions
(Subsection 5.3)
cnc_wrtlgeomsize_ext, eth_wrparam, _dos_findfirst32, _dos_findnext32,
_dos_findfirst, _dos_findnext
26 Feb, 2023  Add Image quality setting of display image with Automatic screen enlarged function
(Chapter 22)
 Add a note that the square brackets of “easy setting of macro variable” are converted
to parentheses when the project is converted (Subsection 4.1.3.1)
 Fix the list of FP functions that cannot be used in a timed script(Subsection 4.1.6)
 Add explanation about str_keyinput function in conversion function.
(Subsection 4.1.3.1)
 Modify availability of str_keyinput function. (Subsection 4.2.1)
 Modify annotation about str_keyinput function. (Subsection 4.2.1)
 Add explanation about setting of CNC system. (Subsection 1.23.6)
 Modify notation of CNC system. (Chapter 16)
 Add a note on using FpSetProperty function for controls with "On caption is copied
onto Off caption" checked. (Subsection 3.3.2.3)

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 808/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

25 Oct, 2022  Add a note that the conversion target of the project is the relevant version and the
past version (Subsection 4.1.3)
 Add explanation about description of variations of device names that can be specified
in the function description (Subsection 5.3)
 Fix the convertible version to 8.0 version or later (Subsection 1.22.1, Subsection
8.1.3.2)
 Add reference that causes an invalid setting value (-6) error in FPSetProperty
(Subsection 3.3.2.3)
 Add a note that " FANUC PICTURE "is referred to as "FP" (summary)
 Fix the icon display order, shortcut name, and PMC system description (Subsection
3.1)
 Fix the version corresponding to FANUC Series 30i-MODEL B (CPU-G) to 09.7
(Chapter 16)
 Add a note on using the FpSetProperty / FpGetProperty functions (Subsection
3.3.2.2, Subsection 3.3.2.3)
 Fix the numerical value not to be a character string notation (SubSection 4.1.7,
SubSection 5.3)
 Fix ret [0] of numerical return value to ret [0] .to_s when outputting a message
(SubSection 5.3)
 Fix "Cross key" to "MDI key" (SubSection 3.1.3, SubSection 3.1.5)
 Fix the notation of the FP editor version from version to edition (Chapter
1,2,4,5,10,12,14,15,17,21)
 Describes a Fig that can be edited with the Image File Edit Screen (SubSection 3.2.2)
 Add that refer to the template manual for the specifications of the str_keyinput
function (SubSection 4.2.1).
 Add descriptions the popup is not displayed when an FP function error occurs in the
mruby script (SubSection 4.2.1)
 Fix the comment of the usage example of the cnc_rdpdf_alldir function (SubSection
5.3)
 Unregister unnecessary timer scripts when a project is converted (SubSections
4.1.1.8)
 Add explanations related to CNC guide 2 (SubSection 1.19, SubSection 19.4)
 Fix "i" font in iHMI / iH / iH-Pro (all chapters)
 Fix NC GUIDE to CNC GUIDE (all chapters)
 Fix the notation of the ellipsis (SubSections 4.1.2.1, 13.1, 13.2)
 Fix the list about whether or FP function that the return value is Rectangle String can
be used. (SubSection 4.2.1)
 Add explanation about line feed code and character code(SubSections 4.1.9,
18.2.2.1)
 Fix explanation about switching the screen displaying the message box. (SubSections
3.1.4.3, 3.1.4.7)
 Add a note about switching the screen displaying the license display screen.
(SubSection 4.3.3)
24 Apr, 2022  Fix a typo of URL. (Section 1.3, Chapter 4)
 Fix explanations about element addition by FpSetProperty.
(Subsection 3.3.2.3)
 Fix descriptions and figures. (Section 14.8, Section 14.11)
 Fix error message. (Section 19.5)

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 809/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

23 Mar, 2022  Add Collective screen bitmap output function (Chapter 20, Appendix B).
 Add explanations for PNG files in FP editor standard display mode (Chapter 21)
 Add library function for reading servo data (Subsection 5.1, Subsection 5.3,
Subsection 5.4)
 Add library function for reading diagnosis data (range specified) (Subsection 5.1,
Subsection 5.3, Subsection 5.4).
 Add about using project variables in List edit and Overall edit (Subsection 18.3.2).
 Add a note about Ruby script runtime error (Subsection 18.6).
 Add explanation about the operation when the multi-language display function of the
combo box is enabled (Subsection 3.1.5.4).
22 Dec, 2021  (Subsection 1.20.2 Only version list is updated.)
21 Dec, 2021  Add explanations for project valiable management and beyond(Section 18)
 Add explanation about FP screen transfer function for CNC GUIDE (Section 1.19,
Chapter 19)
20 Oct., 2021  Add FP function for FTP that can be switched to disable the cache function when
transferring files.(Subsection 5.1, Subsection 5.3, Subsection 5.4)
19 June, 2021  Add a note about invalid setting value when element addition by FpSetProperty.
(Subsection 3.3.2.3)
 Add a note about the feature of saving FP project to screen data.
(Subsection 9.4.1)
 Add a note about the starting procedure of application on CNC GUIDE.
(Section 9.10)
 Add a note about Floating Display Function. (Subsection 10.1.1)
 Add notes about “FPLoaderInfo.xml”. (Section 14.10, Section 14.14)
 Fix the storage location of application on CNC GUIDE. (Section 14.14)
 Fix the file name. (Subsection 14.6.2.5, Section 14.7, Subsection 14.7.4)
 Add the error message output by FP loader. (Section 14.10, Section 14.19)
 Add explanation about Improvements of selection status retention for Control
(Subsection 3.1.1.5, Subsection 3.1.1.6, Subsection 3.1.1.7, Subsection 3.1.1.8,
Subsection 3.1.2.4, Subsection 3.1.2.5, Subsection 3.1.2.6, Subsection 3.1.2.7,
Subsection 3.1.2.8, Subsection 3.1.5.5, Subsection 3.1.5.6, Subsection 3.1.5.7,
APPENDIX A)
 Use memory card of display unit with PC function (Chapter 17)
18 Mar., 2021  (Subsection 1.20.2 Only version list is updated.)
17 Feb., 2021  Add explanation about iHMI operation library function.(Section 1.13, Chapter 14)
 Add explanation about Improvements of the operability when adding screens
(Chapter 15)
 Add 8-level data protection library function (Chapter 5)
 Add reading the alarm history data / reading external operator’s message history
data library function (Chapter 5)
 Modify explanation about compatibility of different editions. (Subsection 1.16.4,
Subsection 1.16.5)
 Add notes about character type setting function for each language. (Chapter 12)
 Add explanation about available CNC of “cnc_fle_cpmv_start” function. (Chapter 5)
 Fix explanation of “FpGetPropertyStr” function. (Chapter 3)
 Add notes when using the design customization function. (Subsection 3.2.1,
Subsection3.3.2.2)
 Add explanation about FANUC Series 30i-B CPU-G (Section 1.15, Chapter 16)

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 810/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

16 Oct., 2020  Modify explanation about compatibility of different editions. (Subsection 1.13.4,
Subsection 1.13.5)
 Add USB / CF card file transfer library function (Chapter 5, Subsection 8.1.1)
 Fix explanatory note about ruby script of the function to take out a partial numerical
value of PMC symbol. (Section 4.1.10)
 Add notes about Floating Display Function (Section 10.4)
 Add an annotation about str_keyinput function (Subsection 4.2.1)
15 Aug., 2020  The content of the specification change of cnc_rdpdf_subdir function is added. (Table
22.1 (38), Table 22.1 (4) )
 The content of the specification change of cnc_rdpdf_alldir function is added. (Table
22.1 (5), Table 22.1 (6) )
 Expanded character type setting function for each language.
 Expanded IMAGE FILE EDITOR.
14 July.,2020  About the usage of “return” in ruby script.
- Notes are added. (Table 4.1.3.2(f), Chapter 5)
- Remark is added. (Subsection 4.1.10)
 Fix the starting procedure of the application on CNC GUIDE.
(Subsection 9.10.1)
 Add explanation about Script Displaying Button. (Section1.11, Subsection 4.1.1.5,
Chapter 11)
 Add notes about card output folder name. (Subsection 9.5.1)
 Add explanation about application name. (Section 9.1, Subsection 9.3.1)
13 Apr.,2020  Add notes when using the FpSetProperty function. (Section 5.3)
 Add explanation about Floating Display Function. (Section 1.9, Chapter 10)
 Fix an omission of the procedure. (Subsection 9.10.1)
 Fix typos in return values of the cnc_rdpdf_line function (Table 5.3 (78))
12 Mar.,2020  Add notes when using the StatusDisplay function. (Section 5.3)
 Fix a type of the example in 2.31 function. (Section 5.3)
11 Mar.,2020  Add explanation about iHMI operation library function. (Subsection 5.1,5.3)
10 Feb., 2020  Add explanation about Expansion of the maximum number of simultaneous
executions of the FANUC PICTURE for iHMI. (Section 1.8, Chapter 9)
09 Dec., 2019  (Subsection 1.20.2 Only version list is updated.)
08 Sep., 2019  Add explanation about compatibility with FANUC PICTURE. (Subsection 1.8.4)
 Add note when using the message box. (Subsection 3.1.4.1)
 Add note when setting the license display screen. (Subsection 4.3.4)
 Fix description of arguments of the cnc_upstart4 function. (Table 5.3 (63))
07 Aug., 2019  Add the table about characters for symbol. (Subsection 4.1.5)
06 June, 2019  Add notes when using the FpSetProperty function. (Subsection 3.3.2.2)
05 May, 2019  Notes of Ruby script is added. (Subsection 4.1.10)
 Fix a typo in the eth_wrparam function argument (Section 5.3)
04 Feb., 2019  Fix the display condition of vertical scroll bar(Table 3.1.3.5(d), 3.1.5.5(d))
 Delete clerical error. (Section 4.1.7)
 Fix a typo. “(略)” -> “~~ Omitted ~~” (Subsection 8.1.3.2)
03 Jan., 2019  Add mruby version. (Section 1.3, Chapter 4)
 Add subsection about memory consumption. (Subsection 1.8.3)
 Delete unnecessary “<delete>” tags in the Tables. (Subsection 3.1.5, 4.2.1)
 Fix a typo. “ET_BKCOLOR” -> “SET_BKCOLOR” (Table 3.3.2.3(h))
02 Dec., 2018  Add references to contents and restrictions common to the version earlier than 8.0.
(Chapter 1)
 Move contents of “1.8 REMARKS” to “1.8.1 About compatibility with FANUC
PICTURE earlier than 8.0”. (Subsection 1.8, 1.8.1)
 Add methods of confirming the version of FANUC PICTURE screen for iHMI.
(Subsection 1.8, 1.8.2)
 Add description to function reference.(Subsection 5.3, 15.1)

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 811/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5
 7169Fs7V+cUB3jjYC5Wg4rXjMtiQJhD9liExhnHLB9iXbWrsC+2wd68VWEg==

01 Nov., 2018 First edition

25 2022/10/19 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.5 FANUC PICTURE Specification
Name

24 2022/04/25 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.4 (Edition 8.0 or later)
23 2022/03/14 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.3
22 2021/12/15 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.2
Drawing
number

21 2021/12/03 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.1 A-42146EN-042/27

27 2023/05/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.7
26 2023/02/24 Update for FANUC PICTURE Edition 10.6
Page

Person in
Edition Date charge
Person in
Changes
FANUC CORPORATION 812/812
Created 2018.11.13 charge Approved

© MyFANUC 7FCCBBA6F0C546FFBF2F98BF894E29A5